summaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
-rw-r--r--tkblt/.gitignore30
-rw-r--r--tkblt/LICENSE24
-rw-r--r--tkblt/Makefile.in466
-rw-r--r--tkblt/README.md28
-rw-r--r--tkblt/aclocal.m49
-rwxr-xr-xtkblt/configure10270
-rw-r--r--tkblt/configure.ac246
-rw-r--r--tkblt/doc/BLT.html74
-rw-r--r--tkblt/doc/BLT.n76
-rw-r--r--tkblt/doc/barchart.html1640
-rw-r--r--tkblt/doc/barchart.n2239
-rw-r--r--tkblt/doc/graph.html1759
-rw-r--r--tkblt/doc/graph.n2408
-rw-r--r--tkblt/doc/vector.html704
-rw-r--r--tkblt/doc/vector.n1134
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkblt.decls92
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltChain.C194
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltChain.h91
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltConfig.C218
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltConfig.h43
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltDecls.h152
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxis.C1984
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxis.h266
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxisOp.C674
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxisOp.h60
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxisOption.C264
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxisOption.h41
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrBind.C227
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrBind.h72
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrDef.h45
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElem.C284
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElem.h202
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemBar.C1315
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemBar.h132
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemLine.C2405
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemLine.h184
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemLineSpline.C1086
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemOp.C652
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemOp.h41
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemOption.C396
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemOption.h41
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrHairs.C145
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrHairs.h78
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrHairsOp.C164
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrHairsOp.h42
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrLegd.C1070
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrLegd.h178
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrLegdOp.C496
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrLegdOp.h40
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarker.C177
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarker.h103
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerLine.C298
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerLine.h82
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerOp.C495
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerOp.h39
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerOption.C209
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerOption.h39
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerPolygon.C298
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerPolygon.h84
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerText.C276
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerText.h82
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMisc.C405
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMisc.h138
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPSOutput.C931
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPSOutput.h90
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPen.C62
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPen.h79
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenBar.C174
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenBar.h73
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenLine.C243
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenLine.h88
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenOp.C217
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenOp.h42
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenOption.C89
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPostscript.C84
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPostscript.h73
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPostscriptOp.C183
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPostscriptOp.h41
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrText.C233
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrText.h79
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrXAxisOp.C222
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGrXAxisOp.h39
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGraph.C1458
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGraph.h256
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphBar.C516
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphBar.h119
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphLine.C267
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphLine.h76
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphOp.C462
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphOp.h44
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphSup.C686
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltInt.C74
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltInt.h58
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltNsUtil.C129
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltNsUtil.h64
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltOp.C171
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltOp.h67
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltParse.C388
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltParse.h55
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltStubInit.c30
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltStubLib.C15
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltSwitch.C407
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltSwitch.h129
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltVecCmd.C1821
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltVecInt.h202
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltVecMath.C1612
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltVecOp.C56
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltVector.C1875
-rw-r--r--tkblt/generic/tkbltVector.h140
-rw-r--r--tkblt/library/graph.tcl554
-rw-r--r--tkblt/pkgIndex.tcl.in5
-rw-r--r--tkblt/tclconfig/ChangeLog1003
-rw-r--r--tkblt/tclconfig/README.txt26
-rwxr-xr-xtkblt/tclconfig/install-sh528
-rw-r--r--tkblt/tclconfig/tcl.m44176
-rw-r--r--tkblt/tests/all.tcl11
-rw-r--r--tkblt/tests/axis.tcl105
-rw-r--r--tkblt/tests/barelement.tcl97
-rw-r--r--tkblt/tests/bargraph.tcl80
-rw-r--r--tkblt/tests/barpen.tcl51
-rw-r--r--tkblt/tests/base.tcl142
-rw-r--r--tkblt/tests/crosshairs.tcl26
-rw-r--r--tkblt/tests/legend.tcl101
-rw-r--r--tkblt/tests/lineelement.tcl105
-rw-r--r--tkblt/tests/linegraph.tcl75
-rw-r--r--tkblt/tests/linemarker.tcl34
-rw-r--r--tkblt/tests/linepen.tcl55
-rw-r--r--tkblt/tests/marker.tcl33
-rw-r--r--tkblt/tests/markers.tcl4
-rw-r--r--tkblt/tests/polygonmarker.tcl30
-rw-r--r--tkblt/tests/ps.tcl29
-rw-r--r--tkblt/tests/test.tcl10
-rw-r--r--tkblt/tests/textmarker.tcl44
-rwxr-xr-xtkblt/tkbltConfig.sh.in45
-rw-r--r--tkblt/tools/genStubs.tcl1179
135 files changed, 0 insertions, 59973 deletions
diff --git a/tkblt/.gitignore b/tkblt/.gitignore
deleted file mode 100644
index c8694d4..0000000
--- a/tkblt/.gitignore
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-# Compiled Object files
-*.slo
-*.lo
-*.o
-*.obj
-
-# Precompiled Headers
-*.gch
-*.pch
-
-# Compiled Dynamic libraries
-*.so
-*.dylib
-*.dll
-
-# Fortran module files
-*.mod
-
-# Compiled Static libraries
-*.lai
-*.la
-*.a
-*.lib
-
-# Executables
-*.exe
-*.out
-*.app
-
-*~
diff --git a/tkblt/LICENSE b/tkblt/LICENSE
deleted file mode 100644
index ffe507e..0000000
--- a/tkblt/LICENSE
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
-This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
-available under the same terms.
-
-Copyright 1991-2004 George A Howlett.
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
-a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
-"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
-distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
-permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
-the following conditions:
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
-included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
-NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
-LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
-OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
-WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
diff --git a/tkblt/Makefile.in b/tkblt/Makefile.in
deleted file mode 100644
index d36c879..0000000
--- a/tkblt/Makefile.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,466 +0,0 @@
-# Makefile.in --
-#
-# This file is a Makefile for Sample TEA Extension. If it has the name
-# "Makefile.in" then it is a template for a Makefile; to generate the
-# actual Makefile, run "./configure", which is a configuration script
-# generated by the "autoconf" program (constructs like "@foo@" will get
-# replaced in the actual Makefile.
-#
-# Copyright (c) 1999 Scriptics Corporation.
-# Copyright (c) 2002-2005 ActiveState Corporation.
-#
-# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
-# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
-
-#========================================================================
-# Add additional lines to handle any additional AC_SUBST cases that
-# have been added in a customized configure script.
-#========================================================================
-
-#SAMPLE_NEW_VAR = @SAMPLE_NEW_VAR@
-
-#========================================================================
-# Nothing of the variables below this line should need to be changed.
-# Please check the TARGETS section below to make sure the make targets
-# are correct.
-#========================================================================
-
-#========================================================================
-# The names of the source files is defined in the configure script.
-# The object files are used for linking into the final library.
-# This will be used when a dist target is added to the Makefile.
-# It is not important to specify the directory, as long as it is the
-# $(srcdir) or in the generic, win or unix subdirectory.
-#========================================================================
-
-PKG_SOURCES = @PKG_SOURCES@
-PKG_OBJECTS = @PKG_OBJECTS@
-
-PKG_STUB_SOURCES = @PKG_STUB_SOURCES@
-PKG_STUB_OBJECTS = @PKG_STUB_OBJECTS@
-
-#========================================================================
-# PKG_TCL_SOURCES identifies Tcl runtime files that are associated with
-# this package that need to be installed, if any.
-#========================================================================
-
-PKG_TCL_SOURCES = @PKG_TCL_SOURCES@
-
-#========================================================================
-# This is a list of public header files to be installed, if any.
-#========================================================================
-
-PKG_HEADERS = @PKG_HEADERS@
-
-#========================================================================
-# "PKG_LIB_FILE" refers to the library (dynamic or static as per
-# configuration options) composed of the named objects.
-#========================================================================
-
-PKG_LIB_FILE = @PKG_LIB_FILE@
-PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE = @PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE@
-
-#lib_BINARIES = $(PKG_LIB_FILE)
-lib_BINARIES = $(PKG_LIB_FILE) $(PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE)
-BINARIES = $(lib_BINARIES)
-
-SHELL = @SHELL@
-
-srcdir = @srcdir@
-prefix = @prefix@
-exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
-
-bindir = @bindir@
-libdir = @libdir@
-includedir = @includedir@
-datarootdir = @datarootdir@
-datadir = @datadir@
-mandir = @mandir@
-
-DESTDIR =
-
-PKG_DIR = $(PACKAGE_NAME)$(PACKAGE_VERSION)
-pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/$(PKG_DIR)
-pkglibdir = $(libdir)/$(PKG_DIR)
-pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/$(PKG_DIR)
-
-top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
-
-INSTALL_OPTIONS =
-INSTALL = @INSTALL@ $(INSTALL_OPTIONS)
-INSTALL_DATA_DIR = ${INSTALL} -d -m 755
-INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
-INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
-INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
-INSTALL_LIBRARY = ${INSTALL_DATA}
-
-PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
-PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
-CC = @CC@
-CFLAGS_DEFAULT = @CFLAGS_DEFAULT@
-CFLAGS_WARNING = @CFLAGS_WARNING@
-EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
-LDFLAGS_DEFAULT = @LDFLAGS_DEFAULT@
-MAKE_LIB = @MAKE_LIB@
-MAKE_SHARED_LIB = @MAKE_SHARED_LIB@
-MAKE_STATIC_LIB = @MAKE_STATIC_LIB@
-MAKE_STUB_LIB = @MAKE_STUB_LIB@
-OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
-RANLIB = @RANLIB@
-RANLIB_STUB = @RANLIB_STUB@
-SHLIB_CFLAGS = @SHLIB_CFLAGS@
-SHLIB_LD = @SHLIB_LD@
-SHLIB_LD_LIBS = @SHLIB_LD_LIBS@
-STLIB_LD = @STLIB_LD@
-#TCL_DEFS = @TCL_DEFS@
-TCL_BIN_DIR = @TCL_BIN_DIR@
-TCL_SRC_DIR = @TCL_SRC_DIR@
-#TK_BIN_DIR = @TK_BIN_DIR@
-#TK_SRC_DIR = @TK_SRC_DIR@
-
-# Not used, but retained for reference of what libs Tcl required
-#TCL_LIBS = @TCL_LIBS@
-
-#========================================================================
-# TCLLIBPATH seeds the auto_path in Tcl's init.tcl so we can test our
-# package without installing. The other environment variables allow us
-# to test against an uninstalled Tcl. Add special env vars that you
-# require for testing here (like TCLX_LIBRARY).
-#========================================================================
-
-EXTRA_PATH = $(top_builddir):$(TCL_BIN_DIR)
-#EXTRA_PATH = $(top_builddir):$(TCL_BIN_DIR):$(TK_BIN_DIR)
-TCLLIBPATH = $(top_builddir)
-TCLSH_ENV = TCL_LIBRARY=`@CYGPATH@ $(TCL_SRC_DIR)/library`
-PKG_ENV = @LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR@="$(EXTRA_PATH):$(@LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR@)" \
- PATH="$(EXTRA_PATH):$(PATH)" \
- TCLLIBPATH="$(TCLLIBPATH)"
-
-TCLSH_PROG = @TCLSH_PROG@
-TCLSH = $(TCLSH_ENV) $(PKG_ENV) $(TCLSH_PROG)
-
-#WISH_ENV = TK_LIBRARY=`@CYGPATH@ $(TK_SRC_DIR)/library`
-#WISH_PROG = @WISH_PROG@
-#WISH = $(TCLSH_ENV) $(WISH_ENV) $(PKG_ENV) $(WISH_PROG)
-
-SHARED_BUILD = @SHARED_BUILD@
-
-#INCLUDES = @PKG_INCLUDES@ @TCL_INCLUDES@
-INCLUDES = @PKG_INCLUDES@ @TCL_INCLUDES@ @TK_INCLUDES@ @TK_XINCLUDES@
-
-PKG_CFLAGS = @PKG_CFLAGS@
-
-# TCL_DEFS is not strictly need here, but if you remove it, then you
-# must make sure that configure.ac checks for the necessary components
-# that your library may use. TCL_DEFS can actually be a problem if
-# you do not compile with a similar machine setup as the Tcl core was
-# compiled with.
-#DEFS = $(TCL_DEFS) @DEFS@ $(PKG_CFLAGS)
-DEFS = @DEFS@ $(PKG_CFLAGS)
-
-# Move pkgIndex.tcl to 'BINARIES' var if it is generated in the Makefile
-CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = Makefile pkgIndex.tcl
-CLEANFILES = @CLEANFILES@
-
-CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
-LIBS = @PKG_LIBS@ @LIBS@
-AR = @AR@
-CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
-COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) \
- $(CFLAGS_DEFAULT) $(CFLAGS_WARNING) $(SHLIB_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
-
-GDB = gdb
-VALGRIND = valgrind
-VALGRINDARGS = --tool=memcheck --num-callers=8 --leak-resolution=high \
- --leak-check=yes --show-reachable=yes -v
-
-.SUFFIXES: .c .C .$(OBJEXT)
-
-#========================================================================
-# Start of user-definable TARGETS section
-#========================================================================
-
-#========================================================================
-# TEA TARGETS. Please note that the "libraries:" target refers to platform
-# independent files, and the "binaries:" target includes executable programs and
-# platform-dependent libraries. Modify these targets so that they install
-# the various pieces of your package. The make and install rules
-# for the BINARIES that you specified above have already been done.
-#========================================================================
-
-all: binaries libraries doc
-
-#========================================================================
-# The binaries target builds executable programs, Windows .dll's, unix
-# shared/static libraries, and any other platform-dependent files.
-# The list of targets to build for "binaries:" is specified at the top
-# of the Makefile, in the "BINARIES" variable.
-#========================================================================
-
-binaries: $(BINARIES)
-
-libraries:
-
-#========================================================================
-# Your doc target should differentiate from doc builds (by the developer)
-# and doc installs (see install-doc), which just install the docs on the
-# end user machine when building from source.
-#========================================================================
-
-doc:
- @echo "If you have documentation to create, place the commands to"
- @echo "build the docs in the 'doc:' target. For example:"
- @echo " xml2nroff sample.xml > sample.n"
- @echo " xml2html sample.xml > sample.html"
-
-install: all install-binaries install-libraries install-doc
-
-install-binaries: binaries install-lib-binaries install-bin-binaries
-
-#========================================================================
-# This rule installs platform-independent files, such as header files.
-# The list=...; for p in $$list handles the empty list case x-platform.
-#========================================================================
-
-install-libraries: libraries
- @$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)
- @echo "Installing header files in $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)"
- @list='$(PKG_HEADERS)'; for i in $$list; do \
- echo "Installing $(srcdir)/$$i" ; \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$i $(DESTDIR)$(includedir) ; \
- done;
-
-#========================================================================
-# Install documentation. Unix manpages should go in the $(mandir)
-# directory.
-#========================================================================
-
-install-doc: doc
- @$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/mann
- @echo "Installing documentation in $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)"
- @list='$(srcdir)/doc/*.n'; for i in $$list; do \
- echo "Installing $$i"; \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/mann ; \
- done
-
-test: binaries libraries
- $(TCLSH) `@CYGPATH@ $(srcdir)/tests/all.tcl` $(TESTFLAGS) \
- -load "package ifneeded $(PACKAGE_NAME) $(PACKAGE_VERSION) \
- [list load `@CYGPATH@ $(PKG_LIB_FILE)` $(PACKAGE_NAME)]"
-
-genstubs: $(srcdir)/tools/genStubs.tcl $(srcdir)/src/tkblt.decls
- @echo $(TCLSH) $(srcdir)/tools/genStubs.tcl $(srcdir)/src $(srcdir)/src/tkblt.decls
- @$(TCLSH) $(srcdir)/tools/genStubs.tcl $(srcdir)/src $(srcdir)/src/tkblt.decls
-shell: binaries libraries
- @$(TCLSH) $(SCRIPT)
-
-gdb:
- $(TCLSH_ENV) $(PKG_ENV) $(GDB) $(TCLSH_PROG) $(SCRIPT)
-
-gdb-test: binaries libraries
- $(TCLSH_ENV) $(PKG_ENV) $(GDB) \
- --args $(TCLSH_PROG) `@CYGPATH@ $(srcdir)/tests/all.tcl` \
- $(TESTFLAGS) -singleproc 1 \
- -load "package ifneeded $(PACKAGE_NAME) $(PACKAGE_VERSION) \
- [list load `@CYGPATH@ $(PKG_LIB_FILE)` $(PACKAGE_NAME)]"
-
-valgrind: binaries libraries
- $(TCLSH_ENV) $(PKG_ENV) $(VALGRIND) $(VALGRINDARGS) $(TCLSH_PROG) \
- `@CYGPATH@ $(srcdir)/tests/all.tcl` $(TESTFLAGS)
-
-valgrindshell: binaries libraries
- $(TCLSH_ENV) $(PKG_ENV) $(VALGRIND) $(VALGRINDARGS) $(TCLSH_PROG) $(SCRIPT)
-
-depend:
-
-#========================================================================
-# $(PKG_LIB_FILE) should be listed as part of the BINARIES variable
-# mentioned above. That will ensure that this target is built when you
-# run "make binaries".
-#
-# The $(PKG_OBJECTS) objects are created and linked into the final
-# library. In most cases these object files will correspond to the
-# source files above.
-#========================================================================
-
-$(PKG_LIB_FILE): $(PKG_OBJECTS)
- -rm -f $(PKG_LIB_FILE)
- ${MAKE_LIB}
- $(RANLIB) $(PKG_LIB_FILE)
-
-$(PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE): $(PKG_STUB_OBJECTS)
- -rm -f $(PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE)
- ${MAKE_STUB_LIB}
- $(RANLIB_STUB) $(PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE)
-
-#========================================================================
-# We need to enumerate the list of .c to .o lines here.
-#
-# In the following lines, $(srcdir) refers to the toplevel directory
-# containing your extension. If your sources are in a subdirectory,
-# you will have to modify the paths to reflect this:
-#
-# sample.$(OBJEXT): $(srcdir)/generic/sample.c
-# $(COMPILE) -c `@CYGPATH@ $(srcdir)/generic/sample.c` -o $@
-#
-# Setting the VPATH variable to a list of paths will cause the makefile
-# to look into these paths when resolving .c to .obj dependencies.
-# As necessary, add $(srcdir):$(srcdir)/compat:....
-#========================================================================
-
-VPATH = $(srcdir):$(srcdir)/generic:$(srcdir)/unix:$(srcdir)/win:$(srcdir)/macosx
-
-.c.@OBJEXT@:
- $(COMPILE) -c `@CYGPATH@ $<` -o $@
-
-.C.@OBJEXT@:
- $(COMPILE) -c `@CYGPATH@ $<` -o $@
-
-#========================================================================
-# Distribution creation
-# You may need to tweak this target to make it work correctly.
-#========================================================================
-
-#COMPRESS = tar cvf $(PKG_DIR).tar $(PKG_DIR); compress $(PKG_DIR).tar
-COMPRESS = tar zcvf $(PKG_DIR).tar.gz $(PKG_DIR)
-DIST_ROOT = /tmp/dist
-DIST_DIR = $(DIST_ROOT)/$(PKG_DIR)
-
-DIST_INSTALL_DATA = CPPROG='cp -p' $(INSTALL) -m 644
-DIST_INSTALL_SCRIPT = CPPROG='cp -p' $(INSTALL) -m 755
-
-dist-clean:
- rm -rf $(DIST_DIR) $(DIST_ROOT)/$(PKG_DIR).tar.*
-
-dist: dist-clean
- $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DIST_DIR)
-
- # TEA files
- $(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \
- $(srcdir)/aclocal.m4 $(srcdir)/configure.ac \
- $(DIST_DIR)/
- $(DIST_INSTALL_SCRIPT) $(srcdir)/configure $(DIST_DIR)/
-
- $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DIST_DIR)/tclconfig
- $(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/tclconfig/README.txt \
- $(srcdir)/tclconfig/tcl.m4 $(srcdir)/tclconfig/install-sh \
- $(DIST_DIR)/tclconfig/
-
- # Extension files
- $(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) \
- $(srcdir)/ChangeLog \
- $(srcdir)/README.sha \
- $(srcdir)/license.terms \
- $(srcdir)/README \
- $(srcdir)/pkgIndex.tcl.in \
- $(DIST_DIR)/
-
- list='demos doc generic library mac tests unix win'; \
- for p in $$list; do \
- if test -d $(srcdir)/$$p ; then \
- $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DIST_DIR)/$$p; \
- $(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$p/* $(DIST_DIR)/$$p/; \
- fi; \
- done
-
- (cd $(DIST_ROOT); $(COMPRESS);)
-
-#========================================================================
-# End of user-definable section
-#========================================================================
-
-#========================================================================
-# Don't modify the file to clean here. Instead, set the "CLEANFILES"
-# variable in configure.ac
-#========================================================================
-
-clean:
- -test -z "$(BINARIES)" || rm -f $(BINARIES)
- -rm -f $(PKG_OBJECTS) *.$(OBJEXT) core *.core
- -test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
-
-distclean: clean
- -rm -f *.tab.c
- -rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
- -rm -f config.cache config.log config.status
-
-#========================================================================
-# Install binary object libraries. On Windows this includes both .dll and
-# .lib files. Because the .lib files are not explicitly listed anywhere,
-# we need to deduce their existence from the .dll file of the same name.
-# Library files go into the lib directory.
-# In addition, this will generate the pkgIndex.tcl
-# file in the install location (assuming it can find a usable tclsh shell)
-#
-# You should not have to modify this target.
-#========================================================================
-
-install-lib-binaries: binaries
- @$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)
- @list='$(lib_BINARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \
- if test -f $$p; then \
- echo " $(INSTALL_LIBRARY) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p"; \
- $(INSTALL_LIBRARY) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p; \
- ext=`echo $$p|sed -e "s/.*\.//"`; \
- if test "x$$ext" = "xdll"; then \
- lib=`basename $$p|sed -e 's/.[^.]*$$//'`.lib; \
- if test -f $$lib; then \
- echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$lib $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$lib"; \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $$lib $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$lib; \
- fi; \
- fi; \
- fi; \
- done
- @list='$(PKG_TCL_SOURCES)'; for p in $$list; do \
- if test -f $(srcdir)/$$p; then \
- destp=`basename $$p`; \
- echo " Install $$destp $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$destp"; \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$p $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$destp; \
- fi; \
- done
- @if test "x$(SHARED_BUILD)" = "x1"; then \
- echo " Install pkgIndex.tcl $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)"; \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) pkgIndex.tcl $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir); \
- fi
- $(INSTALL_DATA) tkbltConfig.sh $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)
-
-#========================================================================
-# Install binary executables (e.g. .exe files and dependent .dll files)
-# This is for files that must go in the bin directory (located next to
-# wish and tclsh), like dependent .dll files on Windows.
-#
-# You should not have to modify this target, except to define bin_BINARIES
-# above if necessary.
-#========================================================================
-
-install-bin-binaries: binaries
- @$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)
- @list='$(bin_BINARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \
- if test -f $$p; then \
- echo " $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$p"; \
- $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$p; \
- fi; \
- done
-
-Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
- cd $(top_builddir) \
- && CONFIG_FILES=$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
-
-uninstall-binaries:
- list='$(lib_BINARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \
- rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p; \
- done
- list='$(PKG_TCL_SOURCES)'; for p in $$list; do \
- p=`basename $$p`; \
- rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p; \
- done
- list='$(bin_BINARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \
- rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$p; \
- done
-
-.PHONY: all binaries clean depend distclean doc install libraries test
-.PHONY: gdb gdb-test valgrind valgrindshell
-
-# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
-# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
-.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/tkblt/README.md b/tkblt/README.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c5a5b74..0000000
--- a/tkblt/README.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-[![DOI](https://zenodo.org/badge/DOI/10.5281/zenodo.1041783.svg)](https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.1041783)
-# tkblt
-Introduction to the TkBLT library
-
-TkBLT is a library of extensions to the Tk library. It adds new
-commands and variables to the application's interpreter.
-
-TkBLT is a derived version of the BLT Toolkit by George A. Howlett,
-for Tcl/Tk 8.5/8.6, is TEA compatible, with full support for MacOSX and
-Windows, and is fully compatible with the Tk API. TkBLT is released
-under the original BSD license. TkBLT includes only the Graph and
-Barchart Tk widgets, and the Tcl Vector command.
-
-The following commands are added to the interpreter from the TkBLT library:
-
-Graph: A 2D plotting widget. Plots two variable data in a window with an optional
-legend and annotations. It has of several components; coordinate axes,
-crosshairs, a legend, and a collection of elements and tags.
-
-Barchart: A barchart widget. Plots two-variable data as rectangular bars in a
-window. The x-coordinate values designate the position of the bar along
-the x-axis, while the y-coordinate values designate the magnitude.
-The barchart widget has of several components; coordinate axes,
-crosshairs, a legend, and a collection of elements and tags.
-
-Vector: Creates a vector of floating point values. The vector's components
-can be manipulated in three ways: through a Tcl array variable, a Tcl
-command, or the C API.
diff --git a/tkblt/aclocal.m4 b/tkblt/aclocal.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b05739..0000000
--- a/tkblt/aclocal.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-#
-# Include the TEA standard macro set
-#
-
-builtin(include,tclconfig/tcl.m4)
-
-#
-# Add here whatever m4 macros you want to define for your package
-#
diff --git a/tkblt/configure b/tkblt/configure
deleted file mode 100755
index 0a1414a..0000000
--- a/tkblt/configure
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10270 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
-# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69 for tkblt 3.2.
-#
-#
-# Copyright (C) 1992-1996, 1998-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-#
-# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
-## -------------------- ##
-## M4sh Initialization. ##
-## -------------------- ##
-
-# Be more Bourne compatible
-DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
-if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
- emulate sh
- NULLCMD=:
- # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
- # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature.
- alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
- setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
-else
- case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #(
- *posix*) :
- set -o posix ;; #(
- *) :
- ;;
-esac
-fi
-
-
-as_nl='
-'
-export as_nl
-# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf.
-as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'
-as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
-as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
-# Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris,
-# but without wasting forks for bash or zsh.
-if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \
- && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
- as_echo='print -r --'
- as_echo_n='print -rn --'
-elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
- as_echo='printf %s\n'
- as_echo_n='printf %s'
-else
- if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then
- as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"'
- as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n'
- else
- as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"'
- as_echo_n_body='eval
- arg=$1;
- case $arg in #(
- *"$as_nl"*)
- expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl";
- arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;;
- esac;
- expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl"
- '
- export as_echo_n_body
- as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo'
- fi
- export as_echo_body
- as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo'
-fi
-
-# The user is always right.
-if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
- PATH_SEPARATOR=:
- (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && {
- (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
- PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
- }
-fi
-
-
-# IFS
-# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is
-# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab.
-# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word
-# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.)
-IFS=" "" $as_nl"
-
-# Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no directory separator.
-as_myself=
-case $0 in #((
- *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
- *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
- IFS=$as_save_IFS
- test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
- test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
- done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
- ;;
-esac
-# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
-# in which case we are not to be found in the path.
-if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
- as_myself=$0
-fi
-if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
- $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2
- exit 1
-fi
-
-# Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in
-# pre-3.0 UWIN ksh). But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1"
-# suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there. '((' could
-# trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14.
-for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH
-do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \
- && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || :
-done
-PS1='$ '
-PS2='> '
-PS4='+ '
-
-# NLS nuisances.
-LC_ALL=C
-export LC_ALL
-LANGUAGE=C
-export LANGUAGE
-
-# CDPATH.
-(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
-
-# Use a proper internal environment variable to ensure we don't fall
- # into an infinite loop, continuously re-executing ourselves.
- if test x"${_as_can_reexec}" != xno && test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then
- _as_can_reexec=no; export _as_can_reexec;
- # We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a
-# neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also
-# works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables.
-# Preserve -v and -x to the replacement shell.
-BASH_ENV=/dev/null
-ENV=/dev/null
-(unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV
-case $- in # ((((
- *v*x* | *x*v* ) as_opts=-vx ;;
- *v* ) as_opts=-v ;;
- *x* ) as_opts=-x ;;
- * ) as_opts= ;;
-esac
-exec $CONFIG_SHELL $as_opts "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"}
-# Admittedly, this is quite paranoid, since all the known shells bail
-# out after a failed `exec'.
-$as_echo "$0: could not re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL" >&2
-as_fn_exit 255
- fi
- # We don't want this to propagate to other subprocesses.
- { _as_can_reexec=; unset _as_can_reexec;}
-if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" = x; then
- as_bourne_compatible="if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
- emulate sh
- NULLCMD=:
- # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which
- # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature.
- alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"'
- setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
-else
- case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in #(
- *posix*) :
- set -o posix ;; #(
- *) :
- ;;
-esac
-fi
-"
- as_required="as_fn_return () { (exit \$1); }
-as_fn_success () { as_fn_return 0; }
-as_fn_failure () { as_fn_return 1; }
-as_fn_ret_success () { return 0; }
-as_fn_ret_failure () { return 1; }
-
-exitcode=0
-as_fn_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_success failed.; }
-as_fn_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_failure succeeded.; }
-as_fn_ret_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_success failed.; }
-as_fn_ret_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_failure succeeded.; }
-if ( set x; as_fn_ret_success y && test x = \"\$1\" ); then :
-
-else
- exitcode=1; echo positional parameters were not saved.
-fi
-test x\$exitcode = x0 || exit 1
-test -x / || exit 1"
- as_suggested=" as_lineno_1=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_1a=\$LINENO
- as_lineno_2=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_2a=\$LINENO
- eval 'test \"x\$as_lineno_1'\$as_run'\" != \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\" &&
- test \"x\`expr \$as_lineno_1'\$as_run' + 1\`\" = \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\"' || exit 1
-test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2 || exit 1"
- if (eval "$as_required") 2>/dev/null; then :
- as_have_required=yes
-else
- as_have_required=no
-fi
- if test x$as_have_required = xyes && (eval "$as_suggested") 2>/dev/null; then :
-
-else
- as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-as_found=false
-for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH
-do
- IFS=$as_save_IFS
- test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
- as_found=:
- case $as_dir in #(
- /*)
- for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do
- # Try only shells that exist, to save several forks.
- as_shell=$as_dir/$as_base
- if { test -f "$as_shell" || test -f "$as_shell.exe"; } &&
- { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then :
- CONFIG_SHELL=$as_shell as_have_required=yes
- if { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_suggested" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then :
- break 2
-fi
-fi
- done;;
- esac
- as_found=false
-done
-$as_found || { if { test -f "$SHELL" || test -f "$SHELL.exe"; } &&
- { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$SHELL"; } 2>/dev/null; then :
- CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL as_have_required=yes
-fi; }
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-
- if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then :
- export CONFIG_SHELL
- # We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a
-# neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also
-# works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables.
-# Preserve -v and -x to the replacement shell.
-BASH_ENV=/dev/null
-ENV=/dev/null
-(unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV
-case $- in # ((((
- *v*x* | *x*v* ) as_opts=-vx ;;
- *v* ) as_opts=-v ;;
- *x* ) as_opts=-x ;;
- * ) as_opts= ;;
-esac
-exec $CONFIG_SHELL $as_opts "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"}
-# Admittedly, this is quite paranoid, since all the known shells bail
-# out after a failed `exec'.
-$as_echo "$0: could not re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL" >&2
-exit 255
-fi
-
- if test x$as_have_required = xno; then :
- $as_echo "$0: This script requires a shell more modern than all"
- $as_echo "$0: the shells that I found on your system."
- if test x${ZSH_VERSION+set} = xset ; then
- $as_echo "$0: In particular, zsh $ZSH_VERSION has bugs and should"
- $as_echo "$0: be upgraded to zsh 4.3.4 or later."
- else
- $as_echo "$0: Please tell bug-autoconf@gnu.org about your system,
-$0: including any error possibly output before this
-$0: message. Then install a modern shell, or manually run
-$0: the script under such a shell if you do have one."
- fi
- exit 1
-fi
-fi
-fi
-SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
-export SHELL
-# Unset more variables known to interfere with behavior of common tools.
-CLICOLOR_FORCE= GREP_OPTIONS=
-unset CLICOLOR_FORCE GREP_OPTIONS
-
-## --------------------- ##
-## M4sh Shell Functions. ##
-## --------------------- ##
-# as_fn_unset VAR
-# ---------------
-# Portably unset VAR.
-as_fn_unset ()
-{
- { eval $1=; unset $1;}
-}
-as_unset=as_fn_unset
-
-# as_fn_set_status STATUS
-# -----------------------
-# Set $? to STATUS, without forking.
-as_fn_set_status ()
-{
- return $1
-} # as_fn_set_status
-
-# as_fn_exit STATUS
-# -----------------
-# Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context.
-as_fn_exit ()
-{
- set +e
- as_fn_set_status $1
- exit $1
-} # as_fn_exit
-
-# as_fn_mkdir_p
-# -------------
-# Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary.
-as_fn_mkdir_p ()
-{
-
- case $as_dir in #(
- -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;;
- esac
- test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || {
- as_dirs=
- while :; do
- case $as_dir in #(
- *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'(
- *) as_qdir=$as_dir;;
- esac
- as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs"
- as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" ||
-$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
- X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
- X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
- X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
-$as_echo X"$as_dir" |
- sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
- s//\1/
- q
- }
- /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
- s//\1/
- q
- }
- /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
- s//\1/
- q
- }
- /^X\(\/\).*/{
- s//\1/
- q
- }
- s/.*/./; q'`
- test -d "$as_dir" && break
- done
- test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs"
- } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error $? "cannot create directory $as_dir"
-
-
-} # as_fn_mkdir_p
-
-# as_fn_executable_p FILE
-# -----------------------
-# Test if FILE is an executable regular file.
-as_fn_executable_p ()
-{
- test -f "$1" && test -x "$1"
-} # as_fn_executable_p
-# as_fn_append VAR VALUE
-# ----------------------
-# Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take
-# advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over
-# repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive
-# implementations.
-if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then :
- eval 'as_fn_append ()
- {
- eval $1+=\$2
- }'
-else
- as_fn_append ()
- {
- eval $1=\$$1\$2
- }
-fi # as_fn_append
-
-# as_fn_arith ARG...
-# ------------------
-# Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the
-# global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments
-# must be portable across $(()) and expr.
-if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then :
- eval 'as_fn_arith ()
- {
- as_val=$(( $* ))
- }'
-else
- as_fn_arith ()
- {
- as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1`
- }
-fi # as_fn_arith
-
-
-# as_fn_error STATUS ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD]
-# ----------------------------------------
-# Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are
-# provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the
-# script with STATUS, using 1 if that was 0.
-as_fn_error ()
-{
- as_status=$1; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1
- if test "$4"; then
- as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$3"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $2" >&$4
- fi
- $as_echo "$as_me: error: $2" >&2
- as_fn_exit $as_status
-} # as_fn_error
-
-if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
- test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then
- as_expr=expr
-else
- as_expr=false
-fi
-
-if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
- as_basename=basename
-else
- as_basename=false
-fi
-
-if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
- as_dirname=dirname
-else
- as_dirname=false
-fi
-
-as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" ||
-$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
- X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
- X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
-$as_echo X/"$0" |
- sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{
- s//\1/
- q
- }
- /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{
- s//\1/
- q
- }
- /^X\/\(\/\).*/{
- s//\1/
- q
- }
- s/.*/./; q'`
-
-# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
-as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
-as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
-as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
-as_cr_digits='0123456789'
-as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
-
-
- as_lineno_1=$LINENO as_lineno_1a=$LINENO
- as_lineno_2=$LINENO as_lineno_2a=$LINENO
- eval 'test "x$as_lineno_1'$as_run'" != "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'" &&
- test "x`expr $as_lineno_1'$as_run' + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'"' || {
- # Blame Lee E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax. :-)
- sed -n '
- p
- /[$]LINENO/=
- ' <$as_myself |
- sed '
- s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/
- t lineno
- b
- :lineno
- N
- :loop
- s/[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n\)\(.*\)/\2\1\2/
- t loop
- s/-\n.*//
- ' >$as_me.lineno &&
- chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" ||
- { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2; as_fn_exit 1; }
-
- # If we had to re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL, we're ensured to have
- # already done that, so ensure we don't try to do so again and fall
- # in an infinite loop. This has already happened in practice.
- _as_can_reexec=no; export _as_can_reexec
- # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
- # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
- # original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensitive to this).
- . "./$as_me.lineno"
- # Exit status is that of the last command.
- exit
-}
-
-ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T=
-case `echo -n x` in #(((((
--n*)
- case `echo 'xy\c'` in
- *c*) ECHO_T=' ';; # ECHO_T is single tab character.
- xy) ECHO_C='\c';;
- *) echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null
- ECHO_T=' ';;
- esac;;
-*)
- ECHO_N='-n';;
-esac
-
-rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
-if test -d conf$$.dir; then
- rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file
-else
- rm -f conf$$.dir
- mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
-fi
-if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then
- if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
- as_ln_s='ln -s'
- # ... but there are two gotchas:
- # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail.
- # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable.
- # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -pR'.
- ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe ||
- as_ln_s='cp -pR'
- elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
- as_ln_s=ln
- else
- as_ln_s='cp -pR'
- fi
-else
- as_ln_s='cp -pR'
-fi
-rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file
-rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
-
-if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
- as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"'
-else
- test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
- as_mkdir_p=false
-fi
-
-as_test_x='test -x'
-as_executable_p=as_fn_executable_p
-
-# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
-as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
-
-# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
-as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
-
-
-test -n "$DJDIR" || exec 7<&0 </dev/null
-exec 6>&1
-
-# Name of the host.
-# hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, old GNU/Linux) returns a bogus exit status,
-# so uname gets run too.
-ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
-
-#
-# Initializations.
-#
-ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
-ac_clean_files=
-ac_config_libobj_dir=.
-LIBOBJS=
-cross_compiling=no
-subdirs=
-MFLAGS=
-MAKEFLAGS=
-
-# Identity of this package.
-PACKAGE_NAME='tkblt'
-PACKAGE_TARNAME='tkblt'
-PACKAGE_VERSION='3.2'
-PACKAGE_STRING='tkblt 3.2'
-PACKAGE_BUGREPORT=''
-PACKAGE_URL=''
-
-# Factoring default headers for most tests.
-ac_includes_default="\
-#include <stdio.h>
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
-# include <sys/types.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
-# include <sys/stat.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-# include <stdlib.h>
-# include <stddef.h>
-#else
-# ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
-# include <stdlib.h>
-# endif
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
-# if !defined STDC_HEADERS && defined HAVE_MEMORY_H
-# include <memory.h>
-# endif
-# include <string.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
-# include <strings.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
-# include <inttypes.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
-# include <stdint.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-# include <unistd.h>
-#endif"
-
-ac_subst_vars='LTLIBOBJS
-LIBOBJS
-PATCHLEVEL
-MINOR_VERSION
-MAJOR_VERSION
-tkblt_STUB_LIB_PATH
-tkblt_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH
-tkblt_STUB_LIB_SPEC
-tkblt_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC
-tkblt_LIB_SPEC
-tkblt_BUILD_LIB_SPEC
-WISH_PROG
-TCLSH_PROG
-VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE
-VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL
-RANLIB_STUB
-MAKE_STUB_LIB
-MAKE_STATIC_LIB
-MAKE_SHARED_LIB
-MAKE_LIB
-TCL_DBGX
-LDFLAGS_DEFAULT
-CFLAGS_DEFAULT
-LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR
-SHLIB_CFLAGS
-SHLIB_LD_LIBS
-SHLIB_LD
-STLIB_LD
-CFLAGS_WARNING
-CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE
-CFLAGS_DEBUG
-RC
-CELIB_DIR
-AR
-STUBS_BUILD
-SHARED_BUILD
-TCL_THREADS
-XMKMF
-TK_XLIB_DIR_NATIVE
-TK_TOP_DIR_NATIVE
-TK_INCLUDES
-TCL_TOP_DIR_NATIVE
-TCL_INCLUDES
-PKG_OBJECTS
-PKG_SOURCES
-EGREP
-GREP
-RANLIB
-SET_MAKE
-CPP
-TK_XINCLUDES
-TK_LIBS
-TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC
-TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG
-TK_STUB_LIB_FILE
-TK_LIB_SPEC
-TK_LIB_FLAG
-TK_LIB_FILE
-TK_SRC_DIR
-TK_BIN_DIR
-TK_VERSION
-TCL_SHLIB_LD_LIBS
-TCL_LD_FLAGS
-TCL_EXTRA_CFLAGS
-TCL_DEFS
-TCL_LIBS
-CLEANFILES
-OBJEXT
-ac_ct_CC
-CPPFLAGS
-LDFLAGS
-CFLAGS
-CC
-TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC
-TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG
-TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE
-TCL_LIB_SPEC
-TCL_LIB_FLAG
-TCL_LIB_FILE
-TCL_SRC_DIR
-TCL_BIN_DIR
-TCL_PATCH_LEVEL
-TCL_VERSION
-INSTALL_LIBRARY
-INSTALL_SCRIPT
-INSTALL_PROGRAM
-INSTALL_DATA
-INSTALL_DATA_DIR
-INSTALL
-PKG_CFLAGS
-PKG_LIBS
-PKG_INCLUDES
-PKG_HEADERS
-PKG_TCL_SOURCES
-PKG_STUB_OBJECTS
-PKG_STUB_SOURCES
-PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE
-PKG_LIB_FILE
-EXEEXT
-CYGPATH
-target_alias
-host_alias
-build_alias
-LIBS
-ECHO_T
-ECHO_N
-ECHO_C
-DEFS
-mandir
-localedir
-libdir
-psdir
-pdfdir
-dvidir
-htmldir
-infodir
-docdir
-oldincludedir
-includedir
-localstatedir
-sharedstatedir
-sysconfdir
-datadir
-datarootdir
-libexecdir
-sbindir
-bindir
-program_transform_name
-prefix
-exec_prefix
-PACKAGE_URL
-PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
-PACKAGE_STRING
-PACKAGE_VERSION
-PACKAGE_TARNAME
-PACKAGE_NAME
-PATH_SEPARATOR
-SHELL'
-ac_subst_files=''
-ac_user_opts='
-enable_option_checking
-with_tcl
-with_tk
-with_tclinclude
-with_tkinclude
-with_x
-enable_threads
-enable_shared
-enable_stubs
-enable_64bit
-enable_64bit_vis
-enable_rpath
-enable_wince
-with_celib
-enable_symbols
-'
- ac_precious_vars='build_alias
-host_alias
-target_alias
-CC
-CFLAGS
-LDFLAGS
-LIBS
-CPPFLAGS
-CPP
-XMKMF'
-
-
-# Initialize some variables set by options.
-ac_init_help=
-ac_init_version=false
-ac_unrecognized_opts=
-ac_unrecognized_sep=
-# The variables have the same names as the options, with
-# dashes changed to underlines.
-cache_file=/dev/null
-exec_prefix=NONE
-no_create=
-no_recursion=
-prefix=NONE
-program_prefix=NONE
-program_suffix=NONE
-program_transform_name=s,x,x,
-silent=
-site=
-srcdir=
-verbose=
-x_includes=NONE
-x_libraries=NONE
-
-# Installation directory options.
-# These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo"
-# and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix
-# by default will actually change.
-# Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them.
-# (The list follows the same order as the GNU Coding Standards.)
-bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
-sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
-libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
-datarootdir='${prefix}/share'
-datadir='${datarootdir}'
-sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
-sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
-localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
-includedir='${prefix}/include'
-oldincludedir='/usr/include'
-docdir='${datarootdir}/doc/${PACKAGE_TARNAME}'
-infodir='${datarootdir}/info'
-htmldir='${docdir}'
-dvidir='${docdir}'
-pdfdir='${docdir}'
-psdir='${docdir}'
-libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
-localedir='${datarootdir}/locale'
-mandir='${datarootdir}/man'
-
-ac_prev=
-ac_dashdash=
-for ac_option
-do
- # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
- if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
- eval $ac_prev=\$ac_option
- ac_prev=
- continue
- fi
-
- case $ac_option in
- *=?*) ac_optarg=`expr "X$ac_option" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ;;
- *=) ac_optarg= ;;
- *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
- esac
-
- # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
-
- case $ac_dashdash$ac_option in
- --)
- ac_dashdash=yes ;;
-
- -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
- ac_prev=bindir ;;
- -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
- bindir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
- -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
- ac_prev=build_alias ;;
- -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
- build_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
-
- -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
- | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
- ac_prev=cache_file ;;
- -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
- | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
- cache_file=$ac_optarg ;;
-
- --config-cache | -C)
- cache_file=config.cache ;;
-
- -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad)
- ac_prev=datadir ;;
- -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=*)
- datadir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
- -datarootdir | --datarootdir | --datarootdi | --datarootd | --dataroot \
- | --dataroo | --dataro | --datar)
- ac_prev=datarootdir ;;
- -datarootdir=* | --datarootdir=* | --datarootdi=* | --datarootd=* \
- | --dataroot=* | --dataroo=* | --dataro=* | --datar=*)
- datarootdir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
- -disable-* | --disable-*)
- ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'`
- # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
- expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
- as_fn_error $? "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt"
- ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
- ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
- case $ac_user_opts in
- *"
-"enable_$ac_useropt"
-"*) ;;
- *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--disable-$ac_useropt_orig"
- ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
- esac
- eval enable_$ac_useropt=no ;;
-
- -docdir | --docdir | --docdi | --doc | --do)
- ac_prev=docdir ;;
- -docdir=* | --docdir=* | --docdi=* | --doc=* | --do=*)
- docdir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
- -dvidir | --dvidir | --dvidi | --dvid | --dvi | --dv)
- ac_prev=dvidir ;;
- -dvidir=* | --dvidir=* | --dvidi=* | --dvid=* | --dvi=* | --dv=*)
- dvidir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
- -enable-* | --enable-*)
- ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'`
- # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
- expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
- as_fn_error $? "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt"
- ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
- ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
- case $ac_user_opts in
- *"
-"enable_$ac_useropt"
-"*) ;;
- *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--enable-$ac_useropt_orig"
- ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
- esac
- eval enable_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;;
-
- -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
- | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
- | --exec | --exe | --ex)
- ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
- -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
- | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
- | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
- exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
-
- -gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
- # Obsolete; use --with-gas.
- with_gas=yes ;;
-
- -help | --help | --hel | --he | -h)
- ac_init_help=long ;;
- -help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*)
- ac_init_help=recursive ;;
- -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*)
- ac_init_help=short ;;
-
- -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
- ac_prev=host_alias ;;
- -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
- host_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
-
- -htmldir | --htmldir | --htmldi | --htmld | --html | --htm | --ht)
- ac_prev=htmldir ;;
- -htmldir=* | --htmldir=* | --htmldi=* | --htmld=* | --html=* | --htm=* \
- | --ht=*)
- htmldir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
- -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
- | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
- ac_prev=includedir ;;
- -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
- | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
- includedir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
- -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
- ac_prev=infodir ;;
- -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
- infodir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
- -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
- ac_prev=libdir ;;
- -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
- libdir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
- -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
- | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
- ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
- -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
- | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
- libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
- -localedir | --localedir | --localedi | --localed | --locale)
- ac_prev=localedir ;;
- -localedir=* | --localedir=* | --localedi=* | --localed=* | --locale=*)
- localedir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
- -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
- | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst | --locals)
- ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
- -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
- | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* | --locals=*)
- localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
- -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
- ac_prev=mandir ;;
- -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
- mandir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
- -nfp | --nfp | --nf)
- # Obsolete; use --without-fp.
- with_fp=no ;;
-
- -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
- | --no-cr | --no-c | -n)
- no_create=yes ;;
-
- -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
- | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
- no_recursion=yes ;;
-
- -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
- | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
- | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
- ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
- -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
- | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
- | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
- oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
- -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
- ac_prev=prefix ;;
- -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
- prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
-
- -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
- | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
- ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
- -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
- | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
- program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
-
- -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
- | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
- ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
- -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
- | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
- program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;;
-
- -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
- | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
- | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
- | --program-transform | --program-transfor \
- | --program-transfo | --program-transf \
- | --program-trans | --program-tran \
- | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
- ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
- -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
- | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
- | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
- | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
- | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
- | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
- | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
- program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;;
-
- -pdfdir | --pdfdir | --pdfdi | --pdfd | --pdf | --pd)
- ac_prev=pdfdir ;;
- -pdfdir=* | --pdfdir=* | --pdfdi=* | --pdfd=* | --pdf=* | --pd=*)
- pdfdir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
- -psdir | --psdir | --psdi | --psd | --ps)
- ac_prev=psdir ;;
- -psdir=* | --psdir=* | --psdi=* | --psd=* | --ps=*)
- psdir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
- -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
- | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
- silent=yes ;;
-
- -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
- ac_prev=sbindir ;;
- -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
- | --sbi=* | --sb=*)
- sbindir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
- -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
- | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
- | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
- | --sha | --sh)
- ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
- -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
- | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
- | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
- | --sha=* | --sh=*)
- sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
- -site | --site | --sit)
- ac_prev=site ;;
- -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
- site=$ac_optarg ;;
-
- -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
- ac_prev=srcdir ;;
- -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
- srcdir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
- -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
- | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
- ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
- -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
- | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
- sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
- -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
- ac_prev=target_alias ;;
- -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
- target_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
-
- -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
- verbose=yes ;;
-
- -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V)
- ac_init_version=: ;;
-
- -with-* | --with-*)
- ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'`
- # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
- expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
- as_fn_error $? "invalid package name: $ac_useropt"
- ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
- ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
- case $ac_user_opts in
- *"
-"with_$ac_useropt"
-"*) ;;
- *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--with-$ac_useropt_orig"
- ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
- esac
- eval with_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;;
-
- -without-* | --without-*)
- ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'`
- # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
- expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
- as_fn_error $? "invalid package name: $ac_useropt"
- ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
- ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
- case $ac_user_opts in
- *"
-"with_$ac_useropt"
-"*) ;;
- *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--without-$ac_useropt_orig"
- ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
- esac
- eval with_$ac_useropt=no ;;
-
- --x)
- # Obsolete; use --with-x.
- with_x=yes ;;
-
- -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
- | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
- ac_prev=x_includes ;;
- -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
- | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
- x_includes=$ac_optarg ;;
-
- -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
- | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
- ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
- -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
- | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
- x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;;
-
- -*) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized option: \`$ac_option'
-Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
- ;;
-
- *=*)
- ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='`
- # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
- case $ac_envvar in #(
- '' | [0-9]* | *[!_$as_cr_alnum]* )
- as_fn_error $? "invalid variable name: \`$ac_envvar'" ;;
- esac
- eval $ac_envvar=\$ac_optarg
- export $ac_envvar ;;
-
- *)
- # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0.
- $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2
- expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
- $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2
- : "${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option}"
- ;;
-
- esac
-done
-
-if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
- ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`
- as_fn_error $? "missing argument to $ac_option"
-fi
-
-if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts"; then
- case $enable_option_checking in
- no) ;;
- fatal) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" ;;
- *) $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2 ;;
- esac
-fi
-
-# Check all directory arguments for consistency.
-for ac_var in exec_prefix prefix bindir sbindir libexecdir datarootdir \
- datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir includedir \
- oldincludedir docdir infodir htmldir dvidir pdfdir psdir \
- libdir localedir mandir
-do
- eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
- # Remove trailing slashes.
- case $ac_val in
- */ )
- ac_val=`expr "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*\)'`
- eval $ac_var=\$ac_val;;
- esac
- # Be sure to have absolute directory names.
- case $ac_val in
- [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) continue;;
- NONE | '' ) case $ac_var in *prefix ) continue;; esac;;
- esac
- as_fn_error $? "expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val"
-done
-
-# There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host'
-# used to hold the argument of --host etc.
-# FIXME: To remove some day.
-build=$build_alias
-host=$host_alias
-target=$target_alias
-
-# FIXME: To remove some day.
-if test "x$host_alias" != x; then
- if test "x$build_alias" = x; then
- cross_compiling=maybe
- elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then
- cross_compiling=yes
- fi
-fi
-
-ac_tool_prefix=
-test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias-
-
-test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null
-
-
-ac_pwd=`pwd` && test -n "$ac_pwd" &&
-ac_ls_di=`ls -di .` &&
-ac_pwd_ls_di=`cd "$ac_pwd" && ls -di .` ||
- as_fn_error $? "working directory cannot be determined"
-test "X$ac_ls_di" = "X$ac_pwd_ls_di" ||
- as_fn_error $? "pwd does not report name of working directory"
-
-
-# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
-if test -z "$srcdir"; then
- ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
- # Try the directory containing this script, then the parent directory.
- ac_confdir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_myself" ||
-$as_expr X"$as_myself" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
- X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
- X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
- X"$as_myself" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
-$as_echo X"$as_myself" |
- sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
- s//\1/
- q
- }
- /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
- s//\1/
- q
- }
- /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
- s//\1/
- q
- }
- /^X\(\/\).*/{
- s//\1/
- q
- }
- s/.*/./; q'`
- srcdir=$ac_confdir
- if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then
- srcdir=..
- fi
-else
- ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
-fi
-if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then
- test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes && srcdir="$ac_confdir or .."
- as_fn_error $? "cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir"
-fi
-ac_msg="sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work"
-ac_abs_confdir=`(
- cd "$srcdir" && test -r "./$ac_unique_file" || as_fn_error $? "$ac_msg"
- pwd)`
-# When building in place, set srcdir=.
-if test "$ac_abs_confdir" = "$ac_pwd"; then
- srcdir=.
-fi
-# Remove unnecessary trailing slashes from srcdir.
-# Double slashes in file names in object file debugging info
-# mess up M-x gdb in Emacs.
-case $srcdir in
-*/) srcdir=`expr "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*\)'`;;
-esac
-for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do
- eval ac_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set}
- eval ac_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var}
- eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set}
- eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var}
-done
-
-#
-# Report the --help message.
-#
-if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
- # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
- # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
- cat <<_ACEOF
-\`configure' configures tkblt 3.2 to adapt to many kinds of systems.
-
-Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...
-
-To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as
-VAR=VALUE. See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables.
-
-Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.
-
-Configuration:
- -h, --help display this help and exit
- --help=short display options specific to this package
- --help=recursive display the short help of all the included packages
- -V, --version display version information and exit
- -q, --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking ...' messages
- --cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE [disabled]
- -C, --config-cache alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache'
- -n, --no-create do not create output files
- --srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..']
-
-Installation directories:
- --prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
- [$ac_default_prefix]
- --exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
- [PREFIX]
-
-By default, \`make install' will install all the files in
-\`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc. You can specify
-an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix',
-for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'.
-
-For better control, use the options below.
-
-Fine tuning of the installation directories:
- --bindir=DIR user executables [EPREFIX/bin]
- --sbindir=DIR system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin]
- --libexecdir=DIR program executables [EPREFIX/libexec]
- --sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc]
- --sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com]
- --localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var]
- --libdir=DIR object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib]
- --includedir=DIR C header files [PREFIX/include]
- --oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include]
- --datarootdir=DIR read-only arch.-independent data root [PREFIX/share]
- --datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data [DATAROOTDIR]
- --infodir=DIR info documentation [DATAROOTDIR/info]
- --localedir=DIR locale-dependent data [DATAROOTDIR/locale]
- --mandir=DIR man documentation [DATAROOTDIR/man]
- --docdir=DIR documentation root [DATAROOTDIR/doc/tkblt]
- --htmldir=DIR html documentation [DOCDIR]
- --dvidir=DIR dvi documentation [DOCDIR]
- --pdfdir=DIR pdf documentation [DOCDIR]
- --psdir=DIR ps documentation [DOCDIR]
-_ACEOF
-
- cat <<\_ACEOF
-
-X features:
- --x-includes=DIR X include files are in DIR
- --x-libraries=DIR X library files are in DIR
-_ACEOF
-fi
-
-if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
- case $ac_init_help in
- short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of tkblt 3.2:";;
- esac
- cat <<\_ACEOF
-
-Optional Features:
- --disable-option-checking ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options
- --disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
- --enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
- --enable-threads build with threads (default: on)
- --enable-shared build and link with shared libraries (default: on)
- --enable-stubs build and link with stub libraries. Always true for
- shared builds (default: on)
- --enable-64bit enable 64bit support (default: off)
- --enable-64bit-vis enable 64bit Sparc VIS support (default: off)
- --disable-rpath disable rpath support (default: on)
- --enable-wince enable Win/CE support (where applicable)
- --enable-symbols build with debugging symbols (default: off)
-
-Optional Packages:
- --with-PACKAGE[=ARG] use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
- --without-PACKAGE do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
- --with-tcl directory containing tcl configuration
- (tclConfig.sh)
- --with-tk directory containing tk configuration (tkConfig.sh)
- --with-tclinclude directory containing the public Tcl header files
- --with-tkinclude directory containing the public Tk header files
- --with-x use the X Window System
- --with-celib=DIR use Windows/CE support library from DIR
-
-Some influential environment variables:
- CC C compiler command
- CFLAGS C compiler flags
- LDFLAGS linker flags, e.g. -L<lib dir> if you have libraries in a
- nonstandard directory <lib dir>
- LIBS libraries to pass to the linker, e.g. -l<library>
- CPPFLAGS (Objective) C/C++ preprocessor flags, e.g. -I<include dir> if
- you have headers in a nonstandard directory <include dir>
- CPP C preprocessor
- XMKMF Path to xmkmf, Makefile generator for X Window System
-
-Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help
-it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations.
-
-Report bugs to the package provider.
-_ACEOF
-ac_status=$?
-fi
-
-if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then
- # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help.
- for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue
- test -d "$ac_dir" ||
- { cd "$srcdir" && ac_pwd=`pwd` && srcdir=. && test -d "$ac_dir"; } ||
- continue
- ac_builddir=.
-
-case "$ac_dir" in
-.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
-*)
- ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'`
- # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
- ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'`
- case $ac_top_builddir_sub in
- "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
- *) ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;;
- esac ;;
-esac
-ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd
-ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix
-# for backward compatibility:
-ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix
-
-case $srcdir in
- .) # We are building in place.
- ac_srcdir=.
- ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub
- ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;;
- [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute name.
- ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
- ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir
- ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
- *) # Relative name.
- ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
- ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir
- ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;;
-esac
-ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
-
- cd "$ac_dir" || { ac_status=$?; continue; }
- # Check for guested configure.
- if test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu"; then
- echo &&
- $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu" --help=recursive
- elif test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure"; then
- echo &&
- $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure" --help=recursive
- else
- $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2
- fi || ac_status=$?
- cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; }
- done
-fi
-
-test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status
-if $ac_init_version; then
- cat <<\_ACEOF
-tkblt configure 3.2
-generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69
-
-Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
-_ACEOF
- exit
-fi
-
-## ------------------------ ##
-## Autoconf initialization. ##
-## ------------------------ ##
-
-# ac_fn_c_try_compile LINENO
-# --------------------------
-# Try to compile conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded.
-ac_fn_c_try_compile ()
-{
- as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
- rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
- if { { ac_try="$ac_compile"
-case "(($ac_try" in
- *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
- *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
- (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.err
- ac_status=$?
- if test -s conftest.err; then
- grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1
- cat conftest.er1 >&5
- mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
- fi
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
- test $ac_status = 0; } && {
- test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
- test ! -s conftest.err
- } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then :
- ac_retval=0
-else
- $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
- ac_retval=1
-fi
- eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
- as_fn_set_status $ac_retval
-
-} # ac_fn_c_try_compile
-
-# ac_fn_c_try_cpp LINENO
-# ----------------------
-# Try to preprocess conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded.
-ac_fn_c_try_cpp ()
-{
- as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
- if { { ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext"
-case "(($ac_try" in
- *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
- *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
- (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.err
- ac_status=$?
- if test -s conftest.err; then
- grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1
- cat conftest.er1 >&5
- mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
- fi
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
- test $ac_status = 0; } > conftest.i && {
- test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
- test ! -s conftest.err
- }; then :
- ac_retval=0
-else
- $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
- ac_retval=1
-fi
- eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
- as_fn_set_status $ac_retval
-
-} # ac_fn_c_try_cpp
-
-# ac_fn_c_try_run LINENO
-# ----------------------
-# Try to link conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. Assumes
-# that executables *can* be run.
-ac_fn_c_try_run ()
-{
- as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
- if { { ac_try="$ac_link"
-case "(($ac_try" in
- *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
- *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
- (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
- ac_status=$?
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
- test $ac_status = 0; } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
- { { case "(($ac_try" in
- *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
- *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
- (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
- ac_status=$?
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
- test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then :
- ac_retval=0
-else
- $as_echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
- $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
- ac_retval=$ac_status
-fi
- rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo
- eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
- as_fn_set_status $ac_retval
-
-} # ac_fn_c_try_run
-
-# ac_fn_c_check_header_compile LINENO HEADER VAR INCLUDES
-# -------------------------------------------------------
-# Tests whether HEADER exists and can be compiled using the include files in
-# INCLUDES, setting the cache variable VAR accordingly.
-ac_fn_c_check_header_compile ()
-{
- as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; }
-if eval \${$3+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-$4
-#include <$2>
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
- eval "$3=yes"
-else
- eval "$3=no"
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-eval ac_res=\$$3
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
- eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
-
-} # ac_fn_c_check_header_compile
-
-# ac_fn_c_try_link LINENO
-# -----------------------
-# Try to link conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded.
-ac_fn_c_try_link ()
-{
- as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
- rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
- if { { ac_try="$ac_link"
-case "(($ac_try" in
- *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
- *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
- (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.err
- ac_status=$?
- if test -s conftest.err; then
- grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1
- cat conftest.er1 >&5
- mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
- fi
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
- test $ac_status = 0; } && {
- test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
- test ! -s conftest.err
- } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
- test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
- test -x conftest$ac_exeext
- }; then :
- ac_retval=0
-else
- $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
- ac_retval=1
-fi
- # Delete the IPA/IPO (Inter Procedural Analysis/Optimization) information
- # created by the PGI compiler (conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo), as it would
- # interfere with the next link command; also delete a directory that is
- # left behind by Apple's compiler. We do this before executing the actions.
- rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo
- eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
- as_fn_set_status $ac_retval
-
-} # ac_fn_c_try_link
-
-# ac_fn_c_check_func LINENO FUNC VAR
-# ----------------------------------
-# Tests whether FUNC exists, setting the cache variable VAR accordingly
-ac_fn_c_check_func ()
-{
- as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; }
-if eval \${$3+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-/* Define $2 to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares $2.
- For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday. */
-#define $2 innocuous_$2
-
-/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
- which can conflict with char $2 (); below.
- Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
- <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers. */
-
-#ifdef __STDC__
-# include <limits.h>
-#else
-# include <assert.h>
-#endif
-
-#undef $2
-
-/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
- Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
- builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C"
-#endif
-char $2 ();
-/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
- to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named
- something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */
-#if defined __stub_$2 || defined __stub___$2
-choke me
-#endif
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-return $2 ();
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
- eval "$3=yes"
-else
- eval "$3=no"
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
- conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-eval ac_res=\$$3
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
- eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
-
-} # ac_fn_c_check_func
-cat >config.log <<_ACEOF
-This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
-running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
-
-It was created by tkblt $as_me 3.2, which was
-generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69. Invocation command line was
-
- $ $0 $@
-
-_ACEOF
-exec 5>>config.log
-{
-cat <<_ASUNAME
-## --------- ##
-## Platform. ##
-## --------- ##
-
-hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
-uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-
-/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-
-/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-/usr/bin/hostinfo = `(/usr/bin/hostinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-/bin/machine = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-
-_ASUNAME
-
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
- IFS=$as_save_IFS
- test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
- $as_echo "PATH: $as_dir"
- done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-} >&5
-
-cat >&5 <<_ACEOF
-
-
-## ----------- ##
-## Core tests. ##
-## ----------- ##
-
-_ACEOF
-
-
-# Keep a trace of the command line.
-# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
-# Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs.
-# Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters.
-# Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression.
-ac_configure_args=
-ac_configure_args0=
-ac_configure_args1=
-ac_must_keep_next=false
-for ac_pass in 1 2
-do
- for ac_arg
- do
- case $ac_arg in
- -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;;
- -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
- | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
- continue ;;
- *\'*)
- ac_arg=`$as_echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
- esac
- case $ac_pass in
- 1) as_fn_append ac_configure_args0 " '$ac_arg'" ;;
- 2)
- as_fn_append ac_configure_args1 " '$ac_arg'"
- if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then
- ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal.
- else
- case $ac_arg in
- *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \
- | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \
- | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \
- | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x)
- case "$ac_configure_args0 " in
- "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;;
- esac
- ;;
- -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;;
- esac
- fi
- as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'"
- ;;
- esac
- done
-done
-{ ac_configure_args0=; unset ac_configure_args0;}
-{ ac_configure_args1=; unset ac_configure_args1;}
-
-# When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete
-# config.log. We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there
-# would cause problems or look ugly.
-# WARNING: Use '\'' to represent an apostrophe within the trap.
-# WARNING: Do not start the trap code with a newline, due to a FreeBSD 4.0 bug.
-trap 'exit_status=$?
- # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging.
- {
- echo
-
- $as_echo "## ---------------- ##
-## Cache variables. ##
-## ---------------- ##"
- echo
- # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
-(
- for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n '\''s/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'\''`; do
- eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
- case $ac_val in #(
- *${as_nl}*)
- case $ac_var in #(
- *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;;
- esac
- case $ac_var in #(
- _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #(
- BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #(
- *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;;
- esac ;;
- esac
- done
- (set) 2>&1 |
- case $as_nl`(ac_space='\'' '\''; set) 2>&1` in #(
- *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *)
- sed -n \
- "s/'\''/'\''\\\\'\'''\''/g;
- s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\''\\2'\''/p"
- ;; #(
- *)
- sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p"
- ;;
- esac |
- sort
-)
- echo
-
- $as_echo "## ----------------- ##
-## Output variables. ##
-## ----------------- ##"
- echo
- for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars
- do
- eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
- case $ac_val in
- *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;;
- esac
- $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''"
- done | sort
- echo
-
- if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then
- $as_echo "## ------------------- ##
-## File substitutions. ##
-## ------------------- ##"
- echo
- for ac_var in $ac_subst_files
- do
- eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
- case $ac_val in
- *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;;
- esac
- $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''"
- done | sort
- echo
- fi
-
- if test -s confdefs.h; then
- $as_echo "## ----------- ##
-## confdefs.h. ##
-## ----------- ##"
- echo
- cat confdefs.h
- echo
- fi
- test "$ac_signal" != 0 &&
- $as_echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal"
- $as_echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status"
- } >&5
- rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* &&
- rm -f -r conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files &&
- exit $exit_status
-' 0
-for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do
- trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; as_fn_exit 1' $ac_signal
-done
-ac_signal=0
-
-# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
-rm -f -r conftest* confdefs.h
-
-$as_echo "/* confdefs.h */" > confdefs.h
-
-# Predefined preprocessor variables.
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME"
-_ACEOF
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME"
-_ACEOF
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION"
-_ACEOF
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING"
-_ACEOF
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT"
-_ACEOF
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define PACKAGE_URL "$PACKAGE_URL"
-_ACEOF
-
-
-# Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to.
-# Prefer an explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
-ac_site_file1=NONE
-ac_site_file2=NONE
-if test -n "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
- # We do not want a PATH search for config.site.
- case $CONFIG_SITE in #((
- -*) ac_site_file1=./$CONFIG_SITE;;
- */*) ac_site_file1=$CONFIG_SITE;;
- *) ac_site_file1=./$CONFIG_SITE;;
- esac
-elif test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
- ac_site_file1=$prefix/share/config.site
- ac_site_file2=$prefix/etc/config.site
-else
- ac_site_file1=$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site
- ac_site_file2=$ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site
-fi
-for ac_site_file in "$ac_site_file1" "$ac_site_file2"
-do
- test "x$ac_site_file" = xNONE && continue
- if test /dev/null != "$ac_site_file" && test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;}
- sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5
- . "$ac_site_file" \
- || { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
-as_fn_error $? "failed to load site script $ac_site_file
-See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
- fi
-done
-
-if test -r "$cache_file"; then
- # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special files
- # actually), so we avoid doing that. DJGPP emulates it as a regular file.
- if test /dev/null != "$cache_file" && test -f "$cache_file"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading cache $cache_file" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;}
- case $cache_file in
- [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . "$cache_file";;
- *) . "./$cache_file";;
- esac
- fi
-else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating cache $cache_file" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;}
- >$cache_file
-fi
-
-# Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same
-# value.
-ac_cache_corrupted=false
-for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do
- eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set
- eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set
- eval ac_old_val=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value
- eval ac_new_val=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value
- case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in
- set,)
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;}
- ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
- ,set)
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;}
- ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
- ,);;
- *)
- if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then
- # differences in whitespace do not lead to failure.
- ac_old_val_w=`echo x $ac_old_val`
- ac_new_val_w=`echo x $ac_new_val`
- if test "$ac_old_val_w" != "$ac_new_val_w"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;}
- ac_cache_corrupted=:
- else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&2;}
- eval $ac_var=\$ac_old_val
- fi
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: former value: \`$ac_old_val'" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: former value: \`$ac_old_val'" >&2;}
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&2;}
- fi;;
- esac
- # Pass precious variables to config.status.
- if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then
- case $ac_new_val in
- *\'*) ac_arg=$ac_var=`$as_echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
- *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;;
- esac
- case " $ac_configure_args " in
- *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups. Use of quotes ensures accuracy.
- *) as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'" ;;
- esac
- fi
-done
-if $ac_cache_corrupted; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;}
- as_fn_error $? "run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" "$LINENO" 5
-fi
-## -------------------- ##
-## Main body of script. ##
-## -------------------- ##
-
-ac_ext=c
-ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
-ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
-ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
-ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
-
-
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Call TEA_INIT as the first TEA_ macro to set up initial vars.
-# This will define a ${TEA_PLATFORM} variable == "unix" or "windows"
-# as well as PKG_LIB_FILE and PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
- TEA_VERSION="3.13"
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking TEA configuration" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking TEA configuration... " >&6; }
- if test x"${PACKAGE_NAME}" = x ; then
- as_fn_error $? "
-The PACKAGE_NAME variable must be defined by your TEA configure.ac" "$LINENO" 5
- fi
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ok (TEA ${TEA_VERSION})" >&5
-$as_echo "ok (TEA ${TEA_VERSION})" >&6; }
-
- # If the user did not set CFLAGS, set it now to keep macros
- # like AC_PROG_CC and AC_TRY_COMPILE from adding "-g -O2".
- if test "${CFLAGS+set}" != "set" ; then
- CFLAGS=""
- fi
-
- case "`uname -s`" in
- *win32*|*WIN32*|*MINGW32_*|*MINGW64_*)
- # Extract the first word of "cygpath", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy cygpath; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- if test -n "$CYGPATH"; then
- ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="$CYGPATH" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
- IFS=$as_save_IFS
- test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
- for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
- ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="cygpath -m"
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
- break 2
- fi
-done
- done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
- test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH" && ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="echo"
-fi
-fi
-CYGPATH=$ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH
-if test -n "$CYGPATH"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CYGPATH" >&5
-$as_echo "$CYGPATH" >&6; }
-else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
- EXEEXT=".exe"
- TEA_PLATFORM="windows"
- ;;
- *CYGWIN_*)
- EXEEXT=".exe"
- # CYGPATH and TEA_PLATFORM are determined later in LOAD_TCLCONFIG
- ;;
- *)
- CYGPATH=echo
- # Maybe we are cross-compiling....
- case ${host_alias} in
- *mingw32*)
- EXEEXT=".exe"
- TEA_PLATFORM="windows"
- ;;
- *)
- EXEEXT=""
- TEA_PLATFORM="unix"
- ;;
- esac
- ;;
- esac
-
- # Check if exec_prefix is set. If not use fall back to prefix.
- # Note when adjusted, so that TEA_PREFIX can correct for this.
- # This is needed for recursive configures, since autoconf propagates
- # $prefix, but not $exec_prefix (doh!).
- if test x$exec_prefix = xNONE ; then
- exec_prefix_default=yes
- exec_prefix=$prefix
- fi
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: configuring ${PACKAGE_NAME} ${PACKAGE_VERSION}" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: configuring ${PACKAGE_NAME} ${PACKAGE_VERSION}" >&6;}
-
-
-
-
- # This package name must be replaced statically for AC_SUBST to work
-
- # Substitute STUB_LIB_FILE in case package creates a stub library too.
-
-
- # We AC_SUBST these here to ensure they are subst'ed,
- # in case the user doesn't call TEA_ADD_...
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- # Configure the installer.
-
- INSTALL='$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/tclconfig/install-sh -c'
- INSTALL_DATA_DIR='${INSTALL} -d -m 755'
- INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644'
- INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL} -m 755'
- INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL} -m 755'
-
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking system version" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking system version... " >&6; }
-if ${tcl_cv_sys_version+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-
- # TEA specific:
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
- tcl_cv_sys_version=windows
- else
- tcl_cv_sys_version=`uname -s`-`uname -r`
- if test "$?" -ne 0 ; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: can't find uname command" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: can't find uname command" >&2;}
- tcl_cv_sys_version=unknown
- else
- if test "`uname -s`" = "AIX" ; then
- tcl_cv_sys_version=AIX-`uname -v`.`uname -r`
- fi
- fi
- fi
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_sys_version" >&5
-$as_echo "$tcl_cv_sys_version" >&6; }
- system=$tcl_cv_sys_version
-
- case $system in
- HP-UX-*) INSTALL_LIBRARY='${INSTALL} -m 755' ;;
- *) INSTALL_LIBRARY='${INSTALL} -m 644' ;;
- esac
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-ac_aux_dir=
-for ac_dir in tclconfig "$srcdir"/tclconfig; do
- if test -f "$ac_dir/install-sh"; then
- ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
- ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c"
- break
- elif test -f "$ac_dir/install.sh"; then
- ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
- ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c"
- break
- elif test -f "$ac_dir/shtool"; then
- ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
- ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/shtool install -c"
- break
- fi
-done
-if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then
- as_fn_error $? "cannot find install-sh, install.sh, or shtool in tclconfig \"$srcdir\"/tclconfig" "$LINENO" 5
-fi
-
-# These three variables are undocumented and unsupported,
-# and are intended to be withdrawn in a future Autoconf release.
-# They can cause serious problems if a builder's source tree is in a directory
-# whose full name contains unusual characters.
-ac_config_guess="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.guess" # Please don't use this var.
-ac_config_sub="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" # Please don't use this var.
-ac_configure="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/configure" # Please don't use this var.
-
-
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Load the tclConfig.sh file
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
- #
- # Ok, lets find the tcl configuration
- # First, look for one uninstalled.
- # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tcl
- #
-
- if test x"${no_tcl}" = x ; then
- # we reset no_tcl in case something fails here
- no_tcl=true
-
-# Check whether --with-tcl was given.
-if test "${with_tcl+set}" = set; then :
- withval=$with_tcl; with_tclconfig="${withval}"
-fi
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for Tcl configuration" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for Tcl configuration... " >&6; }
- if ${ac_cv_c_tclconfig+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-
-
- # First check to see if --with-tcl was specified.
- if test x"${with_tclconfig}" != x ; then
- case "${with_tclconfig}" in
- */tclConfig.sh )
- if test -f "${with_tclconfig}"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: --with-tcl argument should refer to directory containing tclConfig.sh, not to tclConfig.sh itself" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: --with-tcl argument should refer to directory containing tclConfig.sh, not to tclConfig.sh itself" >&2;}
- with_tclconfig="`echo "${with_tclconfig}" | sed 's!/tclConfig\.sh$!!'`"
- fi ;;
- esac
- if test -f "${with_tclconfig}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd "${with_tclconfig}"; pwd)`"
- else
- as_fn_error $? "${with_tclconfig} directory doesn't contain tclConfig.sh" "$LINENO" 5
- fi
- fi
-
- # then check for a private Tcl installation
- if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
- for i in \
- ../tcl \
- `ls -dr ../tcl[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ../tcl[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ../tcl[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
- ../../tcl \
- `ls -dr ../../tcl[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ../../tcl[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ../../tcl[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
- ../../../tcl \
- `ls -dr ../../../tcl[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ../../../tcl[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ../../../tcl[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" \
- -a -f "$i/win/tclConfig.sh" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/win; pwd)`"
- break
- fi
- if test -f "$i/unix/tclConfig.sh" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`"
- break
- fi
- done
- fi
-
- # on Darwin, check in Framework installation locations
- if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" -a x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
- for i in `ls -d ~/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /Network/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /System/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/Library/Frameworks/Tcl.framework 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/Network/Library/Frameworks/Tcl.framework 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/System/Library/Frameworks/Tcl.framework 2>/dev/null` \
- ; do
- if test -f "$i/Tcl.framework/tclConfig.sh" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/Tcl.framework; pwd)`"
- break
- fi
- done
- fi
-
- # TEA specific: on Windows, check in common installation locations
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" \
- -a x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
- for i in `ls -d C:/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d C:/Progra~1/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
- ; do
- if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`"
- break
- fi
- done
- fi
-
- # check in a few common install locations
- if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
- for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/pkg/lib 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/lib/tcl8.6 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/lib/tcl8.5 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl8.6 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl8.5 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl/tcl8.6 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl/tcl8.5 2>/dev/null` \
- ; do
- if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`"
- break
- fi
- done
- fi
-
- # check in a few other private locations
- if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
- for i in \
- ${srcdir}/../tcl \
- `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" \
- -a -f "$i/win/tclConfig.sh" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/win; pwd)`"
- break
- fi
- if test -f "$i/unix/tclConfig.sh" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`"
- break
- fi
- done
- fi
-
-fi
-
-
- if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
- TCL_BIN_DIR="# no Tcl configs found"
- as_fn_error $? "Can't find Tcl configuration definitions. Use --with-tcl to specify a directory containing tclConfig.sh" "$LINENO" 5
- else
- no_tcl=
- TCL_BIN_DIR="${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}"
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: found ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5
-$as_echo "found ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&6; }
- fi
- fi
-
-ac_ext=c
-ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
-ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
-ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
-ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
-if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
- # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- if test -n "$CC"; then
- ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
- IFS=$as_save_IFS
- test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
- for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
- ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc"
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
- break 2
- fi
-done
- done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
-if test -n "$CC"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
-$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
-else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
- ac_ct_CC=$CC
- # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
- ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
- IFS=$as_save_IFS
- test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
- for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
- ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc"
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
- break 2
- fi
-done
- done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
-if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
-else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
- if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
- CC=""
- else
- case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
-yes:)
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
-ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
-esac
- CC=$ac_ct_CC
- fi
-else
- CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
-fi
-
-if test -z "$CC"; then
- if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
- # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- if test -n "$CC"; then
- ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
- IFS=$as_save_IFS
- test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
- for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
- ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc"
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
- break 2
- fi
-done
- done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
-if test -n "$CC"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
-$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
-else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
- fi
-fi
-if test -z "$CC"; then
- # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- if test -n "$CC"; then
- ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
- ac_prog_rejected=no
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
- IFS=$as_save_IFS
- test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
- for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
- if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
- ac_prog_rejected=yes
- continue
- fi
- ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
- break 2
- fi
-done
- done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
- # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
- set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
- shift
- if test $# != 0; then
- # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
- # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
- # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
- shift
- ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@"
- fi
-fi
-fi
-fi
-CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
-if test -n "$CC"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
-$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
-else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-fi
-if test -z "$CC"; then
- if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
- for ac_prog in cl.exe
- do
- # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- if test -n "$CC"; then
- ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
- IFS=$as_save_IFS
- test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
- for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
- ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
- break 2
- fi
-done
- done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
-if test -n "$CC"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
-$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
-else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
- test -n "$CC" && break
- done
-fi
-if test -z "$CC"; then
- ac_ct_CC=$CC
- for ac_prog in cl.exe
-do
- # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
- ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
- IFS=$as_save_IFS
- test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
- for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
- ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog"
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
- break 2
- fi
-done
- done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
-if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
-else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
- test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break
-done
-
- if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
- CC=""
- else
- case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
-yes:)
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
-ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
-esac
- CC=$ac_ct_CC
- fi
-fi
-
-fi
-
-
-test -z "$CC" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
-as_fn_error $? "no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
-See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
-
-# Provide some information about the compiler.
-$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler version" >&5
-set X $ac_compile
-ac_compiler=$2
-for ac_option in --version -v -V -qversion; do
- { { ac_try="$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5"
-case "(($ac_try" in
- *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
- *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
- (eval "$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5") 2>conftest.err
- ac_status=$?
- if test -s conftest.err; then
- sed '10a\
-... rest of stderr output deleted ...
- 10q' conftest.err >conftest.er1
- cat conftest.er1 >&5
- fi
- rm -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
- test $ac_status = 0; }
-done
-
-cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
-ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe b.out"
-# Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out.
-# It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition
-# of exeext.
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler works... " >&6; }
-ac_link_default=`$as_echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'`
-
-# The possible output files:
-ac_files="a.out conftest.exe conftest a.exe a_out.exe b.out conftest.*"
-
-ac_rmfiles=
-for ac_file in $ac_files
-do
- case $ac_file in
- *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;;
- * ) ac_rmfiles="$ac_rmfiles $ac_file";;
- esac
-done
-rm -f $ac_rmfiles
-
-if { { ac_try="$ac_link_default"
-case "(($ac_try" in
- *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
- *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
- (eval "$ac_link_default") 2>&5
- ac_status=$?
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
- test $ac_status = 0; }; then :
- # Autoconf-2.13 could set the ac_cv_exeext variable to `no'.
-# So ignore a value of `no', otherwise this would lead to `EXEEXT = no'
-# in a Makefile. We should not override ac_cv_exeext if it was cached,
-# so that the user can short-circuit this test for compilers unknown to
-# Autoconf.
-for ac_file in $ac_files ''
-do
- test -f "$ac_file" || continue
- case $ac_file in
- *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj )
- ;;
- [ab].out )
- # We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most
- # certainly right.
- break;;
- *.* )
- if test "${ac_cv_exeext+set}" = set && test "$ac_cv_exeext" != no;
- then :; else
- ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
- fi
- # We set ac_cv_exeext here because the later test for it is not
- # safe: cross compilers may not add the suffix if given an `-o'
- # argument, so we may need to know it at that point already.
- # Even if this section looks crufty: it has the advantage of
- # actually working.
- break;;
- * )
- break;;
- esac
-done
-test "$ac_cv_exeext" = no && ac_cv_exeext=
-
-else
- ac_file=''
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_file"; then :
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-$as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-{ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
-as_fn_error 77 "C compiler cannot create executables
-See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
-else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
-$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for C compiler default output file name... " >&6; }
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_file" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_file" >&6; }
-ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext
-
-rm -f -r a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out
-ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of executables" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of executables... " >&6; }
-if { { ac_try="$ac_link"
-case "(($ac_try" in
- *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
- *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
- (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
- ac_status=$?
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
- test $ac_status = 0; }; then :
- # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable)
-# catch `conftest.exe'. For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will
-# work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with
-# `rm'.
-for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do
- test -f "$ac_file" || continue
- case $ac_file in
- *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;;
- *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
- break;;
- * ) break;;
- esac
-done
-else
- { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
-as_fn_error $? "cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link
-See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
-fi
-rm -f conftest conftest$ac_cv_exeext
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_exeext" >&6; }
-
-rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
-EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext
-ac_exeext=$EXEEXT
-cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <stdio.h>
-int
-main ()
-{
-FILE *f = fopen ("conftest.out", "w");
- return ferror (f) || fclose (f) != 0;
-
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files conftest.out"
-# Check that the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either
-# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile.
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether we are cross compiling... " >&6; }
-if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then
- { { ac_try="$ac_link"
-case "(($ac_try" in
- *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
- *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
- (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
- ac_status=$?
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
- test $ac_status = 0; }
- if { ac_try='./conftest$ac_cv_exeext'
- { { case "(($ac_try" in
- *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
- *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
- (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
- ac_status=$?
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
- test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then
- cross_compiling=no
- else
- if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then
- cross_compiling=yes
- else
- { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
-as_fn_error $? "cannot run C compiled programs.
-If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'.
-See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
- fi
- fi
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $cross_compiling" >&5
-$as_echo "$cross_compiling" >&6; }
-
-rm -f conftest.$ac_ext conftest$ac_cv_exeext conftest.out
-ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of object files" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of object files... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_objext+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj
-if { { ac_try="$ac_compile"
-case "(($ac_try" in
- *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
- *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
- (eval "$ac_compile") 2>&5
- ac_status=$?
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
- test $ac_status = 0; }; then :
- for ac_file in conftest.o conftest.obj conftest.*; do
- test -f "$ac_file" || continue;
- case $ac_file in
- *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM ) ;;
- *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'`
- break;;
- esac
-done
-else
- $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-{ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
-as_fn_error $? "cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile
-See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
-fi
-rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_objext" >&6; }
-OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext
-ac_objext=$OBJEXT
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-#ifndef __GNUC__
- choke me
-#endif
-
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
- ac_compiler_gnu=yes
-else
- ac_compiler_gnu=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; }
-if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then
- GCC=yes
-else
- GCC=
-fi
-ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set}
-ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts -g... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag
- ac_c_werror_flag=yes
- ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
- CFLAGS="-g"
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
- ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
-else
- CFLAGS=""
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
-
-else
- ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
- CFLAGS="-g"
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
- ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
- ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; }
-if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
- CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS
-elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
- if test "$GCC" = yes; then
- CFLAGS="-g -O2"
- else
- CFLAGS="-g"
- fi
-else
- if test "$GCC" = yes; then
- CFLAGS="-O2"
- else
- CFLAGS=
- fi
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no
-ac_save_CC=$CC
-cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-struct stat;
-/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh. */
-struct buf { int x; };
-FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int);
-static char *e (p, i)
- char **p;
- int i;
-{
- return p[i];
-}
-static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...)
-{
- char *s;
- va_list v;
- va_start (v,p);
- s = g (p, va_arg (v,int));
- va_end (v);
- return s;
-}
-
-/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default. It has
- function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants.
- These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated
- as 'x'. The following induces an error, until -std is added to get
- proper ANSI mode. Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an
- array size at least. It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something
- that's true only with -std. */
-int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1];
-
-/* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters
- inside strings and character constants. */
-#define FOO(x) 'x'
-int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1];
-
-int test (int i, double x);
-struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
-struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};
-int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int);
-int argc;
-char **argv;
-int
-main ()
-{
-return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0] || f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1];
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \
- -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__"
-do
- CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
- if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
- ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext
- test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break
-done
-rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
-CC=$ac_save_CC
-
-fi
-# AC_CACHE_VAL
-case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in
- x)
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none needed" >&5
-$as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;;
- xno)
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: unsupported" >&5
-$as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;;
- *)
- CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89"
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;;
-esac
-if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != xno; then :
-
-fi
-
-ac_ext=c
-ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
-ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
-ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
-ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
-
-
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh... " >&6; }
-
- if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: loading" >&5
-$as_echo "loading" >&6; }
- . "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh"
- else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: could not find ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5
-$as_echo "could not find ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&6; }
- fi
-
- # eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution
- eval "TCL_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_LIB_FILE}\""
- eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
-
- # If the TCL_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory),
- # then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables.
- # For example, the variable TCL_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value
- # of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TCL_LIB_SPEC
- # instead of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an
- # installed and uninstalled version of Tcl.
- if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then
- TCL_LIB_SPEC="${TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC}"
- TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC="${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
- TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}"
- elif test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then
- # If Tcl was built as a framework, attempt to use the libraries
- # from the framework at the given location so that linking works
- # against Tcl.framework installed in an arbitrary location.
- case ${TCL_DEFS} in
- *TCL_FRAMEWORK*)
- if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_LIB_FILE}"; then
- for i in "`cd "${TCL_BIN_DIR}"; pwd`" \
- "`cd "${TCL_BIN_DIR}"/../..; pwd`"; do
- if test "`basename "$i"`" = "${TCL_LIB_FILE}.framework"; then
- TCL_LIB_SPEC="-F`dirname "$i" | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` -framework ${TCL_LIB_FILE}"
- break
- fi
- done
- fi
- if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}"; then
- TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L`echo "${TCL_BIN_DIR}" | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
- TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- fi
-
- # eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution
- eval "TCL_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_LIB_FLAG}\""
- eval "TCL_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_LIB_SPEC}\""
- eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
- eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\""
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking platform" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking platform... " >&6; }
- hold_cc=$CC; CC="$TCL_CC"
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
- #ifdef _WIN32
- #error win32
- #endif
-
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
-
- TEA_PLATFORM="unix"
- CYGPATH=echo
-
-else
-
- TEA_PLATFORM="windows"
- # Extract the first word of "cygpath", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy cygpath; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- if test -n "$CYGPATH"; then
- ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="$CYGPATH" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
- IFS=$as_save_IFS
- test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
- for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
- ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="cygpath -m"
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
- break 2
- fi
-done
- done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
- test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH" && ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="echo"
-fi
-fi
-CYGPATH=$ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH
-if test -n "$CYGPATH"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CYGPATH" >&5
-$as_echo "$CYGPATH" >&6; }
-else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
- CC=$hold_cc
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $TEA_PLATFORM" >&5
-$as_echo "$TEA_PLATFORM" >&6; }
-
- # The BUILD_$pkg is to define the correct extern storage class
- # handling when making this package
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define BUILD_${PACKAGE_NAME} /**/
-_ACEOF
-
- # Do this here as we have fully defined TEA_PLATFORM now
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
- EXEEXT=".exe"
- CLEANFILES="$CLEANFILES *.lib *.dll *.pdb *.exp"
- fi
-
- # TEA specific:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Load the tkConfig.sh file if necessary (Tk extension)
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
- #
- # Ok, lets find the tk configuration
- # First, look for one uninstalled.
- # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tk
- #
-
- if test x"${no_tk}" = x ; then
- # we reset no_tk in case something fails here
- no_tk=true
-
-# Check whether --with-tk was given.
-if test "${with_tk+set}" = set; then :
- withval=$with_tk; with_tkconfig="${withval}"
-fi
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for Tk configuration" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for Tk configuration... " >&6; }
- if ${ac_cv_c_tkconfig+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-
-
- # First check to see if --with-tkconfig was specified.
- if test x"${with_tkconfig}" != x ; then
- case "${with_tkconfig}" in
- */tkConfig.sh )
- if test -f "${with_tkconfig}"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: --with-tk argument should refer to directory containing tkConfig.sh, not to tkConfig.sh itself" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: --with-tk argument should refer to directory containing tkConfig.sh, not to tkConfig.sh itself" >&2;}
- with_tkconfig="`echo "${with_tkconfig}" | sed 's!/tkConfig\.sh$!!'`"
- fi ;;
- esac
- if test -f "${with_tkconfig}/tkConfig.sh" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd "${with_tkconfig}"; pwd)`"
- else
- as_fn_error $? "${with_tkconfig} directory doesn't contain tkConfig.sh" "$LINENO" 5
- fi
- fi
-
- # then check for a private Tk library
- if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
- for i in \
- ../tk \
- `ls -dr ../tk[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ../tk[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ../tk[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
- ../../tk \
- `ls -dr ../../tk[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ../../tk[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ../../tk[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
- ../../../tk \
- `ls -dr ../../../tk[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ../../../tk[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ../../../tk[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" \
- -a -f "$i/win/tkConfig.sh" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i/win; pwd)`"
- break
- fi
- if test -f "$i/unix/tkConfig.sh" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`"
- break
- fi
- done
- fi
-
- # on Darwin, check in Framework installation locations
- if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" -a x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
- for i in `ls -d ~/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /Network/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /System/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/Library/Frameworks/Tcl.framework 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/Network/Library/Frameworks/Tcl.framework 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/System/Library/Frameworks/Tcl.framework 2>/dev/null` \
- ; do
- if test -f "$i/Tk.framework/tkConfig.sh" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i/Tk.framework; pwd)`"
- break
- fi
- done
- fi
-
- # check in a few common install locations
- if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
- for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/pkg/lib 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/lib/tk8.6 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/lib/tk8.5 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tk8.6 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tk8.5 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl/tk8.6 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl/tk8.5 2>/dev/null` \
- ; do
- if test -f "$i/tkConfig.sh" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`"
- break
- fi
- done
- fi
-
- # TEA specific: on Windows, check in common installation locations
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" \
- -a x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
- for i in `ls -d C:/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d C:/Progra~1/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
- ; do
- if test -f "$i/tkConfig.sh" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`"
- break
- fi
- done
- fi
-
- # check in a few other private locations
- if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
- for i in \
- ${srcdir}/../tk \
- `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tk[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tk[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tk[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" \
- -a -f "$i/win/tkConfig.sh" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i/win; pwd)`"
- break
- fi
- if test -f "$i/unix/tkConfig.sh" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`"
- break
- fi
- done
- fi
-
-fi
-
-
- if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
- TK_BIN_DIR="# no Tk configs found"
- as_fn_error $? "Can't find Tk configuration definitions. Use --with-tk to specify a directory containing tkConfig.sh" "$LINENO" 5
- else
- no_tk=
- TK_BIN_DIR="${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}"
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: found ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh" >&5
-$as_echo "found ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh" >&6; }
- fi
- fi
-
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for existence of ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for existence of ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh... " >&6; }
-
- if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh" ; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: loading" >&5
-$as_echo "loading" >&6; }
- . "${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh"
- else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: could not find ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh" >&5
-$as_echo "could not find ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh" >&6; }
- fi
-
- # eval is required to do the TK_DBGX substitution
- eval "TK_LIB_FILE=\"${TK_LIB_FILE}\""
- eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
-
- # If the TK_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory),
- # then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables.
- # For example, the variable TK_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value
- # of TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TK_LIB_SPEC
- # instead of TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an
- # installed and uninstalled version of Tcl.
- if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then
- TK_LIB_SPEC="${TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC}"
- TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC="${TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
- TK_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}"
- elif test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then
- # If Tk was built as a framework, attempt to use the libraries
- # from the framework at the given location so that linking works
- # against Tk.framework installed in an arbitrary location.
- case ${TK_DEFS} in
- *TK_FRAMEWORK*)
- if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_LIB_FILE}"; then
- for i in "`cd "${TK_BIN_DIR}"; pwd`" \
- "`cd "${TK_BIN_DIR}"/../..; pwd`"; do
- if test "`basename "$i"`" = "${TK_LIB_FILE}.framework"; then
- TK_LIB_SPEC="-F`dirname "$i" | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` -framework ${TK_LIB_FILE}"
- break
- fi
- done
- fi
- if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"; then
- TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L` echo "${TK_BIN_DIR}" | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
- TK_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- fi
-
- # eval is required to do the TK_DBGX substitution
- eval "TK_LIB_FLAG=\"${TK_LIB_FLAG}\""
- eval "TK_LIB_SPEC=\"${TK_LIB_SPEC}\""
- eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
- eval "TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\""
-
- # TEA specific: Ensure windowingsystem is defined
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "unix" ; then
- case ${TK_DEFS} in
- *MAC_OSX_TK*)
-
-$as_echo "#define MAC_OSX_TK 1" >>confdefs.h
-
- TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM="aqua"
- ;;
- *)
- TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM="x11"
- ;;
- esac
- elif test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
- TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM="win32"
- fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- # TEA specific:
-
-
-
-
-#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Handle the --prefix=... option by defaulting to what Tcl gave.
-# Must be called after TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG and before TEA_SETUP_COMPILER.
-#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
- if test "${prefix}" = "NONE"; then
- prefix_default=yes
- if test x"${TCL_PREFIX}" != x; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: --prefix defaulting to TCL_PREFIX ${TCL_PREFIX}" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: --prefix defaulting to TCL_PREFIX ${TCL_PREFIX}" >&6;}
- prefix=${TCL_PREFIX}
- else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: --prefix defaulting to /usr/local" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: --prefix defaulting to /usr/local" >&6;}
- prefix=/usr/local
- fi
- fi
- if test "${exec_prefix}" = "NONE" -a x"${prefix_default}" = x"yes" \
- -o x"${exec_prefix_default}" = x"yes" ; then
- if test x"${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}" != x; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: --exec-prefix defaulting to TCL_EXEC_PREFIX ${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: --exec-prefix defaulting to TCL_EXEC_PREFIX ${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}" >&6;}
- exec_prefix=${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}
- else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: --exec-prefix defaulting to ${prefix}" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: --exec-prefix defaulting to ${prefix}" >&6;}
- exec_prefix=$prefix
- fi
- fi
-
-
-#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Standard compiler checks.
-# This sets up CC by using the CC env var, or looks for gcc otherwise.
-# This also calls AC_PROG_CC and a few others to create the basic setup
-# necessary to compile executables.
-#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
- # Don't put any macros that use the compiler (e.g. AC_TRY_COMPILE)
- # in this macro, they need to go into TEA_SETUP_COMPILER instead.
-
- ac_ext=c
-ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
-ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
-ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
-ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
-if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
- # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- if test -n "$CC"; then
- ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
- IFS=$as_save_IFS
- test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
- for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
- ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc"
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
- break 2
- fi
-done
- done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
-if test -n "$CC"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
-$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
-else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
- ac_ct_CC=$CC
- # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
- ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
- IFS=$as_save_IFS
- test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
- for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
- ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc"
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
- break 2
- fi
-done
- done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
-if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
-else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
- if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
- CC=""
- else
- case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
-yes:)
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
-ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
-esac
- CC=$ac_ct_CC
- fi
-else
- CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
-fi
-
-if test -z "$CC"; then
- if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
- # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- if test -n "$CC"; then
- ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
- IFS=$as_save_IFS
- test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
- for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
- ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc"
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
- break 2
- fi
-done
- done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
-if test -n "$CC"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
-$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
-else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
- fi
-fi
-if test -z "$CC"; then
- # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- if test -n "$CC"; then
- ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
- ac_prog_rejected=no
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
- IFS=$as_save_IFS
- test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
- for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
- if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
- ac_prog_rejected=yes
- continue
- fi
- ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
- break 2
- fi
-done
- done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
- # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
- set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
- shift
- if test $# != 0; then
- # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
- # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
- # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
- shift
- ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@"
- fi
-fi
-fi
-fi
-CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
-if test -n "$CC"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
-$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
-else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-fi
-if test -z "$CC"; then
- if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
- for ac_prog in cl.exe
- do
- # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- if test -n "$CC"; then
- ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
- IFS=$as_save_IFS
- test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
- for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
- ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
- break 2
- fi
-done
- done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
-if test -n "$CC"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
-$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
-else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
- test -n "$CC" && break
- done
-fi
-if test -z "$CC"; then
- ac_ct_CC=$CC
- for ac_prog in cl.exe
-do
- # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
- ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
- IFS=$as_save_IFS
- test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
- for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
- ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog"
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
- break 2
- fi
-done
- done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
-if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
-else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
- test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break
-done
-
- if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
- CC=""
- else
- case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
-yes:)
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
-ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
-esac
- CC=$ac_ct_CC
- fi
-fi
-
-fi
-
-
-test -z "$CC" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
-as_fn_error $? "no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
-See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
-
-# Provide some information about the compiler.
-$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler version" >&5
-set X $ac_compile
-ac_compiler=$2
-for ac_option in --version -v -V -qversion; do
- { { ac_try="$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5"
-case "(($ac_try" in
- *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
- *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
- (eval "$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5") 2>conftest.err
- ac_status=$?
- if test -s conftest.err; then
- sed '10a\
-... rest of stderr output deleted ...
- 10q' conftest.err >conftest.er1
- cat conftest.er1 >&5
- fi
- rm -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
- test $ac_status = 0; }
-done
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-#ifndef __GNUC__
- choke me
-#endif
-
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
- ac_compiler_gnu=yes
-else
- ac_compiler_gnu=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; }
-if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then
- GCC=yes
-else
- GCC=
-fi
-ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set}
-ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts -g... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag
- ac_c_werror_flag=yes
- ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
- CFLAGS="-g"
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
- ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
-else
- CFLAGS=""
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
-
-else
- ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
- CFLAGS="-g"
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
- ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
- ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; }
-if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
- CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS
-elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
- if test "$GCC" = yes; then
- CFLAGS="-g -O2"
- else
- CFLAGS="-g"
- fi
-else
- if test "$GCC" = yes; then
- CFLAGS="-O2"
- else
- CFLAGS=
- fi
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no
-ac_save_CC=$CC
-cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-struct stat;
-/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh. */
-struct buf { int x; };
-FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int);
-static char *e (p, i)
- char **p;
- int i;
-{
- return p[i];
-}
-static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...)
-{
- char *s;
- va_list v;
- va_start (v,p);
- s = g (p, va_arg (v,int));
- va_end (v);
- return s;
-}
-
-/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default. It has
- function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants.
- These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated
- as 'x'. The following induces an error, until -std is added to get
- proper ANSI mode. Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an
- array size at least. It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something
- that's true only with -std. */
-int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1];
-
-/* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters
- inside strings and character constants. */
-#define FOO(x) 'x'
-int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1];
-
-int test (int i, double x);
-struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
-struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};
-int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int);
-int argc;
-char **argv;
-int
-main ()
-{
-return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0] || f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1];
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \
- -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__"
-do
- CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
- if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
- ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext
- test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break
-done
-rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
-CC=$ac_save_CC
-
-fi
-# AC_CACHE_VAL
-case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in
- x)
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none needed" >&5
-$as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;;
- xno)
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: unsupported" >&5
-$as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;;
- *)
- CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89"
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;;
-esac
-if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != xno; then :
-
-fi
-
-ac_ext=c
-ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
-ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
-ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
-ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
-
- ac_ext=c
-ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
-ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
-ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
-ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor... " >&6; }
-# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
-if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
- CPP=
-fi
-if test -z "$CPP"; then
- if ${ac_cv_prog_CPP+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- # Double quotes because CPP needs to be expanded
- for CPP in "$CC -E" "$CC -E -traditional-cpp" "/lib/cpp"
- do
- ac_preproc_ok=false
-for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
-do
- # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
- # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
- # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
- # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.
- # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
- # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-#ifdef __STDC__
-# include <limits.h>
-#else
-# include <assert.h>
-#endif
- Syntax error
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :
-
-else
- # Broken: fails on valid input.
-continue
-fi
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext
-
- # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether nonexistent headers
- # can be detected and how.
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :
- # Broken: success on invalid input.
-continue
-else
- # Passes both tests.
-ac_preproc_ok=:
-break
-fi
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext
-
-done
-# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
-rm -f conftest.i conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
-if $ac_preproc_ok; then :
- break
-fi
-
- done
- ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
-
-fi
- CPP=$ac_cv_prog_CPP
-else
- ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CPP" >&5
-$as_echo "$CPP" >&6; }
-ac_preproc_ok=false
-for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
-do
- # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
- # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
- # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
- # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.
- # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
- # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-#ifdef __STDC__
-# include <limits.h>
-#else
-# include <assert.h>
-#endif
- Syntax error
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :
-
-else
- # Broken: fails on valid input.
-continue
-fi
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext
-
- # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether nonexistent headers
- # can be detected and how.
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :
- # Broken: success on invalid input.
-continue
-else
- # Passes both tests.
-ac_preproc_ok=:
-break
-fi
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext
-
-done
-# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
-rm -f conftest.i conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
-if $ac_preproc_ok; then :
-
-else
- { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
-as_fn_error $? "C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check
-See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
-fi
-
-ac_ext=c
-ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
-ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
-ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
-ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
-
-
- #--------------------------------------------------------------------
- # Checks to see if the make program sets the $MAKE variable.
- #--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)... " >&6; }
-set x ${MAKE-make}
-ac_make=`$as_echo "$2" | sed 's/+/p/g; s/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g'`
-if eval \${ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- cat >conftest.make <<\_ACEOF
-SHELL = /bin/sh
-all:
- @echo '@@@%%%=$(MAKE)=@@@%%%'
-_ACEOF
-# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering ...", which would confuse us.
-case `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null` in
- *@@@%%%=?*=@@@%%%*)
- eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes;;
- *)
- eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no;;
-esac
-rm -f conftest.make
-fi
-if eval test \$ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set = yes; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
-$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
- SET_MAKE=
-else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
- SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}"
-fi
-
-
- #--------------------------------------------------------------------
- # Find ranlib
- #--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
- # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
- ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
- IFS=$as_save_IFS
- test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
- for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
- ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib"
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
- break 2
- fi
-done
- done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB
-if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $RANLIB" >&5
-$as_echo "$RANLIB" >&6; }
-else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then
- ac_ct_RANLIB=$RANLIB
- # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
- ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="$ac_ct_RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
- IFS=$as_save_IFS
- test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
- for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
- ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib"
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
- break 2
- fi
-done
- done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB
-if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_ct_RANLIB" >&6; }
-else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
- if test "x$ac_ct_RANLIB" = x; then
- RANLIB=""
- else
- case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
-yes:)
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
-ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
-esac
- RANLIB=$ac_ct_RANLIB
- fi
-else
- RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"
-fi
-
-
- #--------------------------------------------------------------------
- # Determines the correct binary file extension (.o, .obj, .exe etc.)
- #--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for grep that handles long lines and -e" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for grep that handles long lines and -e... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_path_GREP+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- if test -z "$GREP"; then
- ac_path_GREP_found=false
- # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST
- as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin
-do
- IFS=$as_save_IFS
- test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
- for ac_prog in grep ggrep; do
- for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- ac_path_GREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
- as_fn_executable_p "$ac_path_GREP" || continue
-# Check for GNU ac_path_GREP and select it if it is found.
- # Check for GNU $ac_path_GREP
-case `"$ac_path_GREP" --version 2>&1` in
-*GNU*)
- ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP" ac_path_GREP_found=:;;
-*)
- ac_count=0
- $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in"
- while :
- do
- cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp"
- mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in"
- cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl"
- $as_echo 'GREP' >> "conftest.nl"
- "$ac_path_GREP" -e 'GREP$' -e '-(cannot match)-' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break
- diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
- as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val
- if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_GREP_max-0}; then
- # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
- ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP"
- ac_path_GREP_max=$ac_count
- fi
- # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
- test $ac_count -gt 10 && break
- done
- rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;;
-esac
-
- $ac_path_GREP_found && break 3
- done
- done
- done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
- if test -z "$ac_cv_path_GREP"; then
- as_fn_error $? "no acceptable grep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5
- fi
-else
- ac_cv_path_GREP=$GREP
-fi
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_GREP" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_GREP" >&6; }
- GREP="$ac_cv_path_GREP"
-
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for egrep" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for egrep... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_path_EGREP+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- if echo a | $GREP -E '(a|b)' >/dev/null 2>&1
- then ac_cv_path_EGREP="$GREP -E"
- else
- if test -z "$EGREP"; then
- ac_path_EGREP_found=false
- # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST
- as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin
-do
- IFS=$as_save_IFS
- test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
- for ac_prog in egrep; do
- for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- ac_path_EGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
- as_fn_executable_p "$ac_path_EGREP" || continue
-# Check for GNU ac_path_EGREP and select it if it is found.
- # Check for GNU $ac_path_EGREP
-case `"$ac_path_EGREP" --version 2>&1` in
-*GNU*)
- ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" ac_path_EGREP_found=:;;
-*)
- ac_count=0
- $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in"
- while :
- do
- cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp"
- mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in"
- cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl"
- $as_echo 'EGREP' >> "conftest.nl"
- "$ac_path_EGREP" 'EGREP$' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break
- diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
- as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val
- if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_EGREP_max-0}; then
- # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
- ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP"
- ac_path_EGREP_max=$ac_count
- fi
- # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
- test $ac_count -gt 10 && break
- done
- rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;;
-esac
-
- $ac_path_EGREP_found && break 3
- done
- done
- done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
- if test -z "$ac_cv_path_EGREP"; then
- as_fn_error $? "no acceptable egrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5
- fi
-else
- ac_cv_path_EGREP=$EGREP
-fi
-
- fi
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&6; }
- EGREP="$ac_cv_path_EGREP"
-
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for ANSI C header files... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_header_stdc+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <float.h>
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
- ac_cv_header_stdc=yes
-else
- ac_cv_header_stdc=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-
-if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
- # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI.
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <string.h>
-
-_ACEOF
-if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
- $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
-
-else
- ac_cv_header_stdc=no
-fi
-rm -f conftest*
-
-fi
-
-if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
- # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI.
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-_ACEOF
-if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
- $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
-
-else
- ac_cv_header_stdc=no
-fi
-rm -f conftest*
-
-fi
-
-if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
- # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi.
- if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
- :
-else
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020)
-# define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')
-# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c))
-#else
-# define ISLOWER(c) \
- (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \
- || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \
- || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z'))
-# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c))
-#endif
-
-#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f)))
-int
-main ()
-{
- int i;
- for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
- if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i))
- || toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i))
- return 2;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
-
-else
- ac_cv_header_stdc=no
-fi
-rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \
- conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-
-fi
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6; }
-if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
-
-$as_echo "#define STDC_HEADERS 1" >>confdefs.h
-
-fi
-
-# On IRIX 5.3, sys/types and inttypes.h are conflicting.
-for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/stat.h stdlib.h string.h memory.h strings.h \
- inttypes.h stdint.h unistd.h
-do :
- as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
-ac_fn_c_check_header_compile "$LINENO" "$ac_header" "$as_ac_Header" "$ac_includes_default
-"
-if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_Header"\" = x"yes"; then :
- cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
-_ACEOF
-
-fi
-
-done
-
-
-
- # Any macros that use the compiler (e.g. AC_TRY_COMPILE) have to go here.
-
-
- #------------------------------------------------------------------------
- # If we're using GCC, see if the compiler understands -pipe. If so, use it.
- # It makes compiling go faster. (This is only a performance feature.)
- #------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- if test -z "$no_pipe" -a -n "$GCC"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if the compiler understands -pipe" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking if the compiler understands -pipe... " >&6; }
-if ${tcl_cv_cc_pipe+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-
- hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pipe"
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
- tcl_cv_cc_pipe=yes
-else
- tcl_cv_cc_pipe=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
- CFLAGS=$hold_cflags
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_cc_pipe" >&5
-$as_echo "$tcl_cv_cc_pipe" >&6; }
- if test $tcl_cv_cc_pipe = yes; then
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pipe"
- fi
- fi
-
- #--------------------------------------------------------------------
- # Common compiler flag setup
- #--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether byte ordering is bigendian" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether byte ordering is bigendian... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_c_bigendian+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- ac_cv_c_bigendian=unknown
- # See if we're dealing with a universal compiler.
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-#ifndef __APPLE_CC__
- not a universal capable compiler
- #endif
- typedef int dummy;
-
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
-
- # Check for potential -arch flags. It is not universal unless
- # there are at least two -arch flags with different values.
- ac_arch=
- ac_prev=
- for ac_word in $CC $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS; do
- if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
- case $ac_word in
- i?86 | x86_64 | ppc | ppc64)
- if test -z "$ac_arch" || test "$ac_arch" = "$ac_word"; then
- ac_arch=$ac_word
- else
- ac_cv_c_bigendian=universal
- break
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- ac_prev=
- elif test "x$ac_word" = "x-arch"; then
- ac_prev=arch
- fi
- done
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
- if test $ac_cv_c_bigendian = unknown; then
- # See if sys/param.h defines the BYTE_ORDER macro.
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <sys/types.h>
- #include <sys/param.h>
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-#if ! (defined BYTE_ORDER && defined BIG_ENDIAN \
- && defined LITTLE_ENDIAN && BYTE_ORDER && BIG_ENDIAN \
- && LITTLE_ENDIAN)
- bogus endian macros
- #endif
-
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
- # It does; now see whether it defined to BIG_ENDIAN or not.
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <sys/types.h>
- #include <sys/param.h>
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-#if BYTE_ORDER != BIG_ENDIAN
- not big endian
- #endif
-
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
- ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes
-else
- ac_cv_c_bigendian=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
- fi
- if test $ac_cv_c_bigendian = unknown; then
- # See if <limits.h> defines _LITTLE_ENDIAN or _BIG_ENDIAN (e.g., Solaris).
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <limits.h>
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-#if ! (defined _LITTLE_ENDIAN || defined _BIG_ENDIAN)
- bogus endian macros
- #endif
-
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
- # It does; now see whether it defined to _BIG_ENDIAN or not.
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <limits.h>
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-#ifndef _BIG_ENDIAN
- not big endian
- #endif
-
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
- ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes
-else
- ac_cv_c_bigendian=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
- fi
- if test $ac_cv_c_bigendian = unknown; then
- # Compile a test program.
- if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
- # Try to guess by grepping values from an object file.
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-short int ascii_mm[] =
- { 0x4249, 0x4765, 0x6E44, 0x6961, 0x6E53, 0x7953, 0 };
- short int ascii_ii[] =
- { 0x694C, 0x5454, 0x656C, 0x6E45, 0x6944, 0x6E61, 0 };
- int use_ascii (int i) {
- return ascii_mm[i] + ascii_ii[i];
- }
- short int ebcdic_ii[] =
- { 0x89D3, 0xE3E3, 0x8593, 0x95C5, 0x89C4, 0x9581, 0 };
- short int ebcdic_mm[] =
- { 0xC2C9, 0xC785, 0x95C4, 0x8981, 0x95E2, 0xA8E2, 0 };
- int use_ebcdic (int i) {
- return ebcdic_mm[i] + ebcdic_ii[i];
- }
- extern int foo;
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-return use_ascii (foo) == use_ebcdic (foo);
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
- if grep BIGenDianSyS conftest.$ac_objext >/dev/null; then
- ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes
- fi
- if grep LiTTleEnDian conftest.$ac_objext >/dev/null ; then
- if test "$ac_cv_c_bigendian" = unknown; then
- ac_cv_c_bigendian=no
- else
- # finding both strings is unlikely to happen, but who knows?
- ac_cv_c_bigendian=unknown
- fi
- fi
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-else
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-$ac_includes_default
-int
-main ()
-{
-
- /* Are we little or big endian? From Harbison&Steele. */
- union
- {
- long int l;
- char c[sizeof (long int)];
- } u;
- u.l = 1;
- return u.c[sizeof (long int) - 1] == 1;
-
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
- ac_cv_c_bigendian=no
-else
- ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes
-fi
-rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \
- conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-
- fi
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_bigendian" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_bigendian" >&6; }
- case $ac_cv_c_bigendian in #(
- yes)
- $as_echo "#define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1" >>confdefs.h
-;; #(
- no)
- ;; #(
- universal)
-
-$as_echo "#define AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD 1" >>confdefs.h
-
- ;; #(
- *)
- as_fn_error $? "unknown endianness
- presetting ac_cv_c_bigendian=no (or yes) will help" "$LINENO" 5 ;;
- esac
-
-
-
-#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# __CHANGE__
-# Specify the C source files to compile in TEA_ADD_SOURCES,
-# public headers that need to be installed in TEA_ADD_HEADERS,
-# stub library C source files to compile in TEA_ADD_STUB_SOURCES,
-# and runtime Tcl library files in TEA_ADD_TCL_SOURCES.
-# This defines PKG(_STUB)_SOURCES, PKG(_STUB)_OBJECTS, PKG_HEADERS
-# and PKG_TCL_SOURCES.
-#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
- vars="
-tkbltChain.C
-tkbltConfig.C
-tkbltGrAxis.C
-tkbltGrAxisOp.C
-tkbltGrAxisOption.C
-tkbltGrBind.C
-tkbltGrElemOp.C
-tkbltGrElemOption.C
-tkbltGrElem.C
-tkbltGrElemBar.C
-tkbltGrElemLine.C
-tkbltGrElemLineSpline.C
-tkbltGrHairs.C
-tkbltGrHairsOp.C
-tkbltGrLegd.C
-tkbltGrLegdOp.C
-tkbltGrMarkerOp.C
-tkbltGrMarkerOption.C
-tkbltGrMarker.C
-tkbltGrMarkerLine.C
-tkbltGrMarkerPolygon.C
-tkbltGrMarkerText.C
-tkbltGrMisc.C
-tkbltGrPenOp.C
-tkbltGrPenOption.C
-tkbltGrPen.C
-tkbltGrPenBar.C
-tkbltGrPenLine.C
-tkbltGrPostscript.C
-tkbltGrPostscriptOp.C
-tkbltGrPSOutput.C
-tkbltGrText.C
-tkbltGrXAxisOp.C
-tkbltGraph.C
-tkbltGraphBar.C
-tkbltGraphLine.C
-tkbltGraphOp.C
-tkbltGraphSup.C
-tkbltInt.C
-tkbltNsUtil.C
-tkbltParse.C
-tkbltOp.C
-tkbltStubInit.c
-tkbltStubLib.C
-tkbltSwitch.C
-tkbltVecCmd.C
-tkbltVecOp.C
-tkbltVecMath.C
-tkbltVector.C
-"
- for i in $vars; do
- case $i in
- \$*)
- # allow $-var names
- PKG_SOURCES="$PKG_SOURCES $i"
- PKG_OBJECTS="$PKG_OBJECTS $i"
- ;;
- *)
- # check for existence - allows for generic/win/unix VPATH
- # To add more dirs here (like 'src'), you have to update VPATH
- # in Makefile.in as well
- if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/generic/$i" \
- -a ! -f "${srcdir}/win/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/unix/$i" \
- -a ! -f "${srcdir}/macosx/$i" \
- ; then
- as_fn_error $? "could not find source file '$i'" "$LINENO" 5
- fi
- PKG_SOURCES="$PKG_SOURCES $i"
- # this assumes it is in a VPATH dir
- i=`basename $i`
- # handle user calling this before or after TEA_SETUP_COMPILER
- if test x"${OBJEXT}" != x ; then
- j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`.${OBJEXT}"
- else
- j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`.\${OBJEXT}"
- fi
- PKG_OBJECTS="$PKG_OBJECTS $j"
- ;;
- esac
- done
-
-
-
-
- vars="
-generic/tkbltVector.h
-generic/tkbltDecls.h
-"
- for i in $vars; do
- # check for existence, be strict because it is installed
- if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" ; then
- as_fn_error $? "could not find header file '${srcdir}/$i'" "$LINENO" 5
- fi
- PKG_HEADERS="$PKG_HEADERS $i"
- done
-
-
-
- vars=""
- for i in $vars; do
- PKG_INCLUDES="$PKG_INCLUDES $i"
- done
-
-
-
- vars="-lstdc++"
- for i in $vars; do
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
- # Convert foo.lib to -lfoo for GCC. No-op if not *.lib
- i=`echo "$i" | sed -e 's/^\([^-].*\)\.lib$/-l\1/i'`
- fi
- PKG_LIBS="$PKG_LIBS $i"
- done
-
-
-if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a "$GCC" != "yes"; then
-
- PKG_CFLAGS="$PKG_CFLAGS -TP -EHsc -D_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS -D_USE_MATH_DEFINES"
-
-
-fi
-
- vars="tkbltStubLib.C"
- for i in $vars; do
- # check for existence - allows for generic/win/unix VPATH
- if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/generic/$i" \
- -a ! -f "${srcdir}/win/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/unix/$i" \
- -a ! -f "${srcdir}/macosx/$i" \
- ; then
- as_fn_error $? "could not find stub source file '$i'" "$LINENO" 5
- fi
- PKG_STUB_SOURCES="$PKG_STUB_SOURCES $i"
- # this assumes it is in a VPATH dir
- i=`basename $i`
- # handle user calling this before or after TEA_SETUP_COMPILER
- if test x"${OBJEXT}" != x ; then
- j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`.${OBJEXT}"
- else
- j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`.\${OBJEXT}"
- fi
- PKG_STUB_OBJECTS="$PKG_STUB_OBJECTS $j"
- done
-
-
-
-
- vars="library/graph.tcl"
- for i in $vars; do
- # check for existence, be strict because it is installed
- if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" ; then
- as_fn_error $? "could not find tcl source file '${srcdir}/$i'" "$LINENO" 5
- fi
- PKG_TCL_SOURCES="$PKG_TCL_SOURCES $i"
- done
-
-
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# __CHANGE__
-#
-# You can add more files to clean if your extension creates any extra
-# files by extending CLEANFILES.
-# Add pkgIndex.tcl if it is generated in the Makefile instead of ./configure
-# and change Makefile.in to move it from CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES to BINARIES var.
-#
-# A few miscellaneous platform-specific items:
-# TEA_ADD_* any platform specific compiler/build info here.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#CLEANFILES="$CLEANFILES pkgIndex.tcl"
-if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
- # Ensure no empty if clauses
- :
- #TEA_ADD_SOURCES([win/winFile.c])
- #TEA_ADD_INCLUDES([-I\"$(${CYGPATH} ${srcdir}/win)\"])
-else
- # Ensure no empty else clauses
- :
- #TEA_ADD_SOURCES([unix/unixFile.c])
- #TEA_ADD_LIBS([-lsuperfly])
-fi
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# __CHANGE__
-# Choose which headers you need. Extension authors should try very
-# hard to only rely on the Tcl public header files. Internal headers
-# contain private data structures and are subject to change without
-# notice.
-# This MUST be called after TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG / TEA_LOAD_TKCONFIG
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for Tcl public headers" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for Tcl public headers... " >&6; }
-
-
-# Check whether --with-tclinclude was given.
-if test "${with_tclinclude+set}" = set; then :
- withval=$with_tclinclude; with_tclinclude=${withval}
-fi
-
-
- if ${ac_cv_c_tclh+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-
- # Use the value from --with-tclinclude, if it was given
-
- if test x"${with_tclinclude}" != x ; then
- if test -f "${with_tclinclude}/tcl.h" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tclh=${with_tclinclude}
- else
- as_fn_error $? "${with_tclinclude} directory does not contain tcl.h" "$LINENO" 5
- fi
- else
- list=""
- if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then
- # If Tcl was built as a framework, attempt to use
- # the framework's Headers directory
- case ${TCL_DEFS} in
- *TCL_FRAMEWORK*)
- list="`ls -d ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Headers 2>/dev/null`"
- ;;
- esac
- fi
-
- # Look in the source dir only if Tcl is not installed,
- # and in that situation, look there before installed locations.
- if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then
- list="$list `ls -d ${TCL_SRC_DIR}/generic 2>/dev/null`"
- fi
-
- # Check order: pkg --prefix location, Tcl's --prefix location,
- # relative to directory of tclConfig.sh.
-
- eval "temp_includedir=${includedir}"
- list="$list \
- `ls -d ${temp_includedir} 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d ${TCL_PREFIX}/include 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/../include 2>/dev/null`"
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" != "windows" -o "$GCC" = "yes"; then
- list="$list /usr/local/include /usr/include"
- if test x"${TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC}" != x ; then
- d=`echo "${TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC}" | sed -e 's/^-I//'`
- list="$list `ls -d ${d} 2>/dev/null`"
- fi
- fi
- for i in $list ; do
- if test -f "$i/tcl.h" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tclh=$i
- break
- fi
- done
- fi
-
-fi
-
-
- # Print a message based on how we determined the include path
-
- if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclh}" = x ; then
- as_fn_error $? "tcl.h not found. Please specify its location with --with-tclinclude" "$LINENO" 5
- else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ${ac_cv_c_tclh}" >&5
-$as_echo "${ac_cv_c_tclh}" >&6; }
- fi
-
- # Convert to a native path and substitute into the output files.
-
- INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE=`${CYGPATH} ${ac_cv_c_tclh}`
-
- TCL_INCLUDES=-I\"${INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE}\"
-
-
-
-
- # Allow for --with-tclinclude to take effect and define ${ac_cv_c_tclh}
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for Tcl private include files" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for Tcl private include files... " >&6; }
-
- TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE=`${CYGPATH} ${TCL_SRC_DIR}`
- TCL_TOP_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}\"
-
- # Check to see if tcl<Plat>Port.h isn't already with the public headers
- # Don't look for tclInt.h because that resides with tcl.h in the core
- # sources, but the <plat>Port headers are in a different directory
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a \
- -f "${ac_cv_c_tclh}/tclWinPort.h"; then
- result="private headers found with public headers"
- elif test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "unix" -a \
- -f "${ac_cv_c_tclh}/tclUnixPort.h"; then
- result="private headers found with public headers"
- else
- TCL_GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/generic\"
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then
- TCL_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/win\"
- else
- TCL_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/unix\"
- fi
- # Overwrite the previous TCL_INCLUDES as this should capture both
- # public and private headers in the same set.
- # We want to ensure these are substituted so as not to require
- # any *_NATIVE vars be defined in the Makefile
- TCL_INCLUDES="-I${TCL_GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE} -I${TCL_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE}"
- if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then
- # If Tcl was built as a framework, attempt to use
- # the framework's Headers and PrivateHeaders directories
- case ${TCL_DEFS} in
- *TCL_FRAMEWORK*)
- if test -d "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Headers" -a \
- -d "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/PrivateHeaders"; then
- TCL_INCLUDES="-I\"${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Headers\" -I\"${TCL_BIN_DIR}/PrivateHeaders\" ${TCL_INCLUDES}"
- else
- TCL_INCLUDES="${TCL_INCLUDES} ${TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC} `echo "${TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC}" | sed -e 's/Headers/PrivateHeaders/'`"
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- result="Using ${TCL_INCLUDES}"
- else
- if test ! -f "${TCL_SRC_DIR}/generic/tclInt.h" ; then
- as_fn_error $? "Cannot find private header tclInt.h in ${TCL_SRC_DIR}" "$LINENO" 5
- fi
- result="Using srcdir found in tclConfig.sh: ${TCL_SRC_DIR}"
- fi
- fi
-
-
-
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ${result}" >&5
-$as_echo "${result}" >&6; }
-
-
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for Tk public headers" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for Tk public headers... " >&6; }
-
-
-# Check whether --with-tkinclude was given.
-if test "${with_tkinclude+set}" = set; then :
- withval=$with_tkinclude; with_tkinclude=${withval}
-fi
-
-
- if ${ac_cv_c_tkh+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-
- # Use the value from --with-tkinclude, if it was given
-
- if test x"${with_tkinclude}" != x ; then
- if test -f "${with_tkinclude}/tk.h" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tkh=${with_tkinclude}
- else
- as_fn_error $? "${with_tkinclude} directory does not contain tk.h" "$LINENO" 5
- fi
- else
- list=""
- if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then
- # If Tk was built as a framework, attempt to use
- # the framework's Headers directory.
- case ${TK_DEFS} in
- *TK_FRAMEWORK*)
- list="`ls -d ${TK_BIN_DIR}/Headers 2>/dev/null`"
- ;;
- esac
- fi
-
- # Look in the source dir only if Tk is not installed,
- # and in that situation, look there before installed locations.
- if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then
- list="$list `ls -d ${TK_SRC_DIR}/generic 2>/dev/null`"
- fi
-
- # Check order: pkg --prefix location, Tk's --prefix location,
- # relative to directory of tkConfig.sh, Tcl's --prefix location,
- # relative to directory of tclConfig.sh.
-
- eval "temp_includedir=${includedir}"
- list="$list \
- `ls -d ${temp_includedir} 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d ${TK_PREFIX}/include 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d ${TK_BIN_DIR}/../include 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d ${TCL_PREFIX}/include 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/../include 2>/dev/null`"
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" != "windows" -o "$GCC" = "yes"; then
- list="$list /usr/local/include /usr/include"
- if test x"${TK_INCLUDE_SPEC}" != x ; then
- d=`echo "${TK_INCLUDE_SPEC}" | sed -e 's/^-I//'`
- list="$list `ls -d ${d} 2>/dev/null`"
- fi
- fi
- for i in $list ; do
- if test -f "$i/tk.h" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tkh=$i
- break
- fi
- done
- fi
-
-fi
-
-
- # Print a message based on how we determined the include path
-
- if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkh}" = x ; then
- as_fn_error $? "tk.h not found. Please specify its location with --with-tkinclude" "$LINENO" 5
- else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ${ac_cv_c_tkh}" >&5
-$as_echo "${ac_cv_c_tkh}" >&6; }
- fi
-
- # Convert to a native path and substitute into the output files.
-
- INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE=`${CYGPATH} ${ac_cv_c_tkh}`
-
- TK_INCLUDES=-I\"${INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE}\"
-
-
-
- if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" != "x11"; then
- # On Windows and Aqua, we need the X compat headers
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for X11 header files" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for X11 header files... " >&6; }
- if test ! -r "${INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE}/X11/Xlib.h"; then
- INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE="`${CYGPATH} ${TK_SRC_DIR}/xlib`"
- TK_XINCLUDES=-I\"${INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE}\"
-
- fi
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ${INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE}" >&5
-$as_echo "${INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE}" >&6; }
- fi
-
-
- # Allow for --with-tkinclude to take effect and define ${ac_cv_c_tkh}
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for Tk private include files" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for Tk private include files... " >&6; }
-
- TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE=`${CYGPATH} ${TK_SRC_DIR}`
- TK_TOP_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}\"
-
- # Check to see if tk<Plat>Port.h isn't already with the public headers
- # Don't look for tkInt.h because that resides with tk.h in the core
- # sources, but the <plat>Port headers are in a different directory
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a \
- -f "${ac_cv_c_tkh}/tkWinPort.h"; then
- result="private headers found with public headers"
- elif test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "unix" -a \
- -f "${ac_cv_c_tkh}/tkUnixPort.h"; then
- result="private headers found with public headers"
- else
- TK_GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/generic\"
- TK_XLIB_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/xlib\"
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then
- TK_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/win\"
- else
- TK_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/unix\"
- fi
- # Overwrite the previous TK_INCLUDES as this should capture both
- # public and private headers in the same set.
- # We want to ensure these are substituted so as not to require
- # any *_NATIVE vars be defined in the Makefile
- TK_INCLUDES="-I${TK_GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE} -I${TK_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE}"
- # Detect and add ttk subdir
- if test -d "${TK_SRC_DIR}/generic/ttk"; then
- TK_INCLUDES="${TK_INCLUDES} -I\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/generic/ttk\""
- fi
- if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" != "x11"; then
- TK_INCLUDES="${TK_INCLUDES} -I\"${TK_XLIB_DIR_NATIVE}\""
- fi
- if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" = "aqua"; then
- TK_INCLUDES="${TK_INCLUDES} -I\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/macosx\""
- fi
- if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then
- # If Tk was built as a framework, attempt to use
- # the framework's Headers and PrivateHeaders directories
- case ${TK_DEFS} in
- *TK_FRAMEWORK*)
- if test -d "${TK_BIN_DIR}/Headers" -a \
- -d "${TK_BIN_DIR}/PrivateHeaders"; then
- TK_INCLUDES="-I\"${TK_BIN_DIR}/Headers\" -I\"${TK_BIN_DIR}/PrivateHeaders\" ${TK_INCLUDES}"
- else
- TK_INCLUDES="${TK_INCLUDES} ${TK_INCLUDE_SPEC} `echo "${TK_INCLUDE_SPEC}" | sed -e 's/Headers/PrivateHeaders/'`"
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- result="Using ${TK_INCLUDES}"
- else
- if test ! -f "${TK_SRC_DIR}/generic/tkInt.h" ; then
- as_fn_error $? "Cannot find private header tkInt.h in ${TK_SRC_DIR}" "$LINENO" 5
- fi
- result="Using srcdir found in tkConfig.sh: ${TK_SRC_DIR}"
- fi
- fi
-
-
-
-
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ${result}" >&5
-$as_echo "${result}" >&6; }
-
-
- if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" = "x11" ; then
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for X" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for X... " >&6; }
-
-
-# Check whether --with-x was given.
-if test "${with_x+set}" = set; then :
- withval=$with_x;
-fi
-
-# $have_x is `yes', `no', `disabled', or empty when we do not yet know.
-if test "x$with_x" = xno; then
- # The user explicitly disabled X.
- have_x=disabled
-else
- case $x_includes,$x_libraries in #(
- *\'*) as_fn_error $? "cannot use X directory names containing '" "$LINENO" 5;; #(
- *,NONE | NONE,*) if ${ac_cv_have_x+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- # One or both of the vars are not set, and there is no cached value.
-ac_x_includes=no ac_x_libraries=no
-rm -f -r conftest.dir
-if mkdir conftest.dir; then
- cd conftest.dir
- cat >Imakefile <<'_ACEOF'
-incroot:
- @echo incroot='${INCROOT}'
-usrlibdir:
- @echo usrlibdir='${USRLIBDIR}'
-libdir:
- @echo libdir='${LIBDIR}'
-_ACEOF
- if (export CC; ${XMKMF-xmkmf}) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null && test -f Makefile; then
- # GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering ...", which would confuse us.
- for ac_var in incroot usrlibdir libdir; do
- eval "ac_im_$ac_var=\`\${MAKE-make} $ac_var 2>/dev/null | sed -n 's/^$ac_var=//p'\`"
- done
- # Open Windows xmkmf reportedly sets LIBDIR instead of USRLIBDIR.
- for ac_extension in a so sl dylib la dll; do
- if test ! -f "$ac_im_usrlibdir/libX11.$ac_extension" &&
- test -f "$ac_im_libdir/libX11.$ac_extension"; then
- ac_im_usrlibdir=$ac_im_libdir; break
- fi
- done
- # Screen out bogus values from the imake configuration. They are
- # bogus both because they are the default anyway, and because
- # using them would break gcc on systems where it needs fixed includes.
- case $ac_im_incroot in
- /usr/include) ac_x_includes= ;;
- *) test -f "$ac_im_incroot/X11/Xos.h" && ac_x_includes=$ac_im_incroot;;
- esac
- case $ac_im_usrlibdir in
- /usr/lib | /usr/lib64 | /lib | /lib64) ;;
- *) test -d "$ac_im_usrlibdir" && ac_x_libraries=$ac_im_usrlibdir ;;
- esac
- fi
- cd ..
- rm -f -r conftest.dir
-fi
-
-# Standard set of common directories for X headers.
-# Check X11 before X11Rn because it is often a symlink to the current release.
-ac_x_header_dirs='
-/usr/X11/include
-/usr/X11R7/include
-/usr/X11R6/include
-/usr/X11R5/include
-/usr/X11R4/include
-
-/usr/include/X11
-/usr/include/X11R7
-/usr/include/X11R6
-/usr/include/X11R5
-/usr/include/X11R4
-
-/usr/local/X11/include
-/usr/local/X11R7/include
-/usr/local/X11R6/include
-/usr/local/X11R5/include
-/usr/local/X11R4/include
-
-/usr/local/include/X11
-/usr/local/include/X11R7
-/usr/local/include/X11R6
-/usr/local/include/X11R5
-/usr/local/include/X11R4
-
-/usr/X386/include
-/usr/x386/include
-/usr/XFree86/include/X11
-
-/usr/include
-/usr/local/include
-/usr/unsupported/include
-/usr/athena/include
-/usr/local/x11r5/include
-/usr/lpp/Xamples/include
-
-/usr/openwin/include
-/usr/openwin/share/include'
-
-if test "$ac_x_includes" = no; then
- # Guess where to find include files, by looking for Xlib.h.
- # First, try using that file with no special directory specified.
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <X11/Xlib.h>
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :
- # We can compile using X headers with no special include directory.
-ac_x_includes=
-else
- for ac_dir in $ac_x_header_dirs; do
- if test -r "$ac_dir/X11/Xlib.h"; then
- ac_x_includes=$ac_dir
- break
- fi
-done
-fi
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext
-fi # $ac_x_includes = no
-
-if test "$ac_x_libraries" = no; then
- # Check for the libraries.
- # See if we find them without any special options.
- # Don't add to $LIBS permanently.
- ac_save_LIBS=$LIBS
- LIBS="-lX11 $LIBS"
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <X11/Xlib.h>
-int
-main ()
-{
-XrmInitialize ()
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
- LIBS=$ac_save_LIBS
-# We can link X programs with no special library path.
-ac_x_libraries=
-else
- LIBS=$ac_save_LIBS
-for ac_dir in `$as_echo "$ac_x_includes $ac_x_header_dirs" | sed s/include/lib/g`
-do
- # Don't even attempt the hair of trying to link an X program!
- for ac_extension in a so sl dylib la dll; do
- if test -r "$ac_dir/libX11.$ac_extension"; then
- ac_x_libraries=$ac_dir
- break 2
- fi
- done
-done
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
- conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi # $ac_x_libraries = no
-
-case $ac_x_includes,$ac_x_libraries in #(
- no,* | *,no | *\'*)
- # Didn't find X, or a directory has "'" in its name.
- ac_cv_have_x="have_x=no";; #(
- *)
- # Record where we found X for the cache.
- ac_cv_have_x="have_x=yes\
- ac_x_includes='$ac_x_includes'\
- ac_x_libraries='$ac_x_libraries'"
-esac
-fi
-;; #(
- *) have_x=yes;;
- esac
- eval "$ac_cv_have_x"
-fi # $with_x != no
-
-if test "$have_x" != yes; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $have_x" >&5
-$as_echo "$have_x" >&6; }
- no_x=yes
-else
- # If each of the values was on the command line, it overrides each guess.
- test "x$x_includes" = xNONE && x_includes=$ac_x_includes
- test "x$x_libraries" = xNONE && x_libraries=$ac_x_libraries
- # Update the cache value to reflect the command line values.
- ac_cv_have_x="have_x=yes\
- ac_x_includes='$x_includes'\
- ac_x_libraries='$x_libraries'"
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: libraries $x_libraries, headers $x_includes" >&5
-$as_echo "libraries $x_libraries, headers $x_includes" >&6; }
-fi
-
- not_really_there=""
- if test "$no_x" = ""; then
- if test "$x_includes" = ""; then
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <X11/Xlib.h>
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :
-
-else
- not_really_there="yes"
-fi
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext
- else
- if test ! -r $x_includes/X11/Xlib.h; then
- not_really_there="yes"
- fi
- fi
- fi
- if test "$no_x" = "yes" -o "$not_really_there" = "yes"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for X11 header files" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for X11 header files... " >&6; }
- found_xincludes="no"
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <X11/Xlib.h>
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :
- found_xincludes="yes"
-else
- found_xincludes="no"
-fi
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext
- if test "$found_xincludes" = "no"; then
- dirs="/usr/unsupported/include /usr/local/include /usr/X386/include /usr/X11R6/include /usr/X11R5/include /usr/include/X11R5 /usr/include/X11R4 /usr/openwin/include /usr/X11/include /usr/sww/include"
- for i in $dirs ; do
- if test -r $i/X11/Xlib.h; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $i" >&5
-$as_echo "$i" >&6; }
- XINCLUDES=" -I$i"
- found_xincludes="yes"
- break
- fi
- done
- fi
- else
- if test "$x_includes" != ""; then
- XINCLUDES="-I$x_includes"
- found_xincludes="yes"
- fi
- fi
- if test "$found_xincludes" = "no"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: couldn't find any!" >&5
-$as_echo "couldn't find any!" >&6; }
- fi
-
- if test "$no_x" = yes; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for X11 libraries" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for X11 libraries... " >&6; }
- XLIBSW=nope
- dirs="/usr/unsupported/lib /usr/local/lib /usr/X386/lib /usr/X11R6/lib /usr/X11R5/lib /usr/lib/X11R5 /usr/lib/X11R4 /usr/openwin/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/sww/X11/lib"
- for i in $dirs ; do
- if test -r $i/libX11.a -o -r $i/libX11.so -o -r $i/libX11.sl -o -r $i/libX11.dylib; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $i" >&5
-$as_echo "$i" >&6; }
- XLIBSW="-L$i -lX11"
- x_libraries="$i"
- break
- fi
- done
- else
- if test "$x_libraries" = ""; then
- XLIBSW=-lX11
- else
- XLIBSW="-L$x_libraries -lX11"
- fi
- fi
- if test "$XLIBSW" = nope ; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for XCreateWindow in -lXwindow" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for XCreateWindow in -lXwindow... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_lib_Xwindow_XCreateWindow+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
-LIBS="-lXwindow $LIBS"
-cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
-/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
- Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
- builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C"
-#endif
-char XCreateWindow ();
-int
-main ()
-{
-return XCreateWindow ();
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
- ac_cv_lib_Xwindow_XCreateWindow=yes
-else
- ac_cv_lib_Xwindow_XCreateWindow=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
- conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_Xwindow_XCreateWindow" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_Xwindow_XCreateWindow" >&6; }
-if test "x$ac_cv_lib_Xwindow_XCreateWindow" = xyes; then :
- XLIBSW=-lXwindow
-fi
-
- fi
- if test "$XLIBSW" = nope ; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: could not find any! Using -lX11." >&5
-$as_echo "could not find any! Using -lX11." >&6; }
- XLIBSW=-lX11
- fi
- # TEA specific:
- if test x"${XLIBSW}" != x ; then
- PKG_LIBS="${PKG_LIBS} ${XLIBSW}"
- fi
-
- fi
-
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Check whether --enable-threads or --disable-threads was given.
-# This auto-enables if Tcl was compiled threaded.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
- # Check whether --enable-threads was given.
-if test "${enable_threads+set}" = set; then :
- enableval=$enable_threads; tcl_ok=$enableval
-else
- tcl_ok=yes
-fi
-
-
- if test "${enable_threads+set}" = set; then
- enableval="$enable_threads"
- tcl_ok=$enableval
- else
- tcl_ok=yes
- fi
-
- if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" -o "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then
- TCL_THREADS=1
-
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" != "windows" ; then
- # We are always OK on Windows, so check what this platform wants:
-
- # USE_THREAD_ALLOC tells us to try the special thread-based
- # allocator that significantly reduces lock contention
-
-$as_echo "#define USE_THREAD_ALLOC 1" >>confdefs.h
-
-
-$as_echo "#define _REENTRANT 1" >>confdefs.h
-
- if test "`uname -s`" = "SunOS" ; then
-
-$as_echo "#define _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS 1" >>confdefs.h
-
- fi
-
-$as_echo "#define _THREAD_SAFE 1" >>confdefs.h
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lpthread" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lpthread... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_mutex_init+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
-LIBS="-lpthread $LIBS"
-cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
-/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
- Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
- builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C"
-#endif
-char pthread_mutex_init ();
-int
-main ()
-{
-return pthread_mutex_init ();
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
- ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_mutex_init=yes
-else
- ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_mutex_init=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
- conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_mutex_init" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_mutex_init" >&6; }
-if test "x$ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_mutex_init" = xyes; then :
- tcl_ok=yes
-else
- tcl_ok=no
-fi
-
- if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
- # Check a little harder for __pthread_mutex_init in the same
- # library, as some systems hide it there until pthread.h is
- # defined. We could alternatively do an AC_TRY_COMPILE with
- # pthread.h, but that will work with libpthread really doesn't
- # exist, like AIX 4.2. [Bug: 4359]
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for __pthread_mutex_init in -lpthread" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for __pthread_mutex_init in -lpthread... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_lib_pthread___pthread_mutex_init+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
-LIBS="-lpthread $LIBS"
-cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
-/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
- Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
- builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C"
-#endif
-char __pthread_mutex_init ();
-int
-main ()
-{
-return __pthread_mutex_init ();
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
- ac_cv_lib_pthread___pthread_mutex_init=yes
-else
- ac_cv_lib_pthread___pthread_mutex_init=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
- conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_pthread___pthread_mutex_init" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_pthread___pthread_mutex_init" >&6; }
-if test "x$ac_cv_lib_pthread___pthread_mutex_init" = xyes; then :
- tcl_ok=yes
-else
- tcl_ok=no
-fi
-
- fi
-
- if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
- # The space is needed
- THREADS_LIBS=" -lpthread"
- else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lpthreads" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lpthreads... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_mutex_init+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
-LIBS="-lpthreads $LIBS"
-cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
-/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
- Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
- builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C"
-#endif
-char pthread_mutex_init ();
-int
-main ()
-{
-return pthread_mutex_init ();
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
- ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_mutex_init=yes
-else
- ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_mutex_init=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
- conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_mutex_init" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_mutex_init" >&6; }
-if test "x$ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_mutex_init" = xyes; then :
- tcl_ok=yes
-else
- tcl_ok=no
-fi
-
- if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
- # The space is needed
- THREADS_LIBS=" -lpthreads"
- else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lc" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lc... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_lib_c_pthread_mutex_init+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
-LIBS="-lc $LIBS"
-cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
-/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
- Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
- builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C"
-#endif
-char pthread_mutex_init ();
-int
-main ()
-{
-return pthread_mutex_init ();
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
- ac_cv_lib_c_pthread_mutex_init=yes
-else
- ac_cv_lib_c_pthread_mutex_init=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
- conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_c_pthread_mutex_init" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_c_pthread_mutex_init" >&6; }
-if test "x$ac_cv_lib_c_pthread_mutex_init" = xyes; then :
- tcl_ok=yes
-else
- tcl_ok=no
-fi
-
- if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lc_r" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lc_r... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_mutex_init+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
-LIBS="-lc_r $LIBS"
-cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
-/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
- Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
- builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C"
-#endif
-char pthread_mutex_init ();
-int
-main ()
-{
-return pthread_mutex_init ();
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
- ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_mutex_init=yes
-else
- ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_mutex_init=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
- conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_mutex_init" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_mutex_init" >&6; }
-if test "x$ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_mutex_init" = xyes; then :
- tcl_ok=yes
-else
- tcl_ok=no
-fi
-
- if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
- # The space is needed
- THREADS_LIBS=" -pthread"
- else
- TCL_THREADS=0
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: Do not know how to find pthread lib on your system - thread support disabled" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Do not know how to find pthread lib on your system - thread support disabled" >&2;}
- fi
- fi
- fi
- fi
- fi
- else
- TCL_THREADS=0
- fi
- # Do checking message here to not mess up interleaved configure output
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for building with threads" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for building with threads... " >&6; }
- if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then
-
-$as_echo "#define TCL_THREADS 1" >>confdefs.h
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes (default)" >&5
-$as_echo "yes (default)" >&6; }
- else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
- fi
- # TCL_THREADS sanity checking. See if our request for building with
- # threads is the same as the way Tcl was built. If not, warn the user.
- case ${TCL_DEFS} in
- *THREADS=1*)
- if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "0"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING:
- Building ${PACKAGE_NAME} without threads enabled, but building against Tcl
- that IS thread-enabled. It is recommended to use --enable-threads." >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING:
- Building ${PACKAGE_NAME} without threads enabled, but building against Tcl
- that IS thread-enabled. It is recommended to use --enable-threads." >&2;}
- fi
- ;;
- esac
-
-
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# The statement below defines a collection of symbols related to
-# building as a shared library instead of a static library.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to build libraries" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking how to build libraries... " >&6; }
- # Check whether --enable-shared was given.
-if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then :
- enableval=$enable_shared; shared_ok=$enableval
-else
- shared_ok=yes
-fi
-
-
- if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then
- enableval="$enable_shared"
- shared_ok=$enableval
- else
- shared_ok=yes
- fi
-
- # Check whether --enable-stubs was given.
-if test "${enable_stubs+set}" = set; then :
- enableval=$enable_stubs; stubs_ok=$enableval
-else
- stubs_ok=yes
-fi
-
-
- if test "${enable_stubs+set}" = set; then
- enableval="$enable_stubs"
- stubs_ok=$enableval
- else
- stubs_ok=yes
- fi
-
- # Stubs are always enabled for shared builds
- if test "$shared_ok" = "yes" ; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: shared" >&5
-$as_echo "shared" >&6; }
- SHARED_BUILD=1
- STUBS_BUILD=1
- else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: static" >&5
-$as_echo "static" >&6; }
- SHARED_BUILD=0
-
-$as_echo "#define STATIC_BUILD 1" >>confdefs.h
-
- if test "$stubs_ok" = "yes" ; then
- STUBS_BUILD=1
- else
- STUBS_BUILD=0
- fi
- fi
- if test "${STUBS_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
-
-$as_echo "#define USE_TCL_STUBS 1" >>confdefs.h
-
-
-$as_echo "#define USE_TCLOO_STUBS 1" >>confdefs.h
-
- if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" != ""; then
-
-$as_echo "#define USE_TK_STUBS 1" >>confdefs.h
-
- fi
- fi
-
-
-
-
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# This macro figures out what flags to use with the compiler/linker
-# when building shared/static debug/optimized objects. This information
-# can be taken from the tclConfig.sh file, but this figures it all out.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
- # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
- ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
- IFS=$as_save_IFS
- test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
- for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
- ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib"
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
- break 2
- fi
-done
- done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB
-if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $RANLIB" >&5
-$as_echo "$RANLIB" >&6; }
-else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then
- ac_ct_RANLIB=$RANLIB
- # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
- ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="$ac_ct_RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
- IFS=$as_save_IFS
- test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
- for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
- ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib"
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
- break 2
- fi
-done
- done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB
-if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_ct_RANLIB" >&6; }
-else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
- if test "x$ac_ct_RANLIB" = x; then
- RANLIB=":"
- else
- case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
-yes:)
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
-ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
-esac
- RANLIB=$ac_ct_RANLIB
- fi
-else
- RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"
-fi
-
-
-
-
- # Step 0.a: Enable 64 bit support?
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if 64bit support is requested" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking if 64bit support is requested... " >&6; }
- # Check whether --enable-64bit was given.
-if test "${enable_64bit+set}" = set; then :
- enableval=$enable_64bit; do64bit=$enableval
-else
- do64bit=no
-fi
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $do64bit" >&5
-$as_echo "$do64bit" >&6; }
-
- # Step 0.b: Enable Solaris 64 bit VIS support?
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if 64bit Sparc VIS support is requested" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking if 64bit Sparc VIS support is requested... " >&6; }
- # Check whether --enable-64bit-vis was given.
-if test "${enable_64bit_vis+set}" = set; then :
- enableval=$enable_64bit_vis; do64bitVIS=$enableval
-else
- do64bitVIS=no
-fi
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $do64bitVIS" >&5
-$as_echo "$do64bitVIS" >&6; }
- # Force 64bit on with VIS
- if test "$do64bitVIS" = "yes"; then :
- do64bit=yes
-fi
-
- # Step 0.c: Check if visibility support is available. Do this here so
- # that platform specific alternatives can be used below if this fails.
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if compiler supports visibility \"hidden\"" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking if compiler supports visibility \"hidden\"... " >&6; }
-if ${tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-
- hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror"
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
- extern __attribute__((__visibility__("hidden"))) void f(void);
- void f(void) {}
-int
-main ()
-{
-f();
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
- tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=yes
-else
- tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
- conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
- CFLAGS=$hold_cflags
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" >&5
-$as_echo "$tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" >&6; }
- if test $tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden = yes; then :
-
-
-$as_echo "#define MODULE_SCOPE extern __attribute__((__visibility__(\"hidden\")))" >>confdefs.h
-
-
-$as_echo "#define HAVE_HIDDEN 1" >>confdefs.h
-
-
-fi
-
- # Step 0.d: Disable -rpath support?
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if rpath support is requested" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking if rpath support is requested... " >&6; }
- # Check whether --enable-rpath was given.
-if test "${enable_rpath+set}" = set; then :
- enableval=$enable_rpath; doRpath=$enableval
-else
- doRpath=yes
-fi
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $doRpath" >&5
-$as_echo "$doRpath" >&6; }
-
- # TEA specific: Cross-compiling options for Windows/CE builds?
-
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = windows; then :
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if Windows/CE build is requested" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking if Windows/CE build is requested... " >&6; }
- # Check whether --enable-wince was given.
-if test "${enable_wince+set}" = set; then :
- enableval=$enable_wince; doWince=$enableval
-else
- doWince=no
-fi
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $doWince" >&5
-$as_echo "$doWince" >&6; }
-
-fi
-
- # Set the variable "system" to hold the name and version number
- # for the system.
-
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking system version" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking system version... " >&6; }
-if ${tcl_cv_sys_version+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-
- # TEA specific:
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
- tcl_cv_sys_version=windows
- else
- tcl_cv_sys_version=`uname -s`-`uname -r`
- if test "$?" -ne 0 ; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: can't find uname command" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: can't find uname command" >&2;}
- tcl_cv_sys_version=unknown
- else
- if test "`uname -s`" = "AIX" ; then
- tcl_cv_sys_version=AIX-`uname -v`.`uname -r`
- fi
- fi
- fi
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_sys_version" >&5
-$as_echo "$tcl_cv_sys_version" >&6; }
- system=$tcl_cv_sys_version
-
-
- # Require ranlib early so we can override it in special cases below.
-
-
-
- # Set configuration options based on system name and version.
- # This is similar to Tcl's unix/tcl.m4 except that we've added a
- # "windows" case and removed some core-only vars.
-
- do64bit_ok=no
- # default to '{$LIBS}' and set to "" on per-platform necessary basis
- SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
- # When ld needs options to work in 64-bit mode, put them in
- # LDFLAGS_ARCH so they eventually end up in LDFLAGS even if [load]
- # is disabled by the user. [Bug 1016796]
- LDFLAGS_ARCH=""
- UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=""
- # TEA specific: use PACKAGE_VERSION instead of VERSION
- TCL_TRIM_DOTS='`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION} | tr -d .`'
- ECHO_VERSION='`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION}`'
- TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=ok
- CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g
- if test "$GCC" = yes; then :
-
- CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O2
- CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall"
-
-else
-
- CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O
- CFLAGS_WARNING=""
-
-fi
- if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
- # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ar", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ar; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_prog_AR+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- if test -n "$AR"; then
- ac_cv_prog_AR="$AR" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
- IFS=$as_save_IFS
- test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
- for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
- ac_cv_prog_AR="${ac_tool_prefix}ar"
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
- break 2
- fi
-done
- done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-AR=$ac_cv_prog_AR
-if test -n "$AR"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $AR" >&5
-$as_echo "$AR" >&6; }
-else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_AR"; then
- ac_ct_AR=$AR
- # Extract the first word of "ar", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ar; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then
- ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="$ac_ct_AR" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
- IFS=$as_save_IFS
- test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
- for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
- ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="ar"
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
- break 2
- fi
-done
- done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_AR=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR
-if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_AR" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_ct_AR" >&6; }
-else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
- if test "x$ac_ct_AR" = x; then
- AR=""
- else
- case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
-yes:)
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
-ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
-esac
- AR=$ac_ct_AR
- fi
-else
- AR="$ac_cv_prog_AR"
-fi
-
- STLIB_LD='${AR} cr'
- LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LD_LIBRARY_PATH"
- if test "x$SHLIB_VERSION" = x; then :
- SHLIB_VERSION=""
-else
- SHLIB_VERSION=".$SHLIB_VERSION"
-fi
- case $system in
- # TEA specific:
- windows)
- # This is a 2-stage check to make sure we have the 64-bit SDK
- # We have to know where the SDK is installed.
- # This magic is based on MS Platform SDK for Win2003 SP1 - hobbs
- # MACHINE is IX86 for LINK, but this is used by the manifest,
- # which requires x86|amd64|ia64.
- MACHINE="X86"
- if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
- if test "x${MSSDK}x" = "xx" ; then
- MSSDK="C:/Progra~1/Microsoft Platform SDK"
- fi
- MSSDK=`echo "$MSSDK" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
- PATH64=""
- case "$do64bit" in
- amd64|x64|yes)
- MACHINE="AMD64" ; # default to AMD64 64-bit build
- PATH64="${MSSDK}/Bin/Win64/x86/AMD64"
- ;;
- ia64)
- MACHINE="IA64"
- PATH64="${MSSDK}/Bin/Win64"
- ;;
- esac
- if test "$GCC" != "yes" -a ! -d "${PATH64}" ; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: Could not find 64-bit $MACHINE SDK to enable 64bit mode" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Could not find 64-bit $MACHINE SDK to enable 64bit mode" >&2;}
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: Ensure latest Platform SDK is installed" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Ensure latest Platform SDK is installed" >&2;}
- do64bit="no"
- else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&5
-$as_echo " Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&6; }
- do64bit_ok="yes"
- fi
- fi
-
- if test "$doWince" != "no" ; then
- if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
- as_fn_error $? "Windows/CE and 64-bit builds incompatible" "$LINENO" 5
- fi
- if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
- as_fn_error $? "Windows/CE and GCC builds incompatible" "$LINENO" 5
- fi
-
- # First, look for one uninstalled.
- # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-celib
-
- if test x"${no_celib}" = x ; then
- # we reset no_celib in case something fails here
- no_celib=true
-
-# Check whether --with-celib was given.
-if test "${with_celib+set}" = set; then :
- withval=$with_celib; with_celibconfig=${withval}
-fi
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for Windows/CE celib directory" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for Windows/CE celib directory... " >&6; }
- if ${ac_cv_c_celibconfig+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-
- # First check to see if --with-celibconfig was specified.
- if test x"${with_celibconfig}" != x ; then
- if test -d "${with_celibconfig}/inc" ; then
- ac_cv_c_celibconfig=`(cd ${with_celibconfig}; pwd)`
- else
- as_fn_error $? "${with_celibconfig} directory doesn't contain inc directory" "$LINENO" 5
- fi
- fi
-
- # then check for a celib library
- if test x"${ac_cv_c_celibconfig}" = x ; then
- for i in \
- ../celib-palm-3.0 \
- ../celib \
- ../../celib-palm-3.0 \
- ../../celib \
- `ls -dr ../celib-*3.[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
- ${srcdir}/../celib-palm-3.0 \
- ${srcdir}/../celib \
- `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../celib-*3.[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
- ; do
- if test -d "$i/inc" ; then
- ac_cv_c_celibconfig=`(cd $i; pwd)`
- break
- fi
- done
- fi
-
-fi
-
- if test x"${ac_cv_c_celibconfig}" = x ; then
- as_fn_error $? "Cannot find celib support library directory" "$LINENO" 5
- else
- no_celib=
- CELIB_DIR=${ac_cv_c_celibconfig}
- CELIB_DIR=`echo "$CELIB_DIR" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: found $CELIB_DIR" >&5
-$as_echo "found $CELIB_DIR" >&6; }
- fi
- fi
-
- # Set defaults for common evc4/PPC2003 setup
- # Currently Tcl requires 300+, possibly 420+ for sockets
- CEVERSION=420; # could be 211 300 301 400 420 ...
- TARGETCPU=ARMV4; # could be ARMV4 ARM MIPS SH3 X86 ...
- ARCH=ARM; # could be ARM MIPS X86EM ...
- PLATFORM="Pocket PC 2003"; # or "Pocket PC 2002"
- if test "$doWince" != "yes"; then
- # If !yes then the user specified something
- # Reset ARCH to allow user to skip specifying it
- ARCH=
- eval `echo $doWince | awk -F, '{ \
- if (length($1)) { printf "CEVERSION=\"%s\"\n", $1; \
- if ($1 < 400) { printf "PLATFORM=\"Pocket PC 2002\"\n" } }; \
- if (length($2)) { printf "TARGETCPU=\"%s\"\n", toupper($2) }; \
- if (length($3)) { printf "ARCH=\"%s\"\n", toupper($3) }; \
- if (length($4)) { printf "PLATFORM=\"%s\"\n", $4 }; \
- }'`
- if test "x${ARCH}" = "x" ; then
- ARCH=$TARGETCPU;
- fi
- fi
- OSVERSION=WCE$CEVERSION;
- if test "x${WCEROOT}" = "x" ; then
- WCEROOT="C:/Program Files/Microsoft eMbedded C++ 4.0"
- if test ! -d "${WCEROOT}" ; then
- WCEROOT="C:/Program Files/Microsoft eMbedded Tools"
- fi
- fi
- if test "x${SDKROOT}" = "x" ; then
- SDKROOT="C:/Program Files/Windows CE Tools"
- if test ! -d "${SDKROOT}" ; then
- SDKROOT="C:/Windows CE Tools"
- fi
- fi
- WCEROOT=`echo "$WCEROOT" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
- SDKROOT=`echo "$SDKROOT" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
- if test ! -d "${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/Lib/${TARGETCPU}" \
- -o ! -d "${WCEROOT}/EVC/${OSVERSION}/bin"; then
- as_fn_error $? "could not find PocketPC SDK or target compiler to enable WinCE mode $CEVERSION,$TARGETCPU,$ARCH,$PLATFORM" "$LINENO" 5
- doWince="no"
- else
- # We could PATH_NOSPACE these, but that's not important,
- # as long as we quote them when used.
- CEINCLUDE="${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/include"
- if test -d "${CEINCLUDE}/${TARGETCPU}" ; then
- CEINCLUDE="${CEINCLUDE}/${TARGETCPU}"
- fi
- CELIBPATH="${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/Lib/${TARGETCPU}"
- fi
- fi
-
- if test "$GCC" != "yes" ; then
- if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "0" ; then
- runtime=-MT
- else
- runtime=-MD
- fi
- case "x`echo \${VisualStudioVersion}`" in
- x1[4-9]*)
- lflags="${lflags} -nodefaultlib:libucrt.lib"
-
- vars="ucrt.lib"
- for i in $vars; do
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
- # Convert foo.lib to -lfoo for GCC. No-op if not *.lib
- i=`echo "$i" | sed -e 's/^\([^-].*\)\.lib$/-l\1/i'`
- fi
- PKG_LIBS="$PKG_LIBS $i"
- done
-
-
- ;;
- *)
- ;;
- esac
-
- if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
- # All this magic is necessary for the Win64 SDK RC1 - hobbs
- CC="\"${PATH64}/cl.exe\""
- CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} -I\"${MSSDK}/Include\" -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt\" -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt/sys\""
- RC="\"${MSSDK}/bin/rc.exe\""
- lflags="${lflags} -nologo -MACHINE:${MACHINE} -LIBPATH:\"${MSSDK}/Lib/${MACHINE}\""
- LINKBIN="\"${PATH64}/link.exe\""
- CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Zi -Od -W3 ${runtime}d"
- CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 -W2 ${runtime}"
- # Avoid 'unresolved external symbol __security_cookie'
- # errors, c.f. http://support.microsoft.com/?id=894573
-
- vars="bufferoverflowU.lib"
- for i in $vars; do
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
- # Convert foo.lib to -lfoo for GCC. No-op if not *.lib
- i=`echo "$i" | sed -e 's/^\([^-].*\)\.lib$/-l\1/i'`
- fi
- PKG_LIBS="$PKG_LIBS $i"
- done
-
-
- elif test "$doWince" != "no" ; then
- CEBINROOT="${WCEROOT}/EVC/${OSVERSION}/bin"
- if test "${TARGETCPU}" = "X86"; then
- CC="\"${CEBINROOT}/cl.exe\""
- else
- CC="\"${CEBINROOT}/cl${ARCH}.exe\""
- fi
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I\"${CELIB_DIR}/inc\" -I\"${CEINCLUDE}\""
- RC="\"${WCEROOT}/Common/EVC/bin/rc.exe\""
- arch=`echo ${ARCH} | awk '{print tolower($0)}'`
- defs="${ARCH} _${ARCH}_ ${arch} PALM_SIZE _MT _WINDOWS"
- if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
- # Static CE builds require static celib as well
- defs="${defs} _DLL"
- fi
- for i in $defs ; do
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define $i 1
-_ACEOF
-
- done
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define _WIN32_WCE $CEVERSION
-_ACEOF
-
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define UNDER_CE $CEVERSION
-_ACEOF
-
- CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Zi -Od"
- CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -Ox"
- lversion=`echo ${CEVERSION} | sed -e 's/\(.\)\(..\)/\1\.\2/'`
- lflags="${lflags} -MACHINE:${ARCH} -LIBPATH:\"${CELIBPATH}\" -subsystem:windowsce,${lversion} -nologo"
- LINKBIN="\"${CEBINROOT}/link.exe\""
-
- else
- RC="rc"
- lflags="${lflags} -nologo"
- LINKBIN="link"
- CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Z7 -Od -W3 -WX ${runtime}d"
- CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 -W2 ${runtime}"
- fi
- fi
-
- if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then
- # mingw gcc mode
- if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
- # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}windres", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}windres; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_prog_RC+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- if test -n "$RC"; then
- ac_cv_prog_RC="$RC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
- IFS=$as_save_IFS
- test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
- for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
- ac_cv_prog_RC="${ac_tool_prefix}windres"
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
- break 2
- fi
-done
- done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-RC=$ac_cv_prog_RC
-if test -n "$RC"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $RC" >&5
-$as_echo "$RC" >&6; }
-else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RC"; then
- ac_ct_RC=$RC
- # Extract the first word of "windres", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy windres; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- if test -n "$ac_ct_RC"; then
- ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC="$ac_ct_RC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
- IFS=$as_save_IFS
- test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
- for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
- ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC="windres"
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
- break 2
- fi
-done
- done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_RC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC
-if test -n "$ac_ct_RC"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_RC" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_ct_RC" >&6; }
-else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
- if test "x$ac_ct_RC" = x; then
- RC=""
- else
- case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
-yes:)
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
-ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
-esac
- RC=$ac_ct_RC
- fi
-else
- RC="$ac_cv_prog_RC"
-fi
-
- CFLAGS_DEBUG="-g"
- CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer"
- SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
- UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
- LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-wl,--subsystem,console ${lflags}"
- LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-wl,--subsystem,windows ${lflags}"
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for cross-compile version of gcc" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for cross-compile version of gcc... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_cross+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
- #ifdef _WIN32
- #error cross-compiler
- #endif
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
- ac_cv_cross=yes
-else
- ac_cv_cross=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_cross" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_cross" >&6; }
- if test "$ac_cv_cross" = "yes"; then
- case "$do64bit" in
- amd64|x64|yes)
- CC="x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc"
- LD="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ld"
- AR="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ar"
- RANLIB="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ranlib"
- RC="x86_64-w64-mingw32-windres"
- ;;
- *)
- CC="i686-w64-mingw32-gcc"
- LD="i686-w64-mingw32-ld"
- AR="i686-w64-mingw32-ar"
- RANLIB="i686-w64-mingw32-ranlib"
- RC="i686-w64-mingw32-windres"
- ;;
- esac
- fi
-
- else
- SHLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -dll ${lflags}"
- # link -lib only works when -lib is the first arg
- STLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -lib ${lflags}"
- UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.lib'
- PATHTYPE=-w
- # For information on what debugtype is most useful, see:
- # http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/dnvc60/html/gendepdebug.asp
- # and also
- # http://msdn2.microsoft.com/en-us/library/y0zzbyt4%28VS.80%29.aspx
- # This essentially turns it all on.
- LDFLAGS_DEBUG="-debug -debugtype:cv"
- LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-release"
- if test "$doWince" != "no" ; then
- LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link ${lflags}"
- LDFLAGS_WINDOW=${LDFLAGS_CONSOLE}
- else
- LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link -subsystem:console ${lflags}"
- LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-link -subsystem:windows ${lflags}"
- fi
- fi
-
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll"
- SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.dll'
-
- TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
- ;;
- AIX-*)
- if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1" -a "$GCC" != "yes"; then :
-
- # AIX requires the _r compiler when gcc isn't being used
- case "${CC}" in
- *_r|*_r\ *)
- # ok ...
- ;;
- *)
- # Make sure only first arg gets _r
- CC=`echo "$CC" | sed -e 's/^\([^ ]*\)/\1_r/'`
- ;;
- esac
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: Using $CC for compiling with threads" >&5
-$as_echo "Using $CC for compiling with threads" >&6; }
-
-fi
- LIBS="$LIBS -lc"
- SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
-
- LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LIBPATH"
-
- # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker
- if test "$do64bit" = yes; then :
-
- if test "$GCC" = yes; then :
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system" >&2;}
-
-else
-
- do64bit_ok=yes
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -q64"
- LDFLAGS_ARCH="-q64"
- RANLIB="${RANLIB} -X64"
- AR="${AR} -X64"
- SHLIB_LD_FLAGS="-b64"
-
-fi
-
-fi
-
- if test "`uname -m`" = ia64; then :
-
- # AIX-5 uses ELF style dynamic libraries on IA-64, but not PPC
- SHLIB_LD="/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z text"
- if test "$GCC" = yes; then :
-
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
-
-else
-
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
-
-fi
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
-
-else
-
- if test "$GCC" = yes; then :
-
- SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared -Wl,-bexpall'
-
-else
-
- SHLIB_LD="/bin/ld -bhalt:4 -bM:SRE -bexpall -H512 -T512 -bnoentry"
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -brtl"
-
-fi
- SHLIB_LD="${SHLIB_LD} ${SHLIB_LD_FLAGS}"
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-L${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
-
-fi
- ;;
- BeOS*)
- SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
- SHLIB_LD='${CC} -nostart'
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
-
- #-----------------------------------------------------------
- # Check for inet_ntoa in -lbind, for BeOS (which also needs
- # -lsocket, even if the network functions are in -lnet which
- # is always linked to, for compatibility.
- #-----------------------------------------------------------
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for inet_ntoa in -lbind" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for inet_ntoa in -lbind... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_lib_bind_inet_ntoa+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
-LIBS="-lbind $LIBS"
-cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
-/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
- Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
- builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C"
-#endif
-char inet_ntoa ();
-int
-main ()
-{
-return inet_ntoa ();
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
- ac_cv_lib_bind_inet_ntoa=yes
-else
- ac_cv_lib_bind_inet_ntoa=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
- conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_bind_inet_ntoa" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_bind_inet_ntoa" >&6; }
-if test "x$ac_cv_lib_bind_inet_ntoa" = xyes; then :
- LIBS="$LIBS -lbind -lsocket"
-fi
-
- ;;
- BSD/OS-4.*)
- SHLIB_CFLAGS="-export-dynamic -fPIC"
- SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic"
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
- ;;
- CYGWIN_*)
- SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
- SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
- SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} -Wl,--out-implib,\$@.a"
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll"
- EXEEXT=".exe"
- do64bit_ok=yes
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
- ;;
- Haiku*)
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,--export-dynamic"
- SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
- SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} -shared'
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for inet_ntoa in -lnetwork" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for inet_ntoa in -lnetwork... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_lib_network_inet_ntoa+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
-LIBS="-lnetwork $LIBS"
-cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
-/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
- Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
- builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C"
-#endif
-char inet_ntoa ();
-int
-main ()
-{
-return inet_ntoa ();
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
- ac_cv_lib_network_inet_ntoa=yes
-else
- ac_cv_lib_network_inet_ntoa=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
- conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_network_inet_ntoa" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_network_inet_ntoa" >&6; }
-if test "x$ac_cv_lib_network_inet_ntoa" = xyes; then :
- LIBS="$LIBS -lnetwork"
-fi
-
- ;;
- HP-UX-*.11.*)
- # Use updated header definitions where possible
-
-$as_echo "#define _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED 1" >>confdefs.h
-
- # TEA specific: Needed by Tcl, but not most extensions
- #AC_DEFINE(_XOPEN_SOURCE, 1, [Do we want to use the XOPEN network library?])
- #LIBS="$LIBS -lxnet" # Use the XOPEN network library
-
- if test "`uname -m`" = ia64; then :
-
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
- # Use newer C++ library for C++ extensions
- #if test "$GCC" != "yes" ; then
- # CPPFLAGS="-AA"
- #fi
-
-else
-
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".sl"
-
-fi
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for shl_load in -ldld" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for shl_load in -ldld... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
-LIBS="-ldld $LIBS"
-cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
-/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
- Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
- builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C"
-#endif
-char shl_load ();
-int
-main ()
-{
-return shl_load ();
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
- ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=yes
-else
- ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
- conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&6; }
-if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" = xyes; then :
- tcl_ok=yes
-else
- tcl_ok=no
-fi
-
- if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then :
-
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-E"
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,+s,+b,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.'
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='+s +b ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.'
- LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="SHLIB_PATH"
-
-fi
- if test "$GCC" = yes; then :
-
- SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
-
-else
-
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -z"
- # Users may want PA-RISC 1.1/2.0 portable code - needs HP cc
- #CFLAGS="$CFLAGS +DAportable"
- SHLIB_CFLAGS="+z"
- SHLIB_LD="ld -b"
-
-fi
-
- # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker
- if test "$do64bit" = "yes"; then :
-
- if test "$GCC" = yes; then :
-
- case `${CC} -dumpmachine` in
- hppa64*)
- # 64-bit gcc in use. Fix flags for GNU ld.
- do64bit_ok=yes
- SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
- if test $doRpath = yes; then :
-
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
-fi
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
- ;;
- *)
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system" >&2;}
- ;;
- esac
-
-else
-
- do64bit_ok=yes
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS +DD64"
- LDFLAGS_ARCH="+DD64"
-
-fi
-
-fi ;;
- IRIX-6.*)
- SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
- SHLIB_LD="ld -n32 -shared -rdata_shared"
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
- if test $doRpath = yes; then :
-
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
-fi
- if test "$GCC" = yes; then :
-
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mabi=n32"
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -mabi=n32"
-
-else
-
- case $system in
- IRIX-6.3)
- # Use to build 6.2 compatible binaries on 6.3.
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -n32 -D_OLD_TERMIOS"
- ;;
- *)
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -n32"
- ;;
- esac
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -n32"
-
-fi
- ;;
- IRIX64-6.*)
- SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
- SHLIB_LD="ld -n32 -shared -rdata_shared"
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
- if test $doRpath = yes; then :
-
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
-fi
-
- # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker
-
- if test "$do64bit" = yes; then :
-
- if test "$GCC" = yes; then :
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported by gcc" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported by gcc" >&2;}
-
-else
-
- do64bit_ok=yes
- SHLIB_LD="ld -64 -shared -rdata_shared"
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -64"
- LDFLAGS_ARCH="-64"
-
-fi
-
-fi
- ;;
- Linux*|GNU*|NetBSD-Debian)
- SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
-
- # TEA specific:
- CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer"
-
- # TEA specific: use LDFLAGS_DEFAULT instead of LDFLAGS
- SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS_DEFAULT} -shared'
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,--export-dynamic"
- if test $doRpath = yes; then :
-
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
-fi
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
- if test "`uname -m`" = "alpha"; then :
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mieee"
-fi
- if test $do64bit = yes; then :
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if compiler accepts -m64 flag" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking if compiler accepts -m64 flag... " >&6; }
-if ${tcl_cv_cc_m64+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-
- hold_cflags=$CFLAGS
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64"
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
- tcl_cv_cc_m64=yes
-else
- tcl_cv_cc_m64=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
- conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
- CFLAGS=$hold_cflags
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_cc_m64" >&5
-$as_echo "$tcl_cv_cc_m64" >&6; }
- if test $tcl_cv_cc_m64 = yes; then :
-
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64"
- do64bit_ok=yes
-
-fi
-
-fi
-
- # The combo of gcc + glibc has a bug related to inlining of
- # functions like strtod(). The -fno-builtin flag should address
- # this problem but it does not work. The -fno-inline flag is kind
- # of overkill but it works. Disable inlining only when one of the
- # files in compat/*.c is being linked in.
-
- if test x"${USE_COMPAT}" != x; then :
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-inline"
-fi
- ;;
- Lynx*)
- SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
- CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-02
- SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
- LD_FLAGS="-Wl,--export-dynamic"
- if test $doRpath = yes; then :
-
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
-fi
- ;;
- OpenBSD-*)
- arch=`arch -s`
- case "$arch" in
- alpha|sparc64)
- SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
- ;;
- *)
- SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fpic"
- ;;
- esac
- SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${SHLIB_CFLAGS} -shared'
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
- if test $doRpath = yes; then :
-
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
-fi
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
- SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so${SHLIB_VERSION}'
- LDFLAGS="-Wl,-export-dynamic"
- CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2"
- if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"; then :
-
- # On OpenBSD: Compile with -pthread
- # Don't link with -lpthread
- LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-lpthread//`
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
-
-fi
- # OpenBSD doesn't do version numbers with dots.
- UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
- TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
- ;;
- NetBSD-*)
- # NetBSD has ELF and can use 'cc -shared' to build shared libs
- SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
- SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${SHLIB_CFLAGS} -shared'
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic"
- if test $doRpath = yes; then :
-
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
-fi
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
- if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"; then :
-
- # The -pthread needs to go in the CFLAGS, not LIBS
- LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//`
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -pthread"
-
-fi
- ;;
- DragonFly-*|FreeBSD-*)
- # This configuration from FreeBSD Ports.
- SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
- SHLIB_LD="${CC} -shared"
- SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} -Wl,-soname,\$@"
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
- LDFLAGS=""
- if test $doRpath = yes; then :
-
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
-fi
- if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"; then :
-
- # The -pthread needs to go in the LDFLAGS, not LIBS
- LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//`
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $PTHREAD_CFLAGS"
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $PTHREAD_LIBS"
-fi
- case $system in
- FreeBSD-3.*)
- # Version numbers are dot-stripped by system policy.
- TCL_TRIM_DOTS=`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION} | tr -d .`
- UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
- SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}\$\{DBGX\}.so.1'
- TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
- ;;
- esac
- ;;
- Darwin-*)
- CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-Os"
- SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fno-common"
- # To avoid discrepancies between what headers configure sees during
- # preprocessing tests and compiling tests, move any -isysroot and
- # -mmacosx-version-min flags from CFLAGS to CPPFLAGS:
- CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS} `echo " ${CFLAGS}" | \
- awk 'BEGIN {FS=" +-";ORS=" "}; {for (i=2;i<=NF;i++) \
- if ($i~/^(isysroot|mmacosx-version-min)/) print "-"$i}'`"
- CFLAGS="`echo " ${CFLAGS}" | \
- awk 'BEGIN {FS=" +-";ORS=" "}; {for (i=2;i<=NF;i++) \
- if (!($i~/^(isysroot|mmacosx-version-min)/)) print "-"$i}'`"
- if test $do64bit = yes; then :
-
- case `arch` in
- ppc)
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if compiler accepts -arch ppc64 flag" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking if compiler accepts -arch ppc64 flag... " >&6; }
-if ${tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-
- hold_cflags=$CFLAGS
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch ppc64 -mpowerpc64 -mcpu=G5"
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
- tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64=yes
-else
- tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
- conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
- CFLAGS=$hold_cflags
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64" >&5
-$as_echo "$tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64" >&6; }
- if test $tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64 = yes; then :
-
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch ppc64 -mpowerpc64 -mcpu=G5"
- do64bit_ok=yes
-
-fi;;
- i386)
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if compiler accepts -arch x86_64 flag" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking if compiler accepts -arch x86_64 flag... " >&6; }
-if ${tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-
- hold_cflags=$CFLAGS
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch x86_64"
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
- tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64=yes
-else
- tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
- conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
- CFLAGS=$hold_cflags
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64" >&5
-$as_echo "$tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64" >&6; }
- if test $tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64 = yes; then :
-
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch x86_64"
- do64bit_ok=yes
-
-fi;;
- *)
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: Don't know how enable 64-bit on architecture \`arch\`" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Don't know how enable 64-bit on architecture \`arch\`" >&2;};;
- esac
-
-else
-
- # Check for combined 32-bit and 64-bit fat build
- if echo "$CFLAGS " |grep -E -q -- '-arch (ppc64|x86_64) ' \
- && echo "$CFLAGS " |grep -E -q -- '-arch (ppc|i386) '; then :
-
- fat_32_64=yes
-fi
-
-fi
- # TEA specific: use LDFLAGS_DEFAULT instead of LDFLAGS
- SHLIB_LD='${CC} -dynamiclib ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS_DEFAULT}'
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if ld accepts -single_module flag" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking if ld accepts -single_module flag... " >&6; }
-if ${tcl_cv_ld_single_module+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-
- hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module"
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-int i;
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
- tcl_cv_ld_single_module=yes
-else
- tcl_cv_ld_single_module=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
- conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
- LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_ld_single_module" >&5
-$as_echo "$tcl_cv_ld_single_module" >&6; }
- if test $tcl_cv_ld_single_module = yes; then :
-
- SHLIB_LD="${SHLIB_LD} -Wl,-single_module"
-
-fi
- # TEA specific: link shlib with current and compatibility version flags
- vers=`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION} | sed -e 's/^\([0-9]\{1,5\}\)\(\(\.[0-9]\{1,3\}\)\{0,2\}\).*$/\1\2/p' -e d`
- SHLIB_LD="${SHLIB_LD} -current_version ${vers:-0} -compatibility_version ${vers:-0}"
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dylib"
- # Don't use -prebind when building for Mac OS X 10.4 or later only:
- if test "`echo "${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET}" | awk -F '10\\.' '{print int($2)}'`" -lt 4 -a \
- "`echo "${CPPFLAGS}" | awk -F '-mmacosx-version-min=10\\.' '{print int($2)}'`" -lt 4; then :
-
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -prebind"
-fi
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -headerpad_max_install_names"
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if ld accepts -search_paths_first flag" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking if ld accepts -search_paths_first flag... " >&6; }
-if ${tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-
- hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-search_paths_first"
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-int i;
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
- tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first=yes
-else
- tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
- conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
- LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first" >&5
-$as_echo "$tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first" >&6; }
- if test $tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first = yes; then :
-
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-search_paths_first"
-
-fi
- if test "$tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" != yes; then :
-
-
-$as_echo "#define MODULE_SCOPE __private_extern__" >>confdefs.h
-
- tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=yes
-
-fi
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
- LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH"
- # TEA specific: for combined 32 & 64 bit fat builds of Tk
- # extensions, verify that 64-bit build is possible.
- if test "$fat_32_64" = yes && test -n "${TK_BIN_DIR}"; then :
-
- if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" = x11; then :
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for 64-bit X11" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for 64-bit X11... " >&6; }
-if ${tcl_cv_lib_x11_64+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-
- for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
- eval 'hold_'$v'="$'$v'";'$v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc / /g" -e "s/-arch i386 / /g"`"'
- done
- CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I/usr/X11R6/include"
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L/usr/X11R6/lib -lX11"
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <X11/Xlib.h>
-int
-main ()
-{
-XrmInitialize();
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
- tcl_cv_lib_x11_64=yes
-else
- tcl_cv_lib_x11_64=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
- conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
- for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
- eval $v'="$hold_'$v'"'
- done
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_lib_x11_64" >&5
-$as_echo "$tcl_cv_lib_x11_64" >&6; }
-
-fi
- if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" = aqua; then :
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for 64-bit Tk" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for 64-bit Tk... " >&6; }
-if ${tcl_cv_lib_tk_64+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-
- for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
- eval 'hold_'$v'="$'$v'";'$v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc / /g" -e "s/-arch i386 / /g"`"'
- done
- CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DUSE_TCL_STUBS=1 -DUSE_TK_STUBS=1 ${TCL_INCLUDES} ${TK_INCLUDES}"
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS ${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC} ${TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <tk.h>
-int
-main ()
-{
-Tk_InitStubs(NULL, "", 0);
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
- tcl_cv_lib_tk_64=yes
-else
- tcl_cv_lib_tk_64=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
- conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
- for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
- eval $v'="$hold_'$v'"'
- done
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_lib_tk_64" >&5
-$as_echo "$tcl_cv_lib_tk_64" >&6; }
-
-fi
- # remove 64-bit arch flags from CFLAGS et al. if configuration
- # does not support 64-bit.
- if test "$tcl_cv_lib_tk_64" = no -o "$tcl_cv_lib_x11_64" = no; then :
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: Removing 64-bit architectures from compiler & linker flags" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: Removing 64-bit architectures from compiler & linker flags" >&6;}
- for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
- eval $v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc64 / /g" -e "s/-arch x86_64 / /g"`"'
- done
-fi
-
-fi
- ;;
- OS/390-*)
- CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="" # Optimizer is buggy
-
-$as_echo "#define _OE_SOCKETS 1" >>confdefs.h
-
- ;;
- OSF1-V*)
- # Digital OSF/1
- SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
- if test "$SHARED_BUILD" = 1; then :
-
- SHLIB_LD='ld -shared -expect_unresolved "*"'
-
-else
-
- SHLIB_LD='ld -non_shared -expect_unresolved "*"'
-
-fi
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
- if test $doRpath = yes; then :
-
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
-fi
- if test "$GCC" = yes; then :
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mieee"
-else
-
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_TZSET -std1 -ieee"
-fi
- # see pthread_intro(3) for pthread support on osf1, k.furukawa
- if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then :
-
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSTACKSIZE"
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DTCL_THREAD_STACK_MIN=PTHREAD_STACK_MIN*64"
- LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-lpthreads//`
- if test "$GCC" = yes; then :
-
- LIBS="$LIBS -lpthread -lmach -lexc"
-
-else
-
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -pthread"
-
-fi
-
-fi
- ;;
- QNX-6*)
- # QNX RTP
- # This may work for all QNX, but it was only reported for v6.
- SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
- SHLIB_LD="ld -Bshareable -x"
- SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
- ;;
- SCO_SV-3.2*)
- if test "$GCC" = yes; then :
-
- SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC -melf"
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -melf -Wl,-Bexport"
-
-else
-
- SHLIB_CFLAGS="-Kpic -belf"
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -belf -Wl,-Bexport"
-
-fi
- SHLIB_LD="ld -G"
- SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
- ;;
- SunOS-5.[0-6])
- # Careful to not let 5.10+ fall into this case
-
- # Note: If _REENTRANT isn't defined, then Solaris
- # won't define thread-safe library routines.
-
-
-$as_echo "#define _REENTRANT 1" >>confdefs.h
-
-
-$as_echo "#define _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS 1" >>confdefs.h
-
-
- SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC"
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
- if test "$GCC" = yes; then :
-
- SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
-
-else
-
- SHLIB_LD="/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z text"
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
-
-fi
- ;;
- SunOS-5*)
- # Note: If _REENTRANT isn't defined, then Solaris
- # won't define thread-safe library routines.
-
-
-$as_echo "#define _REENTRANT 1" >>confdefs.h
-
-
-$as_echo "#define _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS 1" >>confdefs.h
-
-
- SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC"
-
- # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker
- if test "$do64bit" = yes; then :
-
- arch=`isainfo`
- if test "$arch" = "sparcv9 sparc"; then :
-
- if test "$GCC" = yes; then :
-
- if test "`${CC} -dumpversion | awk -F. '{print $1}'`" -lt 3; then :
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC < 3.2 on $system" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC < 3.2 on $system" >&2;}
-
-else
-
- do64bit_ok=yes
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64 -mcpu=v9"
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -m64 -mcpu=v9"
- SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
-
-fi
-
-else
-
- do64bit_ok=yes
- if test "$do64bitVIS" = yes; then :
-
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -xarch=v9a"
- LDFLAGS_ARCH="-xarch=v9a"
-
-else
-
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -xarch=v9"
- LDFLAGS_ARCH="-xarch=v9"
-
-fi
- # Solaris 64 uses this as well
- #LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LD_LIBRARY_PATH_64"
-
-fi
-
-else
- if test "$arch" = "amd64 i386"; then :
-
- if test "$GCC" = yes; then :
-
- case $system in
- SunOS-5.1[1-9]*|SunOS-5.[2-9][0-9]*)
- do64bit_ok=yes
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64"
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -m64";;
- *)
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system" >&2;};;
- esac
-
-else
-
- do64bit_ok=yes
- case $system in
- SunOS-5.1[1-9]*|SunOS-5.[2-9][0-9]*)
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64"
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -m64";;
- *)
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -xarch=amd64"
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -xarch=amd64";;
- esac
-
-fi
-
-else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported for $arch" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported for $arch" >&2;}
-fi
-fi
-
-fi
-
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
- if test "$GCC" = yes; then :
-
- SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
- if test "$do64bit_ok" = yes; then :
-
- if test "$arch" = "sparcv9 sparc"; then :
-
- # We need to specify -static-libgcc or we need to
- # add the path to the sparv9 libgcc.
- # JH: static-libgcc is necessary for core Tcl, but may
- # not be necessary for extensions.
- SHLIB_LD="$SHLIB_LD -m64 -mcpu=v9 -static-libgcc"
- # for finding sparcv9 libgcc, get the regular libgcc
- # path, remove so name and append 'sparcv9'
- #v9gcclibdir="`gcc -print-file-name=libgcc_s.so` | ..."
- #CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS},-R,$v9gcclibdir"
-
-else
- if test "$arch" = "amd64 i386"; then :
-
- # JH: static-libgcc is necessary for core Tcl, but may
- # not be necessary for extensions.
- SHLIB_LD="$SHLIB_LD -m64 -static-libgcc"
-
-fi
-fi
-
-fi
-
-else
-
- case $system in
- SunOS-5.[1-9][0-9]*)
- # TEA specific: use LDFLAGS_DEFAULT instead of LDFLAGS
- SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G -z text ${LDFLAGS_DEFAULT}';;
- *)
- SHLIB_LD='/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z text';;
- esac
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
-
-fi
- ;;
- UNIX_SV* | UnixWare-5*)
- SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC"
- SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G'
- SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
- # Some UNIX_SV* systems (unixware 1.1.2 for example) have linkers
- # that don't grok the -Bexport option. Test that it does.
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ld accepts -Bexport flag" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for ld accepts -Bexport flag... " >&6; }
-if ${tcl_cv_ld_Bexport+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-
- hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport"
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-int i;
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
- tcl_cv_ld_Bexport=yes
-else
- tcl_cv_ld_Bexport=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
- conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
- LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_ld_Bexport" >&5
-$as_echo "$tcl_cv_ld_Bexport" >&6; }
- if test $tcl_cv_ld_Bexport = yes; then :
-
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport"
-
-fi
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
- ;;
- esac
-
- if test "$do64bit" = yes -a "$do64bit_ok" = no; then :
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: 64bit support being disabled -- don't know magic for this platform" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit support being disabled -- don't know magic for this platform" >&2;}
-
-fi
-
-
-
- # Add in the arch flags late to ensure it wasn't removed.
- # Not necessary in TEA, but this is aligned with core
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $LDFLAGS_ARCH"
-
- # If we're running gcc, then change the C flags for compiling shared
- # libraries to the right flags for gcc, instead of those for the
- # standard manufacturer compiler.
-
- if test "$GCC" = yes; then :
-
- case $system in
- AIX-*) ;;
- BSD/OS*) ;;
- CYGWIN_*|MINGW32_*|MINGW64_*) ;;
- IRIX*) ;;
- NetBSD-*|DragonFly-*|FreeBSD-*|OpenBSD-*) ;;
- Darwin-*) ;;
- SCO_SV-3.2*) ;;
- windows) ;;
- *) SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" ;;
- esac
-fi
-
- if test "$tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" != yes; then :
-
-
-$as_echo "#define MODULE_SCOPE extern" >>confdefs.h
-
-
-fi
-
- if test "$SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX" = ""; then :
-
- # TEA specific: use PACKAGE_VERSION instead of VERSION
- SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${PACKAGE_VERSION}${SHLIB_SUFFIX}'
-fi
- if test "$UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX" = ""; then :
-
- # TEA specific: use PACKAGE_VERSION instead of VERSION
- UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${PACKAGE_VERSION}.a'
-fi
-
- if test "${GCC}" = "yes" -a ${SHLIB_SUFFIX} = ".dll"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for SEH support in compiler" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for SEH support in compiler... " >&6; }
-if ${tcl_cv_seh+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
- tcl_cv_seh=no
-else
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
-#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-#include <windows.h>
-#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-
- int main(int argc, char** argv) {
- int a, b = 0;
- __try {
- a = 666 / b;
- }
- __except (EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER) {
- return 0;
- }
- return 1;
- }
-
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
- tcl_cv_seh=yes
-else
- tcl_cv_seh=no
-fi
-rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \
- conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_seh" >&5
-$as_echo "$tcl_cv_seh" >&6; }
- if test "$tcl_cv_seh" = "no" ; then
-
-$as_echo "#define HAVE_NO_SEH 1" >>confdefs.h
-
- fi
-
- #
- # Check to see if the excpt.h include file provided contains the
- # definition for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION; if not, which is the case
- # with Cygwin's version as of 2002-04-10, define it to be int,
- # sufficient for getting the current code to work.
- #
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION support in include files" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION support in include files... " >&6; }
-if ${tcl_cv_eh_disposition+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
-# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-# include <windows.h>
-# undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
- EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION x;
-
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
- tcl_cv_eh_disposition=yes
-else
- tcl_cv_eh_disposition=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_eh_disposition" >&5
-$as_echo "$tcl_cv_eh_disposition" >&6; }
- if test "$tcl_cv_eh_disposition" = "no" ; then
-
-$as_echo "#define EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION int" >>confdefs.h
-
- fi
-
- # Check to see if winnt.h defines CHAR, SHORT, and LONG
- # even if VOID has already been #defined. The win32api
- # used by mingw and cygwin is known to do this.
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for winnt.h that ignores VOID define" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for winnt.h that ignores VOID define... " >&6; }
-if ${tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
-#define VOID void
-#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-#include <windows.h>
-#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
- CHAR c;
- SHORT s;
- LONG l;
-
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
- tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void=yes
-else
- tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" >&5
-$as_echo "$tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" >&6; }
- if test "$tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" = "yes" ; then
-
-$as_echo "#define HAVE_WINNT_IGNORE_VOID 1" >>confdefs.h
-
- fi
- fi
-
- # See if the compiler supports casting to a union type.
- # This is used to stop gcc from printing a compiler
- # warning when initializing a union member.
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for cast to union support" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for cast to union support... " >&6; }
-if ${tcl_cv_cast_to_union+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
- union foo { int i; double d; };
- union foo f = (union foo) (int) 0;
-
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
- tcl_cv_cast_to_union=yes
-else
- tcl_cv_cast_to_union=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_cast_to_union" >&5
-$as_echo "$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" >&6; }
- if test "$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" = "yes"; then
-
-$as_echo "#define HAVE_CAST_TO_UNION 1" >>confdefs.h
-
- fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- # These must be called after we do the basic CFLAGS checks and
- # verify any possible 64-bit or similar switches are necessary
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for required early compiler flags" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for required early compiler flags... " >&6; }
- tcl_flags=""
-
- if ${tcl_cv_flag__isoc99_source+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <stdlib.h>
-int
-main ()
-{
-char *p = (char *)strtoll; char *q = (char *)strtoull;
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
- tcl_cv_flag__isoc99_source=no
-else
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-#define _ISOC99_SOURCE 1
-#include <stdlib.h>
-int
-main ()
-{
-char *p = (char *)strtoll; char *q = (char *)strtoull;
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
- tcl_cv_flag__isoc99_source=yes
-else
- tcl_cv_flag__isoc99_source=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-
- if test "x${tcl_cv_flag__isoc99_source}" = "xyes" ; then
-
-$as_echo "#define _ISOC99_SOURCE 1" >>confdefs.h
-
- tcl_flags="$tcl_flags _ISOC99_SOURCE"
- fi
-
-
- if ${tcl_cv_flag__largefile64_source+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-int
-main ()
-{
-struct stat64 buf; int i = stat64("/", &buf);
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
- tcl_cv_flag__largefile64_source=no
-else
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-#define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE 1
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-int
-main ()
-{
-struct stat64 buf; int i = stat64("/", &buf);
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
- tcl_cv_flag__largefile64_source=yes
-else
- tcl_cv_flag__largefile64_source=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-
- if test "x${tcl_cv_flag__largefile64_source}" = "xyes" ; then
-
-$as_echo "#define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE 1" >>confdefs.h
-
- tcl_flags="$tcl_flags _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE"
- fi
-
-
- if ${tcl_cv_flag__largefile_source64+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-int
-main ()
-{
-char *p = (char *)open64;
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
- tcl_cv_flag__largefile_source64=no
-else
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-#define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE64 1
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-int
-main ()
-{
-char *p = (char *)open64;
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
- tcl_cv_flag__largefile_source64=yes
-else
- tcl_cv_flag__largefile_source64=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-
- if test "x${tcl_cv_flag__largefile_source64}" = "xyes" ; then
-
-$as_echo "#define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE64 1" >>confdefs.h
-
- tcl_flags="$tcl_flags _LARGEFILE_SOURCE64"
- fi
-
- if test "x${tcl_flags}" = "x" ; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none" >&5
-$as_echo "none" >&6; }
- else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ${tcl_flags}" >&5
-$as_echo "${tcl_flags}" >&6; }
- fi
-
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for 64-bit integer type" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for 64-bit integer type... " >&6; }
- if ${tcl_cv_type_64bit+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-
- tcl_cv_type_64bit=none
- # See if the compiler knows natively about __int64
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-__int64 value = (__int64) 0;
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
- tcl_type_64bit=__int64
-else
- tcl_type_64bit="long long"
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
- # See if we should use long anyway Note that we substitute in the
- # type that is our current guess for a 64-bit type inside this check
- # program, so it should be modified only carefully...
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-switch (0) {
- case 1: case (sizeof(${tcl_type_64bit})==sizeof(long)): ;
- }
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
- tcl_cv_type_64bit=${tcl_type_64bit}
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-
- if test "${tcl_cv_type_64bit}" = none ; then
-
-$as_echo "#define TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG 1" >>confdefs.h
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: using long" >&5
-$as_echo "using long" >&6; }
- elif test "${tcl_cv_type_64bit}" = "__int64" \
- -a "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
- # TEA specific: We actually want to use the default tcl.h checks in
- # this case to handle both TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE and TCL_LL_MODIFIER*
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: using Tcl header defaults" >&5
-$as_echo "using Tcl header defaults" >&6; }
- else
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE ${tcl_cv_type_64bit}
-_ACEOF
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ${tcl_cv_type_64bit}" >&5
-$as_echo "${tcl_cv_type_64bit}" >&6; }
-
- # Now check for auxiliary declarations
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for struct dirent64" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for struct dirent64... " >&6; }
-if ${tcl_cv_struct_dirent64+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <dirent.h>
-int
-main ()
-{
-struct dirent64 p;
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
- tcl_cv_struct_dirent64=yes
-else
- tcl_cv_struct_dirent64=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_struct_dirent64" >&5
-$as_echo "$tcl_cv_struct_dirent64" >&6; }
- if test "x${tcl_cv_struct_dirent64}" = "xyes" ; then
-
-$as_echo "#define HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT64 1" >>confdefs.h
-
- fi
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for struct stat64" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for struct stat64... " >&6; }
-if ${tcl_cv_struct_stat64+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-int
-main ()
-{
-struct stat64 p;
-
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
- tcl_cv_struct_stat64=yes
-else
- tcl_cv_struct_stat64=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_struct_stat64" >&5
-$as_echo "$tcl_cv_struct_stat64" >&6; }
- if test "x${tcl_cv_struct_stat64}" = "xyes" ; then
-
-$as_echo "#define HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64 1" >>confdefs.h
-
- fi
-
- for ac_func in open64 lseek64
-do :
- as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
-ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "$ac_func" "$as_ac_var"
-if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_var"\" = x"yes"; then :
- cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
-_ACEOF
-
-fi
-done
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for off64_t" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for off64_t... " >&6; }
- if ${tcl_cv_type_off64_t+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <sys/types.h>
-int
-main ()
-{
-off64_t offset;
-
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
- tcl_cv_type_off64_t=yes
-else
- tcl_cv_type_off64_t=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-
- if test "x${tcl_cv_type_off64_t}" = "xyes" && \
- test "x${ac_cv_func_lseek64}" = "xyes" && \
- test "x${ac_cv_func_open64}" = "xyes" ; then
-
-$as_echo "#define HAVE_TYPE_OFF64_T 1" >>confdefs.h
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
-$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
- else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
- fi
- fi
-
-
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Set the default compiler switches based on the --enable-symbols option.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for build with symbols" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for build with symbols... " >&6; }
- # Check whether --enable-symbols was given.
-if test "${enable_symbols+set}" = set; then :
- enableval=$enable_symbols; tcl_ok=$enableval
-else
- tcl_ok=no
-fi
-
- DBGX=""
- if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
- CFLAGS_DEFAULT="${CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE} -DNDEBUG"
- LDFLAGS_DEFAULT="${LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE}"
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
- else
- CFLAGS_DEFAULT="${CFLAGS_DEBUG}"
- LDFLAGS_DEFAULT="${LDFLAGS_DEBUG}"
- if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes (standard debugging)" >&5
-$as_echo "yes (standard debugging)" >&6; }
- fi
- fi
- # TEA specific:
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" != "windows" ; then
- LDFLAGS_DEFAULT="${LDFLAGS}"
- fi
-
-
-
-
- if test "$tcl_ok" = "mem" -o "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then
-
-$as_echo "#define TCL_MEM_DEBUG 1" >>confdefs.h
-
- fi
-
- if test "$tcl_ok" != "yes" -a "$tcl_ok" != "no"; then
- if test "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: enabled symbols mem debugging" >&5
-$as_echo "enabled symbols mem debugging" >&6; }
- else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: enabled $tcl_ok debugging" >&5
-$as_echo "enabled $tcl_ok debugging" >&6; }
- fi
- fi
-
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# This macro generates a line to use when building a library. It
-# depends on values set by the TEA_ENABLE_SHARED, TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS,
-# and TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG macros above.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a "$GCC" != "yes"; then
- MAKE_STATIC_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} -out:\$@ \$(PKG_OBJECTS)"
- MAKE_SHARED_LIB="\${SHLIB_LD} \${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \${LDFLAGS_DEFAULT} -out:\$@ \$(PKG_OBJECTS)"
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1400
-print("manifest needed")
-#endif
-
-_ACEOF
-if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
- $EGREP "manifest needed" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
-
- # Could do a CHECK_PROG for mt, but should always be with MSVC8+
- VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL="if test -f \$@.manifest ; then mt.exe -nologo -manifest \$@.manifest -outputresource:\$@\;2 ; fi"
- VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE="if test -f \$@.manifest ; then mt.exe -nologo -manifest \$@.manifest -outputresource:\$@\;1 ; fi"
- MAKE_SHARED_LIB="${MAKE_SHARED_LIB} ; ${VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL}"
-
- CLEANFILES="$CLEANFILES *.manifest"
-
-
-fi
-rm -f conftest*
-
- MAKE_STUB_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} -nodefaultlib -out:\$@ \$(PKG_STUB_OBJECTS)"
- else
- MAKE_STATIC_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \$@ \$(PKG_OBJECTS)"
- MAKE_SHARED_LIB="\${SHLIB_LD} -o \$@ \$(PKG_OBJECTS) \${SHLIB_LD_LIBS}"
- MAKE_STUB_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \$@ \$(PKG_STUB_OBJECTS)"
- fi
-
- if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
- MAKE_LIB="${MAKE_SHARED_LIB} "
- else
- MAKE_LIB="${MAKE_STATIC_LIB} "
- fi
-
- #--------------------------------------------------------------------
- # Shared libraries and static libraries have different names.
- # Use the double eval to make sure any variables in the suffix is
- # substituted. (@@@ Might not be necessary anymore)
- #--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
- if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
- # We force the unresolved linking of symbols that are really in
- # the private libraries of Tcl and Tk.
- if test x"${TK_BIN_DIR}" != x ; then
- SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \"`${CYGPATH} ${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}`\""
- fi
- SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \"`${CYGPATH} ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}`\""
- if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then
- SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} -static-libgcc"
- fi
- eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=${PACKAGE_LIB_PREFIX}${PACKAGE_NAME}${SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
- else
- eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=${PACKAGE_LIB_PREFIX}${PACKAGE_NAME}${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
- if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then
- PKG_LIB_FILE=lib${PKG_LIB_FILE}
- fi
- fi
- # Some packages build their own stubs libraries
- eval eval "PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE=${PACKAGE_LIB_PREFIX}${PACKAGE_NAME}stub${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
- if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then
- PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE=lib${PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE}
- fi
- # These aren't needed on Windows (either MSVC or gcc)
- RANLIB=:
- RANLIB_STUB=:
- else
- RANLIB_STUB="${RANLIB}"
- if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
- SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} ${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
- if test x"${TK_BIN_DIR}" != x ; then
- SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} ${TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
- fi
- eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=lib${PACKAGE_LIB_PREFIX}${PACKAGE_NAME}${SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
- RANLIB=:
- else
- eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=lib${PACKAGE_LIB_PREFIX}${PACKAGE_NAME}${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
- fi
- # Some packages build their own stubs libraries
- eval eval "PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE=lib${PACKAGE_LIB_PREFIX}${PACKAGE_NAME}stub${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
- fi
-
- # These are escaped so that only CFLAGS is picked up at configure time.
- # The other values will be substituted at make time.
- CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} \${CFLAGS_DEFAULT} \${CFLAGS_WARNING}"
- if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
- CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} \${SHLIB_CFLAGS}"
- fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Determine the name of the tclsh and/or wish executables in the
-# Tcl and Tk build directories or the location they were installed
-# into. These paths are used to support running test cases only,
-# the Makefile should not be making use of these paths to generate
-# a pkgIndex.tcl file or anything else at extension build time.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for tclsh" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for tclsh... " >&6; }
- if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then
- # tclConfig.sh is in Tcl build directory
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then
- if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}${EXEEXT}" ; then
- TCLSH_PROG="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}${EXEEXT}"
- elif test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}s${EXEEXT}" ; then
- TCLSH_PROG="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}s${EXEEXT}"
- elif test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}t${EXEEXT}" ; then
- TCLSH_PROG="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}t${EXEEXT}"
- elif test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}st${EXEEXT}" ; then
- TCLSH_PROG="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}st${EXEEXT}"
- fi
- else
- TCLSH_PROG="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh"
- fi
- else
- # tclConfig.sh is in install location
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then
- TCLSH_PROG="tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}${EXEEXT}"
- else
- TCLSH_PROG="tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}.${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}"
- fi
- list="`ls -d ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/../bin 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/.. 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d ${TCL_PREFIX}/bin 2>/dev/null`"
- for i in $list ; do
- if test -f "$i/${TCLSH_PROG}" ; then
- REAL_TCL_BIN_DIR="`cd "$i"; pwd`/"
- break
- fi
- done
- TCLSH_PROG="${REAL_TCL_BIN_DIR}${TCLSH_PROG}"
- fi
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ${TCLSH_PROG}" >&5
-$as_echo "${TCLSH_PROG}" >&6; }
-
-
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for wish" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for wish... " >&6; }
- if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then
- # tkConfig.sh is in Tk build directory
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then
- if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}${EXEEXT}" ; then
- WISH_PROG="${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}${EXEEXT}"
- elif test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}s${EXEEXT}" ; then
- WISH_PROG="${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}$s{EXEEXT}"
- elif test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}t${EXEEXT}" ; then
- WISH_PROG="${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}t${EXEEXT}"
- elif test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}st${EXEEXT}" ; then
- WISH_PROG="${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}st${EXEEXT}"
- fi
- else
- WISH_PROG="${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish"
- fi
- else
- # tkConfig.sh is in install location
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then
- WISH_PROG="wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}${EXEEXT}"
- else
- WISH_PROG="wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}.${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}"
- fi
- list="`ls -d ${TK_BIN_DIR}/../bin 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d ${TK_BIN_DIR}/.. 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d ${TK_PREFIX}/bin 2>/dev/null`"
- for i in $list ; do
- if test -f "$i/${WISH_PROG}" ; then
- REAL_TK_BIN_DIR="`cd "$i"; pwd`/"
- break
- fi
- done
- WISH_PROG="${REAL_TK_BIN_DIR}${WISH_PROG}"
- fi
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ${WISH_PROG}" >&5
-$as_echo "${WISH_PROG}" >&6; }
-
-
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Setup a *Config.sh.in configuration file.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
- #--------------------------------------------------------------------
- # These are for tkbltConfig.sh
- #--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- # pkglibdir must be a fully qualified path and (not ${exec_prefix}/lib)
- eval pkglibdir="${libdir}/tkblt${PACKAGE_VERSION}"
- if test "${TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK}" = "ok"; then
- eval tkblt_LIB_FLAG="-ltkblt${PACKAGE_VERSION}${DBGX}"
- eval tkblt_STUB_LIB_FLAG="-ltkbltstub${PACKAGE_VERSION}${DBGX}"
- else
- eval tkblt_LIB_FLAG="-ltkblt`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION} | tr -d .`${DBGX}"
- eval tkblt_STUB_LIB_FLAG="-ltkbltstub`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION} | tr -d .`${DBGX}"
- fi
- tkblt_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-L`$CYGPATH $(pwd)` ${tkblt_LIB_FLAG}"
- tkblt_LIB_SPEC="-L`$CYGPATH ${pkglibdir}` ${tkblt_LIB_FLAG}"
- tkblt_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L`$CYGPATH $(pwd)` ${tkblt_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
- tkblt_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L`$CYGPATH ${pkglibdir}` ${tkblt_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
- tkblt_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH="`$CYGPATH $(pwd)`/${PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
- tkblt_STUB_LIB_PATH="`$CYGPATH ${pkglibdir}`/${PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-#AC_SUBST(SAMPLE_VAR)
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Specify files to substitute AC variables in. You may alternatively
-# have a special pkgIndex.tcl.in or other files which require
-# substituting the AC variables in. Include these here.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile pkgIndex.tcl"
-
-ac_config_files="$ac_config_files tkbltConfig.sh"
-
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Finally, substitute all of the various values into the files
-# specified with AC_CONFIG_FILES.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF
-# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
-# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
-# scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache.
-# It is not useful on other systems. If it contains results you don't
-# want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
-#
-# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it
-# the --recheck option to rerun configure.
-#
-# `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when
-# loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the
-# following values.
-
-_ACEOF
-
-# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
-# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
-# So, we kill variables containing newlines.
-# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
-# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
-(
- for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'`; do
- eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
- case $ac_val in #(
- *${as_nl}*)
- case $ac_var in #(
- *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;;
- esac
- case $ac_var in #(
- _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #(
- BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #(
- *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;;
- esac ;;
- esac
- done
-
- (set) 2>&1 |
- case $as_nl`(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in #(
- *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *)
- # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes: double-quote
- # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \.
- sed -n \
- "s/'/'\\\\''/g;
- s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p"
- ;; #(
- *)
- # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
- sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p"
- ;;
- esac |
- sort
-) |
- sed '
- /^ac_cv_env_/b end
- t clear
- :clear
- s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/
- t end
- s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/
- :end' >>confcache
-if diff "$cache_file" confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
- if test -w "$cache_file"; then
- if test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: updating cache $cache_file" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: updating cache $cache_file" >&6;}
- if test ! -f "$cache_file" || test -h "$cache_file"; then
- cat confcache >"$cache_file"
- else
- case $cache_file in #(
- */* | ?:*)
- mv -f confcache "$cache_file"$$ &&
- mv -f "$cache_file"$$ "$cache_file" ;; #(
- *)
- mv -f confcache "$cache_file" ;;
- esac
- fi
- fi
- else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&6;}
- fi
-fi
-rm -f confcache
-
-test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
-# Let make expand exec_prefix.
-test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
-
-# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS.
-# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules.
-# Protect against Makefile macro expansion.
-#
-# If the first sed substitution is executed (which looks for macros that
-# take arguments), then branch to the quote section. Otherwise,
-# look for a macro that doesn't take arguments.
-ac_script='
-:mline
-/\\$/{
- N
- s,\\\n,,
- b mline
-}
-t clear
-:clear
-s/^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*\([^ (][^ (]*([^)]*)\)[ ]*\(.*\)/-D\1=\2/g
-t quote
-s/^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*\([^ ][^ ]*\)[ ]*\(.*\)/-D\1=\2/g
-t quote
-b any
-:quote
-s/[ `~#$^&*(){}\\|;'\''"<>?]/\\&/g
-s/\[/\\&/g
-s/\]/\\&/g
-s/\$/$$/g
-H
-:any
-${
- g
- s/^\n//
- s/\n/ /g
- p
-}
-'
-DEFS=`sed -n "$ac_script" confdefs.h`
-
-
-ac_libobjs=
-ac_ltlibobjs=
-U=
-for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue
- # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed.
- ac_script='s/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//'
- ac_i=`$as_echo "$ac_i" | sed "$ac_script"`
- # 2. Prepend LIBOBJDIR. When used with automake>=1.10 LIBOBJDIR
- # will be set to the directory where LIBOBJS objects are built.
- as_fn_append ac_libobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i\$U.$ac_objext"
- as_fn_append ac_ltlibobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i"'$U.lo'
-done
-LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs
-
-LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs
-
-
-
-CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS}"; CPPFLAGS=""
-
-: "${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}"
-ac_write_fail=0
-ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
-ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS"
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;}
-as_write_fail=0
-cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1
-#! $SHELL
-# Generated by $as_me.
-# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
-# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
-# configure, is in config.log if it exists.
-
-debug=false
-ac_cs_recheck=false
-ac_cs_silent=false
-
-SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL}
-export SHELL
-_ASEOF
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1
-## -------------------- ##
-## M4sh Initialization. ##
-## -------------------- ##
-
-# Be more Bourne compatible
-DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
-if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
- emulate sh
- NULLCMD=:
- # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
- # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature.
- alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
- setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
-else
- case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #(
- *posix*) :
- set -o posix ;; #(
- *) :
- ;;
-esac
-fi
-
-
-as_nl='
-'
-export as_nl
-# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf.
-as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'
-as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
-as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
-# Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris,
-# but without wasting forks for bash or zsh.
-if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \
- && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
- as_echo='print -r --'
- as_echo_n='print -rn --'
-elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
- as_echo='printf %s\n'
- as_echo_n='printf %s'
-else
- if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then
- as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"'
- as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n'
- else
- as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"'
- as_echo_n_body='eval
- arg=$1;
- case $arg in #(
- *"$as_nl"*)
- expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl";
- arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;;
- esac;
- expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl"
- '
- export as_echo_n_body
- as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo'
- fi
- export as_echo_body
- as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo'
-fi
-
-# The user is always right.
-if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
- PATH_SEPARATOR=:
- (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && {
- (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
- PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
- }
-fi
-
-
-# IFS
-# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is
-# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab.
-# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word
-# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.)
-IFS=" "" $as_nl"
-
-# Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no directory separator.
-as_myself=
-case $0 in #((
- *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
- *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
- IFS=$as_save_IFS
- test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
- test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
- done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
- ;;
-esac
-# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
-# in which case we are not to be found in the path.
-if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
- as_myself=$0
-fi
-if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
- $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2
- exit 1
-fi
-
-# Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in
-# pre-3.0 UWIN ksh). But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1"
-# suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there. '((' could
-# trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14.
-for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH
-do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \
- && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || :
-done
-PS1='$ '
-PS2='> '
-PS4='+ '
-
-# NLS nuisances.
-LC_ALL=C
-export LC_ALL
-LANGUAGE=C
-export LANGUAGE
-
-# CDPATH.
-(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
-
-
-# as_fn_error STATUS ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD]
-# ----------------------------------------
-# Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are
-# provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the
-# script with STATUS, using 1 if that was 0.
-as_fn_error ()
-{
- as_status=$1; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1
- if test "$4"; then
- as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$3"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $2" >&$4
- fi
- $as_echo "$as_me: error: $2" >&2
- as_fn_exit $as_status
-} # as_fn_error
-
-
-# as_fn_set_status STATUS
-# -----------------------
-# Set $? to STATUS, without forking.
-as_fn_set_status ()
-{
- return $1
-} # as_fn_set_status
-
-# as_fn_exit STATUS
-# -----------------
-# Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context.
-as_fn_exit ()
-{
- set +e
- as_fn_set_status $1
- exit $1
-} # as_fn_exit
-
-# as_fn_unset VAR
-# ---------------
-# Portably unset VAR.
-as_fn_unset ()
-{
- { eval $1=; unset $1;}
-}
-as_unset=as_fn_unset
-# as_fn_append VAR VALUE
-# ----------------------
-# Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take
-# advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over
-# repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive
-# implementations.
-if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then :
- eval 'as_fn_append ()
- {
- eval $1+=\$2
- }'
-else
- as_fn_append ()
- {
- eval $1=\$$1\$2
- }
-fi # as_fn_append
-
-# as_fn_arith ARG...
-# ------------------
-# Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the
-# global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments
-# must be portable across $(()) and expr.
-if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then :
- eval 'as_fn_arith ()
- {
- as_val=$(( $* ))
- }'
-else
- as_fn_arith ()
- {
- as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1`
- }
-fi # as_fn_arith
-
-
-if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
- test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then
- as_expr=expr
-else
- as_expr=false
-fi
-
-if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
- as_basename=basename
-else
- as_basename=false
-fi
-
-if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
- as_dirname=dirname
-else
- as_dirname=false
-fi
-
-as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" ||
-$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
- X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
- X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
-$as_echo X/"$0" |
- sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{
- s//\1/
- q
- }
- /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{
- s//\1/
- q
- }
- /^X\/\(\/\).*/{
- s//\1/
- q
- }
- s/.*/./; q'`
-
-# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
-as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
-as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
-as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
-as_cr_digits='0123456789'
-as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
-
-ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T=
-case `echo -n x` in #(((((
--n*)
- case `echo 'xy\c'` in
- *c*) ECHO_T=' ';; # ECHO_T is single tab character.
- xy) ECHO_C='\c';;
- *) echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null
- ECHO_T=' ';;
- esac;;
-*)
- ECHO_N='-n';;
-esac
-
-rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
-if test -d conf$$.dir; then
- rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file
-else
- rm -f conf$$.dir
- mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
-fi
-if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then
- if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
- as_ln_s='ln -s'
- # ... but there are two gotchas:
- # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail.
- # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable.
- # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -pR'.
- ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe ||
- as_ln_s='cp -pR'
- elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
- as_ln_s=ln
- else
- as_ln_s='cp -pR'
- fi
-else
- as_ln_s='cp -pR'
-fi
-rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file
-rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
-
-
-# as_fn_mkdir_p
-# -------------
-# Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary.
-as_fn_mkdir_p ()
-{
-
- case $as_dir in #(
- -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;;
- esac
- test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || {
- as_dirs=
- while :; do
- case $as_dir in #(
- *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'(
- *) as_qdir=$as_dir;;
- esac
- as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs"
- as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" ||
-$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
- X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
- X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
- X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
-$as_echo X"$as_dir" |
- sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
- s//\1/
- q
- }
- /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
- s//\1/
- q
- }
- /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
- s//\1/
- q
- }
- /^X\(\/\).*/{
- s//\1/
- q
- }
- s/.*/./; q'`
- test -d "$as_dir" && break
- done
- test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs"
- } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error $? "cannot create directory $as_dir"
-
-
-} # as_fn_mkdir_p
-if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
- as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"'
-else
- test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
- as_mkdir_p=false
-fi
-
-
-# as_fn_executable_p FILE
-# -----------------------
-# Test if FILE is an executable regular file.
-as_fn_executable_p ()
-{
- test -f "$1" && test -x "$1"
-} # as_fn_executable_p
-as_test_x='test -x'
-as_executable_p=as_fn_executable_p
-
-# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
-as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
-
-# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
-as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
-
-
-exec 6>&1
-## ----------------------------------- ##
-## Main body of $CONFIG_STATUS script. ##
-## ----------------------------------- ##
-_ASEOF
-test $as_write_fail = 0 && chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-# Save the log message, to keep $0 and so on meaningful, and to
-# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
-# values after options handling.
-ac_log="
-This file was extended by tkblt $as_me 3.2, which was
-generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69. Invocation command line was
-
- CONFIG_FILES = $CONFIG_FILES
- CONFIG_HEADERS = $CONFIG_HEADERS
- CONFIG_LINKS = $CONFIG_LINKS
- CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
- $ $0 $@
-
-on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
-"
-
-_ACEOF
-
-case $ac_config_files in *"
-"*) set x $ac_config_files; shift; ac_config_files=$*;;
-esac
-
-
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-# Files that config.status was made for.
-config_files="$ac_config_files"
-
-_ACEOF
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-ac_cs_usage="\
-\`$as_me' instantiates files and other configuration actions
-from templates according to the current configuration. Unless the files
-and actions are specified as TAGs, all are instantiated by default.
-
-Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [TAG]...
-
- -h, --help print this help, then exit
- -V, --version print version number and configuration settings, then exit
- --config print configuration, then exit
- -q, --quiet, --silent
- do not print progress messages
- -d, --debug don't remove temporary files
- --recheck update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions
- --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE]
- instantiate the configuration file FILE
-
-Configuration files:
-$config_files
-
-Report bugs to the package provider."
-
-_ACEOF
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-ac_cs_config="`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`"
-ac_cs_version="\\
-tkblt config.status 3.2
-configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69,
- with options \\"\$ac_cs_config\\"
-
-Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."
-
-ac_pwd='$ac_pwd'
-srcdir='$srcdir'
-test -n "\$AWK" || AWK=awk
-_ACEOF
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-# The default lists apply if the user does not specify any file.
-ac_need_defaults=:
-while test $# != 0
-do
- case $1 in
- --*=?*)
- ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='`
- ac_optarg=`expr "X$1" : 'X[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
- ac_shift=:
- ;;
- --*=)
- ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='`
- ac_optarg=
- ac_shift=:
- ;;
- *)
- ac_option=$1
- ac_optarg=$2
- ac_shift=shift
- ;;
- esac
-
- case $ac_option in
- # Handling of the options.
- -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
- ac_cs_recheck=: ;;
- --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v | -V )
- $as_echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit ;;
- --config | --confi | --conf | --con | --co | --c )
- $as_echo "$ac_cs_config"; exit ;;
- --debug | --debu | --deb | --de | --d | -d )
- debug=: ;;
- --file | --fil | --fi | --f )
- $ac_shift
- case $ac_optarg in
- *\'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
- '') as_fn_error $? "missing file argument" ;;
- esac
- as_fn_append CONFIG_FILES " '$ac_optarg'"
- ac_need_defaults=false;;
- --he | --h | --help | --hel | -h )
- $as_echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit ;;
- -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
- | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s)
- ac_cs_silent=: ;;
-
- # This is an error.
- -*) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized option: \`$1'
-Try \`$0 --help' for more information." ;;
-
- *) as_fn_append ac_config_targets " $1"
- ac_need_defaults=false ;;
-
- esac
- shift
-done
-
-ac_configure_extra_args=
-
-if $ac_cs_silent; then
- exec 6>/dev/null
- ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent"
-fi
-
-_ACEOF
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-if \$ac_cs_recheck; then
- set X $SHELL '$0' $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion
- shift
- \$as_echo "running CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL \$*" >&6
- CONFIG_SHELL='$SHELL'
- export CONFIG_SHELL
- exec "\$@"
-fi
-
-_ACEOF
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-exec 5>>config.log
-{
- echo
- sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX
-## Running $as_me. ##
-_ASBOX
- $as_echo "$ac_log"
-} >&5
-
-_ACEOF
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-_ACEOF
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-
-# Handling of arguments.
-for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets
-do
- case $ac_config_target in
- "Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;;
- "pkgIndex.tcl") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES pkgIndex.tcl" ;;
- "tkbltConfig.sh") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES tkbltConfig.sh" ;;
-
- *) as_fn_error $? "invalid argument: \`$ac_config_target'" "$LINENO" 5;;
- esac
-done
-
-
-# If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate,
-# then the envvar interface is used. Set only those that are not.
-# We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely
-# bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3.
-if $ac_need_defaults; then
- test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files
-fi
-
-# Have a temporary directory for convenience. Make it in the build tree
-# simply because there is no reason against having it here, and in addition,
-# creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems.
-# Hook for its removal unless debugging.
-# Note that there is a small window in which the directory will not be cleaned:
-# after its creation but before its name has been assigned to `$tmp'.
-$debug ||
-{
- tmp= ac_tmp=
- trap 'exit_status=$?
- : "${ac_tmp:=$tmp}"
- { test ! -d "$ac_tmp" || rm -fr "$ac_tmp"; } && exit $exit_status
-' 0
- trap 'as_fn_exit 1' 1 2 13 15
-}
-# Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files.
-
-{
- tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "./confXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` &&
- test -d "$tmp"
-} ||
-{
- tmp=./conf$$-$RANDOM
- (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp")
-} || as_fn_error $? "cannot create a temporary directory in ." "$LINENO" 5
-ac_tmp=$tmp
-
-# Set up the scripts for CONFIG_FILES section.
-# No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_FILES.
-# This happens for instance with `./config.status config.h'.
-if test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"; then
-
-
-ac_cr=`echo X | tr X '\015'`
-# On cygwin, bash can eat \r inside `` if the user requested igncr.
-# But we know of no other shell where ac_cr would be empty at this
-# point, so we can use a bashism as a fallback.
-if test "x$ac_cr" = x; then
- eval ac_cr=\$\'\\r\'
-fi
-ac_cs_awk_cr=`$AWK 'BEGIN { print "a\rb" }' </dev/null 2>/dev/null`
-if test "$ac_cs_awk_cr" = "a${ac_cr}b"; then
- ac_cs_awk_cr='\\r'
-else
- ac_cs_awk_cr=$ac_cr
-fi
-
-echo 'BEGIN {' >"$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" &&
-_ACEOF
-
-
-{
- echo "cat >conf$$subs.awk <<_ACEOF" &&
- echo "$ac_subst_vars" | sed 's/.*/&!$&$ac_delim/' &&
- echo "_ACEOF"
-} >conf$$subs.sh ||
- as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5
-ac_delim_num=`echo "$ac_subst_vars" | grep -c '^'`
-ac_delim='%!_!# '
-for ac_last_try in false false false false false :; do
- . ./conf$$subs.sh ||
- as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5
-
- ac_delim_n=`sed -n "s/.*$ac_delim\$/X/p" conf$$subs.awk | grep -c X`
- if test $ac_delim_n = $ac_delim_num; then
- break
- elif $ac_last_try; then
- as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5
- else
- ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! "
- fi
-done
-rm -f conf$$subs.sh
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-cat >>"\$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" <<\\_ACAWK &&
-_ACEOF
-sed -n '
-h
-s/^/S["/; s/!.*/"]=/
-p
-g
-s/^[^!]*!//
-:repl
-t repl
-s/'"$ac_delim"'$//
-t delim
-:nl
-h
-s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/
-t more1
-s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\n"\\/
-p
-n
-b repl
-:more1
-s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/
-p
-g
-s/.\{148\}//
-t nl
-:delim
-h
-s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/
-t more2
-s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/
-p
-b
-:more2
-s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/
-p
-g
-s/.\{148\}//
-t delim
-' <conf$$subs.awk | sed '
-/^[^""]/{
- N
- s/\n//
-}
-' >>$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1
-rm -f conf$$subs.awk
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-_ACAWK
-cat >>"\$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" <<_ACAWK &&
- for (key in S) S_is_set[key] = 1
- FS = ""
-
-}
-{
- line = $ 0
- nfields = split(line, field, "@")
- substed = 0
- len = length(field[1])
- for (i = 2; i < nfields; i++) {
- key = field[i]
- keylen = length(key)
- if (S_is_set[key]) {
- value = S[key]
- line = substr(line, 1, len) "" value "" substr(line, len + keylen + 3)
- len += length(value) + length(field[++i])
- substed = 1
- } else
- len += 1 + keylen
- }
-
- print line
-}
-
-_ACAWK
-_ACEOF
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-if sed "s/$ac_cr//" < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then
- sed "s/$ac_cr\$//; s/$ac_cr/$ac_cs_awk_cr/g"
-else
- cat
-fi < "$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" > "$ac_tmp/subs.awk" \
- || as_fn_error $? "could not setup config files machinery" "$LINENO" 5
-_ACEOF
-
-# VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove sole $(srcdir),
-# ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ entries from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and
-# trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty
-# (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers).
-if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
- ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=[ ]*/{
-h
-s///
-s/^/:/
-s/[ ]*$/:/
-s/:\$(srcdir):/:/g
-s/:\${srcdir}:/:/g
-s/:@srcdir@:/:/g
-s/^:*//
-s/:*$//
-x
-s/\(=[ ]*\).*/\1/
-G
-s/\n//
-s/^[^=]*=[ ]*$//
-}'
-fi
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"
-
-
-eval set X " :F $CONFIG_FILES "
-shift
-for ac_tag
-do
- case $ac_tag in
- :[FHLC]) ac_mode=$ac_tag; continue;;
- esac
- case $ac_mode$ac_tag in
- :[FHL]*:*);;
- :L* | :C*:*) as_fn_error $? "invalid tag \`$ac_tag'" "$LINENO" 5;;
- :[FH]-) ac_tag=-:-;;
- :[FH]*) ac_tag=$ac_tag:$ac_tag.in;;
- esac
- ac_save_IFS=$IFS
- IFS=:
- set x $ac_tag
- IFS=$ac_save_IFS
- shift
- ac_file=$1
- shift
-
- case $ac_mode in
- :L) ac_source=$1;;
- :[FH])
- ac_file_inputs=
- for ac_f
- do
- case $ac_f in
- -) ac_f="$ac_tmp/stdin";;
- *) # Look for the file first in the build tree, then in the source tree
- # (if the path is not absolute). The absolute path cannot be DOS-style,
- # because $ac_f cannot contain `:'.
- test -f "$ac_f" ||
- case $ac_f in
- [\\/$]*) false;;
- *) test -f "$srcdir/$ac_f" && ac_f="$srcdir/$ac_f";;
- esac ||
- as_fn_error 1 "cannot find input file: \`$ac_f'" "$LINENO" 5;;
- esac
- case $ac_f in *\'*) ac_f=`$as_echo "$ac_f" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; esac
- as_fn_append ac_file_inputs " '$ac_f'"
- done
-
- # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't
- # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read:
- # /* config.h. Generated by config.status. */
- configure_input='Generated from '`
- $as_echo "$*" | sed 's|^[^:]*/||;s|:[^:]*/|, |g'
- `' by configure.'
- if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
- configure_input="$ac_file. $configure_input"
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $ac_file" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;}
- fi
- # Neutralize special characters interpreted by sed in replacement strings.
- case $configure_input in #(
- *\&* | *\|* | *\\* )
- ac_sed_conf_input=`$as_echo "$configure_input" |
- sed 's/[\\\\&|]/\\\\&/g'`;; #(
- *) ac_sed_conf_input=$configure_input;;
- esac
-
- case $ac_tag in
- *:-:* | *:-) cat >"$ac_tmp/stdin" \
- || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 ;;
- esac
- ;;
- esac
-
- ac_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$ac_file" ||
-$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
- X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
- X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
- X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
-$as_echo X"$ac_file" |
- sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
- s//\1/
- q
- }
- /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
- s//\1/
- q
- }
- /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
- s//\1/
- q
- }
- /^X\(\/\).*/{
- s//\1/
- q
- }
- s/.*/./; q'`
- as_dir="$ac_dir"; as_fn_mkdir_p
- ac_builddir=.
-
-case "$ac_dir" in
-.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
-*)
- ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'`
- # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
- ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'`
- case $ac_top_builddir_sub in
- "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
- *) ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;;
- esac ;;
-esac
-ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd
-ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix
-# for backward compatibility:
-ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix
-
-case $srcdir in
- .) # We are building in place.
- ac_srcdir=.
- ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub
- ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;;
- [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute name.
- ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
- ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir
- ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
- *) # Relative name.
- ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
- ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir
- ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;;
-esac
-ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
-
-
- case $ac_mode in
- :F)
- #
- # CONFIG_FILE
- #
-
-_ACEOF
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-# If the template does not know about datarootdir, expand it.
-# FIXME: This hack should be removed a few years after 2.60.
-ac_datarootdir_hack=; ac_datarootdir_seen=
-ac_sed_dataroot='
-/datarootdir/ {
- p
- q
-}
-/@datadir@/p
-/@docdir@/p
-/@infodir@/p
-/@localedir@/p
-/@mandir@/p'
-case `eval "sed -n \"\$ac_sed_dataroot\" $ac_file_inputs"` in
-*datarootdir*) ac_datarootdir_seen=yes;;
-*@datadir@*|*@docdir@*|*@infodir@*|*@localedir@*|*@mandir@*)
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&2;}
-_ACEOF
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
- ac_datarootdir_hack='
- s&@datadir@&$datadir&g
- s&@docdir@&$docdir&g
- s&@infodir@&$infodir&g
- s&@localedir@&$localedir&g
- s&@mandir@&$mandir&g
- s&\\\${datarootdir}&$datarootdir&g' ;;
-esac
-_ACEOF
-
-# Neutralize VPATH when `$srcdir' = `.'.
-# Shell code in configure.ac might set extrasub.
-# FIXME: do we really want to maintain this feature?
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-ac_sed_extra="$ac_vpsub
-$extrasub
-_ACEOF
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-:t
-/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b
-s|@configure_input@|$ac_sed_conf_input|;t t
-s&@top_builddir@&$ac_top_builddir_sub&;t t
-s&@top_build_prefix@&$ac_top_build_prefix&;t t
-s&@srcdir@&$ac_srcdir&;t t
-s&@abs_srcdir@&$ac_abs_srcdir&;t t
-s&@top_srcdir@&$ac_top_srcdir&;t t
-s&@abs_top_srcdir@&$ac_abs_top_srcdir&;t t
-s&@builddir@&$ac_builddir&;t t
-s&@abs_builddir@&$ac_abs_builddir&;t t
-s&@abs_top_builddir@&$ac_abs_top_builddir&;t t
-$ac_datarootdir_hack
-"
-eval sed \"\$ac_sed_extra\" "$ac_file_inputs" | $AWK -f "$ac_tmp/subs.awk" \
- >$ac_tmp/out || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5
-
-test -z "$ac_datarootdir_hack$ac_datarootdir_seen" &&
- { ac_out=`sed -n '/\${datarootdir}/p' "$ac_tmp/out"`; test -n "$ac_out"; } &&
- { ac_out=`sed -n '/^[ ]*datarootdir[ ]*:*=/p' \
- "$ac_tmp/out"`; test -z "$ac_out"; } &&
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir'
-which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir'
-which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined" >&2;}
-
- rm -f "$ac_tmp/stdin"
- case $ac_file in
- -) cat "$ac_tmp/out" && rm -f "$ac_tmp/out";;
- *) rm -f "$ac_file" && mv "$ac_tmp/out" "$ac_file";;
- esac \
- || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5
- ;;
-
-
-
- esac
-
-done # for ac_tag
-
-
-as_fn_exit 0
-_ACEOF
-ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
-
-test $ac_write_fail = 0 ||
- as_fn_error $? "write failure creating $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5
-
-
-# configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status.
-# config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log.
-# Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open
-# by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its
-# output is simply discarded. So we exec the FD to /dev/null,
-# effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and
-# appended to by config.status. When coming back to configure, we
-# need to make the FD available again.
-if test "$no_create" != yes; then
- ac_cs_success=:
- ac_config_status_args=
- test "$silent" = yes &&
- ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet"
- exec 5>/dev/null
- $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false
- exec 5>>config.log
- # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which
- # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction.
- $ac_cs_success || as_fn_exit 1
-fi
-if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts" && test "$enable_option_checking" != no; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2;}
-fi
-
diff --git a/tkblt/configure.ac b/tkblt/configure.ac
deleted file mode 100644
index 5bbfab0..0000000
--- a/tkblt/configure.ac
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,246 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash -norc
-dnl This file is an input file used by the GNU "autoconf" program to
-dnl generate the file "configure", which is run during Tcl installation
-dnl to configure the system for the local environment.
-
-#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Sample configure.ac for Tcl Extensions. The only places you should
-# need to modify this file are marked by the string __CHANGE__
-#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# __CHANGE__
-# Set your package name and version numbers here.
-#
-# This initializes the environment with PACKAGE_NAME and PACKAGE_VERSION
-# set as provided. These will also be added as -D defs in your Makefile
-# so you can encode the package version directly into the source files.
-# This will also define a special symbol for Windows (BUILD_<PACKAGE_NAME>
-# so that we create the export library with the dll.
-#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_INIT([tkblt], [3.2])
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Call TEA_INIT as the first TEA_ macro to set up initial vars.
-# This will define a ${TEA_PLATFORM} variable == "unix" or "windows"
-# as well as PKG_LIB_FILE and PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-TEA_INIT()
-
-AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR(tclconfig)
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Load the tclConfig.sh file
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-TEA_PATH_TCLCONFIG
-TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Load the tkConfig.sh file if necessary (Tk extension)
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-TEA_PATH_TKCONFIG
-TEA_LOAD_TKCONFIG
-
-#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Handle the --prefix=... option by defaulting to what Tcl gave.
-# Must be called after TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG and before TEA_SETUP_COMPILER.
-#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-TEA_PREFIX
-
-#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Standard compiler checks.
-# This sets up CC by using the CC env var, or looks for gcc otherwise.
-# This also calls AC_PROG_CC and a few others to create the basic setup
-# necessary to compile executables.
-#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-TEA_SETUP_COMPILER
-
-#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# __CHANGE__
-# Specify the C source files to compile in TEA_ADD_SOURCES,
-# public headers that need to be installed in TEA_ADD_HEADERS,
-# stub library C source files to compile in TEA_ADD_STUB_SOURCES,
-# and runtime Tcl library files in TEA_ADD_TCL_SOURCES.
-# This defines PKG(_STUB)_SOURCES, PKG(_STUB)_OBJECTS, PKG_HEADERS
-# and PKG_TCL_SOURCES.
-#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-TEA_ADD_SOURCES([
-tkbltChain.C
-tkbltConfig.C
-tkbltGrAxis.C
-tkbltGrAxisOp.C
-tkbltGrAxisOption.C
-tkbltGrBind.C
-tkbltGrElemOp.C
-tkbltGrElemOption.C
-tkbltGrElem.C
-tkbltGrElemBar.C
-tkbltGrElemLine.C
-tkbltGrElemLineSpline.C
-tkbltGrHairs.C
-tkbltGrHairsOp.C
-tkbltGrLegd.C
-tkbltGrLegdOp.C
-tkbltGrMarkerOp.C
-tkbltGrMarkerOption.C
-tkbltGrMarker.C
-tkbltGrMarkerLine.C
-tkbltGrMarkerPolygon.C
-tkbltGrMarkerText.C
-tkbltGrMisc.C
-tkbltGrPenOp.C
-tkbltGrPenOption.C
-tkbltGrPen.C
-tkbltGrPenBar.C
-tkbltGrPenLine.C
-tkbltGrPostscript.C
-tkbltGrPostscriptOp.C
-tkbltGrPSOutput.C
-tkbltGrText.C
-tkbltGrXAxisOp.C
-tkbltGraph.C
-tkbltGraphBar.C
-tkbltGraphLine.C
-tkbltGraphOp.C
-tkbltGraphSup.C
-tkbltInt.C
-tkbltNsUtil.C
-tkbltParse.C
-tkbltOp.C
-tkbltStubInit.c
-tkbltStubLib.C
-tkbltSwitch.C
-tkbltVecCmd.C
-tkbltVecOp.C
-tkbltVecMath.C
-tkbltVector.C
-])
-TEA_ADD_HEADERS([
-generic/tkbltVector.h
-generic/tkbltDecls.h
-])
-TEA_ADD_INCLUDES([])
-TEA_ADD_LIBS([-lstdc++])
-if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a "$GCC" != "yes"; then
-TEA_ADD_CFLAGS([-TP -EHsc -D_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS -D_USE_MATH_DEFINES])
-fi
-TEA_ADD_STUB_SOURCES([tkbltStubLib.C])
-TEA_ADD_TCL_SOURCES([library/graph.tcl])
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# __CHANGE__
-#
-# You can add more files to clean if your extension creates any extra
-# files by extending CLEANFILES.
-# Add pkgIndex.tcl if it is generated in the Makefile instead of ./configure
-# and change Makefile.in to move it from CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES to BINARIES var.
-#
-# A few miscellaneous platform-specific items:
-# TEA_ADD_* any platform specific compiler/build info here.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#CLEANFILES="$CLEANFILES pkgIndex.tcl"
-if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
- # Ensure no empty if clauses
- :
- #TEA_ADD_SOURCES([win/winFile.c])
- #TEA_ADD_INCLUDES([-I\"$(${CYGPATH} ${srcdir}/win)\"])
-else
- # Ensure no empty else clauses
- :
- #TEA_ADD_SOURCES([unix/unixFile.c])
- #TEA_ADD_LIBS([-lsuperfly])
-fi
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# __CHANGE__
-# Choose which headers you need. Extension authors should try very
-# hard to only rely on the Tcl public header files. Internal headers
-# contain private data structures and are subject to change without
-# notice.
-# This MUST be called after TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG / TEA_LOAD_TKCONFIG
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-TEA_PUBLIC_TCL_HEADERS
-TEA_PRIVATE_TCL_HEADERS
-
-TEA_PUBLIC_TK_HEADERS
-TEA_PRIVATE_TK_HEADERS
-TEA_PATH_X
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Check whether --enable-threads or --disable-threads was given.
-# This auto-enables if Tcl was compiled threaded.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-TEA_ENABLE_THREADS
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# The statement below defines a collection of symbols related to
-# building as a shared library instead of a static library.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-TEA_ENABLE_SHARED
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# This macro figures out what flags to use with the compiler/linker
-# when building shared/static debug/optimized objects. This information
-# can be taken from the tclConfig.sh file, but this figures it all out.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Set the default compiler switches based on the --enable-symbols option.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# This macro generates a line to use when building a library. It
-# depends on values set by the TEA_ENABLE_SHARED, TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS,
-# and TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG macros above.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-TEA_MAKE_LIB
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Determine the name of the tclsh and/or wish executables in the
-# Tcl and Tk build directories or the location they were installed
-# into. These paths are used to support running test cases only,
-# the Makefile should not be making use of these paths to generate
-# a pkgIndex.tcl file or anything else at extension build time.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-TEA_PROG_TCLSH
-TEA_PROG_WISH
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Setup a *Config.sh.in configuration file.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-TEA_EXPORT_CONFIG([tkblt])
-#AC_SUBST(SAMPLE_VAR)
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Specify files to substitute AC variables in. You may alternatively
-# have a special pkgIndex.tcl.in or other files which require
-# substituting the AC variables in. Include these here.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile pkgIndex.tcl])
-AC_CONFIG_FILES([tkbltConfig.sh])
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Finally, substitute all of the various values into the files
-# specified with AC_CONFIG_FILES.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_OUTPUT()
diff --git a/tkblt/doc/BLT.html b/tkblt/doc/BLT.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 55e4e38..0000000
--- a/tkblt/doc/BLT.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-<HTML>
-<BODY>
-<PRE>
-<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
-
-</PRE>
-<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
- BLT is a library of extensions to the Tk library. It adds new commands
- and variables to the application's interpreter.
-
-
-
-</PRE>
-<H2>COMMANDS</H2><PRE>
- The following commands are added to the interpreter from the BLT
- library:
-
- <B>graph</B> A 2D plotting widget. Plots two variable data in a win-
- dow with an optional legend and annotations. It has of
- several components; coordinate axes, crosshairs, a leg-
- end, and a collection of elements and tags.
-
- <B>barchart</B> A barchart widget. Plots two-variable data as rectangu-
- lar bars in a window. The x-coordinate values designate
- the position of the bar along the x-axis, while the y-
- coordinate values designate the magnitude. The <B>barchart</B>
- widget has of several components; coordinate axes,
- crosshairs, a legend, and a collection of elements and
- tags.
-
- <B>vector</B> Creates a vector of floating point values. The vector's
- components can be manipulated in three ways: through a
- Tcl array variable, a Tcl command, or the C API.
-
-
-</PRE>
-<H2>ADDING BLT TO YOUR APPLICATIONS</H2><PRE>
- It's easy to add BLT to an existing Tk application. BLT requires no
- patches or edits to the Tcl or Tk libraries. To add BLT, simply add
- the following code snippet to your application's tkAppInit.c file.
-
- if (Tkblt_Init(interp) != TCL_OK) {
-
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- }
-
- Recompile and link with the tkblt library and that's it.
-
- Alternately, you can dynamically load tkblt, simply by invoking the
- command
-
- % package require tkblt
-
- from your Tcl script.
-
-
-</PRE>
-<H2>BUGS</H2><PRE>
- Send bug reports, requests, suggestions, etc. to wjoye@cfa.harvard.edu
-
-
-</PRE>
-<H2>KEYWORDS</H2><PRE>
- BLT
-
-</PRE>
-<HR>
-<ADDRESS>
-Man(1) output converted with
-<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
-</ADDRESS>
-</BODY>
-</HTML>
diff --git a/tkblt/doc/BLT.n b/tkblt/doc/BLT.n
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f63aa8..0000000
--- a/tkblt/doc/BLT.n
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-'\"
-'\" Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
-'\" This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
-'\" available under the same terms.
-'\"
-'\" Copyright 1991-1997 by Bell Labs Innovations for Lucent Technologies.
-'\"
-'\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-'\" documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided
-'\" that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that the
-'\" copyright notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting documentation,
-'\" and that the names of Lucent Technologies any of their entities not be used
-'\" in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software
-'\" without specific, written prior permission.
-'\"
-'\" Lucent Technologies disclaims all warranties with regard to this software,
-'\" including all implied warranties of merchantability and fitness. In no event
-'\" shall Lucent Technologies be liable for any special, indirect or
-'\" consequential damages or any damages whatsoever resulting from loss of use,
-'\" data or profits, whether in an action of contract, negligence or other
-'\" tortuous action, arising out of or in connection with the use or performance
-'\" of this software.
-'\"
-.TH intro n BLT_VERSION BLT "BLT Built-In Commands"
-.BS
-'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
-.SH NAME
-BLT \- Introduction to the BLT library
-.BE
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-BLT is a library of extensions to the Tk library. It adds new
-commands and variables to the application's interpreter.
-.LP
-.SH COMMANDS
-The following commands are added to the interpreter from the BLT library:
-.TP 15
-\fBgraph\fR
-A 2D plotting widget. Plots two variable data in a window with an optional
-legend and annotations. It has of several components; coordinate axes,
-crosshairs, a legend, and a collection of elements and tags.
-.TP 15
-\fBbarchart\fR
-A barchart widget. Plots two-variable data as rectangular bars in a
-window. The x-coordinate values designate the position of the bar along
-the x-axis, while the y-coordinate values designate the magnitude.
-The \fBbarchart\fR widget has of several components; coordinate axes,
-crosshairs, a legend, and a collection of elements and tags.
-.TP 15
-\fBvector\fR
-Creates a vector of floating point values. The vector's components
-can be manipulated in three ways: through a Tcl array variable, a Tcl
-command, or the C API.
-.SH ADDING BLT TO YOUR APPLICATIONS
-It's easy to add BLT to an existing Tk application. BLT requires no
-patches or edits to the Tcl or Tk libraries. To add BLT, simply add the
-following code snippet to your application's tkAppInit.c file.
-.PP
-if (Tkblt_Init(interp) != TCL_OK) {
-.PP
- return TCL_ERROR;
-.PP
-}
-.TP 15
-Recompile and link with the tkblt library and that's it.
-.PP
-Alternately, you can dynamically load tkblt, simply by invoking the
-command
-.PP
-% package require tkblt
-.PP
-from your Tcl script.
-.SH BUGS
-Send bug reports, requests, suggestions, etc. to
-wjoye@cfa.harvard.edu
-.SH KEYWORDS
-BLT
diff --git a/tkblt/doc/barchart.html b/tkblt/doc/barchart.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 7f04d25..0000000
--- a/tkblt/doc/barchart.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1640 +0,0 @@
-<HTML>
-<BODY>
-<PRE>
-<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
-
-</PRE>
-<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
- <B>barchart</B> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?...
-
-
-</PRE>
-<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
- The <B>barchart</B> command creates a bar chart for plotting two-dimensional
- data (X-Y coordinates). A bar chart is a graphic means of comparing
- numbers by displaying bars of lengths proportional to the y-coordinates
- of the points they represented. The bar chart has many configurable
- components: coordinate axes, elements, legend, grid lines, cross hairs,
- etc. They allow you to customize the look and feel of the graph.
-
-
-</PRE>
-<H2>INTRODUCTION</H2><PRE>
- The <B>barchart</B> command creates a new window for plotting two-dimensional
- data (X-Y coordinates), using bars of various lengths to represent the
- data points. The bars are drawn in a rectangular area displayed in the
- center of the new window. This is the <I>plotting</I> <I>area</I>. The coordinate
- axes are drawn in the margins surrounding the plotting area. By
- default, the legend is drawn in the right margin. The title is dis-
- played in top margin.
-
- A <B>barchart</B> widget has several configurable components: coordinate axes,
- data elements, legend, grid, cross hairs, pens, postscript, and annota-
- tion markers. Each component can be queried or modified.
-
- axis Up to four coordinate axes (two X-coordinate and two Y-coor-
- dinate axes) can be displayed, but you can create and use any
- number of axes. Axes control what region of data is displayed
- and how the data is scaled. Each axis consists of the axis
- line, title, major and minor ticks, and tick labels. Tick
- labels display the value at each major tick.
-
- crosshairs
- Cross hairs are used to position the mouse pointer relative
- to the X and Y coordinate axes. Two perpendicular lines,
- intersecting at the current location of the mouse, extend
- across the plotting area to the coordinate axes.
-
- element An element represents a set of data to be plotted. It con-
- tains an x and y vector of values representing the data
- points. Each data point is displayed as a bar where the
- length of the bar is proportional to the ordinate (Y-coordi-
- nate) of the data point. The appearance of the bar, such as
- its color, stipple, or relief is configurable.
-
- A special case exists when two or more data points have the
- same abscissa (X-coordinate). By default, the bars are over-
- layed, one on top of the other. The bars are drawn in the
- order of the element display list. But you can also config-
- ure the bars to be displayed in two other ways. They may be
- displayed as a stack, where each bar (with the same abscissa)
- is stacked on the previous. Or they can be drawn side-by-
- side as thin bars. The width of each bar is a function of
-
- pen Pens define attributes for elements. Data elements use pens
- to specify how they should be drawn. A data element may use
- many pens at once. Here the particular pen used for a data
- point is determined from each element's weight vector (see
- the element's <B>-weight</B> and <B>-style</B> options).
-
- postscript
- The widget can generate encapsulated PostScript output. This
- component has several options to configure how the PostScript
- is generated.
-
-
-</PRE>
-<H2>SYNTAX</H2><PRE>
- <B>barchart</B> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... The <B>barchart</B> command creates a new
- window <I>pathName</I> and makes it into a <B>barchart</B> widget. At the time this
- command is invoked, there must not exist a window named <I>pathName</I>, but
- <I>pathName</I>'s parent must exist. Additional options may be specified on
- the command line or in the option database to configure aspects of the
- graph such as its colors and font. See the <B>configure</B> operation below
- for the exact details about what <I>option</I> and <I>value</I> pairs are valid.
-
- If successful, <B>barchart</B> returns the path name of the widget. It also
- creates a new Tcl command by the same name. You can use this command
- to invoke various operations that query or modify the graph. The gen-
- eral form is: <I>pathName</I> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?... Both <I>operation</I> and its argu-
- ments determine the exact behavior of the command. The operations
- available for the graph are described in the <B>BARCHART</B> <B>OPERATIONS</B> sec-
- tion.
-
- The command can also be used to access components of the graph. <I>path-</I>
- <I>Name</I> <I>component</I> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?... The operation, now located after the
- name of the component, is the function to be performed on that compo-
- nent. Each component has its own set of operations that manipulate that
- component. They will be described below in their own sections.
-
-
-</PRE>
-<H2>EXAMPLE</H2><PRE>
- The <B>barchart</B> command creates a new bar chart. # Create a new bar
- chart. Plotting area is black. barchart .b -plotbackground black A
- new Tcl command .b is created. This command can be used to query and
- modify the bar chart. For example, to change the title of the graph to
- "My Plot", you use the new command and the <B>configure</B> operation. #
- Change the title. .b configure -title "My Plot" To add data elements,
- you use the command and the <B>element</B> component. # Create a new element
- named "e1" .b element create e1 \ -xdata { 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 }
- \ -ydata { 26.18 50.46 72.85 93.31 111.86 128.47 143.14
- 155.85 166.60 175.38 } The element's X-Y coordinates are
- specified using lists of numbers. Alternately, BLT vectors could be
- used to hold the X-Y coordinates. # Create two vectors and add them to
- the barchart. vector xVector yVector xVector set { 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
- 10 } yVector set { 26.18 50.46 72.85 93.31 111.86 128.47 143.14 155.85
- 166.60 175.38 } n.b element create e1 -xdata xVector -ydata yVec-
- tor The advantage of using vectors is that when you modify one, the
- sure we change the bar width too. .b configure -barwidth 0.2 The
- height of each bar is proportional to the ordinate (Y-coordinate) of
- the data point.
-
- If two or more data points have the same abscissa (X-coordinate value),
- the bars representing those data points may be drawn in various ways.
- The default is to overlay the bars, one on top of the other. The
- ordering is determined from the of element display list. If the
- stacked mode is selected (using the <B>-barmode</B> configuration option), the
- bars are stacked, each bar above the previous. # Display the elements
- as stacked. .b configure -barmode stacked If the aligned mode is
- selected, the bars having the same x-coordinates are displayed side by
- side. The width of each bar is a fraction of its normal width, based
- upon the number of bars with the same x-coordinate. # Display the ele-
- ments side-by-side. .b configure -barmode aligned By default, the ele-
- ment's label in the legend will be also e1. You can change the label,
- or specify no legend entry, again using the element's <B>configure</B> opera-
- tion. # Don't display "e1" in the legend. .b element configure e1
- -label "" You can configure more than just the element's label. An
- element has many attributes such as stipple, foreground and background
- colors, relief, etc. .b element configure e1 -fg red -bg pink \
- -stipple gray50 Four coordinate axes are automatically created: x,
- x2, y, and y2. And by default, elements are mapped onto the axes x and
- y. This can be changed with the <B>-mapx</B> and <B>-mapy</B> options. # Map "e1"
- on the alternate y axis "y2". .b element configure e1 -mapy y2 Axes
- can be configured in many ways too. For example, you change the scale
- of the Y-axis from linear to log using the <B>axis</B> component. # Y-axis is
- log scale. .b axis configure y -logscale yes One important way axes
- are used is to zoom in on a particular data region. Zooming is done by
- simply specifying new axis limits using the <B>-min</B> and <B>-max</B> configuration
- options. .b axis configure x -min 1.0 -max 1.5 .b axis configure y
- -min 12.0 -max 55.15 To zoom interactively, you link the<B>axis</B> <B>configure</B>
- operations with some user interaction (such as pressing the mouse but-
- ton), using the <B>bind</B> command. To convert between screen and graph
- coordinates, use the <B>invtransform</B> operation. # Click the button to set
- a new minimum bind .b &lt;ButtonPress-1&gt; {
- %W axis configure x -min [%W axis invtransform x %x]
- %W axis configure x -min [%W axis invtransform x %y] } By default,
- the limits of the axis are determined from data values. To reset back
- to the default limits, set the <B>-min</B> and <B>-max</B> options to the empty
- value. # Reset the axes to autoscale again. .b axis configure x -min
- {} -max {} .b axis configure y -min {} -max {} By default, the legend
- is drawn in the right margin. You can change this or any legend con-
- figuration options using the <B>legend</B> component. # Configure the legend
- font, color, and relief .b legend configure -position left -relief
- raised \ -font fixed -fg blue To prevent the legend from being
- displayed, turn on the <B>-hide</B> option. # Don't display the legend. .b
- legend configure -hide yes The <B>barchart</B> has simple drawing procedures
- called markers. They can be used to highlight or annotate data in the
- graph. The types of markers available are bitmaps, polygons, lines, or
- windows. Markers can be used, for example, to mark or brush points.
- For example there may be a line marker which indicates some low-water
- chart into file "file.ps" .b postscript output file.ps -maxpect yes
- -decorations no This generates a file file.ps containing the encapsu-
- lated PostScript of the graph. The option <B>-maxpect</B> says to scale the
- plot to the size of the page. Turning off the <B>-decorations</B> option
- denotes that no borders or color backgrounds should be drawn (i.e. the
- background of the margins, legend, and plotting area will be white).
-
-
-</PRE>
-<H2>SYNTAX</H2><PRE>
- <B>barchart</B> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... The <B>barchart</B> command creates a new
- window <I>pathName</I> and makes it into a barchart widget. At the time this
- command is invoked, there must not exist a window named <I>pathName</I>, but
- <I>pathName</I>'s parent must exist. Additional options may may be specified
- on the command line or in the option database to configure aspects of
- the bar chart such as its colors and font. See the <B>configure</B> operation
- below for the exact details as to what <I>option</I> and <I>value</I> pairs are
- valid.
-
- If successful, <B>barchart</B> returns <I>pathName</I>. It also creates a new Tcl
- command <I>pathName</I>. This command may be used to invoke various opera-
- tions to query or modify the bar chart. It has the general form: <I>path-</I>
- <I>Name</I> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?... Both <I>operation</I> and its arguments determine the
- exact behavior of the command. The operations available for the bar
- chart are described in the following section.
-
-
-</PRE>
-<H2>BARCHART OPERATIONS</H2><PRE>
- <I>pathName</I> <B>bar</B> <I>elemName</I> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?...
- Creates a new barchart element <I>elemName</I>. It's an error if an
- element <I>elemName</I> already exists. See the manual for <B>barchart</B>
- for details about what <I>option</I> and <I>value</I> pairs are valid.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B> <I>option</I>
- Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
- <I>option</I>. <I>Option</I> may be any option described below for the <B>con-</B>
- <B>figure</B> operation.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?...
- Queries or modifies the configuration options of the graph. If
- <I>option</I> isn't specified, a list describing the current options
- for <I>pathName</I> is returned. If <I>option</I> is specified, but not
- <I>value</I>, then a list describing <I>option</I> is returned. If one or
- more <I>option</I> and <I>value</I> pairs are specified, then for each pair,
- the option <I>option</I> is set to <I>value</I>. The following options are
- valid.
-
- <B>-background</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the background color. This includes the margins and
- legend, but not the plotting area.
-
- <B>-barmode</B> <I>mode</I>
- Indicates how related bar elements will be drawn.
- Related elements have data points with the same abscissas
- (X-coordinates). <I>Mode</I> indicates how those segments should
-
- <B>-barwidth</B> <I>value</I>
- Specifies the width of the bars. This value can be over-
- rided by the individual elements using their <B>-barwidth</B>
- configuration option. <I>Value</I> is the width in terms of
- graph-coordinates. The default width is 1.0.
-
- <B>-borderwidth</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Sets the width of the 3-D border around the outside edge
- of the widget. The <B>-relief</B> option determines if the bor-
- der is to be drawn. The default is 2.
-
- <B>-bottommargin</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Specifies the size of the margin below the X-coordinate
- axis. If <I>pixels</I> is 0, the size of the margin is selected
- automatically. The default is 0.
-
- <B>-bufferelements</B> <I>boolean</I>
- Indicates whether an internal pixmap to buffer the dis-
- play of data elements should be used. If <I>boolean</I> is
- true, data elements are drawn to an internal pixmap.
- This option is especially useful when the graph is
- redrawn frequently while the remains data unchanged (for
- example, moving a marker across the plot). See the <B>SPEED</B>
- <B>TIPS</B> section. The default is 1.
-
- <B>-cursor</B> <I>cursor</I>
- Specifies the widget's cursor. The default cursor is
- crosshair.
-
- <B>-font</B> <I>fontName</I>
- Specifies the font of the graph title. The default is
- *-Helvetica-Bold-R-Normal-*-18-180-*.
-
- <B>-halo</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Specifies a maximum distance to consider when searching
- for the closest data point (see the element's <B>closest</B>
- operation below). Data points further than <I>pixels</I> away
- are ignored. The default is 0.5i.
-
- <B>-height</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Specifies the requested height of widget. The default is
- 4i.
-
- <B>-invertxy</B> <I>boolean</I>
- Indicates whether the placement X-axis and Y-axis should
- be inverted. If <I>boolean</I> is true, the X and Y axes are
- swapped. The default is 0.
-
- <B>-justify</B> <I>justify</I>
- Specifies how the title should be justified. This mat-
- ters only when the title contains more than one line of
- area. The <B>-plotrelief</B> option determines if a border is
- drawn. The default is 2.
-
- <B>-plotpadx</B> <I>pad</I>
- Sets the amount of padding to be added to the left and
- right sides of the plotting area. <I>Pad</I> can be a list of
- one or two screen distances. If <I>pad</I> has two elements,
- the left side of the plotting area entry is padded by the
- first distance and the right side by the second. If <I>pad</I>
- is just one distance, both the left and right sides are
- padded evenly. The default is 8.
-
- <B>-plotpady</B> <I>pad</I>
- Sets the amount of padding to be added to the top and
- bottom of the plotting area. <I>Pad</I> can be a list of one or
- two screen distances. If <I>pad</I> has two elements, the top
- of the plotting area is padded by the first distance and
- the bottom by the second. If <I>pad</I> is just one distance,
- both the top and bottom are padded evenly. The default
- is 8.
-
- <B>-plotrelief</B> <I>relief</I>
- Specifies the 3-D effect for the plotting area. <I>Relief</I>
- specifies how the interior of the plotting area should
- appear relative to rest of the graph; for example, raised
- means the plot should appear to protrude from the graph,
- relative to the surface of the graph. The default is
- sunken.
-
- <B>-relief</B> <I>relief</I>
- Specifies the 3-D effect for the barchart widget. <I>Relief</I>
- specifies how the graph should appear relative to widget
- it is packed into; for example, raised means the graph
- should appear to protrude. The default is flat.
-
- <B>-rightmargin</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Sets the size of margin from the plotting area to the
- right edge of the window. By default, the legend is
- drawn in this margin. If <I>pixels</I> is than 1, the margin
- size is selected automatically.
-
- <B>-takefocus</B> <I>focus</I>
- Provides information used when moving the focus from win-
- dow to window via keyboard traversal (e.g., Tab and
- Shift-Tab). If <I>focus</I> is 0, this means that this window
- should be skipped entirely during keyboard traversal. 1
- means that the this window should always receive the
- input focus. An empty value means that the traversal
- scripts make the decision whether to focus on the window.
- The default is "".
-
- <B>-tile</B> <I>image</I>
- <B>-width</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Specifies the requested width of the widget. The default
- is 5i.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>crosshairs</B> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?
- See the <B>CROSSHAIRS</B> <B>COMPONENT</B> section.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>element</B> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?...
- See the <B>ELEMENT</B> <B>COMPONENTS</B> section.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>extents</B> <I>item</I>
- Returns the size of a particular item in the graph. <I>Item</I> must
- be either leftmargin, rightmargin, topmargin, bottommargin,
- plotwidth, or plotheight.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>grid</B> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?...
- See the <B>GRID</B> <B>COMPONENT</B> section.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>invtransform</B> <I>winX</I> <I>winY</I>
- Performs an inverse coordinate transformation, mapping window
- coordinates back to graph-coordinates, using the standard X-axis
- and Y-axis. Returns a list of containing the X-Y graph-coordi-
- nates.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>inside</B> <I>x</I> <I>y</I>
- Returns 1 is the designated screen-coordinate (<I>x</I> and <I>y</I>) is
- inside the plotting area and 0 otherwise.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>legend</B> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?...
- See the <B>LEGEND</B> <B>COMPONENT</B> section.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>line</B> <B>operation</B> <B>arg</B>...
- The operation is the same as <B>element</B>.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?...
- See the <B>MARKER</B> <B>COMPONENTS</B> section.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>metafile</B> ?<I>fileName</I>?
- <I>This</I> <I>operation</I> <I>is</I> <I>for</I> <I>Window</I> <I>platforms</I> <I>only</I>. Creates a Windows
- enhanced metafile of the barchart. If present, <I>fileName</I> is the
- file name of the new metafile. Otherwise, the metafile is auto-
- matically added to the clipboard.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>postscript</B> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?...
- See the <B>POSTSCRIPT</B> <B>COMPONENT</B> section.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>snap</B> <I>photoName</I>
- Takes a snapshot of the graph and stores the contents in the
- photo image <I>photoName</I>. <I>PhotoName</I> is the name of a Tk photo
- image that must already exist.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>transform</B> <I>x</I> <I>y</I>
- A graph is composed of several components: coordinate axes, data ele-
- ments, legend, grid, cross hairs, postscript, and annotation markers.
- Instead of one big set of configuration options and operations, the
- graph is partitioned, where each component has its own configuration
- options and operations that specifically control that aspect or part of
- the graph.
-
- <B>AXIS</B> <B>COMPONENTS</B>
- Four coordinate axes are automatically created: two X-coordinate axes
- (x and x2) and two Y-coordinate axes (y, and y2). By default, the axis
- x is located in the bottom margin, y in the left margin, x2 in the top
- margin, and y2 in the right margin.
-
- An axis consists of the axis line, title, major and minor ticks, and
- tick labels. Major ticks are drawn at uniform intervals along the
- axis. Each tick is labeled with its coordinate value. Minor ticks are
- drawn at uniform intervals within major ticks.
-
- The range of the axis controls what region of data is plotted. Data
- points outside the minimum and maximum limits of the axis are not plot-
- ted. By default, the minimum and maximum limits are determined from
- the data, but you can reset either limit.
-
- You can create and use several axes. To create an axis, invoke the axis
- component and its create operation. # Create a new axis called "tem-
- perature" .b axis create temperature You map data elements to an axis
- using the element's -mapy and -mapx configuration options. They specify
- the coordinate axes an element is mapped onto. # Now map the tempera-
- ture data to this axis. .b element create "temp" -xdata $x -ydata
- $tempData \
- -mapy temperature While you can have many axes, only four axes can
- be displayed simultaneously. They are drawn in each of the margins
- surrounding the plotting area. The axes x and y are drawn in the bot-
- tom and left margins. The axes x2 and y2 are drawn in top and right
- margins. Only x and y are shown by default. Note that the axes can
- have different scales.
-
- To display a different axis, you invoke one of the following compo-
- nents: <B>xaxis</B>, <B>yaxis</B>, <B>x2axis</B>, and <B>y2axis</B>. The <B>use</B> operation designates
- the axis to be drawn in the corresponding margin: <B>xaxis</B> in the bottom,
- <B>yaxis</B> in the left, <B>x2axis</B> in the top, and <B>y2axis</B> in the right. # Dis-
- play the axis temperature in the left margin. .b yaxis use temperature
-
- You can configure axes in many ways. The axis scale can be linear or
- logarithmic. The values along the axis can either monotonically
- increase or decrease. If you need custom tick labels, you can specify
- a Tcl procedure to format the label any way you wish. You can control
- how ticks are drawn, by changing the major tick interval or the number
- of minor ticks. You can define non-uniform tick intervals, such as for
- time-series plots.
-
-
- <B>-autorange</B> <I>range</I>
- Sets the range of values for the axis to <I>range</I>. The axis
- limits are automatically reset to display the most recent
- data points in this range. If <I>range</I> is 0.0, the range is
- determined from the limits of the data. If <B>-min</B> or <B>-max</B>
- are specified, they override this option. The default is
- 0.0.
-
- <B>-color</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the color of the axis and tick labels. The default
- is black.
-
- <B>-command</B> <I>prefix</I>
- Specifies a Tcl command to be invoked when formatting the
- axis tick labels. <I>Prefix</I> is a string containing the name
- of a Tcl proc and any extra arguments for the procedure.
- This command is invoked for each major tick on the axis.
- Two additional arguments are passed to the procedure: the
- pathname of the widget and the current the numeric value
- of the tick. The procedure returns the formatted tick
- label. If "" is returned, no label will appear next to
- the tick. You can get the standard tick labels again by
- setting <I>prefix</I> to "". The default is "".
-
- Please note that this procedure is invoked while the bar
- chart is redrawn. You may query the widget's configura-
- tion options. But do not reset options, because this can
- have unexpected results.
-
- <B>-descending</B> <I>boolean</I>
- Indicates whether the values along the axis are monotoni-
- cally increasing or decreasing. If <I>boolean</I> is true, the
- axis values will be decreasing. The default is 0.
-
- <B>-hide</B> <I>boolean</I>
- Indicates whether the axis is displayed.
-
- <B>-justify</B> <I>justify</I>
- Specifies how the axis title should be justified. This
- matters only when the axis title contains more than one
- line of text. <I>Justify</I> must be left, right, or center.
- The default is center.
-
- <B>-limits</B> <I>formatStr</I>
- Specifies a printf-like description to format the minimum
- and maximum limits of the axis. The limits are displayed
- at the top/bottom or left/right sides of the plotting
- area. <I>FormatStr</I> is a list of one or two format descrip-
- tions. If one description is supplied, both the minimum
- and maximum limits are formatted in the same way. If
- two, the first designates the format for the minimum
- limit, the second for the maximum. If "" is given as
- data points tightly, at the outermost data points, or
- loosely, at the outer tick intervals. This is relevant
- only when the axis limit is automatically calculated. If
- <I>boolean</I> is true, the axis range is "loose". The default
- is 0.
-
- <B>-majorticks</B> <I>majorList</I>
- Specifies where to display major axis ticks. You can use
- this option to display ticks at non-uniform intervals.
- <I>MajorList</I> is a list of axis coordinates designating the
- location of major ticks. No minor ticks are drawn. If
- <I>majorList</I> is "", major ticks will be automatically com-
- puted. The default is "".
-
- <B>-max</B> <I>value</I>
- Sets the maximum limit of <I>axisName</I>. Any data point
- greater than <I>value</I> is not displayed. If <I>value</I> is "", the
- maximum limit is calculated using the largest data value.
- The default is "".
-
- <B>-min</B> <I>value</I>
- Sets the minimum limit of <I>axisName</I>. Any data point less
- than <I>value</I> is not displayed. If <I>value</I> is "", the minimum
- limit is calculated using the smallest data value. The
- default is "".
-
- <B>-minorticks</B> <I>minorList</I>
- Specifies where to display minor axis ticks. You can use
- this option to display minor ticks at non-uniform inter-
- vals. <I>MinorList</I> is a list of real values, ranging from
- 0.0 to 1.0, designating the placement of a minor tick.
- No minor ticks are drawn if the <B>-majortick</B> option is also
- set. If <I>minorList</I> is "", minor ticks will be automati-
- cally computed. The default is "".
-
- <B>-rotate</B> <I>theta</I>
- Specifies the how many degrees to rotate the axis tick
- labels. <I>Theta</I> is a real value representing the number of
- degrees to rotate the tick labels. The default is 0.0
- degrees.
-
- <B>-shiftby</B> <I>value</I>
- Specifies how much to automatically shift the range of
- the axis. When the new data exceeds the current axis
- maximum, the maximum is increased in increments of <I>value</I>.
- You can use this option to prevent the axis limits from
- being recomputed at each new time point. If <I>value</I> is 0.0,
- then no automatic shifting is down. The default is 0.0.
-
- <B>-showticks</B> <I>boolean</I>
- Indicates whether axis ticks should be drawn. If <I>boolean</I>
- is true, ticks are drawn. If false, only the axis line
-
- <B>-tickfont</B> <I>fontName</I>
- Specifies the font for axis tick labels. The default is
- *-Courier-Bold-R-Normal-*-100-*.
-
- <B>-ticklength</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Sets the length of major and minor ticks (minor ticks are
- half the length of major ticks). If <I>pixels</I> is less than
- zero, the axis will be inverted with ticks drawn pointing
- towards the plot. The default is 0.1i.
-
- <B>-title</B> <I>text</I>
- Sets the title of the axis. If <I>text</I> is "", no axis title
- will be displayed.
-
- <B>-titlecolor</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the color of the axis title. The default is black.
-
- <B>-titlefont</B> <I>fontName</I>
- Specifies the font for axis title. The default is *-Hel-
- vetica-Bold-R-Normal-*-14-140-*.
-
- Axis configuration options may be also be set by the <B>option</B> com-
- mand. The resource class is Axis. The resource names are the
- names of the axes (such as x or x2). option add *Bar-
- chart.Axis.Color blue option add *Barchart.x.LogScale true
- option add *Barchart.x2.LogScale false
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>axis</B> <B>create</B> <I>axisName</I> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?...
- Creates a new axis by the name <I>axisName</I>. No axis by the same
- name can already exist. <I>Option</I> and <I>value</I> are described in above
- in the axis <B>configure</B> operation.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>axis</B> <B>delete</B> ?<I>axisName</I>?...
- Deletes the named axes. An axis is not really deleted until it
- is not longer in use, so it's safe to delete axes mapped to ele-
- ments.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>axis</B> <B>invtransform</B> <I>axisName</I> <I>value</I>
- Performs the inverse transformation, changing the screen-coordi-
- nate <I>value</I> to a graph-coordinate, mapping the value mapped to
- <I>axisName</I>. Returns the graph-coordinate.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>axis</B> <B>limits</B> <I>axisName</I>
- Returns a list of the minimum and maximum limits for <I>axisName</I>.
- The order of the list is min max.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>axis</B> <B>names</B> ?<I>pattern</I>?...
- Returns a list of axes matching zero or more patterns. If no
- <I>pattern</I> argument is give, the names of all axes are returned.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>axis</B> <B>transform</B> <I>axisName</I> <I>value</I>
- Transforms the coordinate <I>value</I> to a screen-coordinate by map-
-
- right Y-axis.
-
- They implicitly control the axis that is currently using to that loca-
- tion. By default, <B>xaxis</B> uses the x axis, <B>yaxis</B> uses y, <B>x2axis</B> uses x2,
- and <B>y2axis</B> uses y2. These components can be more convenient to use
- than always determining what axes are current being displayed by the
- graph.
-
- The following operations are available for axes. They mirror exactly
- the operations of the <B>axis</B> component. The <I>axis</I> argument must be <B>xaxis</B>,
- <B>x2axis</B>, <B>yaxis</B>, or <B>y2axis</B>.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <I>axis</I> <B>cget</B> <I>option</I>
-
- <I>pathName</I> <I>axis</I> <B>configure</B> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?...
-
- <I>pathName</I> <I>axis</I> <B>invtransform</B> <I>value</I>
-
- <I>pathName</I> <I>axis</I> <B>limits</B>
-
- <I>pathName</I> <I>axis</I> <B>transform</B> <I>value</I>
-
- <I>pathName</I> <I>axis</I> <B>use</B> ?<I>axisName</I>?
- Designates the axis <I>axisName</I> is to be displayed at this loca-
- tion. <I>AxisName</I> can not be already in use at another location.
- This command returns the name of the axis currently using this
- location.
-
- <B>CROSSHAIRS</B> <B>COMPONENT</B>
- Cross hairs consist of two intersecting lines (one vertical and one
- horizontal) drawn completely across the plotting area. They are used
- to position the mouse in relation to the coordinate axes. Cross hairs
- differ from line markers in that they are implemented using XOR drawing
- primitives. This means that they can be quickly drawn and erased with-
- out redrawing the entire widget.
-
- The following operations are available for cross hairs:
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>crosshairs</B> <B>cget</B> <I>option</I>
- Returns the current value of the cross hairs configuration
- option given by <I>option</I>. <I>Option</I> may be any option described
- below for the cross hairs <B>configure</B> operation.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>crosshairs</B> <B>configure</B> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?...
- Queries or modifies the configuration options of the cross
- hairs. If <I>option</I> isn't specified, a list describing all the
- current options for the cross hairs is returned. If <I>option</I> is
- specified, but not <I>value</I>, then a list describing <I>option</I> is
- returned. If one or more <I>option</I> and <I>value</I> pairs are specified,
- then for each pair, the cross hairs option <I>option</I> is set to
- <I>value</I>. The following options are available for cross hairs.
-
- <B>-linewidth</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Set the width of the cross hair lines. The default is 1.
-
- <B>-position</B> <I>pos</I>
- Specifies the screen position where the cross hairs
- intersect. <I>Pos</I> must be in the form "<I>@x,y</I>", where <I>x</I> and <I>y</I>
- are the window coordinates of the intersection.
-
- Cross hairs configuration options may be also be set by the
- <B>option</B> command. The resource name and class are crosshairs and
- Crosshairs respectively. option add *Bar-
- chart.Crosshairs.LineWidth 2 option add *Bar-
- chart.Crosshairs.Color red
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>crosshairs</B> <B>off</B>
- Turns off the cross hairs.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>crosshairs</B> <B>on</B>
- Turns on the display of the cross hairs.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>crosshairs</B> <B>toggle</B>
- Toggles the current state of the cross hairs, alternately map-
- ping and unmapping the cross hairs.
-
-
-</PRE>
-<H2>ELEMENTS</H2><PRE>
- A data element represents a set of data. It contains x and y vectors
- which are the coordinates of the data points. Elements are displayed
- as bars where the length of the bar is proportional to the ordinate of
- the data point. Elements also control the appearance of the data, such
- as the color, stipple, relief, etc.
-
- When new data elements are created, they are automatically added to a
- list of displayed elements. The display list controls what elements
- are drawn and in what order.
-
- The following operations are available for elements.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>element</B> <B>activate</B> <I>elemName</I> ?<I>index</I>?...
- Specifies the data points of element <I>elemName</I> to be drawn using
- active foreground and background colors. <I>ElemName</I> is the name
- of the element and <I>index</I> is a number representing the index of
- the data point. If no indices are present then all data points
- become active.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>element</B> <B>bind</B> <I>tagName</I> ?<I>sequence</I>? ?<I>command</I>?
- Associates <I>command</I> with <I>tagName</I> such that whenever the event
- sequence given by <I>sequence</I> occurs for an element with this tag,
- <I>command</I> will be invoked. The syntax is similar to the <B>bind</B> com-
- mand except that it operates on graph elements, rather than wid-
- gets. See the <B>bind</B> manual entry for complete details on <I>sequence</I>
- and the substitutions performed on <I>command</I> before invoking it.
-
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>element</B> <B>closest</B> <I>x</I> <I>y</I> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... ?<I>elemName</I>?...
- Finds the data point representing the bar closest to the window
- coordinates <I>x</I> and <I>y</I> in the element <I>elemName</I>. <I>ElemName</I> is the
- name of an element, which must be currently displayed. If no
- elements are specified, then all displayed elements are
- searched. It returns a key-value list containing the name of
- the closest element, the index of its closest point, and the
- graph-coordinates of the point. If no data point within the
- threshold distance can be found, "" is returned. The following
- <I>option</I>-<I>value</I> pairs are available.
-
- <B>-halo</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Specifies a threshold distance where selected data points
- are ignored. <I>Pixels</I> is a valid screen distance, such as
- 2 or 1.2i. If this option isn't specified, then it
- defaults to the value of the <B>barchart</B>'s <B>-halo</B> option.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>element</B> <B>configure</B> <I>elemName</I> ?<I>elemName</I>... ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?...
- Queries or modifies the configuration options for elements.
- Several elements can be modified at the same time. If <I>option</I>
- isn't specified, a list describing all the current options for
- <I>elemName</I> is returned. If <I>option</I> is specified, but not <I>value</I>,
- then a list describing the option <I>option</I> is returned. If one or
- more <I>option</I> and <I>value</I> pairs are specified, then for each pair,
- the element option <I>option</I> is set to <I>value</I>. The following
- options are valid for elements.
-
- <B>-activepen</B> <I>penName</I>
- Specifies pen to use to draw active element. If <I>penName</I>
- is "", no active elements will be drawn. The default is
- activeLine.
-
- <B>-bindtags</B> <I>tagList</I>
- Specifies the binding tags for the element. <I>TagList</I> is a
- list of binding tag names. The tags and their order will
- determine how events for elements. Each tag in the list
- matching the current event sequence will have its Tcl
- command executed. Implicitly the name of the element is
- always the first tag in the list. The default value is
- all.
-
- <B>-background</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the the color of the border around each bar. The
- default is white.
-
- <B>-barwidth</B> <I>value</I>
- Specifies the width the bars drawn for the element.
- <I>Value</I> is the width in X-coordinates. If this option
- isn't specified, the width of each bar is the value of
- the widget's <B>-barwidth</B> option.
-
- a list of numeric expressions representing the X-Y coor-
- dinate pairs of each data point.
-
- <B>-foreground</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the color of the interior of the bars.
-
- <B>-hide</B> <I>boolean</I>
- Indicates whether the element is displayed. The default
- is no.
-
- <B>-label</B> <I>text</I>
- Sets the element's label in the legend. If <I>text</I> is "",
- the element will have no entry in the legend. The
- default label is the element's name.
-
- <B>-mapx</B> <I>xAxis</I>
- Selects the X-axis to map the element's X-coordinates
- onto. <I>XAxis</I> must be the name of an axis. The default is
- x.
-
- <B>-mapy</B> <I>yAxis</I>
- Selects the Y-axis to map the element's Y-coordinates
- onto. <I>YAxis</I> must be the name of an axis. The default is
- y.
-
- <B>-relief</B> <I>string</I>
- Specifies the 3-D effect desired for bars. <I>Relief</I> indi-
- cates how the interior of the bar should appear relative
- to the surface of the chart; for example, raised means
- the bar should appear to protrude from the surface of the
- plotting area. The default is raised.
-
- <B>-stipple</B> <I>bitmap</I>
- Specifies a stipple pattern with which to draw the bars.
- If <I>bitmap</I> is "", then the bar is drawn in a solid fash-
- ion.
-
- <B>-xdata</B> <I>xVector</I>
- Specifies the x-coordinate vector of the data. <I>XVector</I>
- is the name of a BLT vector or a list of numeric expres-
- sions.
-
- <B>-ydata</B> <I>yVector</I>
- Specifies the y-coordinate vector of the data. <I>YVector</I>
- is the name of a BLT vector or a list of numeric expres-
- sions.
-
- Element configuration options may also be set by the <B>option</B> com-
- mand. The resource names in the option database are prefixed
- by elem. option add *Barchart.Element.background blue
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>element</B> <B>create</B> <I>elemName</I> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?...
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>element</B> <B>exists</B> <I>elemName</I>
- Returns 1 if an element <I>elemName</I> currently exists and 0 other-
- wise.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>element</B> <B>names</B> ?<I>pattern</I>?...
- Returns the elements matching one or more pattern. If no <I>pat-</I>
- <I>tern</I> is given, the names of all elements is returned.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>element</B> <B>show</B> ?<I>nameList</I>?
- Queries or modifies the element display list. The element dis-
- play list designates the elements drawn and in what order.
- <I>NameList</I> is a list of elements to be displayed in the order they
- are named. If there is no <I>nameList</I> argument, the current dis-
- play list is returned.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>element</B> <B>type</B> <I>elemName</I>
- Returns the type of <I>elemName</I>. If the element is a bar element,
- the commands returns the string "bar", otherwise it returns
- "line".
-
- <B>GRID</B> <B>COMPONENT</B>
- Grid lines extend from the major and minor ticks of each axis horizon-
- tally or vertically across the plotting area. The following operations
- are available for grid lines.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>grid</B> <B>cget</B> <I>option</I>
- Returns the current value of the grid line configuration option
- given by <I>option</I>. <I>Option</I> may be any option described below for
- the grid <B>configure</B> operation.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>grid</B> <B>configure</B> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?...
- Queries or modifies the configuration options for grid lines.
- If <I>option</I> isn't specified, a list describing all the current
- grid options for <I>pathName</I> is returned. If <I>option</I> is specified,
- but not <I>value</I>, then a list describing <I>option</I> is returned. If
- one or more <I>option</I> and <I>value</I> pairs are specified, then for each
- pair, the grid line option <I>option</I> is set to <I>value</I>. The follow-
- ing options are valid for grid lines.
-
- <B>-color</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the color of the grid lines. The default is black.
-
- <B>-dashes</B> <I>dashList</I>
- Sets the dash style of the grid lines. <I>DashList</I> is a list
- of up to 11 numbers that alternately represent the
- lengths of the dashes and gaps on the grid lines. Each
- number must be between 1 and 255. If <I>dashList</I> is "", the
- grid will be solid lines.
-
- <B>-hide</B> <I>boolean</I>
- Indicates whether the grid should be drawn. If <I>boolean</I> is
-
- <B>-minor</B> <I>boolean</I>
- Indicates whether the grid lines should be drawn for
- minor ticks. If <I>boolean</I> is true, the lines will appear
- at minor tick intervals. The default is 1.
-
- Grid configuration options may also be set by the <B>option</B> com-
- mand. The resource name and class are grid and Grid respec-
- tively. option add *Barchart.grid.LineWidth 2 option add *Bar-
- chart.Grid.Color black
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>grid</B> <B>off</B>
- Turns off the display the grid lines.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>grid</B> <B>on</B>
- Turns on the display the grid lines.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>grid</B> <B>toggle</B>
- Toggles the display of the grid.
-
- <B>LEGEND</B> <B>COMPONENT</B>
- The legend displays a list of the data elements. Each entry consists
- of the element's symbol and label. The legend can appear in any margin
- (the default location is in the right margin). It can also be posi-
- tioned anywhere within the plotting area.
-
- The following operations are valid for the legend.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>legend</B> <B>activate</B> <I>pattern</I>...
- Selects legend entries to be drawn using the active legend col-
- ors and relief. All entries whose element names match <I>pattern</I>
- are selected. To be selected, the element name must match only
- one <I>pattern</I>.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>legend</B> <B>bind</B> <I>tagName</I> ?<I>sequence</I>? ?<I>command</I>?
- Associates <I>command</I> with <I>tagName</I> such that whenever the event
- sequence given by <I>sequence</I> occurs for a legend entry with this
- tag, <I>command</I> will be invoked. Implicitly the element names in
- the entry are tags. The syntax is similar to the <B>bind</B> command
- except that it operates on legend entries, rather than widgets.
- See the <B>bind</B> manual entry for complete details on <I>sequence</I> and
- the substitutions performed on <I>command</I> before invoking it.
-
- If all arguments are specified then a new binding is created,
- replacing any existing binding for the same <I>sequence</I> and <I>tag-</I>
- <I>Name</I>. If the first character of <I>command</I> is + then <I>command</I> aug-
- ments an existing binding rather than replacing it. If no <I>com-</I>
- <I>mand</I> argument is provided then the command currently associated
- with <I>tagName</I> and <I>sequence</I> (it's an error occurs if there's no
- such binding) is returned. If both <I>command</I> and <I>sequence</I> are
- missing then a list of all the event sequences for which bind-
- ings have been defined for <I>tagName</I>.
-
- <B>-activebackground</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the background color for active legend entries. All
- legend entries marked active (see the legend <B>activate</B>
- operation) are drawn using this background color.
-
- <B>-activeborderwidth</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Sets the width of the 3-D border around the outside edge
- of the active legend entries. The default is 2.
-
- <B>-activeforeground</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the foreground color for active legend entries. All
- legend entries marked as active (see the legend <B>activate</B>
- operation) are drawn using this foreground color.
-
- <B>-activerelief</B> <I>relief</I>
- Specifies the 3-D effect desired for active legend
- entries. <I>Relief</I> denotes how the interior of the entry
- should appear relative to the legend; for example, raised
- means the entry should appear to protrude from the leg-
- end, relative to the surface of the legend. The default
- is flat.
-
- <B>-anchor</B> <I>anchor</I>
- Tells how to position the legend relative to the posi-
- tioning point for the legend. This is dependent on the
- value of the <B>-position</B> option. The default is center.
-
- left or right
- The anchor describes how to position the leg-
- end vertically.
-
- top or bottom
- The anchor describes how to position the leg-
- end horizontally.
-
- @x,y The anchor specifies how to position the leg-
- end relative to the positioning point. For
- example, if <I>anchor</I> is center then the legend
- is centered on the point; if <I>anchor</I> is n then
- the legend will be drawn such that the top
- center point of the rectangular region occu-
- pied by the legend will be at the positioning
- point.
-
- plotarea The anchor specifies how to position the leg-
- end relative to the plotting area. For exam-
- ple, if <I>anchor</I> is center then the legend is
- centered in the plotting area; if <I>anchor</I> is
- ne then the legend will be drawn such that
- occupies the upper right corner of the plot-
- ting area.
-
- of the legend (if such border is being drawn; the <B>relief</B>
- option determines this). The default is 2 pixels.
-
- <B>-font</B> <I>fontName</I>
- <I>FontName</I> specifies a font to use when drawing the labels
- of each element into the legend. The default is *-Hel-
- vetica-Bold-R-Normal-*-12-120-*.
-
- <B>-foreground</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the foreground color of the text drawn for the ele-
- ment's label. The default is black.
-
- <B>-hide</B> <I>boolean</I>
- Indicates whether the legend should be displayed. If
- <I>boolean</I> is true, the legend will not be draw. The
- default is no.
-
- <B>-ipadx</B> <I>pad</I>
- Sets the amount of internal padding to be added to the
- width of each legend entry. <I>Pad</I> can be a list of one or
- two screen distances. If <I>pad</I> has two elements, the left
- side of the legend entry is padded by the first distance
- and the right side by the second. If <I>pad</I> is just one
- distance, both the left and right sides are padded
- evenly. The default is 2.
-
- <B>-ipady</B> <I>pad</I>
- Sets an amount of internal padding to be added to the
- height of each legend entry. <I>Pad</I> can be a list of one or
- two screen distances. If <I>pad</I> has two elements, the top
- of the entry is padded by the first distance and the bot-
- tom by the second. If <I>pad</I> is just one distance, both the
- top and bottom of the entry are padded evenly. The
- default is 2.
-
- <B>-padx</B> <I>pad</I>
- Sets the padding to the left and right exteriors of the
- legend. <I>Pad</I> can be a list of one or two screen dis-
- tances. If <I>pad</I> has two elements, the left side of the
- legend is padded by the first distance and the right side
- by the second. If <I>pad</I> has just one distance, both the
- left and right sides are padded evenly. The default is
- 4.
-
- <B>-pady</B> <I>pad</I>
- Sets the padding above and below the legend. <I>Pad</I> can be
- a list of one or two screen distances. If <I>pad</I> has two
- elements, the area above the legend is padded by the
- first distance and the area below by the second. If <I>pad</I>
- is just one distance, both the top and bottom areas are
- padded evenly. The default is 0.
-
- drawn on top of any elements that may overlap it. The
- default is no.
-
- <B>-relief</B> <I>relief</I>
- Specifies the 3-D effect for the border around the leg-
- end. <I>Relief</I> specifies how the interior of the legend
- should appear relative to the bar chart; for example,
- raised means the legend should appear to protrude from
- the bar chart, relative to the surface of the bar chart.
- The default is sunken.
-
- Legend configuration options may also be set by the <B>option</B> com-
- mand. The resource name and class are legend and Legend respec-
- tively. option add *Barchart.legend.Foreground blue option add
- *Barchart.Legend.Relief raised
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>legend</B> <B>deactivate</B> <I>pattern</I>...
- Selects legend entries to be drawn using the normal legend col-
- ors and relief. All entries whose element names match <I>pattern</I>
- are selected. To be selected, the element name must match only
- one <I>pattern</I>.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>legend</B> <B>get</B> <I>pos</I>
- Returns the name of the element whose entry is at the screen
- position <I>pos</I> in the legend. <I>Pos</I> must be in the form "<I>@x,y</I>",
- where <I>x</I> and <I>y</I> are window coordinates. If the given coordinates
- do not lie over a legend entry, "" is returned.
-
- <B>PEN</B> <B>COMPONENTS</B>
- Pens define attributes for elements. Pens mirror the configuration
- options of data elements that pertain to how symbols and lines are
- drawn. Data elements use pens to determine how they are drawn. A data
- element may use several pens at once. In this case, the pen used for a
- particular data point is determined from each element's weight vector
- (see the element's <B>-weight</B> and <B>-style</B> options).
-
- One pen, called activeBar, is automatically created. It's used as the
- default active pen for elements. So you can change the active
- attributes for all elements by simply reconfiguring this pen. .g pen
- configure "activeBar" -fg green -bg green4 You can create and use sev-
- eral pens. To create a pen, invoke the pen component and its create
- operation. .g pen create myPen You map pens to a data element using
- either the element's <B>-pen</B> or <B>-activepen</B> options. .g element create
- "e1" -xdata $x -ydata $tempData \
- -pen myPen An element can use several pens at once. This is done by
- specifying the name of the pen in the element's style list (see the
- <B>-styles</B> option). .g element configure "e1" -styles { myPen 2.0 3.0 }
- This says that any data point with a weight between 2.0 and 3.0 is to
- be drawn using the pen myPen. All other points are drawn with the ele-
- ment's default attributes.
-
- The following operations are available for pen components.
- <I>value</I>. The following options are valid for pens.
-
- <B>-background</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the the color of the border around each bar. The
- default is white.
-
- <B>-borderwidth</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Sets the border width of the 3-D border drawn around the
- outside of each bar. The <B>-relief</B> option determines if
- such a border is drawn. <I>Pixels</I> must be a valid screen
- distance like 2 or 0.25i. The default is 2.
-
- <B>-foreground</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the color of the interior of the bars.
-
- <B>-relief</B> <I>string</I>
- Specifies the 3-D effect desired for bars. <I>Relief</I> indi-
- cates how the interior of the bar should appear relative
- to the surface of the chart; for example, raised means
- the bar should appear to protrude from the bar chart,
- relative to the surface of the plotting area. The
- default is raised.
-
- <B>-stipple</B> <I>bitmap</I>
- Specifies a stipple pattern with which to draw the bars.
- If <I>bitmap</I> is "", then the bar is drawn in a solid fash-
- ion.
-
- <B>-type</B> <I>elemType</I>
- Specifies the type of element the pen is to be used with.
- This option should only be employed when creating the
- pen. This is for those that wish to mix different types
- of elements (bars and lines) on the same graph. The
- default type is "bar".
-
- Pen configuration options may be also be set by the <B>option</B> com-
- mand. The resource class is Pen. The resource names are the
- names of the pens. option add *Barchart.Pen.Foreground
- blue option add *Barchart.activeBar.foreground green
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>pen</B> <B>create</B> <I>penName</I> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?...
- Creates a new pen by the name <I>penName</I>. No pen by the same name
- can already exist. <I>Option</I> and <I>value</I> are described in above in
- the pen <B>configure</B> operation.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>pen</B> <B>delete</B> ?<I>penName</I>?...
- Deletes the named pens. A pen is not really deleted until it is
- not longer in use, so it's safe to delete pens mapped to ele-
- ments.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>pen</B> <B>names</B> ?<I>pattern</I>?...
- Returns a list of pens matching zero or more patterns. If no
- <I>option</I>. <I>Option</I> may be any option described below for the post-
- script <B>configure</B> operation.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>postscript</B> <B>configure</B> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?...
- Queries or modifies the configuration options for PostScript
- generation. If <I>option</I> isn't specified, a list describing the
- current postscript options for <I>pathName</I> is returned. If <I>option</I>
- is specified, but not <I>value</I>, then a list describing <I>option</I> is
- returned. If one or more <I>option</I> and <I>value</I> pairs are specified,
- then for each pair, the postscript option <I>option</I> is set to
- <I>value</I>. The following postscript options are available.
-
- <B>-center</B> <I>boolean</I>
- Indicates whether the plot should be centered on the
- PostScript page. If <I>boolean</I> is false, the plot will be
- placed in the upper left corner of the page. The default
- is 1.
-
- <B>-colormap</B> <I>varName</I>
- <I>VarName</I> must be the name of a global array variable that
- specifies a color mapping from the X color name to Post-
- Script. Each element of <I>varName</I> must consist of Post-
- Script code to set a particular color value (e.g. ``1.0
- 1.0 0.0 setrgbcolor''). When generating color informa-
- tion in PostScript, the array variable <I>varName</I> is checked
- if an element of the name as the color exists. If so, it
- uses its value as the PostScript command to set the
- color. If this option hasn't been specified, or if there
- isn't an entry in <I>varName</I> for a given color, then it uses
- the red, green, and blue intensities from the X color.
-
- <B>-colormode</B> <I>mode</I>
- Specifies how to output color information. <I>Mode</I> must be
- either color (for full color output), gray (convert all
- colors to their gray-scale equivalents) or mono (convert
- foreground colors to black and background colors to
- white). The default mode is color.
-
- <B>-fontmap</B> <I>varName</I>
- <I>VarName</I> must be the name of a global array variable that
- specifies a font mapping from the X font name to Post-
- Script. Each element of <I>varName</I> must consist of a Tcl
- list with one or two elements; the name and point size of
- a PostScript font. When outputting PostScript commands
- for a particular font, the array variable <I>varName</I> is
- checked to see if an element by the specified font
- exists. If there is such an element, then the font
- information contained in that element is used in the
- PostScript output. (If the point size is omitted from
- the list, the point size of the X font is used). Other-
- wise the X font is examined in an attempt to guess what
- PostScript font to use. This works only for fonts whose
- widget's height. The default is 0.
-
- <B>-landscape</B> <I>boolean</I>
- If <I>boolean</I> is true, this specifies the printed area is to
- be rotated 90 degrees. In non-rotated output the X-axis
- of the printed area runs along the short dimension of the
- page (``portrait'' orientation); in rotated output the
- X-axis runs along the long dimension of the page (``land-
- scape'' orientation). Defaults to 0.
-
- <B>-maxpect</B> <I>boolean</I>
- Indicates to scale the plot so that it fills the Post-
- Script page. The aspect ratio of the barchart is still
- retained. The default is 0.
-
- <B>-padx</B> <I>pad</I>
- Sets the horizontal padding for the left and right page
- borders. The borders are exterior to the plot. <I>Pad</I> can
- be a list of one or two screen distances. If <I>pad</I> has two
- elements, the left border is padded by the first distance
- and the right border by the second. If <I>pad</I> has just one
- distance, both the left and right borders are padded
- evenly. The default is 1i.
-
- <B>-pady</B> <I>pad</I>
- Sets the vertical padding for the top and bottom page
- borders. The borders are exterior to the plot. <I>Pad</I> can
- be a list of one or two screen distances. If <I>pad</I> has two
- elements, the top border is padded by the first distance
- and the bottom border by the second. If <I>pad</I> has just one
- distance, both the top and bottom borders are padded
- evenly. The default is 1i.
-
- <B>-paperheight</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Sets the height of the postscript page. This can be used
- to select between different page sizes (letter, A4, etc).
- The default height is 11.0i.
-
- <B>-paperwidth</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Sets the width of the postscript page. This can be used
- to select between different page sizes (letter, A4, etc).
- The default width is 8.5i.
-
- <B>-width</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Sets the width of the plot. This lets you generate a
- plot of a width different from that of the widget. If
- <I>pixels</I> is 0, the width is the same as the widget's width.
- The default is 0.
-
- Postscript configuration options may be also be set by the
- <B>option</B> command. The resource name and class are postscript and
- Postscript respectively. option add *Barchart.postscript.Deco-
-
- with a particular element, so that when the element is hidden or un-
- hidden, so is the marker. By default, markers are the last items
- drawn, so that data elements will appear in behind them. You can
- change this by configuring the <B>-under</B> option.
-
- Markers, in contrast to elements, don't affect the scaling of the coor-
- dinate axes. They can also have <I>elastic</I> coordinates (specified by -Inf
- and Inf respectively) that translate into the minimum or maximum limit
- of the axis. For example, you can place a marker so it always remains
- in the lower left corner of the plotting area, by using the coordinates
- -Inf,-Inf.
-
- The following operations are available for markers.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>after</B> <I>markerId</I> ?<I>afterId</I>?
- Changes the order of the markers, drawing the first marker after
- the second. If no second <I>afterId</I> argument is specified, the
- marker is placed at the end of the display list. This command
- can be used to control how markers are displayed since markers
- are drawn in the order of this display list.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>before</B> <I>markerId</I> ?<I>beforeId</I>?
- Changes the order of the markers, drawing the first marker
- before the second. If no second <I>beforeId</I> argument is specified,
- the marker is placed at the beginning of the display list. This
- command can be used to control how markers are displayed since
- markers are drawn in the order of this display list.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>bind</B> <I>tagName</I> ?<I>sequence</I>? ?<I>command</I>?
- Associates <I>command</I> with <I>tagName</I> such that whenever the event
- sequence given by <I>sequence</I> occurs for a marker with this tag,
- <I>command</I> will be invoked. The syntax is similar to the <B>bind</B> com-
- mand except that it operates on graph markers, rather than wid-
- gets. See the <B>bind</B> manual entry for complete details on <I>sequence</I>
- and the substitutions performed on <I>command</I> before invoking it.
-
- If all arguments are specified then a new binding is created,
- replacing any existing binding for the same <I>sequence</I> and <I>tag-</I>
- <I>Name</I>. If the first character of <I>command</I> is + then <I>command</I> aug-
- ments an existing binding rather than replacing it. If no <I>com-</I>
- <I>mand</I> argument is provided then the command currently associated
- with <I>tagName</I> and <I>sequence</I> (it's an error occurs if there's no
- such binding) is returned. If both <I>command</I> and <I>sequence</I> are
- missing then a list of all the event sequences for which bind-
- ings have been defined for <I>tagName</I>.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>cget</B> <I>option</I>
- Returns the current value of the marker configuration option
- given by <I>option</I>. <I>Option</I> may be any option described below in
- the <B>configure</B> operation.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>configure</B> <I>markerId</I> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?...
- determine how events for markers are handled. Each tag
- in the list matching the current event sequence will have
- its Tcl command executed. Implicitly the name of the
- marker is always the first tag in the list. The default
- value is all.
-
- <B>-coords</B> <I>coordList</I>
- Specifies the coordinates of the marker. <I>CoordList</I> is a
- list of graph-coordinates. The number of coordinates
- required is dependent on the type of marker. Text,
- image, and window markers need only two coordinates (an
- X-Y coordinate). Bitmap markers can take either two or
- four coordinates (if four, they represent the corners of
- the bitmap). Line markers need at least four coordinates,
- polygons at least six. If <I>coordList</I> is "", the marker
- will not be displayed. The default is "".
-
- <B>-element</B> <I>elemName</I>
- Links the marker with the element <I>elemName</I>. The marker
- is drawn only if the element is also currently displayed
- (see the element's <B>show</B> operation). If <I>elemName</I> is "",
- the marker is always drawn. The default is "".
-
- <B>-hide</B> <I>boolean</I>
- Indicates whether the marker is drawn. If <I>boolean</I> is
- true, the marker is not drawn. The default is no.
-
- <B>-mapx</B> <I>xAxis</I>
- Specifies the X-axis to map the marker's X-coordinates
- onto. <I>XAxis</I> must the name of an axis. The default is x.
-
- <B>-mapy</B> <I>yAxis</I>
- Specifies the Y-axis to map the marker's Y-coordinates
- onto. <I>YAxis</I> must the name of an axis. The default is y.
-
- <B>-name</B> <I>markerId</I>
- Changes the identifier for the marker. The identifier
- <I>markerId</I> can not already be used by another marker. If
- this option isn't specified, the marker's name is
- uniquely generated.
-
- <B>-under</B> <I>boolean</I>
- Indicates whether the marker is drawn below/above data
- elements. If <I>boolean</I> is true, the marker is be drawn
- underneath the data elements. Otherwise, the marker is
- drawn on top of the element. The default is 0.
-
- <B>-xoffset</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Specifies a screen distance to offset the marker horizon-
- tally. <I>Pixels</I> is a valid screen distance, such as 2 or
- 1.2i. The default is 0.
-
- Creates a marker of the selected type. <I>Type</I> may be either text,
- line, bitmap, image, polygon, or window. This command returns
- the marker identifier, used as the <I>markerId</I> argument in the
- other marker-related commands. If the <B>-name</B> option is used,
- this overrides the normal marker identifier. If the name pro-
- vided is already used for another marker, the new marker will
- replace the old.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>delete</B> ?<I>name</I>?...
- Removes one of more markers. The graph will automatically be
- redrawn without the marker..
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>exists</B> <I>markerId</I>
- Returns 1 if the marker <I>markerId</I> exists and 0 otherwise.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>names</B> ?<I>pattern</I>?
- Returns the names of all the markers that currently exist. If
- <I>pattern</I> is supplied, only those markers whose names match it
- will be returned.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>type</B> <I>markerId</I>
- Returns the type of the marker given by <I>markerId</I>, such as line
- or text. If <I>markerId</I> is not a valid a marker identifier, "" is
- returned.
-
- <B>BITMAP</B> <B>MARKERS</B>
- A bitmap marker displays a bitmap. The size of the bitmap is con-
- trolled by the number of coordinates specified. If two coordinates,
- they specify the position of the top-left corner of the bitmap. The
- bitmap retains its normal width and height. If four coordinates, the
- first and second pairs of coordinates represent the corners of the bit-
- map. The bitmap will be stretched or reduced as necessary to fit into
- the bounding rectangle.
-
- Bitmap markers are created with the marker's <B>create</B> operation in the
- form: <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>create</B> <B>bitmap</B> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... There may be
- many <I>option</I>-<I>value</I> pairs, each sets a configuration options for the
- marker. These same <I>option</I>-<I>value</I> pairs may be used with the marker's
- <B>configure</B> operation.
-
- The following options are specific to bitmap markers:
-
- <B>-background</B> <I>color</I>
- Same as the <B>-fill</B> option.
-
- <B>-bitmap</B> <I>bitmap</I>
- Specifies the bitmap to be displayed. If <I>bitmap</I> is "", the
- marker will not be displayed. The default is "".
-
- <B>-fill</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the background color of the bitmap. If <I>color</I> is the empty
- string, no background will be transparent. The default back-
-
- <B>-rotate</B> <I>theta</I>
- Sets the rotation of the bitmap. <I>Theta</I> is a real number repre-
- senting the angle of rotation in degrees. The marker is first
- rotated and then placed according to its anchor position. The
- default rotation is 0.0.
-
- <B>IMAGE</B> <B>MARKERS</B>
- A image marker displays an image. Image markers are created with the
- marker's <B>create</B> operation in the form: <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>create</B> <B>image</B>
- ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... There may be many <I>option</I>-<I>value</I> pairs, each sets a
- configuration option for the marker. These same <I>option</I>-<I>value</I> pairs may
- be used with the marker's <B>configure</B> operation.
-
- The following options are specific to image markers:
-
- <B>-anchor</B> <I>anchor</I>
- <I>Anchor</I> tells how to position the image relative to the position-
- ing point for the image. For example, if <I>anchor</I> is center then
- the image is centered on the point; if <I>anchor</I> is n then the
- image will be drawn such that the top center point of the rect-
- angular region occupied by the image will be at the positioning
- point. This option defaults to center.
-
- <B>-image</B> <I>image</I>
- Specifies the image to be drawn. If <I>image</I> is "", the marker
- will not be drawn. The default is "".
-
- <B>LINE</B> <B>MARKERS</B>
- A line marker displays one or more connected line segments. Line mark-
- ers are created with marker's <B>create</B> operation in the form: <I>pathName</I>
- <B>marker</B> <B>create</B> <B>line</B> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... There may be many <I>option</I>-<I>value</I>
- pairs, each sets a configuration option for the marker. These same
- <I>option</I>-<I>value</I> pairs may be used with the marker's <B>configure</B> operation.
-
- The following options are specific to line markers:
-
- <B>-dashes</B> <I>dashList</I>
- Sets the dash style of the line. <I>DashList</I> is a list of up to 11
- numbers that alternately represent the lengths of the dashes and
- gaps on the line. Each number must be between 1 and 255. If
- <I>dashList</I> is "", the marker line will be solid.
-
- <B>-fill</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the background color of the line. This color is used with
- striped lines (see the <B>-dashes</B> option). If <I>color</I> is the empty
- string, no background color is drawn (the line will be dashed,
- not striped). The default background color is "".
-
- <B>-linewidth</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Sets the width of the lines. The default width is 0.
-
- in the form: <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>create</B> <B>polygon</B> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... There
- may be many <I>option</I>-<I>value</I> pairs, each sets a configuration option for
- the marker. These same <I>option</I>-<I>value</I> pairs may be used with the <B>marker</B>
- <B>configure</B> command to change the marker's configuration. The following
- options are supported for polygon markers:
-
- <B>-dashes</B> <I>dashList</I>
- Sets the dash style of the outline of the polygon. <I>DashList</I> is a
- list of up to 11 numbers that alternately represent the lengths
- of the dashes and gaps on the outline. Each number must be
- between 1 and 255. If <I>dashList</I> is "", the outline will be a
- solid line.
-
- <B>-fill</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the fill color of the polygon. If <I>color</I> is "", then the
- interior of the polygon is transparent. The default is white.
-
- <B>-linewidth</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Sets the width of the outline of the polygon. If <I>pixels</I> is zero,
- no outline is drawn. The default is 0.
-
- <B>-outline</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the color of the outline of the polygon. If the polygon is
- stippled (see the <B>-stipple</B> option), then this represents the
- foreground color of the stipple. The default is black.
-
- <B>-stipple</B> <I>bitmap</I>
- Specifies that the polygon should be drawn with a stippled pat-
- tern rather than a solid color. <I>Bitmap</I> specifies a bitmap to use
- as the stipple pattern. If <I>bitmap</I> is "", then the polygon is
- filled with a solid color (if the <B>-fill</B> option is set). The
- default is "".
-
- <B>TEXT</B> <B>MARKERS</B>
- A text marker displays a string of characters on one or more lines of
- text. Embedded newlines cause line breaks. They may be used to anno-
- tate regions of the graph. Text markers are created with the <B>create</B>
- operation in the form: <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>create</B> <B>text</B> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?...
- There may be many <I>option</I>-<I>value</I> pairs, each sets a configuration option
- for the text marker. These same <I>option</I>-<I>value</I> pairs may be used with
- the marker's <B>configure</B> operation.
-
- The following options are specific to text markers:
-
- <B>-anchor</B> <I>anchor</I>
- <I>Anchor</I> tells how to position the text relative to the position-
- ing point for the text. For example, if <I>anchor</I> is center then
- the text is centered on the point; if <I>anchor</I> is n then the text
- will be drawn such that the top center point of the rectangular
- region occupied by the text will be at the positioning point.
- This default is center.
-
-
- <B>-justify</B> <I>justify</I>
- Specifies how the text should be justified. This matters only
- when the marker contains more than one line of text. <I>Justify</I>
- must be left, right, or center. The default is center.
-
- <B>-outline</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the color of the text. The default value is black.
-
- <B>-padx</B> <I>pad</I>
- Sets the padding to the left and right exteriors of the text.
- <I>Pad</I> can be a list of one or two screen distances. If <I>pad</I> has
- two elements, the left side of the text is padded by the first
- distance and the right side by the second. If <I>pad</I> has just one
- distance, both the left and right sides are padded evenly. The
- default is 4.
-
- <B>-pady</B> <I>pad</I>
- Sets the padding above and below the text. <I>Pad</I> can be a list of
- one or two screen distances. If <I>pad</I> has two elements, the area
- above the text is padded by the first distance and the area
- below by the second. If <I>pad</I> is just one distance, both the top
- and bottom areas are padded evenly. The default is 4.
-
- <B>-rotate</B> <I>theta</I>
- Specifies the number of degrees to rotate the text. <I>Theta</I> is a
- real number representing the angle of rotation. The marker is
- first rotated along its center and is then drawn according to
- its anchor position. The default is 0.0.
-
- <B>-text</B> <I>text</I>
- Specifies the text of the marker. The exact way the text is
- displayed may be affected by other options such as <B>-anchor</B> or
- <B>-rotate</B>.
-
- <B>WINDOW</B> <B>MARKERS</B>
- A window marker displays a widget at a given position. Window markers
- are created with the marker's <B>create</B> operation in the form: <I>pathName</I>
- <B>marker</B> <B>create</B> <B>window</B> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... There may be many <I>option</I>-<I>value</I>
- pairs, each sets a configuration option for the marker. These same
- <I>option</I>-<I>value</I> pairs may be used with the marker's <B>configure</B> command.
-
- The following options are specific to window markers:
-
- <B>-anchor</B> <I>anchor</I>
- <I>Anchor</I> tells how to position the widget relative to the posi-
- tioning point for the widget. For example, if <I>anchor</I> is center
- then the widget is centered on the point; if <I>anchor</I> is n then
- the widget will be displayed such that the top center point of
- the rectangular region occupied by the widget will be at the
- positioning point. This option defaults to center.
-
-
-</PRE>
-<H2>GRAPH COMPONENT BINDINGS</H2><PRE>
- Specific barchart components, such as elements, markers and legend
- entries, can have a command trigger when event occurs in them, much
- like canvas items in Tk's canvas widget. Not all event sequences are
- valid. The only binding events that may be specified are those related
- to the mouse and keyboard (such as <B>Enter</B>, <B>Leave</B>, <B>ButtonPress</B>, <B>Motion</B>,
- and <B>KeyPress</B>).
-
- Only one element or marker can be picked during an event. This means,
- that if the mouse is directly over both an element and a marker, only
- the uppermost component is selected. This isn't true for legend
- entries. Both a legend entry and an element (or marker) binding com-
- mands will be invoked if both items are picked.
-
- It is possible for multiple bindings to match a particular event. This
- could occur, for example, if one binding is associated with the element
- name and another is associated with one of the element's tags (see the
- <B>-bindtags</B> option). When this occurs, all of the matching bindings are
- invoked. A binding associated with the element name is invoked first,
- followed by one binding for each of the element's bindtags. If there
- are multiple matching bindings for a single tag, then only the most
- specific binding is invoked. A continue command in a binding script
- terminates that script, and a break command terminates that script and
- skips any remaining scripts for the event, just as for the bind com-
- mand.
-
- The <B>-bindtags</B> option for these components controls addition tag names
- which can be matched. Implicitly elements and markers always have tags
- matching their names. Setting the value of the <B>-bindtags</B> option
- doesn't change this.
-
-
-</PRE>
-<H2>C LANGUAGE API</H2><PRE>
- You can manipulate data elements from the C language. There may be
- situations where it is too expensive to translate the data values from
- ASCII strings. Or you might want to read data in a special file for-
- mat.
-
- Data can manipulated from the C language using BLT vectors. You spec-
- ify the X-Y data coordinates of an element as vectors and manipulate
- the vector from C. The barchart will be redrawn automatically after
- the vectors are updated.
-
- From Tcl, create the vectors and configure the element to use them.
- vector X Y .g element configure line1 -xdata X -ydata Y To set data
- points from C, you pass the values as arrays of doubles using the
- <B>Blt_ResetVector</B> call. The vector is reset with the new data and at the
- next idle point (when Tk re-enters its event loop), the graph will be
- redrawn automatically. #include &lt;tcl.h&gt; #include &lt;blt.h&gt;
-
- register int i; Blt_Vector *xVec, *yVec; double x[50], y[50];
-
- /* Get the BLT vectors "X" and "Y" (created above from Tcl) */ if
- There may be cases where the bar chart needs to be drawn and updated as
- quickly as possible. If drawing speed becomes a big problem, here are
- a few tips to speed up displays.
-
- <B>o</B> Try to minimize the number of data points. The more data points
- looked at, the more work the bar chart must do.
-
- <B>o</B> If your data is generated as floating point values, the time required
- to convert the data values to and from ASCII strings can be signifi-
- cant, especially when there any many data points. You can avoid the
- redundant string-to-decimal conversions using the C API to BLT vec-
- tors.
-
- <B>o</B> Don't stipple or dash the element. Solid bars are much faster.
-
- <B>o</B> If you update data elements frequently, try turning off the widget's
- <B>-bufferelements</B> option. When the bar chart is first displayed, it
- draws data elements into an internal pixmap. The pixmap acts as a
- cache, so that when the bar chart needs to be redrawn again, and the
- data elements or coordinate axes haven't changed, the pixmap is sim-
- ply copied to the screen. This is especially useful when you are
- using markers to highlight points and regions on the bar chart. But
- if the bar chart is updated frequently, changing either the element
- data or coordinate axes, the buffering becomes redundant.
-
-
-</PRE>
-<H2>LIMITATIONS</H2><PRE>
- Auto-scale routines do not use requested min/max limits as boundaries
- when the axis is logarithmically scaled.
-
- The PostScript output generated for polygons with more than 1500 points
- may exceed the limits of some printers (See PostScript Language Refer-
- ence Manual, page 568). The work-around is to break the polygon into
- separate pieces.
-
-
-</PRE>
-<H2>KEYWORDS</H2><PRE>
- bar chart, widget
-
-
-
-BLT BLT_VERSION barchart(n)
-</PRE>
-<HR>
-<ADDRESS>
-Man(1) output converted with
-<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
-</ADDRESS>
-</BODY>
-</HTML>
diff --git a/tkblt/doc/barchart.n b/tkblt/doc/barchart.n
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a9dac8..0000000
--- a/tkblt/doc/barchart.n
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2239 +0,0 @@
-'\"
-'\" Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
-'\" This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
-'\" available under the same terms.
-'\"
-'\" Copyright 1991-1998 by Bell Labs Innovations for Lucent Technologies.
-'\"
-'\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-'\" documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided
-'\" that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that the
-'\" copyright notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting documentation,
-'\" and that the names of Lucent Technologies any of their entities not be used
-'\" in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software
-'\" without specific, written prior permission.
-'\"
-'\" Lucent Technologies disclaims all warranties with regard to this software,
-'\" including all implied warranties of merchantability and fitness. In no event
-'\" shall Lucent Technologies be liable for any special, indirect or
-'\" consequential damages or any damages whatsoever resulting from loss of use,
-'\" data or profits, whether in an action of contract, negligence or other
-'\" tortuous action, arising out of or in connection with the use or performance
-'\" of this software.
-'\"
-'\" Barchart widget created by Sani Nassif and George Howlett.
-'\"
-.TH barchart n BLT_VERSION BLT "BLT Built-In Commands"
-.BS
-'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
-.SH NAME
-barchart \- Bar chart for plotting X-Y coordinate data.
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-\fBbarchart\fI \fIpathName \fR?\fIoption value\fR?...
-.BE
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The \fBbarchart\fR command creates a bar chart for plotting
-two-dimensional data (X-Y coordinates). A bar chart is a graphic means
-of comparing numbers by displaying bars of lengths proportional to the
-y-coordinates of the points they represented. The bar chart has many
-configurable components: coordinate axes, elements, legend, grid
-lines, cross hairs, etc. They allow you to customize the look and
-feel of the graph.
-.SH INTRODUCTION
-The \fBbarchart\fR command creates a new window for plotting
-two-dimensional data (X-Y coordinates), using bars of
-various lengths to represent the data points. The bars are drawn in a
-rectangular area displayed in the center of the new window. This is the
-\fIplotting area\fR. The coordinate axes are drawn in
-the margins surrounding the plotting area. By default, the legend is
-drawn in the right margin. The title is displayed in top margin.
-.PP
-A \fBbarchart\fR widget has several configurable components:
-coordinate axes, data elements, legend, grid, cross hairs, pens,
-postscript, and annotation markers. Each component can be queried or
-modified.
-.TP 1i
-\f(CWaxis\fR
-
-Up to four coordinate axes (two X\-coordinate and two Y\-coordinate
-axes) can be displayed, but you can create and use any number of
-axes. Axes control what region of data is displayed and how the data
-is scaled. Each axis consists of the axis line, title, major and minor
-ticks, and tick labels. Tick labels display the value at each major
-tick.
-.TP 1i
-\f(CWcrosshairs\fR
-Cross hairs are used to position the mouse pointer relative to the X
-and Y coordinate axes. Two perpendicular lines, intersecting at the
-current location of the mouse, extend across the plotting area to the
-coordinate axes.
-.TP 1i
-\f(CWelement\fR
-An element represents a set of data to be plotted. It contains an x
-and y vector of values representing the data points. Each
-data point is displayed as a bar where the length of the bar is
-proportional to the ordinate (Y-coordinate) of the data point.
-The appearance of the bar, such as its color, stipple, or relief
-is configurable.
-.sp
-A special case exists when two or more data points have the same
-abscissa (X-coordinate). By default, the bars are overlayed, one on
-top of the other. The bars are drawn in the order of the element
-display list. But you can also configure the bars to be displayed in
-two other ways. They may be displayed as a stack, where each bar
-(with the same abscissa) is stacked on the previous. Or they can be
-drawn side-by-side as thin bars. The width of each bar is a function
-of the number of data points with the same abscissa.
-.TP 1i
-\f(CWgrid\fR
-Extends the major and minor ticks of the X\-axis and/or Y\-axis across the
-plotting area.
-.TP 1i
-\f(CWlegend\fR
-The legend displays the name and symbol of each data element.
-The legend can be drawn in any margin or in the plotting area.
-.TP 1i
-\f(CWmarker\fR
-Markers are used annotate or highlight areas of the graph. For
-example, you could use a text marker to label a particular data
-point. Markers come in various forms: text strings, bitmaps, connected
-line segments, images, polygons, or embedded widgets.
-.TP 1i
-\f(CWpen\fR
-Pens define attributes for elements. Data elements use pens to
-specify how they should be drawn. A data element may use many pens at
-once. Here the particular pen used for a data point is determined
-from each element's weight vector (see the element's \fB\-weight\fR
-and \fB\-style\fR options).
-.TP 1i
-\f(CWpostscript\fR
-The widget can generate encapsulated PostScript output. This component
-has several options to configure how the PostScript is generated.
-.SH SYNTAX
-.DS
-\fBbarchart \fIpathName \fR?\fIoption value\fR?...
-.DE
-The \fBbarchart\fR command creates a new window \fIpathName\fR and makes
-it into a \fBbarchart\fR widget. At the time this command is invoked, there
-must not exist a window named \fIpathName\fR, but \fIpathName\fR's
-parent must exist. Additional options may be specified on the
-command line or in the option database to configure aspects of the
-graph such as its colors and font. See the \fBconfigure\fR operation
-below for the exact details about what \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR
-pairs are valid.
-.PP
-If successful, \fBbarchart\fR returns the path name of the widget. It
-also creates a new Tcl command by the same name. You can use this
-command to invoke various operations that query or modify the graph.
-The general form is:
-.DS
-\fIpathName \fIoperation\fR \fR?\fIarg\fR?...
-.DE
-Both \fIoperation\fR and its arguments determine the exact behavior of
-the command. The operations available for the graph are described in
-the
-.SB "BARCHART OPERATIONS"
-section.
-.PP
-The command can also be used to access components of the graph.
-.DS
-\fIpathName component operation\fR ?\fIarg\fR?...
-.DE
-The operation, now located after the name of the component, is the
-function to be performed on that component. Each component has its own
-set of operations that manipulate that component. They will be
-described below in their own sections.
-.SH EXAMPLE
-The \fBbarchart\fR command creates a new bar chart.
-.CS
-# Create a new bar chart. Plotting area is black.
-barchart .b -plotbackground black
-.CE
-A new Tcl command \f(CW.b\fR is created. This command can be used
-to query and modify the bar chart. For
-example, to change the title of the graph to "My Plot", you use the
-new command and the \fBconfigure\fR operation.
-.CS
-# Change the title.
-\&.b configure -title "My Plot"
-.CE
-To add data elements, you use the command and the \fBelement\fR component.
-.CS
-# Create a new element named "e1"
-\&.b element create e1 \\
- -xdata { 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 } \\
- -ydata { 26.18 50.46 72.85 93.31 111.86 128.47 143.14
- 155.85 166.60 175.38 }
-.CE
-The element's X-Y coordinates are specified using lists of
-numbers. Alternately, BLT vectors could be used to hold the X-Y
-coordinates.
-.CS
-# Create two vectors and add them to the barchart.
-vector xVector yVector
-xVector set { 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 }
-yVector set { 26.18 50.46 72.85 93.31 111.86 128.47 143.14 155.85
- 166.60 175.38 }
-\&n.b element create e1 -xdata xVector -ydata yVector
-.CE
-The advantage of using vectors is that when you modify one, the graph
-is automatically redrawn to reflect the new values.
-.CS
-# Change the y coordinate of the first point.
-set yVector(0) 25.18
-.CE
-An element named \f(CWe1\fR is now created in \f(CW.b\fR. It
-is automatically added to the display list of elements. You can
-use this list to control in what order elements are displayed.
-To query or reset the element display list, you use the element's
-\fBshow\fR operation.
-.CS
-# Get the current display list
-set elemList [.b element show]
-# Remove the first element so it won't be displayed.
-\&.b element show [lrange $elemList 0 end]
-.CE
-The element will be displayed by as many bars as there are data points
-(in this case there are ten). The bars will be drawn centered at the
-x-coordinate of the data point. All the bars will have the same
-attributes (colors, stipple, etc). The width of each bar is by
-default one unit. You can change this with using the \fB\-barwidth\fR
-option.
-.CS
-# Change the scale of the x-coordinate data
-xVector set { 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 }
-# Make sure we change the bar width too.
-\&.b configure -barwidth 0.2
-.CE
-The height of each bar is proportional to the ordinate (Y-coordinate)
-of the data point.
-.PP
-If two or more data points have the same abscissa (X-coordinate
-value), the bars representing those data points may be drawn in
-various ways.
-The default is to overlay the bars, one on top of the other.
-The ordering is determined from the of element display list. If
-the stacked mode is selected (using the \fB\-barmode\fR configuration
-option), the bars are stacked, each bar above the previous.
-.CS
-# Display the elements as stacked.
-\&.b configure -barmode stacked
-.CE
-If the aligned mode is selected, the bars having the same
-x-coordinates are displayed side by side. The width of each bar is a
-fraction of its normal width, based upon the number of bars with the
-same x-coordinate.
-.CS
-# Display the elements side-by-side.
-\&.b configure -barmode aligned
-.CE
-By default, the element's label in the legend will be also
-\f(CWe1\fR. You can change the label, or specify no legend entry,
-again using the element's \fBconfigure\fR operation.
-.CS
-# Don't display "e1" in the legend.
-\&.b element configure e1 -label ""
-.CE
-You can configure more than just the element's label. An element has
-many attributes such as stipple, foreground and background colors,
-relief, etc.
-.CS
-\&.b element configure e1 -fg red -bg pink \\
- -stipple gray50
-.CE
-Four coordinate axes are automatically created: \f(CWx\fR, \f(CWx2\fR,
-\f(CWy\fR, and \f(CWy2\fR. And by default, elements are mapped onto the
-axes \f(CWx\fR and \f(CWy\fR. This can be changed with the \fB\-mapx\fR
-and \fB\-mapy\fR options.
-.CS
-# Map "e1" on the alternate y axis "y2".
-\&.b element configure e1 -mapy y2
-.CE
-Axes can be configured in many ways too. For example, you change the
-scale of the Y\-axis from linear to log using the \fBaxis\fR component.
-.CS
-# Y-axis is log scale.
-\&.b axis configure y -logscale yes
-.CE
-One important way axes are used is to zoom in on a particular data
-region. Zooming is done by simply specifying new axis limits using
-the \fB\-min\fR and \fB\-max\fR configuration options.
-.CS
-\&.b axis configure x \-min 1.0 \-max 1.5
-\&.b axis configure y \-min 12.0 \-max 55.15
-.CE
-To zoom interactively, you link the\fBaxis configure\fR operations with
-some user interaction (such as pressing the mouse button), using the
-\fBbind\fR command. To convert between screen and graph coordinates,
-use the \fBinvtransform\fR operation.
-.CS
-# Click the button to set a new minimum
-bind .b <ButtonPress-1> {
- %W axis configure x \-min [%W axis invtransform x %x]
- %W axis configure x \-min [%W axis invtransform x %y]
-}
-.CE
-By default, the limits of the axis are determined from data values.
-To reset back to the default limits, set the \fB\-min\fR and
-\fB\-max\fR options to the empty value.
-.CS
-# Reset the axes to autoscale again.
-\&.b axis configure x \-min {} \-max {}
-\&.b axis configure y \-min {} \-max {}
-.CE
-By default, the legend is drawn in the right margin. You can
-change this or any legend configuration options using the
-\fBlegend\fR component.
-.CS
-# Configure the legend font, color, and relief
-\&.b legend configure -position left -relief raised \\
- -font fixed -fg blue
-.CE
-To prevent the legend from being displayed, turn on the \fB\-hide\fR
-option.
-.CS
-# Don't display the legend.
-\&.b legend configure \-hide yes\fR
-.CE
-The \fBbarchart\fR has simple drawing procedures called markers. They can be
-used to highlight or annotate data in the graph. The types of markers
-available are bitmaps, polygons, lines, or windows. Markers can be
-used, for example, to mark or brush points. For example there may be
-a line marker which indicates some low-water value. Markers are created
-using the \fBmarker\fR operation.
-.CS
-# Create a line represent the low water mark at 10.0
-\&.b marker create line -name "low_water" \\
- -coords { -Inf 10.0 Inf 10.0 } \\
- -dashes { 2 4 2 } -fg red -bg blue
-.CE
-This creates a line marker named \f(CWlow_water\fR. It will display a
-horizontal line stretching across the plotting area at the
-y-coordinate 10.0. The coordinates "-Inf" and "Inf" indicate the
-relative minimum and maximum of the axis (in this case the x-axis). By
-default, markers are drawn last, on top of the bars. You can change this
-with the \fB\-under\fR option.
-.CS
-# Draw the marker before elements are drawn.
-\&.b marker configure low_water -under yes
-.CE
-You can add cross hairs or grid lines using the \fBcrosshairs\fR and
-\fBgrid\fR components.
-.CS
-# Display both cross hairs and grid lines.
-\&.b crosshairs configure -hide no -color red
-\&.b grid configure -hide no -dashes { 2 2 }
-.CE
-Finally, to get hardcopy of the graph, use the \fBpostscript\fR
-component.
-.CS
-# Print the bar chart into file "file.ps"
-\&.b postscript output file.ps -maxpect yes -decorations no
-.CE
-This generates a file \f(CWfile.ps\fR containing the encapsulated
-PostScript of the graph. The option \fB\-maxpect\fR says to scale the
-plot to the size of the page. Turning off the \fB\-decorations\fR
-option denotes that no borders or color backgrounds should be
-drawn (i.e. the background of the margins, legend, and plotting
-area will be white).
-.SH SYNTAX
-.DS
-\fBbarchart \fIpathName \fR?\fIoption value\fR?...
-.DE
-The \fBbarchart\fR command creates a new window \fIpathName\fR and makes
-it into a barchart widget. At the time this command is invoked, there
-must not exist a window named \fIpathName\fR, but \fIpathName\fR's
-parent must exist. Additional options may may be specified on the
-command line or in the option database to configure aspects of the
-bar chart such as its colors and font. See the \fBconfigure\fR operation
-below for the exact details as to what \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR
-pairs are valid.
-.PP
-If successful, \fBbarchart\fR returns \fIpathName\fR. It also creates a
-new Tcl command \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke
-various operations to query or modify the bar chart. It has the general
-form:
-.DS
-\fIpathName \fIoperation\fR \fR?\fIarg\fR?...
-.DE
-Both \fIoperation\fR and its arguments determine the exact behavior of
-the command. The operations available for the bar chart are described in
-the following section.
-.SH "BARCHART OPERATIONS"
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBbar \fIelemName \fR?\fIoption value\fR?...
-Creates a new barchart element \fIelemName\fR. It's an
-error if an element \fIelemName\fR already exists.
-See the manual for \fBbarchart\fR for details about
-what \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR pairs are valid.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
-Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
-\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may be any option described
-below for the \fBconfigure\fR operation.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBconfigure \fR?\fIoption value\fR?...
-Queries or modifies the configuration options of the graph. If
-\fIoption\fR isn't specified, a list describing the current
-options for \fIpathName\fR is returned. If \fIoption\fR is specified,
-but not \fIvalue\fR, then a list describing \fIoption\fR is returned.
-If one or more \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR pairs are specified, then
-for each pair, the option \fIoption\fR is set to \fIvalue\fR.
-The following options are valid.
-.RS
-.TP
-\fB\-background \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the background color. This includes the margins and
-legend, but not the plotting area.
-.TP
-\fB\-barmode \fImode\fR
-Indicates how related bar elements will be drawn. Related elements
-have data points with the same abscissas (X-coordinates). \fIMode\fR
-indicates how those segments should be drawn. \fIMode\fR can be
-\f(CWinfront\fR, \f(CWaligned\fR, \f(CWoverlap\fR, or \f(CWstacked\fR.
-The default mode is \f(CWinfront\fR.
-.RS
-.TP 1i
-\f(CWinfront\fR
-Each successive segment is drawn in front of the previous.
-.TP 1i
-\f(CWstacked\fR
-Each successive segment is stacked vertically on top of the previous.
-.TP 1i
-\f(CWaligned\fR
-Segments is displayed aligned from right-to-left.
-.TP 1i
-\f(CWoverlap\fR
-Like \f(CWaligned\fR but segments slightly overlap each other.
-.RE
-.TP
-\fB\-barwidth \fIvalue\fR
-Specifies the width of the bars. This value can be overrided by the
-individual elements using their \fB\-barwidth\fR configuration option.
-\fIValue\fR is the width in terms of graph-coordinates. The
-default width is \f(CW1.0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-borderwidth \fIpixels\fR
-Sets the width of the 3\-D border around the outside edge of the widget. The
-\fB\-relief\fR option determines if the border is to be drawn. The
-default is \f(CW2\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-bottommargin \fIpixels\fR
-Specifies the size of the margin below the X\-coordinate axis. If
-\fIpixels\fR is \f(CW0\fR, the size of the margin is selected automatically.
-The default is \f(CW0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-bufferelements \fIboolean\fR
-Indicates whether an internal pixmap to buffer the display of data
-elements should be used. If \fIboolean\fR is true, data elements are
-drawn to an internal pixmap. This option is especially useful when
-the graph is redrawn frequently while the remains data unchanged (for
-example, moving a marker across the plot). See the
-.SB "SPEED TIPS"
-section.
-The default is \f(CW1\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-cursor \fIcursor\fR
-Specifies the widget's cursor. The default cursor is \f(CWcrosshair\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-font \fIfontName\fR
-Specifies the font of the graph title. The default is
-\f(CW*-Helvetica-Bold-R-Normal-*-18-180-*\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-halo \fIpixels\fR
-Specifies a maximum distance to consider when searching for the
-closest data point (see the element's \fBclosest\fR operation below).
-Data points further than \fIpixels\fR away are ignored. The default is
-\f(CW0.5i\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-height \fIpixels\fR
-Specifies the requested height of widget. The default is
-\f(CW4i\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-invertxy \fIboolean\fR
-Indicates whether the placement X\-axis and Y\-axis should be inverted. If
-\fIboolean\fR is true, the X and Y axes are swapped. The default is
-\f(CW0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-justify \fIjustify\fR
-Specifies how the title should be justified. This matters only when
-the title contains more than one line of text. \fIJustify\fR must be
-\f(CWleft\fR, \f(CWright\fR, or \f(CWcenter\fR. The default is
-\f(CWcenter\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-leftmargin \fIpixels\fR
-Sets the size of the margin from the left edge of the window to
-the Y\-coordinate axis. If \fIpixels\fR is \f(CW0\fR, the size is
-calculated automatically. The default is \f(CW0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-plotbackground \fIcolor\fR
-Specifies the background color of the plotting area. The default is
-\f(CWwhite\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-plotborderwidth \fIpixels\fR
-Sets the width of the 3-D border around the plotting area. The
-\fB\-plotrelief\fR option determines if a border is drawn. The
-default is \f(CW2\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-plotpadx \fIpad\fR
-Sets the amount of padding to be added to the left and right sides of
-the plotting area. \fIPad\fR can be a list of one or two screen
-distances. If \fIpad\fR has two elements, the left side of the
-plotting area entry is padded by the first distance and the right side
-by the second. If \fIpad\fR is just one distance, both the left and
-right sides are padded evenly. The default is \f(CW8\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-plotpady \fIpad\fR
-Sets the amount of padding to be added to the top and bottom of the
-plotting area. \fIPad\fR can be a list of one or two screen
-distances. If \fIpad\fR has two elements, the top of the plotting
-area is padded by the first distance and the bottom by the second. If
-\fIpad\fR is just one distance, both the top and bottom are padded
-evenly. The default is \f(CW8\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-plotrelief \fIrelief\fR
-Specifies the 3-D effect for the plotting area. \fIRelief\fR
-specifies how the interior of the plotting area should appear relative
-to rest of the graph; for example, \f(CWraised\fR means the plot should
-appear to protrude from the graph, relative to the surface of the
-graph. The default is \f(CWsunken\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-relief \fIrelief\fR
-Specifies the 3-D effect for the barchart widget. \fIRelief\fR
-specifies how the graph should appear relative to widget it is packed
-into; for example, \f(CWraised\fR means the graph should
-appear to protrude. The default is \f(CWflat\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-rightmargin \fIpixels\fR
-Sets the size of margin from the plotting area to the right edge of
-the window. By default, the legend is drawn in this margin. If
-\fIpixels\fR is than 1, the margin size is selected automatically.
-.TP
-\fB\-takefocus\fR \fIfocus\fR
-Provides information used when moving the focus from window to window
-via keyboard traversal (e.g., Tab and Shift-Tab). If \fIfocus\fR is
-\f(CW0\fR, this means that this window should be skipped entirely during
-keyboard traversal. \f(CW1\fR means that the this window should always
-receive the input focus. An empty value means that the traversal
-scripts make the decision whether to focus on the window.
-The default is \f(CW""\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-tile \fIimage\fR
-Specifies a tiled background for the widget. If \fIimage\fR isn't
-\f(CW""\fR, the background is tiled using \fIimage\fR.
-Otherwise, the normal background color is drawn (see the
-\fB\-background\fR option). \fIImage\fR must be an image created
-using the Tk \fBimage\fR command. The default is \f(CW""\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-title \fItext\fR
-Sets the title to \fItext\fR. If \fItext\fR is \f(CW""\fR,
-no title will be displayed.
-.TP
-\fB\-topmargin \fIpixels\fR
-Specifies the size of the margin above the x2 axis. If \fIpixels\fR
-is \f(CW0\fR, the margin size is calculated automatically.
-.TP
-\fB\-width \fIpixels\fR
-Specifies the requested width of the widget. The default is
-\f(CW5i\fR.
-.RE
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBcrosshairs \fIoperation \fR?\fIarg\fR?
-See the
-.SB "CROSSHAIRS COMPONENT"
-section.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBelement \fIoperation \fR?\fIarg\fR?...
-See the
-.SB "ELEMENT COMPONENTS"
-section.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBextents \fIitem\fR
-Returns the size of a particular item in the graph. \fIItem\fR must
-be either \f(CWleftmargin\fR, \f(CWrightmargin\fR, \f(CWtopmargin\fR,
-\f(CWbottommargin\fR, \f(CWplotwidth\fR, or \f(CWplotheight\fR.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBgrid \fIoperation \fR?\fIarg\fR?...
-See the
-.SB "GRID COMPONENT"
-section.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBinvtransform \fIwinX winY\fR
-Performs an inverse coordinate transformation, mapping window
-coordinates back to graph-coordinates, using the standard X\-axis and Y\-axis.
-Returns a list of containing the X-Y graph-coordinates.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBinside \fIx y\fR
-Returns \f(CW1\fR is the designated screen-coordinate (\fIx\fR and \fIy\fR)
-is inside the plotting area and \f(CW0\fR otherwise.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBlegend \fIoperation \fR?\fIarg\fR?...
-See the
-.SB "LEGEND COMPONENT"
-section.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBline\fB operation arg\fR...
-The operation is the same as \fBelement\fR.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBmarker \fIoperation \fR?\fIarg\fR?...
-See the
-.SB "MARKER COMPONENTS"
-section.
-.TP
-\fIpathName\fR \fBmetafile\fR ?\fIfileName\fR?
-\fIThis operation is for Window platforms only\fR.
-Creates a Windows enhanced metafile of the barchart.
-If present, \fIfileName\fR is the file name of the new metafile.
-Otherwise, the metafile is automatically added to the clipboard.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBpostscript \fIoperation \fR?\fIarg\fR?...
-See the
-.SB "POSTSCRIPT COMPONENT"
-section.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBsnap \fIphotoName\fR
-Takes a snapshot of the graph and stores the contents in the photo
-image \fIphotoName\fR. \fIPhotoName\fR is the name of a Tk photo
-image that must already exist.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBtransform \fIx y\fR
-Performs a coordinate transformation, mapping graph-coordinates to
-window coordinates, using the standard X\-axis and Y\-axis.
-Returns a list containing the X\-Y screen-coordinates.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBxaxis \fIoperation\fR ?\fIarg\fR?...
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBx2axis \fIoperation\fR ?\fIarg\fR?...
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fByaxis \fIoperation\fR ?\fIarg\fR?...
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBy2axis \fIoperation\fR ?\fIarg\fR?...
-See the
-.SB "AXIS COMPONENTS"
-section.
-.SH "BARCHART COMPONENTS"
-A graph is composed of several components: coordinate axes, data
-elements, legend, grid, cross hairs, postscript, and annotation
-markers. Instead of one big set of configuration options and
-operations, the graph is partitioned, where each component has its own
-configuration options and operations that specifically control that
-aspect or part of the graph.
-.SS "AXIS COMPONENTS"
-Four coordinate axes are automatically created: two X\-coordinate axes
-(\f(CWx\fR and \f(CWx2\fR) and two Y\-coordinate axes (\f(CWy\fR, and
-\f(CWy2\fR). By default, the axis \f(CWx\fR is located in the bottom
-margin, \f(CWy\fR in the left margin, \f(CWx2\fR in the top margin, and
-\f(CWy2\fR in the right margin.
-.PP
-An axis consists of the axis line, title, major and minor ticks, and
-tick labels. Major ticks are drawn at uniform intervals along the
-axis. Each tick is labeled with its coordinate value. Minor ticks
-are drawn at uniform intervals within major ticks.
-.PP
-The range of the axis controls what region of data is plotted.
-Data points outside the minimum and maximum limits of the axis are
-not plotted. By default, the minimum and maximum limits are
-determined from the data, but you can reset either limit.
-.PP
-You can create and use several axes. To create an axis, invoke
-the axis component and its create operation.
-.CS
-# Create a new axis called "temperature"
-\&.b axis create temperature
-.CE
-You map data elements to an axis using the element's \-mapy and \-mapx
-configuration options. They specify the coordinate axes an element
-is mapped onto.
-.CS
-# Now map the temperature data to this axis.
-\&.b element create "temp" \-xdata $x \-ydata $tempData \\
- \-mapy temperature
-.CE
-While you can have many axes, only four axes can be displayed
-simultaneously. They are drawn in each of the margins surrounding
-the plotting area. The axes \f(CWx\fR and \f(CWy\fR are drawn in the
-bottom and left margins. The axes \f(CWx2\fR and \f(CWy2\fR are drawn in
-top and right margins. Only \f(CWx\fR and \f(CWy\fR are shown by
-default. Note that the axes can have different scales.
-.PP
-To display a different axis, you invoke one of the following
-components: \fBxaxis\fR, \fByaxis\fR, \fBx2axis\fR, and \fBy2axis\fR.
-The \fBuse\fR operation designates the axis to be drawn in the
-corresponding margin: \fBxaxis\fR in the bottom, \fByaxis\fR in the left,
-\fBx2axis\fR in the top, and \fBy2axis\fR in the right.
-.CS
-# Display the axis temperature in the left margin.
-\&.b yaxis use temperature
-.CE
-.PP
-You can configure axes in many ways. The axis scale can be linear or
-logarithmic. The values along the axis can either monotonically
-increase or decrease. If you need custom tick labels, you can specify
-a Tcl procedure to format the label any way you wish. You can
-control how ticks are drawn, by changing the major tick interval
-or the number of minor ticks. You can define non-uniform tick intervals,
-such as for time-series plots.
-.PP
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBaxis \fBcget \fIaxisName \fIoption\fR
-Returns the current value of the option given by \fIoption\fR for
-\fIaxisName\fR. \fIOption\fR may be any option described below
-for the axis \fBconfigure\fR operation.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBaxis \fBconfigure \fIaxisName \fR?\fIaxisName\fR?... ?\fIoption value\fR?...
-Queries or modifies the configuration options of \fIaxisName\fR.
-Several axes can be changed. If \fIoption\fR isn't specified, a list
-describing all the current options for \fIaxisName\fR is returned. If
-\fIoption\fR is specified, but not \fIvalue\fR, then a list describing
-\fIoption\fR is returned. If one or more \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR
-pairs are specified, then for each pair, the axis option \fIoption\fR
-is set to \fIvalue\fR. The following options are valid for axes.
-.RS
-.TP
-\fB\-autorange \fIrange\fR
-Sets the range of values for the axis to \fIrange\fR. The axis limits
-are automatically reset to display the most recent data points in this range.
-If \fIrange\fR is 0.0, the range is
-determined from the limits of the data. If \fB\-min\fR or \fB-max\fR
-are specified, they override this option. The default is \f(CW0.0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-color \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the color of the axis and tick labels.
-The default is \f(CWblack\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-command \fIprefix\fR
-Specifies a Tcl command to be invoked when formatting the axis tick
-labels. \fIPrefix\fR is a string containing the name of a Tcl proc and
-any extra arguments for the procedure. This command is invoked for each
-major tick on the axis. Two additional arguments are passed to the
-procedure: the pathname of the widget and the current the numeric
-value of the tick. The procedure returns the formatted tick label. If
-\f(CW""\fR is returned, no label will appear next to the tick. You can
-get the standard tick labels again by setting \fIprefix\fR to
-\f(CW""\fR. The default is \f(CW""\fR.
-.sp 1
-Please note that this procedure is invoked while the bar chart is redrawn.
-You may query the widget's configuration options. But do not reset
-options, because this can have unexpected results.
-.TP
-\fB\-descending \fIboolean\fR
-Indicates whether the values along the axis are monotonically increasing or
-decreasing. If \fIboolean\fR is true, the axis values will be
-decreasing. The default is \f(CW0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-hide \fIboolean\fR
-Indicates whether the axis is displayed.
-.TP
-\fB\-justify \fIjustify\fR
-Specifies how the axis title should be justified. This matters only
-when the axis title contains more than one line of text. \fIJustify\fR
-must be \f(CWleft\fR, \f(CWright\fR, or \f(CWcenter\fR. The default is
-\f(CWcenter\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-limits \fIformatStr\fR
-Specifies a printf-like description to format the minimum and maximum
-limits of the axis. The limits are displayed at the top/bottom or
-left/right sides of the plotting area. \fIFormatStr\fR is a list of
-one or two format descriptions. If one description is supplied, both
-the minimum and maximum limits are formatted in the same way. If two,
-the first designates the format for the minimum limit, the second for
-the maximum. If \f(CW""\fR is given as either description, then
-the that limit will not be displayed. The default is \f(CW""\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-linewidth \fIpixels\fR
-Sets the width of the axis and tick lines. The default is \f(CW1\fR
-pixel.
-.TP
-\fB\-logscale \fIboolean\fR
-Indicates whether the scale of the axis is logarithmic or linear. If
-\fIboolean\fR is true, the axis is logarithmic. The default scale is
-linear.
-.TP
-\fB\-loose \fIboolean\fR
-Indicates whether the limits of the axis should fit the data points tightly,
-at the outermost data points, or loosely, at the outer tick intervals.
-This is relevant only when the axis limit is automatically calculated.
-If \fIboolean\fR is true, the axis range is "loose".
-The default is \f(CW0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-majorticks \fImajorList\fR
-Specifies where to display major axis ticks. You can use this option
-to display ticks at non-uniform intervals. \fIMajorList\fR is a list
-of axis coordinates designating the location of major ticks. No
-minor ticks are drawn. If \fImajorList\fR is \f(CW""\fR,
-major ticks will be automatically computed. The default is \f(CW""\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-max \fIvalue\fR
-Sets the maximum limit of \fIaxisName\fR. Any data point greater
-than \fIvalue\fR is not displayed. If \fIvalue\fR is \f(CW""\fR,
-the maximum limit is calculated using the largest data value.
-The default is \f(CW""\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-min \fIvalue\fR
-Sets the minimum limit of \fIaxisName\fR. Any data point less than
-\fIvalue\fR is not displayed. If \fIvalue\fR is \f(CW""\fR,
-the minimum limit is calculated using the smallest data value.
-The default is \f(CW""\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-minorticks \fIminorList\fR
-Specifies where to display minor axis ticks. You can use this option
-to display minor ticks at non-uniform intervals. \fIMinorList\fR is a
-list of real values, ranging from 0.0 to 1.0, designating the placement of
-a minor tick. No minor ticks are drawn if the \fB\-majortick\fR
-option is also set. If \fIminorList\fR is \f(CW""\fR, minor ticks will
-be automatically computed. The default is \f(CW""\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-rotate \fItheta\fR
-Specifies the how many degrees to rotate the axis tick labels.
-\fITheta\fR is a real value representing the number of degrees
-to rotate the tick labels. The default is \f(CW0.0\fR degrees.
-.TP
-\fB\-shiftby \fIvalue\fR
-Specifies how much to automatically shift the range of the axis.
-When the new data exceeds the current axis maximum, the maximum
-is increased in increments of \fIvalue\fR. You can use this
-option to prevent the axis limits from being recomputed
-at each new time point. If \fIvalue\fR is 0.0, then no automatic
-shifting is down. The default is \f(CW0.0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-showticks \fIboolean\fR
-Indicates whether axis ticks should be drawn. If \fIboolean\fR is
-true, ticks are drawn. If false, only the
-axis line is drawn. The default is \f(CW1\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-stepsize \fIvalue\fR
-Specifies the interval between major axis ticks. If \fIvalue\fR isn't
-a valid interval (must be less than the axis range),
-the request is ignored and the step size is automatically calculated.
-.TP
-\fB\-subdivisions \fInumber\fR
-Indicates how many minor axis ticks are
-to be drawn. For example, if \fInumber\fR is two, only one minor
-tick is drawn. If \fInumber\fR is one, no minor ticks are
-displayed. The default is \f(CW2\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-tickfont \fIfontName\fR
-Specifies the font for axis tick labels. The default is
-\f(CW*-Courier-Bold-R-Normal-*-100-*\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-ticklength \fIpixels\fR
-Sets the length of major and minor ticks (minor ticks are half the
-length of major ticks). If \fIpixels\fR is less than zero, the axis
-will be inverted with ticks drawn pointing towards the plot. The
-default is \f(CW0.1i\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-title \fItext\fR
-Sets the title of the axis. If \fItext\fR is
-\f(CW""\fR, no axis title will be displayed.
-.TP
-\fB\-titlecolor \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the color of the axis title. The default is \f(CWblack\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-titlefont \fIfontName\fR
-Specifies the font for axis title. The default is
-\f(CW*-Helvetica-Bold-R-Normal-*-14-140-*\fR.
-.PP
-Axis configuration options may be also be set by the \fBoption\fR
-command. The resource class is \f(CWAxis\fR. The resource names
-are the names of the axes (such as \f(CWx\fR or \f(CWx2\fR).
-.CS
-option add *Barchart.Axis.Color blue
-option add *Barchart.x.LogScale true
-option add *Barchart.x2.LogScale false
-.CE
-.RE
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBaxis \fBcreate \fIaxisName \fR?\fIoption value\fR?...
-Creates a new axis by the name \fIaxisName\fR. No axis by the same
-name can already exist. \fIOption\fR and \fIvalue\fR are described
-in above in the axis \fBconfigure\fR operation.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBaxis \fBdelete \fR?\fIaxisName\fR?...
-Deletes the named axes. An axis is not really
-deleted until it is not longer in use, so it's safe to delete
-axes mapped to elements.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBaxis invtransform \fIaxisName value\fR
-Performs the inverse transformation, changing the screen-coordinate
-\fIvalue\fR to a graph-coordinate, mapping the value mapped to
-\fIaxisName\fR. Returns the graph-coordinate.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBaxis limits \fIaxisName\fR
-Returns a list of the minimum and maximum limits for \fIaxisName\fR. The order
-of the list is \f(CWmin max\fR.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBaxis names \fR?\fIpattern\fR?...
-Returns a list of axes matching zero or more patterns. If no
-\fIpattern\fR argument is give, the names of all axes are returned.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBaxis transform \fIaxisName value\fR
-Transforms the coordinate \fIvalue\fR to a screen-coordinate by mapping
-the it to \fIaxisName\fR. Returns the transformed screen-coordinate.
-.PP
-Only four axes can be displayed simultaneously. By default, they are
-\f(CWx\fR, \f(CWy\fR, \f(CWx2\fR, and \f(CWy2\fR. You can swap in a different
-axis with \fBuse\fR operation of the special axis components:
-\fBxaxis\fR, \fBx2axis\fR, \fByaxis\fR, and \fBy2axis\fR.
-.CS
-\&.g create axis temp
-\&.g create axis time
-\&...
-\&.g xaxis use temp
-\&.g yaxis use time
-.CE
-Only the axes specified for use are displayed on the screen.
-.PP
-The \fBxaxis\fR, \fBx2axis\fR, \fByaxis\fR, and \fBy2axis\fR
-components operate on an axis location rather than a specific axis
-like the more general \fBaxis\fR component does. The \fBxaxis\fR
-component manages the X-axis located in the bottom margin (whatever
-axis that happens to be). Likewise, \fByaxis\fR uses the Y-axis in
-the left margin, \fBx2axis\fR the top X-axis, and \fBy2axis\fR the
-right Y-axis.
-.PP
-They implicitly control the axis that is currently using to that
-location. By default, \fBxaxis\fR uses the \f(CWx\fR axis, \fByaxis\fR
-uses \f(CWy\fR, \fBx2axis\fR uses \f(CWx2\fR, and \fBy2axis\fR uses
-\f(CWy2\fR. These components can be more convenient to use than always
-determining what axes are current being displayed by the graph.
-.PP
-The following operations are available for axes. They mirror exactly
-the operations of the \fBaxis\fR component. The \fIaxis\fR argument
-must be \fBxaxis\fR, \fBx2axis\fR, \fByaxis\fR, or \fBy2axis\fR.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fIaxis \fBcget \fIoption\fR
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fIaxis \fBconfigure \fR?\fIoption value\fR?...
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fIaxis\fB invtransform \fIvalue\fR
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fIaxis \fBlimits\fR
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fIaxis\fB transform \fIvalue\fR
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fIaxis\fB use \fR?\fIaxisName\fR?
-Designates the axis \fIaxisName\fR is to be displayed at this
-location. \fIAxisName\fR can not be already in use at another location.
-This command returns the name of the axis currently using this location.
-.SS "CROSSHAIRS COMPONENT"
-Cross hairs consist of two intersecting lines (one vertical and one horizontal)
-drawn completely across the plotting area. They are used to position
-the mouse in relation to the coordinate axes. Cross hairs differ from line
-markers in that they are implemented using XOR drawing primitives.
-This means that they can be quickly drawn and erased without redrawing
-the entire widget.
-.PP
-The following operations are available for cross hairs:
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBcrosshairs cget \fIoption\fR
-Returns the current value of the cross hairs configuration option
-given by \fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may be any option
-described below for the cross hairs \fBconfigure\fR operation.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBcrosshairs configure \fR?\fIoption value\fR?...
-Queries or modifies the configuration options of the cross hairs. If
-\fIoption\fR isn't specified, a list describing all the current
-options for the cross hairs is returned. If \fIoption\fR is specified,
-but not \fIvalue\fR, then a list describing \fIoption\fR is returned.
-If one or more \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR pairs are specified, then
-for each pair, the cross hairs option \fIoption\fR is set to
-\fIvalue\fR.
-The following options are available for cross hairs.
-.RS
-.TP
-\fB\-color \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the color of the cross hairs. The default is \f(CWblack\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-dashes \fIdashList\fR
-Sets the dash style of the cross hairs. \fIDashList\fR is a list of up
-to 11 numbers that alternately represent the lengths of the dashes
-and gaps on the cross hair lines. Each number must be between 1 and
-255. If \fIdashList\fR is \f(CW""\fR, the cross hairs will be solid
-lines.
-.TP
-\fB\-hide \fIboolean\fR
-Indicates whether cross hairs are drawn. If \fIboolean\fR is true,
-cross hairs are not drawn. The default is \f(CWyes\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-linewidth \fIpixels\fR
-Set the width of the cross hair lines. The default is \f(CW1\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-position \fIpos\fR
-Specifies the screen position where the cross hairs intersect.
-\fIPos\fR must be in the form "\fI@x,y\fR", where \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR
-are the window coordinates of the intersection.
-.PP
-Cross hairs configuration options may be also be set by the
-\fBoption\fR command. The resource name and class are
-\f(CWcrosshairs\fR and \f(CWCrosshairs\fR respectively.
-.CS
-option add *Barchart.Crosshairs.LineWidth 2
-option add *Barchart.Crosshairs.Color red
-.CE
-.RE
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBcrosshairs off\fR
-Turns off the cross hairs.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBcrosshairs on\fR
-Turns on the display of the cross hairs.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBcrosshairs toggle\fR
-Toggles the current state of the cross hairs, alternately mapping and
-unmapping the cross hairs.
-.SH "ELEMENTS"
-A data element represents a set of data. It contains x and y vectors
-which are the coordinates of the data points. Elements are displayed
-as bars where the length of the bar is proportional to the ordinate of
-the data point. Elements also control the appearance of the data,
-such as the color, stipple, relief, etc.
-.PP
-When new data elements are created, they are automatically added to a
-list of displayed elements. The display list controls what elements
-are drawn and in what order.
-.PP
-The following operations are available for elements.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBelement activate \fIelemName \fR?\fIindex\fR?...
-Specifies the data points of element \fIelemName\fR to be drawn
-using active foreground and background colors. \fIElemName\fR is the
-name of the element and \fIindex\fR is a number representing the index
-of the data point. If no indices are present then all data points
-become active.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBelement bind \fItagName\fR ?\fIsequence\fR? ?\fIcommand\fR?
-Associates \fIcommand\fR with \fItagName\fR such that whenever the
-event sequence given by \fIsequence\fR occurs for an element with this
-tag, \fIcommand\fR will be invoked. The syntax is similar to the
-\fBbind\fR command except that it operates on graph elements, rather
-than widgets. See the \fBbind\fR manual entry for
-complete details on \fIsequence\fR and the substitutions performed on
-\fIcommand\fR before invoking it.
-.sp
-If all arguments are specified then a new binding is created, replacing
-any existing binding for the same \fIsequence\fR and \fItagName\fR.
-If the first character of \fIcommand\fR is \f(CW+\fR then \fIcommand\fR
-augments an existing binding rather than replacing it.
-If no \fIcommand\fR argument is provided then the command currently
-associated with \fItagName\fR and \fIsequence\fR (it's an error occurs
-if there's no such binding) is returned. If both \fIcommand\fR and
-\fIsequence\fR are missing then a list of all the event sequences for
-which bindings have been defined for \fItagName\fR.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBelement cget \fIelemName \fIoption\fR
-Returns the current value of the element configuration option given by
-\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may be any of the options described below
-for the element \fBconfigure\fR operation.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBelement closest \fIx y\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?... ?\fIelemName\fR?...
-Finds the data point representing the bar closest to the window
-coordinates \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR in the element \fIelemName\fR.
-\fIElemName\fR is the name of an element, which must be currently displayed.
-If no elements are specified, then all displayed elements are searched. It
-returns a key-value list containing the name of the closest element,
-the index of its closest point, and the graph-coordinates of the
-point. If no data point within the threshold distance can be found,
-\f(CW""\fR is returned. The following \fIoption\fR-\fIvalue\fR pairs
-are available.
-.RS
-.TP
-\fB\-halo \fIpixels\fR
-Specifies a threshold distance where selected data points are ignored.
-\fIPixels\fR is a valid screen distance, such as \f(CW2\fR or \f(CW1.2i\fR.
-If this option isn't specified, then it defaults to the value of the
-\fBbarchart\fR's \fB\-halo\fR option.
-.RE
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBelement configure \fIelemName \fR?\fIelemName\fR... ?\fIoption value\fR?...
-Queries or modifies the configuration options for elements. Several
-elements can be modified at the same time. If \fIoption\fR isn't
-specified, a list describing all the current options for
-\fIelemName\fR is returned. If \fIoption\fR is specified, but not
-\fIvalue\fR, then a list describing the option \fIoption\fR is
-returned. If one or more \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR pairs are
-specified, then for each pair, the element option \fIoption\fR is set
-to \fIvalue\fR. The following options are valid for elements.
-.RS
-.TP
-\fB\-activepen \fIpenName\fR
-Specifies pen to use to draw active element. If \fIpenName\fR is
-\f(CW""\fR, no active elements will be drawn. The default is
-\f(CWactiveLine\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-bindtags \fItagList\fR
-Specifies the binding tags for the element. \fITagList\fR is a list
-of binding tag names. The tags and their order will determine how
-events for elements. Each tag in the list matching the current event
-sequence will have its Tcl command executed. Implicitly the name of
-the element is always the first tag in the list. The default value is
-\f(CWall\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-background \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the the color of the border around each bar. The default is
-\f(CWwhite\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-barwidth \fIvalue\fR
-Specifies the width the bars drawn for the element. \fIValue\fR is
-the width in X-coordinates. If this option isn't
-specified, the width of each bar is the value of the widget's
-\fB\-barwidth\fR option.
-.TP
-\fB\-baseline \fIvalue\fR
-Specifies the baseline of the bar segments. This affects how bars are
-drawn since bars are drawn from their respective y-coordinate the
-baseline. By default the baseline is \f(CW0.0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-borderwidth \fIpixels\fR
-Sets the border width of the 3-D border drawn around the outside of
-each bar. The \fB\-relief\fR option determines if such a border is
-drawn. \fIPixels\fR must be a valid screen distance like \f(CW2\fR or
-\f(CW0.25i\fR. The default is \f(CW2\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-data \fIcoordList\fR
-Specifies the X\-Y coordinates of the data. \fICoordList\fR is a
-list of numeric expressions representing the X\-Y coordinate pairs
-of each data point.
-.TP
-\fB\-foreground \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the color of the interior of the bars.
-.TP
-\fB\-hide \fIboolean\fR
-Indicates whether the element is displayed. The default is \f(CWno\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-label \fItext\fR
-Sets the element's label in the legend. If \fItext\fR
-is \f(CW""\fR, the element will have no entry in the legend.
-The default label is the element's name.
-.TP
-\fB\-mapx \fIxAxis\fR
-Selects the X\-axis to map the element's X\-coordinates onto.
-\fIXAxis\fR must be the name of an axis. The default is \f(CWx\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-mapy \fIyAxis\fR
-Selects the Y\-axis to map the element's Y\-coordinates onto.
-\fIYAxis\fR must be the name of an axis. The default is \f(CWy\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-relief \fIstring\fR
-Specifies the 3-D effect desired for bars. \fIRelief\fR indicates how
-the interior of the bar should appear relative to the surface of the
-chart; for example, \f(CWraised\fR means the bar should appear to
-protrude from the surface of the plotting area. The default is
-\f(CWraised\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-stipple \fIbitmap\fR
-Specifies a stipple pattern with which to draw the bars. If
-\fIbitmap\fR is \f(CW""\fR, then the bar is drawn in a solid fashion.
-.TP
-\fB\-xdata \fIxVector\fR
-Specifies the x-coordinate vector of the data.
-\fIXVector\fR is the name of a BLT vector or a
-list of numeric expressions.
-.TP
-\fB\-ydata \fIyVector\fR
-Specifies the y-coordinate vector of the data.
-\fIYVector\fR is the name of a BLT vector or a list of
-numeric expressions.
-.PP
-Element configuration options may also be set by the
-\fBoption\fR command. The resource names in the option database
-are prefixed by \f(CWelem\fR.
-.CS
-option add *Barchart.Element.background blue
-.CE
-.RE
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBelement create \fIelemName\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
-Creates a new element \fIelemName\fR. Element
-names must be unique, so an element \fIelemName\fR may not already
-exist. If additional arguments are present, they specify any of the
-element options valid for element \fBconfigure\fR operation.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBelement deactivate \fIpattern\fR...
-Deactivates all the elements matching \fIpattern\fR for the graph.
-Elements whose names match any of the patterns given are redrawn
-using their normal colors.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBelement delete\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?...
-Deletes all the elements matching \fIpattern\fR for the graph.
-Elements whose names match any of the patterns given are deleted.
-The graph will be redrawn without the deleted elements.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBelement exists \fIelemName\fR
-Returns \f(CW1\fR if an element \fIelemName\fR currently exists and
-\f(CW0\fR otherwise.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBelement names \fR?\fIpattern\fR?...
-Returns the elements matching one or more pattern. If no
-\fIpattern\fR is given, the names of all elements is returned.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBelement show\fR ?\fInameList\fR?
-Queries or modifies the element display list. The element display
-list designates the elements drawn and in what
-order. \fINameList\fR is a list of elements to be displayed in the
-order they are named. If there is no \fInameList\fR argument,
-the current display list is returned.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBelement type\fR \fIelemName\fR
-Returns the type of \fIelemName\fR.
-If the element is a bar element, the commands returns the string
-\f(CW"bar"\fR, otherwise it returns \f(CW"line"\fR.
-.CE
-.SS "GRID COMPONENT"
-Grid lines extend from the major and minor ticks of each axis
-horizontally or vertically across the plotting area. The following
-operations are available for grid lines.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBgrid cget \fIoption\fR
-Returns the current value of the grid line configuration option given by
-\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may be any option described below
-for the grid \fBconfigure\fR operation.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBgrid configure\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
-Queries or modifies the configuration options for grid lines. If
-\fIoption\fR isn't specified, a list describing all the current
-grid options for \fIpathName\fR is returned. If \fIoption\fR is specified,
-but not \fIvalue\fR, then a list describing \fIoption\fR is
-returned. If one or more \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR pairs are
-specified, then for each pair, the grid line option \fIoption\fR is set to
-\fIvalue\fR. The following options are valid for grid lines.
-.RS
-.TP
-\fB\-color \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the color of the grid lines. The default is \f(CWblack\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-dashes \fIdashList\fR
-Sets the dash style of the grid lines. \fIDashList\fR is a list of up
-to 11 numbers that alternately represent the lengths of the dashes
-and gaps on the grid lines. Each number must be between 1 and 255.
-If \fIdashList\fR is \f(CW""\fR, the grid will be solid lines.
-.TP
-\fB\-hide \fIboolean\fR
-Indicates whether the grid should be drawn. If \fIboolean\fR
-is true, grid lines are not shown. The default is \f(CWyes\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-linewidth \fIpixels\fR
-Sets the width of grid lines. The default width is \f(CW1\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-mapx \fIxAxis\fR
-Specifies the X\-axis to display grid lines. \fIXAxis\fR
-must be the name of an axis or \f(CW""\fR for no grid lines.
-The default is \f(CW""\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-mapy \fIyAxis\fR
-Specifies the Y\-axis to display grid lines. \fIYAxis\fR
-must be the name of an axis or \f(CW""\fR for no grid lines.
-The default is \f(CWy\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-minor \fIboolean\fR
-Indicates whether the grid lines should be drawn for minor ticks.
-If \fIboolean\fR is true, the lines will appear at
-minor tick intervals. The default is \f(CW1\fR.
-.PP
-Grid configuration options may also be set by the
-\fBoption\fR command. The resource name and class are \f(CWgrid\fR and
-\f(CWGrid\fR respectively.
-.CS
-option add *Barchart.grid.LineWidth 2
-option add *Barchart.Grid.Color black
-.CE
-.RE
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBgrid off\fR
-Turns off the display the grid lines.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBgrid on\fR
-Turns on the display the grid lines.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBgrid toggle\fR
-Toggles the display of the grid.
-.SS "LEGEND COMPONENT"
-The legend displays a list of the data elements. Each entry consists
-of the element's symbol and label. The legend can appear in any
-margin (the default location is in the right margin). It
-can also be positioned anywhere within the plotting area.
-.PP
-The following operations are valid for the legend.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBlegend activate \fIpattern\fR...
-Selects legend entries to be drawn using the active legend colors and relief.
-All entries whose element names match \fIpattern\fR are selected. To
-be selected, the element name must match only one \fIpattern\fR.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBlegend bind \fItagName\fR ?\fIsequence\fR? ?\fIcommand\fR?
-Associates \fIcommand\fR with \fItagName\fR such that whenever the
-event sequence given by \fIsequence\fR occurs for a legend entry with this
-tag, \fIcommand\fR will be invoked. Implicitly the element names
-in the entry are tags. The syntax is similar to the
-\fBbind\fR command except that it operates on legend entries, rather
-than widgets. See the \fBbind\fR manual entry for
-complete details on \fIsequence\fR and the substitutions performed on
-\fIcommand\fR before invoking it.
-.sp
-If all arguments are specified then a new binding is created, replacing
-any existing binding for the same \fIsequence\fR and \fItagName\fR.
-If the first character of \fIcommand\fR is \f(CW+\fR then \fIcommand\fR
-augments an existing binding rather than replacing it.
-If no \fIcommand\fR argument is provided then the command currently
-associated with \fItagName\fR and \fIsequence\fR (it's an error occurs
-if there's no such binding) is returned. If both \fIcommand\fR and
-\fIsequence\fR are missing then a list of all the event sequences for
-which bindings have been defined for \fItagName\fR.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBlegend cget \fIoption\fR
-Returns the current value of a legend configuration option.
-\fIOption\fR may be any option described below in the
-legend \fBconfigure\fR operation.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBlegend configure \fR?\fIoption value\fR?...
-Queries or modifies the configuration options for the legend. If
-\fIoption\fR isn't specified, a list describing the current
-legend options for \fIpathName\fR is returned. If \fIoption\fR is
-specified, but not \fIvalue\fR, then a list describing \fIoption\fR is
-returned. If one or more \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR pairs are
-specified, then for each pair, the legend option \fIoption\fR is set
-to \fIvalue\fR. The following options are valid for the legend.
-.RS
-.TP
-\fB\-activebackground \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the background color for active legend entries. All legend
-entries marked active (see the legend \fBactivate\fR operation) are
-drawn using this background color.
-.TP
-\fB\-activeborderwidth \fIpixels\fR
-Sets the width of the 3-D border around the outside edge of the active legend
-entries. The default is \f(CW2\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-activeforeground \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the foreground color for active legend entries. All legend
-entries marked as active (see the legend \fBactivate\fR operation) are
-drawn using this foreground color.
-.TP
-\fB\-activerelief \fIrelief\fR
-Specifies the 3-D effect desired for active legend entries.
-\fIRelief\fR denotes how the interior of the entry should appear
-relative to the legend; for example, \f(CWraised\fR means the entry
-should appear to protrude from the legend, relative to the surface of
-the legend. The default is \f(CWflat\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-anchor \fIanchor\fR
-Tells how to position the legend relative to the positioning point for
-the legend. This is dependent on the value of the \fB\-position\fR
-option. The default is \f(CWcenter\fR.
-.RS
-.TP 1.25i
-\f(CWleft\fR or \f(CWright\fR
-The anchor describes how to position the legend vertically.
-.TP
-\f(CWtop\fR or \f(CWbottom\fR
-The anchor describes how to position the legend horizontally.
-.TP
-\f(CW@x,y\fR
-The anchor specifies how to position the legend relative to the
-positioning point. For example, if \fIanchor\fR is \f(CWcenter\fR then
-the legend is centered on the point; if \fIanchor\fR is \f(CWn\fR then
-the legend will be drawn such that the top center point of the
-rectangular region occupied by the legend will be at the positioning
-point.
-.TP
-\f(CWplotarea\fR
-The anchor specifies how to position the legend relative to the
-plotting area. For example, if \fIanchor\fR is \f(CWcenter\fR then the
-legend is centered in the plotting area; if \fIanchor\fR is \f(CWne\fR
-then the legend will be drawn such that occupies the upper right
-corner of the plotting area.
-.RE
-.TP
-\fB\-background \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the background color of the legend. If \fIcolor\fR is \f(CW""\fR,
-the legend background with be transparent.
-.TP
-\fB\-bindtags \fItagList\fR
-Specifies the binding tags for legend entries. \fITagList\fR is a list
-of binding tag names. The tags and their order will determine how
-events for legend entries. Each tag in the list matching the current
-event sequence will have its Tcl command executed. The default value
-is \f(CWall\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-borderwidth \fIpixels\fR
-Sets the width of the 3-D border around the outside edge of the legend (if
-such border is being drawn; the \fBrelief\fR option determines this).
-The default is \f(CW2\fR pixels.
-.TP
-\fB\-font \fIfontName\fR
-\fIFontName\fR specifies a font to use when drawing the labels of each
-element into the legend. The default is
-\f(CW*-Helvetica-Bold-R-Normal-*-12-120-*\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-foreground \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the foreground color of the text drawn for the element's label.
-The default is \f(CWblack\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-hide \fIboolean\fR
-Indicates whether the legend should be displayed. If \fIboolean\fR is
-true, the legend will not be draw. The default is \f(CWno\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-ipadx \fIpad\fR
-Sets the amount of internal padding to be added to the width of each
-legend entry. \fIPad\fR can be a list of one or two screen distances. If
-\fIpad\fR has two elements, the left side of the legend entry is
-padded by the first distance and the right side by the second. If
-\fIpad\fR is just one distance, both the left and right sides are padded
-evenly. The default is \f(CW2\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-ipady \fIpad\fR
-Sets an amount of internal padding to be added to the height of each
-legend entry. \fIPad\fR can be a list of one or two screen distances. If
-\fIpad\fR has two elements, the top of the entry is padded by the
-first distance and the bottom by the second. If \fIpad\fR is just
-one distance, both the top and bottom of the entry are padded evenly.
-The default is \f(CW2\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-padx \fIpad\fR
-Sets the padding to the left and right exteriors of the legend.
-\fIPad\fR can be a list of one or two screen distances. If \fIpad\fR
-has two elements, the left side of the legend is padded by the first
-distance and the right side by the second. If \fIpad\fR has just one
-distance, both the left and right sides are padded evenly. The
-default is \f(CW4\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-pady \fIpad\fR
-Sets the padding above and below the legend. \fIPad\fR can be a list
-of one or two screen distances. If \fIpad\fR has two elements, the area above
-the legend is padded by the first distance and the area below by the
-second. If \fIpad\fR is just one distance, both the top and
-bottom areas are padded evenly. The default is \f(CW0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-position \fIpos\fR
-Specifies where the legend is drawn. The
-\fB\-anchor\fR option also affects where the legend is positioned. If
-\fIpos\fR is \f(CWleft\fR, \f(CWleft\fR, \f(CWtop\fR, or \f(CWbottom\fR, the
-legend is drawn in the specified margin. If \fIpos\fR is
-\f(CWplotarea\fR, then the legend is drawn inside the plotting area at a
-particular anchor. If \fIpos\fR is in the form "\fI@x,y\fR", where
-\fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are the window coordinates, the legend is drawn in
-the plotting area at the specified coordinates. The default is
-\f(CWright\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-raised \fIboolean\fR
-Indicates whether the legend is above or below the data elements. This
-matters only if the legend is in the plotting area. If \fIboolean\fR
-is true, the legend will be drawn on top of any elements that may
-overlap it. The default is \f(CWno\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-relief \fIrelief\fR
-Specifies the 3-D effect for the border around the legend.
-\fIRelief\fR specifies how the interior of the legend should appear
-relative to the bar chart; for example, \f(CWraised\fR means the legend
-should appear to protrude from the bar chart, relative to the surface of
-the bar chart. The default is \f(CWsunken\fR.
-.PP
-Legend configuration options may also be set by the \fBoption\fR
-command. The resource name and class are \f(CWlegend\fR and
-\f(CWLegend\fR respectively.
-.CS
-option add *Barchart.legend.Foreground blue
-option add *Barchart.Legend.Relief raised
-.CE
-.RE
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBlegend deactivate \fIpattern\fR...
-Selects legend entries to be drawn using the normal legend colors and
-relief. All entries whose element names match \fIpattern\fR are
-selected. To be selected, the element name must match only one
-\fIpattern\fR.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBlegend get \fIpos\fR
-Returns the name of the element whose entry is at the screen position
-\fIpos\fR in the legend. \fIPos\fR must be in the form "\fI@x,y\fR",
-where \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are window coordinates. If the given
-coordinates do not lie over a legend entry, \f(CW""\fR is returned.
-.SS "PEN COMPONENTS"
-Pens define attributes for elements.
-Pens mirror the configuration options of data elements that pertain to
-how symbols and lines are drawn. Data elements use pens to determine
-how they are drawn. A data element may use several pens at once. In
-this case, the pen used for a particular data point is determined from
-each element's weight vector (see the element's \fB\-weight\fR and
-\fB\-style\fR options).
-.PP
-One pen, called \f(CWactiveBar\fR, is automatically created.
-It's used as the default active pen for elements. So you can change
-the active attributes for all elements by simply reconfiguring this
-pen.
-.CS
-\&.g pen configure "activeBar" -fg green -bg green4
-.CE
-You can create and use several pens. To create a pen, invoke
-the pen component and its create operation.
-.CS
-\&.g pen create myPen
-.CE
-You map pens to a data element using either the element's
-\fB\-pen\fR or \fB\-activepen\fR options.
-.CS
-\&.g element create "e1" -xdata $x -ydata $tempData \\
- -pen myPen
-.CE
-An element can use several pens at once. This is done by specifying
-the name of the pen in the element's style list (see the
-\fB\-styles\fR option).
-.CS
-\&.g element configure "e1" -styles { myPen 2.0 3.0 }
-.CE
-This says that any data point with a weight between 2.0 and 3.0
-is to be drawn using the pen \f(CWmyPen\fR. All other points
-are drawn with the element's default attributes.
-.PP
-The following operations are available for pen components.
-.PP
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBpen \fBcget \fIpenName \fIoption\fR
-Returns the current value of the option given by \fIoption\fR for
-\fIpenName\fR. \fIOption\fR may be any option described below
-for the pen \fBconfigure\fR operation.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBpen \fBconfigure \fIpenName \fR?\fIpenName\fR... ?\fIoption value\fR?...
-Queries or modifies the configuration options of
-\fIpenName\fR. Several pens can be modified at once. If \fIoption\fR
-isn't specified, a list describing the current options for
-\fIpenName\fR is returned. If \fIoption\fR is specified, but not
-\fIvalue\fR, then a list describing \fIoption\fR is returned. If one
-or more \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR pairs are specified, then for
-each pair, the pen option \fIoption\fR is set to \fIvalue\fR. The
-following options are valid for pens.
-.RS
-.TP
-\fB\-background \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the the color of the border around each bar. The default is
-\f(CWwhite\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-borderwidth \fIpixels\fR
-Sets the border width of the 3-D border drawn around the outside of
-each bar. The \fB\-relief\fR option determines if such a border is
-drawn. \fIPixels\fR must be a valid screen distance like \f(CW2\fR or
-\f(CW0.25i\fR. The default is \f(CW2\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-foreground \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the color of the interior of the bars.
-.TP
-\fB\-relief \fIstring\fR
-Specifies the 3-D effect desired for bars. \fIRelief\fR indicates how
-the interior of the bar should appear relative to the surface of the
-chart; for example, \f(CWraised\fR means the bar should appear to
-protrude from the bar chart, relative to the surface of the plotting
-area. The default is \f(CWraised\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-stipple \fIbitmap\fR
-Specifies a stipple pattern with which to draw the bars. If
-\fIbitmap\fR is \f(CW""\fR, then the bar is drawn in a solid fashion.
-.TP
-\fB\-type \fIelemType\fR
-Specifies the type of element the pen is to be used with.
-This option should only be employed when creating the pen. This
-is for those that wish to mix different types of elements (bars and
-lines) on the same graph. The default type is "bar".
-.PP
-Pen configuration options may be also be set by the \fBoption\fR
-command. The resource class is \f(CWPen\fR. The resource names
-are the names of the pens.
-.CS
-option add *Barchart.Pen.Foreground blue
-option add *Barchart.activeBar.foreground green
-.CE
-.RE
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBpen \fBcreate \fIpenName \fR?\fIoption value\fR?...
-Creates a new pen by the name \fIpenName\fR. No pen by the same
-name can already exist. \fIOption\fR and \fIvalue\fR are described
-in above in the pen \fBconfigure\fR operation.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBpen \fBdelete \fR?\fIpenName\fR?...
-Deletes the named pens. A pen is not really
-deleted until it is not longer in use, so it's safe to delete
-pens mapped to elements.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBpen names \fR?\fIpattern\fR?...
-Returns a list of pens matching zero or more patterns. If no
-\fIpattern\fR argument is give, the names of all pens are returned.
-.SS "POSTSCRIPT COMPONENT"
-The barchart can generate encapsulated PostScript output. There
-are several configuration options you can specify to control how the
-plot will be generated. You can change the page dimensions and
-borders. The plot itself can be scaled, centered, or rotated to
-landscape. The PostScript output can be written directly to a file or
-returned through the interpreter.
-.PP
-The following postscript operations are available.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBpostscript cget \fIoption\fR
-Returns the current value of the postscript option given by
-\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may be any option described
-below for the postscript \fBconfigure\fR operation.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBpostscript configure \fR?\fIoption value\fR?...
-Queries or modifies the configuration options for PostScript
-generation. If \fIoption\fR isn't specified, a list describing
-the current postscript options for \fIpathName\fR is returned. If
-\fIoption\fR is specified, but not \fIvalue\fR, then a list describing
-\fIoption\fR is returned. If one or more \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR
-pairs are specified, then for each pair, the postscript option
-\fIoption\fR is set to \fIvalue\fR. The following postscript options
-are available.
-.RS
-.TP
-\fB\-center \fIboolean\fR
-Indicates whether the plot should be centered on the PostScript page. If
-\fIboolean\fR is false, the plot will be placed in the upper left
-corner of the page. The default is \f(CW1\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-colormap \fIvarName\fR
-\fIVarName\fR must be the name of a global array variable that
-specifies a color mapping from the X color name to PostScript. Each
-element of \fIvarName\fR must consist of PostScript code to set a
-particular color value (e.g. ``\f(CW1.0 1.0 0.0 setrgbcolor\fR''). When
-generating color information in PostScript, the array variable \fIvarName\fR
-is checked if an element of the name as the color exists. If so, it uses
-its value as the PostScript
-command to set the color. If this option hasn't been specified, or if
-there isn't an entry in \fIvarName\fR for a given color, then it uses
-the red, green, and blue intensities from the X color.
-.TP
-\fB\-colormode \fImode\fR
-Specifies how to output color information. \fIMode\fR must be either
-\f(CWcolor\fR (for full color output), \f(CWgray\fR (convert all colors to
-their gray-scale equivalents) or \f(CWmono\fR (convert foreground colors
-to black and background colors to white). The default mode is
-\f(CWcolor\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-fontmap \fIvarName\fR
-\fIVarName\fR must be the name of a global array variable that
-specifies a font mapping from the X font name to PostScript. Each
-element of \fIvarName\fR must consist of a Tcl list with one or two
-elements; the name and point size of a PostScript font.
-When outputting PostScript commands for a particular font, the array
-variable \fIvarName\fR is checked to see if an element by the
-specified font exists. If there is such an element, then the font
-information contained in that element is used in the PostScript
-output. (If the point size is omitted from the list, the point size
-of the X font is used). Otherwise the X font is examined in an
-attempt to guess what PostScript font to use. This works only for
-fonts whose foundry property is \fIAdobe\fR (such as Times, Helvetica,
-Courier, etc.). If all of this fails then the font defaults to
-\f(CWHelvetica-Bold\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-decorations \fIboolean\fR
-Indicates whether PostScript commands to generate color backgrounds and 3-D
-borders will be output. If \fIboolean\fR is false, the graph will
-background will be white and no 3-D borders will be generated. The
-default is \f(CW1\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-height \fIpixels\fR
-Sets the height of the plot. This lets you print the bar chart with a
-height different from the one drawn on the screen. If
-\fIpixels\fR is 0, the height is the same as the widget's height.
-The default is \f(CW0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-landscape \fIboolean\fR
-If \fIboolean\fR is true, this specifies the printed area is to be
-rotated 90 degrees. In non-rotated output the X\-axis of the printed
-area runs along the short dimension of the page (``portrait''
-orientation); in rotated output the X\-axis runs along the long
-dimension of the page (``landscape'' orientation). Defaults to
-\f(CW0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-maxpect \fIboolean\fR
-Indicates to scale the plot so that it fills the PostScript page.
-The aspect ratio of the barchart is still retained. The default is
-\f(CW0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-padx \fIpad\fR
-Sets the horizontal padding for the left and right page borders. The
-borders are exterior to the plot. \fIPad\fR can be a list of one or
-two screen distances. If \fIpad\fR has two elements, the left border is padded
-by the first distance and the right border by the second. If
-\fIpad\fR has just one distance, both the left and right borders are
-padded evenly. The default is \f(CW1i\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-pady \fIpad\fR
-Sets the vertical padding for the top and bottom page borders. The
-borders are exterior to the plot. \fIPad\fR can be a list of one or
-two screen distances. If \fIpad\fR has two elements, the top border is padded
-by the first distance and the bottom border by the second. If
-\fIpad\fR has just one distance, both the top and bottom borders are
-padded evenly. The default is \f(CW1i\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-paperheight \fIpixels\fR
-Sets the height of the postscript page. This can be used to select
-between different page sizes (letter, A4, etc). The default height is
-\f(CW11.0i\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-paperwidth \fIpixels\fR
-Sets the width of the postscript page. This can be used to select
-between different page sizes (letter, A4, etc). The default width is
-\f(CW8.5i\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-width \fIpixels\fR
-Sets the width of the plot. This lets you generate a plot
-of a width different from that of the widget. If \fIpixels\fR
-is 0, the width is the same as the widget's width. The default is
-\f(CW0\fR.
-.PP
-Postscript configuration options may be also be set by the
-\fBoption\fR command. The resource name and class are
-\f(CWpostscript\fR and \f(CWPostscript\fR respectively.
-.CS
-option add *Barchart.postscript.Decorations false
-option add *Barchart.Postscript.Landscape true
-.CE
-.RE
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBpostscript output \fR?\fIfileName\fR? ?\fIoption value\fR?...
-Outputs a file of encapsulated PostScript. If a
-\fIfileName\fR argument isn't present, the command returns the
-PostScript. If any \fIoption-value\fR pairs are present, they set
-configuration options controlling how the PostScript is generated.
-\fIOption\fR and \fIvalue\fR can be anything accepted by the
-postscript \fBconfigure\fR operation above.
-.SS "MARKER COMPONENTS"
-Markers are simple drawing procedures used to annotate or highlight
-areas of the graph. Markers have various types: text strings,
-bitmaps, images, connected lines, windows, or polygons. They can be
-associated with a particular element, so that when the element is
-hidden or un-hidden, so is the marker. By default, markers are the
-last items drawn, so that data elements will appear in
-behind them. You can change this by configuring the \fB\-under\fR
-option.
-.PP
-Markers, in contrast to elements, don't affect the scaling of the
-coordinate axes. They can also have \fIelastic\fR coordinates
-(specified by \f(CW-Inf\fR and \f(CWInf\fR respectively) that translate
-into the minimum or maximum limit of the axis. For example, you can
-place a marker so it always remains in the lower left corner of the
-plotting area, by using the coordinates \f(CW-Inf\fR,\f(CW-Inf\fR.
-.PP
-The following operations are available for markers.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBmarker after \fImarkerId\fR ?\fIafterId\fR?
-Changes the order of the markers, drawing the first
-marker after the second. If no second \fIafterId\fR argument is
-specified, the marker is placed at the end of the display list. This
-command can be used to control how markers are displayed since markers
-are drawn in the order of this display list.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBmarker before \fImarkerId\fR ?\fIbeforeId\fR?
-Changes the order of the markers, drawing the first
-marker before the second. If no second \fIbeforeId\fR argument is
-specified, the marker is placed at the beginning of the display list.
-This command can be used to control how markers are displayed since
-markers are drawn in the order of this display list.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBmarker bind \fItagName\fR ?\fIsequence\fR? ?\fIcommand\fR?
-Associates \fIcommand\fR with \fItagName\fR such that whenever the
-event sequence given by \fIsequence\fR occurs for a marker with this
-tag, \fIcommand\fR will be invoked. The syntax is similar to the
-\fBbind\fR command except that it operates on graph markers, rather
-than widgets. See the \fBbind\fR manual entry for
-complete details on \fIsequence\fR and the substitutions performed on
-\fIcommand\fR before invoking it.
-.sp
-If all arguments are specified then a new binding is created, replacing
-any existing binding for the same \fIsequence\fR and \fItagName\fR.
-If the first character of \fIcommand\fR is \f(CW+\fR then \fIcommand\fR
-augments an existing binding rather than replacing it.
-If no \fIcommand\fR argument is provided then the command currently
-associated with \fItagName\fR and \fIsequence\fR (it's an error occurs
-if there's no such binding) is returned. If both \fIcommand\fR and
-\fIsequence\fR are missing then a list of all the event sequences for
-which bindings have been defined for \fItagName\fR.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBmarker cget \fIoption\fR
-Returns the current value of the marker configuration option given by
-\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may be any option described
-below in the \fBconfigure\fR operation.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBmarker configure \fImarkerId\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
-Queries or modifies the configuration options for markers. If
-\fIoption\fR isn't specified, a list describing the current
-options for \fImarkerId\fR is returned. If \fIoption\fR is specified,
-but not \fIvalue\fR, then a list describing \fIoption\fR is returned.
-If one or more \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR pairs are specified, then
-for each pair, the marker option \fIoption\fR is set to \fIvalue\fR.
-.sp
-The following options are valid for all markers.
-Each type of marker also has its own type-specific options.
-They are described in the sections below.
-.RS
-.TP
-\fB\-bindtags \fItagList\fR
-Specifies the binding tags for the marker. \fITagList\fR is a list
-of binding tag names. The tags and their order will determine how
-events for markers are handled. Each tag in the list matching the
-current event sequence will have its Tcl command executed. Implicitly
-the name of the marker is always the first tag in the list.
-The default value is \f(CWall\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-coords \fIcoordList\fR
-Specifies the coordinates of the marker. \fICoordList\fR is
-a list of graph-coordinates. The number of coordinates required
-is dependent on the type of marker. Text, image, and window markers
-need only two coordinates (an X\-Y coordinate). Bitmap markers
-can take either two or four coordinates (if four, they represent the
-corners of the bitmap). Line markers
-need at least four coordinates, polygons at least six.
-If \fIcoordList\fR is \f(CW""\fR, the marker will not be displayed.
-The default is \f(CW""\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-element \fIelemName\fR
-Links the marker with the element \fIelemName\fR. The marker is
-drawn only if the element is also currently displayed (see the
-element's \fBshow\fR operation). If \fIelemName\fR is \f(CW""\fR, the
-marker is always drawn. The default is \f(CW""\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-hide \fIboolean\fR
-Indicates whether the marker is drawn. If \fIboolean\fR is true,
-the marker is not drawn. The default is \f(CWno\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-mapx \fIxAxis\fR
-Specifies the X\-axis to map the marker's X\-coordinates onto.
-\fIXAxis\fR must the name of an axis. The default is \f(CWx\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-mapy \fIyAxis\fR
-Specifies the Y\-axis to map the marker's Y\-coordinates onto.
-\fIYAxis\fR must the name of an axis. The default is \f(CWy\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-name \fImarkerId\fR
-Changes the identifier for the marker. The identifier \fImarkerId\fR
-can not already be used by another marker. If this option
-isn't specified, the marker's name is uniquely generated.
-.TP
-\fB\-under \fIboolean\fR
-Indicates whether the marker is drawn below/above data
-elements. If \fIboolean\fR is true, the marker is be drawn
-underneath the data elements. Otherwise, the marker is
-drawn on top of the element. The default is \f(CW0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-xoffset \fIpixels\fR
-Specifies a screen distance to offset the marker horizontally.
-\fIPixels\fR is a valid screen distance, such as \f(CW2\fR or \f(CW1.2i\fR.
-The default is \f(CW0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-yoffset \fIpixels\fR
-Specifies a screen distance to offset the markers vertically.
-\fIPixels\fR is a valid screen distance, such as \f(CW2\fR or \f(CW1.2i\fR.
-The default is \f(CW0\fR.
-.PP
-Marker configuration options may also be set by the \fBoption\fR command.
-The resource class is either \f(CWBitmapMarker\fR, \f(CWImageMarker\fR,
-\f(CWLineMarker\fR, \f(CWPolygonMarker\fR, \f(CWTextMarker\fR, or \f(CWWindowMarker\fR,
-depending on the type of marker. The resource name is the name of the
-marker.
-.CS
-option add *Barchart.TextMarker.Foreground white
-option add *Barchart.BitmapMarker.Foreground white
-option add *Barchart.m1.Background blue
-.CE
-.RE
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBmarker create \fItype\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
-Creates a marker of the selected type. \fIType\fR may be either
-\f(CWtext\fR, \f(CWline\fR, \f(CWbitmap\fR, \f(CWimage\fR, \f(CWpolygon\fR, or
-\f(CWwindow\fR. This command returns the marker identifier,
-used as the \fImarkerId\fR argument in the other marker-related
-commands. If the \fB\-name\fR option is used, this overrides the
-normal marker identifier. If the name provided is already used for
-another marker, the new marker will replace the old.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBmarker delete\fR ?\fIname\fR?...
-Removes one of more markers. The graph will automatically be redrawn
-without the marker.\fR.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBmarker exists \fImarkerId\fR
-Returns \f(CW1\fR if the marker \fImarkerId\fR exists and \f(CW0\fR
-otherwise.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBmarker names\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
-Returns the names of all the markers that currently exist. If
-\fIpattern\fR is supplied, only those markers whose names match it
-will be returned.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBmarker type \fImarkerId\fR
-Returns the type of the marker given by \fImarkerId\fR, such as
-\f(CWline\fR or \f(CWtext\fR. If \fImarkerId\fR is not a valid a marker
-identifier, \f(CW""\fR is returned.
-.SS "BITMAP MARKERS"
-A bitmap marker displays a bitmap. The size of the
-bitmap is controlled by the number of coordinates specified. If two
-coordinates, they specify the position of the top-left corner of the
-bitmap. The bitmap retains its normal width and height. If four
-coordinates, the first and second pairs of coordinates represent the
-corners of the bitmap. The bitmap will be stretched or reduced as
-necessary to fit into the bounding rectangle.
-.PP
-Bitmap markers are created with the marker's \fBcreate\fR operation in
-the form:
-.DS
-\fIpathName \fBmarker create bitmap \fR?\fIoption value\fR?...
-.DE
-There may be many \fIoption\fR-\fIvalue\fR pairs, each
-sets a configuration options for the marker. These
-same \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs may be used with the marker's
-\fBconfigure\fR operation.
-.PP
-The following options are specific to bitmap markers:
-.TP
-\fB\-background \fIcolor\fR
-Same as the \fB\-fill\fR option.
-.TP
-\fB\-bitmap \fIbitmap\fR
-Specifies the bitmap to be displayed. If \fIbitmap\fR is \f(CW""\fR,
-the marker will not be displayed. The default is \f(CW""\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-fill \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the background color of the bitmap. If \fIcolor\fR is the empty
-string, no background will be transparent. The default background color is
-\f(CW""\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-foreground \fIcolor\fR
-Same as the \fB\-outline\fR option.
-.TP
-\fB\-mask \fImask\fR
-Specifies a mask for the bitmap to be displayed. This mask is a bitmap
-itself, denoting the pixels that are transparent. If \fImask\fR is
-\f(CW""\fR, all pixels of the bitmap will be drawn. The default is
-\f(CW""\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-outline \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the foreground color of the bitmap. The default value is \f(CWblack\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-rotate \fItheta\fR
-Sets the rotation of the bitmap. \fITheta\fR is a real number
-representing the angle of rotation in degrees. The marker is first
-rotated and then placed according to its anchor position. The default
-rotation is \f(CW0.0\fR.
-.SS "IMAGE MARKERS"
-A image marker displays an image. Image markers are
-created with the marker's \fBcreate\fR operation in the form:
-.DS
-\fIpathName \fBmarker create image \fR?\fIoption value\fR?...
-.DE
-There may be many \fIoption\fR-\fIvalue\fR
-pairs, each sets a configuration option
-for the marker. These same \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs may be
-used with the marker's \fBconfigure\fR operation.
-.PP
-The following options are specific to image markers:
-.TP
-\fB\-anchor \fIanchor\fR
-\fIAnchor\fR tells how to position the image relative to the
-positioning point for the image. For example, if \fIanchor\fR
-is \f(CWcenter\fR then the image is centered on the point; if
-\fIanchor\fR is \f(CWn\fR then the image will be drawn such that
-the top center point of the rectangular region occupied by the
-image will be at the positioning point.
-This option defaults to \f(CWcenter\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-image \fIimage\fR
-Specifies the image to be drawn.
-If \fIimage\fR is \f(CW""\fR, the marker will not be
-drawn. The default is \f(CW""\fR.
-.SS "LINE MARKERS"
-A line marker displays one or more connected line segments.
-Line markers are created with marker's \fBcreate\fR operation in the form:
-.DS
-\fIpathName \fBmarker create line \fR?\fIoption value\fR?...
-.DE
-There may be many \fIoption\fR-\fIvalue\fR
-pairs, each sets a configuration option
-for the marker. These same \fIoption\fR-\fIvalue\fR pairs may be
-used with the marker's \fBconfigure\fR operation.
-.PP
-The following options are specific to line markers:
-.TP
-\fB\-dashes \fIdashList\fR
-Sets the dash style of the line. \fIDashList\fR is a list of up to 11
-numbers that alternately represent the lengths of the dashes and gaps
-on the line. Each number must be between 1 and 255. If
-\fIdashList\fR is \f(CW""\fR, the marker line will be solid.
-.TP
-\fB\-fill \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the background color of the line. This color is used with
-striped lines (see the \fB\-dashes\fR option). If \fIcolor\fR is
-the empty string, no background color is drawn (the line will be
-dashed, not striped). The default background color is \f(CW""\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-linewidth \fIpixels\fR
-Sets the width of the lines.
-The default width is \f(CW0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-outline \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the foreground color of the line. The default value is \f(CWblack\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-stipple \fIbitmap\fR
-Specifies a stipple pattern used to draw the line, rather than
-a solid line.
-\fIBitmap\fR specifies a bitmap to use as the stipple
-pattern. If \fIbitmap\fR is \f(CW""\fR, then the
-line is drawn in a solid fashion. The default is \f(CW""\fR.
-.SS "POLYGON MARKERS"
-A polygon marker displays a closed region described as two or more
-connected line segments. It is assumed the first and
-last points are connected. Polygon markers are created using the
-marker \fBcreate\fR operation in the form:
-.DS
-\fIpathName \fBmarker create polygon \fR?\fIoption value\fR?...
-.DE
-There may be many \fIoption\fR-\fIvalue\fR
-pairs, each sets a configuration option
-for the marker. These same \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs may be
-used with the \fBmarker configure\fR command to change the marker's
-configuration.
-The following options are supported for polygon markers:
-.TP
-\fB\-dashes \fIdashList\fR
-Sets the dash style of the outline of the polygon. \fIDashList\fR is a
-list of up to 11 numbers that alternately represent the lengths of
-the dashes and gaps on the outline. Each number must be between 1 and
-255. If \fIdashList\fR is \f(CW""\fR, the outline will be a solid line.
-.TP
-\fB\-fill \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the fill color of the polygon. If \fIcolor\fR is \f(CW""\fR, then
-the interior of the polygon is transparent.
-The default is \f(CWwhite\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-linewidth \fIpixels\fR
-Sets the width of the outline of the polygon. If \fIpixels\fR is zero,
-no outline is drawn. The default is \f(CW0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-outline \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the color of the outline of the polygon. If the polygon is
-stippled (see the \fB\-stipple\fR option), then this represents the
-foreground color of the stipple. The default is \f(CWblack\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-stipple \fIbitmap\fR
-Specifies that the polygon should be drawn with a stippled pattern
-rather than a solid color. \fIBitmap\fR specifies a bitmap to use as
-the stipple pattern. If \fIbitmap\fR is \f(CW""\fR, then the polygon is
-filled with a solid color (if the \fB\-fill\fR option is set). The
-default is \f(CW""\fR.
-.SS "TEXT MARKERS"
-A text marker displays a string of characters on one or more lines of
-text. Embedded newlines cause line breaks. They may be used to
-annotate regions of the graph. Text markers are created with the
-\fBcreate\fR operation in the form:
-.DS
-\fIpathName \fBmarker create text \fR?\fIoption value\fR?...
-.DE
-There may be many \fIoption\fR-\fIvalue\fR pairs,
-each sets a configuration option for the text marker.
-These same \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs may be used with the
-marker's \fBconfigure\fR operation.
-.PP
-The following options are specific to text markers:
-.TP
-\fB\-anchor \fIanchor\fR
-\fIAnchor\fR tells how to position the text relative to the
-positioning point for the text. For example, if \fIanchor\fR is
-\f(CWcenter\fR then the text is centered on the point; if
-\fIanchor\fR is \f(CWn\fR then the text will be drawn such that the
-top center point of the rectangular region occupied by the text will
-be at the positioning point. This default is \f(CWcenter\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-background \fIcolor\fR
-Same as the \fB\-fill\fR option.
-.TP
-\fB\-font \fIfontName\fR
-Specifies the font of the text. The default is
-\f(CW*-Helvetica-Bold-R-Normal-*-120-*\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-fill \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the background color of the text. If \fIcolor\fR is the empty
-string, no background will be transparent. The default background color is
-\f(CW""\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-foreground \fIcolor\fR
-Same as the \fB\-outline\fR option.
-.TP
-\fB\-justify \fIjustify\fR
-Specifies how the text should be justified. This matters only when
-the marker contains more than one line of text. \fIJustify\fR must be
-\f(CWleft\fR, \f(CWright\fR, or \f(CWcenter\fR. The default is
-\f(CWcenter\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-outline \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the color of the text. The default value is \f(CWblack\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-padx \fIpad\fR
-Sets the padding to the left and right exteriors of the text.
-\fIPad\fR can be a list of one or two screen distances. If \fIpad\fR
-has two elements, the left side of the text is padded by the first
-distance and the right side by the second. If \fIpad\fR has just one
-distance, both the left and right sides are padded evenly. The
-default is \f(CW4\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-pady \fIpad\fR
-Sets the padding above and below the text. \fIPad\fR can be a list of
-one or two screen distances. If \fIpad\fR has two elements, the area above the
-text is padded by the first distance and the area below by the second.
-If \fIpad\fR is just one distance, both the top and bottom areas
-are padded evenly. The default is \f(CW4\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-rotate \fItheta\fR
-Specifies the number of degrees to rotate the text. \fITheta\fR is a
-real number representing the angle of rotation. The marker is first
-rotated along its center and is then drawn according to its anchor
-position. The default is \f(CW0.0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-text \fItext\fR
-Specifies the text of the marker. The exact way the text is
-displayed may be affected by other options such as \fB\-anchor\fR or
-\fB\-rotate\fR.
-.SS "WINDOW MARKERS"
-A window marker displays a widget at a given position.
-Window markers are created with the marker's \fBcreate\fR operation in
-the form:
-.DS
-\fIpathName \fBmarker create window \fR?\fIoption value\fR?...
-.DE
-There may be many \fIoption\fR-\fIvalue\fR
-pairs, each sets a configuration option
-for the marker. These same \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs may be
-used with the marker's \fBconfigure\fR command.
-.PP
-The following options are specific to window markers:
-.TP
-\fB\-anchor \fIanchor\fR
-\fIAnchor\fR tells how to position the widget relative to the
-positioning point for the widget. For example, if \fIanchor\fR is
-\f(CWcenter\fR then the widget is centered on the point; if \fIanchor\fR
-is \f(CWn\fR then the widget will be displayed such that the top center
-point of the rectangular region occupied by the widget will be at the
-positioning point. This option defaults to \f(CWcenter\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-height \fIpixels\fR
-Specifies the height to assign to the marker's window. If this option
-isn't specified, or if it is specified as \f(CW""\fR, then the window is
-given whatever height the widget requests internally.
-.TP
-\fB\-width \fIpixels\fR
-Specifies the width to assign to the marker's window. If this option
-isn't specified, or if it is specified as \f(CW""\fR, then the window is
-given whatever width the widget requests internally.
-.TP
-\fB\-window \fIpathName\fR
-Specifies the widget to be managed by the barchart. \fIPathName\fR must
-be a child of the \fBbarchart\fR widget.
-.SH "GRAPH COMPONENT BINDINGS"
-Specific barchart components, such as elements, markers and legend
-entries, can have a command trigger when event occurs in them, much
-like canvas items in Tk's canvas widget. Not all event sequences are
-valid. The only binding events that may be specified are those
-related to the mouse and keyboard (such as \fBEnter\fR, \fBLeave\fR,
-\fBButtonPress\fR, \fBMotion\fR, and \fBKeyPress\fR).
-.PP
-Only one element or marker can be picked during an event. This means,
-that if the mouse is directly over both an element and a marker, only
-the uppermost component is selected. This isn't true for legend entries.
-Both a legend entry and an element (or marker) binding commands
-will be invoked if both items are picked.
-.PP
-It is possible for multiple bindings to match a particular event.
-This could occur, for example, if one binding is associated with the
-element name and another is associated with one of the element's tags
-(see the \fB\-bindtags\fR option). When this occurs, all of the
-matching bindings are invoked. A binding associated with the element
-name is invoked first, followed by one binding for each of the element's
-bindtags. If there are multiple matching bindings for a single tag,
-then only the most specific binding is invoked. A continue command
-in a binding script terminates that script, and a break command
-terminates that script and skips any remaining scripts for the event,
-just as for the bind command.
-.PP
-The \fB\-bindtags\fR option for these components controls addition
-tag names which can be matched. Implicitly elements and markers
-always have tags matching their names. Setting the value of
-the \fB\-bindtags\fR option doesn't change this.
-.SH "C LANGUAGE API"
-You can manipulate data elements from the C language. There
-may be situations where it is too expensive to translate the data
-values from ASCII strings. Or you might want to read data in a
-special file format.
-.PP
-Data can manipulated from the C language using BLT vectors.
-You specify the X-Y data coordinates of an element as vectors and
-manipulate the vector from C. The barchart will be redrawn automatically
-after the vectors are updated.
-.PP
-From Tcl, create the vectors and configure the element to use them.
-.CS
-vector X Y
-\&.g element configure line1 -xdata X -ydata Y
-.CE
-To set data points from C, you pass the values as arrays of doubles
-using the \fBBlt_ResetVector\fR call. The vector is reset with the
-new data and at the next idle point (when Tk re-enters its event
-loop), the graph will be redrawn automatically.
-.CS
-#include <tcl.h>
-#include <blt.h>
-
-register int i;
-Blt_Vector *xVec, *yVec;
-double x[50], y[50];
-
-/* Get the BLT vectors "X" and "Y" (created above from Tcl) */
-if ((Blt_GetVector(interp, "X", 50, &xVec) != TCL_OK) ||
- (Blt_GetVector(interp, "Y", 50, &yVec) != TCL_OK)) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
-}
-
-for (i = 0; i < 50; i++) {
- x[i] = i * 0.02;
- y[i] = sin(x[i]);
-}
-
-/* Put the data into BLT vectors */
-if ((Blt_ResetVector(xVec, x, 50, 50, TCL_VOLATILE) != TCL_OK) ||
- (Blt_ResetVector(yVec, y, 50, 50, TCL_VOLATILE) != TCL_OK)) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
-}
-.CE
-See the \fBvector\fR manual page for more details.
-.SH SPEED TIPS
-There may be cases where the bar chart needs to be drawn and updated as
-quickly as possible. If drawing speed becomes a big
-problem, here are a few tips to speed up displays.
-.TP 2
-\(bu
-Try to minimize the number of data points. The more data points
-looked at, the more work the bar chart must do.
-.TP 2
-\(bu
-If your data is generated as floating point values, the time required
-to convert the data values to and from ASCII strings can be
-significant, especially when there any many data points. You can
-avoid the redundant string-to-decimal conversions using the C API to
-BLT vectors.
-.TP 2
-\(bu
-Don't stipple or dash the element. Solid bars are much faster.
-.TP 2
-\(bu
-If you update data elements frequently, try turning off the
-widget's \fB\-bufferelements\fR option. When the bar chart is first
-displayed, it draws data elements into an internal pixmap. The pixmap
-acts as a cache, so that when the bar chart needs to be redrawn again, and
-the data elements or coordinate axes haven't changed, the pixmap is
-simply copied to the screen. This is especially useful when you are
-using markers to highlight points and regions on the bar chart. But if
-the bar chart is updated frequently, changing either the element data or
-coordinate axes, the buffering becomes redundant.
-.SH LIMITATIONS
-Auto-scale routines do not use requested min/max limits
-as boundaries when the axis is logarithmically scaled.
-.PP
-The PostScript output generated for polygons with more than 1500
-points may exceed the limits of some printers (See PostScript Language
-Reference Manual, page 568). The work-around is to break the polygon
-into separate pieces.
-.SH KEYWORDS
-bar chart, widget
diff --git a/tkblt/doc/graph.html b/tkblt/doc/graph.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 70f1e6f..0000000
--- a/tkblt/doc/graph.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1759 +0,0 @@
-<HTML>
-<BODY>
-<PRE>
-<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
-
-</PRE>
-<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
- <B>graph</B> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?...
-
-
-</PRE>
-<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
- The <B>graph</B> command creates a graph for plotting two-dimensional data
- (X-Y coordinates). It has many configurable components: coordinate
- axes, elements, legend, grid lines, cross hairs, etc. They allow you
- to customize the look and feel of the graph.
-
-
-</PRE>
-<H2>INTRODUCTION</H2><PRE>
- The <B>graph</B> command creates a new window for plotting two-dimensional
- data (X-Y coordinates). Data points are plotted in a rectangular area
- displayed in the center of the new window. This is the <I>plotting</I> <I>area</I>.
- The coordinate axes are drawn in the margins around the plotting area.
- By default, the legend is displayed in the right margin. The title is
- displayed in top margin.
-
- The <B>graph</B> widget is composed of several components: coordinate axes,
- data elements, legend, grid, cross hairs, pens, postscript, and annota-
- tion markers.
-
- axis The graph has four standard axes (x, x2, y, and y2), but you
- can create and display any number of axes. Axes control what
- region of data is displayed and how the data is scaled. Each
- axis consists of the axis line, title, major and minor ticks,
- and tick labels. Tick labels display the value at each major
- tick.
-
- crosshairs
- Cross hairs are used to position the mouse pointer relative
- to the X and Y coordinate axes. Two perpendicular lines,
- intersecting at the current location of the mouse, extend
- across the plotting area to the coordinate axes.
-
- element An element represents a set of data points. Elements can be
- plotted with a symbol at each data point and lines connecting
- the points. The appearance of the element, such as its sym-
- bol, line width, and color is configurable.
-
- grid Extends the major and minor ticks of the X-axis and/or Y-axis
- across the plotting area.
-
- legend The legend displays the name and symbol of each data element.
- The legend can be drawn in any margin or in the plotting
- area.
-
- marker Markers are used annotate or highlight areas of the graph.
- For example, you could use a polygon marker to fill an area
- under a curve, or a text marker to label a particular data
- point. Markers come in various forms: text strings, bitmaps,
- connected line segments, images, polygons, or embedded wid-
- gets.
-
- <B>graph</B> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... The <B>graph</B> command creates a new win-
- dow <I>pathName</I> and makes it into a <B>graph</B> widget. At the time this com-
- mand is invoked, there must not exist a window named <I>pathName</I>, but
- <I>pathName</I>'s parent must exist. Additional options may be specified on
- the command line or in the option database to configure aspects of the
- graph such as its colors and font. See the <B>configure</B> operation below
- for the exact details about what <I>option</I> and <I>value</I> pairs are valid.
-
- If successful, <B>graph</B> returns the path name of the widget. It also cre-
- ates a new Tcl command by the same name. You can use this command to
- invoke various operations that query or modify the graph. The general
- form is: <I>pathName</I> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?... Both <I>operation</I> and its arguments
- determine the exact behavior of the command. The operations available
- for the graph are described in the <B>GRAPH</B> <B>OPERATIONS</B> section.
-
- The command can also be used to access components of the graph. <I>path-</I>
- <I>Name</I> <I>component</I> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?... The operation, now located after the
- name of the component, is the function to be performed on that compo-
- nent. Each component has its own set of operations that manipulate that
- component. They will be described below in their own sections.
-
-
-</PRE>
-<H2>EXAMPLE</H2><PRE>
- The <B>graph</B> command creates a new graph. # Create a new graph. Plotting
- area is black. graph .g -plotbackground black A new Tcl command .g is
- also created. This command can be used to query and modify the graph.
- For example, to change the title of the graph to "My Plot", you use the
- new command and the graph's <B>configure</B> operation. # Change the title.
- .g configure -title "My Plot" A graph has several components. To access
- a particular component you use the component's name. For example, to
- add data elements, you use the new command and the <B>element</B> component.
- # Create a new element named "line1" .g element create line1 \
- -xdata { 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 } \ -ydata {
- 26.18 50.46 72.85 93.31 111.86 128.47 143.14 155.85 166.60
- 175.38 } The element's X-Y coordinates are specified using lists of
- numbers. Alternately, BLT vectors could be used to hold the X-Y coor-
- dinates. # Create two vectors and add them to the graph. vector xVec
- yVec xVec set { 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 } yVec set {
- 26.18 50.46 72.85 93.31 111.86 128.47 143.14 155.85 166.60 175.38
- } .g element create line1 -xdata xVec -ydata yVec The advantage of
- using vectors is that when you modify one, the graph is automatically
- redrawn to reflect the new values. # Change the y coordinate of the
- first point. set <B>yVector(0)</B> 25.18 An element named e1 is now created
- in .b. It is automatically added to the display list of elements. You
- can use this list to control in what order elements are displayed. To
- query or reset the element display list, you use the element's <B>show</B>
- operation. # Get the current display list set elemList [.b element
- show] # Remove the first element so it won't be displayed. .b element
- show [lrange $elemList 0 end] The element will be displayed by as many
- bars as there are data points (in this case there are ten). The bars
- will be drawn centered at the x-coordinate of the data point. All the
- bars will have the same attributes (colors, stipple, etc). The width
- of each bar is by default one unit. You can change this with using the
- example, you change the scale of the Y-axis from linear to log using
- the <B>axis</B> component. # Y-axis is log scale. .g axis configure y
- -logscale yes One important way axes are used is to zoom in on a par-
- ticular data region. Zooming is done by simply specifying new axis
- limits using the <B>-min</B> and <B>-max</B> configuration options. .g axis config-
- ure x -min 1.0 -max 1.5 .g axis configure y -min 12.0 -max 55.15 To
- zoom interactively, you link the <B>axis</B> <B>configure</B> operations with some
- user interaction (such as pressing the mouse button), using the <B>bind</B>
- command. To convert between screen and graph coordinates, use the
- <B>invtransform</B> operation. # Click the button to set a new minimum bind
- .g &lt;ButtonPress-1&gt; {
- %W axis configure x -min [%W axis invtransform x %x]
- %W axis configure x -min [%W axis invtransform x %y] } By default,
- the limits of the axis are determined from data values. To reset back
- to the default limits, set the <B>-min</B> and <B>-max</B> options to the empty
- value. # Reset the axes to autoscale again. .g axis configure x -min
- {} -max {} .g axis configure y -min {} -max {} By default, the legend
- is drawn in the right margin. You can change this or any legend con-
- figuration options using the <B>legend</B> component. # Configure the legend
- font, color, and relief .g legend configure -position left -relief
- raised \ -font fixed -fg blue To prevent the legend from being
- displayed, turn on the <B>-hide</B> option. # Don't display the legend. .g
- legend configure -hide yes The <B>graph</B> widget has simple drawing proce-
- dures called markers. They can be used to highlight or annotate data
- in the graph. The types of markers available are bitmaps, images, poly-
- gons, lines, or windows. Markers can be used, for example, to mark or
- brush points. In this example, is a text marker that labels the data
- first point. Markers are created using the <B>marker</B> component. # Create
- a label for the first data point of "line1". .g marker create text
- -name first_marker -coords { 0.2 26.18 } \ -text "start" -anchor
- se -xoffset -10 -yoffset -10 This creates a text marker named
- first_marker. It will display the text "start" near the coordinates of
- the first data point. The <B>-anchor</B>, <B>-xoffset</B>, and <B>-yoffset</B> options are
- used to display the marker above and to the left of the data point, so
- that the data point isn't covered by the marker. By default, markers
- are drawn last, on top of data. You can change this with the <B>-under</B>
- option. # Draw the label before elements are drawn. .g marker config-
- ure first_marker -under yes You can add cross hairs or grid lines using
- the <B>crosshairs</B> and <B>grid</B> components. # Display both cross hairs and
- grid lines. .g crosshairs configure -hide no -color red .g grid con-
- figure -hide no -dashes { 2 2 } # Set up a binding to reposition the
- crosshairs. bind .g &lt;Motion&gt; {
- .g crosshairs configure -position @%x,%y } The crosshairs are repo-
- sitioned as the mouse pointer is moved in the graph. The pointer X-Y
- coordinates define the center of the crosshairs.
-
- Finally, to get hardcopy of the graph, use the <B>postscript</B> component. #
- Print the graph into file "file.ps" .g postscript output file.ps -max-
- pect yes -decorations no This generates a file file.ps containing the
- encapsulated PostScript of the graph. The option <B>-maxpect</B> says to
- scale the plot to the size of the page. Turning off the <B>-decorations</B>
- option denotes that no borders or color backgrounds should be drawn
- <I>option</I>. <I>Option</I> may be any option described below for the <B>con-</B>
- <B>figure</B> operation.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?...
- Queries or modifies the configuration options of the graph. If
- <I>option</I> isn't specified, a list describing the current options
- for <I>pathName</I> is returned. If <I>option</I> is specified, but not
- <I>value</I>, then a list describing <I>option</I> is returned. If one or
- more <I>option</I> and <I>value</I> pairs are specified, then for each pair,
- the option <I>option</I> is set to <I>value</I>. The following options are
- valid.
-
- <B>-aspect</B> <I>width/height</I>
- Force a fixed aspect ratio of <I>width/height</I>, a floating
- point number.
-
- <B>-background</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the background color. This includes the margins and
- legend, but not the plotting area.
-
- <B>-borderwidth</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Sets the width of the 3-D border around the outside edge
- of the widget. The <B>-relief</B> option determines if the bor-
- der is to be drawn. The default is 2.
-
- <B>-bottommargin</B> <I>pixels</I>
- If non-zero, overrides the computed size of the margin
- extending below the X-coordinate axis. If <I>pixels</I> is 0,
- the automatically computed size is used. The default is
- 0.
-
- <B>-bufferelements</B> <I>boolean</I>
- Indicates whether an internal pixmap to buffer the dis-
- play of data elements should be used. If <I>boolean</I> is
- true, data elements are drawn to an internal pixmap.
- This option is especially useful when the graph is
- redrawn frequently while the remains data unchanged (for
- example, moving a marker across the plot). See the <B>SPEED</B>
- <B>TIPS</B> section. The default is 1.
-
- <B>-cursor</B> <I>cursor</I>
- Specifies the widget's cursor. The default cursor is
- crosshair.
-
- <B>-font</B> <I>fontName</I>
- Specifies the font of the graph title. The default is
- *-Helvetica-Bold-R-Normal-*-18-180-*.
-
- <B>-halo</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Specifies a maximum distance to consider when searching
- for the closest data point (see the element's <B>closest</B>
- operation below). Data points further than <I>pixels</I> away
- text. <I>Justify</I> must be left, right, or center. The
- default is center.
-
- <B>-leftmargin</B> <I>pixels</I>
- If non-zero, overrides the computed size of the margin
- extending from the left edge of the window to the Y-coor-
- dinate axis. If <I>pixels</I> is 0, the automatically computed
- size is used. The default is 0.
-
- <B>-plotbackground</B> <I>color</I>
- Specifies the background color of the plotting area. The
- default is white.
-
- <B>-plotborderwidth</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Sets the width of the 3-D border around the plotting
- area. The <B>-plotrelief</B> option determines if a border is
- drawn. The default is 2.
-
- <B>-plotpadx</B> <I>pad</I>
- Sets the amount of padding to be added to the left and
- right sides of the plotting area. <I>Pad</I> can be a list of
- one or two screen distances. If <I>pad</I> has two elements,
- the left side of the plotting area entry is padded by the
- first distance and the right side by the second. If <I>pad</I>
- is just one distance, both the left and right sides are
- padded evenly. The default is 8.
-
- <B>-plotpady</B> <I>pad</I>
- Sets the amount of padding to be added to the top and
- bottom of the plotting area. <I>Pad</I> can be a list of one or
- two screen distances. If <I>pad</I> has two elements, the top
- of the plotting area is padded by the first distance and
- the bottom by the second. If <I>pad</I> is just one distance,
- both the top and bottom are padded evenly. The default
- is 8.
-
- <B>-plotrelief</B> <I>relief</I>
- Specifies the 3-D effect for the plotting area. <I>Relief</I>
- specifies how the interior of the plotting area should
- appear relative to rest of the graph; for example, raised
- means the plot should appear to protrude from the graph,
- relative to the surface of the graph. The default is
- sunken.
-
- <B>-relief</B> <I>relief</I>
- Specifies the 3-D effect for the graph widget. <I>Relief</I>
- specifies how the graph should appear relative to widget
- it is packed into; for example, raised means the graph
- should appear to protrude. The default is flat.
-
- <B>-rightmargin</B> <I>pixels</I>
- If non-zero, overrides the computed size of the margin
-
- <B>-tile</B> <I>image</I>
- Specifies a tiled background for the widget. If <I>image</I>
- isn't "", the background is tiled using <I>image</I>. Other-
- wise, the normal background color is drawn (see the
- <B>-background</B> option). <I>Image</I> must be an image created
- using the Tk <B>image</B> command. The default is "".
-
- <B>-title</B> <I>text</I>
- Sets the title to <I>text</I>. If <I>text</I> is "", no title will be
- displayed.
-
- <B>-topmargin</B> <I>pixels</I>
- If non-zero, overrides the computed size of the margin
- above the x2 axis. If <I>pixels</I> is 0, the automatically
- computed size is used. The default is 0.
-
- <B>-width</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Specifies the requested width of the widget. The default
- is 5i.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>crosshairs</B> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?
- See the <B>CROSSHAIRS</B> <B>COMPONENT</B> section.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>element</B> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?...
- See the <B>ELEMENT</B> <B>COMPONENTS</B> section.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>extents</B> <I>item</I>
- Returns the size of a particular item in the graph. <I>Item</I> must
- be either leftmargin, rightmargin, topmargin, bottommargin,
- plotwidth, or plotheight.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>grid</B> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?...
- See the <B>GRID</B> <B>COMPONENT</B> section.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>invtransform</B> <I>winX</I> <I>winY</I>
- Performs an inverse coordinate transformation, mapping window
- coordinates back to graph coordinates, using the standard X-axis
- and Y-axis. Returns a list of containing the X-Y graph coordi-
- nates.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>inside</B> <I>x</I> <I>y</I>
- Returns 1 is the designated screen coordinate (<I>x</I> and <I>y</I>) is
- inside the plotting area and 0 otherwise.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>legend</B> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?...
- See the <B>LEGEND</B> <B>COMPONENT</B> section.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>line</B> <B>operation</B> <B>arg</B>...
- The operation is the same as <B>element</B>.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?...
- photo Saves a Tk photo image. <I>OutputName</I> represents
- the name of a Tk photo image that must already
- have been created.
-
- wmf Saves an Aldus Placeable Metafile. <I>OutputName</I>
- represents the filename where the metafile is
- written. If <I>outputName</I> is CLIPBOARD, then out-
- put is written directly to the Windows clip-
- board. This format is available only under
- Microsoft Windows.
-
- emf Saves an Enhanced Metafile. <I>OutputName</I> repre-
- sents the filename where the metafile is writ-
- ten. If <I>outputName</I> is CLIPBOARD, then output
- is written directly to the Windows clipboard.
- This format is available only under Microsoft
- Windows.
-
- <B>-height</B> <I>size</I>
- Specifies the height of the graph. <I>Size</I> is a screen
- distance. The graph will be redrawn using this dimen-
- sion, rather than its current window height.
-
- <B>-width</B> <I>size</I>
- Specifies the width of the graph. <I>Size</I> is a screen
- distance. The graph will be redrawn using this dimen-
- sion, rather than its current window width.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>transform</B> <I>x</I> <I>y</I>
- Performs a coordinate transformation, mapping graph coordinates
- to window coordinates, using the standard X-axis and Y-axis.
- Returns a list containing the X-Y screen coordinates.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>xaxis</B> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?...
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>x2axis</B> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?...
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>yaxis</B> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?...
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>y2axis</B> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?...
- See the <B>AXIS</B> <B>COMPONENTS</B> section.
-
-
-</PRE>
-<H2>GRAPH COMPONENTS</H2><PRE>
- A graph is composed of several components: coordinate axes, data ele-
- ments, legend, grid, cross hairs, postscript, and annotation markers.
- Instead of one big set of configuration options and operations, the
- graph is partitioned, where each component has its own configuration
- options and operations that specifically control that aspect or part of
- the graph.
-
- <B>AXIS</B> <B>COMPONENTS</B>
- Four coordinate axes are automatically created: two X-coordinate axes
- You can have several axes. To create an axis, invoke the axis component
- and its create operation. # Create a new axis called "tempAxis" .g
- axis create tempAxis You map data elements to an axis using the ele-
- ment's -mapy and -mapx configuration options. They specify the coordi-
- nate axes an element is mapped onto. # Now map the tempAxis data to
- this axis. .g element create "e1" -xdata $x -ydata $y -mapy tempAxis
- Any number of axes can be displayed simultaneously. They are drawn in
- the margins surrounding the plotting area. The default axes x and y
- are drawn in the bottom and left margins. The axes x2 and y2 are drawn
- in top and right margins. By default, only x and y are shown. Note
- that the axes can have different scales.
-
- To display a different axis or more than one axis, you invoke one of
- the following components: <B>xaxis</B>, <B>yaxis</B>, <B>x2axis</B>, and <B>y2axis</B>. Each com-
- ponent has a <B>use</B> operation that designates the axis (or axes) to be
- drawn in that corresponding margin: <B>xaxis</B> in the bottom, <B>yaxis</B> in the
- left, <B>x2axis</B> in the top, and <B>y2axis</B> in the right. # Display the axis
- tempAxis in the left margin. .g yaxis use tempAxis The <B>use</B> operation
- takes a list of axis names as its last argument. This is the list of
- axes to be drawn in this margin.
-
- You can configure axes in many ways. The axis scale can be linear or
- logarithmic. The values along the axis can either monotonically
- increase or decrease. If you need custom tick labels, you can specify
- a Tcl procedure to format the label any way you wish. You can control
- how ticks are drawn, by changing the major tick interval or the number
- of minor ticks. You can define non-uniform tick intervals, such as for
- time-series plots.
-
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>axis</B> <B>bind</B> <I>tagName</I> ?<I>sequence</I>? ?<I>command</I>?
- Associates <I>command</I> with <I>tagName</I> such that whenever the event
- sequence given by <I>sequence</I> occurs for an axis with this tag,
- <I>command</I> will be invoked. The syntax is similar to the <B>bind</B> com-
- mand except that it operates on graph axes, rather than widgets.
- See the <B>bind</B> manual entry for complete details on <I>sequence</I> and
- the substitutions performed on <I>command</I> before invoking it.
-
- If all arguments are specified then a new binding is created,
- replacing any existing binding for the same <I>sequence</I> and <I>tag-</I>
- <I>Name</I>. If the first character of <I>command</I> is + then <I>command</I> aug-
- ments an existing binding rather than replacing it. If no <I>com-</I>
- <I>mand</I> argument is provided then the command currently associated
- with <I>tagName</I> and <I>sequence</I> (it's an error occurs if there's no
- such binding) is returned. If both <I>command</I> and <I>sequence</I> are
- missing then a list of all the event sequences for which bind-
- ings have been defined for <I>tagName</I>.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>axis</B> <B>cget</B> <I>axisName</I> <I>option</I>
- Returns the current value of the option given by <I>option</I> for
- <I>axisName</I>. <I>Option</I> may be any option described below for the axis
- <B>configure</B> operation.
- the list matching the current event sequence will have
- its Tcl command executed. Implicitly the name of the
- element is always the first tag in the list. The default
- value is all.
-
- <B>-color</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the color of the axis and tick labels. The default
- is black.
-
- <B>-descending</B> <I>boolean</I>
- Indicates whether the values along the axis are monotoni-
- cally increasing or decreasing. If <I>boolean</I> is true, the
- axis values will be decreasing. The default is 0.
-
- <B>-hide</B> <I>boolean</I>
- Indicates if the axis is displayed. If <I>boolean</I> is false
- the axis will be displayed. Any element mapped to the
- axis is displayed regardless. The default value is 0.
-
- <B>-justify</B> <I>justify</I>
- Specifies how the axis title should be justified. This
- matters only when the axis title contains more than one
- line of text. <I>Justify</I> must be left, right, or center.
- The default is center.
-
- <B>-limits</B> <I>formatStr</I>
- Specifies a printf-like description to format the minimum
- and maximum limits of the axis. The limits are displayed
- at the top/bottom or left/right sides of the plotting
- area. <I>FormatStr</I> is a list of one or two format descrip-
- tions. If one description is supplied, both the minimum
- and maximum limits are formatted in the same way. If
- two, the first designates the format for the minimum
- limit, the second for the maximum. If "" is given as
- either description, then the that limit will not be dis-
- loosely, at the outer tick intervals. If the axis limit
- is set with the -min or -max option, the axes are dis-
- played tightly. If <I>boolean</I> is true, the axis range is
- "loose". The default is 0.
-
- <B>-majorticks</B> <I>majorList</I>
- Specifies where to display major axis ticks. You can use
- this option to display ticks at non-uniform intervals.
- <I>MajorList</I> is a list of axis coordinates designating the
- location of major ticks. No minor ticks are drawn. If
- <I>majorList</I> is "", major ticks will be automatically com-
- puted. The default is "".
-
- <B>-max</B> <I>value</I>
- Sets the maximum limit of <I>axisName</I>. Any data point
- greater than <I>value</I> is not displayed. If <I>value</I> is "", the
- maximum limit is calculated using the largest data value.
- The default is "".
-
- <B>-min</B> <I>value</I>
- Sets the minimum limit of <I>axisName</I>. Any data point less
- than <I>value</I> is not displayed. If <I>value</I> is "", the minimum
- limit is calculated using the smallest data value. The
- default is "".
-
- <B>-minorticks</B> <I>minorList</I>
- Specifies where to display minor axis ticks. You can use
- this option to display minor ticks at non-uniform inter-
- vals. <I>MinorList</I> is a list of real values, ranging from
- 0.0 to 1.0, designating the placement of a minor tick.
- No minor ticks are drawn if the <B>-majortick</B> option is also
- set. If <I>minorList</I> is "", minor ticks will be automati-
- cally computed. The default is "".
-
- <B>-rotate</B> <I>theta</I>
- Specifies the how many degrees to rotate the axis tick
- labels. <I>Theta</I> is a real value representing the number of
- degrees to rotate the tick labels. The default is 0.0
- degrees.
-
- <B>-scrollcommand</B> <I>command</I>
- Specify the prefix for a command used to communicate with
- scrollbars for this axis, such as <I>.sbar</I> <I>set</I>.
-
- <B>-scrollmax</B> <I>value</I>
- Sets the maximum limit of the axis scroll region. If
- <I>value</I> is "", the maximum limit is calculated using the
- largest data value. The default is "".
-
- <B>-scrollmin</B> <I>value</I>
- Sets the minimum limit of axis scroll region. If <I>value</I>
- is "", the minimum limit is calculated using the smallest
- Indicates how many minor axis ticks are to be drawn. For
- example, if <I>number</I> is two, only one minor tick is drawn.
- If <I>number</I> is one, no minor ticks are displayed. The
- default is 2.
-
- <B>-tickfont</B> <I>fontName</I>
- Specifies the font for axis tick labels. The default is
- *-Courier-Bold-R-Normal-*-100-*.
-
- <B>-tickformat</B> <I>formatStr</I>
- Specifies a printf-like description to format teh axis
- tick labels. You can get the standard tick labels again by
- setting <I>formatStr</I> to "". The default is "".
-
- <B>-tickformatcommand</B>, <B>-command</B> <I>prefix</I>
- Specifies a Tcl command to be invoked when formatting the
- axis tick labels. <I>Prefix</I> is a string containing the name
- of a Tcl proc and any extra arguments for the procedure.
- This command is invoked for each major tick on the axis.
- Two additional arguments are passed to the procedure: the
- pathname of the widget and the current the numeric value
- of the tick. The procedure returns the formatted tick
- label. If "" is returned, no label will appear next to
- the tick. You can get the standard tick labels again by
- setting <I>prefix</I> to "". The default is "".
-
- The numeric value for the tick might change when using the
- <B>-logscale</B> and <B>-tickformat</B> options.
-
- Please note that this procedure is invoked while the
- graph is redrawn. You may query configuration options.
- But do not them, because this can have unexpected
- results.
-
- <B>-ticklength</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Sets the length of major and minor ticks (minor ticks are
- half the length of major ticks). If <I>pixels</I> is less than
- zero, the axis will be inverted with ticks drawn pointing
- towards the plot. The default is 0.1i.
-
- <B>-title</B> <I>text</I>
- Sets the title of the axis. If <I>text</I> is "", no axis title
- will be displayed.
-
- <B>-titlealternate</B> <I>boolean</I>
- Indicates to display the axis title in its alternate
- location. Normally the axis title is centered along the
- axis. This option places the axis either to the right
- (horizontal axes) or above (vertical axes) the axis. The
- default is 0.
-
- <B>-titlecolor</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the color of the axis title. The default is black.
-
- <B>-titlefont</B> <I>fontName</I>
- Specifies the font for axis title. The default is *-Hel-
- vetica-Bold-R-Normal-*-14-140-*.
-
- Axis configuration options may be also be set by the <B>option</B> com-
- mand. The resource class is Axis. The resource names are the
- names of the axes (such as x or x2). option add
- *Graph.Axis.Color blue option add *Graph.x.LogScale true
- option add *Graph.x2.LogScale false
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>axis</B> <B>create</B> <I>axisName</I> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?...
- Creates a new axis by the name <I>axisName</I>. No axis by the same
- name can already exist. <I>Option</I> and <I>value</I> are described in above
- in the axis <B>configure</B> operation.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>axis</B> <B>delete</B> ?<I>axisName</I>?...
- Deletes the named axes. An axis is not really deleted until it
- is not longer in use, so it's safe to delete axes mapped to ele-
- ments.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>axis</B> <B>invtransform</B> <I>axisName</I> <I>value</I>
- Performs the inverse transformation, changing the screen coordi-
- nate <I>value</I> to a graph coordinate, mapping the value mapped to
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>axis</B> <B>view</B> <I>axisName</I>
- Change the viewable area of this axis. Use as an argument to a
- scrollbar's "<I>-command</I>".
-
- The default axes are x, y, x2, and y2. But you can display more than
- four axes simultaneously. You can also swap in a different axis with
- <B>use</B> operation of the special axis components: <B>xaxis</B>, <B>x2axis</B>, <B>yaxis</B>, and
- <B>y2axis</B>. .g create axis temp .g create axis time ... .g xaxis use temp
- .g yaxis use time Only the axes specified for use are displayed on the
- screen.
-
- The <B>xaxis</B>, <B>x2axis</B>, <B>yaxis</B>, and <B>y2axis</B> components operate on an axis
- location rather than a specific axis like the more general <B>axis</B> compo-
- nent does. They implicitly control the axis that is currently using to
- that location. By default, <B>xaxis</B> uses the x axis, <B>yaxis</B> uses y, <B>x2axis</B>
- uses x2, and <B>y2axis</B> uses y2. When more than one axis is displayed in a
- margin, it represents the first axis displayed.
-
- The following operations are available for axes. They mirror exactly
- the operations of the <B>axis</B> component. The <I>axis</I> argument must be <B>xaxis</B>,
- <B>x2axis</B>, <B>yaxis</B>, or <B>y2axis</B>. This feature is deprecated since more than
- one axis can now be used a margin. You should only use the <B>xaxis</B>,
- <B>x2axis</B>, <B>yaxis</B>, and <B>y2axis</B> components with the <B>use</B> operation. For all
- other operations, use the general <B>axis</B> component instead.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <I>axis</I> <B>cget</B> <I>option</I>
-
- <I>pathName</I> <I>axis</I> <B>configure</B> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?...
-
- <I>pathName</I> <I>axis</I> <B>invtransform</B> <I>value</I>
-
- <I>pathName</I> <I>axis</I> <B>limits</B>
-
- <I>pathName</I> <I>axis</I> <B>transform</B> <I>value</I>
-
- <I>pathName</I> <I>axis</I> <B>use</B> ?<I>axisName</I>?
- Designates the axis <I>axisName</I> is to be displayed at this loca-
- tion. <I>AxisName</I> can not be already in use at another location.
- This command returns the name of the axis currently using this
- location.
-
- <B>CROSSHAIRS</B> <B>COMPONENT</B>
- Cross hairs consist of two intersecting lines (one vertical and one
- horizontal) drawn completely across the plotting area. They are used
- to position the mouse in relation to the coordinate axes. Cross hairs
- differ from line markers in that they are implemented using XOR drawing
- primitives. This means that they can be quickly drawn and erased with-
- out redrawing the entire graph.
-
- The following operations are available for cross hairs:
-
- <B>-color</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the color of the cross hairs. The default is black.
-
- <B>-dashes</B> <I>dashList</I>
- Sets the dash style of the cross hairs. <I>DashList</I> is a
- list of up to 11 numbers that alternately represent the
- lengths of the dashes and gaps on the cross hair lines.
- Each number must be between 1 and 255. If <I>dashList</I> is
- "", the cross hairs will be solid lines.
-
- <B>-hide</B> <I>boolean</I>
- Indicates whether cross hairs are drawn. If <I>boolean</I> is
- true, cross hairs are not drawn. The default is yes.
-
- <B>-linewidth</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Set the width of the cross hair lines. The default is 1.
-
- <B>-position</B> <I>pos</I>
- Specifies the screen position where the cross hairs
- intersect. <I>Pos</I> must be in the form "<I>@x,y</I>", where <I>x</I> and <I>y</I>
- are the window coordinates of the intersection.
-
- Cross hairs configuration options may be also be set by the
- <B>option</B> command. The resource name and class are crosshairs and
- Crosshairs respectively. option add *Graph.Crosshairs.LineWidth
- 2 option add *Graph.Crosshairs.Color red
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>crosshairs</B> <B>off</B>
- Turns off the cross hairs.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>crosshairs</B> <B>on</B>
- Turns on the display of the cross hairs.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>crosshairs</B> <B>toggle</B>
- Toggles the current state of the cross hairs, alternately map-
- ping and unmapping the cross hairs.
-
- <B>ELEMENT</B> <B>COMPONENTS</B>
- A data element represents a set of data. It contains x and y vectors
- containing the coordinates of the data points. Elements can be dis-
- played with a symbol at each data point and lines connecting the
- points. Elements also control the appearance of the data, such as the
- symbol type, line width, color etc.
-
- When new data elements are created, they are automatically added to a
- list of displayed elements. The display list controls what elements
- are drawn and in what order.
-
- The following operations are available for elements.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>element</B> <B>activate</B> <I>elemName</I> ?<I>index</I>?...
- Specifies the data points of element <I>elemName</I> to be drawn using
- replacing any existing binding for the same <I>sequence</I> and <I>tag-</I>
- <I>Name</I>. If the first character of <I>command</I> is + then <I>command</I> aug-
- ments an existing binding rather than replacing it. If no <I>com-</I>
- <I>mand</I> argument is provided then the command currently associated
- with <I>tagName</I> and <I>sequence</I> (it's an error occurs if there's no
- such binding) is returned. If both <I>command</I> and <I>sequence</I> are
- missing then a list of all the event sequences for which bind-
- ings have been defined for <I>tagName</I>.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>element</B> <B>cget</B> <I>elemName</I> <I>option</I>
- Returns the current value of the element configuration option
- given by <I>option</I>. <I>Option</I> may be any of the options described
- below for the element <B>configure</B> operation.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>element</B> <B>closest</B> <I>x</I> <I>y</I> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... ?<I>elemName</I>?...
- Searches for the data point closest to the window coordinates <I>x</I>
- and <I>y</I>. By default, all elements are searched. Hidden elements
- (see the <B>-hide</B> option is false) are ignored. You can limit the
- search by specifying only the elements you want to be consid-
- ered. <I>ElemName</I> must be the name of an element that can not be
- hidden. It returns a key-value list containing the name of the
- closest element, the index of the closest data point, and the
- graph-coordinates of the point. Returns "", if no data point
- within the threshold distance can be found. The following
- <I>option</I>-<I>value</I> pairs are available.
-
- <B>-along</B> <I>direction</I>
- Search for the closest element using the following crite-
- ria:
-
- x Find closest element vertically from the given X-
- coordinate.
-
- y Find the closest element horizontally from the
- given Y-coordinate.
-
- both Find the closest element for the given point
- (using both the X and Y coordinates).
-
- <B>-halo</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Specifies a threshold distance where selected data points
- are ignored. <I>Pixels</I> is a valid screen distance, such as
- 2 or 1.2i. If this option isn't specified, then it
- defaults to the value of the graph's <B>-halo</B> option.
-
- <B>-interpolate</B> <I>string</I>
- Indicates whether to consider projections that lie along
- the line segments connecting data points when searching
- for the closest point. The default value is 0. The val-
- ues for <I>string</I> are described below.
-
- no Search only for the closest data point.
-
- <B>-activepen</B> <I>penName</I>
- Specifies pen to use to draw active element. If <I>penName</I>
- is "", no active elements will be drawn. The default is
- activeLine.
-
- <B>-areabackground</B> <I>color</I>
- Specifies the background color of the area under the
- curve. The background area color is drawn only for bit-
- maps (see the <B>-areapattern</B> option). If <I>color</I> is "", the
- background is transparent. The default is black.
-
- <B>-areaforeground</B> <I>color</I>
- Specifies the foreground color of the area under the
- curve. The default is black.
-
- <B>-areapattern</B> <I>pattern</I>
- Specifies how to fill the area under the curve. <I>Pattern</I>
- may be the name of a Tk bitmap, solid, or "". If
- "solid", then the area under the curve is drawn with the
- color designated by the <B>-areaforeground</B> option. If a
- bitmap, then the bitmap is stippled across the area.
- Here the bitmap colors are controlled by the <B>-areafore-</B>
- <B>ground</B> and <B>-areabackground</B> options. If <I>pattern</I> is "", no
- filled area is drawn. The default is "".
-
- <B>-areatile</B> <I>image</I>
- Specifies the name of a Tk image to be used to tile the
- area under the curve. This option supersedes the <B>-areap-</B>
- <B>attern</B> option. <I>Image</I> must be a photo image. If <I>image</I> is
- "", no tiling is performed. The default is "".
-
- <B>-bindtags</B> <I>tagList</I>
- Specifies the binding tags for the element. <I>TagList</I> is a
- list of binding tag names. The tags and their order will
- determine how events are handled for elements. Each tag
- in the list matching the current event sequence will have
- its Tcl command executed. Implicitly the name of the
- element is always the first tag in the list. The default
- value is all.
-
- <B>-color</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the color of the traces connecting the data points.
-
- <B>-dashes</B> <I>dashList</I>
- Sets the dash style of element line. <I>DashList</I> is a list
- of up to 11 numbers that alternately represent the
- lengths of the dashes and gaps on the element line. Each
- number must be between 1 and 255. If <I>dashList</I> is "", the
- lines will be solid.
-
- <B>-data</B> <I>coordList</I>
- Specifies the X-Y coordinates of the data. <I>CoordList</I> is
- Sets the element's label in the legend. If <I>text</I> is "",
- the element will have no entry in the legend. The
- default label is the element's name.
-
- <B>-linewidth</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Sets the width of the connecting lines between data
- points. If <I>pixels</I> is 0, no connecting lines will be
- drawn between symbols. The default is 0.
-
- <B>-mapx</B> <I>xAxis</I>
- Selects the X-axis to map the element's X-coordinates
- onto. <I>XAxis</I> must be the name of an axis. The default is
- x.
-
- <B>-mapy</B> <I>yAxis</I>
- Selects the Y-axis to map the element's Y-coordinates
- onto. <I>YAxis</I> must be the name of an axis. The default is
- y.
-
- <B>-offdash</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the color of the stripes when traces are dashed (see
- the <B>-dashes</B> option). If <I>color</I> is "", then the "off" pix-
- els will represent gaps instead of stripes. If <I>color</I> is
- defcolor, then the color will be the same as the <B>-color</B>
- option. The default is defcolor.
-
- <B>-outline</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the color or the outline around each symbol. If
- <I>color</I> is "", then no outline is drawn. If <I>color</I> is def-
- color, then the color will be the same as the <B>-color</B>
- option. The default is defcolor.
-
- <B>-pen</B> <I>penname</I>
- Set the pen to use for this element.
-
- <B>-outlinewidth</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Sets the width of the outline bordering each symbol. If
- <I>pixels</I> is 0, no outline will be drawn. The default is 1.
-
- <B>-pixels</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Sets the size of symbols. If <I>pixels</I> is 0, no symbols
- will be drawn. The default is 0.125i.
-
- <B>-scalesymbols</B> <I>boolean</I>
- If <I>boolean</I> is true, the size of the symbols drawn for
- <I>elemName</I> will change with scale of the X-axis and Y-axis.
- At the time this option is set, the current ranges of the
- axes are saved as the normalized scales (i.e scale factor
- is 1.0) and the element is drawn at its designated size
- (see the <B>-pixels</B> option). As the scale of the axes
- change, the symbol will be scaled according to the
- smaller of the X-axis and Y-axis scales. If <I>boolean</I> is
- dratic spline is used. The default is <I>linear</I>.
-
- <B>-styles</B> <I>styleList</I>
- Specifies what pen to use based on the range of weights
- given. <I>StyleList</I> is a list of style specifications. Each
- style specification, in turn, is a list consisting of a
- pen name, and optionally a minimum and maximum range.
- Data points whose weight (see the <B>-weight</B> option) falls
- in this range, are drawn with this pen. If no range is
- specified it defaults to the index of the pen in the
- list. Note that this affects only symbol attributes.
- Line attributes, such as line width, dashes, etc. are
- ignored.
-
- <B>-symbol</B> <I>symbol</I>
- Specifies the symbol for data points. <I>Symbol</I> can be
- either square, circle, diamond, plus, cross, splus,
- scross, triangle, "" (where no symbol is drawn), or a
- bitmap. Bitmaps are specified as "<I>source</I> ?<I>mask</I>?", where
- <I>source</I> is the name of the bitmap, and <I>mask</I> is the bit-
- map's optional mask. The default is circle.
-
- <B>-trace</B> <I>direction</I>
- Indicates whether connecting lines between data points
- (whose X-coordinate values are either increasing or
- decreasing) are drawn. <I>Direction</I> must be increasing,
- decreasing, or both. For example, if <I>direction</I> is
- increasing, connecting lines will be drawn only between
- those data points where X-coordinate values are monotoni-
- cally increasing. If <I>direction</I> is both, connecting lines
- will be draw between all data points. The default is
- both.
-
- <B>-weights</B> <I>wVec</I>
- Specifies the weights of the individual data points.
- This, with the list pen styles (see the <B>-styles</B> option),
- controls how data points are drawn. <I>WVec</I> is the name of
- a BLT vector or a list of numeric expressions represent-
- ing the weights for each data point.
-
- <B>-xdata</B> <I>xVec</I>
- Specifies the X-coordinates of the data. <I>XVec</I> is the
- name of a BLT vector or a list of numeric expressions.
-
- <B>-ydata</B> <I>yVec</I>
- Specifies the Y-coordinates of the data. <I>YVec</I> is the
- name of a BLT vector or a list of numeric expressions.
-
- Element configuration options may also be set by the <B>option</B> com-
- mand. The resource class is Element. The resource name is the
- name of the element. option add *Graph.Element.symbol line
- option add *Graph.e1.symbol line
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>element</B> <B>exists</B> <I>elemName</I>
- Returns 1 if an element <I>elemName</I> currently exists and 0 other-
- wise.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>element</B> <B>names</B> ?<I>pattern</I>?...
- Returns the elements matching one or more pattern. If no <I>pat-</I>
- <I>tern</I> is given, the names of all elements is returned.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>element</B> <B>show</B> ?<I>nameList</I>?
- Queries or modifies the element display list. The element dis-
- play list designates the elements drawn and in what order.
- <I>NameList</I> is a list of elements to be displayed in the order they
- are named. If there is no <I>nameList</I> argument, the current dis-
- play list is returned.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>element</B> <B>type</B> <I>elemName</I>
- Returns the type of <I>elemName</I>. If the element is a bar element,
- the commands returns the string "bar", otherwise it returns
- "line".
-
- <B>GRID</B> <B>COMPONENT</B>
- Grid lines extend from the major and minor ticks of each axis horizon-
- tally or vertically across the plotting area. The following operations
- are available for grid lines.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>grid</B> <B>cget</B> <I>option</I>
- Returns the current value of the grid line configuration option
- given by <I>option</I>. <I>Option</I> may be any option described below for
- the grid <B>configure</B> operation.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>grid</B> <B>configure</B> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?...
- Queries or modifies the configuration options for grid lines.
- If <I>option</I> isn't specified, a list describing all the current
- grid options for <I>pathName</I> is returned. If <I>option</I> is specified,
- but not <I>value</I>, then a list describing <I>option</I> is returned. If
- one or more <I>option</I> and <I>value</I> pairs are specified, then for each
- pair, the grid line option <I>option</I> is set to <I>value</I>. The follow-
- ing options are valid for grid lines.
-
- <B>-color</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the color of the grid lines. The default is black.
-
- <B>-dashes</B> <I>dashList</I>
- Sets the dash style of the grid lines. <I>DashList</I> is a list
- of up to 11 numbers that alternately represent the
- lengths of the dashes and gaps on the grid lines. Each
- number must be between 1 and 255. If <I>dashList</I> is "", the
- grid will be solid lines.
-
- <B>-hide</B> <I>boolean</I>
- Indicates whether the grid should be drawn. If <I>boolean</I> is
-
- <B>-minor</B> <I>boolean</I>
- Indicates whether the grid lines should be drawn for
- minor ticks. If <I>boolean</I> is true, the lines will appear
- at minor tick intervals. The default is 1.
-
- Grid configuration options may also be set by the <B>option</B> com-
- mand. The resource name and class are grid and Grid respec-
- tively. option add *Graph.grid.LineWidth 2 option add
- *Graph.Grid.Color black
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>grid</B> <B>off</B>
- Turns off the display the grid lines.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>grid</B> <B>on</B>
- Turns on the display the grid lines.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>grid</B> <B>toggle</B>
- Toggles the display of the grid.
-
- <B>LEGEND</B> <B>COMPONENT</B>
- The legend displays a list of the data elements. Each entry consists
- of the element's symbol and label. The legend can appear in any margin
- (the default location is in the right margin). It can also be posi-
- tioned anywhere within the plotting area.
-
- The following operations are valid for the legend.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>legend</B> <B>activate</B> <I>pattern</I>...
- Selects legend entries to be drawn using the active legend col-
- ors and relief. All entries whose element names match <I>pattern</I>
- are selected. To be selected, the element name must match only
- one <I>pattern</I>.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>legend</B> <B>bind</B> <I>tagName</I> ?<I>sequence</I>? ?<I>command</I>?
- Associates <I>command</I> with <I>tagName</I> such that whenever the event
- sequence given by <I>sequence</I> occurs for a legend entry with this
- tag, <I>command</I> will be invoked. Implicitly the element names in
- the entry are tags. The syntax is similar to the <B>bind</B> command
- except that it operates on legend entries, rather than widgets.
- See the <B>bind</B> manual entry for complete details on <I>sequence</I> and
- the substitutions performed on <I>command</I> before invoking it.
-
- If all arguments are specified then a new binding is created,
- replacing any existing binding for the same <I>sequence</I> and <I>tag-</I>
- <I>Name</I>. If the first character of <I>command</I> is + then <I>command</I> aug-
- ments an existing binding rather than replacing it. If no <I>com-</I>
- <I>mand</I> argument is provided then the command currently associated
- with <I>tagName</I> and <I>sequence</I> (it's an error occurs if there's no
- such binding) is returned. If both <I>command</I> and <I>sequence</I> are
- missing then a list of all the event sequences for which bind-
- ings have been defined for <I>tagName</I>.
-
- <B>-activebackground</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the background color for active legend entries. All
- legend entries marked active (see the legend <B>activate</B>
- operation) are drawn using this background color.
-
- <B>-activeborderwidth</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Sets the width of the 3-D border around the outside edge
- of the active legend entries. The default is 2.
-
- <B>-activeforeground</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the foreground color for active legend entries. All
- legend entries marked as active (see the legend <B>activate</B>
- operation) are drawn using this foreground color.
-
- <B>-activerelief</B> <I>relief</I>
- Specifies the 3-D effect desired for active legend
- entries. <I>Relief</I> denotes how the interior of the entry
- should appear relative to the legend; for example, raised
- means the entry should appear to protrude from the leg-
- end, relative to the surface of the legend. The default
- is flat.
-
- <B>-anchor</B> <I>anchor</I>
- Tells how to position the legend relative to the posi-
- tioning point for the legend. This is dependent on the
- value of the <B>-position</B> option. The default is center.
-
- left or right
- The anchor describes how to position the leg-
- end vertically.
-
- top or bottom
- The anchor describes how to position the leg-
- end horizontally.
-
- @x,y The anchor specifies how to position the leg-
- end relative to the positioning point. For
- example, if <I>anchor</I> is center then the legend
- is centered on the point; if <I>anchor</I> is n then
- the legend will be drawn such that the top
- center point of the rectangular region occu-
- pied by the legend will be at the positioning
- point.
-
- plotarea The anchor specifies how to position the leg-
- end relative to the plotting area. For exam-
- ple, if <I>anchor</I> is center then the legend is
- centered in the plotting area; if <I>anchor</I> is
- ne then the legend will be drawn such that
- occupies the upper right corner of the plot-
- ting area.
-
- Sets the width of the 3-D border around the outside edge
- of the legend (if such border is being drawn; the <B>relief</B>
- option determines this). The default is 2 pixels.
-
- <B>-font</B> <I>fontName</I>
- <I>FontName</I> specifies a font to use when drawing the labels
- of each element into the legend. The default is *-Hel-
- vetica-Bold-R-Normal-*-12-120-*.
-
- <B>-foreground</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the foreground color of the text drawn for the ele-
- ment's label. The default is black.
-
- <B>-hide</B> <I>boolean</I>
- Indicates whether the legend should be displayed. If
- <I>boolean</I> is true, the legend will not be draw. The
- default is no.
-
- <B>-ipadx</B> <I>pad</I>
- Sets the amount of internal padding to be added to the
- width of each legend entry. <I>Pad</I> can be a list of one or
- two screen distances. If <I>pad</I> has two elements, the left
- side of the legend entry is padded by the first distance
- and the right side by the second. If <I>pad</I> is just one
- distance, both the left and right sides are padded
- evenly. The default is 2.
-
- <B>-ipady</B> <I>pad</I>
- Sets an amount of internal padding to be added to the
- height of each legend entry. <I>Pad</I> can be a list of one or
- two screen distances. If <I>pad</I> has two elements, the top
- of the entry is padded by the first distance and the bot-
- tom by the second. If <I>pad</I> is just one distance, both the
- top and bottom of the entry are padded evenly. The
- default is 2.
-
- <B>-padx</B> <I>pad</I>
- Sets the padding to the left and right exteriors of the
- legend. <I>Pad</I> can be a list of one or two screen dis-
- tances. If <I>pad</I> has two elements, the left side of the
- legend is padded by the first distance and the right side
- by the second. If <I>pad</I> has just one distance, both the
- left and right sides are padded evenly. The default is
- 4.
-
- <B>-pady</B> <I>pad</I>
- Sets the padding above and below the legend. <I>Pad</I> can be
- a list of one or two screen distances. If <I>pad</I> has two
- elements, the area above the legend is padded by the
- first distance and the area below by the second. If <I>pad</I>
- is just one distance, both the top and bottom areas are
- padded evenly. The default is 0.
- plotting area. If <I>boolean</I> is true, the legend will be
- drawn on top of any elements that may overlap it. The
- default is no.
-
- <B>-relief</B> <I>relief</I>
- Specifies the 3-D effect for the border around the leg-
- end. <I>Relief</I> specifies how the interior of the legend
- should appear relative to the graph; for example, raised
- means the legend should appear to protrude from the
- graph, relative to the surface of the graph. The default
- is sunken.
-
- Legend configuration options may also be set by the <B>option</B> com-
- mand. The resource name and class are legend and Legend respec-
- tively. option add *Graph.legend.Foreground blue option add
- *Graph.Legend.Relief raised
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>legend</B> <B>deactivate</B> <I>pattern</I>...
- Selects legend entries to be drawn using the normal legend col-
- ors and relief. All entries whose element names match <I>pattern</I>
- are selected. To be selected, the element name must match only
- one <I>pattern</I>.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>legend</B> <B>get</B> <I>pos</I>
- Returns the name of the element whose entry is at the screen
- position <I>pos</I> in the legend. <I>Pos</I> must be in the form "<I>@x,y</I>",
- where <I>x</I> and <I>y</I> are window coordinates. If the given coordinates
- do not lie over a legend entry, "" is returned.
-
- <B>PEN</B> <B>COMPONENTS</B>
- Pens define attributes (both symbol and line style) for elements. Pens
- mirror the configuration options of data elements that pertain to how
- symbols and lines are drawn. Data elements use pens to determine how
- they are drawn. A data element may use several pens at once. In this
- case, the pen used for a particular data point is determined from each
- element's weight vector (see the element's <B>-weight</B> and <B>-style</B> options).
-
- One pen, called activeLine, is automatically created. It's used as the
- default active pen for elements. So you can change the active
- attributes for all elements by simply reconfiguring this pen. .g pen
- configure "activeLine" -color green You can create and use several
- pens. To create a pen, invoke the pen component and its create opera-
- tion. .g pen create myPen You map pens to a data element using either
- the element's <B>-pen</B> or <B>-activepen</B> options. .g element create "line1"
- -xdata $x -ydata $tempData \
- -pen myPen An element can use several pens at once. This is done by
- specifying the name of the pen in the element's style list (see the
- <B>-styles</B> option). .g element configure "line1" -styles { myPen 2.0 3.0
- } This says that any data point with a weight between 2.0 and 3.0 is to
- be drawn using the pen myPen. All other points are drawn with the ele-
- ment's default attributes.
-
- specified, then for each pair, the pen option <I>option</I> is set to
- <I>value</I>. The following options are valid for pens.
-
- <B>-color</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the color of the traces connecting the data points.
-
- <B>-dashes</B> <I>dashList</I>
- Sets the dash style of element line. <I>DashList</I> is a list
- of up to 11 numbers that alternately represent the
- lengths of the dashes and gaps on the element line. Each
- number must be between 1 and 255. If <I>dashList</I> is "", the
- lines will be solid.
-
- <B>-fill</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the interior color of symbols. If <I>color</I> is "", then
- the interior of the symbol is transparent. If <I>color</I> is
- defcolor, then the color will be the same as the <B>-color</B>
- option. The default is defcolor.
-
- <B>-linewidth</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Sets the width of the connecting lines between data
- points. If <I>pixels</I> is 0, no connecting lines will be
- drawn between symbols. The default is 0.
-
- <B>-offdash</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the color of the stripes when traces are dashed (see
- the <B>-dashes</B> option). If <I>color</I> is "", then the "off" pix-
- els will represent gaps instead of stripes. If <I>color</I> is
- defcolor, then the color will be the same as the <B>-color</B>
- option. The default is defcolor.
-
- <B>-outline</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the color or the outline around each symbol. If
- <I>color</I> is "", then no outline is drawn. If <I>color</I> is def-
- color, then the color will be the same as the <B>-color</B>
- option. The default is defcolor.
-
- <B>-outlinewidth</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Sets the width of the outline bordering each symbol. If
- <I>pixels</I> is 0, no outline will be drawn. The default is 1.
-
- <B>-pixels</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Sets the size of symbols. If <I>pixels</I> is 0, no symbols
- will be drawn. The default is 0.125i.
-
- <B>-symbol</B> <I>symbol</I>
- Specifies the symbol for data points. <I>Symbol</I> can be
- either square, circle, diamond, plus, cross, splus,
- scross, triangle, "" (where no symbol is drawn), or a
- bitmap. Bitmaps are specified as "<I>source</I> ?<I>mask</I>?", where
- <I>source</I> is the name of the bitmap, and <I>mask</I> is the bit-
- map's optional mask. The default is circle.
-
- Creates a new pen by the name <I>penName</I>. No pen by the same name
- can already exist. <I>Option</I> and <I>value</I> are described in above in
- the pen <B>configure</B> operation.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>pen</B> <B>delete</B> ?<I>penName</I>?...
- Deletes the named pens. A pen is not really deleted until it is
- not longer in use, so it's safe to delete pens mapped to ele-
- ments.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>pen</B> <B>names</B> ?<I>pattern</I>?...
- Returns a list of pens matching zero or more patterns. If no
- <I>pattern</I> argument is give, the names of all pens are returned.
-
- <B>POSTSCRIPT</B> <B>COMPONENT</B>
- The graph can generate encapsulated PostScript output. There are sev-
- eral configuration options you can specify to control how the plot will
- be generated. You can change the page dimensions and borders. The
- plot itself can be scaled, centered, or rotated to landscape. The
- PostScript output can be written directly to a file or returned through
- the interpreter.
-
- The following postscript operations are available.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>postscript</B> <B>cget</B> <I>option</I>
- Returns the current value of the postscript option given by
- <I>option</I>. <I>Option</I> may be any option described below for the post-
- script <B>configure</B> operation.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>postscript</B> <B>configure</B> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?...
- Queries or modifies the configuration options for PostScript
- generation. If <I>option</I> isn't specified, a list describing the
- current postscript options for <I>pathName</I> is returned. If <I>option</I>
- is specified, but not <I>value</I>, then a list describing <I>option</I> is
- returned. If one or more <I>option</I> and <I>value</I> pairs are specified,
- then for each pair, the postscript option <I>option</I> is set to
- <I>value</I>. The following postscript options are available.
-
- <B>-center</B> <I>boolean</I>
- Indicates whether the plot should be centered on the
- PostScript page. If <I>boolean</I> is false, the plot will be
- placed in the upper left corner of the page. The default
- is 1.
-
- <B>-colormap</B> <I>varName</I>
- <I>VarName</I> must be the name of a global array variable that
- specifies a color mapping from the X color name to Post-
- Script. Each element of <I>varName</I> must consist of Post-
- Script code to set a particular color value (e.g. ``1.0
- 1.0 0.0 setrgbcolor''). When generating color informa-
- tion in PostScript, the array variable <I>varName</I> is checked
- if an element of the name as the color exists. If so, it
- uses its value as the PostScript command to set the
- Script. Each element of <I>varName</I> must consist of a Tcl
- list with one or two elements; the name and point size of
- a PostScript font. When outputting PostScript commands
- for a particular font, the array variable <I>varName</I> is
- checked to see if an element by the specified font
- exists. If there is such an element, then the font
- information contained in that element is used in the
- PostScript output. (If the point size is omitted from
- the list, the point size of the X font is used). Other-
- wise the X font is examined in an attempt to guess what
- PostScript font to use. This works only for fonts whose
- foundry property is <I>Adobe</I> (such as Times, Helvetica,
- Courier, etc.). If all of this fails then the font
- defaults to Helvetica-Bold.
-
- <B>-decorations</B> <I>boolean</I>
- Indicates whether PostScript commands to generate color
- backgrounds and 3-D borders will be output. If <I>boolean</I>
- is false, the background will be white and no 3-D borders
- will be generated. The default is 1.
-
- <B>-height</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Sets the height of the plot. This lets you print the
- graph with a height different from the one drawn on the
- screen. If <I>pixels</I> is 0, the height is the same as the
- widget's height. The default is 0.
-
- <B>-landscape</B> <I>boolean</I>
- If <I>boolean</I> is true, this specifies the printed area is to
- be rotated 90 degrees. In non-rotated output the X-axis
- of the printed area runs along the short dimension of the
- page (``portrait'' orientation); in rotated output the
- X-axis runs along the long dimension of the page (``land-
- scape'' orientation). Defaults to 0.
-
- <B>-maxpect</B> <I>boolean</I>
- Indicates to scale the plot so that it fills the Post-
- Script page. The aspect ratio of the graph is still
- retained. The default is 0.
-
- <B>-padx</B> <I>pad</I>
- Sets the horizontal padding for the left and right page
- borders. The borders are exterior to the plot. <I>Pad</I> can
- be a list of one or two screen distances. If <I>pad</I> has two
- elements, the left border is padded by the first distance
- and the right border by the second. If <I>pad</I> has just one
- distance, both the left and right borders are padded
- evenly. The default is 1i.
-
- <B>-pady</B> <I>pad</I>
- Sets the vertical padding for the top and bottom page
- borders. The borders are exterior to the plot. <I>Pad</I> can
- The default width is 8.5i.
-
- <B>-width</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Sets the width of the plot. This lets you generate a
- plot of a width different from that of the widget. If
- <I>pixels</I> is 0, the width is the same as the widget's width.
- The default is 0.
-
- Postscript configuration options may be also be set by the
- <B>option</B> command. The resource name and class are postscript and
- Postscript respectively. option add *Graph.postscript.Decora-
- tions false option add *Graph.Postscript.Landscape true
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>postscript</B> <B>output</B> ?<I>fileName</I>? ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?...
- Outputs a file of encapsulated PostScript. If a <I>fileName</I> argu-
- ment isn't present, the command returns the PostScript. If any
- <I>option-value</I> pairs are present, they set configuration options
- controlling how the PostScript is generated. <I>Option</I> and <I>value</I>
- can be anything accepted by the postscript <B>configure</B> operation
- above.
-
- <B>MARKER</B> <B>COMPONENTS</B>
- Markers are simple drawing procedures used to annotate or highlight
- areas of the graph. Markers have various types: text strings, bitmaps,
- images, connected lines, windows, or polygons. They can be associated
- with a particular element, so that when the element is hidden or un-
- hidden, so is the marker. By default, markers are the last items
- drawn, so that data elements will appear in behind them. You can
- change this by configuring the <B>-under</B> option.
-
- Markers, in contrast to elements, don't affect the scaling of the coor-
- dinate axes. They can also have <I>elastic</I> coordinates (specified by -Inf
- and Inf respectively) that translate into the minimum or maximum limit
- of the axis. For example, you can place a marker so it always remains
- in the lower left corner of the plotting area, by using the coordinates
- -Inf,-Inf.
-
- The following operations are available for markers.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>after</B> <I>markerId</I> ?<I>afterId</I>?
- Changes the order of the markers, drawing the first marker after
- the second. If no second <I>afterId</I> argument is specified, the
- marker is placed at the end of the display list. This command
- can be used to control how markers are displayed since markers
- are drawn in the order of this display list.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>before</B> <I>markerId</I> ?<I>beforeId</I>?
- Changes the order of the markers, drawing the first marker
- before the second. If no second <I>beforeId</I> argument is specified,
- the marker is placed at the beginning of the display list. This
- command can be used to control how markers are displayed since
- markers are drawn in the order of this display list.
- with <I>tagName</I> and <I>sequence</I> (it's an error occurs if there's no
- such binding) is returned. If both <I>command</I> and <I>sequence</I> are
- missing then a list of all the event sequences for which bind-
- ings have been defined for <I>tagName</I>.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>cget</B> <I>option</I>
- Returns the current value of the marker configuration option
- given by <I>option</I>. <I>Option</I> may be any option described below in
- the <B>configure</B> operation.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>configure</B> <I>markerId</I> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?...
- Queries or modifies the configuration options for markers. If
- <I>option</I> isn't specified, a list describing the current options
- for <I>markerId</I> is returned. If <I>option</I> is specified, but not
- <I>value</I>, then a list describing <I>option</I> is returned. If one or
- more <I>option</I> and <I>value</I> pairs are specified, then for each pair,
- the marker option <I>option</I> is set to <I>value</I>.
-
- The following options are valid for all markers. Each type of
- marker also has its own type-specific options. They are
- described in the sections below.
-
- <B>-bindtags</B> <I>tagList</I>
- Specifies the binding tags for the marker. <I>TagList</I> is a
- list of binding tag names. The tags and their order will
- determine how events for markers are handled. Each tag
- in the list matching the current event sequence will have
- its Tcl command executed. Implicitly the name of the
- marker is always the first tag in the list. The default
- value is all.
-
- <B>-coords</B> <I>coordList</I>
- Specifies the coordinates of the marker. <I>CoordList</I> is a
- list of graph coordinates. The number of coordinates
- required is dependent on the type of marker. Text,
- image, and window markers need only two coordinates (an
- X-Y coordinate). Bitmap markers can take either two or
- four coordinates (if four, they represent the corners of
- the bitmap). Line markers need at least four coordinates,
- polygons at least six. If <I>coordList</I> is "", the marker
- will not be displayed. The default is "".
-
- <B>-element</B> <I>elemName</I>
- Links the marker with the element <I>elemName</I>. The marker
- is drawn only if the element is also currently displayed
- (see the element's <B>show</B> operation). If <I>elemName</I> is "",
- the marker is always drawn. The default is "".
-
- <B>-hide</B> <I>boolean</I>
- Indicates whether the marker is drawn. If <I>boolean</I> is
- true, the marker is not drawn. The default is no.
-
- <B>-under</B> <I>boolean</I>
- Indicates whether the marker is drawn below/above data
- elements. If <I>boolean</I> is true, the marker is be drawn
- underneath the data element symbols and lines. Other-
- wise, the marker is drawn on top of the element. The
- default is 0.
-
- <B>-xoffset</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Specifies a screen distance to offset the marker horizon-
- tally. <I>Pixels</I> is a valid screen distance, such as 2 or
- 1.2i. The default is 0.
-
- <B>-yoffset</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Specifies a screen distance to offset the markers verti-
- cally. <I>Pixels</I> is a valid screen distance, such as 2 or
- 1.2i. The default is 0.
-
- Marker configuration options may also be set by the <B>option</B> com-
- mand. The resource class is either BitmapMarker, ImageMarker,
- LineMarker, PolygonMarker, TextMarker, or WindowMarker, depend-
- ing on the type of marker. The resource name is the name of the
- marker. option add *Graph.TextMarker.Foreground white option
- add *Graph.BitmapMarker.Foreground white option add
- *Graph.m1.Background blue
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>create</B> <I>type</I> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?...
- Creates a marker of the selected type. <I>Type</I> may be either text,
- line, bitmap, image, polygon, or window. This command returns
- the marker identifier, used as the <I>markerId</I> argument in the
- other marker-related commands. If the <B>-name</B> option is used,
- this overrides the normal marker identifier. If the name pro-
- vided is already used for another marker, the new marker will
- replace the old.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>delete</B> ?<I>name</I>?...
- Removes one of more markers. The graph will automatically be
- redrawn without the marker..
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>exists</B> <I>markerId</I>
- Returns 1 if the marker <I>markerId</I> exists and 0 otherwise.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>names</B> ?<I>pattern</I>?
- Returns the names of all the markers that currently exist. If
- <I>pattern</I> is supplied, only those markers whose names match it
- will be returned.
-
- <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>type</B> <I>markerId</I>
- Returns the type of the marker given by <I>markerId</I>, such as line
- or text. If <I>markerId</I> is not a valid a marker identifier, "" is
- returned.
-
- <B>BITMAP</B> <B>MARKERS</B>
- The following options are specific to bitmap markers:
-
- <B>-background</B> <I>color</I>
- Same as the <B>-fill</B> option.
-
- <B>-bitmap</B> <I>bitmap</I>
- Specifies the bitmap to be displayed. If <I>bitmap</I> is "", the
- marker will not be displayed. The default is "".
-
- <B>-fill</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the background color of the bitmap. If <I>color</I> is the empty
- string, no background will be transparent. The default back-
- ground color is "".
-
- <B>-foreground</B> <I>color</I>
- Same as the <B>-outline</B> option.
-
- <B>-mask</B> <I>mask</I>
- Specifies a mask for the bitmap to be displayed. This mask is a
- bitmap itself, denoting the pixels that are transparent. If
- <I>mask</I> is "", all pixels of the bitmap will be drawn. The default
- is "".
-
- <B>-outline</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the foreground color of the bitmap. The default value is
- black.
-
- <B>-rotate</B> <I>theta</I>
- Sets the rotation of the bitmap. <I>Theta</I> is a real number repre-
- senting the angle of rotation in degrees. The marker is first
- rotated and then placed according to its anchor position. The
- default rotation is 0.0.
-
- <B>IMAGE</B> <B>MARKERS</B>
- A image marker displays an image. Image markers are created with the
- marker's <B>create</B> operation in the form: <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>create</B> <B>image</B>
- ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... There may be many <I>option</I>-<I>value</I> pairs, each sets a
- configuration option for the marker. These same <I>option</I>-<I>value</I> pairs may
- be used with the marker's <B>configure</B> operation.
-
- The following options are specific to image markers:
-
- <B>-anchor</B> <I>anchor</I>
- <I>Anchor</I> tells how to position the image relative to the position-
- ing point for the image. For example, if <I>anchor</I> is center then
- the image is centered on the point; if <I>anchor</I> is n then the
- image will be drawn such that the top center point of the rect-
- angular region occupied by the image will be at the positioning
- point. This option defaults to center.
-
- <B>-image</B> <I>image</I>
- Specifies the image to be drawn. If <I>image</I> is "", the marker
- gaps on the line. Each number must be between 1 and 255. If
- <I>dashList</I> is "", the marker line will be solid.
-
- <B>-fill</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the background color of the line. This color is used with
- striped lines (see the <B>-fdashes</B> option). If <I>color</I> is the empty
- string, no background color is drawn (the line will be dashed,
- not striped). The default background color is "".
-
- <B>-linewidth</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Sets the width of the lines. The default width is 0.
-
- <B>-outline</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the foreground color of the line. The default value is
- black.
-
- <B>-stipple</B> <I>bitmap</I>
- Specifies a stipple pattern used to draw the line, rather than a
- solid line. <I>Bitmap</I> specifies a bitmap to use as the stipple
- pattern. If <I>bitmap</I> is "", then the line is drawn in a solid
- fashion. The default is "".
-
- <B>POLYGON</B> <B>MARKERS</B>
- A polygon marker displays a closed region described as two or more con-
- nected line segments. It is assumed the first and last points are con-
- nected. Polygon markers are created using the marker <B>create</B> operation
- in the form: <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>create</B> <B>polygon</B> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... There
- may be many <I>option</I>-<I>value</I> pairs, each sets a configuration option for
- the marker. These same <I>option</I>-<I>value</I> pairs may be used with the <B>marker</B>
- <B>configure</B> command to change the marker's configuration. The following
- options are supported for polygon markers:
-
- <B>-dashes</B> <I>dashList</I>
- Sets the dash style of the outline of the polygon. <I>DashList</I> is a
- list of up to 11 numbers that alternately represent the lengths
- of the dashes and gaps on the outline. Each number must be
- between 1 and 255. If <I>dashList</I> is "", the outline will be a
- solid line.
-
- <B>-fill</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the fill color of the polygon. If <I>color</I> is "", then the
- interior of the polygon is transparent. The default is white.
-
- <B>-linewidth</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Sets the width of the outline of the polygon. If <I>pixels</I> is zero,
- no outline is drawn. The default is 0.
-
- <B>-outline</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the color of the outline of the polygon. If the polygon is
- stippled (see the <B>-stipple</B> option), then this represents the
- foreground color of the stipple. The default is black.
-
- the marker's <B>configure</B> operation.
-
- The following options are specific to text markers:
-
- <B>-anchor</B> <I>anchor</I>
- <I>Anchor</I> tells how to position the text relative to the position-
- ing point for the text. For example, if <I>anchor</I> is center then
- the text is centered on the point; if <I>anchor</I> is n then the text
- will be drawn such that the top center point of the rectangular
- region occupied by the text will be at the positioning point.
- This default is center.
-
- <B>-background</B> <I>color</I>
- Same as the <B>-fill</B> option.
-
- <B>-font</B> <I>fontName</I>
- Specifies the font of the text. The default is *-Helvetica-
- Bold-R-Normal-*-120-*.
-
- <B>-fill</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the background color of the text. If <I>color</I> is the empty
- string, no background will be transparent. The default back-
- ground color is "".
-
- <B>-foreground</B> <I>color</I>
- Same as the <B>-outline</B> option.
-
- <B>-justify</B> <I>justify</I>
- Specifies how the text should be justified. This matters only
- when the marker contains more than one line of text. <I>Justify</I>
- must be left, right, or center. The default is center.
-
- <B>-outline</B> <I>color</I>
- Sets the color of the text. The default value is black.
-
- <B>-padx</B> <I>pad</I>
- Sets the padding to the left and right exteriors of the text.
- <I>Pad</I> can be a list of one or two screen distances. If <I>pad</I> has
- two elements, the left side of the text is padded by the first
- distance and the right side by the second. If <I>pad</I> has just one
- distance, both the left and right sides are padded evenly. The
- default is 4.
-
- <B>-pady</B> <I>pad</I>
- Sets the padding above and below the text. <I>Pad</I> can be a list of
- one or two screen distances. If <I>pad</I> has two elements, the area
- above the text is padded by the first distance and the area
- below by the second. If <I>pad</I> is just one distance, both the top
- and bottom areas are padded evenly. The default is 4.
-
- <B>-rotate</B> <I>theta</I>
- Specifies the number of degrees to rotate the text. <I>Theta</I> is a
-
- <I>option</I>-<I>value</I> pairs may be used with the marker's <B>configure</B> command.
-
- The following options are specific to window markers:
-
- <B>-anchor</B> <I>anchor</I>
- <I>Anchor</I> tells how to position the widget relative to the posi-
- tioning point for the widget. For example, if <I>anchor</I> is center
- then the widget is centered on the point; if <I>anchor</I> is n then
- the widget will be displayed such that the top center point of
- the rectangular region occupied by the widget will be at the
- positioning point. This option defaults to center.
-
- <B>-height</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Specifies the height to assign to the marker's window. If this
- option isn't specified, or if it is specified as "", then the
- window is given whatever height the widget requests internally.
-
- <B>-width</B> <I>pixels</I>
- Specifies the width to assign to the marker's window. If this
- option isn't specified, or if it is specified as "", then the
- window is given whatever width the widget requests internally.
-
- <B>-window</B> <I>pathName</I>
- Specifies the widget to be managed by the graph. <I>PathName</I> must
- be a child of the <B>graph</B> widget.
-
-
-</PRE>
-<H2>GRAPH COMPONENT BINDINGS</H2><PRE>
- Specific graph components, such as elements, markers and legend
- entries, can have a command trigger when event occurs in them, much
- like canvas items in Tk's canvas widget. Not all event sequences are
- valid. The only binding events that may be specified are those related
- to the mouse and keyboard (such as <B>Enter</B>, <B>Leave</B>, <B>ButtonPress</B>, <B>Motion</B>,
- and <B>KeyPress</B>).
-
- Only one element or marker can be picked during an event. This means,
- that if the mouse is directly over both an element and a marker, only
- the uppermost component is selected. This isn't true for legend
- entries. Both a legend entry and an element (or marker) binding com-
- mands will be invoked if both items are picked.
-
- It is possible for multiple bindings to match a particular event. This
- could occur, for example, if one binding is associated with the element
- name and another is associated with one of the element's tags (see the
- <B>-bindtags</B> option). When this occurs, all of the matching bindings are
- invoked. A binding associated with the element name is invoked first,
- followed by one binding for each of the element's bindtags. If there
- are multiple matching bindings for a single tag, then only the most
- specific binding is invoked. A continue command in a binding script
- terminates that script, and a break command terminates that script and
- skips any remaining scripts for the event, just as for the bind com-
- mand.
-
- vectors are updated.
-
- From Tcl, create the vectors and configure the element to use them.
- vector X Y .g element configure line1 -xdata X -ydata Y To set data
- points from C, you pass the values as arrays of doubles using the
- <B>Blt_ResetVector</B> call. The vector is reset with the new data and at the
- next idle point (when Tk re-enters its event loop), the graph will be
- redrawn automatically. #include &lt;tcl.h&gt; #include &lt;blt.h&gt;
-
- register int i; Blt_Vector *xVec, *yVec; double x[50], y[50];
-
- /* Get the BLT vectors "X" and "Y" (created above from Tcl) */ if
- ((Blt_GetVector(interp, "X", &amp;xVec) != TCL_OK) ||
- (Blt_GetVector(interp, "Y", &amp;yVec) != TCL_OK)) {
- return TCL_ERROR; }
-
- for (i = 0; i &lt; 50; i++) {
- x[i] = i * 0.02;
- y[i] = sin(x[i]); }
-
- /* Put the data into BLT vectors */ if ((Blt_ResetVector(xVec, x, 50,
- 50, TCL_VOLATILE) != TCL_OK) ||
- (Blt_ResetVector(yVec, y, 50, 50, TCL_VOLATILE) != TCL_OK)) {
- return TCL_ERROR; } See the <B>vector</B> manual page for more details.
-
-
-</PRE>
-<H2>SPEED TIPS</H2><PRE>
- There may be cases where the graph needs to be drawn and updated as
- quickly as possible. If drawing speed becomes a big problem, here are
- a few tips to speed up displays.
-
- <B>o</B> Try to minimize the number of data points. The more data points the
- looked at, the more work the graph must do.
-
- <B>o</B> If your data is generated as floating point values, the time required
- to convert the data values to and from ASCII strings can be signifi-
- cant, especially when there any many data points. You can avoid the
- redundant string-to-decimal conversions using the C API to BLT vec-
- tors.
-
- <B>o</B> Data elements without symbols are drawn faster than with symbols.
- Set the data element's <B>-symbol</B> option to none. If you need to draw
- symbols, try using the simple symbols such as splus and scross.
-
- <B>o</B> Don't stipple or dash the element. Solid lines are much faster.
-
- <B>o</B> If you update data elements frequently, try turning off the widget's
- <B>-bufferelements</B> option. When the graph is first displayed, it draws
- data elements into an internal pixmap. The pixmap acts as a cache,
- so that when the graph needs to be redrawn again, and the data ele-
- ments or coordinate axes haven't changed, the pixmap is simply copied
- to the screen. This is especially useful when you are using markers
- to highlight points and regions on the graph. But if the graph is
-
-
-
-BLT BLT_VERSION graph(n)
-</PRE>
-<HR>
-<ADDRESS>
-Man(1) output converted with
-<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
-</ADDRESS>
-</BODY>
-</HTML>
diff --git a/tkblt/doc/graph.n b/tkblt/doc/graph.n
deleted file mode 100644
index fbbbb9b..0000000
--- a/tkblt/doc/graph.n
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2408 +0,0 @@
-'\"
-'\" Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
-'\" This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
-'\" available under the same terms.
-'\"
-'\" Copyright 1991-1998 by Bell Labs Innovations for Lucent Technologies.
-'\"
-'\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-'\" documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided
-'\" that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that the
-'\" copyright notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting documentation,
-'\" and that the names of Lucent Technologies any of their entities not be used
-'\" in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software
-'\" without specific, written prior permission.
-'\"
-'\" Lucent Technologies disclaims all warranties with regard to this software,
-'\" including all implied warranties of merchantability and fitness. In no event
-'\" shall Lucent Technologies be liable for any special, indirect or
-'\" consequential damages or any damages whatsoever resulting from loss of use,
-'\" data or profits, whether in an action of contract, negligence or other
-'\" tortuous action, arising out of or in connection with the use or performance
-'\" of this software.
-'\"
-'\" Graph widget created by Sani Nassif and George Howlett.
-'\"
-.TH graph n BLT_VERSION BLT "BLT Built-In Commands"
-.BS
-'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
-.SH NAME
-graph \- 2D graph for plotting X\-Y coordinate data.
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-\fBgraph\fI \fIpathName \fR?\fIoption value\fR?...
-.BE
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The \fBgraph\fR command creates a graph for plotting
-two-dimensional data (X\-Y coordinates). It has many configurable
-components: coordinate axes, elements, legend, grid lines, cross
-hairs, etc. They allow you to customize the look and feel of the
-graph.
-.SH INTRODUCTION
-The \fBgraph\fR command creates a new window for plotting
-two-dimensional data (X\-Y coordinates). Data points are plotted in a
-rectangular area displayed in the center of the new window. This is the
-\fIplotting area\fR. The coordinate axes are drawn in the
-margins around the plotting area. By default, the legend is displayed
-in the right margin. The title is displayed in top margin.
-.PP
-The \fBgraph\fR widget is composed of several components: coordinate
-axes, data elements, legend, grid, cross hairs, pens, postscript, and
-annotation markers.
-.TP 1i
-\f(CWaxis\fR
-The graph has four standard axes (\f(CWx\fR, \f(CWx2\fR,
-\f(CWy\fR, and \f(CWy2\fR), but you can create and display any number
-of axes. Axes control what region of data is
-displayed and how the data is scaled. Each axis consists of the axis
-line, title, major and minor ticks, and tick labels. Tick labels
-display the value at each major tick.
-.TP 1i
-\f(CWcrosshairs\fR
-Cross hairs are used to position the mouse pointer relative to the X
-and Y coordinate axes. Two perpendicular lines, intersecting at the
-current location of the mouse, extend across the plotting area to the
-coordinate axes.
-.TP 1i
-\f(CWelement\fR
-An element represents a set of data points. Elements can be plotted
-with a symbol at each data point and lines connecting the points.
-The appearance of the element, such as its symbol, line width, and
-color is configurable.
-.TP 1i
-\f(CWgrid\fR
-Extends the major and minor ticks of the X\-axis and/or Y\-axis across the
-plotting area.
-.TP 1i
-\f(CWlegend\fR
-The legend displays the name and symbol of each data element.
-The legend can be drawn in any margin or in the plotting area.
-.TP 1i
-\f(CWmarker\fR
-Markers are used annotate or highlight areas of the graph. For
-example, you could use a polygon marker to fill an area under a
-curve, or a text marker to label a particular data point. Markers
-come in various forms: text strings, bitmaps, connected line
-segments, images, polygons, or embedded widgets.
-.TP 1i
-\f(CWpen\fR
-Pens define attributes (both symbol and line style) for elements.
-Data elements use pens to specify how they should be drawn. A data
-element may use many pens at once. Here, the particular pen
-used for a data point is determined from each element's weight
-vector (see the element's \fB\-weight\fR and \fB\-style\fR options).
-.TP 1i
-\f(CWpostscript\fR
-The widget can generate encapsulated PostScript output. This component
-has several options to configure how the PostScript is generated.
-.SH SYNTAX
-.DS
-\fBgraph \fIpathName \fR?\fIoption value\fR?...
-.DE
-The \fBgraph\fR command creates a new window \fIpathName\fR and makes
-it into a \fBgraph\fR widget. At the time this command is invoked, there
-must not exist a window named \fIpathName\fR, but \fIpathName\fR's
-parent must exist. Additional options may be specified on the
-command line or in the option database to configure aspects of the
-graph such as its colors and font. See the \fBconfigure\fR operation
-below for the exact details about what \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR
-pairs are valid.
-.PP
-If successful, \fBgraph\fR returns the path name of the widget. It
-also creates a new Tcl command by the same name. You can use this
-command to invoke various operations that query or modify the graph.
-The general form is:
-.DS
-\fIpathName \fIoperation\fR \fR?\fIarg\fR?...
-.DE
-Both \fIoperation\fR and its arguments determine the exact behavior of
-the command. The operations available for the graph are described in
-the
-.SB "GRAPH OPERATIONS"
-section.
-.PP
-The command can also be used to access components of the graph.
-.DS
-\fIpathName component operation\fR ?\fIarg\fR?...
-.DE
-The operation, now located after the name of the component, is the
-function to be performed on that component. Each component has its own
-set of operations that manipulate that component. They will be
-described below in their own sections.
-.SH EXAMPLE
-The \fBgraph\fR command creates a new graph.
-.CS
-# Create a new graph. Plotting area is black.
-graph .g \-plotbackground black
-.CE
-A new Tcl command \f(CW.g\fR is also created. This command can be used
-to query and modify the graph. For example, to change the title of
-the graph to "My Plot", you use the new command and the graph's
-\fBconfigure\fR operation.
-.CS
-# Change the title.
-\&.g configure \-title "My Plot"
-.CE
-A graph has several components. To access a particular component you
-use the component's name. For example, to add data elements, you use
-the new command and the \fBelement\fR component.
-.CS
-# Create a new element named "line1"
-\&.g element create line1 \\
- \-xdata { 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 } \\
- \-ydata { 26.18 50.46 72.85 93.31 111.86 128.47 143.14
- 155.85 166.60 175.38 }
-.CE
-The element's X-Y coordinates are specified using lists of
-numbers. Alternately, BLT vectors could be used to hold the X\-Y
-coordinates.
-.CS
-# Create two vectors and add them to the graph.
-vector xVec yVec
-xVec set { 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 }
-yVec set { 26.18 50.46 72.85 93.31 111.86 128.47 143.14 155.85
- 166.60 175.38 }
-\&.g element create line1 \-xdata xVec \-ydata yVec
-.CE
-The advantage of using vectors is that when you modify one, the graph
-is automatically redrawn to reflect the new values.
-.CS
-# Change the y coordinate of the first point.
-set yVector(0) 25.18
-.CE
-An element named \f(CWe1\fR is now created in \f(CW.b\fR. It
-is automatically added to the display list of elements. You can
-use this list to control in what order elements are displayed.
-To query or reset the element display list, you use the element's
-\fBshow\fR operation.
-.CS
-# Get the current display list
-set elemList [.b element show]
-# Remove the first element so it won't be displayed.
-\&.b element show [lrange $elemList 0 end]
-.CE
-The element will be displayed by as many bars as there are data points
-(in this case there are ten). The bars will be drawn centered at the
-x-coordinate of the data point. All the bars will have the same
-attributes (colors, stipple, etc). The width of each bar is by
-default one unit. You can change this with using the \fB\-barwidth\fR
-option.
-.CS
-# Change the X\-Y coordinates of the first point.
-set xVec(0) 0.18
-set yVec(0) 25.18
-.CE
-An element named \f(CWline1\fR is now created in \f(CW.g\fR. By
-default, the element's label in the legend will be also \f(CWline1\fR.
-You can change the label, or specify no legend entry, again using the
-element's \fBconfigure\fR operation.
-.CS
-# Don't display "line1" in the legend.
-\&.g element configure line1 \-label ""
-.CE
-You can configure more than just the element's label. An element has
-many attributes such as symbol type and size, dashed or solid lines,
-colors, line width, etc.
-.CS
-\&.g element configure line1 \-symbol square \-color red \\
- \-dashes { 2 4 2 } \-linewidth 2 \-pixels 2c
-.CE
-Four coordinate axes are automatically created: \f(CWx\fR, \f(CWx2\fR,
-\f(CWy\fR, and \f(CWy2\fR. And by default, elements are mapped onto the
-axes \f(CWx\fR and \f(CWy\fR. This can be changed with the \fB\-mapx\fR
-and \fB\-mapy\fR options.
-.CS
-# Map "line1" on the alternate Y\-axis "y2".
-\&.g element configure line1 \-mapy y2
-.CE
-Axes can be configured in many ways too. For example, you change the
-scale of the Y\-axis from linear to log using the \fBaxis\fR component.
-.CS
-# Y\-axis is log scale.
-\&.g axis configure y \-logscale yes
-.CE
-One important way axes are used is to zoom in on a particular data
-region. Zooming is done by simply specifying new axis limits using
-the \fB\-min\fR and \fB\-max\fR configuration options.
-.CS
-\&.g axis configure x \-min 1.0 \-max 1.5
-\&.g axis configure y \-min 12.0 \-max 55.15
-.CE
-To zoom interactively, you link the \fBaxis configure\fR operations with
-some user interaction (such as pressing the mouse button), using the
-\fBbind\fR command. To convert between screen and graph coordinates,
-use the \fBinvtransform\fR operation.
-.CS
-# Click the button to set a new minimum
-bind .g <ButtonPress-1> {
- %W axis configure x \-min [%W axis invtransform x %x]
- %W axis configure x \-min [%W axis invtransform x %y]
-}
-.CE
-By default, the limits of the axis are determined from data values.
-To reset back to the default limits, set the \fB\-min\fR and
-\fB\-max\fR options to the empty value.
-.CS
-# Reset the axes to autoscale again.
-\&.g axis configure x \-min {} \-max {}
-\&.g axis configure y \-min {} \-max {}
-.CE
-By default, the legend is drawn in the right margin. You can
-change this or any legend configuration options using the
-\fBlegend\fR component.
-.CS
-# Configure the legend font, color, and relief
-\&.g legend configure \-position left \-relief raised \\
- \-font fixed \-fg blue
-.CE
-To prevent the legend from being displayed, turn on the \fB\-hide\fR
-option.
-.CS
-# Don't display the legend.
-\&.g legend configure \-hide yes\fR
-.CE
-The \fBgraph\fR widget has simple drawing procedures called markers.
-They can be used to highlight or annotate data in the graph. The types
-of markers available are bitmaps, images, polygons, lines, or windows.
-Markers can be used, for example, to mark or brush points. In this
-example, is a text marker that labels the data first point. Markers
-are created using the \fBmarker\fR component.
-.CS
-# Create a label for the first data point of "line1".
-\&.g marker create text \-name first_marker \-coords { 0.2 26.18 } \\
- \-text "start" \-anchor se \-xoffset -10 \-yoffset -10
-.CE
-This creates a text marker named \f(CWfirst_marker\fR. It will display
-the text "start" near the coordinates of the first data point. The
-\fB\-anchor\fR, \fB\-xoffset\fR, and \fB\-yoffset\fR options are used
-to display the marker above and to the left of the data point, so that
-the data point isn't covered by the marker. By default,
-markers are drawn last, on top of data. You can change this with the
-\fB\-under\fR option.
-.CS
-# Draw the label before elements are drawn.
-\&.g marker configure first_marker \-under yes
-.CE
-You can add cross hairs or grid lines using the \fBcrosshairs\fR and
-\fBgrid\fR components.
-.CS
-# Display both cross hairs and grid lines.
-\&.g crosshairs configure \-hide no \-color red
-\&.g grid configure \-hide no \-dashes { 2 2 }
-# Set up a binding to reposition the crosshairs.
-bind .g <Motion> {
- .g crosshairs configure -position @%x,%y
-}
-.CE
-The crosshairs are repositioned as the mouse pointer is moved
-in the graph. The pointer X-Y coordinates define the center
-of the crosshairs.
-.PP
-Finally, to get hardcopy of the graph, use the \fBpostscript\fR
-component.
-.CS
-# Print the graph into file "file.ps"
-\&.g postscript output file.ps \-maxpect yes \-decorations no
-.CE
-This generates a file \f(CWfile.ps\fR containing the encapsulated
-PostScript of the graph. The option \fB\-maxpect\fR says to scale the
-plot to the size of the page. Turning off the \fB\-decorations\fR
-option denotes that no borders or color backgrounds should be
-drawn (i.e. the background of the margins, legend, and plotting
-area will be white).
-.SH "GRAPH OPERATIONS"
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBaxis \fIoperation \fR?\fIarg\fR?...
-See the
-.SB "AXIS COMPONENTS"
-section.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBbar \fIelemName \fR?\fIoption value\fR?...
-Creates a new barchart element \fIelemName\fR. It's an
-error if an element \fIelemName\fR already exists.
-See the manual for \fBbarchart\fR for details about
-what \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR pairs are valid.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
-Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
-\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may be any option described
-below for the \fBconfigure\fR operation.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBconfigure \fR?\fIoption value\fR?...
-Queries or modifies the configuration options of the graph. If
-\fIoption\fR isn't specified, a list describing the current
-options for \fIpathName\fR is returned. If \fIoption\fR is specified,
-but not \fIvalue\fR, then a list describing \fIoption\fR is returned.
-If one or more \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR pairs are specified, then
-for each pair, the option \fIoption\fR is set to \fIvalue\fR.
-The following options are valid.
-.RS
-.TP
-\fB\-aspect \fIwidth/height\fR
-Force a fixed aspect ratio of \fIwidth/height\fR, a floating point number.
-.TP
-\fB\-background \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the background color. This includes the margins and
-legend, but not the plotting area.
-.TP
-\fB\-borderwidth \fIpixels\fR
-Sets the width of the 3\-D border around the outside edge of the widget. The
-\fB\-relief\fR option determines if the border is to be drawn. The
-default is \f(CW2\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-bottommargin \fIpixels\fR
-If non-zero, overrides the computed size of the margin extending
-below the X\-coordinate axis.
-If \fIpixels\fR is \f(CW0\fR, the automatically computed size is used.
-The default is \f(CW0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-bufferelements \fIboolean\fR
-Indicates whether an internal pixmap to buffer the display of data
-elements should be used. If \fIboolean\fR is true, data elements are
-drawn to an internal pixmap. This option is especially useful when
-the graph is redrawn frequently while the remains data unchanged (for
-example, moving a marker across the plot). See the
-.SB "SPEED TIPS"
-section.
-The default is \f(CW1\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-cursor \fIcursor\fR
-Specifies the widget's cursor. The default cursor is \f(CWcrosshair\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-font \fIfontName\fR
-Specifies the font of the graph title. The default is
-\f(CW*-Helvetica-Bold-R-Normal-*-18-180-*\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-halo \fIpixels\fR
-Specifies a maximum distance to consider when searching for the
-closest data point (see the element's \fBclosest\fR operation below).
-Data points further than \fIpixels\fR away are ignored. The default is
-\f(CW0.5i\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-height \fIpixels\fR
-Specifies the requested height of widget. The default is
-\f(CW4i\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-invertxy \fIboolean\fR
-Indicates whether the placement X\-axis and Y\-axis should be inverted. If
-\fIboolean\fR is true, the X and Y axes are swapped. The default is
-\f(CW0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-justify \fIjustify\fR
-Specifies how the title should be justified. This matters only when
-the title contains more than one line of text. \fIJustify\fR must be
-\f(CWleft\fR, \f(CWright\fR, or \f(CWcenter\fR. The default is
-\f(CWcenter\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-leftmargin \fIpixels\fR
-If non-zero, overrides the computed size of the margin extending
-from the left edge of the window to the Y\-coordinate axis.
-If \fIpixels\fR is \f(CW0\fR, the automatically computed size is used.
-The default is \f(CW0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-plotbackground \fIcolor\fR
-Specifies the background color of the plotting area. The default is
-\f(CWwhite\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-plotborderwidth \fIpixels\fR
-Sets the width of the 3-D border around the plotting area. The
-\fB\-plotrelief\fR option determines if a border is drawn. The
-default is \f(CW2\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-plotpadx \fIpad\fR
-Sets the amount of padding to be added to the left and right sides of
-the plotting area. \fIPad\fR can be a list of one or two screen
-distances. If \fIpad\fR has two elements, the left side of the
-plotting area entry is padded by the first distance and the right side
-by the second. If \fIpad\fR is just one distance, both the left and
-right sides are padded evenly. The default is \f(CW8\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-plotpady \fIpad\fR
-Sets the amount of padding to be added to the top and bottom of the
-plotting area. \fIPad\fR can be a list of one or two screen
-distances. If \fIpad\fR has two elements, the top of the plotting
-area is padded by the first distance and the bottom by the second. If
-\fIpad\fR is just one distance, both the top and bottom are padded
-evenly. The default is \f(CW8\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-plotrelief \fIrelief\fR
-Specifies the 3-D effect for the plotting area. \fIRelief\fR
-specifies how the interior of the plotting area should appear relative
-to rest of the graph; for example, \f(CWraised\fR means the plot should
-appear to protrude from the graph, relative to the surface of the
-graph. The default is \f(CWsunken\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-relief \fIrelief\fR
-Specifies the 3-D effect for the graph widget. \fIRelief\fR
-specifies how the graph should appear relative to widget it is packed
-into; for example, \f(CWraised\fR means the graph should
-appear to protrude. The default is \f(CWflat\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-rightmargin \fIpixels\fR
-If non-zero, overrides the computed size of the margin extending
-from the plotting area to the right edge of
-the window. By default, the legend is drawn in this margin.
-If \fIpixels\fR is \f(CW0\fR, the automatically computed size is used.
-The default is \f(CW0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-takefocus\fR \fIfocus\fR
-Provides information used when moving the focus from window to window
-via keyboard traversal (e.g., Tab and Shift-Tab). If \fIfocus\fR is
-\f(CW0\fR, this means that this window should be skipped entirely during
-keyboard traversal. \f(CW1\fR means that the this window should always
-receive the input focus. An empty value means that the traversal
-scripts make the decision whether to focus on the window.
-The default is \f(CW""\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-tile \fIimage\fR
-Specifies a tiled background for the widget. If \fIimage\fR isn't
-\f(CW""\fR, the background is tiled using \fIimage\fR.
-Otherwise, the normal background color is drawn (see the
-\fB\-background\fR option). \fIImage\fR must be an image created
-using the Tk \fBimage\fR command. The default is \f(CW""\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-title \fItext\fR
-Sets the title to \fItext\fR. If \fItext\fR is \f(CW""\fR,
-no title will be displayed.
-.TP
-\fB\-topmargin \fIpixels\fR
-If non-zero, overrides the computed size of the margin above the x2
-axis. If \fIpixels\fR is \f(CW0\fR, the automatically computed size
-is used. The default is \f(CW0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-width \fIpixels\fR
-Specifies the requested width of the widget. The default is
-\f(CW5i\fR.
-.RE
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBcrosshairs \fIoperation \fR?\fIarg\fR?
-See the
-.SB "CROSSHAIRS COMPONENT"
-section.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBelement \fIoperation \fR?\fIarg\fR?...
-See the
-.SB "ELEMENT COMPONENTS"
-section.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBextents \fIitem\fR
-Returns the size of a particular item in the graph. \fIItem\fR must
-be either \f(CWleftmargin\fR, \f(CWrightmargin\fR, \f(CWtopmargin\fR,
-\f(CWbottommargin\fR, \f(CWplotwidth\fR, or \f(CWplotheight\fR.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBgrid \fIoperation \fR?\fIarg\fR?...
-See the
-.SB "GRID COMPONENT"
-section.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBinvtransform \fIwinX winY\fR
-Performs an inverse coordinate transformation, mapping window
-coordinates back to graph coordinates, using the standard X\-axis and Y\-axis.
-Returns a list of containing the X-Y graph coordinates.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBinside \fIx y\fR
-Returns \f(CW1\fR is the designated screen coordinate (\fIx\fR and \fIy\fR)
-is inside the plotting area and \f(CW0\fR otherwise.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBlegend \fIoperation \fR?\fIarg\fR?...
-See the
-.SB "LEGEND COMPONENT"
-section.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBline\fB operation arg\fR...
-The operation is the same as \fBelement\fR.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBmarker \fIoperation \fR?\fIarg\fR?...
-See the
-.SB "MARKER COMPONENTS"
-section.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBpostscript \fIoperation \fR?\fIarg\fR?...
-See the
-.SB "POSTSCRIPT COMPONENT"
-section.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBsnap \fR?\fIswitches\fR? \fIoutputName\fR
-Takes a snapshot of the graph, saving the output in \fIoutputName\fR.
-The following switches are available.
-.RS
-.TP 1i
-\fB\-format\fR \fIformat\fR
-Specifies how the snapshot is output. \fIFormat\fR may be one of
-the following listed below. The default is \f(CWphoto\fR.
-.RS
-.TP
-\f(CWphoto\fR
-Saves a Tk photo image. \fIOutputName\fR represents the name of a
-Tk photo image that must already have been created.
-.TP
-\f(CWwmf\fR
-Saves an Aldus Placeable Metafile. \fIOutputName\fR represents the
-filename where the metafile is written. If \fIoutputName\fR is
-\f(CWCLIPBOARD\fR, then output is written directly to the Windows
-clipboard. This format is available only under Microsoft Windows.
-.TP
-\f(CWemf\fR
-Saves an Enhanced Metafile. \fIOutputName\fR represents the filename
-where the metafile is written. If \fIoutputName\fR is
-\f(CWCLIPBOARD\fR, then output is written directly to the Windows
-clipboard. This format is available only under Microsoft Windows.
-.RE
-.TP 1i
-\fB\-height\fR \fIsize\fR
-Specifies the height of the graph. \fISize\fR is a screen distance.
-The graph will be redrawn using this dimension, rather than its
-current window height.
-.TP 1i
-\fB\-width\fR \fIsize\fR
-Specifies the width of the graph. \fISize\fR is a screen distance.
-The graph will be redrawn using this dimension, rather than its
-current window width.
-.RE
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBtransform \fIx y\fR
-Performs a coordinate transformation, mapping graph coordinates to
-window coordinates, using the standard X\-axis and Y\-axis.
-Returns a list containing the X\-Y screen coordinates.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBxaxis \fIoperation\fR ?\fIarg\fR?...
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBx2axis \fIoperation\fR ?\fIarg\fR?...
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fByaxis \fIoperation\fR ?\fIarg\fR?...
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBy2axis \fIoperation\fR ?\fIarg\fR?...
-See the
-.SB "AXIS COMPONENTS"
-section.
-.SH "GRAPH COMPONENTS"
-A graph is composed of several components: coordinate axes, data
-elements, legend, grid, cross hairs, postscript, and annotation
-markers. Instead of one big set of configuration options and
-operations, the graph is partitioned, where each component has its own
-configuration options and operations that specifically control that
-aspect or part of the graph.
-.SS "AXIS COMPONENTS"
-Four coordinate axes are automatically created: two X\-coordinate axes
-(\f(CWx\fR and \f(CWx2\fR) and two Y\-coordinate axes (\f(CWy\fR, and
-\f(CWy2\fR). By default, the axis \f(CWx\fR is located in the bottom
-margin, \f(CWy\fR in the left margin, \f(CWx2\fR in the top margin, and
-\f(CWy2\fR in the right margin.
-.PP
-An axis consists of the axis line, title, major and minor ticks, and
-tick labels. Major ticks are drawn at uniform intervals along the
-axis. Each tick is labeled with its coordinate value. Minor ticks
-are drawn at uniform intervals within major ticks.
-.PP
-The range of the axis controls what region of data is plotted.
-Data points outside the minimum and maximum limits of the axis are
-not plotted. By default, the minimum and maximum limits are
-determined from the data, but you can reset either limit.
-.PP
-You can have several axes. To create an axis, invoke
-the axis component and its create operation.
-.CS
-# Create a new axis called "tempAxis"
-\&.g axis create tempAxis
-.CE
-You map data elements to an axis using the element's \-mapy and \-mapx
-configuration options. They specify the coordinate axes an element
-is mapped onto.
-.CS
-# Now map the tempAxis data to this axis.
-\&.g element create "e1" \-xdata $x \-ydata $y \-mapy tempAxis
-.CE
-Any number of axes can be displayed simultaneously. They are drawn in
-the margins surrounding the plotting area. The default axes \f(CWx\fR
-and \f(CWy\fR are drawn in the bottom and left margins. The axes
-\f(CWx2\fR and \f(CWy2\fR are drawn in top and right margins. By
-default, only \f(CWx\fR and \f(CWy\fR are shown. Note that the axes
-can have different scales.
-.PP
-To display a different axis or more than one axis, you invoke one of
-the following components: \fBxaxis\fR, \fByaxis\fR, \fBx2axis\fR, and
-\fBy2axis\fR. Each component has a \fBuse\fR operation that
-designates the axis (or axes) to be drawn in that corresponding
-margin: \fBxaxis\fR in the bottom, \fByaxis\fR in the left,
-\fBx2axis\fR in the top, and \fBy2axis\fR in the right.
-.CS
-# Display the axis tempAxis in the left margin.
-\&.g yaxis use tempAxis
-.CE
-The \fBuse\fR operation takes a list of axis names as its last
-argument. This is the list of axes to be drawn in this margin.
-.PP
-You can configure axes in many ways. The axis scale can be linear or
-logarithmic. The values along the axis can either monotonically
-increase or decrease. If you need custom tick labels, you can specify
-a Tcl procedure to format the label any way you wish. You can control
-how ticks are drawn, by changing the major tick interval or the number
-of minor ticks. You can define non-uniform tick intervals, such as
-for time-series plots.
-.PP
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBaxis bind \fItagName\fR ?\fIsequence\fR? ?\fIcommand\fR?
-Associates \fIcommand\fR with \fItagName\fR such that whenever the
-event sequence given by \fIsequence\fR occurs for an axis with this
-tag, \fIcommand\fR will be invoked. The syntax is similar to the
-\fBbind\fR command except that it operates on graph axes, rather
-than widgets. See the \fBbind\fR manual entry for
-complete details on \fIsequence\fR and the substitutions performed on
-\fIcommand\fR before invoking it.
-.sp
-If all arguments are specified then a new binding is created, replacing
-any existing binding for the same \fIsequence\fR and \fItagName\fR.
-If the first character of \fIcommand\fR is \f(CW+\fR then \fIcommand\fR
-augments an existing binding rather than replacing it.
-If no \fIcommand\fR argument is provided then the command currently
-associated with \fItagName\fR and \fIsequence\fR (it's an error occurs
-if there's no such binding) is returned. If both \fIcommand\fR and
-\fIsequence\fR are missing then a list of all the event sequences for
-which bindings have been defined for \fItagName\fR.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBaxis \fBcget \fIaxisName \fIoption\fR
-Returns the current value of the option given by \fIoption\fR for
-\fIaxisName\fR. \fIOption\fR may be any option described below
-for the axis \fBconfigure\fR operation.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBaxis \fBconfigure \fIaxisName \fR?\fIaxisName\fR?... ?\fIoption value\fR?...
-Queries or modifies the configuration options of \fIaxisName\fR.
-Several axes can be changed. If \fIoption\fR isn't specified, a list
-describing all the current options for \fIaxisName\fR is returned. If
-\fIoption\fR is specified, but not \fIvalue\fR, then a list describing
-\fIoption\fR is returned. If one or more \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR
-pairs are specified, then for each pair, the axis option \fIoption\fR
-is set to \fIvalue\fR. The following options are valid for axes.
-.RS
-.TP
-\fB\-bindtags \fItagList\fR
-Specifies the binding tags for the axis. \fITagList\fR is a list
-of binding tag names. The tags and their order will determine how
-events for axes are handled. Each tag in the list matching the current event
-sequence will have its Tcl command executed. Implicitly the name of
-the element is always the first tag in the list. The default value is
-\f(CWall\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-color \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the color of the axis and tick labels.
-The default is \f(CWblack\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-descending \fIboolean\fR
-Indicates whether the values along the axis are monotonically increasing or
-decreasing. If \fIboolean\fR is true, the axis values will be
-decreasing. The default is \f(CW0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-hide \fIboolean\fR
-Indicates if the axis is displayed. If \fIboolean\fR is false the axis
-will be displayed. Any element mapped to the axis is displayed regardless.
-The default value is \f(CW0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-justify \fIjustify\fR
-Specifies how the axis title should be justified. This matters only
-when the axis title contains more than one line of text. \fIJustify\fR
-must be \f(CWleft\fR, \f(CWright\fR, or \f(CWcenter\fR. The default is
-\f(CWcenter\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-limits \fIformatStr\fR
-Specifies a printf-like description to format the minimum and maximum
-limits of the axis. The limits are displayed at the top/bottom or
-left/right sides of the plotting area. \fIFormatStr\fR is a list of
-one or two format descriptions. If one description is supplied, both
-the minimum and maximum limits are formatted in the same way. If two,
-the first designates the format for the minimum limit, the second for
-the maximum. If \f(CW""\fR is given as either description, then
-the that limit will not be displayed. The default is \f(CW""\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-linewidth \fIpixels\fR
-Sets the width of the axis and tick lines. The default is \f(CW1\fR
-pixel.
-.TP
-\fB\-logscale \fIboolean\fR
-Indicates whether the scale of the axis is logarithmic or linear. If
-\fIboolean\fR is true, the axis is logarithmic. The default scale is
-linear.
-.TP
-\fB\-loose \fIboolean\fR
-Indicates whether the limits of the axis should fit the data points tightly,
-at the outermost data points, or loosely, at the outer tick intervals.
-If the axis limit is set with the -min or -max option, the axes are
-displayed tightly.
-If \fIboolean\fR is true, the axis range is "loose".
-The default is \f(CW0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-majorticks \fImajorList\fR
-Specifies where to display major axis ticks. You can use this option
-to display ticks at non-uniform intervals. \fIMajorList\fR is a list
-of axis coordinates designating the location of major ticks. No
-minor ticks are drawn. If \fImajorList\fR is \f(CW""\fR,
-major ticks will be automatically computed. The default is \f(CW""\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-max \fIvalue\fR
-Sets the maximum limit of \fIaxisName\fR. Any data point greater
-than \fIvalue\fR is not displayed. If \fIvalue\fR is \f(CW""\fR,
-the maximum limit is calculated using the largest data value.
-The default is \f(CW""\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-min \fIvalue\fR
-Sets the minimum limit of \fIaxisName\fR. Any data point less than
-\fIvalue\fR is not displayed. If \fIvalue\fR is \f(CW""\fR,
-the minimum limit is calculated using the smallest data value.
-The default is \f(CW""\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-minorticks \fIminorList\fR
-Specifies where to display minor axis ticks. You can use this option
-to display minor ticks at non-uniform intervals. \fIMinorList\fR is a
-list of real values, ranging from 0.0 to 1.0, designating the placement of
-a minor tick. No minor ticks are drawn if the \fB\-majortick\fR
-option is also set. If \fIminorList\fR is \f(CW""\fR, minor ticks will
-be automatically computed. The default is \f(CW""\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-rotate \fItheta\fR
-Specifies the how many degrees to rotate the axis tick labels.
-\fITheta\fR is a real value representing the number of degrees
-to rotate the tick labels. The default is \f(CW0.0\fR degrees.
-.TP
-\fB\-scrollcommand \fIcommand\fR
-Specify the prefix for a command used to communicate with scrollbars
-for this axis, such as \fI.sbar set\fP.
-.TP
-\fB\-scrollmax \fIvalue\fR
-Sets the maximum limit of the axis scroll region. If \fIvalue\fR is
-\f(CW""\fR, the maximum limit is calculated using the largest data
-value. The default is \f(CW""\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-scrollmin \fIvalue\fR
-Sets the minimum limit of axis scroll region. If \fIvalue\fR is
-\f(CW""\fR, the minimum limit is calculated using the smallest data
-value. The default is \f(CW""\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-showticks \fIboolean\fR
-Indicates whether axis ticks should be drawn. If \fIboolean\fR is
-true, ticks are drawn. If false, only the
-axis line is drawn. The default is \f(CW1\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-stepsize \fIvalue\fR
-Specifies the interval between major axis ticks. If \fIvalue\fR isn't
-a valid interval (must be less than the axis range),
-the request is ignored and the step size is automatically calculated.
-.TP
-\fB\-subdivisions \fInumber\fR
-Indicates how many minor axis ticks are
-to be drawn. For example, if \fInumber\fR is two, only one minor
-tick is drawn. If \fInumber\fR is one, no minor ticks are
-displayed. The default is \f(CW2\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-tickfont \fIfontName\fR
-Specifies the font for axis tick labels. The default is
-\f(CW*-Courier-Bold-R-Normal-*-100-*\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-tickformat\fR \fIformatStr\fR
-Specifies a printf-like description to format teh axis
-tick labels. You can get the standard tick labels again by
-setting \fIformatStr\fR to \f(CW""\fR. The default is \f(CW""\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-tickformatcommand\fR, \fB\-command \fIprefix\fR
-Specifies a Tcl command to be invoked when formatting the axis tick
-labels. \fIPrefix\fR is a string containing the name of a Tcl proc and
-any extra arguments for the procedure. This command is invoked for each
-major tick on the axis. Two additional arguments are passed to the
-procedure: the pathname of the widget and the current the numeric
-value of the tick. The procedure returns the formatted tick label. If
-\f(CW""\fR is returned, no label will appear next to the tick. You can
-get the standard tick labels again by setting \fIprefix\fR to
-\f(CW""\fR. The default is \f(CW""\fR.
-.sp 1
-The numeric value for the tick might change when using the
-\fB\-logscale\fR and \fB\-tickformat\fR options.
-.sp 1
-Please note that this procedure is invoked while the graph is redrawn.
-You may query configuration options. But do not them, because this
-can have unexpected results.
-.TP
-\fB\-ticklength \fIpixels\fR
-Sets the length of major and minor ticks (minor ticks are half the
-length of major ticks). If \fIpixels\fR is less than zero, the axis
-will be inverted with ticks drawn pointing towards the plot. The
-default is \f(CW0.1i\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-title \fItext\fR
-Sets the title of the axis. If \fItext\fR is
-\f(CW""\fR, no axis title will be displayed.
-.TP
-\fB\-titlealternate \fIboolean\fR
-Indicates to display the axis title in its alternate location.
-Normally the axis title is centered along the axis. This option
-places the axis either to the right (horizontal axes) or above
-(vertical axes) the axis. The default is \f(CW0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-titlecolor \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the color of the axis title. The default is \f(CWblack\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-titlefont \fIfontName\fR
-Specifies the font for axis title. The default is
-\f(CW*-Helvetica-Bold-R-Normal-*-14-140-*\fR.
-.PP
-Axis configuration options may be also be set by the \fBoption\fR
-command. The resource class is \f(CWAxis\fR. The resource names
-are the names of the axes (such as \f(CWx\fR or \f(CWx2\fR).
-.CS
-option add *Graph.Axis.Color blue
-option add *Graph.x.LogScale true
-option add *Graph.x2.LogScale false
-.CE
-.RE
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBaxis \fBcreate \fIaxisName \fR?\fIoption value\fR?...
-Creates a new axis by the name \fIaxisName\fR. No axis by the same
-name can already exist. \fIOption\fR and \fIvalue\fR are described
-in above in the axis \fBconfigure\fR operation.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBaxis \fBdelete \fR?\fIaxisName\fR?...
-Deletes the named axes. An axis is not really
-deleted until it is not longer in use, so it's safe to delete
-axes mapped to elements.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBaxis invtransform \fIaxisName value\fR
-Performs the inverse transformation, changing the screen coordinate
-\fIvalue\fR to a graph coordinate, mapping the value mapped to
-\fIaxisName\fR. Returns the graph coordinate.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBaxis limits \fIaxisName\fR
-Returns a list of the minimum and maximum limits for \fIaxisName\fR. The order
-of the list is \f(CWmin max\fR.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBaxis names \fR?\fIpattern\fR?...
-Returns a list of axes matching zero or more patterns. If no
-\fIpattern\fR argument is give, the names of all axes are returned.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBaxis transform \fIaxisName value\fR
-Transforms the coordinate \fIvalue\fR to a screen coordinate by mapping
-the it to \fIaxisName\fR. Returns the transformed screen coordinate.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBaxis view \fIaxisName\fR
-Change the viewable area of this axis. Use as an argument to a scrollbar's "\fI\-command\fR".
-.PP
-The default axes are \f(CWx\fR, \f(CWy\fR, \f(CWx2\fR, and \f(CWy2\fR.
-But you can display more than four axes simultaneously. You can also
-swap in a different axis with \fBuse\fR operation of the special axis
-components: \fBxaxis\fR, \fBx2axis\fR, \fByaxis\fR, and \fBy2axis\fR.
-.CS
-\&.g create axis temp
-\&.g create axis time
-\&...
-\&.g xaxis use temp
-\&.g yaxis use time
-.CE
-Only the axes specified for use are displayed on the screen.
-.PP
-The \fBxaxis\fR, \fBx2axis\fR, \fByaxis\fR, and \fBy2axis\fR
-components operate on an axis location rather than a specific axis
-like the more general \fBaxis\fR component does. They implicitly
-control the axis that is currently using to that location. By
-default, \fBxaxis\fR uses the \f(CWx\fR axis, \fByaxis\fR uses
-\f(CWy\fR, \fBx2axis\fR uses \f(CWx2\fR, and \fBy2axis\fR uses
-\f(CWy2\fR. When more than one axis is displayed in a margin, it
-represents the first axis displayed.
-.PP
-The following operations are available for axes. They mirror exactly
-the operations of the \fBaxis\fR component. The \fIaxis\fR argument
-must be \fBxaxis\fR, \fBx2axis\fR, \fByaxis\fR, or \fBy2axis\fR. This
-feature is deprecated since more than one axis can now be used a
-margin. You should only use the \fBxaxis\fR, \fBx2axis\fR,
-\fByaxis\fR, and \fBy2axis\fR components with the \fBuse\fR operation.
-For all other operations, use the general \fBaxis\fR component
-instead.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fIaxis \fBcget \fIoption\fR
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fIaxis \fBconfigure \fR?\fIoption value\fR?...
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fIaxis\fB invtransform \fIvalue\fR
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fIaxis \fBlimits\fR
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fIaxis\fB transform \fIvalue\fR
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fIaxis\fB use \fR?\fIaxisName\fR?
-Designates the axis \fIaxisName\fR is to be displayed at this
-location. \fIAxisName\fR can not be already in use at another location.
-This command returns the name of the axis currently using this location.
-.SS "CROSSHAIRS COMPONENT"
-Cross hairs consist of two intersecting lines (one vertical and one horizontal)
-drawn completely across the plotting area. They are used to position
-the mouse in relation to the coordinate axes. Cross hairs differ from line
-markers in that they are implemented using XOR drawing primitives.
-This means that they can be quickly drawn and erased without redrawing
-the entire graph.
-.PP
-The following operations are available for cross hairs:
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBcrosshairs cget \fIoption\fR
-Returns the current value of the cross hairs configuration option
-given by \fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may be any option
-described below for the cross hairs \fBconfigure\fR operation.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBcrosshairs configure \fR?\fIoption value\fR?...
-Queries or modifies the configuration options of the cross hairs. If
-\fIoption\fR isn't specified, a list describing all the current
-options for the cross hairs is returned. If \fIoption\fR is specified,
-but not \fIvalue\fR, then a list describing \fIoption\fR is returned.
-If one or more \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR pairs are specified, then
-for each pair, the cross hairs option \fIoption\fR is set to
-\fIvalue\fR.
-The following options are available for cross hairs.
-.RS
-.TP
-\fB\-color \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the color of the cross hairs. The default is \f(CWblack\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-dashes \fIdashList\fR
-Sets the dash style of the cross hairs. \fIDashList\fR is a list of up
-to 11 numbers that alternately represent the lengths of the dashes
-and gaps on the cross hair lines. Each number must be between 1 and
-255. If \fIdashList\fR is \f(CW""\fR, the cross hairs will be solid
-lines.
-.TP
-\fB\-hide \fIboolean\fR
-Indicates whether cross hairs are drawn. If \fIboolean\fR is true,
-cross hairs are not drawn. The default is \f(CWyes\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-linewidth \fIpixels\fR
-Set the width of the cross hair lines. The default is \f(CW1\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-position \fIpos\fR
-Specifies the screen position where the cross hairs intersect.
-\fIPos\fR must be in the form "\fI@x,y\fR", where \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR
-are the window coordinates of the intersection.
-.PP
-Cross hairs configuration options may be also be set by the
-\fBoption\fR command. The resource name and class are
-\f(CWcrosshairs\fR and \f(CWCrosshairs\fR respectively.
-.CS
-option add *Graph.Crosshairs.LineWidth 2
-option add *Graph.Crosshairs.Color red
-.CE
-.RE
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBcrosshairs off\fR
-Turns off the cross hairs.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBcrosshairs on\fR
-Turns on the display of the cross hairs.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBcrosshairs toggle\fR
-Toggles the current state of the cross hairs, alternately mapping and
-unmapping the cross hairs.
-.SS "ELEMENT COMPONENTS"
-A data element represents a set of data. It contains x and y vectors
-containing the coordinates of the data points. Elements can be
-displayed with a symbol at each data point and lines connecting the
-points. Elements also control the appearance of the data, such as the
-symbol type, line width, color etc.
-.PP
-When new data elements are created, they are automatically added to a
-list of displayed elements. The display list controls what elements
-are drawn and in what order.
-.PP
-The following operations are available for elements.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBelement activate \fIelemName \fR?\fIindex\fR?...
-Specifies the data points of element \fIelemName\fR to be drawn
-using active foreground and background colors. \fIElemName\fR is the
-name of the element and \fIindex\fR is a number representing the index
-of the data point. If no indices are present then all data points
-become active.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBelement bind \fItagName\fR ?\fIsequence\fR? ?\fIcommand\fR?
-Associates \fIcommand\fR with \fItagName\fR such that whenever the
-event sequence given by \fIsequence\fR occurs for an element with this
-tag, \fIcommand\fR will be invoked. The syntax is similar to the
-\fBbind\fR command except that it operates on graph elements, rather
-than widgets. See the \fBbind\fR manual entry for
-complete details on \fIsequence\fR and the substitutions performed on
-\fIcommand\fR before invoking it.
-.sp
-If all arguments are specified then a new binding is created, replacing
-any existing binding for the same \fIsequence\fR and \fItagName\fR.
-If the first character of \fIcommand\fR is \f(CW+\fR then \fIcommand\fR
-augments an existing binding rather than replacing it.
-If no \fIcommand\fR argument is provided then the command currently
-associated with \fItagName\fR and \fIsequence\fR (it's an error occurs
-if there's no such binding) is returned. If both \fIcommand\fR and
-\fIsequence\fR are missing then a list of all the event sequences for
-which bindings have been defined for \fItagName\fR.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBelement cget \fIelemName \fIoption\fR
-Returns the current value of the element configuration option given by
-\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may be any of the options described below
-for the element \fBconfigure\fR operation.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBelement closest \fIx y\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?... ?\fIelemName\fR?...
-Searches for the data point closest to the window coordinates \fIx\fR
-and \fIy\fR. By default, all elements are searched. Hidden elements
-(see the \fB\-hide\fR option is false) are ignored. You can limit the
-search by specifying only the elements you want to be considered.
-\fIElemName\fR must be the name of an element that can not be hidden.
-It returns a key-value list containing the name of the closest element,
-the index of the closest data point, and the graph-coordinates of the point.
-Returns \f(CW""\fR, if no data point within the threshold distance
-can be found. The following
-\fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs are available.
-.RS
-.TP
-\fB\-along \fIdirection\fR
-Search for the closest element using the following criteria:
-.RS
-.TP
-\f(CWx\fR
-Find closest element vertically from the given X-coordinate.
-.TP
-\f(CWy\fR
-Find the closest element horizontally from the given Y-coordinate.
-.TP
-\f(CWboth\fR
-Find the closest element for the given point (using both the X and Y
-coordinates).
-.RE
-.TP
-\fB\-halo \fIpixels\fR
-Specifies a threshold distance where selected data points are ignored.
-\fIPixels\fR is a valid screen distance, such as \f(CW2\fR or \f(CW1.2i\fR.
-If this option isn't specified, then it defaults to the value of the
-graph's \fB\-halo\fR option.
-.TP
-\fB\-interpolate \fIstring\fR
-Indicates whether to consider projections that lie along the line segments
-connecting data points when searching for the closest point.
-The default value is \f(CW0\fR. The values for \fIstring\fR are
-described below.
-.RS
-.TP 1.25i
-\f(CWno\fR
-Search only for the closest data point.
-.TP
-\f(CWyes\fR
-Search includes projections that lie along the
-line segments connecting the data points.
-.RE
-.RE
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBelement configure \fIelemName \fR?\fIelemName\fR... ?\fIoption value\fR?...
-Queries or modifies the configuration options for elements. Several
-elements can be modified at the same time. If \fIoption\fR isn't
-specified, a list describing all the current options for
-\fIelemName\fR is returned. If \fIoption\fR is specified, but not
-\fIvalue\fR, then a list describing the option \fIoption\fR is
-returned. If one or more \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR pairs are
-specified, then for each pair, the element option \fIoption\fR is set
-to \fIvalue\fR. The following options are valid for elements.
-.RS
-.TP
-\fB\-activepen \fIpenName\fR
-Specifies pen to use to draw active element. If \fIpenName\fR is
-\f(CW""\fR, no active elements will be drawn. The default is
-\f(CWactiveLine\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-areabackground \fIcolor\fR
-Specifies the background color of the area under the curve. The
-background area color is drawn only for bitmaps (see the
-\fB\-areapattern\fR option). If \fIcolor\fR is \f(CW""\fR, the
-background is transparent. The default is \f(CWblack\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-areaforeground \fIcolor\fR
-Specifies the foreground color of the area under the curve.
-The default is \f(CWblack\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-areapattern \fIpattern\fR
-Specifies how to fill the area under the curve. \fIPattern\fR may be
-the name of a Tk bitmap, \f(CWsolid\fR, or \f(CW""\fR. If "solid",
-then the area under the curve is drawn with the color designated by
-the \fB\-areaforeground\fR option. If a bitmap, then the bitmap is
-stippled across the area. Here the bitmap colors are controlled by the
-\fB\-areaforeground\fR and \fB\-areabackground\fR options. If
-\fIpattern\fR is \f(CW""\fR, no filled area is drawn. The default is
-\f(CW""\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-areatile \fIimage\fR
-Specifies the name of a Tk image to be used to tile the area under the
-curve. This option supersedes the \fB\-areapattern\fR option.
-\fIImage\fR must be a photo image. If \fIimage\fR is \f(CW""\fR, no
-tiling is performed. The default is \f(CW""\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-bindtags \fItagList\fR
-Specifies the binding tags for the element. \fITagList\fR is a list
-of binding tag names. The tags and their order will determine how
-events are handled for elements. Each tag in the list matching the
-current event
-sequence will have its Tcl command executed. Implicitly the name of
-the element is always the first tag in the list. The default value is
-\f(CWall\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-color \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the color of the traces connecting the data points.
-.TP
-\fB\-dashes \fIdashList\fR
-Sets the dash style of element line. \fIDashList\fR is a list of up to
-11 numbers that alternately represent the lengths of the dashes and
-gaps on the element line. Each number must be between 1 and 255. If
-\fIdashList\fR is \f(CW""\fR, the lines will be solid.
-.TP
-\fB\-data \fIcoordList\fR
-Specifies the X\-Y coordinates of the data. \fICoordList\fR is a
-list of numeric expressions representing the X\-Y coordinate pairs
-of each data point.
-.TP
-\fB\-fill \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the interior color of symbols. If \fIcolor\fR is \f(CW""\fR, then
-the interior of the symbol is transparent. If \fIcolor\fR is
-\f(CWdefcolor\fR, then the color will be the same as the \fB\-color\fR
-option. The default is \f(CWdefcolor\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-hide \fIboolean\fR
-Indicates whether the element is displayed.
-The default is \f(CWno\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-label \fItext\fR
-Sets the element's label in the legend. If \fItext\fR
-is \f(CW""\fR, the element will have no entry in the legend.
-The default label is the element's name.
-.TP
-\fB\-linewidth \fIpixels\fR
-Sets the width of the connecting lines between data points. If
-\fIpixels\fR is \f(CW0\fR, no connecting lines will be drawn between
-symbols. The default is \f(CW0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-mapx \fIxAxis\fR
-Selects the X\-axis to map the element's X\-coordinates onto.
-\fIXAxis\fR must be the name of an axis. The default is \f(CWx\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-mapy \fIyAxis\fR
-Selects the Y\-axis to map the element's Y\-coordinates onto.
-\fIYAxis\fR must be the name of an axis. The default is \f(CWy\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-offdash \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the color of the stripes when traces are dashed (see the
-\fB\-dashes\fR option). If \fIcolor\fR is \f(CW""\fR, then the "off"
-pixels will represent gaps instead of stripes. If \fIcolor\fR is
-\f(CWdefcolor\fR, then the color will be the same as the \fB\-color\fR
-option. The default is \f(CWdefcolor\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-outline \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the color or the outline around each symbol. If \fIcolor\fR is
-\f(CW""\fR, then no outline is drawn. If \fIcolor\fR is \f(CWdefcolor\fR,
-then the color will be the same as the \fB\-color\fR option. The
-default is \f(CWdefcolor\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-pen \fIpenname\fR
-Set the pen to use for this element.
-.TP
-\fB\-outlinewidth \fIpixels\fR
-Sets the width of the outline bordering each symbol. If \fIpixels\fR
-is \f(CW0\fR, no outline will be drawn. The default is \f(CW1\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-pixels \fIpixels\fR
-Sets the size of symbols. If \fIpixels\fR is \f(CW0\fR, no symbols will
-be drawn. The default is \f(CW0.125i\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-scalesymbols \fIboolean\fR
-If \fIboolean\fR is true, the size of the symbols
-drawn for \fIelemName\fR will change with scale of the X\-axis and Y\-axis.
-At the time this option is set, the current ranges of the axes are
-saved as the normalized scales (i.e scale factor is 1.0) and the
-element is drawn at its designated size (see the \fB\-pixels\fR
-option). As the scale of the axes change, the symbol will be scaled
-according to the smaller of the X\-axis and Y\-axis scales. If \fIboolean\fR
-is false, the element's symbols are drawn at the designated size,
-regardless of axis scales. The default is \f(CW0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-smooth \fIsmooth\fR
-Specifies how connecting line segments are drawn between data points.
-\fISmooth\fR can be either \f(CWlinear\fR, \f(CWstep\fR, \f(CWnatural\fR, or
-\f(CWquadratic\fR. If \fIsmooth\fR is \f(CWlinear\fR, a single line
-segment is drawn, connecting both data points. When \fIsmooth\fR is
-\f(CWstep\fR, two line segments are drawn. The first is a horizontal
-line segment that steps the next X\-coordinate. The second is a
-vertical line, moving to the next Y\-coordinate. Both \fInatural\fR and
-\fIquadratic\fR generate multiple segments between data points. If
-\fInatural\fR, the segments are generated using a cubic spline. If
-\fIquadratic\fR, a quadratic spline is used. The default is
-\fIlinear\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-styles \fIstyleList\fR
-Specifies what pen to use based on the range of weights given.
-\fIStyleList\fR is a list of style specifications. Each style
-specification, in turn, is a list consisting of a pen name, and
-optionally a minimum and maximum range. Data points whose weight (see
-the \fB\-weight\fR option) falls in this range, are drawn with this
-pen. If no range is specified it defaults to the index of the pen in
-the list. Note that this affects only symbol attributes. Line
-attributes, such as line width, dashes, etc. are ignored.
-.TP
-\fB\-symbol \fIsymbol\fR
-Specifies the symbol for data points. \fISymbol\fR can be either
-\f(CWsquare\fR, \f(CWcircle\fR, \f(CWdiamond\fR, \f(CWplus\fR, \f(CWcross\fR,
-\f(CWsplus\fR, \f(CWscross\fR, \f(CWtriangle\fR, \f(CW""\fR (where no symbol
-is drawn), or a bitmap. Bitmaps are specified as "\fIsource\fR
-?\fImask\fR?", where \fIsource\fR is the name of the bitmap, and
-\fImask\fR is the bitmap's optional mask. The default is
-\f(CWcircle\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-trace \fIdirection\fR
-Indicates whether connecting lines between data points (whose
-X\-coordinate values are either increasing or decreasing) are drawn.
-\fIDirection\fR
-must be \f(CWincreasing\fR, \f(CWdecreasing\fR, or \f(CWboth\fR. For
-example, if \fIdirection\fR is \f(CWincreasing\fR, connecting lines will
-be drawn only between those data points where X\-coordinate values are
-monotonically increasing. If \fIdirection\fR is \f(CWboth\fR,
-connecting lines will be draw between all data points. The default is
-\f(CWboth\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-weights \fIwVec\fR
-Specifies the weights of the individual data points. This,
-with the list pen styles (see the \fB\-styles\fR option),
-controls how data points are drawn. \fIWVec\fR is the name of a BLT
-vector or a list of numeric expressions representing the weights for
-each data point.
-.TP
-\fB\-xdata \fIxVec\fR
-Specifies the X\-coordinates of the data. \fIXVec\fR is the name of
-a BLT vector or a list of numeric expressions.
-.TP
-\fB\-ydata \fIyVec\fR
-Specifies the Y\-coordinates of the data. \fIYVec\fR is the name of
-a BLT vector or a list of numeric expressions.
-.PP
-Element configuration options may also be set by the \fBoption\fR
-command. The resource class is \f(CWElement\fR. The resource name is
-the name of the element.
-.CS
-option add *Graph.Element.symbol line
-option add *Graph.e1.symbol line
-.CE
-.RE
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBelement create \fIelemName\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
-Creates a new element \fIelemName\fR. It's an error is
-an element \fIelemName\fR already exists. If
-additional arguments are present, they specify options valid for
-the element \fBconfigure\fR operation.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBelement deactivate \fIelemName\fR ?\fIelemName\fR?...
-Deactivates all the elements matching \fIpattern\fR.
-Elements whose names match any of the patterns given are redrawn using
-their normal colors.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBelement delete\fR ?\fIelemName\fR?...
-Deletes all the named elements. The graph is automatically redrawn.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBelement exists \fIelemName\fR
-Returns \f(CW1\fR if an element \fIelemName\fR currently exists and
-\f(CW0\fR otherwise.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBelement names \fR?\fIpattern\fR?...
-Returns the elements matching one or more pattern. If no
-\fIpattern\fR is given, the names of all elements is returned.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBelement show\fR ?\fInameList\fR?
-Queries or modifies the element display list. The element display
-list designates the elements drawn and in what
-order. \fINameList\fR is a list of elements to be displayed in the
-order they are named. If there is no \fInameList\fR argument,
-the current display list is returned.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBelement type\fR \fIelemName\fR
-Returns the type of \fIelemName\fR.
-If the element is a bar element, the commands returns the string
-\f(CW"bar"\fR, otherwise it returns \f(CW"line"\fR.
-.CE
-.SS "GRID COMPONENT"
-Grid lines extend from the major and minor ticks of each axis
-horizontally or vertically across the plotting area. The following
-operations are available for grid lines.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBgrid cget \fIoption\fR
-Returns the current value of the grid line configuration option given by
-\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may be any option described below
-for the grid \fBconfigure\fR operation.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBgrid configure\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
-Queries or modifies the configuration options for grid lines. If
-\fIoption\fR isn't specified, a list describing all the current
-grid options for \fIpathName\fR is returned. If \fIoption\fR is specified,
-but not \fIvalue\fR, then a list describing \fIoption\fR is
-returned. If one or more \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR pairs are
-specified, then for each pair, the grid line option \fIoption\fR is set to
-\fIvalue\fR. The following options are valid for grid lines.
-.RS
-.TP
-\fB\-color \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the color of the grid lines. The default is \f(CWblack\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-dashes \fIdashList\fR
-Sets the dash style of the grid lines. \fIDashList\fR is a list of up
-to 11 numbers that alternately represent the lengths of the dashes
-and gaps on the grid lines. Each number must be between 1 and 255.
-If \fIdashList\fR is \f(CW""\fR, the grid will be solid lines.
-.TP
-\fB\-hide \fIboolean\fR
-Indicates whether the grid should be drawn. If \fIboolean\fR
-is true, grid lines are not shown. The default is \f(CWyes\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-linewidth \fIpixels\fR
-Sets the width of grid lines. The default width is \f(CW1\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-mapx \fIxAxis\fR
-Specifies the X\-axis to display grid lines. \fIXAxis\fR
-must be the name of an axis or \f(CW""\fR for no grid lines.
-The default is \f(CW""\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-mapy \fIyAxis\fR
-Specifies the Y\-axis to display grid lines. \fIYAxis\fR
-must be the name of an axis or \f(CW""\fR for no grid lines.
-The default is \f(CWy\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-minor \fIboolean\fR
-Indicates whether the grid lines should be drawn for minor ticks.
-If \fIboolean\fR is true, the lines will appear at
-minor tick intervals. The default is \f(CW1\fR.
-.PP
-Grid configuration options may also be set by the
-\fBoption\fR command. The resource name and class are \f(CWgrid\fR and
-\f(CWGrid\fR respectively.
-.CS
-option add *Graph.grid.LineWidth 2
-option add *Graph.Grid.Color black
-.CE
-.RE
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBgrid off\fR
-Turns off the display the grid lines.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBgrid on\fR
-Turns on the display the grid lines.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBgrid toggle\fR
-Toggles the display of the grid.
-.SS "LEGEND COMPONENT"
-The legend displays a list of the data elements. Each entry consists
-of the element's symbol and label. The legend can appear in any
-margin (the default location is in the right margin). It
-can also be positioned anywhere within the plotting area.
-.PP
-The following operations are valid for the legend.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBlegend activate \fIpattern\fR...
-Selects legend entries to be drawn using the active legend colors and relief.
-All entries whose element names match \fIpattern\fR are selected. To
-be selected, the element name must match only one \fIpattern\fR.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBlegend bind \fItagName\fR ?\fIsequence\fR? ?\fIcommand\fR?
-Associates \fIcommand\fR with \fItagName\fR such that whenever the
-event sequence given by \fIsequence\fR occurs for a legend entry with this
-tag, \fIcommand\fR will be invoked. Implicitly the element names
-in the entry are tags. The syntax is similar to the
-\fBbind\fR command except that it operates on legend entries, rather
-than widgets. See the \fBbind\fR manual entry for
-complete details on \fIsequence\fR and the substitutions performed on
-\fIcommand\fR before invoking it.
-.sp
-If all arguments are specified then a new binding is created, replacing
-any existing binding for the same \fIsequence\fR and \fItagName\fR.
-If the first character of \fIcommand\fR is \f(CW+\fR then \fIcommand\fR
-augments an existing binding rather than replacing it.
-If no \fIcommand\fR argument is provided then the command currently
-associated with \fItagName\fR and \fIsequence\fR (it's an error occurs
-if there's no such binding) is returned. If both \fIcommand\fR and
-\fIsequence\fR are missing then a list of all the event sequences for
-which bindings have been defined for \fItagName\fR.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBlegend cget \fIoption\fR
-Returns the current value of a legend configuration option.
-\fIOption\fR may be any option described below in the
-legend \fBconfigure\fR operation.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBlegend configure \fR?\fIoption value\fR?...
-Queries or modifies the configuration options for the legend. If
-\fIoption\fR isn't specified, a list describing the current
-legend options for \fIpathName\fR is returned. If \fIoption\fR is
-specified, but not \fIvalue\fR, then a list describing \fIoption\fR is
-returned. If one or more \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR pairs are
-specified, then for each pair, the legend option \fIoption\fR is set
-to \fIvalue\fR. The following options are valid for the legend.
-.RS
-.TP
-\fB\-activebackground \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the background color for active legend entries. All legend
-entries marked active (see the legend \fBactivate\fR operation) are
-drawn using this background color.
-.TP
-\fB\-activeborderwidth \fIpixels\fR
-Sets the width of the 3-D border around the outside edge of the active legend
-entries. The default is \f(CW2\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-activeforeground \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the foreground color for active legend entries. All legend
-entries marked as active (see the legend \fBactivate\fR operation) are
-drawn using this foreground color.
-.TP
-\fB\-activerelief \fIrelief\fR
-Specifies the 3-D effect desired for active legend entries.
-\fIRelief\fR denotes how the interior of the entry should appear
-relative to the legend; for example, \f(CWraised\fR means the entry
-should appear to protrude from the legend, relative to the surface of
-the legend. The default is \f(CWflat\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-anchor \fIanchor\fR
-Tells how to position the legend relative to the positioning point for
-the legend. This is dependent on the value of the \fB\-position\fR
-option. The default is \f(CWcenter\fR.
-.RS
-.TP 1.25i
-\f(CWleft\fR or \f(CWright\fR
-The anchor describes how to position the legend vertically.
-.TP
-\f(CWtop\fR or \f(CWbottom\fR
-The anchor describes how to position the legend horizontally.
-.TP
-\f(CW@x,y\fR
-The anchor specifies how to position the legend relative to the
-positioning point. For example, if \fIanchor\fR is \f(CWcenter\fR then
-the legend is centered on the point; if \fIanchor\fR is \f(CWn\fR then
-the legend will be drawn such that the top center point of the
-rectangular region occupied by the legend will be at the positioning
-point.
-.TP
-\f(CWplotarea\fR
-The anchor specifies how to position the legend relative to the
-plotting area. For example, if \fIanchor\fR is \f(CWcenter\fR then the
-legend is centered in the plotting area; if \fIanchor\fR is \f(CWne\fR
-then the legend will be drawn such that occupies the upper right
-corner of the plotting area.
-.RE
-.TP
-\fB\-background \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the background color of the legend. If \fIcolor\fR is \f(CW""\fR,
-the legend background with be transparent.
-.TP
-\fB\-bindtags \fItagList\fR
-Specifies the binding tags for legend entries. \fITagList\fR is a list
-of binding tag names. The tags and their order will determine how
-events are handled for legend entries. Each tag in the list matching
-the current event sequence will have its Tcl command executed. The
-default value is \f(CWall\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-borderwidth \fIpixels\fR
-Sets the width of the 3-D border around the outside edge of the legend (if
-such border is being drawn; the \fBrelief\fR option determines this).
-The default is \f(CW2\fR pixels.
-.TP
-\fB\-font \fIfontName\fR
-\fIFontName\fR specifies a font to use when drawing the labels of each
-element into the legend. The default is
-\f(CW*-Helvetica-Bold-R-Normal-*-12-120-*\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-foreground \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the foreground color of the text drawn for the element's label.
-The default is \f(CWblack\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-hide \fIboolean\fR
-Indicates whether the legend should be displayed. If \fIboolean\fR is
-true, the legend will not be draw. The default is \f(CWno\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-ipadx \fIpad\fR
-Sets the amount of internal padding to be added to the width of each
-legend entry. \fIPad\fR can be a list of one or two screen distances. If
-\fIpad\fR has two elements, the left side of the legend entry is
-padded by the first distance and the right side by the second. If
-\fIpad\fR is just one distance, both the left and right sides are padded
-evenly. The default is \f(CW2\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-ipady \fIpad\fR
-Sets an amount of internal padding to be added to the height of each
-legend entry. \fIPad\fR can be a list of one or two screen distances. If
-\fIpad\fR has two elements, the top of the entry is padded by the
-first distance and the bottom by the second. If \fIpad\fR is just
-one distance, both the top and bottom of the entry are padded evenly.
-The default is \f(CW2\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-padx \fIpad\fR
-Sets the padding to the left and right exteriors of the legend.
-\fIPad\fR can be a list of one or two screen distances. If \fIpad\fR
-has two elements, the left side of the legend is padded by the first
-distance and the right side by the second. If \fIpad\fR has just one
-distance, both the left and right sides are padded evenly. The
-default is \f(CW4\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-pady \fIpad\fR
-Sets the padding above and below the legend. \fIPad\fR can be a list
-of one or two screen distances. If \fIpad\fR has two elements, the area above
-the legend is padded by the first distance and the area below by the
-second. If \fIpad\fR is just one distance, both the top and
-bottom areas are padded evenly. The default is \f(CW0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-position \fIpos\fR
-Specifies where the legend is drawn. The
-\fB\-anchor\fR option also affects where the legend is positioned. If
-\fIpos\fR is \f(CWleft\fR, \f(CWleft\fR, \f(CWtop\fR, or \f(CWbottom\fR, the
-legend is drawn in the specified margin. If \fIpos\fR is
-\f(CWplotarea\fR, then the legend is drawn inside the plotting area at a
-particular anchor. If \fIpos\fR is in the form "\fI@x,y\fR", where
-\fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are the window coordinates, the legend is drawn in
-the plotting area at the specified coordinates. The default is
-\f(CWright\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-raised \fIboolean\fR
-Indicates whether the legend is above or below the data elements. This
-matters only if the legend is in the plotting area. If \fIboolean\fR
-is true, the legend will be drawn on top of any elements that may
-overlap it. The default is \f(CWno\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-relief \fIrelief\fR
-Specifies the 3-D effect for the border around the legend.
-\fIRelief\fR specifies how the interior of the legend should appear
-relative to the graph; for example, \f(CWraised\fR means the legend
-should appear to protrude from the graph, relative to the surface of
-the graph. The default is \f(CWsunken\fR.
-.PP
-Legend configuration options may also be set by the \fBoption\fR
-command. The resource name and class are \f(CWlegend\fR and
-\f(CWLegend\fR respectively.
-.CS
-option add *Graph.legend.Foreground blue
-option add *Graph.Legend.Relief raised
-.CE
-.RE
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBlegend deactivate \fIpattern\fR...
-Selects legend entries to be drawn using the normal legend colors and
-relief. All entries whose element names match \fIpattern\fR are
-selected. To be selected, the element name must match only one
-\fIpattern\fR.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBlegend get \fIpos\fR
-Returns the name of the element whose entry is at the screen position
-\fIpos\fR in the legend. \fIPos\fR must be in the form "\fI@x,y\fR",
-where \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are window coordinates. If the given
-coordinates do not lie over a legend entry, \f(CW""\fR is returned.
-.SS "PEN COMPONENTS"
-Pens define attributes (both symbol and line style) for elements.
-Pens mirror the configuration options of data elements that pertain to
-how symbols and lines are drawn. Data elements use pens to determine
-how they are drawn. A data element may use several pens at once. In
-this case, the pen used for a particular data point is determined from
-each element's weight vector (see the element's \fB\-weight\fR and
-\fB\-style\fR options).
-.PP
-One pen, called \f(CWactiveLine\fR, is automatically created.
-It's used as the default active pen for elements. So you can change
-the active attributes for all elements by simply reconfiguring this
-pen.
-.CS
-\&.g pen configure "activeLine" -color green
-.CE
-You can create and use several pens. To create a pen, invoke
-the pen component and its create operation.
-.CS
-\&.g pen create myPen
-.CE
-You map pens to a data element using either the element's
-\fB\-pen\fR or \fB\-activepen\fR options.
-.CS
-\&.g element create "line1" -xdata $x -ydata $tempData \\
- -pen myPen
-.CE
-An element can use several pens at once. This is done by specifying
-the name of the pen in the element's style list (see the
-\fB\-styles\fR option).
-.CS
-\&.g element configure "line1" -styles { myPen 2.0 3.0 }
-.CE
-This says that any data point with a weight between 2.0 and 3.0
-is to be drawn using the pen \f(CWmyPen\fR. All other points
-are drawn with the element's default attributes.
-.PP
-The following operations are available for pen components.
-.PP
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBpen \fBcget \fIpenName \fIoption\fR
-Returns the current value of the option given by \fIoption\fR for
-\fIpenName\fR. \fIOption\fR may be any option described below
-for the pen \fBconfigure\fR operation.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBpen \fBconfigure \fIpenName \fR?\fIpenName\fR... ?\fIoption value\fR?...
-Queries or modifies the configuration options of
-\fIpenName\fR. Several pens can be modified at once. If \fIoption\fR
-isn't specified, a list describing the current options for
-\fIpenName\fR is returned. If \fIoption\fR is specified, but not
-\fIvalue\fR, then a list describing \fIoption\fR is returned. If one
-or more \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR pairs are specified, then for
-each pair, the pen option \fIoption\fR is set to \fIvalue\fR. The
-following options are valid for pens.
-.RS
-.TP
-\fB\-color \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the color of the traces connecting the data points.
-.TP
-\fB\-dashes \fIdashList\fR
-Sets the dash style of element line. \fIDashList\fR is a list of up to
-11 numbers that alternately represent the lengths of the dashes and
-gaps on the element line. Each number must be between 1 and 255. If
-\fIdashList\fR is \f(CW""\fR, the lines will be solid.
-.TP
-\fB\-fill \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the interior color of symbols. If \fIcolor\fR is \f(CW""\fR, then
-the interior of the symbol is transparent. If \fIcolor\fR is
-\f(CWdefcolor\fR, then the color will be the same as the \fB\-color\fR
-option. The default is \f(CWdefcolor\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-linewidth \fIpixels\fR
-Sets the width of the connecting lines between data points. If
-\fIpixels\fR is \f(CW0\fR, no connecting lines will be drawn between
-symbols. The default is \f(CW0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-offdash \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the color of the stripes when traces are dashed (see the
-\fB\-dashes\fR option). If \fIcolor\fR is \f(CW""\fR, then the "off"
-pixels will represent gaps instead of stripes. If \fIcolor\fR is
-\f(CWdefcolor\fR, then the color will be the same as the \fB\-color\fR
-option. The default is \f(CWdefcolor\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-outline \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the color or the outline around each symbol. If \fIcolor\fR is
-\f(CW""\fR, then no outline is drawn. If \fIcolor\fR is \f(CWdefcolor\fR,
-then the color will be the same as the \fB\-color\fR option. The
-default is \f(CWdefcolor\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-outlinewidth \fIpixels\fR
-Sets the width of the outline bordering each symbol. If \fIpixels\fR
-is \f(CW0\fR, no outline will be drawn. The default is \f(CW1\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-pixels \fIpixels\fR
-Sets the size of symbols. If \fIpixels\fR is \f(CW0\fR, no symbols will
-be drawn. The default is \f(CW0.125i\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-symbol \fIsymbol\fR
-Specifies the symbol for data points. \fISymbol\fR can be either
-\f(CWsquare\fR, \f(CWcircle\fR, \f(CWdiamond\fR, \f(CWplus\fR, \f(CWcross\fR,
-\f(CWsplus\fR, \f(CWscross\fR, \f(CWtriangle\fR, \f(CW""\fR (where no symbol
-is drawn), or a bitmap. Bitmaps are specified as "\fIsource\fR
-?\fImask\fR?", where \fIsource\fR is the name of the bitmap, and
-\fImask\fR is the bitmap's optional mask. The default is
-\f(CWcircle\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-type \fIelemType\fR
-Specifies the type of element the pen is to be used with.
-This option should only be employed when creating the pen. This
-is for those that wish to mix different types of elements (bars and
-lines) on the same graph. The default type is "line".
-.PP
-Pen configuration options may be also be set by the \fBoption\fR
-command. The resource class is \f(CWPen\fR. The resource names
-are the names of the pens.
-.CS
-option add *Graph.Pen.Color blue
-option add *Graph.activeLine.color green
-.CE
-.RE
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBpen \fBcreate \fIpenName \fR?\fIoption value\fR?...
-Creates a new pen by the name \fIpenName\fR. No pen by the same
-name can already exist. \fIOption\fR and \fIvalue\fR are described
-in above in the pen \fBconfigure\fR operation.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBpen \fBdelete \fR?\fIpenName\fR?...
-Deletes the named pens. A pen is not really
-deleted until it is not longer in use, so it's safe to delete
-pens mapped to elements.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBpen names \fR?\fIpattern\fR?...
-Returns a list of pens matching zero or more patterns. If no
-\fIpattern\fR argument is give, the names of all pens are returned.
-.SS "POSTSCRIPT COMPONENT"
-The graph can generate encapsulated PostScript output. There
-are several configuration options you can specify to control how the
-plot will be generated. You can change the page dimensions and
-borders. The plot itself can be scaled, centered, or rotated to
-landscape. The PostScript output can be written directly to a file or
-returned through the interpreter.
-.PP
-The following postscript operations are available.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBpostscript cget \fIoption\fR
-Returns the current value of the postscript option given by
-\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may be any option described
-below for the postscript \fBconfigure\fR operation.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBpostscript configure \fR?\fIoption value\fR?...
-Queries or modifies the configuration options for PostScript
-generation. If \fIoption\fR isn't specified, a list describing
-the current postscript options for \fIpathName\fR is returned. If
-\fIoption\fR is specified, but not \fIvalue\fR, then a list describing
-\fIoption\fR is returned. If one or more \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR
-pairs are specified, then for each pair, the postscript option
-\fIoption\fR is set to \fIvalue\fR. The following postscript options
-are available.
-.RS
-.TP
-\fB\-center \fIboolean\fR
-Indicates whether the plot should be centered on the PostScript page. If
-\fIboolean\fR is false, the plot will be placed in the upper left
-corner of the page. The default is \f(CW1\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-colormap \fIvarName\fR
-\fIVarName\fR must be the name of a global array variable that
-specifies a color mapping from the X color name to PostScript. Each
-element of \fIvarName\fR must consist of PostScript code to set a
-particular color value (e.g. ``\f(CW1.0 1.0 0.0 setrgbcolor\fR''). When
-generating color information in PostScript, the array variable \fIvarName\fR
-is checked if an element of the name as the color exists. If so, it uses
-its value as the PostScript
-command to set the color. If this option hasn't been specified, or if
-there isn't an entry in \fIvarName\fR for a given color, then it uses
-the red, green, and blue intensities from the X color.
-.TP
-\fB\-colormode \fImode\fR
-Specifies how to output color information. \fIMode\fR must be either
-\f(CWcolor\fR (for full color output), \f(CWgray\fR (convert all colors to
-their gray-scale equivalents) or \f(CWmono\fR (convert foreground colors
-to black and background colors to white). The default mode is
-\f(CWcolor\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-fontmap \fIvarName\fR
-\fIVarName\fR must be the name of a global array variable that
-specifies a font mapping from the X font name to PostScript. Each
-element of \fIvarName\fR must consist of a Tcl list with one or two
-elements; the name and point size of a PostScript font.
-When outputting PostScript commands for a particular font, the array
-variable \fIvarName\fR is checked to see if an element by the
-specified font exists. If there is such an element, then the font
-information contained in that element is used in the PostScript
-output. (If the point size is omitted from the list, the point size
-of the X font is used). Otherwise the X font is examined in an
-attempt to guess what PostScript font to use. This works only for
-fonts whose foundry property is \fIAdobe\fR (such as Times, Helvetica,
-Courier, etc.). If all of this fails then the font defaults to
-\f(CWHelvetica-Bold\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-decorations \fIboolean\fR
-Indicates whether PostScript commands to generate color backgrounds and 3-D
-borders will be output. If \fIboolean\fR is false, the background will be
-white and no 3-D borders will be generated. The
-default is \f(CW1\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-height \fIpixels\fR
-Sets the height of the plot. This lets you print the graph with a
-height different from the one drawn on the screen. If
-\fIpixels\fR is 0, the height is the same as the widget's height.
-The default is \f(CW0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-landscape \fIboolean\fR
-If \fIboolean\fR is true, this specifies the printed area is to be
-rotated 90 degrees. In non-rotated output the X\-axis of the printed
-area runs along the short dimension of the page (``portrait''
-orientation); in rotated output the X\-axis runs along the long
-dimension of the page (``landscape'' orientation). Defaults to
-\f(CW0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-maxpect \fIboolean\fR
-Indicates to scale the plot so that it fills the PostScript page.
-The aspect ratio of the graph is still retained. The default is
-\f(CW0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-padx \fIpad\fR
-Sets the horizontal padding for the left and right page borders. The
-borders are exterior to the plot. \fIPad\fR can be a list of one or
-two screen distances. If \fIpad\fR has two elements, the left border is padded
-by the first distance and the right border by the second. If
-\fIpad\fR has just one distance, both the left and right borders are
-padded evenly. The default is \f(CW1i\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-pady \fIpad\fR
-Sets the vertical padding for the top and bottom page borders. The
-borders are exterior to the plot. \fIPad\fR can be a list of one or
-two screen distances. If \fIpad\fR has two elements, the top border is padded
-by the first distance and the bottom border by the second. If
-\fIpad\fR has just one distance, both the top and bottom borders are
-padded evenly. The default is \f(CW1i\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-paperheight \fIpixels\fR
-Sets the height of the postscript page. This can be used to select
-between different page sizes (letter, A4, etc). The default height is
-\f(CW11.0i\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-paperwidth \fIpixels\fR
-Sets the width of the postscript page. This can be used to select
-between different page sizes (letter, A4, etc). The default width is
-\f(CW8.5i\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-width \fIpixels\fR
-Sets the width of the plot. This lets you generate a plot
-of a width different from that of the widget. If \fIpixels\fR
-is 0, the width is the same as the widget's width. The default is
-\f(CW0\fR.
-.PP
-Postscript configuration options may be also be set by the
-\fBoption\fR command. The resource name and class are
-\f(CWpostscript\fR and \f(CWPostscript\fR respectively.
-.CS
-option add *Graph.postscript.Decorations false
-option add *Graph.Postscript.Landscape true
-.CE
-.RE
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBpostscript output \fR?\fIfileName\fR? ?\fIoption value\fR?...
-Outputs a file of encapsulated PostScript. If a
-\fIfileName\fR argument isn't present, the command returns the
-PostScript. If any \fIoption-value\fR pairs are present, they set
-configuration options controlling how the PostScript is generated.
-\fIOption\fR and \fIvalue\fR can be anything accepted by the
-postscript \fBconfigure\fR operation above.
-.SS "MARKER COMPONENTS"
-Markers are simple drawing procedures used to annotate or highlight
-areas of the graph. Markers have various types: text strings,
-bitmaps, images, connected lines, windows, or polygons. They can be
-associated with a particular element, so that when the element is
-hidden or un-hidden, so is the marker. By default, markers are the
-last items drawn, so that data elements will appear in
-behind them. You can change this by configuring the \fB\-under\fR
-option.
-.PP
-Markers, in contrast to elements, don't affect the scaling of the
-coordinate axes. They can also have \fIelastic\fR coordinates
-(specified by \f(CW-Inf\fR and \f(CWInf\fR respectively) that translate
-into the minimum or maximum limit of the axis. For example, you can
-place a marker so it always remains in the lower left corner of the
-plotting area, by using the coordinates \f(CW-Inf\fR,\f(CW-Inf\fR.
-.PP
-The following operations are available for markers.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBmarker after \fImarkerId\fR ?\fIafterId\fR?
-Changes the order of the markers, drawing the first
-marker after the second. If no second \fIafterId\fR argument is
-specified, the marker is placed at the end of the display list. This
-command can be used to control how markers are displayed since markers
-are drawn in the order of this display list.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBmarker before \fImarkerId\fR ?\fIbeforeId\fR?
-Changes the order of the markers, drawing the first
-marker before the second. If no second \fIbeforeId\fR argument is
-specified, the marker is placed at the beginning of the display list.
-This command can be used to control how markers are displayed since
-markers are drawn in the order of this display list.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBmarker bind \fItagName\fR ?\fIsequence\fR? ?\fIcommand\fR?
-Associates \fIcommand\fR with \fItagName\fR such that whenever the
-event sequence given by \fIsequence\fR occurs for a marker with this
-tag, \fIcommand\fR will be invoked. The syntax is similar to the
-\fBbind\fR command except that it operates on graph markers, rather
-than widgets. See the \fBbind\fR manual entry for
-complete details on \fIsequence\fR and the substitutions performed on
-\fIcommand\fR before invoking it.
-.sp
-If all arguments are specified then a new binding is created, replacing
-any existing binding for the same \fIsequence\fR and \fItagName\fR.
-If the first character of \fIcommand\fR is \f(CW+\fR then \fIcommand\fR
-augments an existing binding rather than replacing it.
-If no \fIcommand\fR argument is provided then the command currently
-associated with \fItagName\fR and \fIsequence\fR (it's an error occurs
-if there's no such binding) is returned. If both \fIcommand\fR and
-\fIsequence\fR are missing then a list of all the event sequences for
-which bindings have been defined for \fItagName\fR.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBmarker cget \fIoption\fR
-Returns the current value of the marker configuration option given by
-\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may be any option described
-below in the \fBconfigure\fR operation.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBmarker configure \fImarkerId\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
-Queries or modifies the configuration options for markers. If
-\fIoption\fR isn't specified, a list describing the current
-options for \fImarkerId\fR is returned. If \fIoption\fR is specified,
-but not \fIvalue\fR, then a list describing \fIoption\fR is returned.
-If one or more \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR pairs are specified, then
-for each pair, the marker option \fIoption\fR is set to \fIvalue\fR.
-.sp
-The following options are valid for all markers.
-Each type of marker also has its own type-specific options.
-They are described in the sections below.
-.RS
-.TP
-\fB\-bindtags \fItagList\fR
-Specifies the binding tags for the marker. \fITagList\fR is a list
-of binding tag names. The tags and their order will determine how
-events for markers are handled. Each tag in the list matching the
-current event sequence will have its Tcl command executed. Implicitly
-the name of the marker is always the first tag in the list.
-The default value is \f(CWall\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-coords \fIcoordList\fR
-Specifies the coordinates of the marker. \fICoordList\fR is
-a list of graph coordinates. The number of coordinates required
-is dependent on the type of marker. Text, image, and window markers
-need only two coordinates (an X\-Y coordinate). Bitmap markers
-can take either two or four coordinates (if four, they represent the
-corners of the bitmap). Line markers
-need at least four coordinates, polygons at least six.
-If \fIcoordList\fR is \f(CW""\fR, the marker will not be displayed.
-The default is \f(CW""\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-element \fIelemName\fR
-Links the marker with the element \fIelemName\fR. The marker is
-drawn only if the element is also currently displayed (see the
-element's \fBshow\fR operation). If \fIelemName\fR is \f(CW""\fR, the
-marker is always drawn. The default is \f(CW""\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-hide \fIboolean\fR
-Indicates whether the marker is drawn. If \fIboolean\fR is true,
-the marker is not drawn. The default is \f(CWno\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-mapx \fIxAxis\fR
-Specifies the X\-axis to map the marker's X\-coordinates onto.
-\fIXAxis\fR must the name of an axis. The default is \f(CWx\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-mapy \fIyAxis\fR
-Specifies the Y\-axis to map the marker's Y\-coordinates onto.
-\fIYAxis\fR must the name of an axis. The default is \f(CWy\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-name \fImarkerId\fR
-Changes the identifier for the marker. The identifier \fImarkerId\fR
-can not already be used by another marker. If this option
-isn't specified, the marker's name is uniquely generated.
-.TP
-\fB\-under \fIboolean\fR
-Indicates whether the marker is drawn below/above data
-elements. If \fIboolean\fR is true, the marker is be drawn
-underneath the data element symbols and lines. Otherwise, the marker is
-drawn on top of the element. The default is \f(CW0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-xoffset \fIpixels\fR
-Specifies a screen distance to offset the marker horizontally.
-\fIPixels\fR is a valid screen distance, such as \f(CW2\fR or \f(CW1.2i\fR.
-The default is \f(CW0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-yoffset \fIpixels\fR
-Specifies a screen distance to offset the markers vertically.
-\fIPixels\fR is a valid screen distance, such as \f(CW2\fR or \f(CW1.2i\fR.
-The default is \f(CW0\fR.
-.PP
-Marker configuration options may also be set by the \fBoption\fR command.
-The resource class is either \f(CWBitmapMarker\fR, \f(CWImageMarker\fR,
-\f(CWLineMarker\fR, \f(CWPolygonMarker\fR, \f(CWTextMarker\fR, or \f(CWWindowMarker\fR,
-depending on the type of marker. The resource name is the name of the
-marker.
-.CS
-option add *Graph.TextMarker.Foreground white
-option add *Graph.BitmapMarker.Foreground white
-option add *Graph.m1.Background blue
-.CE
-.RE
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBmarker create \fItype\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
-Creates a marker of the selected type. \fIType\fR may be either
-\f(CWtext\fR, \f(CWline\fR, \f(CWbitmap\fR, \f(CWimage\fR, \f(CWpolygon\fR, or
-\f(CWwindow\fR. This command returns the marker identifier,
-used as the \fImarkerId\fR argument in the other marker-related
-commands. If the \fB\-name\fR option is used, this overrides the
-normal marker identifier. If the name provided is already used for
-another marker, the new marker will replace the old.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBmarker delete\fR ?\fIname\fR?...
-Removes one of more markers. The graph will automatically be redrawn
-without the marker.\fR.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBmarker exists \fImarkerId\fR
-Returns \f(CW1\fR if the marker \fImarkerId\fR exists and \f(CW0\fR
-otherwise.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBmarker names\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
-Returns the names of all the markers that currently exist. If
-\fIpattern\fR is supplied, only those markers whose names match it
-will be returned.
-.TP
-\fIpathName \fBmarker type \fImarkerId\fR
-Returns the type of the marker given by \fImarkerId\fR, such as
-\f(CWline\fR or \f(CWtext\fR. If \fImarkerId\fR is not a valid a marker
-identifier, \f(CW""\fR is returned.
-.SS "BITMAP MARKERS"
-A bitmap marker displays a bitmap. The size of the
-bitmap is controlled by the number of coordinates specified. If two
-coordinates, they specify the position of the top-left corner of the
-bitmap. The bitmap retains its normal width and height. If four
-coordinates, the first and second pairs of coordinates represent the
-corners of the bitmap. The bitmap will be stretched or reduced as
-necessary to fit into the bounding rectangle.
-.PP
-Bitmap markers are created with the marker's \fBcreate\fR operation in
-the form:
-.DS
-\fIpathName \fBmarker create bitmap \fR?\fIoption value\fR?...
-.DE
-There may be many \fIoption\fR-\fIvalue\fR pairs, each
-sets a configuration options for the marker. These
-same \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs may be used with the marker's
-\fBconfigure\fR operation.
-.PP
-The following options are specific to bitmap markers:
-.TP
-\fB\-background \fIcolor\fR
-Same as the \fB\-fill\fR option.
-.TP
-\fB\-bitmap \fIbitmap\fR
-Specifies the bitmap to be displayed. If \fIbitmap\fR is \f(CW""\fR,
-the marker will not be displayed. The default is \f(CW""\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-fill \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the background color of the bitmap. If \fIcolor\fR is the empty
-string, no background will be transparent. The default background color is
-\f(CW""\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-foreground \fIcolor\fR
-Same as the \fB\-outline\fR option.
-.TP
-\fB\-mask \fImask\fR
-Specifies a mask for the bitmap to be displayed. This mask is a bitmap
-itself, denoting the pixels that are transparent. If \fImask\fR is
-\f(CW""\fR, all pixels of the bitmap will be drawn. The default is
-\f(CW""\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-outline \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the foreground color of the bitmap. The default value is \f(CWblack\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-rotate \fItheta\fR
-Sets the rotation of the bitmap. \fITheta\fR is a real number
-representing the angle of rotation in degrees. The marker is first
-rotated and then placed according to its anchor position. The default
-rotation is \f(CW0.0\fR.
-.SS "IMAGE MARKERS"
-A image marker displays an image. Image markers are
-created with the marker's \fBcreate\fR operation in the form:
-.DS
-\fIpathName \fBmarker create image \fR?\fIoption value\fR?...
-.DE
-There may be many \fIoption\fR-\fIvalue\fR
-pairs, each sets a configuration option
-for the marker. These same \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs may be
-used with the marker's \fBconfigure\fR operation.
-.PP
-The following options are specific to image markers:
-.TP
-\fB\-anchor \fIanchor\fR
-\fIAnchor\fR tells how to position the image relative to the
-positioning point for the image. For example, if \fIanchor\fR
-is \f(CWcenter\fR then the image is centered on the point; if
-\fIanchor\fR is \f(CWn\fR then the image will be drawn such that
-the top center point of the rectangular region occupied by the
-image will be at the positioning point.
-This option defaults to \f(CWcenter\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-image \fIimage\fR
-Specifies the image to be drawn.
-If \fIimage\fR is \f(CW""\fR, the marker will not be
-drawn. The default is \f(CW""\fR.
-.SS "LINE MARKERS"
-A line marker displays one or more connected line segments.
-Line markers are created with marker's \fBcreate\fR operation in the form:
-.DS
-\fIpathName \fBmarker create line \fR?\fIoption value\fR?...
-.DE
-There may be many \fIoption\fR-\fIvalue\fR
-pairs, each sets a configuration option
-for the marker. These same \fIoption\fR-\fIvalue\fR pairs may be
-used with the marker's \fBconfigure\fR operation.
-.PP
-The following options are specific to line markers:
-.TP
-\fB\-dashes \fIdashList\fR
-Sets the dash style of the line. \fIDashList\fR is a list of up to 11
-numbers that alternately represent the lengths of the dashes and gaps
-on the line. Each number must be between 1 and 255. If
-\fIdashList\fR is \f(CW""\fR, the marker line will be solid.
-.TP
-\fB\-fill \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the background color of the line. This color is used with
-striped lines (see the \fB\-fdashes\fR option). If \fIcolor\fR is
-the empty string, no background color is drawn (the line will be
-dashed, not striped). The default background color is \f(CW""\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-linewidth \fIpixels\fR
-Sets the width of the lines.
-The default width is \f(CW0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-outline \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the foreground color of the line. The default value is \f(CWblack\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-stipple \fIbitmap\fR
-Specifies a stipple pattern used to draw the line, rather than
-a solid line.
-\fIBitmap\fR specifies a bitmap to use as the stipple
-pattern. If \fIbitmap\fR is \f(CW""\fR, then the
-line is drawn in a solid fashion. The default is \f(CW""\fR.
-.SS "POLYGON MARKERS"
-A polygon marker displays a closed region described as two or more
-connected line segments. It is assumed the first and
-last points are connected. Polygon markers are created using the
-marker \fBcreate\fR operation in the form:
-.DS
-\fIpathName \fBmarker create polygon \fR?\fIoption value\fR?...
-.DE
-There may be many \fIoption\fR-\fIvalue\fR
-pairs, each sets a configuration option
-for the marker. These same \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs may be
-used with the \fBmarker configure\fR command to change the marker's
-configuration.
-The following options are supported for polygon markers:
-.TP
-\fB\-dashes \fIdashList\fR
-Sets the dash style of the outline of the polygon. \fIDashList\fR is a
-list of up to 11 numbers that alternately represent the lengths of
-the dashes and gaps on the outline. Each number must be between 1 and
-255. If \fIdashList\fR is \f(CW""\fR, the outline will be a solid line.
-.TP
-\fB\-fill \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the fill color of the polygon. If \fIcolor\fR is \f(CW""\fR, then
-the interior of the polygon is transparent.
-The default is \f(CWwhite\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-linewidth \fIpixels\fR
-Sets the width of the outline of the polygon. If \fIpixels\fR is zero,
-no outline is drawn. The default is \f(CW0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-outline \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the color of the outline of the polygon. If the polygon is
-stippled (see the \fB\-stipple\fR option), then this represents the
-foreground color of the stipple. The default is \f(CWblack\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-stipple \fIbitmap\fR
-Specifies that the polygon should be drawn with a stippled pattern
-rather than a solid color. \fIBitmap\fR specifies a bitmap to use as
-the stipple pattern. If \fIbitmap\fR is \f(CW""\fR, then the polygon is
-filled with a solid color (if the \fB\-fill\fR option is set). The
-default is \f(CW""\fR.
-.SS "TEXT MARKERS"
-A text marker displays a string of characters on one or more lines of
-text. Embedded newlines cause line breaks. They may be used to
-annotate regions of the graph. Text markers are created with the
-\fBcreate\fR operation in the form:
-.DS
-\fIpathName \fBmarker create text \fR?\fIoption value\fR?...
-.DE
-There may be many \fIoption\fR-\fIvalue\fR pairs,
-each sets a configuration option for the text marker.
-These same \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs may be used with the
-marker's \fBconfigure\fR operation.
-.PP
-The following options are specific to text markers:
-.TP
-\fB\-anchor \fIanchor\fR
-\fIAnchor\fR tells how to position the text relative to the
-positioning point for the text. For example, if \fIanchor\fR is
-\f(CWcenter\fR then the text is centered on the point; if
-\fIanchor\fR is \f(CWn\fR then the text will be drawn such that the
-top center point of the rectangular region occupied by the text will
-be at the positioning point. This default is \f(CWcenter\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-background \fIcolor\fR
-Same as the \fB\-fill\fR option.
-.TP
-\fB\-font \fIfontName\fR
-Specifies the font of the text. The default is
-\f(CW*-Helvetica-Bold-R-Normal-*-120-*\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-fill \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the background color of the text. If \fIcolor\fR is the empty
-string, no background will be transparent. The default background color is
-\f(CW""\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-foreground \fIcolor\fR
-Same as the \fB\-outline\fR option.
-.TP
-\fB\-justify \fIjustify\fR
-Specifies how the text should be justified. This matters only when
-the marker contains more than one line of text. \fIJustify\fR must be
-\f(CWleft\fR, \f(CWright\fR, or \f(CWcenter\fR. The default is
-\f(CWcenter\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-outline \fIcolor\fR
-Sets the color of the text. The default value is \f(CWblack\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-padx \fIpad\fR
-Sets the padding to the left and right exteriors of the text.
-\fIPad\fR can be a list of one or two screen distances. If \fIpad\fR
-has two elements, the left side of the text is padded by the first
-distance and the right side by the second. If \fIpad\fR has just one
-distance, both the left and right sides are padded evenly. The
-default is \f(CW4\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-pady \fIpad\fR
-Sets the padding above and below the text. \fIPad\fR can be a list of
-one or two screen distances. If \fIpad\fR has two elements, the area above the
-text is padded by the first distance and the area below by the second.
-If \fIpad\fR is just one distance, both the top and bottom areas
-are padded evenly. The default is \f(CW4\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-rotate \fItheta\fR
-Specifies the number of degrees to rotate the text. \fITheta\fR is a
-real number representing the angle of rotation. The marker is first
-rotated along its center and is then drawn according to its anchor
-position. The default is \f(CW0.0\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-text \fItext\fR
-Specifies the text of the marker. The exact way the text is
-displayed may be affected by other options such as \fB\-anchor\fR or
-\fB\-rotate\fR.
-.SS "WINDOW MARKERS"
-A window marker displays a widget at a given position.
-Window markers are created with the marker's \fBcreate\fR operation in
-the form:
-.DS
-\fIpathName \fBmarker create window \fR?\fIoption value\fR?...
-.DE
-There may be many \fIoption\fR-\fIvalue\fR
-pairs, each sets a configuration option
-for the marker. These same \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs may be
-used with the marker's \fBconfigure\fR command.
-.PP
-The following options are specific to window markers:
-.TP
-\fB\-anchor \fIanchor\fR
-\fIAnchor\fR tells how to position the widget relative to the
-positioning point for the widget. For example, if \fIanchor\fR is
-\f(CWcenter\fR then the widget is centered on the point; if \fIanchor\fR
-is \f(CWn\fR then the widget will be displayed such that the top center
-point of the rectangular region occupied by the widget will be at the
-positioning point. This option defaults to \f(CWcenter\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-height \fIpixels\fR
-Specifies the height to assign to the marker's window. If this option
-isn't specified, or if it is specified as \f(CW""\fR, then the window is
-given whatever height the widget requests internally.
-.TP
-\fB\-width \fIpixels\fR
-Specifies the width to assign to the marker's window. If this option
-isn't specified, or if it is specified as \f(CW""\fR, then the window is
-given whatever width the widget requests internally.
-.TP
-\fB\-window \fIpathName\fR
-Specifies the widget to be managed by the graph. \fIPathName\fR must
-be a child of the \fBgraph\fR widget.
-.SH "GRAPH COMPONENT BINDINGS"
-Specific graph components, such as elements, markers and legend
-entries, can have a command trigger when event occurs in them, much
-like canvas items in Tk's canvas widget. Not all event sequences are
-valid. The only binding events that may be specified are those
-related to the mouse and keyboard (such as \fBEnter\fR, \fBLeave\fR,
-\fBButtonPress\fR, \fBMotion\fR, and \fBKeyPress\fR).
-.PP
-Only one element or marker can be picked during an event. This means,
-that if the mouse is directly over both an element and a marker, only
-the uppermost component is selected. This isn't true for legend entries.
-Both a legend entry and an element (or marker) binding commands
-will be invoked if both items are picked.
-.PP
-It is possible for multiple bindings to match a particular event.
-This could occur, for example, if one binding is associated with the
-element name and another is associated with one of the element's tags
-(see the \fB\-bindtags\fR option). When this occurs, all of the
-matching bindings are invoked. A binding associated with the element
-name is invoked first, followed by one binding for each of the element's
-bindtags. If there are multiple matching bindings for a single tag,
-then only the most specific binding is invoked. A continue command
-in a binding script terminates that script, and a break command
-terminates that script and skips any remaining scripts for the event,
-just as for the bind command.
-.PP
-The \fB\-bindtags\fR option for these components controls addition
-tag names which can be matched. Implicitly elements and markers
-always have tags matching their names. Setting the value of
-the \fB\-bindtags\fR option doesn't change this.
-.SH "C LANGUAGE API"
-You can manipulate data elements from the C language. There
-may be situations where it is too expensive to translate the data
-values from ASCII strings. Or you might want to read data in a
-special file format.
-.PP
-Data can manipulated from the C language using BLT vectors.
-You specify the X-Y data coordinates of an element as vectors and
-manipulate the vector from C. The graph will be redrawn automatically
-after the vectors are updated.
-.PP
-From Tcl, create the vectors and configure the element to use them.
-.CS
-vector X Y
-\&.g element configure line1 -xdata X -ydata Y
-.CE
-To set data points from C, you pass the values as arrays of doubles
-using the \fBBlt_ResetVector\fR call. The vector is reset with the
-new data and at the next idle point (when Tk re-enters its event
-loop), the graph will be redrawn automatically.
-.CS
-#include <tcl.h>
-#include <blt.h>
-
-register int i;
-Blt_Vector *xVec, *yVec;
-double x[50], y[50];
-
-/* Get the BLT vectors "X" and "Y" (created above from Tcl) */
-if ((Blt_GetVector(interp, "X", &xVec) != TCL_OK) ||
- (Blt_GetVector(interp, "Y", &yVec) != TCL_OK)) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
-}
-
-for (i = 0; i < 50; i++) {
- x[i] = i * 0.02;
- y[i] = sin(x[i]);
-}
-
-/* Put the data into BLT vectors */
-if ((Blt_ResetVector(xVec, x, 50, 50, TCL_VOLATILE) != TCL_OK) ||
- (Blt_ResetVector(yVec, y, 50, 50, TCL_VOLATILE) != TCL_OK)) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
-}
-.CE
-See the \fBvector\fR manual page for more details.
-.SH SPEED TIPS
-There may be cases where the graph needs to be drawn and updated as
-quickly as possible. If drawing speed becomes a big
-problem, here are a few tips to speed up displays.
-.TP 2
-\(bu
-Try to minimize the number of data points. The more data points
-the looked at, the more work the graph must do.
-.TP 2
-\(bu
-If your data is generated as floating point values, the time required
-to convert the data values to and from ASCII strings can be
-significant, especially when there any many data points. You can
-avoid the redundant string-to-decimal conversions using the C API to
-BLT vectors.
-.TP 2
-\(bu
-Data elements without symbols are drawn faster than with symbols.
-Set the data element's \fB\-symbol\fR option to \f(CWnone\fR. If you need to
-draw symbols, try using the simple symbols such as \f(CWsplus\fR and
-\f(CWscross\fR.
-.TP 2
-\(bu
-Don't stipple or dash the element. Solid lines are much faster.
-.TP 2
-\(bu
-If you update data elements frequently, try turning off the
-widget's \fB\-bufferelements\fR option. When the graph is first
-displayed, it draws data elements into an internal pixmap. The pixmap
-acts as a cache, so that when the graph needs to be redrawn again, and
-the data elements or coordinate axes haven't changed, the pixmap is
-simply copied to the screen. This is especially useful when you are
-using markers to highlight points and regions on the graph. But if
-the graph is updated frequently, changing either the element data or
-coordinate axes, the buffering becomes redundant.
-.SH LIMITATIONS
-Auto-scale routines do not use requested min/max limits as boundaries
-when the axis is logarithmically scaled.
-.PP
-The PostScript output generated for polygons with more than 1500
-points may exceed the limits of some printers (See PostScript Language
-Reference Manual, page 568). The work-around is to break the polygon
-into separate pieces.
-.SH KEYWORDS
-graph, widget
diff --git a/tkblt/doc/vector.html b/tkblt/doc/vector.html
deleted file mode 100644
index ef097c6..0000000
--- a/tkblt/doc/vector.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,704 +0,0 @@
-<HTML>
-<BODY>
-<PRE>
-<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
-
-</PRE>
-<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
- <B>blt::vector</B> <B>create</B> <I>vecName</I> ?<I>vecName</I>...? ?<I>switches</I>?
-
- <B>blt::vector</B> <B>destroy</B> <I>vecName</I> ?<I>vecName</I>...?
-
- <B>blt::vector</B> <B>expr</B> <I>expression</I>
-
- <B>blt::vector</B> <B>names</B> ?<I>pattern</I>...?
-
-
-</PRE>
-<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
- The <B>vector</B> command creates an array of floating point values. The vec-
- tor's components can be manipulated in three ways: through a Tcl array
- variable, a Tcl command, or the C API.
-
-
-</PRE>
-<H2>INTRODUCTION</H2><PRE>
- A vector is an ordered set of real numbers. The components of a vector
- are indexed by integers.
-
- Vectors are common data structures for many applications. For example,
- a graph may use two vectors to represent the X-Y coordinates of the
- data plotted. The graph will automatically be redrawn when the vectors
- are updated or changed. By using vectors, you can separate data analy-
- sis from the graph widget. This makes it easier, for example, to add
- data transformations, such as splines. It's possible to plot the same
- data to in multiple graphs, where each graph presents a different view
- or scale of the data.
-
- You could try to use Tcl's associative arrays as vectors. Tcl arrays
- are easy to use. You can access individual elements randomly by speci-
- fying the index, or the set the entire array by providing a list of
- index and value pairs for each element. The disadvantages of associa-
- tive arrays as vectors lie in the fact they are implemented as hash
- tables.
-
- <B>o</B> There's no implied ordering to the associative arrays. If you used
- vectors for plotting, you would want to insure the second component
- comes after the first, an so on. This isn't possible since arrays
- are actually hash tables. For example, you can't get a range of val-
- ues between two indices. Nor can you sort an array.
-
- <B>o</B> Arrays consume lots of memory when the number of elements becomes
- large (tens of thousands). This is because each element's index and
- value are stored as strings in the hash table.
-
- <B>o</B> The C programming interface is unwieldy. Normally with vectors, you
- would like to view the Tcl array as you do a C array, as an array of
- floats or doubles. But with hash tables, you must convert both the
- index and value to and from decimal strings, just to access an ele-
- ment in the array. This makes it cumbersome to perform operations on
- the array as a whole.
-
- The <B>vector</B> command tries to overcome these disadvantages while still
- 0.0. In addition, both a Tcl command and array variable, both named y,
- are created. You can use either the command or variable to query or
- modify components of the vector. # Set the first value. set <B>y(0)</B> 9.25
- puts "y has [y length] components" The array y can be used to read or
- set individual components of the vector. Vector components are indexed
- from zero. The array index must be a number less than the number of
- components. For example, it's an error if you try to set the 51st ele-
- ment of y. # This is an error. The vector only has 50 components. set
- <B>y(50)</B> 0.02 You can also specify a range of indices using a colon (:) to
- separate the first and last indices of the range. # Set the first six
- components of y set y(0:5) 25.2 If you don't include an index, then it
- will default to the first and/or last component of the vector. # Print
- out all the components of y puts "y = $y(:)" There are special non-
- numeric indices. The index end, specifies the last component of the
- vector. It's an error to use this index if the vector is empty (length
- is zero). The index ++end can be used to extend the vector by one com-
- ponent and initialize it to a specific value. You can't read from the
- array using this index, though. # Extend the vector by one component.
- set y(++end) 0.02 The other special indices are min and max. They
- return the current smallest and largest components of the vector. #
- Print the bounds of the vector puts "min=$y(min) max=$y(max)" To delete
- components from a vector, simply unset the corresponding array element.
- In the following example, the first component of y is deleted. All the
- remaining components of y will be moved down by one index as the length
- of the vector is reduced by one. # Delete the first component unset
- <B>y(0)</B> puts "new first element is $<B>y(0)</B>" The vector's Tcl command can
- also be used to query or set the vector. # Create and set the compo-
- nents of a new vector blt::vector create x x set { 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08
- 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20 } Here we've created a vector x without a
- initial length specification. In this case, the length is zero. The
- <B>set</B> operation resets the vector, extending it and setting values for
- each new component.
-
- There are several operations for vectors. The <B>range</B> operation lists
- the components of a vector between two indices. # List the components
- puts "x = [x range 0 end]" You can search for a particular value using
- the <B>search</B> operation. It returns a list of indices of the components
- with the same value. If no component has the same value, it returns
- "". # Find the index of the biggest component set indices [x search
- $x(max)] Other operations copy, append, or sort vectors. You can
- append vectors or new values onto an existing vector with the <B>append</B>
- operation. # Append assorted vectors and values to x x append x2 x3 {
- 2.3 4.5 } x4 The <B>sort</B> operation sorts the vector. If any additional
- vectors are specified, they are rearranged in the same order as the
- vector. For example, you could use it to sort data points represented
- by x and y vectors. # Sort the data points x sort y The vector x is
- sorted while the components of y are rearranged so that the original
- x,y coordinate pairs are retained.
-
- The <B>expr</B> operation lets you perform arithmetic on vectors. The result
- is stored in the vector. # Add the two vectors and a scalar x expr { x
- + y } x expr { x * 2 } When a vector is modified, resized, or deleted,
- Vectors are created using the <B>vector</B> <B>create</B> operation. Th <B>create</B> oper-
- ation can be invoked in one of three forms:
-
- <B>blt::vector</B> <B>create</B> <I>vecName</I>
- This creates a new vector <I>vecName</I> which initially has no compo-
- nents.
-
- <B>blt::vector</B> <B>create</B> <I>vecName</I>(<I>size</I>)
- This second form creates a new vector which will contain <I>size</I>
- number of components. The components will be indexed starting
- from zero (0). The default value for the components is 0.0.
-
- <B>blt::vector</B> <B>create</B> <I>vecName</I>(<I>first</I>:<I>last</I>)
- The last form creates a new vector of indexed <I>first</I> through
- <I>last</I>. <I>First</I> and <I>last</I> can be any integer value so long as <I>first</I>
- is less than <I>last</I>.
-
- Vector names must start with a letter and consist of letters, digits,
- or underscores. # Error: must start with letter blt::vector create
- 1abc You can automatically generate vector names using the "#auto" vec-
- tor name. The <B>create</B> operation will generate a unique vector name.
- set vec [blt::vector create #auto] puts "$vec has [$vec length] compo-
- nents"
-
- <B>VECTOR</B> <B>INDICES</B>
- Vectors are indexed by integers. You can access the individual vector
- components via its array variable or Tcl command. The string repre-
- senting the index can be an integer, a numeric expression, a range, or
- a special keyword.
-
- The index must lie within the current range of the vector, otherwise an
- an error message is returned. Normally the indices of a vector are
- start from 0. But you can use the <B>offset</B> operation to change a vec-
- tor's indices on-the-fly. puts $<B>vecName(0)</B> vecName offset -5 puts
- $vecName(-5) You can also use numeric expressions as indices. The
- result of the expression must be an integer value. set n 21 set vec-
- Name($n+3) 50.2 The following special non-numeric indices are avail-
- able: min, max, end, and ++end. puts "min = $vecName($min)" set vec-
- Name(end) -1.2 The indices min and max will return the minimum and max-
- imum values of the vector. The index end returns the value of the last
- component in the vector. The index ++end is used to append new value
- onto the vector. It automatically extends the vector by one component
- and sets its value. # Append an new component to the end set vec-
- Name(++end) 3.2 A range of indices can be indicated by a colon (:). #
- Set the first six components to 1.0 set vecName(0:5) 1.0 If no index is
- supplied the first or last component is assumed. # Print the values of
- all the components puts $vecName(:)
-
-
-</PRE>
-<H2>VECTOR OPERATIONS</H2><PRE>
- <B>blt::vector</B> <B>create</B> <I>vecName</I>?(<I>size</I>)?... ?<I>switches</I>?
- The <B>create</B> operation creates a new vector <I>vecName</I>. Both a Tcl
- command and array variable <I>vecName</I> are also created. The name
- then no variable will be mapped. You can always map a
- variable back to the vector using the vector's <B>variable</B>
- operation.
-
- <B>-command</B> <I>cmdName</I>
- Maps a Tcl command to the vector. The vector can be
- accessed using <I>cmdName</I> and one of the vector instance
- operations. A Tcl command by that name cannot already
- exist. If <I>cmdName</I> is the empty string, no command map-
- ping will be made.
-
- <B>-watchunset</B> <I>boolean</I>
- Indicates that the vector should automatically delete
- itself if the variable associated with the vector is
- unset. By default, the vector will not be deleted. This
- is different from previous releases. Set <I>boolean</I> to
- "true" to get the old behavior.
-
- <B>blt::vector</B> <B>destroy</B> <I>vecName</I> ?<I>vecName...</I>?
- Deletes one or more vectors. Both the Tcl command and array
- variable are removed also.
-
- <B>blt::vector</B> <B>expr</B> <I>expression</I>
- All binary operators take vectors as operands (remember that
- numbers are treated as one-component vectors). The exact action
- of binary operators depends upon the length of the second oper-
- and. If the second operand has only one component, then each
- element of the first vector operand is computed by that value.
- For example, the expression "x * 2" multiples all elements of
- the vector x by 2. If the second operand has more than one com-
- ponent, both operands must be the same length. Each pair of
- corresponding elements are computed. So "x + y" adds the the
- first components of x and y together, the second, and so on.
-
- The valid operators are listed below, grouped in decreasing
- order of precedence:
-
- <B>-</B> <B>!</B> Unary minus and logical NOT. The unary
- minus flips the sign of each component in
- the vector. The logical not operator
- returns a vector of whose values are 0.0 or
- 1.0. For each non-zero component 1.0 is
- returned, 0.0 otherwise.
-
- <B>^</B> Exponentiation.
-
- <B>*</B> <B>/</B> <B>%</B> Multiply, divide, remainder.
-
- <B>+</B> <B>-</B> Add and subtract.
-
- <B>&lt;&lt;</B> <B>&gt;&gt;</B> Left and right shift. Circularly shifts the
- values of the vector (not implemented yet).
-
- <B>&amp;&amp;</B> Logical AND. Produces a 1 result if both
- operands are non-zero, 0 otherwise.
-
- <B>||</B> Logical OR. Produces a 0 result if both op-
- erands are zero, 1 otherwise.
-
- <I>x</I><B>?</B><I>y</I><B>:</B><I>z</I> If-then-else, as in C. (Not implemented
- yet).
-
- See the C manual for more details on the results produced by
- each operator. All of the binary operators group left-to-right
- within the same precedence level.
-
- Several mathematical functions are supported for vectors. Each
- of the following functions invokes the math library function of
- the same name; see the manual entries for the library functions
- for details on what they do. The operation is applied to all
- elements of the vector returning the results.
- <B>acos</B> <B>cos</B> <B>hypot</B> <B>sinh</B> <B>asin</B> <B>cosh</B> <B>log</B> <B>sqrt</B>
- <B>atan</B> <B>exp</B> <B>log10</B> <B>tan</B> <B>ceil</B> <B>floor</B> <B>sin</B> <B>tanh</B>
-
- Additional functions are:
-
- <B>abs</B> Returns the absolute value of each component.
-
- <B>random</B> Returns a vector of non-negative values uniformly dis-
- tributed between [0.0, 1.0) using <I>drand48</I>. The seed
- comes from the internal clock of the machine or may be
- set manual with the srandom function.
-
- <B>round</B> Rounds each component of the vector.
-
- <B>srandom</B> Initializes the random number generator using <I>srand48</I>.
- The high order 32-bits are set using the integral por-
- tion of the first vector component. All other compo-
- nents are ignored. The low order 16-bits are set to
- an arbitrary value.
-
- The following functions return a single value.
-
- <B>adev</B> Returns the average deviation (defined as the sum of
- the absolute values of the differences between compo-
- nent and the mean, divided by the length of the vec-
- tor).
-
- <B>kurtosis</B> Returns the degree of peakedness (fourth moment) of
- the vector.
-
- <B>length</B> Returns the number of components in the vector.
-
- <B>max</B> Returns the vector's maximum value.
-
-
- <B>skew</B> Returns the skewness (or third moment) of the vector.
- This characterizes the degree of asymmetry of the vec-
- tor about the mean.
-
- <B>sum</B> Returns the sum of the components.
-
- <B>var</B> Returns the variance of the vector. The sum of the
- squared differences between each component and the
- mean is computed. The variance is the sum divided by
- the length of the vector minus 1.
-
- The last set returns a vector of the same length as the argu-
- ment.
-
- <B>norm</B> Scales the values of the vector to lie in the range
- [0.0..1.0].
-
- <B>sort</B> Returns the vector components sorted in ascending
- order.
-
- <B>vector</B> <B>names</B> ?<I>pattern</I>?
-
-
-</PRE>
-<H2>INSTANCE OPERATIONS</H2><PRE>
- You can also use the vector's Tcl command to query or modify it. The
- general form is <I>vecName</I> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?... Both <I>operation</I> and its
- arguments determine the exact behavior of the command. The operations
- available for vectors are listed below.
-
- <I>vecName</I> <B>append</B> <I>item</I> ?<I>item</I>?...
- Appends the component values from <I>item</I> to <I>vecName</I>. <I>Item</I> can be
- either the name of a vector or a list of numeric values.
-
- <I>vecName</I> <B>binread</B> <I>channel</I> ?<I>length</I>? ?<I>switches</I>?
- Reads binary values from a Tcl channel. Values are either
- appended to the end of the vector or placed at a given index
- (using the <B>-at</B> option), overwriting existing values. Data is
- read until EOF is found on the channel or a specified number of
- values <I>length</I> are read (note that this is not necessarily the
- same as the number of bytes). The following switches are sup-
- ported:
-
- <B>-swap</B> Swap bytes and words. The default endian is the host
- machine.
-
- <B>-at</B> <I>index</I>
- New values will start at vector index <I>index</I>. This will
- overwrite any current values.
-
- <B>-format</B> <I>format</I>
- Specifies the format of the data. <I>Format</I> can be one of
- the following: "i1", "i2", "i4", "i8", "u1, "u2", "u4",
-
- This is useful when the vector is large.
-
- <I>vecName</I> <B>delete</B> <I>index</I> ?<I>index</I>?...
- Deletes the <I>index</I>th component from the vector <I>vecName</I>. <I>Index</I> is
- the index of the element to be deleted. This is the same as
- unsetting the array variable element <I>index</I>. The vector is com-
- pacted after all the indices have been deleted.
-
- <I>vecName</I> <B>dup</B> <I>destName</I>
- Copies <I>vecName</I> to <I>destName</I>. <I>DestName</I> is the name of a destina-
- tion vector. If a vector <I>destName</I> already exists, it is over-
- written with the components of <I>vecName</I>. Otherwise a new vector
- is created.
-
- <I>vecName</I> <B>expr</B> <I>expression</I>
- Computes the expression and resets the values of the vector
- accordingly. Both scalar and vector math operations are
- allowed. All values in expressions are either real numbers or
- names of vectors. All numbers are treated as one component vec-
- tors.
-
- <I>vecName</I> <B>length</B> ?<I>newSize</I>?
- Queries or resets the number of components in <I>vecName</I>. <I>NewSize</I>
- is a number specifying the new size of the vector. If <I>newSize</I>
- is smaller than the current size of <I>vecName</I>, <I>vecName</I> is trun-
- cated. If <I>newSize</I> is greater, the vector is extended and the
- new components are initialized to 0.0. If no <I>newSize</I> argument
- is present, the current length of the vector is returned.
-
- <I>vecName</I> <B>merge</B> <I>srcName</I> ?<I>srcName</I>?...
- Merges the named vectors into a single vector. The resulting
- vector is formed by merging the components of each source vector
- one index at a time.
-
- <I>vecName</I> <B>notify</B> <I>keyword</I>
- Controls how vector clients are notified of changes to the vec-
- tor. The exact behavior is determined by <I>keyword</I>.
-
- always Indicates that clients are to be notified immediately
- whenever the vector is updated.
-
- never Indicates that no clients are to be notified.
-
- whenidle
- Indicates that clients are to be notified at the next
- idle point whenever the vector is updated.
-
- now If any client notifications is currently pending, they
- are notified immediately.
-
- cancel Cancels pending notifications of clients using the vec-
- tor.
-
- <I>density</I> number of new components, whose values are evenly dis-
- tributed between the original components values. This is useful
- for generating abscissas to be interpolated along a spline.
-
- <I>vecName</I> <B>range</B> <I>firstIndex</I> ?<I>lastIndex</I>?...
- Returns a list of numeric values representing the vector compo-
- nents between two indices. Both <I>firstIndex</I> and <I>lastIndex</I> are
- indices representing the range of components to be returned. If
- <I>lastIndex</I> is less than <I>firstIndex</I>, the components are listed in
- reverse order.
-
- <I>vecName</I> <B>search</B> <I>value</I> ?<I>value</I>?
- Searches for a value or range of values among the components of
- <I>vecName</I>. If one <I>value</I> argument is given, a list of indices of
- the components which equal <I>value</I> is returned. If a second <I>value</I>
- is also provided, then the indices of all components which lie
- within the range of the two values are returned. If no compo-
- nents are found, then "" is returned.
-
- <I>vecName</I> <B>set</B> <I>item</I>
- Resets the components of the vector to <I>item</I>. <I>Item</I> can be either
- a list of numeric expressions or another vector.
-
- <I>vecName</I> <B>seq</B> <I>start</I> ?<I>finish</I>? ?<I>step</I>?
- Generates a sequence of values starting with the value <I>start</I>.
- <I>Finish</I> indicates the terminating value of the sequence. The
- vector is automatically resized to contain just the sequence.
- If three arguments are present, <I>step</I> designates the interval.
-
- With only two arguments (no <I>finish</I> argument), the sequence will
- continue until the vector is filled. With one argument, the
- interval defaults to 1.0.
-
- <I>vecName</I> <B>sort</B> ?<B>-reverse</B>? ?<I>argName</I>?...
- Sorts the vector <I>vecName</I> in increasing order. If the <B>-reverse</B>
- flag is present, the vector is sorted in decreasing order. If
- other arguments <I>argName</I> are present, they are the names of vec-
- tors which will be rearranged in the same manner as <I>vecName</I>.
- Each vector must be the same length as <I>vecName</I>. You could use
- this to sort the x vector of a graph, while still retaining the
- same x,y coordinate pairs in a y vector.
-
- <I>vecName</I> <B>variable</B> <I>varName</I>
- Maps a Tcl variable to the vector, creating another means for
- accessing the vector. The variable <I>varName</I> can't already exist.
- This overrides any current variable mapping the vector may have.
-
-
-</PRE>
-<H2>C LANGUAGE API</H2><PRE>
- You can create, modify, and destroy vectors from C code, using library
- routines. You need to include the header file blt.h. It contains the
- definition of the structure <B>Blt_Vector</B>, which represents the vector.
- It appears below. typedef struct {
- <B>Blt_CreateVector</B>
-
- Synopsis: int <B>Blt_CreateVector</B> (<I>interp</I>, <I>vecName</I>, <I>length</I>, <I>vecPtrPtr</I>)
- Tcl_Interp *<I>interp</I>; char *<I>vecName</I>; int <I>length</I>; Blt_Vec-
- tor **<I>vecPtrPtr</I>;
-
- Description:
- Creates a new vector <I>vecName</I> with a length of <I>length</I>.
- <B>Blt_CreateVector</B> creates both a new Tcl command and array
- variable <I>vecName</I>. Neither a command nor variable named
- <I>vecName</I> can already exist. A pointer to the vector is
- placed into <I>vecPtrPtr</I>.
-
- Results: Returns TCL_OK if the vector is successfully created. If
- <I>length</I> is negative, a Tcl variable or command <I>vecName</I>
- already exists, or memory cannot be allocated for the vec-
- tor, then TCL_ERROR is returned and <I>interp-&gt;result</I> will
- contain an error message.
-
-
- <B>Blt_DeleteVectorByName</B>
-
- Synopsis: int <B>Blt_DeleteVectorByName</B> (<I>interp</I>, <I>vecName</I>)
- Tcl_Interp *<I>interp</I>; char *<I>vecName</I>;
-
- Description:
- Removes the vector <I>vecName</I>. <I>VecName</I> is the name of a vec-
- tor which must already exist. Both the Tcl command and
- array variable <I>vecName</I> are destroyed. All clients of the
- vector will be notified immediately that the vector has
- been destroyed.
-
- Results: Returns TCL_OK if the vector is successfully deleted. If
- <I>vecName</I> is not the name a vector, then TCL_ERROR is
- returned and <I>interp-&gt;result</I> will contain an error message.
-
-
- <B>Blt_DeleteVector</B>
-
- Synopsis: int <B>Blt_DeleteVector</B> (<I>vecPtr</I>)
- Blt_Vector *<I>vecPtr</I>;
-
- Description:
- Removes the vector pointed to by <I>vecPtr</I>. <I>VecPtr</I> is a
- pointer to a vector, typically set by <B>Blt_GetVector</B> or
- <B>Blt_CreateVector</B>. Both the Tcl command and array variable
- of the vector are destroyed. All clients of the vector
- will be notified immediately that the vector has been
- destroyed.
-
- Results: Returns TCL_OK if the vector is successfully deleted. If
- <I>vecName</I> is not the name a vector, then TCL_ERROR is
-
- Results: Returns TCL_OK if the vector is successfully retrieved. If
- <I>vecName</I> is not the name of a vector, then TCL_ERROR is
- returned and <I>interp-&gt;result</I> will contain an error message.
-
-
- <B>Blt_ResetVector</B>
-
-
- Synopsis: int <B>Blt_ResetVector</B> (<I>vecPtr</I>, <I>dataArr</I>, <I>numValues</I>,
- <I>arraySize</I>, <I>freeProc</I>)
- Blt_Vector *<I>vecPtr</I>; double *<I>dataArr</I>; int *<I>numValues</I>; int
- *<I>arraySize</I>; Tcl_FreeProc *<I>freeProc</I>;
-
- Description:
- Resets the components of the vector pointed to by <I>vecPtr</I>.
- Calling <B>Blt_ResetVector</B> will trigger the vector to dispatch
- notifications to its clients. <I>DataArr</I> is the array of dou-
- bles which represents the vector data. <I>NumValues</I> is the
- number of elements in the array. <I>ArraySize</I> is the actual
- size of the array (the array may be bigger than the number
- of values stored in it). <I>FreeProc</I> indicates how the storage
- for the vector component array (<I>dataArr</I>) was allocated. It
- is used to determine how to reallocate memory when the vec-
- tor is resized or destroyed. It must be TCL_DYNAMIC,
- TCL_STATIC, TCL_VOLATILE, or a pointer to a function to
- free the memory allocated for the vector array. If <I>freeProc</I>
- is TCL_VOLATILE, it indicates that <I>dataArr</I> must be copied
- and saved. If <I>freeProc</I> is TCL_DYNAMIC, it indicates that
- <I>dataArr</I> was dynamically allocated and that Tcl should free
- <I>dataArr</I> if necessary. Static indicates that nothing should
- be done to release storage for <I>dataArr</I>.
-
- Results: Returns TCL_OK if the vector is successfully resized. If
- <I>newSize</I> is negative, a vector <I>vecName</I> does not exist, or
- memory cannot be allocated for the vector, then TCL_ERROR
- is returned and <I>interp-&gt;result</I> will contain an error mes-
- sage.
-
-
- <B>Blt_ResizeVector</B>
-
- Synopsis: int <B>Blt_ResizeVector</B> (<I>vecPtr</I>, <I>newSize</I>)
- Blt_Vector *<I>vecPtr</I>; int <I>newSize</I>;
-
- Description:
- Resets the length of the vector pointed to by <I>vecPtr</I> to
- <I>newSize</I>. If <I>newSize</I> is smaller than the current size of
- the vector, it is truncated. If <I>newSize</I> is greater, the
- vector is extended and the new components are initialized
- to 0.0. Calling <B>Blt_ResetVector</B> will trigger the vector to
- dispatch notifications.
-
- Results: Returns 1 if a vector <I>vecName</I> exists and 0 otherwise.
-
-
- If your application needs to be notified when a vector changes, it
- can allocate a unique <I>client</I> <I>identifier</I> for itself. Using this iden-
- tifier, you can then register a call-back to be made whenever the
- vector is updated or destroyed. By default, the call-backs are made
- at the next idle point. This can be changed to occur at the time the
- vector is modified. An application can allocate more than one iden-
- tifier for any vector. When the client application is done with the
- vector, it should free the identifier.
-
- The call-back routine must of the following type.
-
- typedef void (<B>Blt_VectorChangedProc</B>) (Tcl_Interp *<I>interp</I>,
- ClientData <I>clientData</I>, Blt_VectorNotify <I>notify</I>);
-
- <I>ClientData</I> is passed to this routine whenever it is called. You can
- use this to pass information to the call-back. The <I>notify</I> argument
- indicates whether the vector has been updated of destroyed. It is an
- enumerated type.
-
- typedef enum {
- BLT_VECTOR_NOTIFY_UPDATE=1,
- BLT_VECTOR_NOTIFY_DESTROY=2 } <B>Blt_VectorNotify</B>;
-
-
- <B>Blt_AllocVectorId</B>
-
- Synopsis: Blt_VectorId <B>Blt_AllocVectorId</B> (<I>interp</I>, <I>vecName</I>)
- Tcl_Interp *<I>interp</I>; char *<I>vecName</I>;
-
- Description:
- Allocates an client identifier for with the vector <I>vec-</I>
- <I>Name</I>. This identifier can be used to specify a call-
- back which is triggered when the vector is updated or
- destroyed.
-
- Results: Returns a client identifier if successful. If <I>vecName</I>
- is not the name of a vector, then NULL is returned and
- <I>interp-&gt;result</I> will contain an error message.
-
-
- <B>Blt_GetVectorById</B>
-
- Synopsis: int <B>Blt_GetVector</B> (<I>interp</I>, <I>clientId</I>, <I>vecPtrPtr</I>)
- Tcl_Interp *<I>interp</I>; Blt_VectorId <I>clientId</I>; Blt_Vector
- **<I>vecPtrPtr</I>;
-
- Description:
- Retrieves the vector used by <I>clientId</I>. <I>ClientId</I> is a
- valid vector client identifier allocated by
- Specifies a call-back routine to be called whenever the
- vector associated with <I>clientId</I> is updated or deleted.
- <I>Proc</I> is a pointer to call-back routine and must be of
- the type <B>Blt_VectorChangedProc</B>. <I>ClientData</I> is a one-
- word value to be passed to the routine when it is
- invoked. If <I>proc</I> is NULL, then the client is not noti-
- fied.
-
- Results: The designated call-back procedure will be invoked when
- the vector is updated or destroyed.
-
-
- <B>Blt_FreeVectorId</B>
-
- Synopsis: void <B>Blt_FreeVectorId</B> (<I>clientId</I>);
- Blt_VectorId <I>clientId</I>;
-
- Description:
- Frees the client identifier. Memory allocated for the
- identifier is released. The client will no longer be
- notified when the vector is modified.
-
- Results: The designated call-back procedure will be no longer be
- invoked when the vector is updated or destroyed.
-
-
- <B>Blt_NameOfVectorId</B>
-
- Synopsis: char *<B>Blt_NameOfVectorId</B> (<I>clientId</I>);
- Blt_VectorId <I>clientId</I>;
-
- Description:
- Retrieves the name of the vector associated with the
- client identifier <I>clientId</I>.
-
- Results: Returns the name of the vector associated with <I>clientId</I>.
- If <I>clientId</I> is not an identifier or the vector has been
- destroyed, NULL is returned.
-
-
- <B>Blt_InstallIndexProc</B>
-
- Synopsis: void <B>Blt_InstallIndexProc</B> (<I>indexName</I>, <I>procPtr</I>)
- char *<I>indexName</I>; Blt_VectorIndexProc *<I>procPtr</I>;
-
- Description:
- Registers a function to be called to retrieved the index
- <I>indexName</I> from the vector's array variable.
-
- typedef double Blt_VectorIndexProc(Vector *vecPtr);
-
- The function will be passed a pointer to the vector.
-
- reset shortly. The vector is updated when <B>lt_ResetVector</B> is called.
- Blt_ResetVector makes the changes visible to the Tcl interface and
- other vector clients (such as a graph widget).
-
- #include &lt;tcl.h&gt; #include &lt;blt.h&gt; Blt_Vector *vecPtr; double
- *newArr; FILE *f; struct stat statBuf; int numBytes, numValues;
-
- f = fopen("binary.dat", "r"); fstat(fileno(f), &amp;statBuf); numBytes =
- (int)statBuf.st_size;
-
- /* Allocate an array big enough to hold all the data */ newArr = (dou-
- ble *)malloc(numBytes); numValues = numBytes / sizeof(double);
- fread((void *)newArr, numValues, sizeof(double), f); fclose(f);
-
- if (Blt_VectorExists(interp, "data")) {
- if (Blt_GetVector(interp, "data", &amp;vecPtr) != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- } } else {
- if (Blt_CreateVector(interp, "data", 0, &amp;vecPtr) != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- } } /*
- * Reset the vector. Clients will be notified when Tk is idle.
- * TCL_DYNAMIC tells the vector to free the memory allocated
- * if it needs to reallocate or destroy the vector.
- */ if (Blt_ResetVector(vecPtr, newArr, numValues, numValues,
- TCL_DYNAMIC) != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR; }
-
-
-</PRE>
-<H2>INCOMPATIBILITIES</H2><PRE>
- In previous versions, if the array variable isn't global (i.e. local to
- a Tcl procedure), the vector is automatically destroyed when the proce-
- dure returns. proc doit {} {
- # Temporary vector x
- vector <B>x(10)</B>
- set <B>x(9)</B> 2.0
- ... }
-
- This has changed. Variables are not automatically destroyed when their
- variable is unset. You can restore the old behavior by setting the
- "-watchunset" switch.
-
-
-</PRE>
-<H2>KEYWORDS</H2><PRE>
- vector, graph, widget
-
-
-
-BLT BLT_VERSION blt::vector(n)
-</PRE>
-<HR>
-<ADDRESS>
-Man(1) output converted with
-<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
-</ADDRESS>
-</BODY>
-</HTML>
diff --git a/tkblt/doc/vector.n b/tkblt/doc/vector.n
deleted file mode 100644
index fa8bb7e..0000000
--- a/tkblt/doc/vector.n
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1134 +0,0 @@
-'\"
-'\" Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
-'\" This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
-'\" available under the same terms.
-'\"
-'\" Copyright 1991-1997 by Lucent Technologies, Inc.
-'\"
-'\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-'\" documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided
-'\" that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that the
-'\" copyright notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting documentation,
-'\" and that the names of Lucent Technologies any of their entities not be used
-'\" in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software
-'\" without specific, written prior permission.
-'\"
-'\" Lucent Technologies disclaims all warranties with regard to this software,
-'\" including all implied warranties of merchantability and fitness. In no event
-'\" shall Lucent Technologies be liable for any special, indirect or
-'\" consequential damages or any damages whatsoever resulting from loss of use,
-'\" data or profits, whether in an action of contract, negligence or other
-'\" tortuous action, arising out of or in connection with the use or performance
-'\" of this software.
-'\"
-'\" Vector command created by George Howlett.
-'\"
-.TH blt::vector n BLT_VERSION BLT "BLT Built-In Commands"
-.BS
-'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
-.SH NAME
-\fBvector\fR \- Vector data type for Tcl
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-\fBblt::vector create \fIvecName \fR?\fIvecName\fR...? ?\fIswitches\fR?
-.sp
-\fBblt::vector destroy \fIvecName \fR?\fIvecName\fR...?
-.sp
-\fBblt::vector expr \fIexpression\fR
-.sp
-\fBblt::vector names \fR?\fIpattern\fR...?
-.BE
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The \fBvector\fR command creates an array of floating point
-values. The vector's components can be manipulated in three ways:
-through a Tcl array variable, a Tcl command, or the C API.
-.SH INTRODUCTION
-A vector is an ordered set of real numbers. The components of a
-vector are indexed by integers.
-.PP
-Vectors are common data structures for many applications. For
-example, a graph may use two vectors to represent the X-Y
-coordinates of the data plotted. The graph will automatically
-be redrawn when the vectors are updated or changed. By using vectors,
-you can separate
-data analysis from the graph widget. This makes it easier, for
-example, to add data transformations, such as splines. It's possible
-to plot the same data to in multiple graphs, where each graph presents
-a different view or scale of the data.
-.PP
-You could try to use Tcl's associative arrays as vectors. Tcl arrays
-are easy to use. You can access individual elements randomly by
-specifying the index, or the set the entire array by providing a list
-of index and value pairs for each element. The disadvantages of
-associative arrays as vectors lie in the fact they are implemented as
-hash tables.
-.TP 2
-\(bu
-There's no implied ordering to the associative arrays. If you used
-vectors for plotting, you would want to insure the second component
-comes after the first, an so on. This isn't possible since arrays
-are actually hash tables. For example, you can't get a range of
-values between two indices. Nor can you sort an array.
-.TP 2
-\(bu
-Arrays consume lots of memory when the number of elements becomes
-large (tens of thousands). This is because each element's index and
-value are stored as strings in the hash table.
-.TP 2
-\(bu
-The C programming interface is unwieldy. Normally with vectors, you
-would like to view the Tcl array as you do a C array, as an array of
-floats or doubles. But with hash tables, you must convert both the
-index and value to and from decimal strings, just to access
-an element in the array. This makes it cumbersome to perform operations on
-the array as a whole.
-.PP
-The \fBvector\fR command tries to overcome these disadvantages while
-still retaining the ease of use of Tcl arrays. The \fBvector\fR
-command creates both a new Tcl command and associate array which are
-linked to the vector components. You can randomly access vector
-components though the elements of array. Not have all indices are
-generated for the array, so printing the array (using the \fBparray\fR
-procedure) does not print out all the component values. You can use
-the Tcl command to access the array as a whole. You can copy, append,
-or sort vector using its command. If you need greater performance, or
-customized behavior, you can write your own C code to manage vectors.
-.SH EXAMPLE
-You create vectors using the \fBvector\fR command and its \fBcreate\fR
-operation.
-.CS
-# Create a new vector.
-blt::vector create y(50)
-.CE
-This creates a new vector named \f(CWy\fR. It has fifty components, by
-default, initialized to \f(CW0.0\fR. In addition, both a Tcl command
-and array variable, both named \f(CWy\fR, are created. You can use
-either the command or variable to query or modify components of the
-vector.
-.CS
-# Set the first value.
-set y(0) 9.25
-puts "y has [y length] components"
-.CE
-The array \f(CWy\fR can be used to read or set individual components of
-the vector. Vector components are indexed from zero. The array index
-must be a number less than the number of components. For example,
-it's an error if you try to set the 51st element of \f(CWy\fR.
-.CS
-# This is an error. The vector only has 50 components.
-set y(50) 0.02
-.CE
-You can also specify a range of indices using a colon (:) to separate
-the first and last indices of the range.
-.CS
-# Set the first six components of y
-set y(0:5) 25.2
-.CE
-If you don't include an index, then it will default to the first
-and/or last component of the vector.
-.CS
-# Print out all the components of y
-puts "y = $y(:)"
-.CE
-There are special non-numeric indices. The index \f(CWend\fR, specifies
-the last component of the vector. It's an error to use this index if
-the vector is empty (length is zero). The index \f(CW++end\fR can be
-used to extend the vector by one component and initialize it to a specific
-value. You can't read from the array using this index, though.
-.CS
-# Extend the vector by one component.
-set y(++end) 0.02
-.CE
-The other special indices are \f(CWmin\fR and \f(CWmax\fR. They return the
-current smallest and largest components of the vector.
-.CS
-# Print the bounds of the vector
-puts "min=$y(min) max=$y(max)"
-.CE
-To delete components from a vector, simply unset the corresponding
-array element. In the following example, the first component of
-\f(CWy\fR is deleted. All the remaining components of \f(CWy\fR will be
-moved down by one index as the length of the vector is reduced by
-one.
-.CS
-# Delete the first component
-unset y(0)
-puts "new first element is $y(0)"
-.CE
-The vector's Tcl command can also be used to query or set the vector.
-.CS
-# Create and set the components of a new vector
-blt::vector create x
-x set { 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20 }
-.CE
-Here we've created a vector \f(CWx\fR without a initial length specification.
-In this case, the length is zero. The \fBset\fR operation resets the vector,
-extending it and setting values for each new component.
-.PP
-There are several operations for vectors. The \fBrange\fR operation
-lists the components of a vector between two indices.
-.CS
-# List the components
-puts "x = [x range 0 end]"
-.CE
-You can search for a particular value using the \fBsearch\fR
-operation. It returns a list of indices of the components with the
-same value. If no component has the same value, it returns \f(CW""\fR.
-.CS
-# Find the index of the biggest component
-set indices [x search $x(max)]
-.CE
-Other operations copy, append, or sort vectors. You can append
-vectors or new values onto an existing vector with the \fBappend\fR
-operation.
-.CS
-# Append assorted vectors and values to x
-x append x2 x3 { 2.3 4.5 } x4
-.CE
-The \fBsort\fR operation sorts the vector. If any additional vectors
-are specified, they are rearranged in the same order as the vector.
-For example, you could use it to sort data points represented by x and
-y vectors.
-.CS
-# Sort the data points
-x sort y
-.CE
-The vector \f(CWx\fR is sorted while the components of \f(CWy\fR are
-rearranged so that the original x,y coordinate pairs are retained.
-.PP
-The \fBexpr\fR operation lets you perform arithmetic on vectors.
-The result is stored in the vector.
-.CS
-# Add the two vectors and a scalar
-x expr { x + y }
-x expr { x * 2 }
-.CE
-When a vector is modified, resized, or deleted, it may trigger
-call-backs to notify the clients of the vector. For example, when a
-vector used in the \fBgraph\fR widget is updated, the vector
-automatically notifies the widget that it has changed. The graph can
-then redrawn itself at the next idle point. By default, the
-notification occurs when Tk is next idle. This way you can modify the
-vector many times without incurring the penalty of the graph redrawing
-itself for each change. You can change this behavior using the
-\fBnotify\fR operation.
-.CS
-# Make vector x notify after every change
-x notify always
- ...
-# Never notify
-x notify never
- ...
-# Force notification now
-x notify now
-.CE
-To delete a vector, use the \fBvector delete\fR command.
-Both the vector and its corresponding Tcl command are destroyed.
-.CS
-# Remove vector x
-blt::vector destroy x
-.CE
-.SH SYNTAX
-Vectors are created using the \fBvector create\fR operation.
-Th \fBcreate\fR operation can be invoked in one of three forms:
-.TP
-\fBblt::vector create \fIvecName\fR
-This creates a new vector \fIvecName\fR which initially has no components.
-.TP
-\fBblt::vector create \fIvecName\fR(\fIsize\fR)
-This second form creates a new vector which will contain \fIsize\fR
-number of components. The components will be indexed starting from
-zero (0). The default value for the components is \f(CW0.0\fR.
-.TP
-\fBblt::vector create \fIvecName\fR(\fIfirst\fR:\fIlast\fR)
-The last form creates a new vector of indexed \fIfirst\fR through
-\fIlast\fR. \fIFirst\fR and \fIlast\fR can be any integer value
-so long as \fIfirst\fR is less than \fIlast\fR.
-.PP
-Vector names must start with a letter and consist of letters, digits,
-or underscores.
-.CS
-# Error: must start with letter
-blt::vector create 1abc
-.CE
-You can automatically generate vector names using the
-"\f(CW#auto\fR" vector name. The \fBcreate\fR operation will generate a
-unique vector name.
-.CS
-set vec [blt::vector create #auto]
-puts "$vec has [$vec length] components"
-.CE
-.SS VECTOR INDICES
-Vectors are indexed by integers. You can access the individual vector
-components via its array variable or Tcl command. The string
-representing the index can be an integer, a numeric expression, a
-range, or a special keyword.
-.PP
-The index must lie within the current range of the vector, otherwise
-an an error message is returned. Normally the indices of a vector
-are start from 0. But you can use the \fBoffset\fR operation to
-change a vector's indices on-the-fly.
-.CS
-puts $vecName(0)
-vecName offset -5
-puts $vecName(-5)
-.CE
-You can also use numeric expressions as indices. The result
-of the expression must be an integer value.
-.CS
-set n 21
-set vecName($n+3) 50.2
-.CE
-The following special non-numeric indices are available: \f(CWmin\fR, \f(CWmax\fR, \f(CWend\fR, and
-\f(CW++end\fR.
-.CS
-puts "min = $vecName($min)"
-set vecName(end) -1.2
-.CE
-The indices \f(CWmin\fR and \f(CWmax\fR will return the minimum and maximum
-values of the vector. The index \f(CWend\fR returns the value of the
-last component in the vector. The index \f(CW++end\fR is used to append
-new value onto the vector. It automatically extends the vector by
-one component and sets its value.
-.CS
-# Append an new component to the end
-set vecName(++end) 3.2
-.CE
-A range of indices can be indicated by a colon (:).
-.CS
-# Set the first six components to 1.0
-set vecName(0:5) 1.0
-.CE
-If no index is supplied the first or last component is assumed.
-.CS
-# Print the values of all the components
-puts $vecName(:)
-.CE
-.SH VECTOR OPERATIONS
-.TP
-\fBblt::vector create \fIvecName\fR?(\fIsize\fR)?... \fR?\fIswitches\fR?
-The \fBcreate\fR operation creates a new vector \fIvecName\fR. Both a
-Tcl command and array variable \fIvecName\fR are also created. The
-name \fIvecName\fR must be unique, so another Tcl command or array
-variable can not already exist in that scope. You can access the
-components of the vector using its variable. If you change a value in
-the array, or unset an array element, the vector is updated to reflect
-the changes. When the variable \fIvecName\fR is unset, the vector and
-its Tcl command are also destroyed.
-.sp
-The vector has optional switches that affect how the vector is created. They
-are as follows:
-.RS
-.TP
-\fB\-variable \fIvarName\fR
-Specifies the name of a Tcl variable to be mapped to the vector. If
-the variable already exists, it is first deleted, then recreated.
-If \fIvarName\fR is the empty string, then no variable will be mapped.
-You can always map a variable back to the vector using the vector's
-\fBvariable\fR operation.
-.TP
-\fB\-command \fIcmdName\fR
-Maps a Tcl command to the vector. The vector can be accessed using
-\fIcmdName\fR and one of the vector instance operations.
-A Tcl command by that name cannot already exist.
-If \fIcmdName\fR is the empty string, no command mapping
-will be made.
-.TP
-\fB\-watchunset \fIboolean\fR
-Indicates that the vector should automatically delete itself if
-the variable associated with the vector is unset. By default,
-the vector will not be deleted. This is different from previous
-releases. Set \fIboolean\fR to "true" to get the old behavior.
-.RE
-.TP
-\fBblt::vector destroy \fIvecName\fR \fR?\fIvecName...\fR?
-Deletes one or more vectors. Both the Tcl command and array variable
-are removed also.
-.TP
-\fBblt::vector expr \fIexpression\fR
-.RS
-All binary operators take vectors as operands (remember that numbers
-are treated as one-component vectors). The exact action of binary
-operators depends upon the length of the second operand. If the
-second operand has only one component, then each element of the first
-vector operand is computed by that value. For example, the expression
-"x * 2" multiples all elements of the vector x by 2. If the second
-operand has more than one component, both operands must be the same
-length. Each pair of corresponding elements are computed. So "x + y"
-adds the the first components of x and y together, the second, and so on.
-.sp
-The valid operators are listed below, grouped in decreasing order
-of precedence:
-.TP 20
-\fB\-\0\0!\fR
-Unary minus and logical NOT. The unary minus flips the sign of each
-component in the vector. The logical not operator returns a vector of
-whose values are 0.0 or 1.0. For each non-zero component 1.0 is returned,
-0.0 otherwise.
-.TP 20
-\fB^\fR
-Exponentiation.
-.TP 20
-\fB*\0\0/\0\0%\fR
-Multiply, divide, remainder.
-.TP 20
-\fB+\0\0\-\fR
-Add and subtract.
-.TP 20
-\fB<<\0\0>>\fR
-Left and right shift. Circularly shifts the values of the vector
-(not implemented yet).
-.TP 20
-\fB<\0\0>\0\0<=\0\0>=\fR
-Boolean less, greater, less than or equal, and greater than or equal.
-Each operator returns a vector of ones and zeros. If the condition is true,
-1.0 is the component value, 0.0 otherwise.
-.TP 20
-\fB==\0\0!=\fR
-Boolean equal and not equal.
-Each operator returns a vector of ones and zeros. If the condition is true,
-1.0 is the component value, 0.0 otherwise.
-.TP 20
-\fB|\fR
-Bit-wise OR. (Not implemented).
-.TP 20
-\fB&&\fR
-Logical AND. Produces a 1 result if both operands are non-zero, 0 otherwise.
-.TP 20
-\fB||\fR
-Logical OR. Produces a 0 result if both operands are zero, 1 otherwise.
-.TP 20
-\fIx\fB?\fIy\fB:\fIz\fR
-If-then-else, as in C. (Not implemented yet).
-.LP
-See the C manual for more details on the results produced by each
-operator. All of the binary operators group left-to-right within the
-same precedence level.
-.sp
-Several mathematical functions are supported for vectors. Each of
-the following functions invokes the math library function of the same name;
-see the manual entries for the library functions for details on what
-they do. The operation is applied to all elements of the vector
-returning the results.
-.CS
-.ta 2c 4c 6c
-\fBacos\fR \fBcos\fR \fBhypot\fR \fBsinh\fR
-\fBasin\fR \fBcosh\fR \fBlog\fR \fBsqrt\fR
-\fBatan\fR \fBexp\fR \fBlog10\fR \fBtan\fR
-\fBceil\fR \fBfloor\fR \fBsin\fR \fBtanh\fR
-.sp
-.CE
-Additional functions are:
-.TP 1i
-\fBabs\fR
-Returns the absolute value of each component.
-.TP 1i
-\fBrandom\fR
-Returns a vector of non-negative values uniformly distributed
-between [0.0, 1.0) using \fIdrand48\fR.
-The seed comes from the internal clock of the machine or may be
-set manual with the srandom function.
-.TP 1i
-\fBround\fR
-Rounds each component of the vector.
-.TP 1i
-\fBsrandom\fR
-Initializes the random number generator using \fIsrand48\fR.
-The high order 32-bits are set using the integral portion of the first
-vector component. All other components are ignored. The low order 16-bits
-are set to an arbitrary value.
-.PP
-The following functions return a single value.
-.TP 1i
-\fBadev\fR
-Returns the average deviation (defined as the sum of the absolute values
-of the differences between component and the mean, divided by the length
-of the vector).
-.TP 1i
-\fBkurtosis\fR
-Returns the degree of peakedness (fourth moment) of the vector.
-.TP 1i
-\fBlength\fR
-Returns the number of components in the vector.
-.TP 1i
-\fBmax\fR
-Returns the vector's maximum value.
-.TP 1i
-\fBmean\fR
-Returns the mean value of the vector.
-.TP 1i
-\fBmedian\fR
-Returns the median of the vector.
-.TP 1i
-\fBmin\fR
-Returns the vector's minimum value.
-.TP 1i
-\fBq1\fR
-Returns the first quartile of the vector.
-.TP 1i
-\fBq3\fR
-Returns the third quartile of the vector.
-.TP 1i
-\fBprod\fR
-Returns the product of the components.
-.TP 1i
-\fBsdev\fR
-Returns the standard deviation (defined as the square root of the variance)
-of the vector.
-.TP 1i
-\fBskew\fR
-Returns the skewness (or third moment) of the vector. This characterizes
-the degree of asymmetry of the vector about the mean.
-.TP 1i
-\fBsum\fR
-Returns the sum of the components.
-.TP 1i
-\fBvar\fR
-Returns the variance of the vector. The sum of the squared differences
-between each component and the mean is computed. The variance is
-the sum divided by the length of the vector minus 1.
-.PP
-The last set returns a vector of the same length as the argument.
-.TP 1i
-\fBnorm\fR
-Scales the values of the vector to lie in the range [0.0..1.0].
-.TP 1i
-\fBsort\fR
-Returns the vector components sorted in ascending order.
-.RE
-.TP
-\fBvector names \fR?\fIpattern\fR?
-.SH INSTANCE OPERATIONS
-You can also use the vector's Tcl command to query or modify it. The
-general form is
-.DS
-\fIvecName \fIoperation\fR \fR?\fIarg\fR?...
-.DE
-Both \fIoperation\fR and its arguments determine the exact behavior of
-the command. The operations available for vectors are listed below.
-.TP
-\fIvecName \fBappend\fR \fIitem\fR ?\fIitem\fR?...
-Appends the component values from \fIitem\fR to \fIvecName\fR.
-\fIItem\fR can be either the name of a vector or a list of numeric
-values.
-.TP
-\fIvecName \fBbinread\fR \fIchannel\fR ?\fIlength\fR? ?\fIswitches\fR?
-Reads binary values from a Tcl channel. Values are either appended
-to the end of the vector or placed at a given index (using the
-\fB\-at\fR option), overwriting existing values. Data is read until EOF
-is found on the channel or a specified number of values \fIlength\fR
-are read (note that this is not necessarily the same as the number of
-bytes). The following switches are supported:
-.RS
-.TP
-\fB\-swap\fR
-Swap bytes and words. The default endian is the host machine.
-.TP
-\fB\-at \fIindex\fR
-New values will start at vector index \fIindex\fR. This will
-overwrite any current values.
-.TP
-\fB\-format\fR \fIformat\fR
-Specifies the format of the data. \fIFormat\fR can be one of the
-following: "i1", "i2", "i4", "i8", "u1, "u2", "u4", "u8", "r4",
-"r8", or "r16". The number indicates the number of bytes
-required for each value. The letter indicates the type: "i" for signed,
-"u" for unsigned, "r" or real. The default format is "r16".
-.RE
-.TP
-\fIvecName \fBclear\fR
-Clears the element indices from the array variable associated with
-\fIvecName\fR. This doesn't affect the components of the vector. By
-default, the number of entries in the Tcl array doesn't match the
-number of components in the vector. This is because its too expensive
-to maintain decimal strings for both the index and value for each
-component. Instead, the index and value are saved only when you read
-or write an element with a new index. This command removes the index
-and value strings from the array. This is useful when the vector is
-large.
-.TP
-\fIvecName \fBdelete\fR \fIindex\fR ?\fIindex\fR?...
-Deletes the \fIindex\fRth component from the vector \fIvecName\fR.
-\fIIndex\fR is the index of the element to be deleted. This is the
-same as unsetting the array variable element \fIindex\fR. The vector
-is compacted after all the indices have been deleted.
-.TP
-\fIvecName \fBdup\fR \fIdestName\fR
-Copies \fIvecName\fR to \fIdestName\fR. \fIDestName\fR is the name of a
-destination vector. If a vector \fIdestName\fR already exists, it is
-overwritten with the components of \fIvecName\fR. Otherwise a
-new vector is created.
-.TP
-\fIvecName \fBexpr\fR \fIexpression\fR
-Computes the expression and resets the values of the vector accordingly.
-Both scalar and vector math operations are allowed. All values in
-expressions are either real numbers or names of vectors. All numbers
-are treated as one component vectors.
-.TP
-\fIvecName \fBlength\fR ?\fInewSize\fR?
-Queries or resets the number of components in \fIvecName\fR.
-\fINewSize\fR is a number specifying the new size of the vector. If
-\fInewSize\fR is smaller than the current size of \fIvecName\fR,
-\fIvecName\fR is truncated. If \fInewSize\fR is greater, the vector
-is extended and the new components are initialized to \f(CW0.0\fR. If
-no \fInewSize\fR argument is present, the current length of the vector
-is returned.
-.TP
-\fIvecName \fBmerge\fR \fIsrcName\fR ?\fIsrcName\fR?...
-Merges the named vectors into a single vector. The resulting
-vector is formed by merging the components of each source vector
-one index at a time.
-.TP
-\fIvecName \fBnotify\fR \fIkeyword\fR
-Controls how vector clients are notified of changes to the vector.
-The exact behavior is determined by \fIkeyword\fR.
-.RS
-.TP 0.75i
-\f(CWalways\fR
-Indicates that clients are to be notified immediately whenever the
-vector is updated.
-.TP
-\f(CWnever\fR
-Indicates that no clients are to be notified.
-.TP
-\f(CWwhenidle\fR
-Indicates that clients are to be notified at the next idle point
-whenever the vector is updated.
-.TP
-\f(CWnow\fR
-If any client notifications is currently pending, they are notified
-immediately.
-.TP
-\f(CWcancel\fR
-Cancels pending notifications of clients using the vector.
-.TP
-\f(CWpending\fR
-Returns \f(CW1\fR if a client notification is pending, and \f(CW0\fR otherwise.
-.RE
-.TP
-\fIvecName \fBoffset\fR ?\fIvalue\fR?
-Shifts the indices of the vector by the amount specified by \fIvalue\fR.
-\fIValue\fR is an integer number. If no \fIvalue\fR argument is
-given, the current offset is returned.
-.TP
-\fIvecName \fBpopulate\fR \fIdestName\fR ?\fIdensity\fR?
-Creates a vector \fIdestName\fR which is a superset of \fIvecName\fR.
-\fIDestName\fR will include all the components of \fIvecName\fR, in
-addition the interval between each of the original components will
-contain a \fIdensity\fR number of new components, whose values are
-evenly distributed between the original components values. This is
-useful for generating abscissas to be interpolated along a spline.
-.TP
-\fIvecName \fBrange\fR \fIfirstIndex\fR ?\fIlastIndex\fR?...
-Returns a list of numeric values representing the vector components
-between two indices. Both \fIfirstIndex\fR and \fIlastIndex\fR are
-indices representing the range of components to be returned. If
-\fIlastIndex\fR is less than \fIfirstIndex\fR, the components are
-listed in reverse order.
-.TP
-\fIvecName \fBsearch\fR \fIvalue\fR ?\fIvalue\fR?
-Searches for a value or range of values among the components of
-\fIvecName\fR. If one \fIvalue\fR argument is given, a list of
-indices of the components which equal \fIvalue\fR is returned. If a
-second \fIvalue\fR is also provided, then the indices of all
-components which lie within the range of the two values are returned.
-If no components are found, then \f(CW""\fR is returned.
-.TP
-\fIvecName \fBset\fR \fIitem\fR
-Resets the components of the vector to \fIitem\fR. \fIItem\fR can
-be either a list of numeric expressions or another vector.
-.TP
-\fIvecName \fBseq\fR \fIstart\fR ?\fIfinish\fR? ?\fIstep\fR?
-Generates a sequence of values starting with the value \fIstart\fR.
-\fIFinish\fR indicates the terminating value of the sequence.
-The vector is automatically resized to contain just the sequence.
-If three arguments are present, \fIstep\fR designates the interval.
-.sp
-With only two arguments (no \fIfinish\fR argument), the sequence will
-continue until the vector is filled. With one argument, the interval
-defaults to 1.0.
-.TP
-\fIvecName \fBsort\fR ?\fB-reverse\fR? ?\fIargName\fR?...
-Sorts the vector \fIvecName\fR in increasing order. If the
-\fB-reverse\fR flag is present, the vector is sorted in decreasing
-order. If other arguments \fIargName\fR are present, they are the
-names of vectors which will be rearranged in the same manner as
-\fIvecName\fR. Each vector must be the same length as \fIvecName\fR.
-You could use this to sort the x vector of a graph, while still
-retaining the same x,y coordinate pairs in a y vector.
-.TP
-\fIvecName \fBvariable\fR \fIvarName\fR
-Maps a Tcl variable to the vector, creating another means for
-accessing the vector. The variable \fIvarName\fR can't already
-exist. This overrides any current variable mapping the vector
-may have.
-.RE
-.SH C LANGUAGE API
-You can create, modify, and destroy vectors from C code, using
-library routines.
-You need to include the header file \f(CWblt.h\fR. It contains the
-definition of the structure \fBBlt_Vector\fR, which represents the
-vector. It appears below.
-.CS
-\fRtypedef struct {
- double *\fIvalueArr\fR;
- int \fInumValues\fR;
- int \fIarraySize\fR;
- double \fImin\fR, \fImax\fR;
-} \fBBlt_Vector\fR;
-.CE
-The field \fIvalueArr\fR points to memory holding the vector
-components. The components are stored in a double precision array,
-whose size size is represented by \fIarraySize\fR. \fINumValues\fR is
-the length of vector. The size of the array is always equal to or
-larger than the length of the vector. \fIMin\fR and \fImax\fR are
-minimum and maximum component values.
-.SH LIBRARY ROUTINES
-The following routines are available from C to manage vectors.
-Vectors are identified by the vector name.
-.PP
-\fBBlt_CreateVector\fR
-.RS .25i
-.TP 1i
-Synopsis:
-.CS
-int \fBBlt_CreateVector\fR (\fIinterp\fR, \fIvecName\fR, \fIlength\fR, \fIvecPtrPtr\fR)
-.RS 1.25i
-Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR;
-char *\fIvecName\fR;
-int \fIlength\fR;
-Blt_Vector **\fIvecPtrPtr\fR;
-.RE
-.CE
-.TP
-Description:
-Creates a new vector \fIvecName\fR\fR with a length of \fIlength\fR.
-\fBBlt_CreateVector\fR creates both a new Tcl command and array
-variable \fIvecName\fR. Neither a command nor variable named
-\fIvecName\fR can already exist. A pointer to the vector is
-placed into \fIvecPtrPtr\fR.
-.TP
-Results:
-Returns \f(CWTCL_OK\fR if the vector is successfully created. If
-\fIlength\fR is negative, a Tcl variable or command \fIvecName\fR
-already exists, or memory cannot be allocated for the vector, then
-\f(CWTCL_ERROR\fR is returned and \fIinterp->result\fR will contain an
-error message.
-.RE
-.sp
-.PP
-\fBBlt_DeleteVectorByName\fR
-.RS .25i
-.TP 1i
-Synopsis:
-.CS
-int \fBBlt_DeleteVectorByName\fR (\fIinterp\fR, \fIvecName\fR)
-.RS 1.25i
-Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR;
-char *\fIvecName\fR;
-.RE
-.CE
-.TP 1i
-Description:
-Removes the vector \fIvecName\fR. \fIVecName\fR is the name of a vector
-which must already exist. Both the Tcl command and array variable
-\fIvecName\fR are destroyed. All clients of the vector will be notified
-immediately that the vector has been destroyed.
-.TP
-Results:
-Returns \f(CWTCL_OK\fR if the vector is successfully deleted. If
-\fIvecName\fR is not the name a vector, then \f(CWTCL_ERROR\fR is returned
-and \fIinterp->result\fR will contain an error message.
-.RE
-.sp
-.PP
-\fBBlt_DeleteVector\fR
-.RS .25i
-.TP 1i
-Synopsis:
-.CS
-int \fBBlt_DeleteVector\fR (\fIvecPtr\fR)
-.RS 1.25i
-Blt_Vector *\fIvecPtr\fR;
-.RE
-.CE
-.TP 1i
-Description:
-Removes the vector pointed to by \fIvecPtr\fR. \fIVecPtr\fR is a
-pointer to a vector, typically set by \fBBlt_GetVector\fR or
-\fBBlt_CreateVector\fR. Both the Tcl command and array variable of
-the vector are destroyed. All clients of the vector will be notified
-immediately that the vector has been destroyed.
-.TP
-Results:
-Returns \f(CWTCL_OK\fR if the vector is successfully deleted. If
-\fIvecName\fR is not the name a vector, then \f(CWTCL_ERROR\fR is returned
-and \fIinterp->result\fR will contain an error message.
-.RE
-.sp
-.PP
-\fBBlt_GetVector\fR
-.RS .25i
-.TP 1i
-Synopsis:
-.CS
-int \fBBlt_GetVector\fR (\fIinterp\fR, \fIvecName\fR, \fIvecPtrPtr\fR)
-.RS 1.25i
-Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR;
-char *\fIvecName\fR;
-Blt_Vector **\fIvecPtrPtr\fR;
-.RE
-.CE
-.TP 1i
-Description:
-Retrieves the vector \fIvecName\fR. \fIVecName\fR is the name of a
-vector which must already exist. \fIVecPtrPtr\fR will point be set to
-the address of the vector.
-.TP
-Results:
-Returns \f(CWTCL_OK\fR if the vector is successfully retrieved. If
-\fIvecName\fR is not the name of a vector, then \f(CWTCL_ERROR\fR is
-returned and \fIinterp->result\fR will contain an error message.
-.RE
-.sp
-.PP
-\fBBlt_ResetVector\fR
-.PP
-.RS .25i
-.TP 1i
-Synopsis:
-.CS
-int \fBBlt_ResetVector\fR (\fIvecPtr\fR, \fIdataArr\fR,
- \fInumValues\fR, \fIarraySize\fR, \fIfreeProc\fR)
-.RS 1.25i
-Blt_Vector *\fIvecPtr\fR;
-double *\fIdataArr\fR;
-int *\fInumValues\fR;
-int *\fIarraySize\fR;
-Tcl_FreeProc *\fIfreeProc\fR;
-.RE
-.CE
-.TP
-Description:
-Resets the components of the vector pointed to by \fIvecPtr\fR.
-Calling \fBBlt_ResetVector\fR will trigger the vector to dispatch
-notifications to its clients. \fIDataArr\fR is the array of doubles
-which represents the vector data. \fINumValues\fR is the number of
-elements in the array. \fIArraySize\fR is the actual size of the array
-(the array may be bigger than the number of values stored in
-it). \fIFreeProc\fP indicates how the storage for the vector component
-array (\fIdataArr\fR) was allocated. It is used to determine how to
-reallocate memory when the vector is resized or destroyed. It must be
-\f(CWTCL_DYNAMIC\fR, \f(CWTCL_STATIC\fR, \f(CWTCL_VOLATILE\fR, or a pointer
-to a function to free the memory allocated for the vector array. If
-\fIfreeProc\fR is \f(CWTCL_VOLATILE\fR, it indicates that \fIdataArr\fR
-must be copied and saved. If \fIfreeProc\fR is \f(CWTCL_DYNAMIC\fR, it
-indicates that \fIdataArr\fR was dynamically allocated and that Tcl
-should free \fIdataArr\fR if necessary. \f(CWStatic\fR indicates that
-nothing should be done to release storage for \fIdataArr\fR.
-.TP
-Results:
-Returns \f(CWTCL_OK\fR if the vector is successfully resized. If
-\fInewSize\fR is negative, a vector \fIvecName\fR does not exist, or
-memory cannot be allocated for the vector, then \f(CWTCL_ERROR\fR is
-returned and \fIinterp->result\fR will contain an error message.
-.RE
-.sp
-.PP
-\fBBlt_ResizeVector\fR
-.RS .25i
-.TP 1i
-Synopsis:
-.CS
-int \fBBlt_ResizeVector\fR (\fIvecPtr\fR, \fInewSize\fR)
-.RS 1.25i
-Blt_Vector *\fIvecPtr\fR;
-int \fInewSize\fR;
-.RE
-.CE
-.TP
-Description:
-Resets the length of the vector pointed to by \fIvecPtr\fR to
-\fInewSize\fR. If \fInewSize\fR is smaller than the current size of
-the vector, it is truncated. If \fInewSize\fR is greater, the vector
-is extended and the new components are initialized to \f(CW0.0\fR.
-Calling \fBBlt_ResetVector\fR will trigger the vector to dispatch
-notifications.
-.TP
-Results:
-Returns \f(CWTCL_OK\fR if the vector is successfully resized. If
-\fInewSize\fR is negative or memory can not be allocated for the vector,
-then \f(CWTCL_ERROR\fR is returned and \fIinterp->result\fR will contain
-an error message.
-.sp
-.PP
-\fBBlt_VectorExists\fR
-.RS .25i
-.TP 1i
-Synopsis:
-.CS
-int \fBBlt_VectorExists\fR (\fIinterp\fR, \fIvecName\fR)
-.RS 1.25i
-Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR;
-char *\fIvecName\fR;
-.RE
-.CE
-.TP
-Description:
-Indicates if a vector named \fIvecName\fR exists in \fIinterp\fR.
-.TP
-Results:
-Returns \f(CW1\fR if a vector \fIvecName\fR exists and \f(CW0\fR otherwise.
-.RE
-.sp
-.PP
-If your application needs to be notified when a vector changes, it can
-allocate a unique \fIclient identifier\fR for itself. Using this
-identifier, you can then register a call-back to be made whenever the
-vector is updated or destroyed. By default, the call-backs are made at
-the next idle point. This can be changed to occur at the time the
-vector is modified. An application can allocate more than one
-identifier for any vector. When the client application is done with
-the vector, it should free the identifier.
-.PP
-The call-back routine must of the following type.
-.CS
-.RS
-.sp
-typedef void (\fBBlt_VectorChangedProc\fR) (Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
-.RS .25i
-ClientData \fIclientData\fR, Blt_VectorNotify \fInotify\fR);
-.RE
-.sp
-.RE
-.CE
-.fi
-\fIClientData\fR is passed to this routine whenever it is called. You
-can use this to pass information to the call-back. The \fInotify\fR
-argument indicates whether the vector has been updated of destroyed. It
-is an enumerated type.
-.CS
-.RS
-.sp
-typedef enum {
- \f(CWBLT_VECTOR_NOTIFY_UPDATE\fR=1,
- \f(CWBLT_VECTOR_NOTIFY_DESTROY\fR=2
-} \fBBlt_VectorNotify\fR;
-.sp
-.RE
-.CE
-.PP
-\fBBlt_AllocVectorId\fR
-.RS .25i
-.TP 1i
-Synopsis:
-.CS
-Blt_VectorId \fBBlt_AllocVectorId\fR (\fIinterp\fR, \fIvecName\fR)
-.RS 1.25i
-Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR;
-char *\fIvecName\fR;
-.RE
-.CE
-.TP
-Description:
-Allocates an client identifier for with the vector \fIvecName\fR.
-This identifier can be used to specify a call-back which is triggered
-when the vector is updated or destroyed.
-.TP
-Results:
-Returns a client identifier if successful. If \fIvecName\fR is not
-the name of a vector, then \f(CWNULL\fR is returned and
-\fIinterp->result\fR will contain an error message.
-.RE
-.sp
-.PP
-\fBBlt_GetVectorById\fR
-.RS .25i
-.TP 1i
-Synopsis:
-.CS
-int \fBBlt_GetVector\fR (\fIinterp\fR, \fIclientId\fR, \fIvecPtrPtr\fR)
-.RS 1.25i
-Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR;
-Blt_VectorId \fIclientId\fR;
-Blt_Vector **\fIvecPtrPtr\fR;
-.RE
-.CE
-.TP 1i
-Description:
-Retrieves the vector used by \fIclientId\fR. \fIClientId\fR is a valid
-vector client identifier allocated by \fBBlt_AllocVectorId\fR.
-\fIVecPtrPtr\fR will point be set to the address of the vector.
-.TP
-Results:
-Returns \f(CWTCL_OK\fR if the vector is successfully retrieved.
-.RE
-.sp
-.PP
-\fBBlt_SetVectorChangedProc\fR
-.RS .25i
-.TP 1i
-Synopsis:
-.CS
-void \fBBlt_SetVectorChangedProc\fR (\fIclientId\fR, \fIproc\fR, \fIclientData\fR);
-.RS 1.25i
-Blt_VectorId \fIclientId\fR;
-Blt_VectorChangedProc *\fIproc\fR;
-ClientData *\fIclientData\fR;
-.RE
-.CE
-.TP
-Description:
-Specifies a call-back routine to be called whenever the vector
-associated with \fIclientId\fR is updated or deleted. \fIProc\fR is a
-pointer to call-back routine and must be of the type
-\fBBlt_VectorChangedProc\fR. \fIClientData\fR is a one-word value to
-be passed to the routine when it is invoked. If \fIproc\fR is
-\f(CWNULL\fR, then the client is not notified.
-.TP
-Results:
-The designated call-back procedure will be invoked when the vector is
-updated or destroyed.
-.RE
-.sp
-.PP
-\fBBlt_FreeVectorId\fR
-.RS .25i
-.TP 1i
-Synopsis:
-.CS
-void \fBBlt_FreeVectorId\fR (\fIclientId\fR);
-.RS 1.25i
-Blt_VectorId \fIclientId\fR;
-.RE
-.CE
-.TP
-Description:
-Frees the client identifier. Memory allocated for the identifier
-is released. The client will no longer be notified when the
-vector is modified.
-.TP
-Results:
-The designated call-back procedure will be no longer be invoked when
-the vector is updated or destroyed.
-.RE
-.sp
-.PP
-\fBBlt_NameOfVectorId\fR
-.RS .25i
-.TP 1i
-Synopsis:
-.CS
-char *\fBBlt_NameOfVectorId\fR (\fIclientId\fR);
-.RS 1.25i
-Blt_VectorId \fIclientId\fR;
-.RE
-.CE
-.TP
-Description:
-Retrieves the name of the vector associated with the client identifier
-\fIclientId\fR.
-.TP
-Results:
-Returns the name of the vector associated with \fIclientId\fR. If
-\fIclientId\fR is not an identifier or the vector has been destroyed,
-\f(CWNULL\fR is returned.
-.RE
-.sp
-.PP
-\fBBlt_InstallIndexProc\fR
-.RS .25i
-.TP 1i
-Synopsis:
-.CS
-void \fBBlt_InstallIndexProc\fR (\fIindexName\fR, \fIprocPtr\fR)
-.RS 1.25i
-char *\fIindexName\fR;
-Blt_VectorIndexProc *\fIprocPtr\fR;
-.RE
-.CE
-.TP
-Description:
-Registers a function to be called to retrieved the index \fIindexName\fR
-from the vector's array variable.
-.sp
-typedef double Blt_VectorIndexProc(Vector *vecPtr);
-.sp
-The function will be passed a pointer to the vector. The function must
-return a double representing the value at the index.
-.TP
-Results:
-The new index is installed into the vector.
-.RE
-.RE
-.SH C API EXAMPLE
-The following example opens a file of binary data and stores it in an
-array of doubles. The array size is computed from the size of the
-file. If the vector "data" exists, calling \fBBlt_VectorExists\fR,
-\fBBlt_GetVector\fR is called to get the pointer to the vector.
-Otherwise the routine \fBBlt_CreateVector\fR is called to create a new
-vector and returns a pointer to it. Just like the Tcl interface, both
-a new Tcl command and array variable are created when a new vector is
-created. It doesn't make any difference what the initial size of the
-vector is since it will be reset shortly. The vector is updated when
-\fBlt_ResetVector\fR is called. Blt_ResetVector makes the changes
-visible to the Tcl interface and other vector clients (such as a graph
-widget).
-.sp
-.CS
-#include <tcl.h>
-#include <blt.h>
-...
-Blt_Vector *vecPtr;
-double *newArr;
-FILE *f;
-struct stat statBuf;
-int numBytes, numValues;
-
-f = fopen("binary.dat", "r");
-fstat(fileno(f), &statBuf);
-numBytes = (int)statBuf.st_size;
-
-/* Allocate an array big enough to hold all the data */
-newArr = (double *)malloc(numBytes);
-numValues = numBytes / sizeof(double);
-fread((void *)newArr, numValues, sizeof(double), f);
-fclose(f);
-
-if (Blt_VectorExists(interp, "data")) {
- if (Blt_GetVector(interp, "data", &vecPtr) != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-} else {
- if (Blt_CreateVector(interp, "data", 0, &vecPtr) != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-}
-/*
- * Reset the vector. Clients will be notified when Tk is idle.
- * TCL_DYNAMIC tells the vector to free the memory allocated
- * if it needs to reallocate or destroy the vector.
- */
-if (Blt_ResetVector(vecPtr, newArr, numValues, numValues,
- TCL_DYNAMIC) != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
-}
-.CE
-.SH "INCOMPATIBILITIES"
-In previous versions, if the array variable isn't global
-(i.e. local to a Tcl procedure), the vector is automatically
-destroyed when the procedure returns.
-.CS
-proc doit {} {
- # Temporary vector x
- vector x(10)
- set x(9) 2.0
- ...
-}
-.CE
-.PP
-This has changed. Variables are not automatically destroyed when
-their variable is unset. You can restore the old behavior by
-setting the "-watchunset" switch.
-.CE
-.SH KEYWORDS
-vector, graph, widget
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkblt.decls b/tkblt/generic/tkblt.decls
deleted file mode 100644
index b4b5c67..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkblt.decls
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-library tkblt
-interface tkblt
-
-declare 0 generic {
- int Blt_CreateVector(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *vecName,
- int size, Blt_Vector** vecPtrPtr)
-}
-
-declare 1 generic {
- int Blt_CreateVector2(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *vecName,
- const char *cmdName, const char *varName,
- int initialSize, Blt_Vector **vecPtrPtr)
-}
-
-declare 2 generic {
- int Blt_DeleteVectorByName(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *vecName)
-}
-
-declare 3 generic {
- int Blt_DeleteVector(Blt_Vector *vecPtr)
-}
-
-declare 4 generic {
- int Blt_GetVector(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *vecName,
- Blt_Vector **vecPtrPtr)
-}
-
-declare 5 generic {
- int Blt_GetVectorFromObj(Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
- Blt_Vector **vecPtrPtr)
-}
-
-declare 6 generic {
- int Blt_ResetVector(Blt_Vector *vecPtr, double *dataArr, int n,
- int arraySize, Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc)
-}
-
-declare 7 generic {
- int Blt_ResizeVector(Blt_Vector *vecPtr, int n)
-}
-
-declare 8 generic {
- int Blt_VectorExists(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *vecName)
-}
-
-declare 9 generic {
- int Blt_VectorExists2(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *vecName)
-}
-
-declare 10 generic {
- Blt_VectorId Blt_AllocVectorId(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *vecName)
-}
-
-declare 11 generic {
- int Blt_GetVectorById(Tcl_Interp* interp, Blt_VectorId clientId,
- Blt_Vector **vecPtrPtr)
-}
-
-declare 12 generic {
- void Blt_SetVectorChangedProc(Blt_VectorId clientId,
- Blt_VectorChangedProc *proc,
- ClientData clientData)
-}
-
-declare 13 generic {
- void Blt_FreeVectorId(Blt_VectorId clientId)
-}
-
-declare 14 generic {
- const char *Blt_NameOfVectorId(Blt_VectorId clientId)
-}
-
-declare 15 generic {
- const char *Blt_NameOfVector(Blt_Vector *vecPtr)
-}
-
-declare 16 generic {
- int Blt_ExprVector(Tcl_Interp* interp, char *expr, Blt_Vector *vecPtr)
-}
-
-declare 17 generic {
- void Blt_InstallIndexProc(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *indexName,
- Blt_VectorIndexProc * procPtr)
-}
-
-declare 18 generic {
- double Blt_VecMin(Blt_Vector *vPtr)
-}
-
-declare 19 generic {
- double Blt_VecMax(Blt_Vector *vPtr)
-}
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltChain.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltChain.C
deleted file mode 100644
index dbd317c..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltChain.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,194 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1991-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#include "tkbltChain.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-// ChainLink
-
-ChainLink::ChainLink(void* clientData)
-{
- prev_ =NULL;
- next_ =NULL;
- manage_ =0;
- clientData_ = clientData;
-}
-
-ChainLink::ChainLink(size_t ss)
-{
- prev_ =NULL;
- next_ =NULL;
- manage_ =1;
- clientData_ = (void*)calloc(1,ss);
-}
-
-ChainLink::~ChainLink()
-{
- if (manage_ && clientData_)
- free(clientData_);
-}
-
-// Chain
-
-Chain::Chain()
-{
- head_ =NULL;
- tail_ =NULL;
- nLinks_ =0;
-}
-
-Chain::~Chain()
-{
- ChainLink* linkPtr = head_;
- while (linkPtr) {
- ChainLink* oldPtr =linkPtr;
- linkPtr = linkPtr->next_;
- delete oldPtr;
- }
-}
-
-void Chain::reset()
-{
- ChainLink* linkPtr = head_;
- while (linkPtr) {
- ChainLink* oldPtr = linkPtr;
- linkPtr = linkPtr->next_;
- delete oldPtr;
- }
- head_ =NULL;
- tail_ =NULL;
- nLinks_ =0;
-}
-
-void Chain::linkAfter(ChainLink* linkPtr, ChainLink* afterPtr)
-{
- if (!head_) {
- head_ = linkPtr;
- tail_ = linkPtr;
- }
- else {
- if (!afterPtr) {
- linkPtr->next_ = NULL;
- linkPtr->prev_ = tail_;
- tail_->next_ = linkPtr;
- tail_ = linkPtr;
- }
- else {
- linkPtr->next_ = afterPtr->next_;
- linkPtr->prev_ = afterPtr;
- if (afterPtr == tail_)
- tail_ = linkPtr;
- else
- afterPtr->next_->prev_ = linkPtr;
- afterPtr->next_ = linkPtr;
- }
- }
-
- nLinks_++;
-}
-
-void Chain::linkBefore(ChainLink* linkPtr, ChainLink* beforePtr)
-{
- if (!head_) {
- head_ = linkPtr;
- tail_ = linkPtr;
- }
- else {
- if (beforePtr == NULL) {
- linkPtr->next_ = head_;
- linkPtr->prev_ = NULL;
- head_->prev_ = linkPtr;
- head_ = linkPtr;
- }
- else {
- linkPtr->prev_ = beforePtr->prev_;
- linkPtr->next_ = beforePtr;
- if (beforePtr == head_)
- head_ = linkPtr;
- else
- beforePtr->prev_->next_ = linkPtr;
- beforePtr->prev_ = linkPtr;
- }
- }
-
- nLinks_++;
-}
-
-void Chain::unlinkLink(ChainLink* linkPtr)
-{
- // Indicates if the link is actually remove from the chain
- int unlinked;
-
- unlinked = 0;
- if (head_ == linkPtr) {
- head_ = linkPtr->next_;
- unlinked = 1;
- }
- if (tail_ == linkPtr) {
- tail_ = linkPtr->prev_;
- unlinked = 1;
- }
- if (linkPtr->next_) {
- linkPtr->next_->prev_ = linkPtr->prev_;
- unlinked = 1;
- }
- if (linkPtr->prev_) {
- linkPtr->prev_->next_ = linkPtr->next_;
- unlinked = 1;
- }
- if (unlinked)
- nLinks_--;
-
- linkPtr->prev_ =NULL;
- linkPtr->next_ =NULL;
-}
-
-void Chain::deleteLink(ChainLink* link)
-{
- unlinkLink(link);
- delete link;
- link = NULL;
-}
-
-ChainLink* Chain::append(void* clientData)
-{
- ChainLink* link = new ChainLink(clientData);
- linkAfter(link, NULL);
- return link;
-}
-
-ChainLink* Chain::prepend(void* clientData)
-{
- ChainLink* link = new ChainLink(clientData);
- linkBefore(link, NULL);
- return link;
-}
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltChain.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltChain.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e254f9..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltChain.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
- * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
- * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
- * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use,
- * copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
- * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
- * conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
- * KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE
- * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
- * PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
- * OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
- * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
- * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
- * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-#ifndef _BLT_CHAIN_H
-#define _BLT_CHAIN_H
-
-#define Chain_GetLength(c) (((c) == NULL) ? 0 : (c)->nLinks())
-#define Chain_FirstLink(c) (((c) == NULL) ? NULL : (c)->head())
-#define Chain_LastLink(c) (((c) == NULL) ? NULL : (c)->tail())
-
-#define Chain_PrevLink(l) ((l)->prev())
-#define Chain_NextLink(l) ((l)->next())
-#define Chain_GetValue(l) ((l)->clientData())
-
-namespace Blt {
-
- class Chain;
-
- class ChainLink {
- friend class Chain;
-
- protected:
- ChainLink* prev_;
- ChainLink* next_;
- int manage_;
- void* clientData_;
-
- public:
- ChainLink(void*);
- ChainLink(size_t);
- virtual ~ChainLink();
-
- ChainLink* prev() {return prev_;}
- ChainLink* next() {return next_;}
- void* clientData() {return clientData_;}
- void setClientData(void* d) {clientData_ =d;}
- };
-
- class Chain {
- protected:
- ChainLink* head_;
- ChainLink* tail_;
- long nLinks_;
-
- public:
- Chain();
- virtual ~Chain();
-
- ChainLink* head() {return head_;}
- ChainLink* tail() {return tail_;}
- long nLinks() {return nLinks_;}
-
- void reset();
- void linkAfter(ChainLink* link, ChainLink* after);
- void linkBefore(ChainLink* link, ChainLink* before);
- void unlinkLink(ChainLink* linkPtr);
- void deleteLink(ChainLink* link);
- ChainLink* append(void* clientData);
- ChainLink* prepend(void* clientData);
- };
-};
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltConfig.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltConfig.C
deleted file mode 100644
index 82fea4e..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltConfig.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,218 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
- * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
- * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
- *
- * Copyright 2003-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
- * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
- * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
- * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use,
- * copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
- * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
- * conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
- * KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE
- * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
- * PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
- * OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
- * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
- * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
- * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include "tkbltConfig.h"
-#include "tkbltGrMisc.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-void RestoreProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
- char *ptr, char *savePtr)
-{
- *(double*)ptr = *(double*)savePtr;
-}
-
-// Fill
-const char* fillObjOption[] = {"none", "x", "y", "both", NULL};
-
-// Dashes
-static Tk_CustomOptionSetProc DashesSetProc;
-static Tk_CustomOptionGetProc DashesGetProc;
-Tk_ObjCustomOption dashesObjOption =
- {
- "dashes", DashesSetProc, DashesGetProc, NULL, NULL, NULL
- };
-
-static int DashesSetProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
- Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj** objPtr, char* widgRec,
- int offset, char* save, int flags)
-{
- Dashes* dashesPtr = (Dashes*)(widgRec + offset);
-
- int length;
- const char* string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(*objPtr, &length);
- if (!string || !string[0]) {
- dashesPtr->values[0] = 0;
- return TCL_OK;
- }
-
- if (!strncmp(string, "dot", length)) {
- dashesPtr->values[0] = 1;
- dashesPtr->values[1] = 0;
- }
- else if (!strncmp(string, "dash", length)) {
- dashesPtr->values[0] = 5;
- dashesPtr->values[1] = 2;
- dashesPtr->values[2] = 0;
- }
- else if (!strncmp(string, "dashdot", length)) {
- dashesPtr->values[0] = 2;
- dashesPtr->values[1] = 4;
- dashesPtr->values[2] = 2;
- dashesPtr->values[3] = 0;
- }
- else if (!strncmp(string, "dashdotdot", length)) {
- dashesPtr->values[0] = 2;
- dashesPtr->values[1] = 4;
- dashesPtr->values[2] = 2;
- dashesPtr->values[3] = 2;
- dashesPtr->values[4] = 0;
- }
- else {
- int objc;
- Tcl_Obj** objv;
- if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, *objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- // This is the postscript limit
- if (objc > 11) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "too many values in dash list \"",
- string, "\"", (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- int ii;
- for (ii=0; ii<objc; ii++) {
- int value;
- if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[ii], &value) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- // Backward compatibility: Allow list of 0 to turn off dashes
- if ((value == 0) && (objc == 1))
- break;
-
- if ((value < 1) || (value > 255)) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "dash value \"",
- Tcl_GetString(objv[ii]), "\" is out of range",
- (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- dashesPtr->values[ii] = (unsigned char)value;
- }
-
- // Make sure the array ends with a NULL byte
- dashesPtr->values[ii] = 0;
- }
-
- return TCL_OK;
-};
-
-static Tcl_Obj* DashesGetProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
- char *widgRec, int offset)
-{
- Dashes* dashesPtr = (Dashes*)(widgRec + offset);
-
- // count how many
- int cnt =0;
- while (dashesPtr->values[cnt])
- cnt++;
-
- if (!cnt)
- return Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj**)NULL);
-
- Tcl_Obj** ll = new Tcl_Obj*[cnt];
- for (int ii=0; ii<cnt; ii++)
- ll[ii] = Tcl_NewIntObj(dashesPtr->values[ii]);
- Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(cnt, ll);
- delete [] ll;
-
- return listObjPtr;
-};
-
-// List
-static Tk_CustomOptionSetProc ListSetProc;
-static Tk_CustomOptionGetProc ListGetProc;
-static Tk_CustomOptionFreeProc ListFreeProc;
-Tk_ObjCustomOption listObjOption =
- {
- "list", ListSetProc, ListGetProc, RestoreProc, ListFreeProc, NULL
- };
-
-static int ListSetProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
- Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj** objPtr, char* widgRec,
- int offset, char* savePtr, int flags)
-{
- const char*** listPtr = (const char***)(widgRec + offset);
- *(double*)savePtr = *(double*)listPtr;
-
- if (!listPtr)
- return TCL_OK;
-
- const char** argv;
- int argc;
- if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, Tcl_GetString(*objPtr), &argc, &argv) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- *listPtr = argv;
-
- return TCL_OK;
-};
-
-static Tcl_Obj* ListGetProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
- char *widgRec, int offset)
-{
- const char*** listPtr = (const char***)(widgRec + offset);
-
- if (!listPtr || !(*listPtr))
- return Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
-
- // count how many
- int cnt=0;
- for (const char** pp=*listPtr; *pp; pp++,cnt++) {}
- if (!cnt)
- return Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
-
- Tcl_Obj** ll = new Tcl_Obj*[cnt];
- for (int ii=0; ii<cnt; ii++)
- ll[ii] = Tcl_NewStringObj((*listPtr)[ii], -1);
- Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(cnt, ll);
- delete [] ll;
-
- return listObjPtr;
-};
-
-static void ListFreeProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
- char *ptr)
-{
- const char** argv = *(const char***)ptr;
- if (argv)
- Tcl_Free((char*)argv);
-}
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltConfig.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltConfig.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 790649b..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltConfig.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
- * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
- * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
- * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use,
- * copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
- * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
- * conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
- * KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE
- * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
- * PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
- * OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
- * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
- * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
- * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BltConfig_h__
-#define __BltConfig_h__
-
-#include <tk.h>
-
-extern const char* fillObjOption[];
-extern Tk_ObjCustomOption dashesObjOption;
-extern Tk_ObjCustomOption listObjOption;
-extern Tk_CustomOptionRestoreProc RestoreProc;
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltDecls.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltDecls.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4d7c679..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltDecls.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,152 +0,0 @@
-/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Exported function declarations:
- */
-
-/* 0 */
-TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_CreateVector(Tcl_Interp*interp,
- const char *vecName, int size,
- Blt_Vector**vecPtrPtr);
-/* 1 */
-TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_CreateVector2(Tcl_Interp*interp,
- const char *vecName, const char *cmdName,
- const char *varName, int initialSize,
- Blt_Vector **vecPtrPtr);
-/* 2 */
-TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_DeleteVectorByName(Tcl_Interp*interp,
- const char *vecName);
-/* 3 */
-TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_DeleteVector(Blt_Vector *vecPtr);
-/* 4 */
-TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_GetVector(Tcl_Interp*interp, const char *vecName,
- Blt_Vector **vecPtrPtr);
-/* 5 */
-TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_GetVectorFromObj(Tcl_Interp*interp,
- Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Blt_Vector **vecPtrPtr);
-/* 6 */
-TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_ResetVector(Blt_Vector *vecPtr, double *dataArr,
- int n, int arraySize, Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc);
-/* 7 */
-TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_ResizeVector(Blt_Vector *vecPtr, int n);
-/* 8 */
-TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_VectorExists(Tcl_Interp*interp,
- const char *vecName);
-/* 9 */
-TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_VectorExists2(Tcl_Interp*interp,
- const char *vecName);
-/* 10 */
-TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS Blt_VectorId Blt_AllocVectorId(Tcl_Interp*interp,
- const char *vecName);
-/* 11 */
-TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_GetVectorById(Tcl_Interp*interp,
- Blt_VectorId clientId,
- Blt_Vector **vecPtrPtr);
-/* 12 */
-TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS void Blt_SetVectorChangedProc(Blt_VectorId clientId,
- Blt_VectorChangedProc *proc,
- ClientData clientData);
-/* 13 */
-TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS void Blt_FreeVectorId(Blt_VectorId clientId);
-/* 14 */
-TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS const char * Blt_NameOfVectorId(Blt_VectorId clientId);
-/* 15 */
-TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS const char * Blt_NameOfVector(Blt_Vector *vecPtr);
-/* 16 */
-TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_ExprVector(Tcl_Interp*interp, char *expr,
- Blt_Vector *vecPtr);
-/* 17 */
-TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS void Blt_InstallIndexProc(Tcl_Interp*interp,
- const char *indexName,
- Blt_VectorIndexProc *procPtr);
-/* 18 */
-TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS double Blt_VecMin(Blt_Vector *vPtr);
-/* 19 */
-TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS double Blt_VecMax(Blt_Vector *vPtr);
-
-typedef struct TkbltStubs {
- int magic;
- void *hooks;
-
- int (*blt_CreateVector) (Tcl_Interp*interp, const char *vecName, int size, Blt_Vector**vecPtrPtr); /* 0 */
- int (*blt_CreateVector2) (Tcl_Interp*interp, const char *vecName, const char *cmdName, const char *varName, int initialSize, Blt_Vector **vecPtrPtr); /* 1 */
- int (*blt_DeleteVectorByName) (Tcl_Interp*interp, const char *vecName); /* 2 */
- int (*blt_DeleteVector) (Blt_Vector *vecPtr); /* 3 */
- int (*blt_GetVector) (Tcl_Interp*interp, const char *vecName, Blt_Vector **vecPtrPtr); /* 4 */
- int (*blt_GetVectorFromObj) (Tcl_Interp*interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Blt_Vector **vecPtrPtr); /* 5 */
- int (*blt_ResetVector) (Blt_Vector *vecPtr, double *dataArr, int n, int arraySize, Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc); /* 6 */
- int (*blt_ResizeVector) (Blt_Vector *vecPtr, int n); /* 7 */
- int (*blt_VectorExists) (Tcl_Interp*interp, const char *vecName); /* 8 */
- int (*blt_VectorExists2) (Tcl_Interp*interp, const char *vecName); /* 9 */
- Blt_VectorId (*blt_AllocVectorId) (Tcl_Interp*interp, const char *vecName); /* 10 */
- int (*blt_GetVectorById) (Tcl_Interp*interp, Blt_VectorId clientId, Blt_Vector **vecPtrPtr); /* 11 */
- void (*blt_SetVectorChangedProc) (Blt_VectorId clientId, Blt_VectorChangedProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 12 */
- void (*blt_FreeVectorId) (Blt_VectorId clientId); /* 13 */
- const char * (*blt_NameOfVectorId) (Blt_VectorId clientId); /* 14 */
- const char * (*blt_NameOfVector) (Blt_Vector *vecPtr); /* 15 */
- int (*blt_ExprVector) (Tcl_Interp*interp, char *expr, Blt_Vector *vecPtr); /* 16 */
- void (*blt_InstallIndexProc) (Tcl_Interp*interp, const char *indexName, Blt_VectorIndexProc *procPtr); /* 17 */
- double (*blt_VecMin) (Blt_Vector *vPtr); /* 18 */
- double (*blt_VecMax) (Blt_Vector *vPtr); /* 19 */
-} TkbltStubs;
-
-extern const TkbltStubs *tkbltStubsPtr;
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#if defined(USE_TKBLT_STUBS)
-
-/*
- * Inline function declarations:
- */
-
-#define Blt_CreateVector \
- (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_CreateVector) /* 0 */
-#define Blt_CreateVector2 \
- (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_CreateVector2) /* 1 */
-#define Blt_DeleteVectorByName \
- (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_DeleteVectorByName) /* 2 */
-#define Blt_DeleteVector \
- (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_DeleteVector) /* 3 */
-#define Blt_GetVector \
- (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_GetVector) /* 4 */
-#define Blt_GetVectorFromObj \
- (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_GetVectorFromObj) /* 5 */
-#define Blt_ResetVector \
- (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_ResetVector) /* 6 */
-#define Blt_ResizeVector \
- (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_ResizeVector) /* 7 */
-#define Blt_VectorExists \
- (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_VectorExists) /* 8 */
-#define Blt_VectorExists2 \
- (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_VectorExists2) /* 9 */
-#define Blt_AllocVectorId \
- (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_AllocVectorId) /* 10 */
-#define Blt_GetVectorById \
- (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_GetVectorById) /* 11 */
-#define Blt_SetVectorChangedProc \
- (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_SetVectorChangedProc) /* 12 */
-#define Blt_FreeVectorId \
- (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_FreeVectorId) /* 13 */
-#define Blt_NameOfVectorId \
- (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_NameOfVectorId) /* 14 */
-#define Blt_NameOfVector \
- (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_NameOfVector) /* 15 */
-#define Blt_ExprVector \
- (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_ExprVector) /* 16 */
-#define Blt_InstallIndexProc \
- (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_InstallIndexProc) /* 17 */
-#define Blt_VecMin \
- (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_VecMin) /* 18 */
-#define Blt_VecMax \
- (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_VecMax) /* 19 */
-
-#endif /* defined(USE_TKBLT_STUBS) */
-
-/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxis.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxis.C
deleted file mode 100644
index be3e995..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxis.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1984 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <float.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include <cmath>
-
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-#include "tkbltGrBind.h"
-#include "tkbltGrAxis.h"
-#include "tkbltGrAxisOption.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPostscript.h"
-#include "tkbltGrMisc.h"
-#include "tkbltGrDef.h"
-#include "tkbltConfig.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPSOutput.h"
-#include "tkbltInt.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-#define AXIS_PAD_TITLE 2
-#define EXP10(x) (pow(10.0,(x)))
-
-AxisName Blt::axisNames[] = {
- { "x", CID_AXIS_X },
- { "y", CID_AXIS_Y },
- { "x2", CID_AXIS_X },
- { "y2", CID_AXIS_Y }
-} ;
-
-// Defs
-
-extern double AdjustViewport(double offset, double windowSize);
-
-static Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-activeforeground", "activeForeground", "ActiveForeground",
- STD_ACTIVE_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, activeFgColor),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-activerelief", "activeRelief", "Relief",
- "flat", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, activeRelief), 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-autorange", "autoRange", "AutoRange",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, windowSize), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, normalBg), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-background", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-bindtags", "bindTags", "BindTags",
- "all", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, tags),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &listObjOption, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-borderwidth", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
- STD_BORDERWIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, borderWidth), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-checklimits", "checkLimits", "CheckLimits",
- "no", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, checkLimits), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-color", "color", "Color",
- STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, tickColor),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-command", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-tickformatcommand", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-descending", "descending", "Descending",
- "no", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, descending), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-exterior", "exterior", "exterior",
- "yes", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, exterior), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-color", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-foreground", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-color", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-grid", "grid", "Grid",
- "yes", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, showGrid), 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-gridcolor", "gridColor", "GridColor",
- "gray64", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, major.color), 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-griddashes", "gridDashes", "GridDashes",
- "dot", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, major.dashes),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &dashesObjOption, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-gridlinewidth", "gridLineWidth", "GridLineWidth",
- "1", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, major.lineWidth), 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-gridminor", "gridMinor", "GridMinor",
- "yes", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, showGridMinor), 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-gridminorcolor", "gridMinorColor", "GridMinorColor",
- "gray64", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, minor.color), 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-gridminordashes", "gridMinorDashes", "GridMinorDashes",
- "dot", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, minor.dashes),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &dashesObjOption, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-gridminorlinewidth", "gridMinorLineWidth",
- "GridMinorLineWidth",
- "1", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, minor.lineWidth), 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-hide", "hide", "Hide",
- "no", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, hide), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
- "c", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, titleJustify), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-labeloffset", "labelOffset", "LabelOffset",
- "no", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, labelOffset), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-limitscolor", "limitsColor", "LimitsColor",
- STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, limitsTextStyle.color),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-limitsfont", "limitsFont", "LimitsFont",
- STD_FONT_SMALL, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, limitsTextStyle.font),
- 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-limitsformat", "limitsFormat", "LimitsFormat",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, limitsFormat),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-linewidth", "lineWidth", "LineWidth",
- "1", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, lineWidth), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-logscale", "logScale", "LogScale",
- "no", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, logScale), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-loosemin", "looseMin", "LooseMin",
- "no", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, looseMin), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-loosemax", "looseMax", "LooseMax",
- "no", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, looseMax), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-majorticks", "majorTicks", "MajorTicks",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, t1UPtr),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &ticksObjOption, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-max", "max", "Max",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, reqMax),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &limitObjOption, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-min", "min", "Min",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, reqMin),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &limitObjOption, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-minorticks", "minorTicks", "MinorTicks",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, t2UPtr),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &ticksObjOption, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
- "flat", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, relief), 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-rotate", "rotate", "Rotate",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, tickAngle), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-scrollcommand", "scrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, scrollCmdObjPtr),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &objectObjOption, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-scrollincrement", "scrollIncrement", "ScrollIncrement",
- "10", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, scrollUnits), 0, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-scrollmax", "scrollMax", "ScrollMax",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, reqScrollMax),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &limitObjOption, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-scrollmin", "scrollMin", "ScrollMin",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, reqScrollMin),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &limitObjOption, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-shiftby", "shiftBy", "ShiftBy",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, shiftBy), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-showticks", "showTicks", "ShowTicks",
- "yes", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, showTicks), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-stepsize", "stepSize", "StepSize",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, reqStep), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_INT, "-subdivisions", "subdivisions", "Subdivisions",
- "2", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, reqNumMinorTicks), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-tickanchor", "tickAnchor", "Anchor",
- "c", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, reqTickAnchor), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-tickfont", "tickFont", "Font",
- STD_FONT_SMALL, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, tickFont), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-ticklength", "tickLength", "TickLength",
- "8", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, tickLength), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_INT, "-tickdefault", "tickDefault", "TickDefault",
- "4", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, reqNumMajorTicks), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tickformat", "tickFormat", "TickFormat",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, tickFormat), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tickformatcommand", "tickformatcommand", "TickFormatCommand",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, tickFormatCmd), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-title", "title", "Title",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, title), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-titlealternate", "titleAlternate", "TitleAlternate",
- "no", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, titleAlternate), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-titlecolor", "titleColor", "TitleColor",
- STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, titleColor),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-titlefont", "titleFont", "TitleFont",
- STD_FONT_NORMAL, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, titleFont), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
-};
-
-TickLabel::TickLabel(char* str)
-{
- anchorPos.x = DBL_MAX;
- anchorPos.y = DBL_MAX;
- width =0;
- height =0;
- string = dupstr(str);
-}
-
-TickLabel::~TickLabel()
-{
- delete [] string;
-}
-
-Ticks::Ticks(int cnt)
-{
- nTicks =cnt;
- values = new double[cnt];
-}
-
-Ticks::~Ticks()
-{
- delete [] values;
-}
-
-Axis::Axis(Graph* graphPtr, const char* name, int margin, Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr)
-{
- ops_ = (AxisOptions*)calloc(1, sizeof(AxisOptions));
- AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_;
-
- graphPtr_ = graphPtr;
- classId_ = CID_NONE;
- name_ = dupstr(name);
- className_ = dupstr("none");
-
- hashPtr_ = hPtr;
- refCount_ =0;
- use_ =0;
- active_ =0;
-
- link =NULL;
- chain =NULL;
-
- titlePos_.x =0;
- titlePos_.y =0;
- titleWidth_ =0;
- titleHeight_ =0;
- min_ =0;
- max_ =0;
- scrollMin_ =0;
- scrollMax_ =0;
- valueRange_.min =0;
- valueRange_.max =0;
- valueRange_.range =0;
- valueRange_.scale =0;
- axisRange_.min =0;
- axisRange_.max =0;
- axisRange_.range =0;
- axisRange_.scale =0;
- prevMin_ =0;
- prevMax_ =0;
- t1Ptr_ =NULL;
- t2Ptr_ =NULL;
- minorSweep_.initial =0;
- minorSweep_.step =0;
- minorSweep_.nSteps =0;
- majorSweep_.initial =0;
- majorSweep_.step =0;
- majorSweep_.nSteps =0;
-
- margin_ = margin;
- segments_ =NULL;
- nSegments_ =0;
- tickLabels_ = new Chain();
- left_ =0;
- right_ =0;
- top_ =0;
- bottom_ =0;
- width_ =0;
- height_ =0;
- maxTickWidth_ =0;
- maxTickHeight_ =0;
- tickAnchor_ = TK_ANCHOR_N;
- tickGC_ =NULL;
- activeTickGC_ =NULL;
- titleAngle_ =0;
- titleAnchor_ = TK_ANCHOR_N;
- screenScale_ =0;
- screenMin_ =0;
- screenRange_ =0;
-
- ops->reqMin =NAN;
- ops->reqMax =NAN;
- ops->reqScrollMin =NAN;
- ops->reqScrollMax =NAN;
-
- ops->limitsTextStyle.anchor =TK_ANCHOR_NW;
- ops->limitsTextStyle.color =NULL;
- ops->limitsTextStyle.font =NULL;
- ops->limitsTextStyle.angle =0;
- ops->limitsTextStyle.justify =TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT;
-
- optionTable_ = Tk_CreateOptionTable(graphPtr_->interp_, optionSpecs);
-}
-
-Axis::~Axis()
-{
- AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_;
-
- graphPtr_->bindTable_->deleteBindings(this);
-
- if (link)
- chain->deleteLink(link);
-
- if (hashPtr_)
- Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hashPtr_);
-
- delete [] name_;
- delete [] className_;
-
- if (tickGC_)
- Tk_FreeGC(graphPtr_->display_, tickGC_);
-
- if (activeTickGC_)
- Tk_FreeGC(graphPtr_->display_, activeTickGC_);
-
- delete [] ops->major.segments;
- if (ops->major.gc)
- graphPtr_->freePrivateGC(ops->major.gc);
-
- delete [] ops->minor.segments;
- if (ops->minor.gc)
- graphPtr_->freePrivateGC(ops->minor.gc);
-
- delete t1Ptr_;
- delete t2Ptr_;
-
- freeTickLabels();
-
- delete tickLabels_;
-
- delete [] segments_;
-
- Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char*)ops_, optionTable_, graphPtr_->tkwin_);
- free(ops_);
-}
-
-int Axis::configure()
-{
- AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_;
-
- // Check the requested axis limits. Can't allow -min to be greater than
- // -max. Do this regardless of -checklimits option. We want to always
- // detect when the user has zoomed in beyond the precision of the data
-
- if (((!isnan(ops->reqMin)) && (!isnan(ops->reqMax))) &&
- (ops->reqMin >= ops->reqMax)) {
- ostringstream str;
- str << "impossible axis limits (-min " << ops->reqMin
- << " >= -max " << ops->reqMax << ") for \""
- << name_ << "\"" << ends;
- Tcl_AppendResult(graphPtr_->interp_, str.str().c_str(), NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- scrollMin_ = ops->reqScrollMin;
- scrollMax_ = ops->reqScrollMax;
- if (ops->logScale) {
- if (ops->checkLimits) {
- // Check that the logscale limits are positive.
- if ((!isnan(ops->reqMin)) && (ops->reqMin <= 0.0)) {
- ostringstream str;
- str << "bad logscale -min limit \"" << ops->reqMin
- << "\" for axis \"" << name_ << "\"" << ends;
- Tcl_AppendResult(graphPtr_->interp_, str.str().c_str(), NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- }
- if ((!isnan(scrollMin_)) && (scrollMin_ <= 0.0))
- scrollMin_ = NAN;
-
- if ((!isnan(scrollMax_)) && (scrollMax_ <= 0.0))
- scrollMax_ = NAN;
- }
-
- double angle = fmod(ops->tickAngle, 360.0);
- if (angle < 0.0)
- angle += 360.0;
-
- ops->tickAngle = angle;
- resetTextStyles();
-
- titleWidth_ = titleHeight_ = 0;
- if (ops->title) {
- int w, h;
- graphPtr_->getTextExtents(ops->titleFont, ops->title, -1, &w, &h);
- titleWidth_ = (unsigned int)w;
- titleHeight_ = (unsigned int)h;
- }
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-void Axis::map(int offset, int margin)
-{
- if (isHorizontal()) {
- screenMin_ = graphPtr_->hOffset_;
- width_ = graphPtr_->right_ - graphPtr_->left_;
- screenRange_ = graphPtr_->hRange_;
- }
- else {
- screenMin_ = graphPtr_->vOffset_;
- height_ = graphPtr_->bottom_ - graphPtr_->top_;
- screenRange_ = graphPtr_->vRange_;
- }
- screenScale_ = 1.0 / screenRange_;
-
- AxisInfo info;
- offsets(margin, offset, &info);
- makeSegments(&info);
-}
-
-void Axis::mapStacked(int count, int margin)
-{
- AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_;
- GraphOptions* gops = (GraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_;
-
- if (Chain_GetLength(gops->margins[margin_].axes) > 1
- || ops->reqNumMajorTicks <= 0)
- ops->reqNumMajorTicks = 4;
-
- unsigned int slice;
- if (isHorizontal()) {
- slice = graphPtr_->hRange_ / Chain_GetLength(gops->margins[margin].axes);
- screenMin_ = graphPtr_->hOffset_;
- width_ = slice;
- }
- else {
- slice = graphPtr_->vRange_ / Chain_GetLength(gops->margins[margin].axes);
- screenMin_ = graphPtr_->vOffset_;
- height_ = slice;
- }
-
- int w, h;
- graphPtr_->getTextExtents(ops->tickFont, "0", 1, &w, &h);
- screenMin_ += (slice * count) + 2 + h / 2;
- screenRange_ = slice - 2 * 2 - h;
- screenScale_ = 1.0 / screenRange_;
-
- AxisInfo info;
- offsets(margin, 0, &info);
- makeSegments(&info);
-}
-
-void Axis::mapGridlines()
-{
- AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_;
-
- Ticks* t1Ptr = t1Ptr_;
- if (!t1Ptr)
- t1Ptr = generateTicks(&majorSweep_);
-
- Ticks* t2Ptr = t2Ptr_;
- if (!t2Ptr)
- t2Ptr = generateTicks(&minorSweep_);
-
- int needed = t1Ptr->nTicks;
- if (ops->showGridMinor)
- needed += (t1Ptr->nTicks * t2Ptr->nTicks);
-
- if (needed == 0) {
- if (t1Ptr != t1Ptr_)
- delete t1Ptr;
- if (t2Ptr != t2Ptr_)
- delete t2Ptr;
-
- return;
- }
-
- needed = t1Ptr->nTicks;
- if (needed != ops->major.nAllocated) {
- delete [] ops->major.segments;
- ops->major.segments = new Segment2d[needed];
- ops->major.nAllocated = needed;
- }
- needed = (t1Ptr->nTicks * t2Ptr->nTicks);
- if (needed != ops->minor.nAllocated) {
- delete [] ops->minor.segments;
- ops->minor.segments = new Segment2d[needed];
- ops->minor.nAllocated = needed;
- }
-
- Segment2d* s1 = ops->major.segments;
- Segment2d* s2 = ops->minor.segments;
- for (int ii=0; ii<t1Ptr->nTicks; ii++) {
- double value = t1Ptr->values[ii];
- if (ops->showGridMinor) {
- for (int jj=0; jj<t2Ptr->nTicks; jj++) {
- double subValue = value + (majorSweep_.step * t2Ptr->values[jj]);
- if (inRange(subValue, &axisRange_)) {
- makeGridLine(subValue, s2);
- s2++;
- }
- }
- }
- if (inRange(value, &axisRange_)) {
- makeGridLine(value, s1);
- s1++;
- }
- }
-
- if (t1Ptr != t1Ptr_)
- delete t1Ptr;
- if (t2Ptr != t2Ptr_)
- delete t2Ptr;
-
- ops->major.nUsed = s1 - ops->major.segments;
- ops->minor.nUsed = s2 - ops->minor.segments;
-}
-
-void Axis::draw(Drawable drawable)
-{
- AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_;
-
- if (ops->hide || !use_)
- return;
-
- if (ops->normalBg) {
- int relief = active_ ? ops->activeRelief : ops->relief;
- Tk_Fill3DRectangle(graphPtr_->tkwin_, drawable, ops->normalBg,
- left_, top_, right_ - left_, bottom_ - top_,
- ops->borderWidth, relief);
- }
-
- if (ops->title) {
- TextStyle ts(graphPtr_);
- TextStyleOptions* tops = (TextStyleOptions*)ts.ops();
-
- tops->angle = titleAngle_;
- tops->font = ops->titleFont;
- tops->anchor = titleAnchor_;
- tops->color = active_ ? ops->activeFgColor : ops->titleColor;
- tops->justify = ops->titleJustify;
-
- ts.xPad_ = 1;
- ts.yPad_ = 0;
- ts.drawText(drawable, ops->title, titlePos_.x, titlePos_.y);
- }
-
- if (ops->scrollCmdObjPtr) {
- double worldMin = valueRange_.min;
- double worldMax = valueRange_.max;
- if (!isnan(scrollMin_))
- worldMin = scrollMin_;
- if (!isnan(scrollMax_))
- worldMax = scrollMax_;
-
- double viewMin = min_;
- double viewMax = max_;
- if (viewMin < worldMin)
- viewMin = worldMin;
- if (viewMax > worldMax)
- viewMax = worldMax;
-
- if (ops->logScale) {
- worldMin = log10(worldMin);
- worldMax = log10(worldMax);
- viewMin = log10(viewMin);
- viewMax = log10(viewMax);
- }
-
- double worldWidth = worldMax - worldMin;
- double viewWidth = viewMax - viewMin;
- int isHoriz = isHorizontal();
-
- double fract;
- if (isHoriz != ops->descending)
- fract = (viewMin - worldMin) / worldWidth;
- else
- fract = (worldMax - viewMax) / worldWidth;
-
- fract = AdjustViewport(fract, viewWidth / worldWidth);
-
- if (isHoriz != ops->descending) {
- viewMin = (fract * worldWidth);
- min_ = viewMin + worldMin;
- max_ = min_ + viewWidth;
- viewMax = viewMin + viewWidth;
- if (ops->logScale) {
- min_ = EXP10(min_);
- max_ = EXP10(max_);
- }
- updateScrollbar(graphPtr_->interp_, ops->scrollCmdObjPtr,
- (int)viewMin, (int)viewMax, (int)worldWidth);
- }
- else {
- viewMax = (fract * worldWidth);
- max_ = worldMax - viewMax;
- min_ = max_ - viewWidth;
- viewMin = viewMax + viewWidth;
- if (ops->logScale) {
- min_ = EXP10(min_);
- max_ = EXP10(max_);
- }
- updateScrollbar(graphPtr_->interp_, ops->scrollCmdObjPtr,
- (int)viewMax, (int)viewMin, (int)worldWidth);
- }
- }
-
- if (ops->showTicks) {
- TextStyle ts(graphPtr_);
- TextStyleOptions* tops = (TextStyleOptions*)ts.ops();
-
- tops->angle = ops->tickAngle;
- tops->font = ops->tickFont;
- tops->anchor = tickAnchor_;
- tops->color = active_ ? ops->activeFgColor : ops->tickColor;
-
- ts.xPad_ = 2;
- ts.yPad_ = 0;
-
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(tickLabels_); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- TickLabel* labelPtr = (TickLabel*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- ts.drawText(drawable, labelPtr->string, labelPtr->anchorPos.x,
- labelPtr->anchorPos.y);
- }
- }
-
- if ((nSegments_ > 0) && (ops->lineWidth > 0)) {
- GC gc = active_ ? activeTickGC_ : tickGC_;
- graphPtr_->drawSegments(drawable, gc, segments_, nSegments_);
- }
-}
-
-void Axis::drawGrids(Drawable drawable)
-{
- AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_;
-
- if (ops->hide || !ops->showGrid || !use_)
- return;
-
- graphPtr_->drawSegments(drawable, ops->major.gc,
- ops->major.segments, ops->major.nUsed);
-
- if (ops->showGridMinor)
- graphPtr_->drawSegments(drawable, ops->minor.gc,
- ops->minor.segments, ops->minor.nUsed);
-}
-
-void Axis::drawLimits(Drawable drawable)
-{
- AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_;
- GraphOptions* gops = (GraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_;
-
- if (!ops->limitsFormat)
- return;
-
- int vMin = graphPtr_->left_ + gops->xPad + 2;
- int vMax = vMin;
- int hMin = graphPtr_->bottom_ - gops->yPad - 2;
- int hMax = hMin;
-
- const int spacing =8;
- int isHoriz = isHorizontal();
- char* minPtr =NULL;
- char* maxPtr =NULL;
- char minString[200];
- char maxString[200];
- const char* fmt = ops->limitsFormat;
- if (fmt && *fmt) {
- minPtr = minString;
- snprintf(minString, 200, fmt, axisRange_.min);
-
- maxPtr = maxString;
- snprintf(maxString, 200, fmt, axisRange_.max);
- }
- if (ops->descending) {
- char *tmp = minPtr;
- minPtr = maxPtr;
- maxPtr = tmp;
- }
-
- TextStyle ts(graphPtr_, &ops->limitsTextStyle);
- if (maxPtr) {
- if (isHoriz) {
- ops->limitsTextStyle.angle = 90.0;
- ops->limitsTextStyle.anchor = TK_ANCHOR_SE;
-
- int ww, hh;
- ts.drawTextBBox(drawable, maxPtr, graphPtr_->right_, hMax, &ww, &hh);
- hMax -= (hh + spacing);
- }
- else {
- ops->limitsTextStyle.angle = 0.0;
- ops->limitsTextStyle.anchor = TK_ANCHOR_NW;
-
- int ww, hh;
- ts.drawTextBBox(drawable, maxPtr, vMax, graphPtr_->top_, &ww, &hh);
- vMax += (ww + spacing);
- }
- }
- if (minPtr) {
- ops->limitsTextStyle.anchor = TK_ANCHOR_SW;
-
- if (isHoriz) {
- ops->limitsTextStyle.angle = 90.0;
-
- int ww, hh;
- ts.drawTextBBox(drawable, minPtr, graphPtr_->left_, hMin, &ww, &hh);
- hMin -= (hh + spacing);
- }
- else {
- ops->limitsTextStyle.angle = 0.0;
-
- int ww, hh;
- ts.drawTextBBox(drawable, minPtr, vMin, graphPtr_->bottom_, &ww, &hh);
- vMin += (ww + spacing);
- }
- }
-}
-
-void Axis::setClass(ClassId classId)
-{
- delete [] className_;
-
- classId_ = classId;
- switch (classId) {
- case CID_NONE:
- className_ = dupstr("none");
- break;
- case CID_AXIS_X:
- className_ = dupstr("XAxis");
- break;
- case CID_AXIS_Y:
- className_ = dupstr("YAxis");
- break;
- default:
- className_ = NULL;
- break;
- }
-}
-
-void Axis::logScale(double min, double max)
-{
- AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_;
-
- double range;
- double tickMin, tickMax;
- double majorStep, minorStep;
- int nMajor, nMinor;
-
- nMajor = nMinor = 0;
- majorStep = minorStep = 0.0;
- tickMin = tickMax = NAN;
- if (min < max) {
- min = (min != 0.0) ? log10(fabs(min)) : 0.0;
- max = (max != 0.0) ? log10(fabs(max)) : 1.0;
-
- tickMin = floor(min);
- tickMax = ceil(max);
- range = tickMax - tickMin;
-
- if (range > 10) {
- // There are too many decades to display a major tick at every
- // decade. Instead, treat the axis as a linear scale
- range = niceNum(range, 0);
- majorStep = niceNum(range / ops->reqNumMajorTicks, 1);
- tickMin = floor(tickMin/majorStep)*majorStep;
- tickMax = ceil(tickMax/majorStep)*majorStep;
- nMajor = (int)((tickMax - tickMin) / majorStep) + 1;
- minorStep = EXP10(floor(log10(majorStep)));
- if (minorStep == majorStep) {
- nMinor = 4;
- minorStep = 0.2;
- }
- else
- nMinor = (int)(majorStep/minorStep) - 1;
- }
- else {
- if (tickMin == tickMax)
- tickMax++;
- majorStep = 1.0;
- nMajor = (int)(tickMax - tickMin + 1); /* FIXME: Check this. */
-
- minorStep = 0.0; /* This is a special hack to pass
- * information to the GenerateTicks
- * routine. An interval of 0.0 tells 1)
- * this is a minor sweep and 2) the axis
- * is log scale. */
- nMinor = 10;
- }
- if (!ops->looseMin || (ops->looseMin && !isnan(ops->reqMin))) {
- tickMin = min;
- nMajor++;
- }
- if (!ops->looseMax || (ops->looseMax && !isnan(ops->reqMax))) {
- tickMax = max;
- }
- }
- majorSweep_.step = majorStep;
- majorSweep_.initial = floor(tickMin);
- majorSweep_.nSteps = nMajor;
- minorSweep_.initial = minorSweep_.step = minorStep;
- minorSweep_.nSteps = nMinor;
-
- setRange(&axisRange_, tickMin, tickMax);
-}
-
-void Axis::linearScale(double min, double max)
-{
- AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_;
-
- unsigned int nTicks = 0;
- double step = 1.0;
- double axisMin =NAN;
- double axisMax =NAN;
- double tickMin =NAN;
- double tickMax =NAN;
-
- if (min < max) {
- double range = max - min;
- if (ops->reqStep > 0.0) {
- step = ops->reqStep;
- while ((2 * step) >= range && step >= (2 * DBL_EPSILON)) {
- step *= 0.5;
- }
- }
- else {
- range = niceNum(range, 0);
- step = niceNum(range / ops->reqNumMajorTicks, 1);
- }
- if (step >= DBL_EPSILON) {
- axisMin = tickMin = floor(min / step) * step + 0.0;
- axisMax = tickMax = ceil(max / step) * step + 0.0;
- nTicks = (int)((tickMax-tickMin) / step) + 1;
- } else {
- /*
- * A zero step can result from having a too small range, such that
- * the floating point can no longer represent fractions of it (think
- * subnormals). In such a case, let's just have two steps: the
- * minimum and the maximum.
- */
- axisMin = tickMin = min;
- axisMax = tickMax = min + DBL_EPSILON;
- step = DBL_EPSILON;
- nTicks = 2;
- }
- }
- majorSweep_.step = step;
- majorSweep_.initial = tickMin;
- majorSweep_.nSteps = nTicks;
-
- /*
- * The limits of the axis are either the range of the data ("tight") or at
- * the next outer tick interval ("loose"). The looseness or tightness has
- * to do with how the axis fits the range of data values. This option is
- * overridden when the user sets an axis limit (by either -min or -max
- * option). The axis limit is always at the selected limit (otherwise we
- * assume that user would have picked a different number).
- */
- if (!ops->looseMin || (ops->looseMin && !isnan(ops->reqMin)))
- axisMin = min;
-
- if (!ops->looseMax || (ops->looseMax && !isnan(ops->reqMax)))
- axisMax = max;
-
- setRange(&axisRange_, axisMin, axisMax);
-
- if (ops->reqNumMinorTicks > 0) {
- nTicks = ops->reqNumMinorTicks - 1;
- step = 1.0 / (nTicks + 1);
- }
- else {
- nTicks = 0;
- step = 0.5;
- }
- minorSweep_.initial = minorSweep_.step = step;
- minorSweep_.nSteps = nTicks;
-}
-
-void Axis::setRange(AxisRange *rangePtr, double min, double max)
-{
- rangePtr->min = min;
- rangePtr->max = max;
- rangePtr->range = max - min;
- if (fabs(rangePtr->range) < DBL_EPSILON) {
- rangePtr->range = DBL_EPSILON;
- }
- rangePtr->scale = 1.0 / rangePtr->range;
-}
-
-void Axis::fixRange()
-{
- AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_;
-
- // When auto-scaling, the axis limits are the bounds of the element data.
- // If no data exists, set arbitrary limits (wrt to log/linear scale).
- double min = valueRange_.min;
- double max = valueRange_.max;
-
- // Check the requested axis limits. Can't allow -min to be greater
- // than -max, or have undefined log scale limits. */
- if (((!isnan(ops->reqMin)) && (!isnan(ops->reqMax))) &&
- (ops->reqMin >= ops->reqMax)) {
- ops->reqMin = ops->reqMax = NAN;
- }
- if (ops->reqMin < -DBL_MAX) {
- ops->reqMin = -DBL_MAX;
- }
- if (ops->reqMax > DBL_MAX) {
- ops->reqMax = DBL_MAX;
- }
- if (ops->logScale) {
- if ((!isnan(ops->reqMin)) && (ops->reqMin <= 0.0))
- ops->reqMin = NAN;
-
- if ((!isnan(ops->reqMax)) && (ops->reqMax <= 0.0))
- ops->reqMax = NAN;
- }
-
- if (min == DBL_MAX) {
- if (!isnan(ops->reqMin))
- min = ops->reqMin;
- else
- min = (ops->logScale) ? 0.001 : 0.0;
- }
- if (max == -DBL_MAX) {
- if (!isnan(ops->reqMax))
- max = ops->reqMax;
- else
- max = 1.0;
- }
- if (min >= max) {
-
- // There is no range of data (i.e. min is not less than max), so
- // manufacture one.
- if (min == 0.0)
- min = 0.0, max = 1.0;
- else
- max = min + (fabs(min) * 0.1);
- }
- setRange(&valueRange_, min, max);
-
- // The axis limits are either the current data range or overridden by the
- // values selected by the user with the -min or -max options.
- min_ = min;
- max_ = max;
- if (!isnan(ops->reqMin))
- min_ = ops->reqMin;
-
- if (!isnan(ops->reqMax))
- max_ = ops->reqMax;
-
- if (max_ < min_) {
- // If the limits still don't make sense, it's because one limit
- // configuration option (-min or -max) was set and the other default
- // (based upon the data) is too small or large. Remedy this by making
- // up a new min or max from the user-defined limit.
- if (isnan(ops->reqMin))
- min_ = max_ - (fabs(max_) * 0.1);
-
- if (isnan(ops->reqMax))
- max_ = min_ + (fabs(max_) * 0.1);
- }
-
- // If a window size is defined, handle auto ranging by shifting the axis
- // limits.
- if ((ops->windowSize > 0.0) &&
- (isnan(ops->reqMin)) && (isnan(ops->reqMax))) {
- if (ops->shiftBy < 0.0)
- ops->shiftBy = 0.0;
-
- max = min_ + ops->windowSize;
- if (max_ >= max) {
- if (ops->shiftBy > 0.0)
- max = ceil(max_/ops->shiftBy)*ops->shiftBy;
- min_ = max - ops->windowSize;
- }
- max_ = max;
- }
- if ((max_ != prevMax_) ||
- (min_ != prevMin_)) {
- /* and save the previous minimum and maximum values */
- prevMin_ = min_;
- prevMax_ = max_;
- }
-}
-
-// Reference: Paul Heckbert, "Nice Numbers for Graph Labels",
-// Graphics Gems, pp 61-63.
-double Axis::niceNum(double x, int round)
-{
- double expt; /* Exponent of x */
- double frac; /* Fractional part of x */
- double nice; /* Nice, rounded fraction */
-
- expt = floor(log10(x));
- frac = x / EXP10(expt); /* between 1 and 10 */
- if (round) {
- if (frac < 1.5) {
- nice = 1.0;
- } else if (frac < 3.0) {
- nice = 2.0;
- } else if (frac < 7.0) {
- nice = 5.0;
- } else {
- nice = 10.0;
- }
- } else {
- if (frac <= 1.0) {
- nice = 1.0;
- } else if (frac <= 2.0) {
- nice = 2.0;
- } else if (frac <= 5.0) {
- nice = 5.0;
- } else {
- nice = 10.0;
- }
- }
- return nice * EXP10(expt);
-}
-
-int Axis::inRange(double x, AxisRange *rangePtr)
-{
- if (rangePtr->range < DBL_EPSILON)
- return (fabs(rangePtr->max - x) >= DBL_EPSILON);
- else {
- double norm;
-
- norm = (x - rangePtr->min) * rangePtr->scale;
- return ((norm >= -DBL_EPSILON) && ((norm - 1.0) < DBL_EPSILON));
- }
-}
-
-int Axis::isHorizontal()
-{
- GraphOptions* gops = (GraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_;
- return ((classId_ == CID_AXIS_Y) == gops->inverted);
-}
-
-void Axis::freeTickLabels()
-{
- Chain* chain = tickLabels_;
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(chain); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- TickLabel* labelPtr = (TickLabel*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- delete labelPtr;
- }
- chain->reset();
-}
-
-TickLabel* Axis::makeLabel(double value)
-{
-#define TICK_LABEL_SIZE 200
-
- AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_;
-
- char string[TICK_LABEL_SIZE + 1];
-
- // zero out any extremely small numbers
- if (value<DBL_EPSILON && value>-DBL_EPSILON)
- value =0;
-
- if (ops->tickFormat && *ops->tickFormat) {
- snprintf(string, TICK_LABEL_SIZE, ops->tickFormat, value);
- } else if (ops->logScale) {
- snprintf(string, TICK_LABEL_SIZE, "1E%d", int(value));
- } else {
- snprintf(string, TICK_LABEL_SIZE, "%.15G", value);
- }
-
- if (ops->tickFormatCmd) {
- Tcl_Interp* interp = graphPtr_->interp_;
- Tk_Window tkwin = graphPtr_->tkwin_;
-
- // A TCL proc was designated to format tick labels. Append the path
- // name of the widget and the default tick label as arguments when
- // invoking it. Copy and save the new label from interp->result.
- Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
- if (Tcl_VarEval(interp, ops->tickFormatCmd, " ", Tk_PathName(tkwin),
- " ", string, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
- Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
- }
- else {
- // The proc could return a string of any length, so arbitrarily
- // limit it to what will fit in the return string.
- strncpy(string, Tcl_GetStringResult(interp), TICK_LABEL_SIZE);
- string[TICK_LABEL_SIZE] = '\0';
-
- Tcl_ResetResult(interp); /* Clear the interpreter's result. */
- }
- }
-
- TickLabel* labelPtr = new TickLabel(string);
-
- return labelPtr;
-}
-
-double Axis::invHMap(double x)
-{
- AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_;
- double value;
-
- x = (double)(x - screenMin_) * screenScale_;
- if (ops->descending) {
- x = 1.0 - x;
- }
- value = (x * axisRange_.range) + axisRange_.min;
- if (ops->logScale) {
- value = EXP10(value);
- }
- return value;
-}
-
-double Axis::invVMap(double y)
-{
- AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_;
- double value;
-
- y = (double)(y - screenMin_) * screenScale_;
- if (ops->descending) {
- y = 1.0 - y;
- }
- value = ((1.0 - y) * axisRange_.range) + axisRange_.min;
- if (ops->logScale) {
- value = EXP10(value);
- }
- return value;
-}
-
-double Axis::hMap(double x)
-{
- AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_;
- if (ops->logScale) {
- x = log10(fabs(x));
- }
- /* Map graph coordinate to normalized coordinates [0..1] */
- x = (x - axisRange_.min) * axisRange_.scale;
- if (ops->descending) {
- x = 1.0 - x;
- }
- return (x * screenRange_ + screenMin_);
-}
-
-double Axis::vMap(double y)
-{
- AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_;
- if (ops->logScale) {
- y = log10(fabs(y));
- }
- /* Map graph coordinate to normalized coordinates [0..1] */
- y = (y - axisRange_.min) * axisRange_.scale;
- if (ops->descending) {
- y = 1.0 - y;
- }
- return ((1.0 - y) * screenRange_ + screenMin_);
-}
-
-void Axis::getDataLimits(double min, double max)
-{
- if (valueRange_.min > min)
- valueRange_.min = min;
-
- if (valueRange_.max < max)
- valueRange_.max = max;
-}
-
-void Axis::resetTextStyles()
-{
- AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_;
-
- XGCValues gcValues;
- unsigned long gcMask;
- gcMask = (GCForeground | GCLineWidth | GCCapStyle);
- gcValues.foreground = ops->tickColor->pixel;
- gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(ops->tickFont);
- gcValues.line_width = ops->lineWidth;
- gcValues.cap_style = CapProjecting;
-
- GC newGC = Tk_GetGC(graphPtr_->tkwin_, gcMask, &gcValues);
- if (tickGC_)
- Tk_FreeGC(graphPtr_->display_, tickGC_);
- tickGC_ = newGC;
-
- // Assuming settings from above GC
- gcValues.foreground = ops->activeFgColor->pixel;
- newGC = Tk_GetGC(graphPtr_->tkwin_, gcMask, &gcValues);
- if (activeTickGC_)
- Tk_FreeGC(graphPtr_->display_, activeTickGC_);
- activeTickGC_ = newGC;
-
- gcValues.background = gcValues.foreground = ops->major.color->pixel;
- gcValues.line_width = ops->major.lineWidth;
- gcMask = (GCForeground | GCBackground | GCLineWidth);
- if (LineIsDashed(ops->major.dashes)) {
- gcValues.line_style = LineOnOffDash;
- gcMask |= GCLineStyle;
- }
- newGC = graphPtr_->getPrivateGC(gcMask, &gcValues);
- if (LineIsDashed(ops->major.dashes))
- graphPtr_->setDashes(newGC, &ops->major.dashes);
-
- if (ops->major.gc)
- graphPtr_->freePrivateGC(ops->major.gc);
-
- ops->major.gc = newGC;
-
- gcValues.background = gcValues.foreground = ops->minor.color->pixel;
- gcValues.line_width = ops->minor.lineWidth;
- gcMask = (GCForeground | GCBackground | GCLineWidth);
- if (LineIsDashed(ops->minor.dashes)) {
- gcValues.line_style = LineOnOffDash;
- gcMask |= GCLineStyle;
- }
- newGC = graphPtr_->getPrivateGC(gcMask, &gcValues);
- if (LineIsDashed(ops->minor.dashes))
- graphPtr_->setDashes(newGC, &ops->minor.dashes);
-
- if (ops->minor.gc)
- graphPtr_->freePrivateGC(ops->minor.gc);
-
- ops->minor.gc = newGC;
-}
-
-void Axis::makeLine(int line, Segment2d *sp)
-{
- AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_;
-
- double min = axisRange_.min;
- double max = axisRange_.max;
- if (ops->logScale) {
- min = EXP10(min);
- max = EXP10(max);
- }
- if (isHorizontal()) {
- sp->p.x = hMap(min);
- sp->q.x = hMap(max);
- sp->p.y = sp->q.y = line;
- }
- else {
- sp->q.x = sp->p.x = line;
- sp->p.y = vMap(min);
- sp->q.y = vMap(max);
- }
-}
-
-void Axis::offsets(int margin, int offset, AxisInfo *infoPtr)
-{
- AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_;
- GraphOptions* gops = (GraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_;
-
- int axisLine =0;
- int t1 =0;
- int t2 =0;
- int labelOffset =AXIS_PAD_TITLE;
- int tickLabel =0;
-
- float titleAngle[4] = {0.0, 90.0, 0.0, 270.0};
- titleAngle_ = titleAngle[margin];
- Margin *marginPtr = gops->margins + margin;
-
- if (ops->lineWidth > 0) {
- if (ops->showTicks) {
- t1 = ops->tickLength;
- t2 = (t1 * 10) / 15;
- }
- labelOffset = t1 + AXIS_PAD_TITLE;
- if (ops->exterior)
- labelOffset += ops->lineWidth;
- }
-
- int axisPad =0;
-
- // Adjust offset for the interior border width and the line width */
- // fixme
- int pad = 0;
- // int pad = 1;
- // if (graphPtr_->plotBW > 0)
- // pad += graphPtr_->plotBW + 1;
-
- // Pre-calculate the x-coordinate positions of the axis, tick labels, and
- // the individual major and minor ticks.
- int inset = pad + ops->lineWidth / 2;
-
- switch (margin) {
- case MARGIN_TOP:
- {
- int mark = graphPtr_->top_ - offset - pad;
- tickAnchor_ = TK_ANCHOR_S;
- left_ = screenMin_ - inset - 2;
- right_ = screenMin_ + screenRange_ + inset - 1;
- if (gops->stackAxes)
- top_ = mark - marginPtr->axesOffset;
- else
- top_ = mark - height_;
- bottom_ = mark;
-
- axisLine = bottom_;
- if (ops->exterior) {
- axisLine -= gops->plotBW + axisPad + ops->lineWidth / 2;
- tickLabel = axisLine - 2;
- if (ops->lineWidth > 0)
- tickLabel -= ops->tickLength;
- }
- else {
- if (gops->plotRelief == TK_RELIEF_SOLID)
- axisLine--;
-
- axisLine -= axisPad + ops->lineWidth / 2;
- tickLabel = graphPtr_->top_ - gops->plotBW - 2;
- }
-
- int x, y;
- if (ops->titleAlternate) {
- x = graphPtr_->right_ + AXIS_PAD_TITLE;
- y = mark - (height_ / 2);
- titleAnchor_ = TK_ANCHOR_W;
- }
- else {
- x = (right_ + left_) / 2;
- if (gops->stackAxes)
- y = mark - marginPtr->axesOffset + AXIS_PAD_TITLE;
- else
- y = mark - height_ + AXIS_PAD_TITLE;
-
- titleAnchor_ = TK_ANCHOR_N;
- }
- titlePos_.x = x;
- titlePos_.y = y;
- }
- break;
-
- case MARGIN_BOTTOM:
- {
- /*
- * ----------- bottom + plot borderwidth
- * mark --------------------------------------------
- * ===================== axisLine (linewidth)
- * tick
- * title
- *
- * ===================== axisLine (linewidth)
- * ----------- bottom + plot borderwidth
- * mark --------------------------------------------
- * tick
- * title
- */
- int mark = graphPtr_->bottom_ + offset;
- double fangle = fmod(ops->tickAngle, 90.0);
- if (fangle == 0.0)
- tickAnchor_ = TK_ANCHOR_N;
- else {
- int quadrant = (int)(ops->tickAngle / 90.0);
- if ((quadrant == 0) || (quadrant == 2))
- tickAnchor_ = TK_ANCHOR_NE;
- else
- tickAnchor_ = TK_ANCHOR_NW;
- }
-
- left_ = screenMin_ - inset - 2;
- right_ = screenMin_ + screenRange_ + inset - 1;
- top_ = mark + labelOffset - t1;
- if (gops->stackAxes)
- bottom_ = mark + marginPtr->axesOffset - 1;
- else
- bottom_ = mark + height_ - 1;
-
- axisLine = top_;
- if (gops->plotRelief == TK_RELIEF_SOLID)
- axisLine++;
-
- if (ops->exterior) {
- axisLine += gops->plotBW + axisPad + ops->lineWidth / 2;
- tickLabel = axisLine + 2;
- if (ops->lineWidth > 0)
- tickLabel += ops->tickLength;
- }
- else {
- axisLine -= axisPad + ops->lineWidth / 2;
- tickLabel = graphPtr_->bottom_ + gops->plotBW + 2;
- }
-
- int x, y;
- if (ops->titleAlternate) {
- x = graphPtr_->right_ + AXIS_PAD_TITLE;
- y = mark + (height_ / 2);
- titleAnchor_ = TK_ANCHOR_W;
- }
- else {
- x = (right_ + left_) / 2;
- if (gops->stackAxes)
- y = mark + marginPtr->axesOffset - AXIS_PAD_TITLE;
- else
- y = mark + height_ - AXIS_PAD_TITLE;
- titleAnchor_ = TK_ANCHOR_S;
- }
- titlePos_.x = x;
- titlePos_.y = y;
- }
- break;
-
- case MARGIN_LEFT:
- {
- /*
- * mark
- * | :
- * | :
- * | :
- * | :
- * | :
- * axisLine
- */
- /*
- * Exterior axis
- * + plotarea right
- * |A|B|C|D|E|F|G|H
- * |right
- * A = plot pad
- * B = plot border width
- * C = axis pad
- * D = axis line
- * E = tick length
- * F = tick label
- * G = graph border width
- * H = highlight thickness
- */
- /*
- * Interior axis
- * + plotarea right
- * |A|B|C|D|E|F|G|H
- * |right
- * A = plot pad
- * B = tick length
- * C = axis line width
- * D = axis pad
- * E = plot border width
- * F = tick label
- * G = graph border width
- * H = highlight thickness
- */
- int mark = graphPtr_->left_ - offset;
- tickAnchor_ = TK_ANCHOR_E;
- if (gops->stackAxes)
- left_ = mark - marginPtr->axesOffset;
- else
- left_ = mark - width_;
- right_ = mark - 3;
- top_ = screenMin_ - inset - 2;
- bottom_ = screenMin_ + screenRange_ + inset - 1;
-
- axisLine = right_;
- if (ops->exterior) {
- axisLine -= gops->plotBW + axisPad + ops->lineWidth / 2;
- tickLabel = axisLine - 2;
- if (ops->lineWidth > 0)
- tickLabel -= ops->tickLength;
- }
- else {
- if (gops->plotRelief == TK_RELIEF_SOLID)
- axisLine--;
- axisLine += axisPad + ops->lineWidth / 2;
- tickLabel = graphPtr_->left_ - gops->plotBW - 2;
- }
-
- int x, y;
- if (ops->titleAlternate) {
- x = mark - (width_ / 2);
- y = graphPtr_->top_ - AXIS_PAD_TITLE;
- titleAnchor_ = TK_ANCHOR_SW;
- }
- else {
- if (gops->stackAxes)
- x = mark - marginPtr->axesOffset;
- else
- x = mark - width_ + AXIS_PAD_TITLE;
- y = (bottom_ + top_) / 2;
- titleAnchor_ = TK_ANCHOR_W;
- }
- titlePos_.x = x;
- titlePos_.y = y;
- }
- break;
-
- case MARGIN_RIGHT:
- {
- int mark = graphPtr_->right_ + offset + pad;
- tickAnchor_ = TK_ANCHOR_W;
- left_ = mark;
- if (gops->stackAxes)
- right_ = mark + marginPtr->axesOffset - 1;
- else
- right_ = mark + width_ - 1;
-
- top_ = screenMin_ - inset - 2;
- bottom_ = screenMin_ + screenRange_ + inset -1;
-
- axisLine = left_;
- if (gops->plotRelief == TK_RELIEF_SOLID)
- axisLine++;
-
- if (ops->exterior) {
- axisLine += gops->plotBW + axisPad + ops->lineWidth / 2;
- tickLabel = axisLine + 2;
- if (ops->lineWidth > 0)
- tickLabel += ops->tickLength;
- }
- else {
- axisLine -= axisPad + ops->lineWidth / 2;
- tickLabel = graphPtr_->right_ + gops->plotBW + 2;
- }
-
- int x, y;
- if (ops->titleAlternate) {
- x = mark + (width_ / 2);
- y = graphPtr_->top_ - AXIS_PAD_TITLE;
- titleAnchor_ = TK_ANCHOR_SE;
- }
- else {
- if (gops->stackAxes)
- x = mark + marginPtr->axesOffset - AXIS_PAD_TITLE;
- else
- x = mark + width_ - AXIS_PAD_TITLE;
-
- y = (bottom_ + top_) / 2;
- titleAnchor_ = TK_ANCHOR_E;
- }
- titlePos_.x = x;
- titlePos_.y = y;
- }
- break;
-
- case MARGIN_NONE:
- axisLine = 0;
- break;
- }
-
- if ((margin == MARGIN_LEFT) || (margin == MARGIN_TOP)) {
- t1 = -t1;
- t2 = -t2;
- labelOffset = -labelOffset;
- }
-
- infoPtr->axis = axisLine;
- infoPtr->t1 = axisLine + t1;
- infoPtr->t2 = axisLine + t2;
- if (tickLabel > 0)
- infoPtr->label = tickLabel;
- else
- infoPtr->label = axisLine + labelOffset;
-
- if (!ops->exterior) {
- infoPtr->t1 = axisLine - t1;
- infoPtr->t2 = axisLine - t2;
- }
-}
-
-void Axis::makeTick(double value, int tick, int line, Segment2d *sp)
-{
- AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_;
-
- if (ops->logScale)
- value = EXP10(value);
-
- if (isHorizontal()) {
- sp->p.x = hMap(value);
- sp->p.y = line;
- sp->q.x = sp->p.x;
- sp->q.y = tick;
- }
- else {
- sp->p.x = line;
- sp->p.y = vMap(value);
- sp->q.x = tick;
- sp->q.y = sp->p.y;
- }
-}
-
-void Axis::makeSegments(AxisInfo *infoPtr)
-{
- AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_;
-
- delete [] segments_;
- segments_ = NULL;
-
- Ticks* t1Ptr = ops->t1UPtr ? ops->t1UPtr : t1Ptr_;
- Ticks* t2Ptr = ops->t2UPtr ? ops->t2UPtr : t2Ptr_;
-
- int nMajorTicks= t1Ptr ? t1Ptr->nTicks : 0;
- int nMinorTicks= t2Ptr ? t2Ptr->nTicks : 0;
-
- int arraySize = 1 + (nMajorTicks * (nMinorTicks + 1));
- Segment2d* segments = new Segment2d[arraySize];
- Segment2d* sp = segments;
- if (ops->lineWidth > 0) {
- makeLine(infoPtr->axis, sp);
- sp++;
- }
-
- if (ops->showTicks) {
- int isHoriz = isHorizontal();
- for (int ii=0; ii<nMajorTicks; ii++) {
- double t1 = t1Ptr->values[ii];
- /* Minor ticks */
- for (int jj=0; jj<nMinorTicks; jj++) {
- double t2 = t1 + (majorSweep_.step*t2Ptr->values[jj]);
- if (inRange(t2, &axisRange_)) {
- makeTick(t2, infoPtr->t2, infoPtr->axis, sp);
- sp++;
- }
- }
- if (!inRange(t1, &axisRange_))
- continue;
-
- /* Major tick */
- makeTick(t1, infoPtr->t1, infoPtr->axis, sp);
- sp++;
- }
-
- ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(tickLabels_);
- double labelPos = (double)infoPtr->label;
-
- for (int ii=0; ii< nMajorTicks; ii++) {
- double t1 = t1Ptr->values[ii];
- if (ops->labelOffset)
- t1 += majorSweep_.step * 0.5;
-
- if (!inRange(t1, &axisRange_))
- continue;
-
- TickLabel* labelPtr = (TickLabel*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- link = Chain_NextLink(link);
- Segment2d seg;
- makeTick(t1, infoPtr->t1, infoPtr->axis, &seg);
- // Save tick label X-Y position
- if (isHoriz) {
- labelPtr->anchorPos.x = seg.p.x;
- labelPtr->anchorPos.y = labelPos;
- }
- else {
- labelPtr->anchorPos.x = labelPos;
- labelPtr->anchorPos.y = seg.p.y;
- }
- }
- }
- segments_ = segments;
- nSegments_ = sp - segments;
-}
-
-Ticks* Axis::generateTicks(TickSweep *sweepPtr)
-{
- Ticks* ticksPtr = new Ticks(sweepPtr->nSteps);
-
- if (sweepPtr->step == 0.0) {
- // Hack: A zero step indicates to use log values
- // Precomputed log10 values [1..10]
- static double logTable[] = {
- 0.0,
- 0.301029995663981,
- 0.477121254719662,
- 0.602059991327962,
- 0.698970004336019,
- 0.778151250383644,
- 0.845098040014257,
- 0.903089986991944,
- 0.954242509439325,
- 1.0
- };
- for (int ii=0; ii<sweepPtr->nSteps; ii++)
- ticksPtr->values[ii] = logTable[ii];
- }
- else {
- double value = sweepPtr->initial;
- for (int ii=0; ii<sweepPtr->nSteps; ii++) {
- value = (value/sweepPtr->step)*sweepPtr->step;
- ticksPtr->values[ii] = value;
- value += sweepPtr->step;
- }
- }
-
- return ticksPtr;
-}
-
-void Axis::makeGridLine(double value, Segment2d *sp)
-{
- AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_;
-
- if (ops->logScale)
- value = EXP10(value);
-
- if (isHorizontal()) {
- sp->p.x = hMap(value);
- sp->p.y = graphPtr_->top_;
- sp->q.x = sp->p.x;
- sp->q.y = graphPtr_->bottom_;
- }
- else {
- sp->p.x = graphPtr_->left_;
- sp->p.y = vMap(value);
- sp->q.x = graphPtr_->right_;
- sp->q.y = sp->p.y;
- }
-}
-
-void Axis::print(PSOutput* psPtr)
-{
- AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_;
- PostscriptOptions* pops = (PostscriptOptions*)graphPtr_->postscript_->ops_;
-
- if (ops->hide || !use_)
- return;
-
- psPtr->format("%% Axis \"%s\"\n", name_);
- if (pops->decorations) {
- if (ops->normalBg) {
- int relief = active_ ? ops->activeRelief : ops->relief;
- psPtr->fill3DRectangle(ops->normalBg, left_, top_,
- right_-left_, bottom_-top_,
- ops->borderWidth, relief);
- }
- }
- else {
- psPtr->setClearBackground();
- psPtr->fillRectangle(left_, top_, right_-left_, bottom_-top_);
- }
-
- if (ops->title) {
- TextStyle ts(graphPtr_);
- TextStyleOptions* tops = (TextStyleOptions*)ts.ops();
-
- tops->angle = titleAngle_;
- tops->font = ops->titleFont;
- tops->anchor = titleAnchor_;
- tops->color = active_ ? ops->activeFgColor : ops->titleColor;
- tops->justify = ops->titleJustify;
-
- ts.xPad_ = 1;
- ts.yPad_ = 0;
- ts.printText(psPtr, ops->title, titlePos_.x, titlePos_.y);
- }
-
- if (ops->showTicks) {
- TextStyle ts(graphPtr_);
- TextStyleOptions* tops = (TextStyleOptions*)ts.ops();
-
- tops->angle = ops->tickAngle;
- tops->font = ops->tickFont;
- tops->anchor = tickAnchor_;
- tops->color = active_ ? ops->activeFgColor : ops->tickColor;
-
- ts.xPad_ = 2;
- ts.yPad_ = 0;
-
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(tickLabels_); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- TickLabel *labelPtr = (TickLabel*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- ts.printText(psPtr, labelPtr->string, labelPtr->anchorPos.x,
- labelPtr->anchorPos.y);
- }
- }
-
- if ((nSegments_ > 0) && (ops->lineWidth > 0)) {
- psPtr->setLineAttributes(active_ ? ops->activeFgColor : ops->tickColor,
- ops->lineWidth, (Dashes*)NULL, CapButt, JoinMiter);
- psPtr->printSegments(segments_, nSegments_);
- }
-}
-
-void Axis::printGrids(PSOutput* psPtr)
-{
- AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_;
-
- if (ops->hide || !ops->showGrid || !use_)
- return;
-
- psPtr->format("%% Axis %s: grid line attributes\n", name_);
- psPtr->setLineAttributes(ops->major.color, ops->major.lineWidth,
- &ops->major.dashes, CapButt, JoinMiter);
- psPtr->format("%% Axis %s: major grid line segments\n", name_);
- psPtr->printSegments(ops->major.segments, ops->major.nUsed);
-
- if (ops->showGridMinor) {
- psPtr->setLineAttributes(ops->minor.color, ops->minor.lineWidth,
- &ops->minor.dashes, CapButt, JoinMiter);
- psPtr->format("%% Axis %s: minor grid line segments\n", name_);
- psPtr->printSegments(ops->minor.segments, ops->minor.nUsed);
- }
-}
-
-void Axis::printLimits(PSOutput* psPtr)
-{
- AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_;
- GraphOptions* gops = (GraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_;
-
- if (!ops->limitsFormat)
- return;
-
- double vMin = graphPtr_->left_ + gops->xPad + 2;
- double vMax = vMin;
- double hMin = graphPtr_->bottom_ - gops->yPad - 2;
- double hMax = hMin;
-
- const int spacing =8;
- int isHoriz = isHorizontal();
- char* minPtr =NULL;
- char* maxPtr =NULL;
- char minString[200];
- char maxString[200];
- const char* fmt = ops->limitsFormat;
- if (fmt && *fmt) {
- minPtr = minString;
- snprintf(minString, 200, fmt, axisRange_.min);
-
- maxPtr = maxString;
- snprintf(maxString, 200, fmt, axisRange_.max);
- }
- if (ops->descending) {
- char *tmp = minPtr;
- minPtr = maxPtr;
- maxPtr = tmp;
- }
-
- int textWidth, textHeight;
- TextStyle ts(graphPtr_, &ops->limitsTextStyle);
- if (maxPtr) {
- graphPtr_->getTextExtents(ops->tickFont, maxPtr, -1,
- &textWidth, &textHeight);
- if ((textWidth > 0) && (textHeight > 0)) {
- if (isHoriz) {
- ops->limitsTextStyle.angle = 90.0;
- ops->limitsTextStyle.anchor = TK_ANCHOR_SE;
-
- ts.printText(psPtr, maxPtr, graphPtr_->right_, (int)hMax);
- hMax -= (textWidth + spacing);
- }
- else {
- ops->limitsTextStyle.angle = 0.0;
- ops->limitsTextStyle.anchor = TK_ANCHOR_NW;
-
- ts.printText(psPtr, maxPtr, (int)vMax, graphPtr_->top_);
- vMax += (textWidth + spacing);
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (minPtr) {
- graphPtr_->getTextExtents(ops->tickFont, minPtr, -1,
- &textWidth, &textHeight);
- if ((textWidth > 0) && (textHeight > 0)) {
- ops->limitsTextStyle.anchor = TK_ANCHOR_SW;
-
- if (isHoriz) {
- ops->limitsTextStyle.angle = 90.0;
-
- ts.printText(psPtr, minPtr, graphPtr_->left_, (int)hMin);
- hMin -= (textWidth + spacing);
- }
- else {
- ops->limitsTextStyle.angle = 0.0;
-
- ts.printText(psPtr, minPtr, (int)vMin, graphPtr_->bottom_);
- vMin += (textWidth + spacing);
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-void Axis::updateScrollbar(Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj *scrollCmdObjPtr,
- int first, int last, int width)
-{
- double firstFract =0.0;
- double lastFract = 1.0;
- if (width > 0) {
- firstFract = (double)first / (double)width;
- lastFract = (double)last / (double)width;
- }
- Tcl_Obj *cmdObjPtr = Tcl_DuplicateObj(scrollCmdObjPtr);
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, cmdObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(firstFract));
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, cmdObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(lastFract));
- Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObjPtr);
- if (Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, cmdObjPtr, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL) != TCL_OK) {
- Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
- }
- Tcl_DecrRefCount(cmdObjPtr);
-}
-
-void Axis::getGeometry()
-{
- AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_;
- GraphOptions* gops = (GraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_;
-
- freeTickLabels();
-
- // Leave room for axis baseline and padding
- unsigned int y =0;
- if (ops->exterior && (gops->plotRelief != TK_RELIEF_SOLID))
- y += ops->lineWidth + 2;
-
- maxTickHeight_ = maxTickWidth_ = 0;
-
- if (t1Ptr_)
- delete t1Ptr_;
- t1Ptr_ = generateTicks(&majorSweep_);
-
- if (t2Ptr_)
- delete t2Ptr_;
- t2Ptr_ = generateTicks(&minorSweep_);
-
- if (ops->showTicks) {
- Ticks* t1Ptr = ops->t1UPtr ? ops->t1UPtr : t1Ptr_;
-
- int nTicks =0;
- if (t1Ptr)
- nTicks = t1Ptr->nTicks;
-
- unsigned int nLabels =0;
- for (int ii=0; ii<nTicks; ii++) {
- double x = t1Ptr->values[ii];
- double x2 = t1Ptr->values[ii];
- if (ops->labelOffset)
- x2 += majorSweep_.step * 0.5;
-
- if (!inRange(x2, &axisRange_))
- continue;
-
- TickLabel* labelPtr = makeLabel(x);
- tickLabels_->append(labelPtr);
- nLabels++;
-
- // Get the dimensions of each tick label. Remember tick labels
- // can be multi-lined and/or rotated.
- int lw, lh;
- graphPtr_->getTextExtents(ops->tickFont, labelPtr->string, -1, &lw, &lh);
- labelPtr->width = lw;
- labelPtr->height = lh;
-
- if (ops->tickAngle != 0.0) {
- // Rotated label width and height
- double rlw, rlh;
- graphPtr_->getBoundingBox(lw, lh, ops->tickAngle, &rlw, &rlh, NULL);
- lw = (int)rlw;
- lh = (int)rlh;
- }
- if (maxTickWidth_ < int(lw))
- maxTickWidth_ = lw;
-
- if (maxTickHeight_ < int(lh))
- maxTickHeight_ = lh;
- }
-
- unsigned int pad =0;
- if (ops->exterior) {
- // Because the axis cap style is "CapProjecting", we need to
- // account for an extra 1.5 linewidth at the end of each line
- pad = ((ops->lineWidth * 12) / 8);
- }
- if (isHorizontal())
- y += maxTickHeight_ + pad;
- else {
- y += maxTickWidth_ + pad;
- if (maxTickWidth_ > 0)
- // Pad either size of label.
- y += 5;
- }
- y += 2 * AXIS_PAD_TITLE;
- if ((ops->lineWidth > 0) && ops->exterior)
- // Distance from axis line to tick label.
- y += ops->tickLength;
-
- } // showTicks
-
- if (ops->title) {
- if (ops->titleAlternate) {
- if (y < titleHeight_)
- y = titleHeight_;
- }
- else
- y += titleHeight_ + AXIS_PAD_TITLE;
- }
-
- // Correct for orientation of the axis
- if (isHorizontal())
- height_ = y;
- else
- width_ = y;
-}
-
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxis.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxis.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d459e8c..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxis.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,266 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
- * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
- * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
- * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use,
- * copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
- * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
- * conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
- * KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE
- * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
- * PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
- * OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
- * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
- * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
- * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef ___BltGrAxis_h__
-#define ___BltGrAxis_h__
-
-#include <tk.h>
-
-#include "tkbltChain.h"
-
-#include "tkbltGrMisc.h"
-#include "tkbltGrText.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPSOutput.h"
-
-namespace Blt {
- class Graph;
- class Postscript;
-
- typedef struct {
- int axis;
- int t1;
- int t2;
- int label;
- } AxisInfo;
-
- typedef struct {
- const char* name;
- ClassId classId;
- } AxisName;
-
- extern AxisName axisNames[];
-
- typedef struct {
- Dashes dashes;
- int lineWidth;
- XColor* color;
- GC gc;
- Segment2d *segments;
- int nUsed;
- int nAllocated;
- } Grid;
-
- typedef struct {
- double min;
- double max;
- double range;
- double scale;
- } AxisRange;
-
- class TickLabel {
- public:
- Point2d anchorPos;
- unsigned int width;
- unsigned int height;
- char* string;
-
- public:
- TickLabel(char*);
- virtual ~TickLabel();
- };
-
- class Ticks {
- public:
- int nTicks;
- double* values;
-
- public:
- Ticks(int);
- virtual ~Ticks();
- };
-
- typedef struct {
- double initial;
- double step;
- int nSteps;
- } TickSweep;
-
- typedef struct {
- const char** tags;
- int checkLimits;
- int exterior;
- int showGrid;
- int showGridMinor;
- int hide;
- int showTicks;
-
- double windowSize;
- const char *tickFormatCmd;
- int descending;
- int labelOffset;
- TextStyleOptions limitsTextStyle;
- const char *limitsFormat;
- int lineWidth;
- int logScale;
- int looseMin;
- int looseMax;
- Ticks* t1UPtr;
- Ticks* t2UPtr;
- double reqMin;
- double reqMax;
- Tcl_Obj *scrollCmdObjPtr;
- int scrollUnits;
- double reqScrollMin;
- double reqScrollMax;
- double shiftBy;
- double reqStep;
- int reqNumMajorTicks;
- int reqNumMinorTicks;
- int tickLength;
- const char *title;
- int titleAlternate;
-
- XColor* activeFgColor;
- int activeRelief;
- Tk_3DBorder normalBg;
- int borderWidth;
- XColor* tickColor;
- Grid major;
- Grid minor;
- Tk_Justify titleJustify;
- int relief;
- double tickAngle;
- Tk_Anchor reqTickAnchor;
- Tk_Font tickFont;
- Tk_Font titleFont;
- XColor* titleColor;
-
- const char *tickFormat;
- } AxisOptions;
-
- class Axis {
- protected:
- Tk_OptionTable optionTable_;
- void* ops_;
-
- public:
- Graph* graphPtr_;
- ClassId classId_;
- const char* name_;
- const char* className_;
-
- Tcl_HashEntry* hashPtr_;
- int refCount_;
- int use_;
- int active_;
-
- ChainLink* link;
- Chain* chain;
-
- Point2d titlePos_;
- unsigned int titleWidth_;
- unsigned int titleHeight_;
- double min_;
- double max_;
- double scrollMin_;
- double scrollMax_;
- AxisRange valueRange_;
- AxisRange axisRange_;
- double prevMin_;
- double prevMax_;
- Ticks* t1Ptr_;
- Ticks* t2Ptr_;
- TickSweep minorSweep_;
- TickSweep majorSweep_;
-
- int margin_;
- Segment2d *segments_;
- int nSegments_;
- Chain* tickLabels_;
- int left_;
- int right_;
- int top_;
- int bottom_;
- int width_;
- int height_;
- int maxTickWidth_;
- int maxTickHeight_;
- Tk_Anchor tickAnchor_;
- GC tickGC_;
- GC activeTickGC_;
- double titleAngle_;
- Tk_Anchor titleAnchor_;
- double screenScale_;
- int screenMin_;
- int screenRange_;
-
- protected:
- double niceNum(double, int);
- void setRange(AxisRange*, double, double);
- void makeGridLine(double, Segment2d*);
- void makeSegments(AxisInfo*);
- void resetTextStyles();
- void makeLine(int, Segment2d*);
- void makeTick(double, int, int, Segment2d*);
- void offsets(int, int, AxisInfo*);
- void updateScrollbar(Tcl_Interp*, Tcl_Obj*, int, int, int);
-
- public:
- Axis(Graph*, const char*, int, Tcl_HashEntry*);
- virtual ~Axis();
-
- Tk_OptionTable optionTable() {return optionTable_;}
- void* ops() {return ops_;}
- ClassId classId() {return classId_;}
- const char* className() {return className_;}
-
- int configure();
- void map(int, int);
- void draw(Drawable);
- void drawGrids(Drawable);
- void drawLimits(Drawable);
- void print(PSOutput*);
- void printGrids(PSOutput*);
- void printLimits(PSOutput*);
-
- void mapStacked(int, int);
- void mapGridlines();
- void setClass(ClassId);
- void logScale(double, double);
- void linearScale(double, double);
- void fixRange();
- int isHorizontal();
- void freeTickLabels();
- TickLabel* makeLabel(double);
- void getDataLimits(double, double);
- Ticks* generateTicks(TickSweep*);
- int inRange(double, AxisRange*);
- void getGeometry();
-
- double invHMap(double x);
- double invVMap(double y);
- double hMap(double x);
- double vMap(double y);
- };
-};
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxisOp.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxisOp.C
deleted file mode 100644
index fb3277e..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxisOp.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,674 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include <cmath>
-
-#include "tkbltGrBind.h"
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-#include "tkbltGrAxis.h"
-#include "tkbltGrAxisOp.h"
-#include "tkbltGrMisc.h"
-#include "tkbltInt.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-#define EXP10(x) (pow(10.0,(x)))
-
-static int GetAxisScrollInfo(Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[],
- double *offsetPtr, double windowSize,
- double scrollUnits, double scale);
-
-static double Clamp(double x)
-{
- return (x < 0.0) ? 0.0 : (x > 1.0) ? 1.0 : x;
-}
-
-int Blt::AxisObjConfigure(Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = axisPtr->graphPtr_;
- Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
- int mask =0;
- int error;
- Tcl_Obj* errorResult;
-
- for (error=0; error<=1; error++) {
- if (!error) {
- if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char*)axisPtr->ops(), axisPtr->optionTable(),
- objc, objv, graphPtr->tkwin_, &savedOptions, &mask)
- != TCL_OK)
- continue;
- }
- else {
- errorResult = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
- Tcl_IncrRefCount(errorResult);
- Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
- }
-
- if (axisPtr->configure() != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- graphPtr->flags |= mask;
- graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw();
-
- break;
- }
-
- if (!error) {
- Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
- return TCL_OK;
- }
- else {
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, errorResult);
- Tcl_DecrRefCount(errorResult);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-}
-
-static int CgetOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- if (objc!=5) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "axisId option");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Axis* axisPtr;
- if (graphPtr->getAxis(objv[3], &axisPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- return AxisCgetOp(axisPtr, interp, objc-1, objv+1);
-}
-
-static int ConfigureOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- if (objc<4) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "axisId ?option value?...");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Axis* axisPtr;
- if (graphPtr->getAxis(objv[3], &axisPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- return AxisConfigureOp(axisPtr, interp, objc-1, objv+1);
-}
-
-static int ActivateOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- if (objc!=4) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "axisId");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Axis* axisPtr;
- if (graphPtr->getAxis(objv[3], &axisPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- return AxisActivateOp(axisPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-}
-
-static int BindOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- if (objc == 3) {
- Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL);
- Tcl_HashSearch iter;
- for (Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr=Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&graphPtr->axes_.tagTable, &iter); hPtr; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&iter)) {
- char* tagName = (char*)Tcl_GetHashKey(&graphPtr->axes_.tagTable, hPtr);
- Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(tagName, -1);
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, objPtr);
- }
-
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
- }
- else
- return graphPtr->bindTable_->configure(graphPtr->axisTag(Tcl_GetString(objv[3])), objc-4, objv+4);
-}
-
-static int CreateOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- if (objc!=4) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "axisId");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- if (graphPtr->createAxis(objc, objv) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[3]);
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int DeleteOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- if (objc!=4) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "axisId");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Axis* axisPtr;
- if (graphPtr->getAxis(objv[3], &axisPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (axisPtr->refCount_ == 0)
- delete axisPtr;
-
- graphPtr->flags |= RESET;
- graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw();
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int InvTransformOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- if (objc!=5) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "axisId scoord");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Axis* axisPtr;
- if (graphPtr->getAxis(objv[3], &axisPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- return AxisInvTransformOp(axisPtr, interp, objc-1, objv+1);
-}
-
-static int LimitsOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- if (objc!=4) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "axisId");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Axis* axisPtr;
- if (graphPtr->getAxis(objv[3], &axisPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- return AxisLimitsOp(axisPtr, interp, objc-1, objv+1);
-}
-
-static int MarginOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- if (objc!=4) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "axisId");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Axis* axisPtr;
- if (graphPtr->getAxis(objv[3], &axisPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- return AxisMarginOp(axisPtr, interp, objc-1, objv+1);
-}
-
-static int NamesOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL);
- if (objc<3) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "?pattern...?");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- if (objc == 3) {
- Tcl_HashSearch cursor;
- for (Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&graphPtr->axes_.table, &cursor); hPtr; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&cursor)) {
- Axis* axisPtr = (Axis*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewStringObj(axisPtr->name_, -1));
- }
- }
- else {
- Tcl_HashSearch cursor;
- for (Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&graphPtr->axes_.table, &cursor); hPtr; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&cursor)) {
- Axis* axisPtr = (Axis*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
- for (int ii=3; ii<objc; ii++) {
- const char *pattern = (const char*)Tcl_GetString(objv[ii]);
- if (Tcl_StringMatch(axisPtr->name_, pattern)) {
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr,
- Tcl_NewStringObj(axisPtr->name_, -1));
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr);
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int TransformOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- if (objc!=5) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "axisId coord");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Axis* axisPtr;
- if (graphPtr->getAxis(objv[3], &axisPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- return AxisTransformOp(axisPtr, interp, objc-1, objv+1);
-}
-
-static int TypeOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- if (objc!=4) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "axisId");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Axis* axisPtr;
- if (graphPtr->getAxis(objv[3], &axisPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- return AxisTypeOp(axisPtr, interp, objc-1, objv+1);
-}
-
-static int ViewOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- if (objc!=4) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "axisId");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Axis* axisPtr;
- if (graphPtr->getAxis(objv[3], &axisPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- return AxisViewOp(axisPtr, interp, objc-1, objv+1);
-}
-
-const Ensemble Blt::axisEnsemble[] = {
- {"activate", ActivateOp, 0},
- {"bind", BindOp, 0},
- {"cget", CgetOp,0 },
- {"configure", ConfigureOp,0 },
- {"create", CreateOp, 0},
- {"deactivate", ActivateOp, 0},
- {"delete", DeleteOp, 0},
- {"invtransform", InvTransformOp, 0},
- {"limits", LimitsOp, 0},
- {"margin", MarginOp, 0},
- {"names", NamesOp, 0},
- {"transform", TransformOp, 0},
- {"type", TypeOp, 0},
- {"view", ViewOp, 0},
- { 0,0,0 }
-};
-
-// Support
-
-double AdjustViewport(double offset, double windowSize)
-{
- // Canvas-style scrolling allows the world to be scrolled within the window.
- if (windowSize > 1.0) {
- if (windowSize < (1.0 - offset))
- offset = 1.0 - windowSize;
-
- if (offset > 0.0)
- offset = 0.0;
- }
- else {
- if ((offset + windowSize) > 1.0)
- offset = 1.0 - windowSize;
-
- if (offset < 0.0)
- offset = 0.0;
- }
- return offset;
-}
-
-static int GetAxisScrollInfo(Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[],
- double *offsetPtr, double windowSize,
- double scrollUnits, double scale)
-{
- const char *string;
- char c;
- double offset;
- int length;
-
- offset = *offsetPtr;
- string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], &length);
- c = string[0];
- scrollUnits *= scale;
- if ((c == 's') && (strncmp(string, "scroll", length) == 0)) {
- int count;
- double fract;
-
- /* Scroll number unit/page */
- if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &count) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &length);
- c = string[0];
- if ((c == 'u') && (strncmp(string, "units", length) == 0))
- fract = count * scrollUnits;
- else if ((c == 'p') && (strncmp(string, "pages", length) == 0))
- /* A page is 90% of the view-able window. */
- fract = (int)(count * windowSize * 0.9 + 0.5);
- else if ((c == 'p') && (strncmp(string, "pixels", length) == 0))
- fract = count * scale;
- else {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown \"scroll\" units \"", string,
- "\"", NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- offset += fract;
- }
- else if ((c == 'm') && (strncmp(string, "moveto", length) == 0)) {
- double fract;
-
- /* moveto fraction */
- if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[1], &fract) != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- offset = fract;
- }
- else {
- int count;
- double fract;
-
- /* Treat like "scroll units" */
- if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[0], &count) != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- fract = (double)count * scrollUnits;
- offset += fract;
- /* CHECK THIS: return TCL_OK; */
- }
- *offsetPtr = AdjustViewport(offset, windowSize);
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-// Common Ops
-
-int AxisCgetOp(Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = axisPtr->graphPtr_;
-
- if (objc != 4) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "cget option");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char*)axisPtr->ops(),
- axisPtr->optionTable(),
- objv[3], graphPtr->tkwin_);
- if (!objPtr)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- else
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-int AxisConfigureOp(Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = axisPtr->graphPtr_;
-
- if (objc <= 4) {
- Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char*)axisPtr->ops(),
- axisPtr->optionTable(),
- (objc == 4) ? objv[3] : NULL,
- graphPtr->tkwin_);
- if (!objPtr)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- else
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
- }
- else
- return AxisObjConfigure(axisPtr, interp, objc-3, objv+3);
-}
-
-int AxisActivateOp(Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)axisPtr->ops();
- Graph* graphPtr = axisPtr->graphPtr_;
- const char *string;
-
- string = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
- axisPtr->active_ = (string[0] == 'a') ? 1 : 0;
-
- if (!ops->hide && axisPtr->use_) {
- graphPtr->flags |= RESET;
- graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw();
- }
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-int AxisInvTransformOp(Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = axisPtr->graphPtr_;
-
- if (graphPtr->flags & RESET)
- graphPtr->resetAxes();
-
- int sy;
- if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &sy) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- // Is the axis vertical or horizontal?
- // Check the site where the axis was positioned. If the axis is
- // virtual, all we have to go on is how it was mapped to an
- // element (using either -mapx or -mapy options).
- double y = axisPtr->isHorizontal() ?
- axisPtr->invHMap(sy) : axisPtr->invVMap(sy);
-
- Tcl_SetDoubleObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), y);
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-int AxisLimitsOp(Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)axisPtr->ops();
- Graph* graphPtr = axisPtr->graphPtr_;
-
- if (graphPtr->flags & RESET)
- graphPtr->resetAxes();
-
- double min, max;
- if (ops->logScale) {
- min = EXP10(axisPtr->axisRange_.min);
- max = EXP10(axisPtr->axisRange_.max);
- }
- else {
- min = axisPtr->axisRange_.min;
- max = axisPtr->axisRange_.max;
- }
-
- Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL);
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(min));
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(max));
-
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-int AxisMarginOp(Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- const char *marginName = "";
- if (axisPtr->use_)
- marginName = axisNames[axisPtr->margin_].name;
-
- Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), marginName, -1);
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-int AxisTransformOp(Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = axisPtr->graphPtr_;
-
- if (graphPtr->flags & RESET)
- graphPtr->resetAxes();
-
- double x;
- if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (axisPtr->isHorizontal())
- x = axisPtr->hMap(x);
- else
- x = axisPtr->vMap(x);
-
- Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), (int)x);
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-int AxisTypeOp(Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- const char* typeName = "";
- if (axisPtr->use_) {
- switch (axisPtr->classId_) {
- case CID_AXIS_X:
- typeName = "x";
- break;
- case CID_AXIS_Y:
- typeName = "y";
- break;
- }
- }
-
- Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), typeName, -1);
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-int AxisViewOp(Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)axisPtr->ops();
- Graph* graphPtr = axisPtr->graphPtr_;
- double worldMin = axisPtr->valueRange_.min;
- double worldMax = axisPtr->valueRange_.max;
- /* Override data dimensions with user-selected limits. */
- if (!isnan(axisPtr->scrollMin_))
- worldMin = axisPtr->scrollMin_;
-
- if (!isnan(axisPtr->scrollMax_))
- worldMax = axisPtr->scrollMax_;
-
- double viewMin = axisPtr->min_;
- double viewMax = axisPtr->max_;
- /* Bound the view within scroll region. */
- if (viewMin < worldMin)
- viewMin = worldMin;
-
- if (viewMax > worldMax)
- viewMax = worldMax;
-
- if (ops->logScale) {
- worldMin = log10(worldMin);
- worldMax = log10(worldMax);
- viewMin = log10(viewMin);
- viewMax = log10(viewMax);
- }
- double worldWidth = worldMax - worldMin;
- double viewWidth = viewMax - viewMin;
-
- /* Unlike horizontal axes, vertical axis values run opposite of the
- * scrollbar first/last values. So instead of pushing the axis minimum
- * around, we move the maximum instead. */
- double axisOffset;
- double axisScale;
- if (axisPtr->isHorizontal() != ops->descending) {
- axisOffset = viewMin - worldMin;
- axisScale = graphPtr->hScale_;
- } else {
- axisOffset = worldMax - viewMax;
- axisScale = graphPtr->vScale_;
- }
- if (objc == 4) {
- double first = Clamp(axisOffset / worldWidth);
- double last = Clamp((axisOffset + viewWidth) / worldWidth);
- Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(first));
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(last));
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
- }
- double fract = axisOffset / worldWidth;
- if (GetAxisScrollInfo(interp, objc, objv, &fract, viewWidth / worldWidth,
- ops->scrollUnits, axisScale) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (axisPtr->isHorizontal() != ops->descending) {
- ops->reqMin = (fract * worldWidth) + worldMin;
- ops->reqMax = ops->reqMin + viewWidth;
- }
- else {
- ops->reqMax = worldMax - (fract * worldWidth);
- ops->reqMin = ops->reqMax - viewWidth;
- }
- if (ops->logScale) {
- ops->reqMin = EXP10(ops->reqMin);
- ops->reqMax = EXP10(ops->reqMax);
- }
-
- graphPtr->flags |= RESET;
- graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw();
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxisOp.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxisOp.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 777aea7..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxisOp.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BltGrAxisOp_h__
-#define __BltGrAxisOp_h__
-
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-
-namespace Blt {
- extern const Ensemble axisEnsemble[];
- extern int AxisObjConfigure(Blt::Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]);
-};
-
-extern int AxisCgetOp(Blt::Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]);
-extern int AxisConfigureOp(Blt::Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]);
-extern int AxisActivateOp(Blt::Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]);
-extern int AxisInvTransformOp(Blt::Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]);
-extern int AxisLimitsOp(Blt::Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]);
-extern int AxisMarginOp(Blt::Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]);
-extern int AxisTransformOp(Blt::Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]);
-extern int AxisTypeOp(Blt::Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]);
-extern int AxisViewOp(Blt::Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxisOption.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxisOption.C
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f91d99..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxisOption.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,264 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#include <cmath>
-
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-#include "tkbltGrAxis.h"
-#include "tkbltGrAxisOption.h"
-#include "tkbltConfig.h"
-#include "tkbltInt.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-static Tk_CustomOptionSetProc AxisSetProc;
-static Tk_CustomOptionGetProc AxisGetProc;
-static Tk_CustomOptionFreeProc AxisFreeProc;
-Tk_ObjCustomOption xAxisObjOption =
- {
- "xaxis", AxisSetProc, AxisGetProc, RestoreProc, AxisFreeProc,
- (ClientData)CID_AXIS_X
- };
-Tk_ObjCustomOption yAxisObjOption =
- {
- "yaxis", AxisSetProc, AxisGetProc, RestoreProc, AxisFreeProc,
- (ClientData)CID_AXIS_Y
- };
-
-static int AxisSetProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj** objPtr, char* widgRec,
- int offset, char* savePtr, int flags)
-{
- Axis** axisPtrPtr = (Axis**)(widgRec + offset);
- *(double*)savePtr = *(double*)axisPtrPtr;
-
- if (!axisPtrPtr)
- return TCL_OK;
-
- Graph* graphPtr = getGraphFromWindowData(tkwin);
-#ifdef _WIN64
- ClassId classId = (ClassId)((long long)clientData);
-#else
- ClassId classId = (ClassId)((long)clientData);
-#endif
-
- Axis *axisPtr;
- if (graphPtr->getAxis(*objPtr, &axisPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (classId != CID_NONE) {
- // Set the axis type on the first use of it.
- if ((axisPtr->refCount_ == 0) || (axisPtr->classId_ == CID_NONE))
- axisPtr->setClass(classId);
-
- else if (axisPtr->classId_ != classId) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "axis \"", Tcl_GetString(*objPtr),
- "\" is already in use on an opposite ",
- axisPtr->className_, "-axis",
- NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- axisPtr->refCount_++;
- }
-
- *axisPtrPtr = axisPtr;
- return TCL_OK;
-};
-
-static Tcl_Obj* AxisGetProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
- char *widgRec, int offset)
-{
- Axis* axisPtr = *(Axis**)(widgRec + offset);
- if (!axisPtr)
- return Tcl_NewStringObj("", -1);
-
- return Tcl_NewStringObj(axisPtr->name_, -1);
-};
-
-static void AxisFreeProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *ptr)
-{
- Axis* axisPtr = *(Axis**)ptr;
- if (axisPtr) {
- axisPtr->refCount_--;
- if (axisPtr->refCount_ == 0)
- delete axisPtr;
- }
-}
-
-static Tk_CustomOptionSetProc LimitSetProc;
-static Tk_CustomOptionGetProc LimitGetProc;
-Tk_ObjCustomOption limitObjOption =
- {
- "limit", LimitSetProc, LimitGetProc, NULL, NULL, NULL
- };
-
-static int LimitSetProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj** objPtr, char* widgRec,
- int offset, char* save, int flags)
-{
- double* limitPtr = (double*)(widgRec + offset);
- const char* string = Tcl_GetString(*objPtr);
- if (!string || !string[0]) {
- *limitPtr = NAN;
- return TCL_OK;
- }
-
- if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, *objPtr, limitPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static Tcl_Obj* LimitGetProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
- char *widgRec, int offset)
-{
- double limit = *(double*)(widgRec + offset);
- Tcl_Obj* objPtr;
-
- if (!isnan(limit))
- objPtr = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(limit);
- else
- objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj("", -1);
-
- return objPtr;
-}
-
-static Tk_CustomOptionSetProc TicksSetProc;
-static Tk_CustomOptionGetProc TicksGetProc;
-static Tk_CustomOptionFreeProc TicksFreeProc;
-Tk_ObjCustomOption ticksObjOption =
- {
- "ticks", TicksSetProc, TicksGetProc, RestoreProc, TicksFreeProc, NULL
- };
-
-static int TicksSetProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj** objPtr, char* widgRec,
- int offset, char* savePtr, int flags)
-{
- Ticks** ticksPtrPtr = (Ticks**)(widgRec + offset);
- *(double*)savePtr = *(double*)ticksPtrPtr;
-
- if (!ticksPtrPtr)
- return TCL_OK;
-
- int objc;
- Tcl_Obj** objv;
- if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, *objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- Ticks* ticksPtr = NULL;
- if (objc > 0) {
- ticksPtr = new Ticks(objc);
- for (int ii=0; ii<objc; ii++) {
- double value;
- if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[ii], &value) != TCL_OK) {
- delete ticksPtr;
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- ticksPtr->values[ii] = value;
- }
- ticksPtr->nTicks = objc;
- }
-
- *ticksPtrPtr = ticksPtr;
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static Tcl_Obj* TicksGetProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
- char *widgRec, int offset)
-{
- Ticks* ticksPtr = *(Ticks**)(widgRec + offset);
-
- if (!ticksPtr)
- return Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
-
- int cnt = ticksPtr->nTicks;
- Tcl_Obj** ll = new Tcl_Obj*[cnt];
- for (int ii = 0; ii<cnt; ii++)
- ll[ii] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(ticksPtr->values[ii]);
-
- Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(cnt, ll);
- delete [] ll;
-
- return listObjPtr;
-}
-
-static void TicksFreeProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
- char *ptr)
-{
- Ticks* ticksPtr = *(Ticks**)ptr;
- delete ticksPtr;
-}
-
-static Tk_CustomOptionSetProc ObjectSetProc;
-static Tk_CustomOptionGetProc ObjectGetProc;
-static Tk_CustomOptionFreeProc ObjectFreeProc;
-Tk_ObjCustomOption objectObjOption =
- {
- "object", ObjectSetProc, ObjectGetProc, RestoreProc, ObjectFreeProc, NULL,
- };
-
-static int ObjectSetProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj** objPtr, char* widgRec,
- int offset, char* savePtr, int flags)
-{
- Tcl_Obj** objectPtrPtr = (Tcl_Obj**)(widgRec + offset);
- *(double*)savePtr = *(double*)objectPtrPtr;
-
- if (!objectPtrPtr)
- return TCL_OK;
-
- Tcl_IncrRefCount(*objPtr);
- *objectPtrPtr = *objPtr;
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static Tcl_Obj* ObjectGetProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
- char *widgRec, int offset)
-{
- Tcl_Obj** objectPtrPtr = (Tcl_Obj**)(widgRec + offset);
-
- if (!objectPtrPtr)
- return Tcl_NewObj();
-
- return *objectPtrPtr;
-}
-
-static void ObjectFreeProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
- char *ptr)
-{
- Tcl_Obj* objectPtr = *(Tcl_Obj**)ptr;
- if (objectPtr)
- Tcl_DecrRefCount(objectPtr);
-}
-
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxisOption.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxisOption.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4efa8ee..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxisOption.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BltGrAxisOption_h__
-#define __BltGrAxisOption_h__
-
-#include <tk.h>
-
-extern Tk_ObjCustomOption xAxisObjOption;
-extern Tk_ObjCustomOption yAxisObjOption;
-extern Tk_ObjCustomOption limitObjOption;
-extern Tk_ObjCustomOption ticksObjOption;
-extern Tk_ObjCustomOption objectObjOption;
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrBind.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrBind.C
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e7e81e..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrBind.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,227 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1998 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#include <iostream>
-#include <sstream>
-#include <iomanip>
-using namespace std;
-
-#include "tkbltGrBind.h"
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-#include "tkbltGrLegd.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-static Tk_EventProc BindProc;
-
-BindTable::BindTable(Graph* graphPtr, Pick* pickPtr)
-{
- graphPtr_ = graphPtr;
- pickPtr_ = pickPtr;
- grab_ =0;
- table_ = Tk_CreateBindingTable(graphPtr->interp_);
- currentItem_ =NULL;
- currentContext_ =CID_NONE;
- newItem_ =NULL;
- newContext_ =CID_NONE;
- focusItem_ =NULL;
- focusContext_ =CID_NONE;
- // pickEvent =NULL;
- state_ =0;
-
- unsigned int mask = (KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask | ButtonPressMask |
- ButtonReleaseMask | EnterWindowMask | LeaveWindowMask |
- PointerMotionMask);
- Tk_CreateEventHandler(graphPtr->tkwin_, mask, BindProc, this);
-}
-
-BindTable::~BindTable()
-{
- Tk_DeleteBindingTable(table_);
- unsigned int mask = (KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask | ButtonPressMask |
- ButtonReleaseMask | EnterWindowMask | LeaveWindowMask |
- PointerMotionMask);
- Tk_DeleteEventHandler(graphPtr_->tkwin_, mask, BindProc, this);
-}
-
-int BindTable::configure(ClientData item, int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- if (objc == 0) {
- Tk_GetAllBindings(graphPtr_->interp_, table_, item);
- return TCL_OK;
- }
-
- const char *string = Tcl_GetString(objv[0]);
- if (objc == 1) {
- const char* command =
- Tk_GetBinding(graphPtr_->interp_, table_, item, string);
- if (!command) {
- Tcl_ResetResult(graphPtr_->interp_);
- Tcl_AppendResult(graphPtr_->interp_, "invalid binding event \"",
- string, "\"", NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(graphPtr_->interp_), command, -1);
- return TCL_OK;
- }
-
- const char* seq = string;
- const char* command = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
- if (command[0] == '\0')
- return Tk_DeleteBinding(graphPtr_->interp_, table_, item, seq);
-
- unsigned long mask;
- if (command[0] == '+')
- mask = Tk_CreateBinding(graphPtr_->interp_, table_,
- item, seq, command+1, 1);
- else
- mask = Tk_CreateBinding(graphPtr_->interp_, table_,
- item, seq, command, 0);
- if (!mask)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (mask & (unsigned) ~(ButtonMotionMask|Button1MotionMask
- |Button2MotionMask|Button3MotionMask|Button4MotionMask
- |Button5MotionMask|ButtonPressMask|ButtonReleaseMask
- |EnterWindowMask|LeaveWindowMask|KeyPressMask
- |KeyReleaseMask|PointerMotionMask|VirtualEventMask)) {
- Tk_DeleteBinding(graphPtr_->interp_, table_, item, seq);
- Tcl_ResetResult(graphPtr_->interp_);
- Tcl_AppendResult(graphPtr_->interp_, "requested illegal events; ",
- "only key, button, motion, enter, leave, and virtual ",
- "events may be used", (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-void BindTable::deleteBindings(ClientData object)
-{
- Tk_DeleteAllBindings(table_, object);
-
- if (currentItem_ == object) {
- currentItem_ =NULL;
- currentContext_ =CID_NONE;
- }
-
- if (newItem_ == object) {
- newItem_ =NULL;
- newContext_ =CID_NONE;
- }
-
- if (focusItem_ == object) {
- focusItem_ =NULL;
- focusContext_ =CID_NONE;
- }
-}
-
-void BindTable::doEvent(XEvent* eventPtr)
-{
- ClientData item = currentItem_;
- ClassId classId = currentContext_;
-
- if ((eventPtr->type == KeyPress) || (eventPtr->type == KeyRelease)) {
- item = focusItem_;
- classId = focusContext_;
- }
- if (!item)
- return;
-
- int nTags;
- const char** tagArray = graphPtr_->getTags(item, classId, &nTags);
- Tk_BindEvent(table_, eventPtr, graphPtr_->tkwin_, nTags, (void**)tagArray);
-
- delete [] tagArray;
-}
-
-void BindTable::pickItem(XEvent* eventPtr)
-{
- int buttonDown = state_
- & (Button1Mask|Button2Mask|Button3Mask|Button4Mask|Button5Mask);
-
- // A LeaveNotify event automatically means that there's no current item,
- if (eventPtr->type != LeaveNotify) {
- int x = eventPtr->xcrossing.x;
- int y = eventPtr->xcrossing.y;
- newItem_ = pickPtr_->pickEntry(x, y, &newContext_);
- }
- else {
- newItem_ =NULL;
- newContext_ = CID_NONE;
- }
-
- // Nothing to do: the current item hasn't changed.
- if ((newItem_ == currentItem_) && !grab_)
- return;
-
- if (!buttonDown)
- grab_ =0;
-
- if ((newItem_ != currentItem_) && buttonDown) {
- grab_ =1;
- return;
- }
-
- grab_ =0;
- currentItem_ = newItem_;
- currentContext_ = newContext_;
-}
-
-static void BindProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent* eventPtr)
-{
- BindTable* bindPtr = (BindTable*)clientData;
- Tcl_Preserve(bindPtr->graphPtr_);
-
- switch (eventPtr->type) {
- case ButtonPress:
- case ButtonRelease:
- bindPtr->state_ = eventPtr->xbutton.state;
- break;
- case EnterNotify:
- case LeaveNotify:
- bindPtr->state_ = eventPtr->xcrossing.state;
- break;
- case MotionNotify:
- bindPtr->state_ = eventPtr->xmotion.state;
- break;
- case KeyPress:
- case KeyRelease:
- bindPtr->state_ = eventPtr->xkey.state;
- break;
- }
-
- bindPtr->pickItem(eventPtr);
- bindPtr->doEvent(eventPtr);
-
- Tcl_Release(bindPtr->graphPtr_);
-}
-
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrBind.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrBind.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7947210..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrBind.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1998-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BltGrBind_h__
-#define __BltGrBind_h__
-
-#include <tk.h>
-
-#include "tkbltGrMisc.h"
-
-namespace Blt {
- class Graph;
- class Pick;
-
- class BindTable {
- protected:
- Tk_BindingTable table_;
- unsigned int grab_;
- ClientData newItem_;
- ClassId newContext_;
- Pick* pickPtr_;
-
- public:
- Graph* graphPtr_;
- ClientData currentItem_;
- ClassId currentContext_;
- ClientData focusItem_;
- ClassId focusContext_;
- int state_;
- XEvent pickEvent_;
-
- public:
- BindTable(Graph*, Pick*);
- virtual ~BindTable();
-
- int configure(ClientData, int, Tcl_Obj *const []);
- void deleteBindings(ClientData object);
- void doEvent(XEvent*);
- void pickItem(XEvent*);
-
- ClientData currentItem() {return currentItem_;}
- };
-};
-
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrDef.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrDef.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d73836a..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrDef.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BltGrDef_h__
-#define __BltGrDef_h__
-
-#define STD_NORMAL_BACKGROUND "gray85"
-#define STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND "black"
-#define STD_ACTIVE_BACKGROUND "gray90"
-#define STD_ACTIVE_FOREGROUND "black"
-
-#define STD_FONT_LARGE "helvetica 16 normal roman"
-#define STD_FONT_MEDIUM "helvetica 14 normal roman"
-#define STD_FONT_NORMAL "helvetica 12 normal roman"
-#define STD_FONT_SMALL "helvetica 10 normal roman"
-
-#define STD_BORDERWIDTH "2"
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElem.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElem.C
deleted file mode 100644
index faf1b72..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElem.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,284 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <float.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include <cmath>
-
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-#include "tkbltGrBind.h"
-#include "tkbltGrElem.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPen.h"
-#include "tkbltInt.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-// Class ElemValues
-
-ElemValues::ElemValues()
-{
- values_ =NULL;
- nValues_ =0;
- min_ =0;
- max_ =0;
-}
-
-ElemValues::~ElemValues()
-{
- delete [] values_;
-}
-
-void ElemValues::reset()
-{
- delete [] values_;
- values_ =NULL;
- nValues_ =0;
- min_ =0;
- max_ =0;
-}
-
-ElemValuesSource::ElemValuesSource(int nn) : ElemValues()
-{
- nValues_ = nn;
- values_ = new double[nn];
-}
-
-ElemValuesSource::ElemValuesSource(int nn, double* vv) : ElemValues()
-{
- nValues_ = nn;
- values_ = vv;
-}
-
-ElemValuesSource::~ElemValuesSource()
-{
-}
-
-void ElemValuesSource::findRange()
-{
- if (nValues_<1 || !values_)
- return;
-
- min_ = DBL_MAX;
- max_ = -DBL_MAX;
- for (int ii=0; ii<nValues_; ii++) {
- if (isfinite(values_[ii])) {
- if (values_[ii] < min_)
- min_ = values_[ii];
- if (values_[ii] > max_)
- max_ = values_[ii];
- }
- }
-}
-
-ElemValuesVector::ElemValuesVector(Element* ptr, const char* vecName)
- : ElemValues()
-{
- elemPtr_ = ptr;
- Graph* graphPtr = elemPtr_->graphPtr_;
- source_ = Blt_AllocVectorId(graphPtr->interp_, vecName);
-}
-
-ElemValuesVector::~ElemValuesVector()
-{
- freeSource();
-}
-
-int ElemValuesVector::getVector()
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = elemPtr_->graphPtr_;
-
- Blt_Vector *vecPtr;
- if (Blt_GetVectorById(graphPtr->interp_, source_, &vecPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (fetchValues(vecPtr) != TCL_OK) {
- freeSource();
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Blt_SetVectorChangedProc(source_, VectorChangedProc, this);
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-int ElemValuesVector::fetchValues(Blt_Vector* vector)
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = elemPtr_->graphPtr_;
-
- delete [] values_;
- values_ = NULL;
- nValues_ = 0;
- min_ =0;
- max_ =0;
-
- int ss = Blt_VecLength(vector);
- if (!ss)
- return TCL_OK;
-
- double* array = new double[ss];
- if (!array) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(graphPtr->interp_, "can't allocate new vector", NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- memcpy(array, Blt_VecData(vector), ss*sizeof(double));
- values_ = array;
- nValues_ = Blt_VecLength(vector);
- min_ = Blt_VecMin(vector);
- max_ = Blt_VecMax(vector);
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-void ElemValuesVector::freeSource()
-{
- if (source_) {
- Blt_SetVectorChangedProc(source_, NULL, NULL);
- Blt_FreeVectorId(source_);
- source_ = NULL;
- }
-}
-
-// Class Element
-
-Element::Element(Graph* graphPtr, const char* name, Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr)
-{
- graphPtr_ = graphPtr;
- name_ = dupstr(name);
- optionTable_ =NULL;
- ops_ =NULL;
- hashPtr_ = hPtr;
-
- row_ =0;
- col_ =0;
- activeIndices_ =NULL;
- nActiveIndices_ =0;
- xRange_ =0;
- yRange_ =0;
- active_ =0;
- labelActive_ =0;
-
- link =NULL;
-}
-
-Element::~Element()
-{
- graphPtr_->bindTable_->deleteBindings(this);
-
- if (link)
- graphPtr_->elements_.displayList->deleteLink(link);
-
- if (hashPtr_)
- Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hashPtr_);
-
- delete [] name_;
-
- delete [] activeIndices_;
-
- Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char*)ops_, optionTable_, graphPtr_->tkwin_);
- free(ops_);
-}
-
-double Element::FindElemValuesMinimum(ElemValues* valuesPtr, double minLimit)
-{
- double min = DBL_MAX;
- if (!valuesPtr)
- return min;
-
- for (int ii=0; ii<valuesPtr->nValues(); ii++) {
- double x = valuesPtr->values_[ii];
- // What do you do about negative values when using log
- // scale values seems like a grey area. Mirror.
- if (x < 0.0)
- x = -x;
- if ((x > minLimit) && (min > x))
- min = x;
- }
- if (min == DBL_MAX)
- min = minLimit;
-
- return min;
-}
-
-PenStyle** Element::StyleMap()
-{
- ElementOptions* ops = (ElementOptions*)ops_;
-
- int nPoints = NUMBEROFPOINTS(ops);
- int nWeights = MIN(ops->w ? ops->w->nValues() : 0, nPoints);
- double* w = ops->w ? ops->w->values_ : NULL;
- ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette);
- PenStyle* stylePtr = (PenStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link);
-
- // Create a style mapping array (data point index to style),
- // initialized to the default style.
- PenStyle** dataToStyle = new PenStyle*[nPoints];
- for (int ii=0; ii<nPoints; ii++)
- dataToStyle[ii] = stylePtr;
-
- for (int ii=0; ii<nWeights; ii++) {
- for (link=Chain_LastLink(ops->stylePalette); link;
- link=Chain_PrevLink(link)) {
- stylePtr = (PenStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link);
-
- if (stylePtr->weight.range > 0.0) {
- double norm = (w[ii] - stylePtr->weight.min) / stylePtr->weight.range;
- if (((norm - 1.0) <= DBL_EPSILON) &&
- (((1.0 - norm) - 1.0) <= DBL_EPSILON)) {
- dataToStyle[ii] = stylePtr;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- return dataToStyle;
-}
-
-void Element::freeStylePalette(Chain* stylePalette)
-{
- // Skip the first slot. It contains the built-in "normal" pen of the element
- ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(stylePalette);
- if (link) {
- ChainLink* next;
- for (link=Chain_NextLink(link); link; link=next) {
- next = Chain_NextLink(link);
- PenStyle *stylePtr = (PenStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- Pen* penPtr = stylePtr->penPtr;
- if (penPtr) {
- penPtr->refCount_--;
- if (penPtr->refCount_ == 0)
- delete penPtr;
- }
- stylePalette->deleteLink(link);
- }
- }
-}
-
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElem.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElem.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8904df0..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElem.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BltGrElem_h__
-#define __BltGrElem_h__
-
-#include <tk.h>
-
-#include "tkbltVector.h"
-#include "tkbltChain.h"
-
-#include "tkbltGrMisc.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPen.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPSOutput.h"
-
-#define SHOW_NONE 0
-#define SHOW_X 1
-#define SHOW_Y 2
-#define SHOW_BOTH 3
-
-#define NUMBEROFPOINTS(e) MIN( (e)->coords.x ? (e)->coords.x->nValues() : 0, \
- (e)->coords.y ? (e)->coords.y->nValues() : 0 )
-#define NORMALPEN(e) ((((e)->normalPenPtr == NULL) ? \
- (e)->builtinPenPtr : (e)->normalPenPtr))
-
-namespace Blt {
- class Axis;
- class Element;
- class Pen;
- class Postscript;
-
- class ElemValues {
- protected:
- double min_;
- double max_;
- int nValues_;
-
- public:
- double* values_;
-
- public:
- ElemValues();
- virtual ~ElemValues();
-
- void reset();
- int nValues() {return nValues_;}
- double min() {return min_;}
- double max() {return max_;}
- };
-
- class ElemValuesSource : public ElemValues
- {
- public:
- ElemValuesSource(int);
- ElemValuesSource(int, double*);
- ~ElemValuesSource();
-
- void findRange();
- };
-
- class ElemValuesVector : public ElemValues
- {
- public:
- Element* elemPtr_;
- Blt_VectorId source_;
-
- public:
- ElemValuesVector(Element*, const char*);
- ~ElemValuesVector();
-
- int getVector();
- int fetchValues(Blt_Vector*);
- void freeSource();
- };
-
- typedef struct {
- Segment2d *segments;
- int *map;
- int length;
- } GraphSegments;
-
- typedef struct {
- ElemValuesSource* x;
- ElemValuesSource* y;
- } ElemCoords;
-
- typedef struct {
- double min;
- double max;
- double range;
- } Weight;
-
- typedef struct {
- Weight weight;
- Pen* penPtr;
- } PenStyle;
-
- typedef struct {
- Element* elemPtr;
- const char* label;
- const char** tags;
- Axis* xAxis;
- Axis* yAxis;
- ElemCoords coords;
- ElemValues* w;
- ElemValues* xError;
- ElemValues* yError;
- ElemValues* xHigh;
- ElemValues* xLow;
- ElemValues* yHigh;
- ElemValues* yLow;
- int hide;
- int legendRelief;
- Chain* stylePalette;
- Pen* builtinPenPtr;
- Pen* activePenPtr;
- Pen* normalPenPtr;
- PenOptions builtinPen;
- } ElementOptions;
-
- class Element {
- protected:
- Tk_OptionTable optionTable_;
- void* ops_;
-
- double xRange_;
- double yRange_;
-
- public:
- Graph* graphPtr_;
- const char* name_;
- Tcl_HashEntry* hashPtr_;
- unsigned row_;
- unsigned col_;
- int nActiveIndices_;
- int* activeIndices_;
- int active_;
- int labelActive_;
-
- ChainLink* link;
-
- protected:
- double FindElemValuesMinimum(ElemValues*, double);
- PenStyle** StyleMap();
-
- public:
- Element(Graph*, const char*, Tcl_HashEntry*);
- virtual ~Element();
-
- virtual int configure() =0;
- virtual void map() =0;
- virtual void extents(Region2d*) =0;
- virtual void draw(Drawable) =0;
- virtual void drawActive(Drawable) =0;
- virtual void drawSymbol(Drawable, int, int, int) =0;
- virtual void closest() =0;
- virtual void print(PSOutput*) =0;
- virtual void printActive(PSOutput*) =0;
- virtual void printSymbol(PSOutput*, double, double, int) =0;
-
- virtual ClassId classId() =0;
- virtual const char* className() =0;
- virtual const char* typeName() =0;
-
- void freeStylePalette (Chain*);
-
- Tk_OptionTable optionTable() {return optionTable_;}
- void* ops() {return ops_;}
- };
-};
-
-extern void VectorChangedProc(Tcl_Interp* interp, ClientData clientData,
- Blt_VectorNotify notify);
-
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemBar.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemBar.C
deleted file mode 100644
index 6698760..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemBar.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1315 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <float.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include <cmath>
-
-#include "tkbltGraphBar.h"
-#include "tkbltGrElemBar.h"
-#include "tkbltGrElemOption.h"
-#include "tkbltGrAxis.h"
-#include "tkbltGrMisc.h"
-#include "tkbltGrDef.h"
-#include "tkbltConfig.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPSOutput.h"
-#include "tkbltInt.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-#define CLAMP(x,l,h) ((x) = (((x)<(l))? (l) : ((x)>(h)) ? (h) : (x)))
-#define MIN3(a,b,c) (((a)<(b))?(((a)<(c))?(a):(c)):(((b)<(c))?(b):(c)))
-
-#define PointInRectangle(r,x0,y0) \
- (((x0) <= (int)((r)->x + (r)->width - 1)) && ((x0) >= (int)(r)->x) && \
- ((y0) <= (int)((r)->y + (r)->height - 1)) && ((y0) >= (int)(r)->y))
-
-// OptionSpecs
-
-static Tk_ObjCustomOption styleObjOption =
- {
- "style", StyleSetProc, StyleGetProc, StyleRestoreProc, StyleFreeProc,
- (ClientData)sizeof(BarStyle)
- };
-
-extern Tk_ObjCustomOption penObjOption;
-extern Tk_ObjCustomOption pairsObjOption;
-extern Tk_ObjCustomOption valuesObjOption;
-extern Tk_ObjCustomOption xAxisObjOption;
-extern Tk_ObjCustomOption yAxisObjOption;
-
-static Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-activepen", "activePen", "ActivePen",
- "active", -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, activePenPtr),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &penObjOption, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-background", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-color", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-barwidth", "barWidth", "BarWidth",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, barWidth), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-borderwidth", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-color", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-bindtags", "bindTags", "BindTags",
- "all", -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, tags),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &listObjOption, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
- STD_BORDERWIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, builtinPen.borderWidth),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-color", "color", "color",
- STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, builtinPen.fill),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-data", "data", "Data",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, coords),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &pairsObjOption, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-errorbarcolor", "errorBarColor", "ErrorBarColor",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, builtinPen.errorBarColor),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS,"-errorbarwidth", "errorBarWidth", "ErrorBarWidth",
- "1", -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, builtinPen.errorBarLineWidth),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-errorbarcap", "errorBarCap", "ErrorBarCap",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, builtinPen.errorBarCapWidth),
- 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-outline", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fill", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-color", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-foreground", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-outline", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-hide", "hide", "Hide",
- "no", -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, hide), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-label", "label", "Label",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, label),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-legendrelief", "legendRelief", "LegendRelief",
- "flat", -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, legendRelief), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-mapx", "mapX", "MapX",
- "x", -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, xAxis), 0, &xAxisObjOption, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-mapy", "mapY", "MapY",
- "y", -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, yAxis), 0, &yAxisObjOption, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-outline", "outline", "Outline",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, builtinPen.outlineColor),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-pen", "pen", "Pen",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, normalPenPtr),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &penObjOption, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
- "raised", -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, builtinPen.relief),
- 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-showerrorbars", "showErrorBars", "ShowErrorBars",
- "both", -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, builtinPen.errorBarShow),
- 0, &fillObjOption, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-showvalues", "showValues", "ShowValues",
- "none", -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, builtinPen.valueShow),
- 0, &fillObjOption, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-stack", "stack", "Stack",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, groupName),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-styles", "styles", "Styles",
- "", -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, stylePalette),
- 0, &styleObjOption, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-valueanchor", "valueAnchor", "ValueAnchor",
- "s", -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, builtinPen.valueStyle.anchor),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-valuecolor", "valueColor", "ValueColor",
- STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND, -1,
- Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions,builtinPen.valueStyle.color), 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-valuefont", "valueFont", "ValueFont",
- STD_FONT_SMALL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, builtinPen.valueStyle.font),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-valueformat", "valueFormat", "ValueFormat",
- "%g", -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, builtinPen.valueFormat),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-valuerotate", "valueRotate", "ValueRotate",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, builtinPen.valueStyle.angle),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-weights", "weights", "Weights",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, w),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &valuesObjOption, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-x", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-xdata", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-xdata", "xData", "XData",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, coords.x),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &valuesObjOption, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-xerror", "xError", "XError",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, xError),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &valuesObjOption, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-xhigh", "xHigh", "XHigh",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, xHigh),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &valuesObjOption, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-xlow", "xLow", "XLow",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, xLow),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &valuesObjOption, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-y", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-ydata", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-ydata", "yData", "YData",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, coords.y),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &valuesObjOption, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-yerror", "yError", "YError",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, yError),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &valuesObjOption, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-yhigh", "yHigh", "YHigh",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, yHigh),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &valuesObjOption, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-ylow", "yLow", "YLow",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, yLow),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &valuesObjOption, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
-};
-
-BarElement::BarElement(Graph* graphPtr, const char* name, Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr)
- : Element(graphPtr, name, hPtr)
-{
- barToData_ =NULL;
- bars_ =NULL;
- activeToData_ =NULL;
- activeRects_ =NULL;
- nBars_ =0;
- nActive_ =0;
-
- xeb_.segments =NULL;
- xeb_.map =NULL;
- xeb_.length =0;
- yeb_.segments =NULL;
- yeb_.map =NULL;
- yeb_.length =0;
-
- ops_ = (BarElementOptions*)calloc(1, sizeof(BarElementOptions));
- BarElementOptions* ops = (BarElementOptions*)ops_;
- ops->elemPtr = (Element*)this;
-
- builtinPenPtr = new BarPen(graphPtr_, "builtin", &ops->builtinPen);
- ops->builtinPenPtr = builtinPenPtr;
-
- optionTable_ = Tk_CreateOptionTable(graphPtr->interp_, optionSpecs);
-
- ops->stylePalette = new Chain();
-
- // this is an option and will be freed via Tk_FreeConfigOptions
- // By default an element's name and label are the same
- ops->label = Tcl_Alloc(strlen(name)+1);
- if (name)
- strcpy((char*)ops->label,(char*)name);
-
- Tk_InitOptions(graphPtr_->interp_, (char*)&(ops->builtinPen),
- builtinPenPtr->optionTable(), graphPtr->tkwin_);
-}
-
-BarElement::~BarElement()
-{
- BarElementOptions* ops = (BarElementOptions*)ops_;
-
- delete builtinPenPtr;
-
- reset();
-
- if (ops->stylePalette) {
- freeStylePalette(ops->stylePalette);
- delete ops->stylePalette;
- }
-}
-
-int BarElement::configure()
-{
- BarElementOptions* ops = (BarElementOptions*)ops_;
-
- if (builtinPenPtr->configure() != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- // Point to the static normal pen if no external pens have been selected.
- ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette);
- if (!link) {
- link = new ChainLink(sizeof(BarStyle));
- ops->stylePalette->linkAfter(link, NULL);
- }
- BarStyle* stylePtr = (BarStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- stylePtr->penPtr = NORMALPEN(ops);
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-void BarElement::map()
-{
- BarGraph* barGraphPtr_ = (BarGraph*)graphPtr_;
- BarElementOptions* ops = (BarElementOptions*)ops_;
- BarGraphOptions* gops = (BarGraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_;
-
- if (!link)
- return;
-
- reset();
- if (!ops->coords.x || !ops->coords.y ||
- !ops->coords.x->nValues() || !ops->coords.y->nValues())
- return;
- int nPoints = NUMBEROFPOINTS(ops);
-
- double barWidth = (ops->barWidth > 0.0) ? ops->barWidth : gops->barWidth;
- AxisOptions* axisyops = (AxisOptions*)ops->yAxis->ops();
- double baseline = (axisyops->logScale) ? 0.0 : gops->baseline;
- double barOffset = barWidth * 0.5;
-
- // Create an array of bars representing the screen coordinates of all the
- // segments in the bar.
- Rectangle* bars = new Rectangle[nPoints];
- int* barToData = new int[nPoints];
-
- double* x = ops->coords.x->values_;
- double* y = ops->coords.y->values_;
- int count = 0;
-
- int ii;
- Rectangle* rp;
- for (rp=bars, ii=0; ii<nPoints; ii++) {
- // Two opposite corners of the rectangle in graph coordinates
- Point2d c1, c2;
-
- // check Abscissa is out of range of the x-axis
- if (((x[ii] - barWidth) > ops->xAxis->axisRange_.max) ||
- ((x[ii] + barWidth) < ops->xAxis->axisRange_.min))
- continue;
-
- c1.x = x[ii] - barOffset;
- c1.y = y[ii];
- c2.x = c1.x + barWidth;
- c2.y = baseline;
-
- // If the mode is "aligned" or "stacked" we need to adjust the x or y
- // coordinates of the two corners.
- if ((barGraphPtr_->nBarGroups_ > 0) &&
- ((BarGraph::BarMode)gops->barMode != BarGraph::INFRONT) &&
- (!gops->stackAxes)) {
-
- BarSetKey key;
- key.value =x[ii];
- key.xAxis =ops->xAxis;
- key.yAxis =NULL;
- Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr =
- Tcl_FindHashEntry(&barGraphPtr_->setTable_, (char*)&key);
-
- if (hPtr) {
- Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
- const char *name = (ops->groupName) ? ops->groupName:ops->yAxis->name_;
- Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr2 = Tcl_FindHashEntry(tablePtr, name);
- if (hPtr2) {
- BarGroup* groupPtr = (BarGroup*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr2);
- double slice = barWidth / (double)barGraphPtr_->maxBarSetSize_;
- double offset = (slice * groupPtr->index);
- if (barGraphPtr_->maxBarSetSize_ > 1) {
- offset += slice * 0.05;
- slice *= 0.90;
- }
-
- switch ((BarGraph::BarMode)gops->barMode) {
- case BarGraph::STACKED:
- groupPtr->count++;
- c2.y = groupPtr->lastY;
- c1.y += c2.y;
- groupPtr->lastY = c1.y;
- c1.x += offset;
- c2.x = c1.x + slice;
- break;
-
- case BarGraph::ALIGNED:
- slice /= groupPtr->nSegments;
- c1.x += offset + (slice * groupPtr->count);
- c2.x = c1.x + slice;
- groupPtr->count++;
- break;
-
- case BarGraph::OVERLAP:
- {
- slice /= (groupPtr->nSegments + 1);
- double width = slice + slice;
- groupPtr->count++;
- c1.x += offset +
- (slice * (groupPtr->nSegments - groupPtr->count));
- c2.x = c1.x + width;
- }
- break;
-
- case BarGraph::INFRONT:
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- int invertBar = 0;
- if (c1.y < c2.y) {
- // Handle negative bar values by swapping ordinates
- double temp = c1.y;
- c1.y = c2.y;
- c2.y = temp;
- invertBar = 1;
- }
-
- // Get the two corners of the bar segment and compute the rectangle
- double ybot = c2.y;
- c1 = graphPtr_->map2D(c1.x, c1.y, ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis);
- c2 = graphPtr_->map2D(c2.x, c2.y, ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis);
- if ((ybot == 0.0) && (axisyops->logScale))
- c2.y = graphPtr_->bottom_;
-
- if (c2.y < c1.y) {
- double t = c1.y;
- c1.y = c2.y;
- c2.y = t;
- }
-
- if (c2.x < c1.x) {
- double t = c1.x;
- c1.x = c2.x;
- c2.x = t;
- }
-
- if ((c1.x > graphPtr_->right_) || (c2.x < graphPtr_->left_) ||
- (c1.y > graphPtr_->bottom_) || (c2.y < graphPtr_->top_))
- continue;
-
- // Bound the bars horizontally by the width of the graph window
- // Bound the bars vertically by the position of the axis.
- double right =0;
- double left =0;
- double top =0;
- double bottom =0;
- if (gops->stackAxes) {
- top = ops->yAxis->screenMin_;
- bottom = ops->yAxis->screenMin_ + ops->yAxis->screenRange_;
- left = graphPtr_->left_;
- right = graphPtr_->right_;
- }
- else {
- bottom = right = 10000;
- // Shouldn't really have a call to Tk_Width or Tk_Height in
- // mapping routine. We only want to clamp the bar segment to the
- // size of the window if we're actually mapped onscreen
- if (Tk_Height(graphPtr_->tkwin_) > 1)
- bottom = Tk_Height(graphPtr_->tkwin_);
- if (Tk_Width(graphPtr_->tkwin_) > 1)
- right = Tk_Width(graphPtr_->tkwin_);
- }
-
- CLAMP(c1.y, top, bottom);
- CLAMP(c2.y, top, bottom);
- CLAMP(c1.x, left, right);
- CLAMP(c2.x, left, right);
- double dx = fabs(c1.x - c2.x);
- double dy = fabs(c1.y - c2.y);
- if ((dx == 0) || (dy == 0))
- continue;
-
- int height = (int)dy;
- int width = (int)dx;
- if (invertBar)
- rp->y = (int)MIN(c1.y, c2.y);
- else
- rp->y = (int)(MAX(c1.y, c2.y)) - height;
-
- rp->x = (int)MIN(c1.x, c2.x);
-
- rp->width = width + 1;
- rp->width |= 0x1;
- if (rp->width < 1)
- rp->width = 1;
-
- rp->height = height + 1;
- if (rp->height < 1)
- rp->height = 1;
-
- // Save the data index corresponding to the rectangle
- barToData[count] = ii;
- count++;
- rp++;
- }
- nBars_ = count;
- bars_ = bars;
- barToData_ = barToData;
- if (nActiveIndices_ > 0)
- mapActive();
-
- int size = 20;
- if (count > 0)
- size = bars->width;
-
- // Set the symbol size of all the pen styles
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- BarStyle *stylePtr = (BarStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- BarPen* penPtr = stylePtr->penPtr;
- BarPenOptions* pops = (BarPenOptions*)penPtr->ops();
- stylePtr->symbolSize = size;
- stylePtr->errorBarCapWidth = pops->errorBarCapWidth;
- }
-
- BarStyle** dataToStyle = (BarStyle**)StyleMap();
- if (((ops->yHigh && ops->yHigh->nValues() > 0) &&
- (ops->yLow && ops->yLow->nValues() > 0)) ||
- ((ops->xHigh && ops->xHigh->nValues() > 0) &&
- (ops->xLow && ops->xLow->nValues() > 0)) ||
- (ops->xError && ops->xError->nValues() > 0) ||
- (ops->yError && ops->yError->nValues() > 0)) {
- mapErrorBars(dataToStyle);
- }
-
- mergePens(dataToStyle);
- delete [] dataToStyle;
-}
-
-void BarElement::extents(Region2d *regPtr)
-{
- BarGraph* barGraphPtr_ = (BarGraph*)graphPtr_;
- BarElementOptions* ops = (BarElementOptions*)ops_;
- BarGraphOptions* gops = (BarGraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_;
-
- regPtr->top = regPtr->left = DBL_MAX;
- regPtr->bottom = regPtr->right = -DBL_MAX;
-
- if (!ops->coords.x || !ops->coords.y ||
- !ops->coords.x->nValues() || !ops->coords.y->nValues())
- return;
-
- int nPoints = NUMBEROFPOINTS(ops);
-
- double middle = 0.5;
- regPtr->left = ops->coords.x->min() - middle;
- regPtr->right = ops->coords.x->max() + middle;
-
- regPtr->top = ops->coords.y->min();
- regPtr->bottom = ops->coords.y->max();
- if (regPtr->bottom < gops->baseline)
- regPtr->bottom = gops->baseline;
-
- // Handle stacked bar elements specially.
- // If element is stacked, the sum of its ordinates may be outside the
- // minimum/maximum limits of the element's data points.
- if (((BarGraph::BarMode)gops->barMode == BarGraph::STACKED) &&
- (barGraphPtr_->nBarGroups_ > 0))
- checkStacks(ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis, &regPtr->top, &regPtr->bottom);
-
- // Warning: You get what you deserve if the x-axis is logScale
- AxisOptions* axisxops = (AxisOptions*)ops->xAxis->ops();
- AxisOptions* axisyops = (AxisOptions*)ops->yAxis->ops();
- if (axisxops->logScale)
- regPtr->left = FindElemValuesMinimum(ops->coords.x, DBL_MIN) + middle;
-
- // Fix y-min limits for barchart
- if (axisyops->logScale) {
- if ((regPtr->top <= 0.0) || (regPtr->top > 1.0))
- regPtr->top = 1.0;
- }
- else {
- if (regPtr->top > 0.0)
- regPtr->top = 0.0;
- }
-
- // Correct the extents for error bars if they exist
- if (ops->xError && (ops->xError->nValues() > 0)) {
- nPoints = MIN(ops->xError->nValues(), nPoints);
- for (int ii=0; ii<nPoints; ii++) {
- double x = ops->coords.x->values_[ii] + ops->xError->values_[ii];
- if (x > regPtr->right)
- regPtr->right = x;
-
- x = ops->coords.x->values_[ii] - ops->xError->values_[ii];
- if (axisxops->logScale) {
- // Mirror negative values, instead of ignoring them
- if (x < 0.0)
- x = -x;
-
- if ((x > DBL_MIN) && (x < regPtr->left))
- regPtr->left = x;
-
- }
- else if (x < regPtr->left)
- regPtr->left = x;
- }
- }
- else {
- if ((ops->xHigh) &&
- (ops->xHigh->nValues() > 0) &&
- (ops->xHigh->max() > regPtr->right))
- regPtr->right = ops->xHigh->max();
-
- if (ops->xLow && (ops->xLow->nValues() > 0)) {
- double left;
- if ((ops->xLow->min() <= 0.0) && (axisxops->logScale))
- left = FindElemValuesMinimum(ops->xLow, DBL_MIN);
- else
- left = ops->xLow->min();
-
- if (left < regPtr->left)
- regPtr->left = left;
- }
- }
-
- if (ops->yError && (ops->yError->nValues() > 0)) {
- nPoints = MIN(ops->yError->nValues(), nPoints);
-
- for (int ii=0; ii<nPoints; ii++) {
- double y = ops->coords.y->values_[ii] + ops->yError->values_[ii];
- if (y > regPtr->bottom)
- regPtr->bottom = y;
-
- y = ops->coords.y->values_[ii] - ops->yError->values_[ii];
- if (axisyops->logScale) {
- // Mirror negative values, instead of ignoring them
- if (y < 0.0)
- y = -y;
-
- if ((y > DBL_MIN) && (y < regPtr->left))
- regPtr->top = y;
-
- }
- else if (y < regPtr->top)
- regPtr->top = y;
- }
- }
- else {
- if ((ops->yHigh) &&
- (ops->yHigh->nValues() > 0) &&
- (ops->yHigh->max() > regPtr->bottom))
- regPtr->bottom = ops->yHigh->max();
-
- if (ops->yLow && ops->yLow->nValues() > 0) {
- double top;
- if ((ops->yLow->min() <= 0.0) &&
- (axisyops->logScale))
- top = FindElemValuesMinimum(ops->yLow, DBL_MIN);
- else
- top = ops->yLow->min();
-
- if (top < regPtr->top)
- regPtr->top = top;
- }
- }
-}
-
-void BarElement::closest()
-{
- BarElementOptions* ops = (BarElementOptions*)ops_;
- BarGraphOptions* gops = (BarGraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_;
-
- ClosestSearch* searchPtr = &gops->search;
- double minDist = searchPtr->dist;
- int imin = 0;
-
- int ii;
- Rectangle* bp;
- for (bp=bars_, ii=0; ii<nBars_; ii++, bp++) {
- if (PointInRectangle(bp, searchPtr->x, searchPtr->y)) {
- imin = barToData_[ii];
- minDist = 0.0;
- break;
- }
- double left = bp->x;
- double top = bp->y;
- double right = (double)(bp->x + bp->width);
- double bottom = (double)(bp->y + bp->height);
-
- Point2d outline[5];
- outline[4].x = outline[3].x = outline[0].x = left;
- outline[4].y = outline[1].y = outline[0].y = top;
- outline[2].x = outline[1].x = right;
- outline[3].y = outline[2].y = bottom;
-
- Point2d *pp, *pend;
- for (pp=outline, pend=outline+4; pp<pend; pp++) {
- Point2d t = getProjection(searchPtr->x, searchPtr->y, pp, pp + 1);
- if (t.x > right)
- t.x = right;
- else if (t.x < left)
- t.x = left;
-
- if (t.y > bottom)
- t.y = bottom;
- else if (t.y < top)
- t.y = top;
-
- double dist = hypot((t.x - searchPtr->x), (t.y - searchPtr->y));
- if (dist < minDist) {
- minDist = dist;
- imin = barToData_[ii];
- }
- }
- }
- if (minDist < searchPtr->dist) {
- searchPtr->elemPtr = (Element*)this;
- searchPtr->dist = minDist;
- searchPtr->index = imin;
- searchPtr->point.x =
- ops->coords.x ? (double)ops->coords.x->values_[imin] : 0;
- searchPtr->point.y =
- ops->coords.y ? (double)ops->coords.y->values_[imin] : 0;
- }
-}
-
-void BarElement::draw(Drawable drawable)
-{
- BarElementOptions* ops = (BarElementOptions*)ops_;
-
- if (ops->hide)
- return;
-
- int count = 0;
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
-
- BarStyle* stylePtr = (BarStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- BarPen* penPtr = (BarPen*)stylePtr->penPtr;
- BarPenOptions* pops = (BarPenOptions*)penPtr->ops();
-
- if (stylePtr->nBars > 0)
- drawSegments(drawable, penPtr, stylePtr->bars, stylePtr->nBars);
-
- if ((stylePtr->xeb.length > 0) && (pops->errorBarShow & SHOW_X))
- graphPtr_->drawSegments(drawable, penPtr->errorBarGC_,
- stylePtr->xeb.segments, stylePtr->xeb.length);
-
- if ((stylePtr->yeb.length > 0) && (pops->errorBarShow & SHOW_Y))
- graphPtr_->drawSegments(drawable, penPtr->errorBarGC_,
- stylePtr->yeb.segments, stylePtr->yeb.length);
-
- if (pops->valueShow != SHOW_NONE)
- drawValues(drawable, penPtr, stylePtr->bars, stylePtr->nBars,
- barToData_ + count);
-
- count += stylePtr->nBars;
- }
-}
-
-void BarElement::drawActive(Drawable drawable)
-{
- BarElementOptions* ops = (BarElementOptions*)ops_;
-
- if (ops->hide || !active_)
- return;
-
- BarPen* penPtr = (BarPen*)ops->activePenPtr;
- if (!penPtr)
- return;
- BarPenOptions* pops = (BarPenOptions*)penPtr->ops();
-
- if (nActiveIndices_ > 0) {
- mapActive();
-
- drawSegments(drawable, penPtr, activeRects_, nActive_);
- if (pops->valueShow != SHOW_NONE)
- drawValues(drawable, penPtr, activeRects_, nActive_, activeToData_);
- }
- else if (nActiveIndices_ < 0) {
- drawSegments(drawable, penPtr, bars_, nBars_);
- if (pops->valueShow != SHOW_NONE)
- drawValues(drawable, penPtr, bars_, nBars_, barToData_);
- }
-}
-
-void BarElement::drawSymbol(Drawable drawable, int x, int y, int size)
-{
- BarElementOptions* ops = (BarElementOptions*)ops_;
-
- BarPen* penPtr = NORMALPEN(ops);
- BarPenOptions* pops = (BarPenOptions*)penPtr->ops();
-
- int radius = (size / 2);
- size--;
-
- x -= radius;
- y -= radius;
-
- Tk_Fill3DRectangle(graphPtr_->tkwin_, drawable,
- pops->fill, x, y, size, size,
- pops->borderWidth, pops->relief);
-
- if (pops->outlineColor)
- XDrawRectangle(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, penPtr->outlineGC_,
- x, y, size, size);
-}
-
-void BarElement::print(PSOutput* psPtr)
-{
- BarElementOptions* ops = (BarElementOptions*)ops_;
-
- if (ops->hide)
- return;
-
- psPtr->format("\n%% Element \"%s\"\n\n", name_);
-
- int count = 0;
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
-
- BarStyle *stylePtr = (BarStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- BarPen* penPtr = (BarPen*)stylePtr->penPtr;
- BarPenOptions* pops = (BarPenOptions*)penPtr->ops();
-
- if (stylePtr->nBars > 0)
- printSegments(psPtr, penPtr, stylePtr->bars, stylePtr->nBars);
-
- XColor* colorPtr = pops->errorBarColor;
- if (!colorPtr)
- colorPtr = pops->outlineColor;
- if (!colorPtr)
- colorPtr = Tk_3DBorderColor(pops->fill);
-
- if ((stylePtr->xeb.length > 0) && (pops->errorBarShow & SHOW_X)) {
- psPtr->setLineAttributes(colorPtr, pops->errorBarLineWidth,
- NULL, CapButt, JoinMiter);
- psPtr->printSegments(stylePtr->xeb.segments, stylePtr->xeb.length);
- }
-
- if ((stylePtr->yeb.length > 0) && (pops->errorBarShow & SHOW_Y)) {
- psPtr->setLineAttributes(colorPtr, pops->errorBarLineWidth,
- NULL, CapButt, JoinMiter);
- psPtr->printSegments(stylePtr->yeb.segments, stylePtr->yeb.length);
- }
-
- if (pops->valueShow != SHOW_NONE)
- printValues(psPtr, penPtr, stylePtr->bars, stylePtr->nBars,
- barToData_ + count);
-
- count += stylePtr->nBars;
- }
-}
-
-void BarElement::printActive(PSOutput* psPtr)
-{
- BarElementOptions* ops = (BarElementOptions*)ops_;
-
- if (ops->hide || !active_)
- return;
-
- BarPen* penPtr = (BarPen*)ops->activePenPtr;
- if (!penPtr)
- return;
- BarPenOptions* pops = (BarPenOptions*)penPtr->ops();
-
- psPtr->format("\n%% Active Element \"%s\"\n\n", name_);
-
- if (nActiveIndices_ > 0) {
- mapActive();
-
- printSegments(psPtr, penPtr, activeRects_, nActive_);
- if (pops->valueShow != SHOW_NONE)
- printValues(psPtr, penPtr, activeRects_, nActive_,activeToData_);
- }
- else if (nActiveIndices_ < 0) {
- printSegments(psPtr, penPtr, bars_, nBars_);
- if (pops->valueShow != SHOW_NONE)
- printValues(psPtr, penPtr, bars_, nBars_, barToData_);
- }
-}
-
-void BarElement::printSymbol(PSOutput* psPtr, double x, double y, int size)
-{
- BarElementOptions* ops = (BarElementOptions*)ops_;
-
- BarPen* penPtr = NORMALPEN(ops);
- BarPenOptions* pops = (BarPenOptions*)penPtr->ops();
-
- x -= size/2.;
- y -= size/2.;
-
- psPtr->fill3DRectangle(pops->fill, x, y, size, size,
- pops->borderWidth, pops->relief);
-
- if (pops->outlineColor) {
- psPtr->setForeground(pops->outlineColor);
- psPtr->printRectangle(x, y, size, size);
- }
-}
-
-// Support
-
-void BarElement::ResetStylePalette(Chain* stylePalette)
-{
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(stylePalette); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- BarStyle *stylePtr = (BarStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- stylePtr->xeb.length = 0;
- stylePtr->yeb.length = 0;
- stylePtr->nBars = 0;
- }
-}
-
-void BarElement::checkStacks(Axis* xAxis, Axis* yAxis,
- double* minPtr, double* maxPtr)
-{
- BarGraph* barGraphPtr_ = (BarGraph*)graphPtr_;
- BarGraphOptions* gops = (BarGraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_;
- if (((BarGraph::BarMode)gops->barMode != BarGraph::STACKED) ||
- barGraphPtr_->nBarGroups_ == 0)
- return;
-
- for (BarGroup *gp = barGraphPtr_->barGroups_,
- *gend = gp + barGraphPtr_->nBarGroups_; gp < gend; gp++) {
- if ((gp->xAxis == xAxis) && (gp->yAxis == yAxis)) {
-
- // Check if any of the y-values (because of stacking) are greater
- // than the current limits of the graph.
- if (gp->sum < 0.0) {
- if (*minPtr > gp->sum)
- *minPtr = gp->sum;
- }
- else {
- if (*maxPtr < gp->sum)
- *maxPtr = gp->sum;
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-void BarElement::mergePens(BarStyle** dataToStyle)
-{
- BarElementOptions* ops = (BarElementOptions*)ops_;
-
- if (Chain_GetLength(ops->stylePalette) < 2) {
- ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette);
- BarStyle *stylePtr = (BarStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- stylePtr->nBars = nBars_;
- stylePtr->bars = bars_;
- stylePtr->symbolSize = bars_->width / 2;
- stylePtr->xeb.length = xeb_.length;
- stylePtr->xeb.segments = xeb_.segments;
- stylePtr->yeb.length = yeb_.length;
- stylePtr->yeb.segments = yeb_.segments;
- return;
- }
-
- // We have more than one style. Group bar segments of like pen styles together
- if (nBars_ > 0) {
- Rectangle* bars = new Rectangle[nBars_];
- int* barToData = new int[nBars_];
- Rectangle* bp = bars;
- int* ip = barToData;
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- BarStyle *stylePtr = (BarStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- stylePtr->symbolSize = bp->width / 2;
- stylePtr->bars = bp;
- for (int ii=0; ii<nBars_; ii++) {
- int iData = barToData[ii];
- if (dataToStyle[iData] == stylePtr) {
- *bp++ = bars[ii];
- *ip++ = iData;
- }
- }
- stylePtr->nBars = bp - stylePtr->bars;
- }
- delete [] bars_;
- bars_ = bars;
- delete [] barToData_;
- barToData_ = barToData;
- }
-
- if (xeb_.length > 0) {
- Segment2d* bars = new Segment2d[xeb_.length];
- Segment2d *sp = bars;
- int* map = new int[xeb_.length];
- int* ip = map;
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- BarStyle *stylePtr = (BarStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- stylePtr->xeb.segments = sp;
- for (int ii=0; ii<xeb_.length; ii++) {
- int iData = xeb_.map[ii];
- if (dataToStyle[iData] == stylePtr) {
- *sp++ = xeb_.segments[ii];
- *ip++ = iData;
- }
- }
- stylePtr->xeb.length = sp - stylePtr->xeb.segments;
- }
- delete [] xeb_.segments;
- xeb_.segments = bars;
- delete [] xeb_.map;
- xeb_.map = map;
- }
-
- if (yeb_.length > 0) {
- Segment2d* bars = new Segment2d[yeb_.length];
- Segment2d* sp = bars;
- int* map = new int[yeb_.length];
- int* ip = map;
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- BarStyle *stylePtr = (BarStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- stylePtr->yeb.segments = sp;
- for (int ii=0; ii<yeb_.length; ii++) {
- int iData = yeb_.map[ii];
- if (dataToStyle[iData] == stylePtr) {
- *sp++ = yeb_.segments[ii];
- *ip++ = iData;
- }
- }
- stylePtr->yeb.length = sp - stylePtr->yeb.segments;
- }
- delete [] yeb_.segments;
- yeb_.segments = bars;
- delete [] yeb_.map;
- yeb_.map = map;
- }
-}
-
-void BarElement::mapActive()
-{
- delete [] activeRects_;
- activeRects_ = NULL;
-
- delete [] activeToData_;
- activeToData_ = NULL;
-
- nActive_ = 0;
-
- if (nActiveIndices_ > 0) {
- Rectangle* activeRects = new Rectangle[nActiveIndices_];
- int* activeToData = new int[nActiveIndices_];
- int count = 0;
- for (int ii=0; ii<nBars_; ii++) {
- for (int *ip = activeIndices_, *iend = ip + nActiveIndices_;
- ip < iend; ip++) {
- if (barToData_[ii] == *ip) {
- activeRects[count] = bars_[ii];
- activeToData[count] = ii;
- count++;
- }
- }
- }
- nActive_ = count;
- activeRects_ = activeRects;
- activeToData_ = activeToData;
- }
-}
-
-void BarElement::reset()
-{
- BarElementOptions* ops = (BarElementOptions*)ops_;
-
- ResetStylePalette(ops->stylePalette);
-
- delete [] activeRects_;
- activeRects_ = NULL;
- delete [] activeToData_;
- activeToData_ = NULL;
-
- delete [] xeb_.segments;
- xeb_.segments = NULL;
- delete [] xeb_.map;
- xeb_.map = NULL;
- xeb_.length = 0;
-
- delete [] yeb_.segments;
- yeb_.segments = NULL;
- delete [] yeb_.map;
- yeb_.map = NULL;
- yeb_.length = 0;
-
- delete [] bars_;
- bars_ = NULL;
- delete [] barToData_;
- barToData_ = NULL;
-
- nActive_ = 0;
- nBars_ = 0;
-}
-
-void BarElement::mapErrorBars(BarStyle **dataToStyle)
-{
- BarElementOptions* ops = (BarElementOptions*)ops_;
-
- Region2d reg;
- graphPtr_->extents(&reg);
-
- int nPoints = NUMBEROFPOINTS(ops);
- int nn =0;
- if (ops->coords.x && ops->coords.y) {
- if (ops->xError && (ops->xError->nValues() > 0))
- nn = MIN(ops->xError->nValues(), nPoints);
- else
- if (ops->xHigh && ops->xLow)
- nn = MIN3(ops->xHigh->nValues(), ops->xLow->nValues(), nPoints);
- }
-
- if (nn) {
- Segment2d* bars = new Segment2d[nn * 3];
- Segment2d* segPtr = bars;
- int* map = new int[nn * 3];
- int* indexPtr = map;
-
- for (int ii=0; ii<nn; ii++) {
- double x = ops->coords.x->values_[ii];
- double y = ops->coords.y->values_[ii];
- BarStyle* stylePtr = dataToStyle[ii];
-
- if ((isfinite(x)) && (isfinite(y))) {
- double high, low;
- if (ops->xError->nValues() > 0) {
- high = x + ops->xError->values_[ii];
- low = x - ops->xError->values_[ii];
- }
- else {
- high = ops->xHigh ? ops->xHigh->values_[ii] : 0;
- low = ops->xLow ? ops->xLow->values_[ii] : 0;
- }
- if ((isfinite(high)) && (isfinite(low))) {
- Point2d p = graphPtr_->map2D(high, y, ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis);
- Point2d q = graphPtr_->map2D(low, y, ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis);
- segPtr->p = p;
- segPtr->q = q;
- if (lineRectClip(&reg, &segPtr->p, &segPtr->q)) {
- segPtr++;
- *indexPtr++ = ii;
- }
- // Left cap
- segPtr->p.x = p.x;
- segPtr->q.x = p.x;
- segPtr->p.y = p.y - stylePtr->errorBarCapWidth;
- segPtr->q.y = p.y + stylePtr->errorBarCapWidth;
- if (lineRectClip(&reg, &segPtr->p, &segPtr->q)) {
- segPtr++;
- *indexPtr++ = ii;
- }
- // Right cap
- segPtr->p.x = q.x;
- segPtr->q.x = q.x;
- segPtr->p.y = q.y - stylePtr->errorBarCapWidth;
- segPtr->q.y = q.y + stylePtr->errorBarCapWidth;
- if (lineRectClip(&reg, &segPtr->p, &segPtr->q)) {
- segPtr++;
- *indexPtr++ = ii;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- xeb_.segments = bars;
- xeb_.length = segPtr - bars;
- xeb_.map = map;
- }
-
- nn =0;
- if (ops->coords.x && ops->coords.y) {
- if (ops->yError && (ops->yError->nValues() > 0))
- nn = MIN(ops->yError->nValues(), nPoints);
- else
- if (ops->yHigh && ops->yLow)
- nn = MIN3(ops->yHigh->nValues(), ops->yLow->nValues(), nPoints);
- }
-
- if (nn) {
- Segment2d* bars = new Segment2d[nn * 3];
- Segment2d* segPtr = bars;
- int* map = new int[nn * 3];
- int* indexPtr = map;
-
- for (int ii=0; ii<nn; ii++) {
- double x = ops->coords.x->values_[ii];
- double y = ops->coords.y->values_[ii];
- BarStyle *stylePtr = dataToStyle[ii];
-
- if ((isfinite(x)) && (isfinite(y))) {
- double high, low;
- if (ops->yError->nValues() > 0) {
- high = y + ops->yError->values_[ii];
- low = y - ops->yError->values_[ii];
- }
- else {
- high = ops->yHigh->values_[ii];
- low = ops->yLow->values_[ii];
- }
- if ((isfinite(high)) && (isfinite(low))) {
- Point2d p = graphPtr_->map2D(x, high, ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis);
- Point2d q = graphPtr_->map2D(x, low, ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis);
- segPtr->p = p;
- segPtr->q = q;
- if (lineRectClip(&reg, &segPtr->p, &segPtr->q)) {
- segPtr++;
- *indexPtr++ = ii;
- }
- // Top cap
- segPtr->p.y = p.y;
- segPtr->q.y = p.y;
- segPtr->p.x = p.x - stylePtr->errorBarCapWidth;
- segPtr->q.x = p.x + stylePtr->errorBarCapWidth;
- if (lineRectClip(&reg, &segPtr->p, &segPtr->q)) {
- segPtr++;
- *indexPtr++ = ii;
- }
- // Bottom cap
- segPtr->p.y = q.y;
- segPtr->q.y = q.y;
- segPtr->p.x = q.x - stylePtr->errorBarCapWidth;
- segPtr->q.x = q.x + stylePtr->errorBarCapWidth;
- if (lineRectClip(&reg, &segPtr->p, &segPtr->q)) {
- segPtr++;
- *indexPtr++ = ii;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- yeb_.segments = bars;
- yeb_.length = segPtr - bars;
- yeb_.map = map;
- }
-}
-
-void BarElement::drawSegments(Drawable drawable, BarPen* penPtr,
- Rectangle *bars, int nBars)
-{
- BarPenOptions* pops = (BarPenOptions*)penPtr->ops();
- for (Rectangle *rp = bars, *rend = rp + nBars; rp < rend; rp++) {
- if ((rp->width < 1) || (rp->height < 1))
- continue;
-
- Tk_Fill3DRectangle(graphPtr_->tkwin_, drawable,
- pops->fill, rp->x, rp->y, rp->width, rp->height,
- pops->borderWidth, pops->relief);
-
- if (pops->outlineColor)
- XDrawRectangle(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, penPtr->outlineGC_,
- rp->x, rp->y, rp->width, rp->height);
- }
-}
-
-void BarElement::drawValues(Drawable drawable, BarPen* penPtr,
- Rectangle *bars, int nBars, int *barToData)
-{
- BarElementOptions* ops = (BarElementOptions*)ops_;
- BarPenOptions* pops = (BarPenOptions*)penPtr->ops();
- BarGraphOptions* gops = (BarGraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_;
-
- const char *fmt = pops->valueFormat;
- if (!fmt)
- fmt = "%g";
- TextStyle ts(graphPtr_, &pops->valueStyle);
-
- int count = 0;
- for (Rectangle *rp = bars, *rend = rp + nBars; rp < rend; rp++) {
- Point2d anchorPos;
- char string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE * 2 + 2];
-
- double x = ops->coords.x->values_[barToData[count]];
- double y = ops->coords.y->values_[barToData[count]];
-
- count++;
- if (pops->valueShow == SHOW_X)
- snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, fmt, x);
- else if (pops->valueShow == SHOW_Y)
- snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, fmt, y);
- else if (pops->valueShow == SHOW_BOTH) {
- snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, fmt, x);
- strcat(string, ",");
- snprintf(string + strlen(string), TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, fmt, y);
- }
-
- if (gops->inverted) {
- anchorPos.y = rp->y + rp->height * 0.5;
- anchorPos.x = rp->x + rp->width;
- if (x < gops->baseline)
- anchorPos.x -= rp->width;
- }
- else {
- anchorPos.x = rp->x + rp->width * 0.5;
- anchorPos.y = rp->y;
- if (y < gops->baseline)
- anchorPos.y += rp->height;
- }
-
- ts.drawText(drawable, string, anchorPos.x, anchorPos.y);
- }
-}
-
-void BarElement::printSegments(PSOutput* psPtr, BarPen* penPtr,
- Rectangle *bars, int nBars)
-{
- BarPenOptions* pops = (BarPenOptions*)penPtr->ops();
- for (Rectangle *rp = bars, *rend = rp + nBars; rp < rend; rp++) {
- if ((rp->width < 1) || (rp->height < 1))
- continue;
-
- psPtr->fill3DRectangle(pops->fill, (double)rp->x, (double)rp->y,
- (int)rp->width, (int)rp->height,
- pops->borderWidth, pops->relief);
-
- if (pops->outlineColor) {
- psPtr->setForeground(pops->outlineColor);
- psPtr->printRectangle((double)rp->x, (double)rp->y,
- (int)rp->width, (int)rp->height);
- }
- }
-}
-
-void BarElement::printValues(PSOutput* psPtr, BarPen* penPtr,
- Rectangle *bars, int nBars, int *barToData)
-{
- BarPenOptions* pops = (BarPenOptions*)penPtr->ops();
- BarElementOptions* ops = (BarElementOptions*)ops_;
- BarGraphOptions* gops = (BarGraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_;
-
- int count = 0;
- const char* fmt = pops->valueFormat;
- if (!fmt)
- fmt = "%g";
- TextStyle ts(graphPtr_, &pops->valueStyle);
-
- for (Rectangle *rp = bars, *rend = rp + nBars; rp < rend; rp++) {
- double x = ops->coords.x->values_[barToData[count]];
- double y = ops->coords.y->values_[barToData[count]];
-
- count++;
- char string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE * 2 + 2];
- if (pops->valueShow == SHOW_X)
- snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, fmt, x);
- else if (pops->valueShow == SHOW_Y)
- snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, fmt, y);
- else if (pops->valueShow == SHOW_BOTH) {
- snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, fmt, x);
- strcat(string, ",");
- snprintf(string + strlen(string), TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, fmt, y);
- }
-
- Point2d anchorPos;
- if (gops->inverted) {
- anchorPos.y = rp->y + rp->height * 0.5;
- anchorPos.x = rp->x + rp->width;
- if (x < gops->baseline)
- anchorPos.x -= rp->width;
- }
- else {
- anchorPos.x = rp->x + rp->width * 0.5;
- anchorPos.y = rp->y;
- if (y < gops->baseline)
- anchorPos.y += rp->height;
- }
-
- ts.printText(psPtr, string, anchorPos.x, anchorPos.y);
- }
-}
-
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemBar.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemBar.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b48114..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemBar.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BltGrElemBar_h__
-#define __BltGrElemBar_h__
-
-#include <cmath>
-
-#include <tk.h>
-
-#include "tkbltGrElem.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPenBar.h"
-
-namespace Blt {
-
- typedef struct {
- float x1;
- float y1;
- float x2;
- float y2;
- } BarRegion;
-
- typedef struct {
- Weight weight;
- BarPen* penPtr;
- Rectangle* bars;
- int nBars;
- GraphSegments xeb;
- GraphSegments yeb;
- int symbolSize;
- int errorBarCapWidth;
- } BarStyle;
-
- typedef struct {
- Element* elemPtr;
- const char *label;
- char** tags;
- Axis* xAxis;
- Axis* yAxis;
- ElemCoords coords;
- ElemValues* w;
- ElemValues* xError;
- ElemValues* yError;
- ElemValues* xHigh;
- ElemValues* xLow;
- ElemValues* yHigh;
- ElemValues* yLow;
- int hide;
- int legendRelief;
- Chain* stylePalette;
- BarPen* builtinPenPtr;
- BarPen* activePenPtr;
- BarPen* normalPenPtr;
- BarPenOptions builtinPen;
-
- // derived
- double barWidth;
- const char *groupName;
- } BarElementOptions;
-
- class BarElement : public Element {
- protected:
- BarPen* builtinPenPtr;
- int* barToData_;
- Rectangle* bars_;
- int* activeToData_;
- Rectangle* activeRects_;
- int nBars_;
- int nActive_;
- GraphSegments xeb_;
- GraphSegments yeb_;
-
- protected:
- void ResetStylePalette(Chain*);
- void checkStacks(Axis*, Axis*, double*, double*);
- void mergePens(BarStyle**);
- void mapActive();
- void reset();
- void mapErrorBars(BarStyle**);
- void drawSegments(Drawable, BarPen*, Rectangle*, int);
- void drawValues(Drawable, BarPen*, Rectangle*, int, int*);
- void printSegments(PSOutput*, BarPen*, Rectangle*, int);
- void printValues(PSOutput*, BarPen*, Rectangle*, int, int*);
-
- public:
- BarElement(Graph*, const char*, Tcl_HashEntry*);
- virtual ~BarElement();
-
- ClassId classId() {return CID_ELEM_BAR;}
- const char* className() {return "BarElement";}
- const char* typeName() {return "bar";}
-
- int configure();
- void map();
- void extents(Region2d*);
- void closest();
- void draw(Drawable);
- void drawActive(Drawable);
- void drawSymbol(Drawable, int, int, int);
- void print(PSOutput*);
- void printActive(PSOutput*);
- void printSymbol(PSOutput*, double, double, int);
- };
-};
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemLine.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemLine.C
deleted file mode 100644
index f8ec8f7..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemLine.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2405 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1993 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <float.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include <cmath>
-
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-#include "tkbltGrElemLine.h"
-#include "tkbltGrElemOption.h"
-#include "tkbltGrAxis.h"
-#include "tkbltGrMisc.h"
-#include "tkbltGrDef.h"
-#include "tkbltConfig.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPSOutput.h"
-#include "tkbltInt.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-#define SEARCH_X 0
-#define SEARCH_Y 1
-#define SEARCH_BOTH 2
-
-#define SEARCH_POINTS 0 // closest data point.
-#define SEARCH_TRACES 1 // closest point on trace.
-#define SEARCH_AUTO 2 // traces if linewidth is > 0 and more than one
-
-#define MIN3(a,b,c) (((a)<(b))?(((a)<(c))?(a):(c)):(((b)<(c))?(b):(c)))
-#define PointInRegion(e,x,y) (((x) <= (e)->right) && ((x) >= (e)->left) && ((y) <= (e)->bottom) && ((y) >= (e)->top))
-
-#define BROKEN_TRACE(dir,last,next) (((dir == INCREASING)&&(next < last)) || ((dir == DECREASING)&&(next > last)))
-#define DRAW_SYMBOL() (symbolInterval_==0||(symbolCounter_%symbolInterval_)==0)
-
-static const char* symbolMacros[] =
- {"Li", "Sq", "Ci", "Di", "Pl", "Cr", "Sp", "Sc", "Tr", "Ar", "Bm", NULL};
-
-// OptionSpecs
-
-static const char* smoothObjOption[] =
- {"linear", "step", "cubic", "quadratic", "catrom", NULL};
-
-static const char* penDirObjOption[] =
- {"increasing", "decreasing", "both", NULL};
-
-static Tk_ObjCustomOption styleObjOption =
- {
- "styles", StyleSetProc, StyleGetProc, StyleRestoreProc, StyleFreeProc,
- (ClientData)sizeof(LineStyle)
- };
-
-extern Tk_ObjCustomOption penObjOption;
-extern Tk_ObjCustomOption pairsObjOption;
-extern Tk_ObjCustomOption valuesObjOption;
-extern Tk_ObjCustomOption xAxisObjOption;
-extern Tk_ObjCustomOption yAxisObjOption;
-
-static Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-activepen", "activePen", "ActivePen",
- "active", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, activePenPtr),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &penObjOption, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-areabackground", "areaBackground", "AreaBackground",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, fillBg),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-bindtags", "bindTags", "BindTags",
- "all", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, tags),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &listObjOption, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-color", "color", "Color",
- STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND, -1,
- Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, builtinPen.traceColor), 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-dashes", "dashes", "Dashes",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, builtinPen.traceDashes),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &dashesObjOption, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-data", "data", "Data",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, coords),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &pairsObjOption, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-errorbarcolor", "errorBarColor", "ErrorBarColor",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, builtinPen.errorBarColor),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS,"-errorbarwidth", "errorBarWidth", "ErrorBarWidth",
- "1", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, builtinPen.errorBarLineWidth),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-errorbarcap", "errorBarCap", "ErrorBarCap",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, builtinPen.errorBarCapWidth),
- 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-fill", "fill", "Fill",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, builtinPen.symbol.fillColor),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-hide", "hide", "Hide",
- "no", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, hide), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-label", "label", "Label",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, label),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK | TK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-legendrelief", "legendRelief", "LegendRelief",
- "flat", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, legendRelief), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-linewidth", "lineWidth", "LineWidth",
- "1", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, builtinPen.traceWidth),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-mapx", "mapX", "MapX",
- "x", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, xAxis), 0, &xAxisObjOption, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-mapy", "mapY", "MapY",
- "y", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, yAxis), 0, &yAxisObjOption, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_INT, "-maxsymbols", "maxSymbols", "MaxSymbols",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, reqMaxSymbols), 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-offdash", "offDash", "OffDash",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, builtinPen.traceOffColor),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-outline", "outline", "Outline",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, builtinPen.symbol.outlineColor),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-outlinewidth", "outlineWidth", "OutlineWidth",
- "1", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, builtinPen.symbol.outlineWidth),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-pen", "pen", "Pen",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, normalPenPtr),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &penObjOption, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pixels", "pixels", "Pixels",
- "0.1i", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, builtinPen.symbol.size),
- 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-reduce", "reduce", "Reduce",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, rTolerance), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-scalesymbols", "scaleSymbols", "ScaleSymbols",
- "yes", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, scaleSymbols), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-showerrorbars", "showErrorBars", "ShowErrorBars",
- "both", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, builtinPen.errorBarShow),
- 0, &fillObjOption, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-showvalues", "showValues", "ShowValues",
- "none", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, builtinPen.valueShow),
- 0, &fillObjOption, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-smooth", "smooth", "Smooth",
- "linear", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, reqSmooth),
- 0, &smoothObjOption, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-styles", "styles", "Styles",
- "", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, stylePalette),
- 0, &styleObjOption, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-symbol", "symbol", "Symbol",
- "none", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, builtinPen.symbol),
- 0, &symbolObjOption, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-trace", "trace", "Trace",
- "both", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, penDir),
- 0, &penDirObjOption, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-valueanchor", "valueAnchor", "ValueAnchor",
- "s", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, builtinPen.valueStyle.anchor),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-valuecolor", "valueColor", "ValueColor",
- STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND,-1,
- Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, builtinPen.valueStyle.color),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-valuefont", "valueFont", "ValueFont",
- STD_FONT_SMALL, -1,
- Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, builtinPen.valueStyle.font),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-valueformat", "valueFormat", "ValueFormat",
- "%g", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, builtinPen.valueFormat),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-valuerotate", "valueRotate", "ValueRotate",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, builtinPen.valueStyle.angle),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-weights", "weights", "Weights",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, w),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &valuesObjOption, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-x", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-xdata", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-xdata", "xData", "XData",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, coords.x),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &valuesObjOption, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-xerror", "xError", "XError",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, xError),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &valuesObjOption, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-xhigh", "xHigh", "XHigh",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, xHigh),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &valuesObjOption, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-xlow", "xLow", "XLow",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, xLow),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &valuesObjOption, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-y", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-ydata", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-ydata", "yData", "YData",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, coords.y),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &valuesObjOption, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-yerror", "yError", "YError",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, yError),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &valuesObjOption, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-yhigh", "yHigh", "YHigh",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, yHigh),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &valuesObjOption, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-ylow", "yLow", "YLow",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, yLow),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &valuesObjOption, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
-};
-
-LineElement::LineElement(Graph* graphPtr, const char* name, Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr)
- : Element(graphPtr, name, hPtr)
-{
- smooth_ = LINEAR;
- fillPts_ =NULL;
- nFillPts_ = 0;
-
- symbolPts_.points =NULL;
- symbolPts_.length =0;
- symbolPts_.map =NULL;
- activePts_.points =NULL;
- activePts_.length =0;
- activePts_.map =NULL;
-
- xeb_.segments =NULL;
- xeb_.map =NULL;
- xeb_.length =0;
- yeb_.segments =NULL;
- yeb_.map =NULL;
- yeb_.length =0;
-
- symbolInterval_ =0;
- symbolCounter_ =0;
- traces_ =NULL;
-
- ops_ = (LineElementOptions*)calloc(1, sizeof(LineElementOptions));
- LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_;
- ops->elemPtr = (Element*)this;
-
- builtinPenPtr = new LinePen(graphPtr, "builtin", &ops->builtinPen);
- ops->builtinPenPtr = builtinPenPtr;
-
- optionTable_ = Tk_CreateOptionTable(graphPtr->interp_, optionSpecs);
-
- ops->stylePalette = new Chain();
- // this is an option and will be freed via Tk_FreeConfigOptions
- // By default an element's name and label are the same
- ops->label = Tcl_Alloc(strlen(name)+1);
- if (name)
- strcpy((char*)ops->label,(char*)name);
-
- Tk_InitOptions(graphPtr->interp_, (char*)&(ops->builtinPen),
- builtinPenPtr->optionTable(), graphPtr->tkwin_);
-}
-
-LineElement::~LineElement()
-{
- LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_;
-
- delete builtinPenPtr;
-
- reset();
-
- if (ops->stylePalette) {
- freeStylePalette(ops->stylePalette);
- delete ops->stylePalette;
- }
-
- delete [] fillPts_;
-}
-
-int LineElement::configure()
-{
- LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_;
-
- if (builtinPenPtr->configure() != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- // Point to the static normal/active pens if no external pens have been
- // selected.
- ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette);
- if (!link) {
- link = new ChainLink(sizeof(LineStyle));
- ops->stylePalette->linkAfter(link, NULL);
- }
- LineStyle* stylePtr = (LineStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- stylePtr->penPtr = NORMALPEN(ops);
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-void LineElement::map()
-{
- LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_;
-
- if (!link)
- return;
-
- reset();
- if (!ops->coords.x || !ops->coords.y ||
- !ops->coords.x->nValues() || !ops->coords.y->nValues())
- return;
-
- MapInfo mi;
- getScreenPoints(&mi);
- mapSymbols(&mi);
-
- if (nActiveIndices_ > 0)
- mapActiveSymbols();
-
- // Map connecting line segments if they are to be displayed.
- smooth_ = (Smoothing)ops->reqSmooth;
- if ((mi.nScreenPts > 1) && (ops->builtinPen.traceWidth > 0)) {
- // Do smoothing if necessary. This can extend the coordinate array,
- // so both mi.points and mi.nPoints may change.
- switch (smooth_) {
- case STEP:
- generateSteps(&mi);
- break;
-
- case CUBIC:
- case QUADRATIC:
- // Can't interpolate with less than three points
- if (mi.nScreenPts < 3)
- smooth_ = LINEAR;
- else
- generateSpline(&mi);
- break;
-
- case CATROM:
- // Can't interpolate with less than three points
- if (mi.nScreenPts < 3)
- smooth_ = LINEAR;
- else
- generateParametricSpline(&mi);
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
- if (ops->rTolerance > 0.0)
- reducePoints(&mi, ops->rTolerance);
-
- if (ops->fillBg)
- mapFillArea(&mi);
-
- mapTraces(&mi);
- }
- delete [] mi.screenPts;
- delete [] mi.map;
-
- // Set the symbol size of all the pen styles
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- LineStyle* stylePtr = (LineStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- LinePen* penPtr = (LinePen *)stylePtr->penPtr;
- LinePenOptions* penOps = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops();
- int size = scaleSymbol(penOps->symbol.size);
- stylePtr->symbolSize = size;
- stylePtr->errorBarCapWidth = penOps->errorBarCapWidth;
- }
-
- LineStyle** styleMap = (LineStyle**)StyleMap();
- if (((ops->yHigh && ops->yHigh->nValues() > 0) &&
- (ops->yLow && ops->yLow->nValues() > 0)) ||
- ((ops->xHigh && ops->xHigh->nValues() > 0) &&
- (ops->xLow && ops->xLow->nValues() > 0)) ||
- (ops->xError && ops->xError->nValues() > 0) ||
- (ops->yError && ops->yError->nValues() > 0)) {
- mapErrorBars(styleMap);
- }
-
- mergePens(styleMap);
- delete [] styleMap;
-}
-
-void LineElement::extents(Region2d *extsPtr)
-{
- LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_;
-
- extsPtr->top = extsPtr->left = DBL_MAX;
- extsPtr->bottom = extsPtr->right = -DBL_MAX;
-
- if (!ops->coords.x || !ops->coords.y ||
- !ops->coords.x->nValues() || !ops->coords.y->nValues())
- return;
- int np = NUMBEROFPOINTS(ops);
-
- extsPtr->right = ops->coords.x->max();
- AxisOptions* axisxops = (AxisOptions*)ops->xAxis->ops();
- if ((ops->coords.x->min() <= 0.0) && (axisxops->logScale))
- extsPtr->left = FindElemValuesMinimum(ops->coords.x, DBL_MIN);
- else
- extsPtr->left = ops->coords.x->min();
-
- extsPtr->bottom = ops->coords.y->max();
- AxisOptions* axisyops = (AxisOptions*)ops->yAxis->ops();
- if ((ops->coords.y->min() <= 0.0) && (axisyops->logScale))
- extsPtr->top = FindElemValuesMinimum(ops->coords.y, DBL_MIN);
- else
- extsPtr->top = ops->coords.y->min();
-
- // Correct the data limits for error bars
- if (ops->xError && ops->xError->nValues() > 0) {
- np = MIN(ops->xError->nValues(), np);
- for (int ii=0; ii<np; ii++) {
- double x = ops->coords.x->values_[ii] + ops->xError->values_[ii];
- if (x > extsPtr->right)
- extsPtr->right = x;
-
- x = ops->coords.x->values_[ii] - ops->xError->values_[ii];
- AxisOptions* axisxops = (AxisOptions*)ops->xAxis->ops();
- if (axisxops->logScale) {
- // Mirror negative values, instead of ignoring them
- if (x < 0.0)
- x = -x;
- if ((x > DBL_MIN) && (x < extsPtr->left))
- extsPtr->left = x;
- }
- else if (x < extsPtr->left)
- extsPtr->left = x;
- }
- }
- else {
- if (ops->xHigh &&
- (ops->xHigh->nValues() > 0) &&
- (ops->xHigh->max() > extsPtr->right)) {
- extsPtr->right = ops->xHigh->max();
- }
- if (ops->xLow && ops->xLow->nValues() > 0) {
- double left;
- if ((ops->xLow->min() <= 0.0) && (axisxops->logScale))
- left = FindElemValuesMinimum(ops->xLow, DBL_MIN);
- else
- left = ops->xLow->min();
-
- if (left < extsPtr->left)
- extsPtr->left = left;
- }
- }
-
- if (ops->yError && ops->yError->nValues() > 0) {
- np = MIN(ops->yError->nValues(), np);
- for (int ii=0; ii<np; ii++) {
- double y = ops->coords.y->values_[ii] + ops->yError->values_[ii];
- if (y > extsPtr->bottom)
- extsPtr->bottom = y;
-
- y = ops->coords.y->values_[ii] - ops->yError->values_[ii];
- AxisOptions* axisyops = (AxisOptions*)ops->yAxis->ops();
- if (axisyops->logScale) {
- // Mirror negative values, instead of ignoring them
- if (y < 0.0)
- y = -y;
- if ((y > DBL_MIN) && (y < extsPtr->left))
- extsPtr->top = y;
- }
- else if (y < extsPtr->top)
- extsPtr->top = y;
- }
- }
- else {
- if (ops->yHigh && (ops->yHigh->nValues() > 0) &&
- (ops->yHigh->max() > extsPtr->bottom))
- extsPtr->bottom = ops->yHigh->max();
-
- if (ops->yLow && ops->yLow->nValues() > 0) {
- double top;
- if ((ops->yLow->min() <= 0.0) && (axisyops->logScale))
- top = FindElemValuesMinimum(ops->yLow, DBL_MIN);
- else
- top = ops->yLow->min();
-
- if (top < extsPtr->top)
- extsPtr->top = top;
- }
- }
-}
-
-void LineElement::closest()
-{
- LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_;
- GraphOptions* gops = (GraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_;
-
- ClosestSearch* searchPtr = &gops->search;
- int mode = searchPtr->mode;
- if (mode == SEARCH_AUTO) {
- LinePen* penPtr = NORMALPEN(ops);
- LinePenOptions* penOps = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops();
- mode = SEARCH_POINTS;
- if ((NUMBEROFPOINTS(ops) > 1) && (penOps->traceWidth > 0))
- mode = SEARCH_TRACES;
- }
- if (mode == SEARCH_POINTS)
- closestPoint(searchPtr);
- else {
- int found = closestTrace();
- if ((!found) && (searchPtr->along != SEARCH_BOTH))
- closestPoint(searchPtr);
- }
-}
-
-void LineElement::draw(Drawable drawable)
-{
- LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_;
- LinePen* penPtr = NORMALPEN(ops);
- LinePenOptions* penOps = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops();
-
- if (ops->hide)
- return;
-
- // Fill area under the curve
- if (ops->fillBg && fillPts_) {
- XPoint*points = new XPoint[nFillPts_];
-
- unsigned int count =0;
- for (Point2d *pp = fillPts_, *endp = pp + nFillPts_; pp < endp; pp++) {
- points[count].x = (short)pp->x;
- points[count].y = (short)pp->y;
- count++;
- }
- Tk_Fill3DPolygon(graphPtr_->tkwin_, drawable, ops->fillBg, points,
- nFillPts_, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
- delete [] points;
- }
-
- // Error bars
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- LineStyle* stylePtr = (LineStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- LinePen* penPtr = (LinePen *)stylePtr->penPtr;
- LinePenOptions* penOps = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops();
-
- if ((stylePtr->xeb.length > 0) && (penOps->errorBarShow & SHOW_X))
- graphPtr_->drawSegments(drawable, penPtr->errorBarGC_,
- stylePtr->xeb.segments, stylePtr->xeb.length);
-
- if ((stylePtr->yeb.length > 0) && (penOps->errorBarShow & SHOW_Y))
- graphPtr_->drawSegments(drawable, penPtr->errorBarGC_,
- stylePtr->yeb.segments, stylePtr->yeb.length);
- }
-
- // traces
- if ((Chain_GetLength(traces_) > 0) && (penOps->traceWidth > 0))
- drawTraces(drawable, penPtr);
-
- // Symbols, values
- if (ops->reqMaxSymbols > 0) {
- int total = 0;
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- LineStyle *stylePtr = (LineStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- total += stylePtr->symbolPts.length;
- }
- symbolInterval_ = total / ops->reqMaxSymbols;
- symbolCounter_ = 0;
- }
-
- unsigned int count =0;
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- LineStyle* stylePtr = (LineStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- LinePen* penPtr = (LinePen *)stylePtr->penPtr;
- LinePenOptions* penOps = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops();
-
- if ((stylePtr->symbolPts.length > 0) &&
- (penOps->symbol.type != SYMBOL_NONE))
- drawSymbols(drawable, penPtr, stylePtr->symbolSize,
- stylePtr->symbolPts.length, stylePtr->symbolPts.points);
-
- if (penOps->valueShow != SHOW_NONE)
- drawValues(drawable, penPtr, stylePtr->symbolPts.length,
- stylePtr->symbolPts.points, symbolPts_.map + count);
-
- count += stylePtr->symbolPts.length;
- }
-
- symbolInterval_ = 0;
- symbolCounter_ = 0;
-}
-
-void LineElement::drawActive(Drawable drawable)
-{
- LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_;
- LinePen* penPtr = (LinePen*)ops->activePenPtr;
- if (!penPtr)
- return;
- LinePenOptions* penOps = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops();
-
- if (ops->hide || !active_)
- return;
-
- int symbolSize = scaleSymbol(penOps->symbol.size);
-
- if (nActiveIndices_ > 0) {
- mapActiveSymbols();
-
- if (penOps->symbol.type != SYMBOL_NONE)
- drawSymbols(drawable, penPtr, symbolSize, activePts_.length,
- activePts_.points);
- if (penOps->valueShow != SHOW_NONE)
- drawValues(drawable, penPtr, activePts_.length, activePts_.points,
- activePts_.map);
- }
- else if (nActiveIndices_ < 0) {
- if ((Chain_GetLength(traces_) > 0) && (penOps->traceWidth > 0))
- drawTraces(drawable, penPtr);
-
- if (penOps->symbol.type != SYMBOL_NONE)
- drawSymbols(drawable, penPtr, symbolSize, symbolPts_.length,
- symbolPts_.points);
-
- if (penOps->valueShow != SHOW_NONE) {
- drawValues(drawable, penPtr, symbolPts_.length, symbolPts_.points,
- symbolPts_.map);
- }
- }
-}
-
-void LineElement::drawSymbol(Drawable drawable, int x, int y, int size)
-{
- LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_;
-
- LinePen* penPtr = NORMALPEN(ops);
- LinePenOptions* penOps = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops();
-
- if (penOps->traceWidth > 0) {
- // Draw an extra line offset by one pixel from the previous to give a
- // thicker appearance. This is only for the legend entry. This routine
- // is never called for drawing the actual line segments.
- XDrawLine(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, penPtr->traceGC_, x - size, y,
- x + size, y);
- XDrawLine(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, penPtr->traceGC_, x - size, y + 1,
- x + size, y + 1);
- }
- if (penOps->symbol.type != SYMBOL_NONE) {
- Point2d point;
- point.x = x;
- point.y = y;
- drawSymbols(drawable, penPtr, size, 1, &point);
- }
-}
-
-void LineElement::print(PSOutput* psPtr)
-{
- LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_;
- LinePen* penPtr = NORMALPEN(ops);
- LinePenOptions* penOps = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops();
-
- if (ops->hide)
- return;
-
- psPtr->format("\n%% Element \"%s\"\n\n", name_);
-
- // Draw fill area
- if (ops->fillBg && fillPts_) {
- psPtr->append("% start fill area\n");
- psPtr->setBackground(ops->fillBg);
- psPtr->printPolyline(fillPts_, nFillPts_);
- psPtr->append("gsave fill grestore\n");
- psPtr->append("% end fill area\n");
- }
-
- // traces
- if ((Chain_GetLength(traces_) > 0) && (penOps->traceWidth > 0))
- printTraces(psPtr, penPtr);
-
- // Symbols, error bars, values
- if (ops->reqMaxSymbols > 0) {
- int total = 0;
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- LineStyle *stylePtr = (LineStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- total += stylePtr->symbolPts.length;
- }
- symbolInterval_ = total / ops->reqMaxSymbols;
- symbolCounter_ = 0;
- }
-
- unsigned int count =0;
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- LineStyle *stylePtr = (LineStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- LinePen* penPtr = (LinePen *)stylePtr->penPtr;
- LinePenOptions* penOps = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops();
- XColor* colorPtr = penOps->errorBarColor;
- if (!colorPtr)
- colorPtr = penOps->traceColor;
-
- if ((stylePtr->xeb.length > 0) && (penOps->errorBarShow & SHOW_X)) {
- psPtr->setLineAttributes(colorPtr, penOps->errorBarLineWidth,
- NULL, CapButt, JoinMiter);
- psPtr->printSegments(stylePtr->xeb.segments, stylePtr->xeb.length);
- }
-
- if ((stylePtr->yeb.length > 0) && (penOps->errorBarShow & SHOW_Y)) {
- psPtr->setLineAttributes(colorPtr, penOps->errorBarLineWidth,
- NULL, CapButt, JoinMiter);
- psPtr->printSegments(stylePtr->yeb.segments, stylePtr->yeb.length);
- }
-
- if ((stylePtr->symbolPts.length > 0) &&
- (penOps->symbol.type != SYMBOL_NONE))
- printSymbols(psPtr, penPtr, stylePtr->symbolSize,
- stylePtr->symbolPts.length, stylePtr->symbolPts.points);
-
- if (penOps->valueShow != SHOW_NONE)
- printValues(psPtr, penPtr, stylePtr->symbolPts.length,
- stylePtr->symbolPts.points, symbolPts_.map + count);
-
- count += stylePtr->symbolPts.length;
- }
-
- symbolInterval_ = 0;
- symbolCounter_ = 0;
-}
-
-void LineElement::printActive(PSOutput* psPtr)
-{
- LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_;
- LinePen* penPtr = (LinePen *)ops->activePenPtr;
- if (!penPtr)
- return;
- LinePenOptions* penOps = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops();
-
- if (ops->hide || !active_)
- return;
-
- psPtr->format("\n%% Active Element \"%s\"\n\n", name_);
-
- int symbolSize = scaleSymbol(penOps->symbol.size);
- if (nActiveIndices_ > 0) {
- mapActiveSymbols();
-
- if (penOps->symbol.type != SYMBOL_NONE)
- printSymbols(psPtr, penPtr, symbolSize, activePts_.length,
- activePts_.points);
-
- if (penOps->valueShow != SHOW_NONE)
- printValues(psPtr, penPtr, activePts_.length, activePts_.points,
- activePts_.map);
- }
- else if (nActiveIndices_ < 0) {
- if ((Chain_GetLength(traces_) > 0) && (penOps->traceWidth > 0))
- printTraces(psPtr, (LinePen*)penPtr);
-
- if (penOps->symbol.type != SYMBOL_NONE)
- printSymbols(psPtr, penPtr, symbolSize, symbolPts_.length,
- symbolPts_.points);
- if (penOps->valueShow != SHOW_NONE) {
- printValues(psPtr, penPtr, symbolPts_.length, symbolPts_.points,
- symbolPts_.map);
- }
- }
-}
-
-void LineElement::printSymbol(PSOutput* psPtr, double x, double y, int size)
-{
- LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_;
-
- LinePen* penPtr = NORMALPEN(ops);
- LinePenOptions* penOps = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops();
-
- if (penOps->traceWidth > 0) {
- // Draw an extra line offset by one pixel from the previous to give a
- // thicker appearance. This is only for the legend entry. This routine
- // is never called for drawing the actual line segments.
- psPtr->setLineAttributes(penOps->traceColor, penOps->traceWidth,
- &penOps->traceDashes, CapButt, JoinMiter);
- psPtr->format("%g %g %d Li\n", x, y, size + size);
- }
-
- if (penOps->symbol.type != SYMBOL_NONE) {
- Point2d point;
- point.x = x;
- point.y = y;
- printSymbols(psPtr, penPtr, size, 1, &point);
- }
-}
-
-// Support
-
-double LineElement::distanceToLine(int x, int y, Point2d *p, Point2d *q,
- Point2d *t)
-{
- double right, left, top, bottom;
-
- *t = getProjection(x, y, p, q);
- if (p->x > q->x)
- right = p->x, left = q->x;
- else
- left = p->x, right = q->x;
-
- if (p->y > q->y)
- bottom = p->y, top = q->y;
- else
- top = p->y, bottom = q->y;
-
- if (t->x > right)
- t->x = right;
- else if (t->x < left)
- t->x = left;
-
- if (t->y > bottom)
- t->y = bottom;
- else if (t->y < top)
- t->y = top;
-
- return hypot((t->x - x), (t->y - y));
-}
-
-double LineElement::distanceToX(int x, int y, Point2d *p, Point2d *q,
- Point2d *t)
-{
- double dx, dy;
- double d;
-
- if (p->x > q->x) {
- if ((x > p->x) || (x < q->x)) {
- return DBL_MAX; /* X-coordinate outside line segment. */
- }
- } else {
- if ((x > q->x) || (x < p->x)) {
- return DBL_MAX; /* X-coordinate outside line segment. */
- }
- }
- dx = p->x - q->x;
- dy = p->y - q->y;
- t->x = (double)x;
- if (fabs(dx) < DBL_EPSILON) {
- double d1, d2;
- /*
- * Same X-coordinate indicates a vertical line. Pick the closest end
- * point.
- */
- d1 = p->y - y;
- d2 = q->y - y;
- if (fabs(d1) < fabs(d2)) {
- t->y = p->y, d = d1;
- } else {
- t->y = q->y, d = d2;
- }
- }
- else if (fabs(dy) < DBL_EPSILON) {
- /* Horizontal line. */
- t->y = p->y, d = p->y - y;
- }
- else {
- double m = dy / dx;
- double b = p->y - (m * p->x);
- t->y = (x * m) + b;
- d = y - t->y;
- }
-
- return fabs(d);
-}
-
-double LineElement::distanceToY(int x, int y, Point2d *p, Point2d *q,
- Point2d *t)
-{
- double dx, dy;
- double d;
-
- if (p->y > q->y) {
- if ((y > p->y) || (y < q->y)) {
- return DBL_MAX;
- }
- }
- else {
- if ((y > q->y) || (y < p->y)) {
- return DBL_MAX;
- }
- }
- dx = p->x - q->x;
- dy = p->y - q->y;
- t->y = y;
- if (fabs(dy) < DBL_EPSILON) {
- double d1, d2;
-
- /* Save Y-coordinate indicates an horizontal line. Pick the closest end
- * point. */
- d1 = p->x - x;
- d2 = q->x - x;
- if (fabs(d1) < fabs(d2)) {
- t->x = p->x, d = d1;
- }
- else {
- t->x = q->x, d = d2;
- }
- }
- else if (fabs(dx) < DBL_EPSILON) {
- /* Vertical line. */
- t->x = p->x, d = p->x - x;
- }
- else {
- double m = dy / dx;
- double b = p->y - (m * p->x);
- t->x = (y - b) / m;
- d = x - t->x;
- }
-
- return fabs(d);
-}
-
-int LineElement::scaleSymbol(int normalSize)
-{
- LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_;
-
- double scale = 1.0;
- if (ops->scaleSymbols) {
- double xRange = (ops->xAxis->max_ - ops->xAxis->min_);
- double yRange = (ops->yAxis->max_ - ops->yAxis->min_);
- // Save the ranges as a baseline for future scaling
- if (!xRange_ || !yRange_) {
- xRange_ = xRange;
- yRange_ = yRange;
- }
- else {
- // Scale the symbol by the smallest change in the X or Y axes
- double xScale = xRange_ / xRange;
- double yScale = yRange_ / yRange;
- scale = MIN(xScale, yScale);
- }
- }
- int newSize = (int)(normalSize * scale);
-
- int maxSize = MIN(graphPtr_->hRange_, graphPtr_->vRange_);
- if (newSize > maxSize)
- newSize = maxSize;
-
- // Make the symbol size odd so that its center is a single pixel.
- newSize |= 0x01;
-
- return newSize;
-}
-
-void LineElement::getScreenPoints(MapInfo* mapPtr)
-{
- LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_;
- GraphOptions* gops = (GraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_;
-
- if (!ops->coords.x || !ops->coords.y) {
- mapPtr->screenPts = NULL;
- mapPtr->nScreenPts = 0;
- mapPtr->map = NULL;
- }
-
- int np = NUMBEROFPOINTS(ops);
- double* x = ops->coords.x->values_;
- double* y = ops->coords.y->values_;
- Point2d* points = new Point2d[np];
- int* map = new int[np];
-
- int count = 0;
- if (gops->inverted) {
- for (int ii=0; ii<np; ii++) {
- if ((isfinite(x[ii])) && (isfinite(y[ii]))) {
- points[count].x = ops->yAxis->hMap(y[ii]);
- points[count].y = ops->xAxis->vMap(x[ii]);
- map[count] = ii;
- count++;
- }
- }
- }
- else {
- for (int ii=0; ii< np; ii++) {
- if ((isfinite(x[ii])) && (isfinite(y[ii]))) {
- points[count].x = ops->xAxis->hMap(x[ii]);
- points[count].y = ops->yAxis->vMap(y[ii]);
- map[count] = ii;
- count++;
- }
- }
- }
- mapPtr->screenPts = points;
- mapPtr->nScreenPts = count;
- mapPtr->map = map;
-}
-
-void LineElement::reducePoints(MapInfo *mapPtr, double tolerance)
-{
- int* simple = new int[mapPtr->nScreenPts];
- int* map = new int[mapPtr->nScreenPts];
- Point2d* screenPts = new Point2d[mapPtr->nScreenPts];
- int np = simplify(mapPtr->screenPts, 0, mapPtr->nScreenPts - 1,
- tolerance, simple);
- for (int ii=0; ii<np; ii++) {
- int kk = simple[ii];
- screenPts[ii] = mapPtr->screenPts[kk];
- map[ii] = mapPtr->map[kk];
- }
- delete [] simple;
-
- delete [] mapPtr->screenPts;
- mapPtr->screenPts = screenPts;
- delete [] mapPtr->map;
- mapPtr->map = map;
- mapPtr->nScreenPts = np;
-}
-
-// Douglas-Peucker line simplification algorithm
-int LineElement::simplify(Point2d *inputPts, int low, int high,
- double tolerance, int *indices)
-{
-#define StackPush(a) s++, stack[s] = (a)
-#define StackPop(a) (a) = stack[s], s--
-#define StackEmpty() (s < 0)
-#define StackTop() stack[s]
- int split = -1;
- double dist2, tolerance2;
- int s = -1; /* Points to top stack item. */
-
- int* stack = new int[high - low + 1];
- StackPush(high);
- int count = 0;
- indices[count++] = 0;
- tolerance2 = tolerance * tolerance;
- while (!StackEmpty()) {
- dist2 = findSplit(inputPts, low, StackTop(), &split);
- if (dist2 > tolerance2)
- StackPush(split);
- else {
- indices[count++] = StackTop();
- StackPop(low);
- }
- }
- delete [] stack;
- return count;
-}
-
-double LineElement::findSplit(Point2d *points, int i, int j, int *split)
-{
- double maxDist2 = -1.0;
- if ((i + 1) < j) {
- double a = points[i].y - points[j].y;
- double b = points[j].x - points[i].x;
- double c = (points[i].x * points[j].y) - (points[i].y * points[j].x);
- for (int kk = (i + 1); kk < j; kk++) {
- double dist2 = (points[kk].x * a) + (points[kk].y * b) + c;
- if (dist2 < 0.0)
- dist2 = -dist2;
-
- // Track the maximum.
- if (dist2 > maxDist2) {
- maxDist2 = dist2;
- *split = kk;
- }
- }
- // Correction for segment length---should be redone if can == 0
- maxDist2 *= maxDist2 / (a * a + b * b);
- }
- return maxDist2;
-}
-
-void LineElement::generateSteps(MapInfo *mapPtr)
-{
- int newSize = ((mapPtr->nScreenPts - 1) * 2) + 1;
- Point2d* screenPts = new Point2d[newSize];
- int* map = new int[newSize];
- screenPts[0] = mapPtr->screenPts[0];
- map[0] = 0;
-
- int count = 1;
- for (int i = 1; i < mapPtr->nScreenPts; i++) {
- screenPts[count + 1] = mapPtr->screenPts[i];
-
- // Hold last y-coordinate, use new x-coordinate
- screenPts[count].x = screenPts[count + 1].x;
- screenPts[count].y = screenPts[count - 1].y;
-
- // Use the same style for both the hold and the step points
- map[count] = map[count + 1] = mapPtr->map[i];
- count += 2;
- }
- delete [] mapPtr->map;
- mapPtr->map = map;
- delete [] mapPtr->screenPts;
- mapPtr->screenPts = screenPts;
- mapPtr->nScreenPts = newSize;
-}
-
-void LineElement::generateSpline(MapInfo *mapPtr)
-{
- int nOrigPts = mapPtr->nScreenPts;
- Point2d* origPts = mapPtr->screenPts;
-
- // check points are not monotonically increasing
- for (int ii=0, jj=1; jj<nOrigPts; ii++, jj++) {
- if (origPts[jj].x <= origPts[ii].x)
- return;
- }
- if (((origPts[0].x > (double)graphPtr_->right_)) ||
- ((origPts[mapPtr->nScreenPts - 1].x < (double)graphPtr_->left_)))
- return;
-
- // The spline is computed in screen coordinates instead of data points so
- // that we can select the abscissas of the interpolated points from each
- // pixel horizontally across the plotting area.
- int extra = (graphPtr_->right_ - graphPtr_->left_) + 1;
- if (extra < 1)
- return;
-
- int niPts = nOrigPts + extra + 1;
- Point2d* iPts = new Point2d[niPts];
- int* map = new int[niPts];
-
- // Populate the x2 array with both the original X-coordinates and extra
- // X-coordinates for each horizontal pixel that the line segment contains
- int count = 0;
- for (int ii=0, jj=1; jj<nOrigPts; ii++, jj++) {
- // Add the original x-coordinate
- iPts[count].x = origPts[ii].x;
-
- // Include the starting offset of the point in the offset array
- map[count] = mapPtr->map[ii];
- count++;
-
- // Is any part of the interval (line segment) in the plotting area?
- if ((origPts[jj].x >= (double)graphPtr_->left_) ||
- (origPts[ii].x <= (double)graphPtr_->right_)) {
- double x = origPts[ii].x + 1.0;
-
- /*
- * Since the line segment may be partially clipped on the left or
- * right side, the points to interpolate are always interior to
- * the plotting area.
- *
- * left right
- * x1----|---------------------------|---x2
- *
- * Pick the max of the starting X-coordinate and the left edge and
- * the min of the last X-coordinate and the right edge.
- */
- x = MAX(x, (double)graphPtr_->left_);
- double last = MIN(origPts[jj].x, (double)graphPtr_->right_);
-
- // Add the extra x-coordinates to the interval
- while (x < last) {
- map[count] = mapPtr->map[ii];
- iPts[count++].x = x;
- x++;
- }
- }
- }
- niPts = count;
- int result = 0;
- if (smooth_ == CUBIC)
- result = naturalSpline(origPts, nOrigPts, iPts, niPts);
- else if (smooth_ == QUADRATIC)
- result = quadraticSpline(origPts, nOrigPts, iPts, niPts);
-
- // The spline interpolation failed. We will fall back to the current
- // coordinates and do no smoothing (standard line segments)
- if (!result) {
- smooth_ = LINEAR;
- delete [] iPts;
- delete [] map;
- }
- else {
- delete [] mapPtr->map;
- mapPtr->map = map;
- delete [] mapPtr->screenPts;
- mapPtr->screenPts = iPts;
- mapPtr->nScreenPts = niPts;
- }
-}
-
-void LineElement::generateParametricSpline(MapInfo *mapPtr)
-{
- int nOrigPts = mapPtr->nScreenPts;
- Point2d *origPts = mapPtr->screenPts;
-
- Region2d exts;
- graphPtr_->extents(&exts);
-
- /*
- * Populate the x2 array with both the original X-coordinates and extra
- * X-coordinates for each horizontal pixel that the line segment contains.
- */
- int count = 1;
- for (int i = 0, j = 1; j < nOrigPts; i++, j++) {
- Point2d p = origPts[i];
- Point2d q = origPts[j];
- count++;
- if (lineRectClip(&exts, &p, &q))
- count += (int)(hypot(q.x - p.x, q.y - p.y) * 0.5);
- }
- int niPts = count;
- Point2d *iPts = new Point2d[niPts];
- int* map = new int[niPts];
-
- /*
- * FIXME: This is just plain wrong. The spline should be computed
- * and evaluated in separate steps. This will mean breaking
- * up this routine since the catrom coefficients can be
- * independently computed for original data point. This
- * also handles the problem of allocating enough points
- * since evaluation is independent of the number of points
- * to be evalualted. The interpolated
- * line segments should be clipped, not the original segments.
- */
- count = 0;
- int i,j;
- for (i = 0, j = 1; j < nOrigPts; i++, j++) {
- Point2d p = origPts[i];
- Point2d q = origPts[j];
-
- double d = hypot(q.x - p.x, q.y - p.y);
- /* Add the original x-coordinate */
- iPts[count].x = (double)i;
- iPts[count].y = 0.0;
-
- /* Include the starting offset of the point in the offset array */
- map[count] = mapPtr->map[i];
- count++;
-
- /* Is any part of the interval (line segment) in the plotting
- * area? */
-
- if (lineRectClip(&exts, &p, &q)) {
- double dp, dq;
-
- /* Distance of original point to p. */
- dp = hypot(p.x - origPts[i].x, p.y - origPts[i].y);
- /* Distance of original point to q. */
- dq = hypot(q.x - origPts[i].x, q.y - origPts[i].y);
- dp += 2.0;
- while(dp <= dq) {
- /* Point is indicated by its interval and parameter t. */
- iPts[count].x = (double)i;
- iPts[count].y = dp / d;
- map[count] = mapPtr->map[i];
- count++;
- dp += 2.0;
- }
- }
- }
- iPts[count].x = (double)i;
- iPts[count].y = 0.0;
- map[count] = mapPtr->map[i];
- count++;
- niPts = count;
- int result = 0;
- if (smooth_ == CUBIC)
- result = naturalParametricSpline(origPts, nOrigPts, &exts, 0, iPts, niPts);
- else if (smooth_ == CATROM)
- result = catromParametricSpline(origPts, nOrigPts, iPts, niPts);
-
- // The spline interpolation failed. We will fall back to the current
- // coordinates and do no smoothing (standard line segments)
- if (!result) {
- smooth_ = LINEAR;
- delete [] iPts;
- delete [] map;
- }
- else {
- delete [] mapPtr->map;
- mapPtr->map = map;
- delete [] mapPtr->screenPts;
- mapPtr->screenPts = iPts;
- mapPtr->nScreenPts = niPts;
- }
-}
-
-void LineElement::mapSymbols(MapInfo *mapPtr)
-{
- Point2d* points = new Point2d[mapPtr->nScreenPts];
- int *map = new int[mapPtr->nScreenPts];
-
- Region2d exts;
- graphPtr_->extents(&exts);
-
- Point2d *pp;
- int count = 0;
- int i;
- for (pp=mapPtr->screenPts, i=0; i<mapPtr->nScreenPts; i++, pp++) {
- if (PointInRegion(&exts, pp->x, pp->y)) {
- points[count].x = pp->x;
- points[count].y = pp->y;
- map[count] = mapPtr->map[i];
- count++;
- }
- }
- symbolPts_.points = points;
- symbolPts_.length = count;
- symbolPts_.map = map;
-}
-
-void LineElement::mapActiveSymbols()
-{
- LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_;
-
- delete [] activePts_.points;
- activePts_.points = NULL;
- delete [] activePts_.map;
- activePts_.map = NULL;
-
- Region2d exts;
- graphPtr_->extents(&exts);
-
- Point2d *points = new Point2d[nActiveIndices_];
- int* map = new int[nActiveIndices_];
- int np = NUMBEROFPOINTS(ops);
- int count = 0;
- if (ops->coords.x && ops->coords.y) {
- for (int ii=0; ii<nActiveIndices_; ii++) {
- int iPoint = activeIndices_[ii];
- if (iPoint >= np)
- continue;
-
- double x = ops->coords.x->values_[iPoint];
- double y = ops->coords.y->values_[iPoint];
- points[count] = graphPtr_->map2D(x, y, ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis);
- map[count] = iPoint;
- if (PointInRegion(&exts, points[count].x, points[count].y)) {
- count++;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (count > 0) {
- activePts_.points = points;
- activePts_.map = map;
- }
- else {
- delete [] points;
- delete [] map;
- }
- activePts_.length = count;
-}
-
-void LineElement::mergePens(LineStyle **styleMap)
-{
- LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_;
-
- if (Chain_GetLength(ops->stylePalette) < 2) {
- ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette);
- LineStyle *stylePtr = (LineStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- stylePtr->symbolPts.length = symbolPts_.length;
- stylePtr->symbolPts.points = symbolPts_.points;
- stylePtr->xeb.length = xeb_.length;
- stylePtr->xeb.segments = xeb_.segments;
- stylePtr->yeb.length = yeb_.length;
- stylePtr->yeb.segments = yeb_.segments;
- return;
- }
-
- if (symbolPts_.length > 0) {
- Point2d* points = new Point2d[symbolPts_.length];
- int* map = new int[symbolPts_.length];
- Point2d *pp = points;
- int* ip = map;
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- LineStyle *stylePtr = (LineStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- stylePtr->symbolPts.points = pp;
- for (int ii=0; ii<symbolPts_.length; ii++) {
- int iData = symbolPts_.map[ii];
- if (styleMap[iData] == stylePtr) {
- *pp++ = symbolPts_.points[ii];
- *ip++ = iData;
- }
- }
- stylePtr->symbolPts.length = pp - stylePtr->symbolPts.points;
- }
- delete [] symbolPts_.points;
- symbolPts_.points = points;
- delete [] symbolPts_.map;
- symbolPts_.map = map;
- }
-
- if (xeb_.length > 0) {
- Segment2d* segments = new Segment2d[xeb_.length];
- Segment2d *sp = segments;
- int* map = new int[xeb_.length];
- int* ip = map;
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- LineStyle *stylePtr = (LineStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- stylePtr->xeb.segments = sp;
- for (int ii=0; ii<xeb_.length; ii++) {
- int iData = xeb_.map[ii];
- if (styleMap[iData] == stylePtr) {
- *sp++ = xeb_.segments[ii];
- *ip++ = iData;
- }
- }
- stylePtr->xeb.length = sp - stylePtr->xeb.segments;
- }
- delete [] xeb_.segments;
- xeb_.segments = segments;
- delete [] xeb_.map;
- xeb_.map = map;
- }
-
- if (yeb_.length > 0) {
- Segment2d* segments = new Segment2d[yeb_.length];
- Segment2d* sp = segments;
- int* map = new int [yeb_.length];
- int* ip = map;
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- LineStyle *stylePtr = (LineStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- stylePtr->yeb.segments = sp;
- for (int ii=0; ii<yeb_.length; ii++) {
- int iData = yeb_.map[ii];
- if (styleMap[iData] == stylePtr) {
- *sp++ = yeb_.segments[ii];
- *ip++ = iData;
- }
- }
- stylePtr->yeb.length = sp - stylePtr->yeb.segments;
- }
- delete [] yeb_.segments;
- yeb_.segments = segments;
- delete [] yeb_.map;
- yeb_.map = map;
- }
-}
-
-void LineElement::saveTrace(int start, int length, MapInfo* mapPtr)
-{
- bltTrace* tracePtr = new bltTrace;
- Point2d* screenPts = new Point2d[length];
- int* map = new int[length];
-
- // Copy the screen coordinates of the trace into the point array
- if (mapPtr->map) {
- for (int ii=0, jj=start; ii<length; ii++, jj++) {
- screenPts[ii].x = mapPtr->screenPts[jj].x;
- screenPts[ii].y = mapPtr->screenPts[jj].y;
- map[ii] = mapPtr->map[jj];
- }
- }
- else {
- for (int ii=0, jj=start; ii<length; ii++, jj++) {
- screenPts[ii].x = mapPtr->screenPts[jj].x;
- screenPts[ii].y = mapPtr->screenPts[jj].y;
- map[ii] = jj;
- }
- }
- tracePtr->screenPts.length = length;
- tracePtr->screenPts.points = screenPts;
- tracePtr->screenPts.map = map;
- tracePtr->start = start;
- if (traces_ == NULL)
- traces_ = new Chain();
-
- traces_->append(tracePtr);
-}
-
-void LineElement::freeTraces()
-{
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(traces_); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- bltTrace* tracePtr = (bltTrace*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- delete [] tracePtr->screenPts.map;
- delete [] tracePtr->screenPts.points;
- delete tracePtr;
- }
- delete traces_;
- traces_ = NULL;
-}
-
-void LineElement::mapTraces(MapInfo *mapPtr)
-{
- LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_;
-
- Region2d exts;
- graphPtr_->extents(&exts);
-
- int count = 1;
- Point2d* p = mapPtr->screenPts;
- Point2d* q = p + 1;
-
- int start;
- int ii;
- for (ii=1; ii<mapPtr->nScreenPts; ii++, p++, q++) {
- // Save the coordinates of the last point before clipping.
- Point2d originalq = *q;
- int broken = BROKEN_TRACE(ops->penDir, p->x, q->x);
- LineRectClipResult clipresult = lineRectClip(&exts, p, q);
-
- if (broken || clipresult == CLIP_OUTSIDE) {
- // The last line segment is either totally clipped by the plotting
- // area or the x-direction is wrong, breaking the trace. Either
- // way, save information about the last trace (if one exists),
- // discarding the current line segment
- if (count > 1) {
- start = ii - count;
- saveTrace(start, count, mapPtr);
- count = 1;
- }
- }
- else {
- // Add the point to the trace
- count++;
-
- // If the last point is clipped, this means that the trace is
- // broken after this point. Restore the original coordinate
- // (before clipping) after saving the trace.
- if (clipresult & CLIP_Q) {
- start = ii - (count - 1);
- saveTrace(start, count, mapPtr);
- mapPtr->screenPts[ii] = originalq;
- count = 1;
- }
- }
- }
- if (count > 1) {
- start = ii - count;
- saveTrace(start, count, mapPtr);
- }
-}
-
-void LineElement::mapFillArea(MapInfo *mapPtr)
-{
- LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_;
- GraphOptions* gops = (GraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_;
-
- if (fillPts_) {
- delete [] fillPts_;
- fillPts_ = NULL;
- nFillPts_ = 0;
- }
- if (mapPtr->nScreenPts < 3)
- return;
-
- int np = mapPtr->nScreenPts + 3;
- Region2d exts;
- graphPtr_->extents(&exts);
-
- Point2d* origPts = new Point2d[np];
- if (gops->inverted) {
- int i;
- double minX = (double)ops->yAxis->screenMin_;
- for (i = 0; i < mapPtr->nScreenPts; i++) {
- origPts[i].x = mapPtr->screenPts[i].x + 1;
- origPts[i].y = mapPtr->screenPts[i].y;
- if (origPts[i].x < minX) {
- minX = origPts[i].x;
- }
- }
- // Add edges to make the polygon fill to the bottom of plotting window
- origPts[i].x = minX;
- origPts[i].y = origPts[i - 1].y;
- i++;
- origPts[i].x = minX;
- origPts[i].y = origPts[0].y;
- i++;
- origPts[i] = origPts[0];
- }
- else {
- int i;
- double maxY = (double)ops->yAxis->bottom_;
- for (i = 0; i < mapPtr->nScreenPts; i++) {
- origPts[i].x = mapPtr->screenPts[i].x + 1;
- origPts[i].y = mapPtr->screenPts[i].y;
- if (origPts[i].y > maxY) {
- maxY = origPts[i].y;
- }
- }
- // Add edges to extend the fill polygon to the bottom of plotting window
- origPts[i].x = origPts[i - 1].x;
- origPts[i].y = maxY;
- i++;
- origPts[i].x = origPts[0].x;
- origPts[i].y = maxY;
- i++;
- origPts[i] = origPts[0];
- }
-
- Point2d *clipPts = new Point2d[np * 3];
- np = polyRectClip(&exts, origPts, np - 1, clipPts);
-
- delete [] origPts;
- if (np < 3)
- delete [] clipPts;
- else {
- fillPts_ = clipPts;
- nFillPts_ = np;
- }
-}
-
-void LineElement::reset()
-{
- LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_;
-
- freeTraces();
-
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- LineStyle *stylePtr = (LineStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- stylePtr->symbolPts.length = 0;
- stylePtr->xeb.length = 0;
- stylePtr->yeb.length = 0;
- }
-
- delete [] symbolPts_.points;
- symbolPts_.points = NULL;
-
- delete [] symbolPts_.map;
- symbolPts_.map = NULL;
- symbolPts_.length = 0;
-
- delete [] activePts_.points;
- activePts_.points = NULL;
- activePts_.length = 0;
-
- delete [] activePts_.map;
- activePts_.map = NULL;
-
- delete [] xeb_.segments;
- xeb_.segments = NULL;
- delete [] xeb_.map;
- xeb_.map = NULL;
- xeb_.length = 0;
-
- delete [] yeb_.segments;
- yeb_.segments = NULL;
- delete [] yeb_.map;
- yeb_.map = NULL;
- yeb_.length = 0;
-}
-
-void LineElement::mapErrorBars(LineStyle **styleMap)
-{
- LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_;
-
- Region2d exts;
- graphPtr_->extents(&exts);
-
- int nn =0;
- int np = NUMBEROFPOINTS(ops);
- if (ops->coords.x && ops->coords.y) {
- if (ops->xError && (ops->xError->nValues() > 0))
- nn = MIN(ops->xError->nValues(), np);
- else
- if (ops->xHigh && ops->xLow)
- nn = MIN3(ops->xHigh->nValues(), ops->xLow->nValues(), np);
- }
-
- if (nn) {
- Segment2d* errorBars = new Segment2d[nn * 3];
- Segment2d* segPtr = errorBars;
- int* errorToData = new int[nn * 3];
- int* indexPtr = errorToData;
-
- for (int ii=0; ii<nn; ii++) {
- double x = ops->coords.x->values_[ii];
- double y = ops->coords.y->values_[ii];
- LineStyle* stylePtr = styleMap[ii];
-
- if ((isfinite(x)) && (isfinite(y))) {
- double high;
- double low;
- if (ops->xError && ops->xError->nValues() > 0) {
- high = x + ops->xError->values_[ii];
- low = x - ops->xError->values_[ii];
- }
- else {
- high = ops->xHigh ? ops->xHigh->values_[ii] : 0;
- low = ops->xLow ? ops->xLow->values_[ii] : 0;
- }
-
- if ((isfinite(high)) && (isfinite(low))) {
- Point2d p = graphPtr_->map2D(high, y, ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis);
- Point2d q = graphPtr_->map2D(low, y, ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis);
- segPtr->p = p;
- segPtr->q = q;
- if (lineRectClip(&exts, &segPtr->p, &segPtr->q)) {
- segPtr++;
- *indexPtr++ = ii;
- }
- // Left cap
- segPtr->p.x = p.x;
- segPtr->q.x = p.x;
- segPtr->p.y = p.y - stylePtr->errorBarCapWidth;
- segPtr->q.y = p.y + stylePtr->errorBarCapWidth;
- if (lineRectClip(&exts, &segPtr->p, &segPtr->q)) {
- segPtr++;
- *indexPtr++ = ii;
- }
- // Right cap
- segPtr->p.x = q.x;
- segPtr->q.x = q.x;
- segPtr->p.y = q.y - stylePtr->errorBarCapWidth;
- segPtr->q.y = q.y + stylePtr->errorBarCapWidth;
- if (lineRectClip(&exts, &segPtr->p, &segPtr->q)) {
- segPtr++;
- *indexPtr++ = ii;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- xeb_.segments = errorBars;
- xeb_.length = segPtr - errorBars;
- xeb_.map = errorToData;
- }
-
- nn =0;
- if (ops->coords.x && ops->coords.y) {
- if (ops->yError && (ops->yError->nValues() > 0))
- nn = MIN(ops->yError->nValues(), np);
- else
- if (ops->yHigh && ops->yLow)
- nn = MIN3(ops->yHigh->nValues(), ops->yLow->nValues(), np);
- }
-
- if (nn) {
- Segment2d* errorBars = new Segment2d[nn * 3];
- Segment2d* segPtr = errorBars;
- int* errorToData = new int[nn * 3];
- int* indexPtr = errorToData;
-
- for (int ii=0; ii<nn; ii++) {
- double x = ops->coords.x->values_[ii];
- double y = ops->coords.y->values_[ii];
- LineStyle* stylePtr = styleMap[ii];
-
- if ((isfinite(x)) && (isfinite(y))) {
- double high;
- double low;
- if (ops->yError && ops->yError->nValues() > 0) {
- high = y + ops->yError->values_[ii];
- low = y - ops->yError->values_[ii];
- }
- else {
- high = ops->yHigh->values_[ii];
- low = ops->yLow->values_[ii];
- }
-
- if ((isfinite(high)) && (isfinite(low))) {
- Point2d p = graphPtr_->map2D(x, high, ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis);
- Point2d q = graphPtr_->map2D(x, low, ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis);
- segPtr->p = p;
- segPtr->q = q;
- if (lineRectClip(&exts, &segPtr->p, &segPtr->q)) {
- segPtr++;
- *indexPtr++ = ii;
- }
- // Top cap
- segPtr->p.y = p.y;
- segPtr->q.y = p.y;
- segPtr->p.x = p.x - stylePtr->errorBarCapWidth;
- segPtr->q.x = p.x + stylePtr->errorBarCapWidth;
- if (lineRectClip(&exts, &segPtr->p, &segPtr->q)) {
- segPtr++;
- *indexPtr++ = ii;
- }
- // Bottom cap
- segPtr->p.y = q.y;
- segPtr->q.y = q.y;
- segPtr->p.x = q.x - stylePtr->errorBarCapWidth;
- segPtr->q.x = q.x + stylePtr->errorBarCapWidth;
- if (lineRectClip(&exts, &segPtr->p, &segPtr->q)) {
- segPtr++;
- *indexPtr++ = ii;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- yeb_.segments = errorBars;
- yeb_.length = segPtr - errorBars;
- yeb_.map = errorToData;
- }
-}
-
-int LineElement::closestTrace()
-{
- LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_;
- GraphOptions* gops = (GraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_;
- ClosestSearch* searchPtr = &gops->search;
-
- Point2d closest;
-
- int iClose = -1;
- double dMin = searchPtr->dist;
- closest.x = closest.y = 0;
- for (ChainLink *link=Chain_FirstLink(traces_); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- bltTrace *tracePtr = (bltTrace*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- for (Point2d *p=tracePtr->screenPts.points,
- *pend=p + (tracePtr->screenPts.length - 1); p<pend; p++) {
- Point2d b;
- double d;
- if (searchPtr->along == SEARCH_X)
- d = distanceToX(searchPtr->x, searchPtr->y, p, p + 1, &b);
- else if (searchPtr->along == SEARCH_Y)
- d = distanceToY(searchPtr->x, searchPtr->y, p, p + 1, &b);
- else
- d = distanceToLine(searchPtr->x, searchPtr->y, p, p + 1, &b);
-
- if (d < dMin) {
- closest = b;
- iClose = tracePtr->screenPts.map[p-tracePtr->screenPts.points];
- dMin = d;
- }
- }
- }
- if (dMin < searchPtr->dist) {
- searchPtr->dist = dMin;
- searchPtr->elemPtr = (Element*)this;
- searchPtr->index = iClose;
- searchPtr->point = graphPtr_->invMap2D(closest.x, closest.y,
- ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis);
- return 1;
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-void LineElement::closestPoint(ClosestSearch *searchPtr)
-{
- LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_;
-
- double dMin = searchPtr->dist;
- int iClose = 0;
-
- // Instead of testing each data point in graph coordinates, look at the
- // array of mapped screen coordinates. The advantages are
- // 1) only examine points that are visible (unclipped), and
- // 2) the computed distance is already in screen coordinates.
- int count =0;
- for (Point2d *pp = symbolPts_.points; count < symbolPts_.length;
- count++, pp++) {
- double dx = (double)abs(searchPtr->x - pp->x);
- double dy = (double)abs(searchPtr->y - pp->y);
- double d;
- if (searchPtr->along == SEARCH_BOTH)
- d = hypot(dx, dy);
- else if (searchPtr->along == SEARCH_X)
- d = dx;
- else if (searchPtr->along == SEARCH_Y)
- d = dy;
- else
- continue;
-
- if (d < dMin) {
- iClose = symbolPts_.map[count];
- dMin = d;
- }
- }
- if (dMin < searchPtr->dist) {
- searchPtr->elemPtr = (Element*)this;
- searchPtr->dist = dMin;
- searchPtr->index = iClose;
- searchPtr->point.x = ops->coords.x->values_[iClose];
- searchPtr->point.y = ops->coords.y->values_[iClose];
- }
-}
-
-void LineElement::drawCircle(Display *display, Drawable drawable,
- LinePen* penPtr,
- int nSymbolPts, Point2d *symbolPts, int radius)
-{
- LinePenOptions* penOps = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops();
-
- int count = 0;
- int s = radius + radius;
- XArc* arcs = new XArc[nSymbolPts];
- XArc *ap = arcs;
- for (Point2d *pp=symbolPts, *pend=pp+nSymbolPts; pp<pend; pp++) {
- if (DRAW_SYMBOL()) {
- ap->x = (short)(pp->x - radius);
- ap->y = (short)(pp->y - radius);
- ap->width = (short)s;
- ap->height = (short)s;
- ap->angle1 = 0;
- ap->angle2 = 23040;
- ap++;
- count++;
- }
- symbolCounter_++;
- }
-
- for (XArc *ap=arcs, *aend=ap+count; ap<aend; ap++) {
- if (penOps->symbol.fillGC)
- XFillArc(display, drawable, penOps->symbol.fillGC,
- ap->x, ap->y, ap->width, ap->height, ap->angle1, ap->angle2);
-
- if (penOps->symbol.outlineWidth > 0)
- XDrawArc(display, drawable, penOps->symbol.outlineGC,
- ap->x, ap->y, ap->width, ap->height, ap->angle1, ap->angle2);
- }
-
- delete [] arcs;
-}
-
-void LineElement::drawSquare(Display *display, Drawable drawable,
- LinePen* penPtr,
- int nSymbolPts, Point2d *symbolPts, int r)
-{
- LinePenOptions* penOps = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops();
-
- int s = r + r;
- int count =0;
- Rectangle* rectangles = new Rectangle[nSymbolPts];
- Rectangle* rp=rectangles;
- for (Point2d *pp=symbolPts, *pend=pp+nSymbolPts; pp<pend; pp++) {
- if (DRAW_SYMBOL()) {
- rp->x = (int)pp->x - r;
- rp->y = (int)pp->y - r;
- rp->width = s;
- rp->height = s;
- rp++;
- count++;
- }
- symbolCounter_++;
- }
-
- for (Rectangle *rp=rectangles, *rend=rp+count; rp<rend; rp ++) {
- if (penOps->symbol.fillGC)
- XFillRectangle(display, drawable, penOps->symbol.fillGC,
- rp->x, rp->y, rp->width, rp->height);
-
- if (penOps->symbol.outlineWidth > 0)
- XDrawRectangle(display, drawable, penOps->symbol.outlineGC,
- rp->x, rp->y, rp->width, rp->height);
- }
-
- delete [] rectangles;
-}
-
-void LineElement::drawSCross(Display* display, Drawable drawable,
- LinePen* penPtr,
- int nSymbolPts, Point2d* symbolPts, int r2)
-{
- LinePenOptions* penOps = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops();
-
- Point pattern[4];
- if (penOps->symbol.type == SYMBOL_SCROSS) {
- r2 = (int)(r2 * M_SQRT1_2);
- pattern[3].y = pattern[2].x = pattern[0].x = pattern[0].y = -r2;
- pattern[3].x = pattern[2].y = pattern[1].y = pattern[1].x = r2;
- }
- else {
- pattern[0].y = pattern[1].y = pattern[2].x = pattern[3].x = 0;
- pattern[0].x = pattern[2].y = -r2;
- pattern[1].x = pattern[3].y = r2;
- }
-
- for (Point2d *pp=symbolPts, *endp=pp+nSymbolPts; pp<endp; pp++) {
- if (DRAW_SYMBOL()) {
- int rndx = (int)pp->x;
- int rndy = (int)pp->y;
- XDrawLine(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, penOps->symbol.outlineGC,
- pattern[0].x + rndx, pattern[0].y + rndy,
- pattern[1].x + rndx, pattern[1].y + rndy);
- XDrawLine(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, penOps->symbol.outlineGC,
- pattern[2].x + rndx, pattern[2].y + rndy,
- pattern[3].x + rndx, pattern[3].y + rndy);
- }
- }
-}
-
-void LineElement::drawCross(Display *display, Drawable drawable,
- LinePen* penPtr,
- int nSymbolPts, Point2d *symbolPts, int r2)
-{
- LinePenOptions* penOps = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops();
-
- /*
- * 2 3 The plus/cross symbol is a closed polygon
- * of 12 points. The diagram to the left
- * 0,12 1 4 5 represents the positions of the points
- * x,y which are computed below. The extra
- * 11 10 7 6 (thirteenth) point connects the first and
- * last points.
- * 9 8
- */
- int d = (r2 / 3);
- Point pattern[13];
- pattern[0].x = pattern[11].x = pattern[12].x = -r2;
- pattern[2].x = pattern[1].x = pattern[10].x = pattern[9].x = -d;
- pattern[3].x = pattern[4].x = pattern[7].x = pattern[8].x = d;
- pattern[5].x = pattern[6].x = r2;
- pattern[2].y = pattern[3].y = -r2;
- pattern[0].y = pattern[1].y = pattern[4].y = pattern[5].y =
- pattern[12].y = -d;
- pattern[11].y = pattern[10].y = pattern[7].y = pattern[6].y = d;
- pattern[9].y = pattern[8].y = r2;
-
- if (penOps->symbol.type == SYMBOL_CROSS) {
- // For the cross symbol, rotate the points by 45 degrees
- for (int ii=0; ii<12; ii++) {
- double dx = (double)pattern[ii].x * M_SQRT1_2;
- double dy = (double)pattern[ii].y * M_SQRT1_2;
- pattern[ii].x = (int)(dx - dy);
- pattern[ii].y = (int)(dx + dy);
- }
- pattern[12] = pattern[0];
- }
-
- int count = 0;
- XPoint* polygon = new XPoint[nSymbolPts*13];
- XPoint* xpp = polygon;
- for (Point2d *pp = symbolPts, *endp = pp + nSymbolPts; pp < endp; pp++) {
- if (DRAW_SYMBOL()) {
- int rndx = (int)pp->x;
- int rndy = (int)pp->y;
- for (int ii=0; ii<13; ii++) {
- xpp->x = (short)(pattern[ii].x + rndx);
- xpp->y = (short)(pattern[ii].y + rndy);
- xpp++;
- }
- count++;
- }
- symbolCounter_++;
- }
-
- if (penOps->symbol.fillGC) {
- XPoint* xpp = polygon;
- for (int ii=0; ii<count; ii++, xpp += 13)
- XFillPolygon(graphPtr_->display_, drawable,
- penOps->symbol.fillGC, xpp, 13, Complex,
- CoordModeOrigin);
- }
-
- if (penOps->symbol.outlineWidth > 0) {
- XPoint*xpp = polygon;
- for (int ii=0; ii<count; ii++, xpp += 13)
- XDrawLines(graphPtr_->display_, drawable,
- penOps->symbol.outlineGC, xpp, 13, CoordModeOrigin);
- }
-
- delete [] polygon;
-}
-
-void LineElement::drawDiamond(Display *display, Drawable drawable,
- LinePen* penPtr,
- int nSymbolPts, Point2d *symbolPts, int r1)
-{
- LinePenOptions* penOps = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops();
-
- /*
- * The plus symbol is a closed polygon
- * 1 of 4 points. The diagram to the left
- * represents the positions of the points
- * 0,4 x,y 2 which are computed below. The extra
- * (fifth) point connects the first and
- * 3 last points.
- */
- Point pattern[5];
- pattern[1].y = pattern[0].x = -r1;
- pattern[2].y = pattern[3].x = pattern[0].y = pattern[1].x = 0;
- pattern[3].y = pattern[2].x = r1;
- pattern[4] = pattern[0];
-
- int count = 0;
- XPoint* polygon = new XPoint[nSymbolPts*5];
- XPoint* xpp = polygon;
- for (Point2d *pp = symbolPts, *endp = pp + nSymbolPts; pp < endp; pp++) {
- if (DRAW_SYMBOL()) {
- int rndx = (int)pp->x;
- int rndy = (int)pp->y;
- for (int ii=0; ii<5; ii++) {
- xpp->x = (short)(pattern[ii].x + rndx);
- xpp->y = (short)(pattern[ii].y + rndy);
- xpp++;
- }
- count++;
- }
- symbolCounter_++;
- }
-
- if (penOps->symbol.fillGC) {
- XPoint* xpp = polygon;
- for (int ii=0; ii<count; ii++, xpp += 5)
- XFillPolygon(graphPtr_->display_, drawable,
- penOps->symbol.fillGC, xpp, 5, Convex, CoordModeOrigin);
- }
-
- if (penOps->symbol.outlineWidth > 0) {
- XPoint* xpp = polygon;
- for (int ii=0; ii<count; ii++, xpp += 5)
- XDrawLines(graphPtr_->display_, drawable,
- penOps->symbol.outlineGC, xpp, 5, CoordModeOrigin);
- }
-
- delete [] polygon;
-}
-
-#define B_RATIO 1.3467736870885982
-#define TAN30 0.57735026918962573
-#define COS30 0.86602540378443871
-void LineElement::drawArrow(Display *display, Drawable drawable,
- LinePen* penPtr,
- int nSymbolPts, Point2d *symbolPts, int size)
-{
- LinePenOptions* penOps = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops();
-
- double b = size * B_RATIO * 0.7 * 0.5;
- short b2 = (short)b;
- short h2 = (short)(TAN30 * b);
- short h1 = (short)(b / COS30);
- /*
- * The triangle symbol is a closed polygon
- * 0,3 of 3 points. The diagram to the left
- * represents the positions of the points
- * x,y which are computed below. The extra
- * (fourth) point connects the first and
- * 2 1 last points.
- */
-
- Point pattern[4];
- if (penOps->symbol.type == SYMBOL_ARROW) {
- pattern[3].x = pattern[0].x = 0;
- pattern[3].y = pattern[0].y = h1;
- pattern[1].x = b2;
- pattern[2].y = pattern[1].y = -h2;
- pattern[2].x = -b2;
- } else {
- pattern[3].x = pattern[0].x = 0;
- pattern[3].y = pattern[0].y = -h1;
- pattern[1].x = b2;
- pattern[2].y = pattern[1].y = h2;
- pattern[2].x = -b2;
- }
-
- int count = 0;
- XPoint* polygon = new XPoint[nSymbolPts*4];
- XPoint* xpp = polygon;
- for (Point2d *pp = symbolPts, *endp = pp + nSymbolPts; pp < endp; pp++) {
- if (DRAW_SYMBOL()) {
- int rndx = (int)pp->x;
- int rndy = (int)pp->y;
- for (int ii=0; ii<4; ii++) {
- xpp->x = (short)(pattern[ii].x + rndx);
- xpp->y = (short)(pattern[ii].y + rndy);
- xpp++;
- }
- count++;
- }
- symbolCounter_++;
- }
-
- if (penOps->symbol.fillGC) {
- XPoint* xpp = polygon;
- for (int ii=0; ii<count; ii++, xpp += 4)
- XFillPolygon(graphPtr_->display_, drawable,
- penOps->symbol.fillGC, xpp, 4, Convex, CoordModeOrigin);
- }
-
- if (penOps->symbol.outlineWidth > 0) {
- XPoint* xpp = polygon;
- for (int ii=0; ii<count; ii++, xpp += 4)
- XDrawLines(graphPtr_->display_, drawable,
- penOps->symbol.outlineGC, xpp, 4, CoordModeOrigin);
- }
-
- delete [] polygon;
-}
-
-#define S_RATIO 0.886226925452758
-void LineElement::drawSymbols(Drawable drawable, LinePen* penPtr, int size,
- int nSymbolPts, Point2d* symbolPts)
-{
- LinePenOptions* penOps = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops();
-
- if (size < 3) {
- if (penOps->symbol.fillGC) {
- for (Point2d *pp = symbolPts, *endp = pp + nSymbolPts; pp < endp; pp++)
- XDrawLine(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, penOps->symbol.fillGC,
- (int)pp->x, (int)pp->y, (int)pp->x+1, (int)pp->y+1);
- }
- return;
- }
-
- int r1 = (int)ceil(size * 0.5);
- int r2 = (int)ceil(size * S_RATIO * 0.5);
-
- switch (penOps->symbol.type) {
- case SYMBOL_NONE:
- break;
- case SYMBOL_SQUARE:
- drawSquare(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, penPtr, nSymbolPts,symbolPts,r2);
- break;
- case SYMBOL_CIRCLE:
- drawCircle(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, penPtr, nSymbolPts,symbolPts,r1);
- break;
- case SYMBOL_SPLUS:
- case SYMBOL_SCROSS:
- drawSCross(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, penPtr, nSymbolPts,symbolPts,r2);
- break;
- case SYMBOL_PLUS:
- case SYMBOL_CROSS:
- drawCross(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, penPtr, nSymbolPts,symbolPts,r2);
- break;
- case SYMBOL_DIAMOND:
- drawDiamond(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, penPtr, nSymbolPts,symbolPts,r1);
- break;
- case SYMBOL_TRIANGLE:
- case SYMBOL_ARROW:
- drawArrow(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, penPtr, nSymbolPts,symbolPts,size);
- break;
- }
-}
-
-void LineElement::drawTraces(Drawable drawable, LinePen* penPtr)
-{
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(traces_); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- bltTrace* tracePtr = (bltTrace*)Chain_GetValue(link);
-
- int count = tracePtr->screenPts.length;
- XPoint* points = new XPoint[count];
- XPoint*xpp = points;
- for (int ii=0; ii<count; ii++, xpp++) {
- xpp->x = (short)tracePtr->screenPts.points[ii].x;
- xpp->y = (short)tracePtr->screenPts.points[ii].y;
- }
- XDrawLines(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, penPtr->traceGC_, points,
- count, CoordModeOrigin);
- delete [] points;
- }
-}
-
-void LineElement::drawValues(Drawable drawable, LinePen* penPtr,
- int length, Point2d *points, int *map)
-{
- LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_;
- LinePenOptions* pops = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops();
-
- char string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE * 2 + 2];
- const char* fmt = pops->valueFormat;
- if (fmt == NULL)
- fmt = "%g";
- TextStyle ts(graphPtr_, &pops->valueStyle);
-
- double* xval = ops->coords.x->values_;
- double* yval = ops->coords.y->values_;
- int count = 0;
-
- for (Point2d *pp = points, *endp = points + length; pp < endp; pp++) {
- double x = xval[map[count]];
- double y = yval[map[count]];
- count++;
- if (pops->valueShow == SHOW_X)
- snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, fmt, x);
- else if (pops->valueShow == SHOW_Y)
- snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, fmt, y);
- else if (pops->valueShow == SHOW_BOTH) {
- snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, fmt, x);
- strcat(string, ",");
- snprintf(string + strlen(string), TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, fmt, y);
- }
-
- ts.drawText(drawable, string, pp->x, pp->y);
- }
-}
-
-void LineElement::printSymbols(PSOutput* psPtr, LinePen* penPtr, int size,
- int nSymbolPts, Point2d *symbolPts)
-{
- LinePenOptions* pops = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops();
-
- double symbolSize;
-
- // Set line and foreground attributes
- XColor* fillColor = pops->symbol.fillColor;
- if (!fillColor)
- fillColor = pops->traceColor;
-
- XColor* outlineColor = pops->symbol.outlineColor;
- if (!outlineColor)
- outlineColor = pops->traceColor;
-
- if (pops->symbol.type == SYMBOL_NONE)
- psPtr->setLineAttributes(pops->traceColor, pops->traceWidth + 2,
- &pops->traceDashes, CapButt, JoinMiter);
- else {
- psPtr->setLineWidth(pops->symbol.outlineWidth);
- psPtr->setDashes(NULL);
- }
-
- // build DrawSymbolProc
- psPtr->append("\n/DrawSymbolProc {\n");
- switch (pops->symbol.type) {
- case SYMBOL_NONE:
- break;
- default:
- psPtr->append(" ");
- psPtr->setBackground(fillColor);
- psPtr->append(" gsave fill grestore\n");
-
- if (pops->symbol.outlineWidth > 0) {
- psPtr->append(" ");
- psPtr->setForeground(outlineColor);
- psPtr->append(" stroke\n");
- }
- break;
- }
- psPtr->append("} def\n\n");
-
- // set size
- symbolSize = (double)size;
- switch (pops->symbol.type) {
- case SYMBOL_SQUARE:
- case SYMBOL_CROSS:
- case SYMBOL_PLUS:
- case SYMBOL_SCROSS:
- case SYMBOL_SPLUS:
- symbolSize = (double)size * S_RATIO;
- break;
- case SYMBOL_TRIANGLE:
- case SYMBOL_ARROW:
- symbolSize = (double)size * 0.7;
- break;
- case SYMBOL_DIAMOND:
- symbolSize = (double)size * M_SQRT1_2;
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- int count =0;
- for (Point2d *pp=symbolPts, *endp=symbolPts + nSymbolPts; pp < endp; pp++) {
- if (DRAW_SYMBOL()) {
- psPtr->format("%g %g %g %s\n", pp->x, pp->y, symbolSize,
- symbolMacros[pops->symbol.type]);
- count++;
- }
- symbolCounter_++;
- }
-}
-
-void LineElement::setLineAttributes(PSOutput* psPtr, LinePen* penPtr)
-{
- LinePenOptions* pops = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops();
-
- psPtr->setLineAttributes(pops->traceColor, pops->traceWidth,
- &pops->traceDashes, CapButt, JoinMiter);
-
- if ((LineIsDashed(pops->traceDashes)) &&
- (pops->traceOffColor)) {
- psPtr->append("/DashesProc {\n gsave\n ");
- psPtr->setBackground(pops->traceOffColor);
- psPtr->append(" ");
- psPtr->setDashes(NULL);
- psPtr->append("stroke\n grestore\n} def\n");
- } else {
- psPtr->append("/DashesProc {} def\n");
- }
-}
-
-void LineElement::printTraces(PSOutput* psPtr, LinePen* penPtr)
-{
- setLineAttributes(psPtr, penPtr);
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(traces_); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- bltTrace *tracePtr = (bltTrace*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- if (tracePtr->screenPts.length > 0) {
- psPtr->append("% start trace\n");
- psPtr->printMaxPolyline(tracePtr->screenPts.points,
- tracePtr->screenPts.length);
- psPtr->append("% end trace\n");
- }
- }
-}
-
-void LineElement::printValues(PSOutput* psPtr, LinePen* penPtr,
- int nSymbolPts, Point2d *symbolPts,
- int *pointToData)
-{
- LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_;
- LinePenOptions* pops = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops();
-
- const char* fmt = pops->valueFormat;
- if (fmt == NULL)
- fmt = "%g";
- TextStyle ts(graphPtr_, &pops->valueStyle);
-
- int count = 0;
- for (Point2d *pp=symbolPts, *endp=symbolPts + nSymbolPts; pp < endp; pp++) {
- double x = ops->coords.x->values_[pointToData[count]];
- double y = ops->coords.y->values_[pointToData[count]];
- count++;
-
- char string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE * 2 + 2];
- if (pops->valueShow == SHOW_X)
- snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, fmt, x);
- else if (pops->valueShow == SHOW_Y)
- snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, fmt, y);
- else if (pops->valueShow == SHOW_BOTH) {
- snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, fmt, x);
- strcat(string, ",");
- snprintf(string + strlen(string), TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, fmt, y);
- }
-
- ts.printText(psPtr, string, pp->x, pp->y);
- }
-}
-
-
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemLine.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemLine.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f937615..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemLine.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,184 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BltGrElemLine_h__
-#define __BltGrElemLine_h__
-
-#include <tk.h>
-
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-#include "tkbltGrElem.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPenLine.h"
-
-namespace Blt {
-
- typedef struct {
- Point2d *screenPts;
- int nScreenPts;
- int *styleMap;
- int *map;
- } MapInfo;
-
- typedef struct {
- Point2d *points;
- int length;
- int *map;
- } GraphPoints;
-
- typedef struct {
- int start;
- GraphPoints screenPts;
- } bltTrace;
-
- typedef struct {
- Weight weight;
- LinePen* penPtr;
- GraphPoints symbolPts;
- GraphSegments xeb;
- GraphSegments yeb;
- int symbolSize;
- int errorBarCapWidth;
- } LineStyle;
-
- typedef struct {
- Element* elemPtr;
- const char* label;
- char** tags;
- Axis* xAxis;
- Axis* yAxis;
- ElemCoords coords;
- ElemValues* w;
- ElemValues* xError;
- ElemValues* yError;
- ElemValues* xHigh;
- ElemValues* xLow;
- ElemValues* yHigh;
- ElemValues* yLow;
- int hide;
- int legendRelief;
- Chain* stylePalette;
- LinePen *builtinPenPtr;
- LinePen *activePenPtr;
- LinePen *normalPenPtr;
- LinePenOptions builtinPen;
-
- // derived
- Tk_3DBorder fillBg;
- int reqMaxSymbols;
- double rTolerance;
- int scaleSymbols;
- int reqSmooth;
- int penDir;
- } LineElementOptions;
-
- class LineElement : public Element {
- public:
- enum PenDirection {INCREASING, DECREASING, BOTH_DIRECTIONS};
- enum Smoothing {LINEAR, STEP, CUBIC, QUADRATIC, CATROM};
-
- protected:
- LinePen* builtinPenPtr;
- Smoothing smooth_;
- Point2d *fillPts_;
- int nFillPts_;
- GraphPoints symbolPts_;
- GraphPoints activePts_;
- GraphSegments xeb_;
- GraphSegments yeb_;
- int symbolInterval_;
- int symbolCounter_;
- Chain* traces_;
-
- void drawCircle(Display*, Drawable, LinePen*, int, Point2d*, int);
- void drawSquare(Display*, Drawable, LinePen*, int, Point2d*, int);
- void drawSCross(Display*, Drawable, LinePen*, int, Point2d*, int);
- void drawCross(Display*, Drawable, LinePen*, int, Point2d*, int);
- void drawDiamond(Display*, Drawable, LinePen*, int, Point2d*, int);
- void drawArrow(Display*, Drawable, LinePen*, int, Point2d*, int);
-
- protected:
- int scaleSymbol(int);
- void getScreenPoints(MapInfo*);
- void reducePoints(MapInfo*, double);
- void generateSteps(MapInfo*);
- void generateSpline(MapInfo*);
- void generateParametricSpline(MapInfo*);
- void mapSymbols(MapInfo*);
- void mapActiveSymbols();
- void mergePens(LineStyle**);
- int outCode(Region2d*, Point2d*);
- int clipSegment(Region2d*, int, int, Point2d*, Point2d*);
- void saveTrace(int, int, MapInfo*);
- void freeTraces();
- void mapTraces(MapInfo*);
- void mapFillArea(MapInfo*);
- void mapErrorBars(LineStyle**);
- void reset();
- int closestTrace();
- void closestPoint(ClosestSearch*);
- void drawSymbols(Drawable, LinePen*, int, int, Point2d*);
- void drawTraces(Drawable, LinePen*);
- void drawValues(Drawable, LinePen*, int, Point2d*, int*);
- void setLineAttributes(PSOutput*, LinePen*);
- void printTraces(PSOutput*, LinePen*);
- void printValues(PSOutput*, LinePen*, int, Point2d*, int*);
- void printSymbols(PSOutput*, LinePen*, int, int, Point2d*);
- double distanceToLine(int, int, Point2d*, Point2d*, Point2d*);
- double distanceToX(int, int, Point2d*, Point2d*, Point2d*);
- double distanceToY(int, int, Point2d*, Point2d*, Point2d*);
- int simplify(Point2d*, int, int, double, int*);
- double findSplit(Point2d*, int, int, int*);
-
- int naturalSpline(Point2d*, int, Point2d*, int);
- int quadraticSpline(Point2d*, int, Point2d*, int);
- int naturalParametricSpline(Point2d*, int, Region2d*, int, Point2d*, int);
- int catromParametricSpline(Point2d*, int, Point2d*, int);
-
- public:
- LineElement(Graph*, const char*, Tcl_HashEntry*);
- virtual ~LineElement();
-
- ClassId classId() {return CID_ELEM_LINE;}
- const char* className() {return "LineElement";}
- const char* typeName() {return "line";}
-
- int configure();
- void map();
- void extents(Region2d*);
- void closest();
- void draw(Drawable);
- void drawActive(Drawable);
- void drawSymbol(Drawable, int, int, int);
- void print(PSOutput*);
- void printActive(PSOutput*);
- void printSymbol(PSOutput*, double, double, int);
- };
-};
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemLineSpline.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemLineSpline.C
deleted file mode 100644
index 9224d53..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemLineSpline.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1086 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 2009 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- */
-
-#include <float.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include <cmath>
-
-#include "tkbltGrElemLine.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-typedef double TriDiagonalMatrix[3];
-typedef struct {
- double b, c, d;
-} Cubic2D;
-
-typedef struct {
- double b, c, d, e, f;
-} Quint2D;
-
-// Quadratic spline parameters
-#define E1 param[0]
-#define E2 param[1]
-#define V1 param[2]
-#define V2 param[3]
-#define W1 param[4]
-#define W2 param[5]
-#define Z1 param[6]
-#define Z2 param[7]
-#define Y1 param[8]
-#define Y2 param[9]
-
-/*
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Search --
- *
- * Conducts a binary search for a value. This routine is called
- * only if key is between x(0) and x(len - 1).
- *
- * Results:
- * Returns the index of the largest value in xtab for which
- * x[i] < key.
- *
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-static int Search(Point2d points[], int nPoints, double key, int *foundPtr)
-{
- int low = 0;
- int high = nPoints - 1;
-
- while (high >= low) {
- int mid = (high + low) / 2;
- if (key > points[mid].x)
- low = mid + 1;
- else if (key < points[mid].x)
- high = mid - 1;
- else {
- *foundPtr = 1;
- return mid;
- }
- }
- *foundPtr = 0;
- return low;
-}
-
-/*
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * QuadChoose --
- *
- * Determines the case needed for the computation of the parame-
- * ters of the quadratic spline.
- *
- * Results:
- * Returns a case number (1-4) which controls how the parameters
- * of the quadratic spline are evaluated.
- *
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-static int QuadChoose(Point2d* p, Point2d* q, double m1, double m2,
- double epsilon)
-{
- // Calculate the slope of the line joining P and Q
- double slope = (q->y - p->y) / (q->x - p->x);
-
- if (slope != 0.0) {
- double prod1 = slope * m1;
- double prod2 = slope * m2;
-
- // Find the absolute values of the slopes slope, m1, and m2
- double mref = fabs(slope);
- double mref1 = fabs(m1);
- double mref2 = fabs(m2);
-
- // If the relative deviation of m1 or m2 from slope is less than
- // epsilon, then choose case 2 or case 3.
- double relerr = epsilon * mref;
- if ((fabs(slope - m1) > relerr) && (fabs(slope - m2) > relerr) &&
- (prod1 >= 0.0) && (prod2 >= 0.0)) {
- double prod = (mref - mref1) * (mref - mref2);
- if (prod < 0.0) {
- // l1, the line through (x1,y1) with slope m1, and l2,
- // the line through (x2,y2) with slope m2, intersect
- // at a point whose abscissa is between x1 and x2.
- // The abscissa becomes a knot of the spline.
- return 1;
- }
- if (mref1 > (mref * 2.0)) {
- if (mref2 <= ((2.0 - epsilon) * mref))
- return 3;
- }
- else if (mref2 <= (mref * 2.0)) {
- // Both l1 and l2 cross the line through
- // (x1+x2)/2.0,y1 and (x1+x2)/2.0,y2, which is the
- // midline of the rectangle formed by P and Q or both
- // m1 and m2 have signs different than the sign of
- // slope, or one of m1 and m2 has opposite sign from
- // slope and l1 and l2 intersect to the left of x1 or
- // to the right of x2. The point (x1+x2)/2. is a knot
- // of the spline.
- return 2;
- }
- else if (mref1 <= ((2.0 - epsilon) * mref)) {
- // In cases 3 and 4, sign(m1)=sign(m2)=sign(slope).
- // Either l1 or l2 crosses the midline, but not both.
- // Choose case 4 if mref1 is greater than
- // (2.-epsilon)*mref; otherwise, choose case 3.
- return 3;
- }
- // If neither l1 nor l2 crosses the midline, the spline
- // requires two knots between x1 and x2.
- return 4;
- }
- else {
- // The sign of at least one of the slopes m1 or m2 does not
- // agree with the sign of *slope*.
- if ((prod1 < 0.0) && (prod2 < 0.0)) {
- return 2;
- }
- else if (prod1 < 0.0) {
- if (mref2 > ((epsilon + 1.0) * mref))
- return 1;
- else
- return 2;
- }
- else if (mref1 > ((epsilon + 1.0) * mref))
- return 1;
- else
- return 2;
- }
- }
- else if ((m1 * m2) >= 0.0)
- return 2;
- else
- return 1;
-}
-
-/*
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * Computes the knots and other parameters of the spline on the
- * interval PQ.
- * On input--
- * P and Q are the coordinates of the points of interpolation.
- * m1 is the slope at P.
- * m2 is the slope at Q.
- * ncase controls the number and location of the knots.
- * On output--
- *
- * (v1,v2),(w1,w2),(z1,z2), and (e1,e2) are the coordinates of
- * the knots and other parameters of the spline on P.
- * (e1,e2) and Q are used only if ncase=4.
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-static void QuadCases(Point2d* p, Point2d* q, double m1, double m2,
- double param[], int which)
-{
- if ((which == 3) || (which == 4)) {
- double c1 = p->x + (q->y - p->y) / m1;
- double d1 = q->x + (p->y - q->y) / m2;
- double h1 = c1 * 2.0 - p->x;
- double j1 = d1 * 2.0 - q->x;
- double mbar1 = (q->y - p->y) / (h1 - p->x);
- double mbar2 = (p->y - q->y) / (j1 - q->x);
-
- if (which == 4) {
- // Case 4
- Y1 = (p->x + c1) / 2.0;
- V1 = (p->x + Y1) / 2.0;
- V2 = m1 * (V1 - p->x) + p->y;
- Z1 = (d1 + q->x) / 2.0;
- W1 = (q->x + Z1) / 2.0;
- W2 = m2 * (W1 - q->x) + q->y;
- double mbar3 = (W2 - V2) / (W1 - V1);
- Y2 = mbar3 * (Y1 - V1) + V2;
- Z2 = mbar3 * (Z1 - V1) + V2;
- E1 = (Y1 + Z1) / 2.0;
- E2 = mbar3 * (E1 - V1) + V2;
- }
- else {
- // Case 3
- double k1 = (p->y - q->y + q->x * mbar2 - p->x * mbar1) / (mbar2 - mbar1);
- if (fabs(m1) > fabs(m2)) {
- Z1 = (k1 + p->x) / 2.0;
- } else {
- Z1 = (k1 + q->x) / 2.0;
- }
- V1 = (p->x + Z1) / 2.0;
- V2 = p->y + m1 * (V1 - p->x);
- W1 = (q->x + Z1) / 2.0;
- W2 = q->y + m2 * (W1 - q->x);
- Z2 = V2 + (W2 - V2) / (W1 - V1) * (Z1 - V1);
- }
- }
- else if (which == 2) {
- // Case 2
- Z1 = (p->x + q->x) / 2.0;
- V1 = (p->x + Z1) / 2.0;
- V2 = p->y + m1 * (V1 - p->x);
- W1 = (Z1 + q->x) / 2.0;
- W2 = q->y + m2 * (W1 - q->x);
- Z2 = (V2 + W2) / 2.0;
- }
- else {
- // Case 1
- Z1 = (p->y - q->y + m2 * q->x - m1 * p->x) / (m2 - m1);
- double ztwo = p->y + m1 * (Z1 - p->x);
- V1 = (p->x + Z1) / 2.0;
- V2 = (p->y + ztwo) / 2.0;
- W1 = (Z1 + q->x) / 2.0;
- W2 = (ztwo + q->y) / 2.0;
- Z2 = V2 + (W2 - V2) / (W1 - V1) * (Z1 - V1);
- }
-}
-
-static int QuadSelect(Point2d* p, Point2d* q, double m1, double m2,
- double epsilon, double param[])
-{
- int ncase = QuadChoose(p, q, m1, m2, epsilon);
- QuadCases(p, q, m1, m2, param, ncase);
- return ncase;
-}
-
-static double QuadGetImage(double p1, double p2, double p3, double x1,
- double x2, double x3)
-{
- double A = x1 - x2;
- double B = x2 - x3;
- double C = x1 - x3;
-
- double y = (p1 * (A * A) + p2 * 2.0 * B * A + p3 * (B * B)) / (C * C);
- return y;
-}
-
-/*
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * Finds the image of a point in x.
- * On input
- * x Contains the value at which the spline is evaluated.
- * leftX, leftY
- * Coordinates of the left-hand data point used in the
- * evaluation of x values.
- * rightX, rightY
- * Coordinates of the right-hand data point used in the
- * evaluation of x values.
- * Z1, Z2, Y1, Y2, E2, W2, V2
- * Parameters of the spline.
- * ncase Controls the evaluation of the spline by indicating
- * whether one or two knots were placed in the interval
- * (xtabs,xtabs1).
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-static void QuadSpline(Point2d* intp, Point2d* left, Point2d* right,
- double param[], int ncase)
-
-{
- double y;
-
- if (ncase == 4) {
- // Case 4: More than one knot was placed in the interval.
- // Determine the location of data point relative to the 1st knot.
- if (Y1 > intp->x)
- y = QuadGetImage(left->y, V2, Y2, Y1, intp->x, left->x);
- else if (Y1 < intp->x) {
- // Determine the location of the data point relative to the 2nd knot.
- if (Z1 > intp->x)
- y = QuadGetImage(Y2, E2, Z2, Z1, intp->x, Y1);
- else if (Z1 < intp->x)
- y = QuadGetImage(Z2, W2, right->y, right->x, intp->x, Z1);
- else
- y = Z2;
- }
- else
- y = Y2;
- }
- else {
- // Cases 1, 2, or 3:
- // Determine the location of the data point relative to the knot.
- if (Z1 < intp->x)
- y = QuadGetImage(Z2, W2, right->y, right->x, intp->x, Z1);
- else if (Z1 > intp->x)
- y = QuadGetImage(left->y, V2, Z2, Z1, intp->x, left->x);
- else
- y = Z2;
- }
-
- intp->y = y;
-}
-
-/*
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * Calculates the derivative at each of the data points. The
- * slopes computed will insure that an osculatory quadratic
- * spline will have one additional knot between two adjacent
- * points of interpolation. Convexity and monotonicity are
- * preserved wherever these conditions are compatible with the
- * data.
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-static void QuadSlopes(Point2d *points, double *m, int nPoints)
-{
- double m1s =0;
- double m2s =0;
- double m1 =0;
- double m2 =0;
- int i, n, l;
- for (l = 0, i = 1, n = 2; i < (nPoints - 1); l++, i++, n++) {
- // Calculate the slopes of the two lines joining three
- // consecutive data points.
- double ydif1 = points[i].y - points[l].y;
- double ydif2 = points[n].y - points[i].y;
- m1 = ydif1 / (points[i].x - points[l].x);
- m2 = ydif2 / (points[n].x - points[i].x);
- if (i == 1) {
- // Save slopes of starting point
- m1s = m1;
- m2s = m2;
- }
- // If one of the preceding slopes is zero or if they have opposite
- // sign, assign the value zero to the derivative at the middle point.
- if ((m1 == 0.0) || (m2 == 0.0) || ((m1 * m2) <= 0.0))
- m[i] = 0.0;
- else if (fabs(m1) > fabs(m2)) {
- // Calculate the slope by extending the line with slope m1.
- double xbar = ydif2 / m1 + points[i].x;
- double xhat = (xbar + points[n].x) / 2.0;
- m[i] = ydif2 / (xhat - points[i].x);
- }
- else {
- // Calculate the slope by extending the line with slope m2.
- double xbar = -ydif1 / m2 + points[i].x;
- double xhat = (points[l].x + xbar) / 2.0;
- m[i] = ydif1 / (points[i].x - xhat);
- }
- }
-
- // Calculate the slope at the last point, x(n).
- i = nPoints - 2;
- n = nPoints - 1;
- if ((m1 * m2) < 0.0)
- m[n] = m2 * 2.0;
- else {
- double xmid = (points[i].x + points[n].x) / 2.0;
- double yxmid = m[i] * (xmid - points[i].x) + points[i].y;
- m[n] = (points[n].y - yxmid) / (points[n].x - xmid);
- if ((m[n] * m2) < 0.0)
- m[n] = 0.0;
- }
-
- // Calculate the slope at the first point, x(0).
- if ((m1s * m2s) < 0.0)
- m[0] = m1s * 2.0;
- else {
- double xmid = (points[0].x + points[1].x) / 2.0;
- double yxmid = m[1] * (xmid - points[1].x) + points[1].y;
- m[0] = (yxmid - points[0].y) / (xmid - points[0].x);
- if ((m[0] * m1s) < 0.0)
- m[0] = 0.0;
- }
-}
-
-/*
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * QuadEval --
- *
- * QuadEval controls the evaluation of an osculatory quadratic
- * spline. The user may provide his own slopes at the points of
- * interpolation or use the subroutine 'QuadSlopes' to calculate
- * slopes which are consistent with the shape of the data.
- *
- * ON INPUT--
- * intpPts must be a nondecreasing vector of points at which the
- * spline will be evaluated.
- * origPts contains the abscissas of the data points to be
- * interpolated. xtab must be increasing.
- * y contains the ordinates of the data points to be
- * interpolated.
- * m contains the slope of the spline at each point of
- * interpolation.
- * nPoints number of data points (dimension of xtab and y).
- * numEval is the number of points of evaluation (dimension of
- * xval and yval).
- * epsilon is a relative error tolerance used in subroutine
- * 'QuadChoose' to distinguish the situation m(i) or
- * m(i+1) is relatively close to the slope or twice
- * the slope of the linear segment between xtab(i) and
- * xtab(i+1). If this situation occurs, roundoff may
- * cause a change in convexity or monotonicity of the
- * resulting spline and a change in the case number
- * provided by 'QuadChoose'. If epsilon is not equal to zero,
- * then epsilon should be greater than or equal to machine
- * epsilon.
- * ON OUTPUT--
- * yval contains the images of the points in xval.
- * err is one of the following error codes:
- * 0 - QuadEval ran normally.
- * 1 - xval(i) is less than xtab(1) for at least one
- * i or xval(i) is greater than xtab(num) for at
- * least one i. QuadEval will extrapolate to provide
- * function values for these abscissas.
- * 2 - xval(i+1) < xval(i) for some i.
- *
- *
- * QuadEval calls the following subroutines or functions:
- * Search
- * QuadCases
- * QuadChoose
- * QuadSpline
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-static int QuadEval(Point2d origPts[], int nOrigPts, Point2d intpPts[],
- int nIntpPts, double *m, double epsilon)
-{
- double param[10];
-
- // Initialize indices and set error result
- int error = 0;
- int l = nOrigPts - 1;
- int p = l - 1;
- int ncase = 1;
-
- // Determine if abscissas of new vector are non-decreasing.
- for (int jj=1; jj<nIntpPts; jj++) {
- if (intpPts[jj].x < intpPts[jj - 1].x)
- return 2;
- }
- // Determine if any of the points in xval are LESS than the
- // abscissa of the first data point.
- int start;
- for (start = 0; start < nIntpPts; start++) {
- if (intpPts[start].x >= origPts[0].x)
- break;
- }
- // Determine if any of the points in xval are GREATER than the
- // abscissa of the l data point.
- int end;
- for (end = nIntpPts - 1; end >= 0; end--) {
- if (intpPts[end].x <= origPts[l].x)
- break;
- }
-
- if (start > 0) {
- // Set error value to indicate that extrapolation has occurred
- error = 1;
-
- // Calculate the images of points of evaluation whose abscissas
- // are less than the abscissa of the first data point.
- ncase = QuadSelect(origPts, origPts + 1, m[0], m[1], epsilon, param);
- for (int jj=0; jj<(start - 1); jj++)
- QuadSpline(intpPts + jj, origPts, origPts + 1, param, ncase);
- if (nIntpPts == 1)
- return error;
- }
- int ii;
- int nn;
- if ((nIntpPts == 1) && (end != (nIntpPts - 1)))
- goto noExtrapolation;
-
- // Search locates the interval in which the first in-range
- // point of evaluation lies.
- int found;
- ii = Search(origPts, nOrigPts, intpPts[start].x, &found);
-
- nn = ii + 1;
- if (nn >= nOrigPts) {
- nn = nOrigPts - 1;
- ii = nOrigPts - 2;
- }
- /*
- * If the first in-range point of evaluation is equal to one
- * of the data points, assign the appropriate value from y.
- * Continue until a point of evaluation is found which is not
- * equal to a data point.
- */
- if (found) {
- do {
- intpPts[start].y = origPts[ii].y;
- start++;
- if (start >= nIntpPts) {
- return error;
- }
- } while (intpPts[start - 1].x == intpPts[start].x);
-
- for (;;) {
- if (intpPts[start].x < origPts[nn].x) {
- break; /* Break out of for-loop */
- }
- if (intpPts[start].x == origPts[nn].x) {
- do {
- intpPts[start].y = origPts[nn].y;
- start++;
- if (start >= nIntpPts) {
- return error;
- }
- } while (intpPts[start].x == intpPts[start - 1].x);
- }
- ii++;
- nn++;
- }
- }
- /*
- * Calculate the images of all the points which lie within
- * range of the data.
- */
- if ((ii > 0) || (error != 1))
- ncase = QuadSelect(origPts+ii, origPts+nn, m[ii], m[nn], epsilon, param);
-
- for (int jj=start; jj<=end; jj++) {
- // If xx(j) - x(n) is negative, do not recalculate
- // the parameters for this section of the spline since
- // they are already known.
- if (intpPts[jj].x == origPts[nn].x) {
- intpPts[jj].y = origPts[nn].y;
- continue;
- }
- else if (intpPts[jj].x > origPts[nn].x) {
- double delta;
-
- // Determine that the routine is in the correct part of the spline
- do {
- ii++;
- nn++;
- delta = intpPts[jj].x - origPts[nn].x;
- } while (delta > 0.0);
-
- if (delta < 0.0)
- ncase = QuadSelect(origPts+ii, origPts+nn, m[ii], m[nn],
- epsilon, param);
- else if (delta == 0.0) {
- intpPts[jj].y = origPts[nn].y;
- continue;
- }
- }
- QuadSpline(intpPts+jj, origPts+ii, origPts+nn, param, ncase);
- }
-
- if (end == (nIntpPts - 1))
- return error;
-
- if ((nn == l) && (intpPts[end].x != origPts[l].x))
- goto noExtrapolation;
-
- // Set error value to indicate that extrapolation has occurred
- error = 1;
- ncase = QuadSelect(origPts + p, origPts + l, m[p], m[l], epsilon, param);
-
- noExtrapolation:
- // Calculate the images of the points of evaluation whose
- // abscissas are greater than the abscissa of the last data point.
- for (int jj=(end + 1); jj<nIntpPts; jj++)
- QuadSpline(intpPts + jj, origPts + p, origPts + l, param, ncase);
-
- return error;
-}
-
-/*
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Shape preserving quadratic splines
- * by D.F.Mcallister & J.A.Roulier
- * Coded by S.L.Dodd & M.Roulier
- * N.C.State University
- *
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-/*
- * Driver routine for quadratic spline package
- * On input--
- * X,Y Contain n-long arrays of data (x is increasing)
- * XM Contains m-long array of x values (increasing)
- * eps Relative error tolerance
- * n Number of input data points
- * m Number of output data points
- * On output--
- * work Contains the value of the first derivative at each data point
- * ym Contains the interpolated spline value at each data point
- */
-int LineElement::quadraticSpline(Point2d *origPts, int nOrigPts,
- Point2d *intpPts, int nIntpPts)
-{
- double* work = new double[nOrigPts];
- double epsilon = 0.0;
- /* allocate space for vectors used in calculation */
- QuadSlopes(origPts, work, nOrigPts);
- int result = QuadEval(origPts, nOrigPts, intpPts, nIntpPts, work, epsilon);
- delete [] work;
- if (result > 1) {
- return 0;
- }
- return 1;
-}
-
-/*
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * Reference:
- * Numerical Analysis, R. Burden, J. Faires and A. Reynolds.
- * Prindle, Weber & Schmidt 1981 pp 112
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-int LineElement::naturalSpline(Point2d *origPts, int nOrigPts,
- Point2d *intpPts, int nIntpPts)
-{
- Point2d *ip, *iend;
- double x, dy, alpha;
- int isKnot;
- int i, j, n;
-
- double* dx = new double[nOrigPts];
- /* Calculate vector of differences */
- for (i = 0, j = 1; j < nOrigPts; i++, j++) {
- dx[i] = origPts[j].x - origPts[i].x;
- if (dx[i] < 0.0) {
- return 0;
- }
- }
- n = nOrigPts - 1; /* Number of intervals. */
- TriDiagonalMatrix* A = new TriDiagonalMatrix[nOrigPts];
- if (!A) {
- delete [] dx;
- return 0;
- }
- /* Vectors to solve the tridiagonal matrix */
- A[0][0] = A[n][0] = 1.0;
- A[0][1] = A[n][1] = 0.0;
- A[0][2] = A[n][2] = 0.0;
-
- /* Calculate the intermediate results */
- for (i = 0, j = 1; j < n; j++, i++) {
- alpha = 3.0 * ((origPts[j + 1].y / dx[j]) - (origPts[j].y / dx[i]) -
- (origPts[j].y / dx[j]) + (origPts[i].y / dx[i]));
- A[j][0] = 2 * (dx[j] + dx[i]) - dx[i] * A[i][1];
- A[j][1] = dx[j] / A[j][0];
- A[j][2] = (alpha - dx[i] * A[i][2]) / A[j][0];
- }
-
- Cubic2D* eq = new Cubic2D[nOrigPts];
- if (!eq) {
- delete [] A;
- delete [] dx;
- return 0;
- }
- eq[0].c = eq[n].c = 0.0;
- for (j = n, i = n - 1; i >= 0; i--, j--) {
- eq[i].c = A[i][2] - A[i][1] * eq[j].c;
- dy = origPts[i+1].y - origPts[i].y;
- eq[i].b = (dy) / dx[i] - dx[i] * (eq[j].c + 2.0 * eq[i].c) / 3.0;
- eq[i].d = (eq[j].c - eq[i].c) / (3.0 * dx[i]);
- }
- delete [] A;
- delete [] dx;
-
- /* Now calculate the new values */
- for (ip = intpPts, iend = ip + nIntpPts; ip < iend; ip++) {
- ip->y = 0.0;
- x = ip->x;
-
- /* Is it outside the interval? */
- if ((x < origPts[0].x) || (x > origPts[n].x)) {
- continue;
- }
- /* Search for the interval containing x in the point array */
- i = Search(origPts, nOrigPts, x, &isKnot);
- if (isKnot) {
- ip->y = origPts[i].y;
- } else {
- i--;
- x -= origPts[i].x;
- ip->y = origPts[i].y + x * (eq[i].b + x * (eq[i].c + x * eq[i].d));
- }
- }
- delete [] eq;
- return 1;
-}
-
-typedef struct {
- double t; /* Arc length of interval. */
- double x; /* 2nd derivative of X with respect to T */
- double y; /* 2nd derivative of Y with respect to T */
-} CubicSpline;
-
-/*
- * The following two procedures solve the special linear system which arise
- * in cubic spline interpolation. If x is assumed cyclic ( x[i]=x[n+i] ) the
- * equations can be written as (i=0,1,...,n-1):
- * m[i][0] * x[i-1] + m[i][1] * x[i] + m[i][2] * x[i+1] = b[i] .
- * In matrix notation one gets A * x = b, where the matrix A is tridiagonal
- * with additional elements in the upper right and lower left position:
- * A[i][0] = A_{i,i-1} for i=1,2,...,n-1 and m[0][0] = A_{0,n-1} ,
- * A[i][1] = A_{i, i } for i=0,1,...,n-1
- * A[i][2] = A_{i,i+1} for i=0,1,...,n-2 and m[n-1][2] = A_{n-1,0}.
- * A should be symmetric (A[i+1][0] == A[i][2]) and positive definite.
- * The size of the system is given in n (n>=1).
- *
- * In the first procedure the Cholesky decomposition A = C^T * D * C
- * (C is upper triangle with unit diagonal, D is diagonal) is calculated.
- * Return TRUE if decomposition exist.
- */
-static int SolveCubic1(TriDiagonalMatrix A[], int n)
-{
- int i;
- double m_ij, m_n, m_nn, d;
-
- if (n < 1) {
- return 0; /* Dimension should be at least 1 */
- }
- d = A[0][1]; /* D_{0,0} = A_{0,0} */
- if (d <= 0.0) {
- return 0; /* A (or D) should be positive definite */
- }
- m_n = A[0][0]; /* A_{0,n-1} */
- m_nn = A[n - 1][1]; /* A_{n-1,n-1} */
- for (i = 0; i < n - 2; i++) {
- m_ij = A[i][2]; /* A_{i,1} */
- A[i][2] = m_ij / d; /* C_{i,i+1} */
- A[i][0] = m_n / d; /* C_{i,n-1} */
- m_nn -= A[i][0] * m_n; /* to get C_{n-1,n-1} */
- m_n = -A[i][2] * m_n; /* to get C_{i+1,n-1} */
- d = A[i + 1][1] - A[i][2] * m_ij; /* D_{i+1,i+1} */
- if (d <= 0.0) {
- return 0; /* Elements of D should be positive */
- }
- A[i + 1][1] = d;
- }
- if (n >= 2) { /* Complete last column */
- m_n += A[n - 2][2]; /* add A_{n-2,n-1} */
- A[n - 2][0] = m_n / d; /* C_{n-2,n-1} */
- A[n - 1][1] = d = m_nn - A[n - 2][0] * m_n; /* D_{n-1,n-1} */
- if (d <= 0.0) {
- return 0;
- }
- }
- return 1;
-}
-
-/*
- * The second procedure solves the linear system, with the Cholesky
- * decomposition calculated above (in m[][]) and the right side b given
- * in x[]. The solution x overwrites the right side in x[].
- */
-static void SolveCubic2(TriDiagonalMatrix A[], CubicSpline spline[],
- int nIntervals)
-{
- int n = nIntervals - 2;
- int m = nIntervals - 1;
-
- // Division by transpose of C : b = C^{-T} * b
- double x = spline[m].x;
- double y = spline[m].y;
- for (int ii=0; ii<n; ii++) {
- spline[ii + 1].x -= A[ii][2] * spline[ii].x; /* C_{i,i+1} * x(i) */
- spline[ii + 1].y -= A[ii][2] * spline[ii].y; /* C_{i,i+1} * x(i) */
- x -= A[ii][0] * spline[ii].x; /* C_{i,n-1} * x(i) */
- y -= A[ii][0] * spline[ii].y; /* C_{i,n-1} * x(i) */
- }
- if (n >= 0) {
- // C_{n-2,n-1} * x_{n-1}
- spline[m].x = x - A[n][0] * spline[n].x;
- spline[m].y = y - A[n][0] * spline[n].y;
- }
- // Division by D: b = D^{-1} * b
- for (int ii=0; ii<nIntervals; ii++) {
- spline[ii].x /= A[ii][1];
- spline[ii].y /= A[ii][1];
- }
-
- // Division by C: b = C^{-1} * b
- x = spline[m].x;
- y = spline[m].y;
- if (n >= 0) {
- // C_{n-2,n-1} * x_{n-1}
- spline[n].x -= A[n][0] * x;
- spline[n].y -= A[n][0] * y;
- }
- for (int ii=(n - 1); ii>=0; ii--) {
- // C_{i,i+1} * x_{i+1} + C_{i,n-1} * x_{n-1}
- spline[ii].x -= A[ii][2] * spline[ii + 1].x + A[ii][0] * x;
- spline[ii].y -= A[ii][2] * spline[ii + 1].y + A[ii][0] * y;
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * Find second derivatives (x''(t_i),y''(t_i)) of cubic spline interpolation
- * through list of points (x_i,y_i). The parameter t is calculated as the
- * length of the linear stroke. The number of points must be at least 3.
- * Note: For CLOSED_CONTOURs the first and last point must be equal.
- */
-static CubicSpline* CubicSlopes(Point2d points[], int nPoints,
- int isClosed, double unitX, double unitY)
-{
- CubicSpline *s1, *s2;
- int n, i;
- double norm, dx, dy;
-
- CubicSpline* spline = new CubicSpline[nPoints];
- if (!spline)
- return NULL;
-
- TriDiagonalMatrix *A = new TriDiagonalMatrix[nPoints];
- if (!A) {
- delete [] spline;
- return NULL;
- }
- /*
- * Calculate first differences in (dxdt2[i], y[i]) and interval lengths
- * in dist[i]:
- */
- s1 = spline;
- for (i = 0; i < nPoints - 1; i++) {
- s1->x = points[i+1].x - points[i].x;
- s1->y = points[i+1].y - points[i].y;
-
- /*
- * The Norm of a linear stroke is calculated in "normal coordinates"
- * and used as interval length:
- */
- dx = s1->x / unitX;
- dy = s1->y / unitY;
- s1->t = sqrt(dx * dx + dy * dy);
-
- s1->x /= s1->t; /* first difference, with unit norm: */
- s1->y /= s1->t; /* || (dxdt2[i], y[i]) || = 1 */
- s1++;
- }
-
- /*
- * Setup linear System: Ax = b
- */
- n = nPoints - 2; /* Without first and last point */
- if (isClosed) {
- /* First and last points must be equal for CLOSED_CONTOURs */
- spline[nPoints - 1].t = spline[0].t;
- spline[nPoints - 1].x = spline[0].x;
- spline[nPoints - 1].y = spline[0].y;
- n++; /* Add last point (= first point) */
- }
- s1 = spline, s2 = s1 + 1;
- for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
- /* Matrix A, mainly tridiagonal with cyclic second index
- ("j = j+n mod n")
- */
- A[i][0] = s1->t; /* Off-diagonal element A_{i,i-1} */
- A[i][1] = 2.0 * (s1->t + s2->t); /* A_{i,i} */
- A[i][2] = s2->t; /* Off-diagonal element A_{i,i+1} */
-
- /* Right side b_x and b_y */
- s1->x = (s2->x - s1->x) * 6.0;
- s1->y = (s2->y - s1->y) * 6.0;
-
- /*
- * If the linear stroke shows a cusp of more than 90 degree,
- * the right side is reduced to avoid oscillations in the
- * spline:
- */
- /*
- * The Norm of a linear stroke is calculated in "normal coordinates"
- * and used as interval length:
- */
- dx = s1->x / unitX;
- dy = s1->y / unitY;
- norm = sqrt(dx * dx + dy * dy) / 8.5;
- if (norm > 1.0) {
- /* The first derivative will not be continuous */
- s1->x /= norm;
- s1->y /= norm;
- }
- s1++, s2++;
- }
-
- if (!isClosed) {
- /* Third derivative is set to zero at both ends */
- A[0][1] += A[0][0]; /* A_{0,0} */
- A[0][0] = 0.0; /* A_{0,n-1} */
- A[n-1][1] += A[n-1][2]; /* A_{n-1,n-1} */
- A[n-1][2] = 0.0; /* A_{n-1,0} */
- }
- /* Solve linear systems for dxdt2[] and y[] */
-
- if (SolveCubic1(A, n)) { /* Cholesky decomposition */
- SolveCubic2(A, spline, n); /* A * dxdt2 = b_x */
- }
- else { /* Should not happen, but who knows ... */
- delete [] A;
- delete [] spline;
- return NULL;
- }
- /* Shift all second derivatives one place right and update the ends. */
- s2 = spline + n, s1 = s2 - 1;
- for (/* empty */; s2 > spline; s2--, s1--) {
- s2->x = s1->x;
- s2->y = s1->y;
- }
- if (isClosed) {
- spline[0].x = spline[n].x;
- spline[0].y = spline[n].y;
- } else {
- /* Third derivative is 0.0 for the first and last interval. */
- spline[0].x = spline[1].x;
- spline[0].y = spline[1].y;
- spline[n + 1].x = spline[n].x;
- spline[n + 1].y = spline[n].y;
- }
- delete [] A;
- return spline;
-}
-
-// Calculate interpolated values of the spline function (defined via p_cntr
-// and the second derivatives dxdt2[] and dydt2[]). The number of tabulated
-// values is n. On an equidistant grid n_intpol values are calculated.
-static int CubicEval(Point2d *origPts, int nOrigPts, Point2d *intpPts,
- int nIntpPts, CubicSpline *spline)
-{
- double t, tSkip;
- Point2d q;
- int count;
-
- /* Sum the lengths of all the segments (intervals). */
- double tMax = 0.0;
- for (int ii=0; ii<nOrigPts - 1; ii++)
- tMax += spline[ii].t;
-
- /* Need a better way of doing this... */
-
- /* The distance between interpolated points */
- tSkip = (1. - 1e-7) * tMax / (nIntpPts - 1);
-
- t = 0.0; /* Spline parameter value. */
- q = origPts[0];
- count = 0;
-
- intpPts[count++] = q; /* First point. */
- t += tSkip;
-
- for (int ii=0, jj=1; jj<nOrigPts; ii++, jj++) {
- // Interval length
- double d = spline[ii].t;
- Point2d p = q;
- q = origPts[ii+1];
- double hx = (q.x - p.x) / d;
- double hy = (q.y - p.y) / d;
- double dx0 = (spline[jj].x + 2 * spline[ii].x) / 6.0;
- double dy0 = (spline[jj].y + 2 * spline[ii].y) / 6.0;
- double dx01 = (spline[jj].x - spline[ii].x) / (6.0 * d);
- double dy01 = (spline[jj].y - spline[ii].y) / (6.0 * d);
- while (t <= spline[ii].t) { /* t in current interval ? */
- p.x += t * (hx + (t - d) * (dx0 + t * dx01));
- p.y += t * (hy + (t - d) * (dy0 + t * dy01));
- intpPts[count++] = p;
- t += tSkip;
- }
-
- // Parameter t relative to start of next interval
- t -= spline[ii].t;
- }
-
- return count;
-}
-
-int LineElement::naturalParametricSpline(Point2d *origPts, int nOrigPts,
- Region2d *extsPtr, int isClosed,
- Point2d *intpPts, int nIntpPts)
-{
- // Generate a cubic spline curve through the points (x_i,y_i) which are
- // stored in the linked list p_cntr.
- // The spline is defined as a 2d-function s(t) = (x(t),y(t)), where the
- // parameter t is the length of the linear stroke.
-
- if (nOrigPts < 3)
- return 0;
-
- if (isClosed) {
- origPts[nOrigPts].x = origPts[0].x;
- origPts[nOrigPts].y = origPts[0].y;
- nOrigPts++;
- }
-
- // Width and height of the grid is used at unit length (2d-norm)
- double unitX = extsPtr->right - extsPtr->left;
- double unitY = extsPtr->bottom - extsPtr->top;
- if (unitX < FLT_EPSILON)
- unitX = FLT_EPSILON;
- if (unitY < FLT_EPSILON)
- unitY = FLT_EPSILON;
-
- /* Calculate parameters for cubic spline:
- * t = arc length of interval.
- * dxdt2 = second derivatives of x with respect to t,
- * dydt2 = second derivatives of y with respect to t,
- */
- CubicSpline* spline = CubicSlopes(origPts, nOrigPts, isClosed, unitX, unitY);
- if (spline == NULL)
- return 0;
-
- int result= CubicEval(origPts, nOrigPts, intpPts, nIntpPts, spline);
-
- delete [] spline;
- return result;
-}
-
-static void CatromCoeffs(Point2d* p, Point2d* a, Point2d* b,
- Point2d* c, Point2d* d)
-{
- a->x = -p[0].x + 3.0 * p[1].x - 3.0 * p[2].x + p[3].x;
- b->x = 2.0 * p[0].x - 5.0 * p[1].x + 4.0 * p[2].x - p[3].x;
- c->x = -p[0].x + p[2].x;
- d->x = 2.0 * p[1].x;
- a->y = -p[0].y + 3.0 * p[1].y - 3.0 * p[2].y + p[3].y;
- b->y = 2.0 * p[0].y - 5.0 * p[1].y + 4.0 * p[2].y - p[3].y;
- c->y = -p[0].y + p[2].y;
- d->y = 2.0 * p[1].y;
-}
-
-int LineElement::catromParametricSpline(Point2d* points, int nPoints,
- Point2d* intpPts, int nIntpPts)
-{
- // The spline is computed in screen coordinates instead of data points so
- // that we can select the abscissas of the interpolated points from each
- // pixel horizontally across the plotting area.
-
- Point2d* origPts = new Point2d[nPoints + 4];
- memcpy(origPts + 1, points, sizeof(Point2d) * nPoints);
-
- origPts[0] = origPts[1];
- origPts[nPoints + 2] = origPts[nPoints + 1] = origPts[nPoints];
-
- for (int ii=0; ii<nIntpPts; ii++) {
- int interval = (int)intpPts[ii].x;
- double t = intpPts[ii].y;
- Point2d a, b, c, d;
- CatromCoeffs(origPts + interval, &a, &b, &c, &d);
- intpPts[ii].x = (d.x + t * (c.x + t * (b.x + t * a.x))) / 2.0;
- intpPts[ii].y = (d.y + t * (c.y + t * (b.y + t * a.y))) / 2.0;
- }
-
- delete [] origPts;
- return 1;
-}
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemOp.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemOp.C
deleted file mode 100644
index fdfe4f7..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemOp.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,652 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include "tkbltGrBind.h"
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-#include "tkbltGrAxis.h"
-#include "tkbltGrElem.h"
-#include "tkbltGrElemOp.h"
-#include "tkbltGrElemBar.h"
-#include "tkbltGrElemLine.h"
-#include "tkbltGrLegd.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-static int GetIndex(Tcl_Interp* interp, Element* elemPtr,
- Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *indexPtr);
-static Tcl_Obj *DisplayListObj(Graph* graphPtr);
-
-int Blt::ElementObjConfigure(Element* elemPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = elemPtr->graphPtr_;
- Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
- int mask =0;
- int error;
- Tcl_Obj* errorResult;
-
- for (error=0; error<=1; error++) {
- if (!error) {
- if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char*)elemPtr->ops(), elemPtr->optionTable(),
- objc, objv, graphPtr->tkwin_, &savedOptions, &mask)
- != TCL_OK)
- continue;
- }
- else {
- errorResult = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
- Tcl_IncrRefCount(errorResult);
- Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
- }
-
- if (elemPtr->configure() != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- graphPtr->flags |= mask;
- graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw();
-
- break;
- }
-
- if (!error) {
- Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
- return TCL_OK;
- }
- else {
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, errorResult);
- Tcl_DecrRefCount(errorResult);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-}
-
-static int CgetOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- if (objc!=5) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "elemId option");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Element* elemPtr;
- if (graphPtr->getElement(objv[3], &elemPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp,
- (char*)elemPtr->ops(),
- elemPtr->optionTable(),
- objv[4], graphPtr->tkwin_);
- if (objPtr == NULL)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- else
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int ConfigureOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- if (objc<4) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "elemId ?option value...?");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Element* elemPtr;
- if (graphPtr->getElement(objv[3], &elemPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (objc <= 5) {
- Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char*)elemPtr->ops(),
- elemPtr->optionTable(),
- (objc == 5) ? objv[4] : NULL,
- graphPtr->tkwin_);
- if (objPtr == NULL)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- else
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
- }
- else
- return ElementObjConfigure(elemPtr, interp, objc-4, objv+4);
-}
-
-static int ActivateOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
-
- if (objc<3) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "?elemId? ?index...?");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- // List all the currently active elements
- if (objc == 3) {
- Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL);
-
- Tcl_HashSearch iter;
- for (Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&graphPtr->elements_.table, &iter); hPtr; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&iter)) {
- Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
- if (elemPtr->active_)
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr,
- Tcl_NewStringObj(elemPtr->name_, -1));
- }
-
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
- }
-
- Element* elemPtr;
- if (graphPtr->getElement(objv[3], &elemPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- int* indices = NULL;
- int nIndices = -1;
- if (objc > 4) {
- nIndices = objc - 4;
- indices = new int[nIndices];
-
- int* activePtr = indices;
- for (int ii=4; ii<objc; ii++) {
- if (GetIndex(interp, elemPtr, objv[ii], activePtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- activePtr++;
- }
- }
-
- delete [] elemPtr->activeIndices_;
- elemPtr->activeIndices_ = indices;
- elemPtr->nActiveIndices_ = nIndices;
-
- elemPtr->active_ = 1;
-
- graphPtr->flags |= RESET;
- graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw();
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int BindOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- if (objc == 3) {
- Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL);
-
- Tcl_HashSearch iter;
- for (Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr=Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&graphPtr->elements_.tagTable, &iter); hPtr; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&iter)) {
- char* tagName =
- (char*)Tcl_GetHashKey(&graphPtr->elements_.tagTable, hPtr);
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr,Tcl_NewStringObj(tagName,-1));
- }
-
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
- }
-
- return graphPtr->bindTable_->configure(graphPtr->elementTag(Tcl_GetString(objv[3])), objc - 4, objv + 4);
-}
-
-static int ClosestOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- if (objc<5) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "x y ?elemName?...");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- GraphOptions* gops = (GraphOptions*)graphPtr->ops_;
- ClosestSearch* searchPtr = &gops->search;
-
- if (graphPtr->flags & RESET)
- graphPtr->resetAxes();
-
- int x;
- if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, ": bad window x-coordinate", NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- int y;
- if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, ": bad window y-coordinate", NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- searchPtr->x = x;
- searchPtr->y = y;
- searchPtr->index = -1;
- searchPtr->dist = (double)(searchPtr->halo + 1);
-
- if (objc>5) {
- for (int ii=5; ii<objc; ii++) {
- Element* elemPtr;
- if (graphPtr->getElement(objv[ii], &elemPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- ElementOptions* eops = (ElementOptions*)elemPtr->ops();
- if (!eops->hide)
- elemPtr->closest();
- }
- }
- else {
- // Find the closest point from the set of displayed elements,
- // searching the display list from back to front. That way if
- // the points from two different elements overlay each other
- // exactly, the last one picked will be the topmost.
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_LastLink(graphPtr->elements_.displayList);
- link; link = Chain_PrevLink(link)) {
- Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- ElementOptions* eops = (ElementOptions*)elemPtr->ops();
- if (!eops->hide)
- elemPtr->closest();
- }
- }
-
- if (searchPtr->dist < (double)searchPtr->halo) {
- Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL);
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewStringObj("name", -1));
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewStringObj(searchPtr->elemPtr->name_, -1));
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewStringObj("index", -1));
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewIntObj(searchPtr->index));
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewStringObj("x", -1));
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(searchPtr->point.x));
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewStringObj("y", -1));
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(searchPtr->point.y));
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewStringObj("dist", -1));
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(searchPtr->dist));
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr);
- }
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int CreateOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
-
- // may vary in length
- // if (objc!=4) {
- // Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "elemId");
- // return TCL_ERROR;
- // }
- if (objc<4) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "elemId...");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- if (graphPtr->createElement(objc, objv) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[3]);
-
- graphPtr->flags |= RESET;
- graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw();
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int DeactivateOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- if (objc<4) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "elemId...");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- for (int ii=3; ii<objc; ii++) {
- Element* elemPtr;
- if (graphPtr->getElement(objv[ii], &elemPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- delete [] elemPtr->activeIndices_;
- elemPtr->activeIndices_ = NULL;
- elemPtr->nActiveIndices_ = 0;
- elemPtr->active_ = 0;
- }
-
- graphPtr->flags |= RESET;
- graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw();
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int DeleteOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- if (objc<4) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "elemId...");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- for (int ii=3; ii<objc; ii++) {
- Element* elemPtr;
- if (graphPtr->getElement(objv[ii], &elemPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- graphPtr->legend_->removeElement(elemPtr);
- delete elemPtr;
- }
-
- graphPtr->flags |= RESET;
- graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw();
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int ExistsOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
-
- if (objc!=4) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "elemId");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr =
- Tcl_FindHashEntry(&graphPtr->elements_.table, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]));
- Tcl_SetBooleanObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), (hPtr != NULL));
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int LowerOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
-
- if (objc<4) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "elemId...");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- // Move the links of lowered elements out of the display list into
- // a temporary list
- Chain* chain = new Chain();
-
- for (int ii=3; ii<objc; ii++) {
- Element* elemPtr;
- if (graphPtr->getElement(objv[ii], &elemPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- // look for duplicates
- int ok=1;
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(chain);
- link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- Element* ptr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- if (ptr == elemPtr) {
- ok=0;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (ok && elemPtr->link) {
- graphPtr->elements_.displayList->unlinkLink(elemPtr->link);
- chain->linkAfter(elemPtr->link, NULL);
- }
- }
-
- // Append the links to end of the display list
- ChainLink *next;
- for (ChainLink *link = Chain_FirstLink(chain); link; link = next) {
- next = Chain_NextLink(link);
- chain->unlinkLink(link);
- graphPtr->elements_.displayList->linkAfter(link, NULL);
- }
- delete chain;
-
- graphPtr->flags |= CACHE;
- graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw();
-
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, DisplayListObj(graphPtr));
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int NamesOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
-
- if (objc<3) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "?pattern...?");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL);
- if (objc == 3) {
- Tcl_HashSearch iter;
- for (Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&graphPtr->elements_.table, &iter); hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&iter)) {
- Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
- Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(elemPtr->name_, -1);
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, objPtr);
- }
- }
- else {
- Tcl_HashSearch iter;
- for (Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&graphPtr->elements_.table, &iter); hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&iter)) {
- Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
-
- for (int ii=3; ii<objc; ii++) {
- if (Tcl_StringMatch(elemPtr->name_,Tcl_GetString(objv[ii]))) {
- Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(elemPtr->name_, -1);
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, objPtr);
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int RaiseOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
-
- if (objc<4) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "elemId...");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Chain* chain = new Chain();
- for (int ii=3; ii<objc; ii++) {
- Element* elemPtr;
- if (graphPtr->getElement(objv[ii], &elemPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- // look for duplicates
- int ok=1;
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(chain);
- link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- Element* ptr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- if (ptr == elemPtr) {
- ok=0;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (ok && elemPtr->link) {
- graphPtr->elements_.displayList->unlinkLink(elemPtr->link);
- chain->linkAfter(elemPtr->link, NULL);
- }
- }
-
- // Prepend the links to beginning of the display list in reverse order
- ChainLink *prev;
- for (ChainLink *link = Chain_LastLink(chain); link; link = prev) {
- prev = Chain_PrevLink(link);
- chain->unlinkLink(link);
- graphPtr->elements_.displayList->linkBefore(link, NULL);
- }
- delete chain;
-
- graphPtr->flags |= CACHE;
- graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw();
-
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, DisplayListObj(graphPtr));
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int ShowOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- // may vary in length
- if (objc<3) {
- // if (objc!=3 || objc!=4) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "?nameList?");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- if (objc == 3) {
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, DisplayListObj(graphPtr));
- return TCL_OK;
- }
-
- int elemObjc;
- Tcl_Obj** elemObjv;
- if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[3], &elemObjc, &elemObjv) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- // Collect the named elements into a list
- Chain* chain = new Chain();
- for (int ii=0; ii<elemObjc; ii++) {
- Element* elemPtr;
- if (graphPtr->getElement(elemObjv[ii], &elemPtr) != TCL_OK) {
- delete chain;
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- // look for duplicates
- int ok=1;
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(chain);
- link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- Element* ptr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- if (ptr == elemPtr) {
- ok=0;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (ok)
- chain->append(elemPtr);
- }
-
- // Clear the links from the currently displayed elements
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(graphPtr->elements_.displayList);
- link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- elemPtr->link = NULL;
- }
- delete graphPtr->elements_.displayList;
- graphPtr->elements_.displayList = chain;
-
- // Set links on all the displayed elements
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(chain); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- elemPtr->link = link;
- }
-
- graphPtr->flags |= RESET;
- graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw();
-
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, DisplayListObj(graphPtr));
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int TypeOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
-
- if (objc!=4) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "elemId");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Element* elemPtr;
- if (graphPtr->getElement(objv[3], &elemPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), elemPtr->typeName(), -1);
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-const Ensemble Blt::elementEnsemble[] = {
- {"activate", ActivateOp, 0},
- {"bind", BindOp, 0},
- {"cget", CgetOp, 0},
- {"closest", ClosestOp, 0},
- {"configure", ConfigureOp, 0},
- {"create", CreateOp, 0},
- {"deactivate", DeactivateOp, 0},
- {"delete", DeleteOp, 0},
- {"exists", ExistsOp, 0},
- {"lower", LowerOp, 0},
- {"names", NamesOp, 0},
- {"raise", RaiseOp, 0},
- {"show", ShowOp, 0},
- {"type", TypeOp, 0},
- { 0,0,0 }
-};
-
-// Support
-
-static Tcl_Obj *DisplayListObj(Graph* graphPtr)
-{
- Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL);
-
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(graphPtr->elements_.displayList);
- link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(elemPtr->name_, -1);
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(graphPtr->interp_, listObjPtr, objPtr);
- }
-
- return listObjPtr;
-}
-
-static int GetIndex(Tcl_Interp* interp, Element* elemPtr,
- Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *indexPtr)
-{
- ElementOptions* ops = (ElementOptions*)elemPtr->ops();
-
- char *string = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
- if ((*string == 'e') && (strcmp("end", string) == 0))
- *indexPtr = NUMBEROFPOINTS(ops);
- else if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objPtr, indexPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemOp.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemOp.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b596b11..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemOp.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BltGrElemOp_h__
-#define __BltGrElemOp_h__
-
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-
-namespace Blt {
- extern const Ensemble elementEnsemble[];
- extern int ElementObjConfigure(Blt::Element* elemPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]);
-};
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemOption.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemOption.C
deleted file mode 100644
index a0a67e6..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemOption.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,396 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <float.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include <cmath>
-
-#include "tkbltChain.h"
-
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-#include "tkbltGrElem.h"
-#include "tkbltGrElemOption.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPen.h"
-#include "tkbltConfig.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-#define SETRANGE(l) ((l).range = ((l).max > (l).min) ? ((l).max - (l).min) : DBL_EPSILON)
-#define SETWEIGHT(l, lo, hi) ((l).min = (lo), (l).max = (hi), SETRANGE(l))
-
-// Defs
-
-static int GetPenStyleFromObj(Tcl_Interp* interp, Graph* graphPtr,
- Tcl_Obj *objPtr, ClassId classId,
- PenStyle *stylePtr);
-static int ParseValues(Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *nValuesPtr,
- double **arrayPtr);
-
-// OptionSpecs
-
-static Tk_CustomOptionSetProc ValuesSetProc;
-static Tk_CustomOptionGetProc ValuesGetProc;
-static Tk_CustomOptionFreeProc ValuesFreeProc;
-Tk_ObjCustomOption valuesObjOption =
- {
- "values", ValuesSetProc, ValuesGetProc, RestoreProc, ValuesFreeProc, NULL
- };
-
-static int ValuesSetProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj** objPtr, char* widgRec,
- int offset, char* savePtr, int flags)
-{
- ElemValues** valuesPtrPtr = (ElemValues**)(widgRec + offset);
- *(double*)savePtr = *(double*)valuesPtrPtr;
- ElementOptions* ops = (ElementOptions*)widgRec;
- Element* elemPtr = ops->elemPtr;
-
- if (!valuesPtrPtr)
- return TCL_OK;
-
- Tcl_Obj** objv;
- int objc;
- if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, *objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (objc == 0) {
- *valuesPtrPtr = NULL;
- return TCL_OK;
- }
-
- const char *string = Tcl_GetString(objv[0]);
- if (objc == 1) {
- if (Blt_VectorExists2(interp, string)) {
- ElemValuesVector* valuesPtr = new ElemValuesVector(elemPtr, string);
- if (valuesPtr->getVector() != TCL_OK) {
- delete valuesPtr;
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- *valuesPtrPtr = valuesPtr;
- }
- else
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- else {
- double* values;
- int nValues;
- if (ParseValues(interp, *objPtr, &nValues, &values) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- ElemValuesSource* valuesPtr = new ElemValuesSource(nValues, values);
- valuesPtr->findRange();
- *valuesPtrPtr = valuesPtr;
- }
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static Tcl_Obj* ValuesGetProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
- char *widgRec, int offset)
-{
- ElemValues* valuesPtr = *(ElemValues**)(widgRec + offset);
-
- if (!valuesPtr)
- return Tcl_NewStringObj("", -1);
-
- int cnt = valuesPtr->nValues();
- if (!cnt)
- return Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj**)NULL);
-
- Tcl_Obj** ll = new Tcl_Obj*[cnt];
- for (int ii=0; ii<cnt; ii++)
- ll[ii] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(valuesPtr->values_[ii]);
- Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(cnt, ll);
- delete [] ll;
-
- return listObjPtr;
-}
-
-static void ValuesFreeProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *ptr)
-{
- ElemValues* valuesPtr = *(ElemValues**)ptr;
- delete valuesPtr;
-}
-
-static Tk_CustomOptionSetProc PairsSetProc;
-static Tk_CustomOptionGetProc PairsGetProc;
-static Tk_CustomOptionRestoreProc PairsRestoreProc;
-static Tk_CustomOptionFreeProc PairsFreeProc;
-Tk_ObjCustomOption pairsObjOption =
- {
- "pairs", PairsSetProc, PairsGetProc, PairsRestoreProc, PairsFreeProc, NULL
- };
-
-static int PairsSetProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj** objPtr, char* widgRec,
- int offset, char* savePtr, int flags)
-{
- ElemCoords* coordsPtr = (ElemCoords*)(widgRec + offset);
- *(double*)savePtr = (double)NULL;
-
- double* values;
- int nValues;
- if (ParseValues(interp, *objPtr, &nValues, &values) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (nValues == 0)
- return TCL_OK;
-
- if (nValues & 1) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "odd number of data points", NULL);
- delete [] values;
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- nValues /= 2;
- delete coordsPtr->x;
- coordsPtr->x = new ElemValuesSource(nValues);
-
- delete coordsPtr->y;
- coordsPtr->y = new ElemValuesSource(nValues);
-
- int ii=0;
- for (double* p = values; ii<nValues; ii++) {
- coordsPtr->x->values_[ii] = *p++;
- coordsPtr->y->values_[ii] = *p++;
- }
- delete [] values;
-
- coordsPtr->x->findRange();
- coordsPtr->y->findRange();
-
- return TCL_OK;
-};
-
-static Tcl_Obj* PairsGetProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
- char *widgRec, int offset)
-{
- ElemCoords* coordsPtr = (ElemCoords*)(widgRec + offset);
-
- if (!coordsPtr ||
- !coordsPtr->x || !coordsPtr->y ||
- !coordsPtr->x->nValues() || !coordsPtr->y->nValues())
- return Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj**)NULL);
-
- int cnt = MIN(coordsPtr->x->nValues(), coordsPtr->y->nValues());
- Tcl_Obj** ll = new Tcl_Obj*[2*cnt];
- for (int ii=0, jj=0; ii<cnt; ii++) {
- ll[jj++] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(coordsPtr->x->values_[ii]);
- ll[jj++] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(coordsPtr->y->values_[ii]);
- }
- Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(2*cnt, ll);
- delete [] ll;
-
- return listObjPtr;
-};
-
-static void PairsRestoreProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
- char *ptr, char *savePtr)
-{
- // do nothing
-}
-
-static void PairsFreeProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *ptr)
-{
- // do nothing
-}
-
-int StyleSetProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj** objPtr, char* widgRec,
- int offset, char* save, int flags)
-{
- Chain* stylePalette = *(Chain**)(widgRec + offset);
- ElementOptions* ops = (ElementOptions*)(widgRec);
- Element* elemPtr = ops->elemPtr;
- size_t size = (size_t)clientData;
-
- int objc;
- Tcl_Obj** objv;
- if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, *objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- // Reserve the first entry for the "normal" pen. We'll set the style later
- elemPtr->freeStylePalette(stylePalette);
- ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(stylePalette);
- if (!link) {
- link = new ChainLink(size);
- stylePalette->linkAfter(link, NULL);
- }
-
- PenStyle* stylePtr = (PenStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- stylePtr->penPtr = NORMALPEN(ops);
- for (int ii = 0; ii<objc; ii++) {
- link = new ChainLink(size);
- stylePtr = (PenStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- stylePtr->weight.min = (double)ii;
- stylePtr->weight.max = (double)ii + 1.0;
- stylePtr->weight.range = 1.0;
- if (GetPenStyleFromObj(interp, elemPtr->graphPtr_, objv[ii],
- elemPtr->classId(),
- (PenStyle*)stylePtr) != TCL_OK) {
- elemPtr->freeStylePalette(stylePalette);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- stylePalette->linkAfter(link, NULL);
- }
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-Tcl_Obj* StyleGetProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
- char *widgRec, int offset)
-{
- Chain* stylePalette = *(Chain**)(widgRec + offset);
-
- // count how many
- int cnt =0;
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(stylePalette); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link), cnt++) {}
- if (!cnt)
- return Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj**)NULL);
-
- Tcl_Obj** ll = new Tcl_Obj*[3*cnt];
- int ii=0;
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(stylePalette); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- PenStyle *stylePtr = (PenStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- ll[ii++] = Tcl_NewStringObj(stylePtr->penPtr->name_, -1);
- ll[ii++] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(stylePtr->weight.min);
- ll[ii++] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(stylePtr->weight.max);
- }
- Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(3*cnt,ll);
- delete [] ll;
-
- return listObjPtr;
-}
-
-void StyleRestoreProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
- char *ptr, char *savePtr)
-{
- // do nothing
-}
-
-void StyleFreeProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *ptr)
-{
- // do nothing
-}
-
-// Support
-
-static int GetPenStyleFromObj(Tcl_Interp* interp, Graph* graphPtr,
- Tcl_Obj *objPtr, ClassId classId,
- PenStyle *stylePtr)
-{
- int objc;
- Tcl_Obj **objv;
- if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if ((objc != 1) && (objc != 3)) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad style entry \"",
- Tcl_GetString(objPtr),
- "\": should be \"penName\" or \"penName min max\"",
- NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Pen* penPtr;
- if (graphPtr->getPen(objv[0], &penPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (objc == 3) {
- double min, max;
- if ((Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[1], &min) != TCL_OK) ||
- (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[2], &max) != TCL_OK))
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- SETWEIGHT(stylePtr->weight, min, max);
- }
-
- penPtr->refCount_++;
- stylePtr->penPtr = penPtr;
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-void VectorChangedProc(Tcl_Interp* interp, ClientData clientData,
- Blt_VectorNotify notify)
-{
- ElemValuesVector* valuesPtr = (ElemValuesVector*)clientData;
- if (!valuesPtr)
- return;
-
- if (notify == BLT_VECTOR_NOTIFY_DESTROY) {
- valuesPtr->freeSource();
- valuesPtr->reset();
- }
- else {
- Blt_Vector* vector;
- Blt_GetVectorById(interp, valuesPtr->source_, &vector);
- if (valuesPtr->fetchValues(vector) != TCL_OK)
- return;
- }
-
- Element* elemPtr = valuesPtr->elemPtr_;
- Graph* graphPtr = elemPtr->graphPtr_;
-
- graphPtr->flags |= RESET;
- graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw();
-}
-
-static int ParseValues(Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *nValuesPtr,
- double **arrayPtr)
-{
- int objc;
- Tcl_Obj **objv;
- if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- *arrayPtr = NULL;
- *nValuesPtr = 0;
- if (objc > 0) {
- double* array = new double[objc];
- if (!array) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't allocate new vector", NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- int i=0;
- for (double* p = array; i < objc; i++, p++) {
- if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[i], p) != TCL_OK) {
- delete [] array;
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- }
- *arrayPtr = array;
- *nValuesPtr = objc;
- }
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemOption.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemOption.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4312691..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemOption.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BltGrElemOption_h__
-#define __BltGrElemOption_h__
-
-#include <tk.h>
-
-extern const char* fillObjOption[];
-extern Tk_CustomOptionSetProc StyleSetProc;
-extern Tk_CustomOptionGetProc StyleGetProc;
-extern Tk_CustomOptionRestoreProc StyleRestoreProc;
-extern Tk_CustomOptionFreeProc StyleFreeProc;
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrHairs.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrHairs.C
deleted file mode 100644
index d7ea3d2..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrHairs.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,145 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
- * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
- * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
- * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use,
- * copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
- * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
- * conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
- * KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE
- * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
- * PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
- * OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
- * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
- * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
- * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-#include "tkbltGrHairs.h"
-#include "tkbltConfig.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-static Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-color", "color", "Color",
- "green", -1, Tk_Offset(CrosshairsOptions, colorPtr), 0, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-dashes", "dashes", "Dashes",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(CrosshairsOptions, dashes),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &dashesObjOption, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-linewidth", "lineWidth", "Linewidth",
- "1", -1, Tk_Offset(CrosshairsOptions, lineWidth), 0, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-x", "x", "X",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(CrosshairsOptions, x), 0, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-y", "y", "Y",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(CrosshairsOptions, y), 0, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
-};
-
-Crosshairs::Crosshairs(Graph* graphPtr)
-{
- ops_ = (CrosshairsOptions*)calloc(1, sizeof(CrosshairsOptions));
-
- graphPtr_ = graphPtr;
- visible_ =0;
- gc_ =NULL;
-
- optionTable_ = Tk_CreateOptionTable(graphPtr->interp_, optionSpecs);
- Tk_InitOptions(graphPtr->interp_, (char*)ops_, optionTable_,
- graphPtr->tkwin_);
-}
-
-Crosshairs::~Crosshairs()
-{
- if (gc_)
- graphPtr_->freePrivateGC(gc_);
-
- Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char*)ops_, optionTable_, graphPtr_->tkwin_);
- free(ops_);
-}
-
-// Configure
-
-int Crosshairs::configure()
-{
- CrosshairsOptions* ops = (CrosshairsOptions*)ops_;
-
- XGCValues gcValues;
- gcValues.foreground = ops->colorPtr->pixel;
- gcValues.line_width = ops->lineWidth;
- unsigned long gcMask = (GCForeground | GCLineWidth);
- if (LineIsDashed(ops->dashes)) {
- gcValues.line_style = LineOnOffDash;
- gcMask |= GCLineStyle;
- }
- GC newGC = graphPtr_->getPrivateGC(gcMask, &gcValues);
- if (LineIsDashed(ops->dashes))
- graphPtr_->setDashes(newGC, &ops->dashes);
-
- if (gc_)
- graphPtr_->freePrivateGC(gc_);
- gc_ = newGC;
-
- // Are the new coordinates on the graph?
- map();
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-void Crosshairs::map()
-{
- CrosshairsOptions* ops = (CrosshairsOptions*)ops_;
-
- segArr_[0].x = ops->x;
- segArr_[1].x = ops->x;
- segArr_[0].y = graphPtr_->bottom_;
- segArr_[1].y = graphPtr_->top_;
- segArr_[2].y = ops->y;
- segArr_[3].y = ops->y;
- segArr_[2].x = graphPtr_->left_;
- segArr_[3].x = graphPtr_->right_;
-}
-
-void Crosshairs::on()
-{
- visible_ =1;
-}
-
-void Crosshairs::off()
-{
- visible_ =0;
-}
-
-void Crosshairs::draw(Drawable drawable)
-{
- CrosshairsOptions* ops = (CrosshairsOptions*)ops_;
-
- if (visible_ && Tk_IsMapped(graphPtr_->tkwin_)) {
- if (ops->x <= graphPtr_->right_ &&
- ops->x >= graphPtr_->left_ &&
- ops->y <= graphPtr_->bottom_ &&
- ops->y >= graphPtr_->top_) {
- XDrawLine(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, gc_,
- segArr_[0].x, segArr_[0].y, segArr_[1].x, segArr_[1].y);
- XDrawLine(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, gc_,
- segArr_[2].x, segArr_[2].y, segArr_[3].x, segArr_[3].y);
- }
- }
-}
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrHairs.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrHairs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a86d0c6..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrHairs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
- * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
- * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
- * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use,
- * copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
- * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
- * conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
- * KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE
- * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
- * PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
- * OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
- * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
- * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
- * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BltGrHairs_h__
-#define __BltGrHairs_h__
-
-#include <tk.h>
-
-#include "tkbltGrMisc.h"
-
-namespace Blt {
- class Graph;
-
- typedef struct {
- XColor* colorPtr;
- Dashes dashes;
- int lineWidth;
- int x;
- int y;
- } CrosshairsOptions;
-
- class Crosshairs {
- protected:
- Graph* graphPtr_;
- Tk_OptionTable optionTable_;
- void* ops_;
-
- int visible_;
- GC gc_;
- Point segArr_[4];
-
- public:
- Crosshairs(Graph*);
- virtual ~Crosshairs();
-
- int configure();
- void map();
- void draw(Drawable);
-
- void on();
- void off();
- int isOn() {return visible_;}
-
- Tk_OptionTable optionTable() {return optionTable_;}
- void* ops() {return ops_;}
- };
-};
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrHairsOp.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrHairsOp.C
deleted file mode 100644
index 57650ce..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrHairsOp.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,164 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
- * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
- * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
- * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use,
- * copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
- * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
- * conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
- * KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE
- * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
- * PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
- * OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
- * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
- * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
- * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-#include "tkbltGrHairs.h"
-#include "tkbltGrHairsOp.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-static int CrosshairsObjConfigure(Graph* graphPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Crosshairs* chPtr = graphPtr->crosshairs_;
- Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
- int mask =0;
- int error;
- Tcl_Obj* errorResult;
-
- for (error=0; error<=1; error++) {
- if (!error) {
- if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char*)chPtr->ops(), chPtr->optionTable(),
- objc, objv, graphPtr->tkwin_, &savedOptions, &mask)
- != TCL_OK)
- continue;
- }
- else {
- errorResult = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
- Tcl_IncrRefCount(errorResult);
- Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
- }
-
- if (chPtr->configure() != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- graphPtr->flags |= mask;
- graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw();
-
- break;
- }
-
- if (!error) {
- Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
- return TCL_OK;
- }
- else {
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, errorResult);
- Tcl_DecrRefCount(errorResult);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-}
-
-static int CgetOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- if (objc != 4) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "cget option");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Crosshairs* chPtr = graphPtr->crosshairs_;
- Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp,
- (char*)chPtr->ops(),
- chPtr->optionTable(),
- objv[3], graphPtr->tkwin_);
- if (objPtr == NULL)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- else
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int ConfigureOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- Crosshairs* chPtr = graphPtr->crosshairs_;
- if (objc <= 4) {
- Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char*)chPtr->ops(),
- chPtr->optionTable(),
- (objc == 4) ? objv[3] : NULL,
- graphPtr->tkwin_);
- if (objPtr == NULL)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- else
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
- }
- else
- return CrosshairsObjConfigure(graphPtr, interp, objc-3, objv+3);
-}
-
-static int OnOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- Crosshairs *chPtr = graphPtr->crosshairs_;
-
- chPtr->on();
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int OffOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- Crosshairs *chPtr = graphPtr->crosshairs_;
-
- chPtr->off();
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int ToggleOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- Crosshairs *chPtr = graphPtr->crosshairs_;
-
- if (chPtr->isOn())
- chPtr->off();
- else
- chPtr->on();
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-const Ensemble Blt::crosshairsEnsemble[] = {
- {"cget", CgetOp, 0},
- {"configure", ConfigureOp, 0},
- {"off", OffOp, 0},
- {"on", OnOp, 0},
- {"toggle", ToggleOp, 0},
- { 0,0,0 }
-};
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrHairsOp.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrHairsOp.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3f3d009..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrHairsOp.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
- * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
- * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
- * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use,
- * copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
- * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
- * conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
- * KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE
- * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
- * PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
- * OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
- * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
- * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
- * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BltGrHairsOp_h__
-#define __BltGrHairsOp_h__
-
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-
-namespace Blt {
- extern const Ensemble crosshairsEnsemble[];
-};
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrLegd.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrLegd.C
deleted file mode 100644
index b8822f1..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrLegd.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1070 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <tk.h>
-#include <tkInt.h>
-
-#include "tkbltGrBind.h"
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-#include "tkbltGrLegd.h"
-#include "tkbltGrElem.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPostscript.h"
-#include "tkbltGrMisc.h"
-#include "tkbltGrDef.h"
-#include "tkbltConfig.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPSOutput.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-static void SelectCmdProc(ClientData);
-static Tk_SelectionProc SelectionProc;
-
-// OptionSpecs
-
-static const char* selectmodeObjOption[] = {
- "single", "multiple", NULL
-};
-static const char* positionObjOption[] = {
- "rightmargin", "leftmargin", "topmargin", "bottommargin",
- "plotarea", "xy", NULL
-};
-
-static Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
- {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground",
- "ActiveBackground",
- STD_ACTIVE_BACKGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, activeBg),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-activeborderwidth", "activeBorderWidth",
- "ActiveBorderWidth",
- STD_BORDERWIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, entryBW), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-activeforeground", "activeForeground", "ActiveForeground",
- STD_ACTIVE_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, activeFgColor),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-activerelief", "activeRelief", "ActiveRelief",
- "flat", -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, activeRelief), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
- "n", -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, anchor), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-background", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, normalBg),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
- STD_BORDERWIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, borderWidth),
- 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-borderwidth", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_INT, "-columns", "columns", "columns",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, reqColumns), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-exportselection", "exportSelection", "ExportSelection",
- "no", -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, exportSelection), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-focusdashes", "focusDashes", "FocusDashes",
- "dot", -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, focusDashes),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &dashesObjOption, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-focusforeground", "focusForeground", "FocusForeground",
- STD_ACTIVE_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, focusColor),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
- STD_FONT_SMALL, -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, style.font), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-foreground", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
- STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, fgColor),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-hide", "hide", "Hide",
- "no", -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, hide), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-ipadx", "iPadX", "Pad",
- "1", -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, ixPad), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-ipady", "iPadY", "Pad",
- "1", -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, iyPad), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-nofocusselectbackground", "noFocusSelectBackground",
- "NoFocusSelectBackground",
- STD_ACTIVE_BACKGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, selOutFocusBg),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-nofocusselectforeground", "noFocusSelectForeground",
- "NoFocusSelectForeground",
- STD_ACTIVE_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, selOutFocusFgColor),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
- "1", -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, xPad), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
- "1", -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, yPad), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-position", "position", "Position",
- "rightmargin", -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, position),
- 0, &positionObjOption, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-raised", "raised", "Raised",
- "no", -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, raised), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
- "flat", -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, relief), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_INT, "-rows", "rows", "rows",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, reqRows), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground",
- "SelectBackground",
- STD_ACTIVE_BACKGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, selInFocusBg),
- 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-selectborderwidth", "selectBorderWidth",
- "SelectBorderWidth",
- "1", -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, selBW), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-selectcommand", "selectCommand", "SelectCommand",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, selectCmd), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "SelectForeground",
- STD_ACTIVE_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, selInFocusFgColor),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-selectmode", "selectMode", "SelectMode",
- "multiple", -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, selectMode),
- 0, &selectmodeObjOption, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-selectrelief", "selectRelief", "SelectRelief",
- "flat", -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, selRelief), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-title", "title", "Title",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, title), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-titlecolor", "titleColor", "TitleColor",
- STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, titleStyle.color),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-titlefont", "titleFont", "TitleFont",
- STD_FONT_SMALL, -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, titleStyle.font),
- 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-x", "x", "X",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, xReq), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-y", "y", "Y",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, yReq), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
-};
-
-Legend::Legend(Graph* graphPtr)
-{
- ops_ = (void*)calloc(1, sizeof(LegendOptions));
- LegendOptions* ops = (LegendOptions*)ops_;
-
- graphPtr_ = graphPtr;
- flags =0;
- nEntries_ =0;
- nColumns_ =0;
- nRows_ =0;
- width_ =0;
- height_ =0;
- entryWidth_ =0;
- entryHeight_ =0;
- x_ =0;
- y_ =0;
- bindTable_ =NULL;
- focusGC_ =NULL;
- focusPtr_ =NULL;
- selAnchorPtr_ =NULL;
- selMarkPtr_ =NULL;
- selected_ = new Chain();
- titleWidth_ =0;
- titleHeight_ =0;
-
- ops->style.anchor =TK_ANCHOR_NW;
- ops->style.color =NULL;
- ops->style.font =NULL;
- ops->style.angle =0;
- ops->style.justify =TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT;
-
- ops->titleStyle.anchor =TK_ANCHOR_NW;
- ops->titleStyle.color =NULL;
- ops->titleStyle.font =NULL;
- ops->titleStyle.angle =0;
- ops->titleStyle.justify =TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT;
-
- bindTable_ = new BindTable(graphPtr, this);
-
- Tcl_InitHashTable(&selectTable_, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
-
- Tk_CreateSelHandler(graphPtr_->tkwin_, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING,
- SelectionProc, this, XA_STRING);
-
- optionTable_ =Tk_CreateOptionTable(graphPtr->interp_, optionSpecs);
- Tk_InitOptions(graphPtr->interp_, (char*)ops_, optionTable_, graphPtr->tkwin_);
-}
-
-Legend::~Legend()
-{
- // LegendOptions* ops = (LegendOptions*)ops_;
-
- delete bindTable_;
-
- if (focusGC_)
- graphPtr_->freePrivateGC(focusGC_);
-
- if (graphPtr_->tkwin_)
- Tk_DeleteSelHandler(graphPtr_->tkwin_, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING);
-
- delete selected_;
-
- Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char*)ops_, optionTable_, graphPtr_->tkwin_);
- free(ops_);
-}
-
-int Legend::configure()
-{
- LegendOptions* ops = (LegendOptions*)ops_;
-
- // GC for active label, Dashed outline
- unsigned long gcMask = GCForeground | GCLineStyle;
- XGCValues gcValues;
- gcValues.foreground = ops->focusColor->pixel;
- gcValues.line_style = (LineIsDashed(ops->focusDashes))
- ? LineOnOffDash : LineSolid;
- GC newGC = graphPtr_->getPrivateGC(gcMask, &gcValues);
- if (LineIsDashed(ops->focusDashes)) {
- ops->focusDashes.offset = 2;
- graphPtr_->setDashes(newGC, &ops->focusDashes);
- }
- if (focusGC_)
- graphPtr_->freePrivateGC(focusGC_);
-
- focusGC_ = newGC;
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-void Legend::map(int plotWidth, int plotHeight)
-{
- LegendOptions* ops = (LegendOptions*)ops_;
-
- entryWidth_ =0;
- entryHeight_ = 0;
- nRows_ =0;
- nColumns_ =0;
- nEntries_ =0;
- height_ =0;
- width_ = 0;
-
- TextStyle tts(graphPtr_, &ops->titleStyle);
- tts.getExtents(ops->title, &titleWidth_, &titleHeight_);
-
- // Count the number of legend entries and determine the widest and tallest
- // label. The number of entries would normally be the number of elements,
- // but elements can have no legend entry (-label "").
- int nEntries =0;
- int maxWidth =0;
- int maxHeight =0;
- TextStyle ts(graphPtr_, &ops->style);
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(graphPtr_->elements_.displayList);
- link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- ElementOptions* elemOps = (ElementOptions*)elemPtr->ops();
-
- if (!elemOps->label)
- continue;
-
- int w, h;
- ts.getExtents(elemOps->label, &w, &h);
- if (maxWidth < (int)w)
- maxWidth = w;
-
- if (maxHeight < (int)h)
- maxHeight = h;
-
- nEntries++;
- }
- if (nEntries == 0)
- return;
-
- Tk_FontMetrics fontMetrics;
- Tk_GetFontMetrics(ops->style.font, &fontMetrics);
- int symbolWidth = 2 * fontMetrics.ascent;
-
- maxWidth += 2 * ops->entryBW + 2*ops->ixPad +
- + symbolWidth + 3 * 2;
-
- maxHeight += 2 * ops->entryBW + 2*ops->iyPad;
-
- maxWidth |= 0x01;
- maxHeight |= 0x01;
-
- int lw = plotWidth - 2 * ops->borderWidth - 2*ops->xPad;
- int lh = plotHeight - 2 * ops->borderWidth - 2*ops->yPad;
-
- /*
- * The number of rows and columns is computed as one of the following:
- *
- * both options set User defined.
- * -rows Compute columns from rows.
- * -columns Compute rows from columns.
- * neither set Compute rows and columns from
- * size of plot.
- */
- int nRows =0;
- int nColumns =0;
- if (ops->reqRows > 0) {
- nRows = MIN(ops->reqRows, nEntries);
- if (ops->reqColumns > 0)
- nColumns = MIN(ops->reqColumns, nEntries);
- else
- nColumns = ((nEntries - 1) / nRows) + 1; /* Only -rows. */
- }
- else if (ops->reqColumns > 0) { /* Only -columns. */
- nColumns = MIN(ops->reqColumns, nEntries);
- nRows = ((nEntries - 1) / nColumns) + 1;
- }
- else {
- // Compute # of rows and columns from the legend size
- nRows = lh / maxHeight;
- nColumns = lw / maxWidth;
- if (nRows < 1) {
- nRows = nEntries;
- }
- if (nColumns < 1) {
- nColumns = nEntries;
- }
- if (nRows > nEntries) {
- nRows = nEntries;
- }
- switch ((Position)ops->position) {
- case TOP:
- case BOTTOM:
- nRows = ((nEntries - 1) / nColumns) + 1;
- break;
- case LEFT:
- case RIGHT:
- default:
- nColumns = ((nEntries - 1) / nRows) + 1;
- break;
- }
- }
- if (nColumns < 1)
- nColumns = 1;
-
- if (nRows < 1)
- nRows = 1;
-
- lh = (nRows * maxHeight);
- if (titleHeight_ > 0)
- lh += titleHeight_ + ops->yPad;
-
- lw = nColumns * maxWidth;
- if (lw < (int)(titleWidth_))
- lw = titleWidth_;
-
- width_ = lw + 2 * ops->borderWidth + 2*ops->xPad;
- height_ = lh + 2 * ops->borderWidth + 2*ops->yPad;
- nRows_ = nRows;
- nColumns_ = nColumns;
- nEntries_ = nEntries;
- entryHeight_ = maxHeight;
- entryWidth_ = maxWidth;
-
- int row =0;
- int col =0;
- int count =0;
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(graphPtr_->elements_.displayList);
- link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- count++;
- elemPtr->row_ = row;
- elemPtr->col_ = col;
- row++;
- if ((count % nRows) == 0) {
- col++;
- row = 0;
- }
- }
-}
-
-void Legend::draw(Drawable drawable)
-{
- LegendOptions* ops = (LegendOptions*)ops_;
- GraphOptions* gops = (GraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_;
-
- if ((ops->hide) || (nEntries_ == 0))
- return;
-
- setOrigin();
- Tk_Window tkwin = graphPtr_->tkwin_;
- int w = width_;
- int h = height_;
-
- Pixmap pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(graphPtr_->display_, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), w, h,
- Tk_Depth(tkwin));
-
- if (ops->normalBg)
- Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, ops->normalBg, 0, 0,
- w, h, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
- else {
- switch ((Position)ops->position) {
- case TOP:
- case BOTTOM:
- case RIGHT:
- case LEFT:
- Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, gops->normalBg, 0, 0,
- w, h, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
- break;
- case PLOT:
- case XY:
- // Legend background is transparent and is positioned over the the
- // plot area. Either copy the part of the background from the backing
- // store pixmap or (if no backing store exists) just fill it with the
- // background color of the plot.
- if (graphPtr_->cache_ != None)
- XCopyArea(graphPtr_->display_, graphPtr_->cache_, pixmap,
- graphPtr_->drawGC_, x_, y_, w, h, 0, 0);
- else
- Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, gops->plotBg, 0, 0,
- w, h, TK_RELIEF_FLAT, 0);
- break;
- };
- }
-
- Tk_FontMetrics fontMetrics;
- Tk_GetFontMetrics(ops->style.font, &fontMetrics);
-
- int symbolSize = fontMetrics.ascent;
- int xMid = symbolSize + 1 + ops->entryBW;
- int yMid = (symbolSize / 2) + 1 + ops->entryBW;
- int xLabel = 2 * symbolSize + ops->entryBW + ops->ixPad + 2 * 2;
- int ySymbol = yMid + ops->iyPad;
- int xSymbol = xMid + 2;
-
- int x = ops->xPad + ops->borderWidth;
- int y = ops->yPad + ops->borderWidth;
-
- TextStyle tts(graphPtr_, &ops->titleStyle);
- tts.drawText(pixmap, ops->title, x, y);
- if (titleHeight_ > 0)
- y += titleHeight_ + ops->yPad;
-
- int count = 0;
- int yStart = y;
- TextStyle ts(graphPtr_, &ops->style);
-
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(graphPtr_->elements_.displayList);
- link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- ElementOptions* elemOps = (ElementOptions*)elemPtr->ops();
- if (!elemOps->label)
- continue;
-
- int isSelected = entryIsSelected(elemPtr);
- if (elemPtr->labelActive_)
- Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, ops->activeBg,
- x, y, entryWidth_, entryHeight_,
- ops->entryBW, ops->activeRelief);
- else if (isSelected) {
- XColor* fg = (flags & FOCUS) ?
- ops->selInFocusFgColor : ops->selOutFocusFgColor;
- Tk_3DBorder bg = (flags & FOCUS) ?
- ops->selInFocusBg : ops->selOutFocusBg;
- ops->style.color = fg;
- Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, bg, x, y,
- entryWidth_, entryHeight_,
- ops->selBW, ops->selRelief);
- }
- else {
- ops->style.color = ops->fgColor;
- if (elemOps->legendRelief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT)
- Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, gops->normalBg,
- x, y, entryWidth_,
- entryHeight_, ops->entryBW,
- elemOps->legendRelief);
- }
- elemPtr->drawSymbol(pixmap, x + xSymbol, y + ySymbol, symbolSize);
-
- ts.drawText(pixmap, elemOps->label, x+xLabel, y+ops->entryBW+ops->iyPad);
- count++;
-
- if (focusPtr_ == elemPtr) {
- if (isSelected) {
- XColor* color = (flags & FOCUS) ?
- ops->selInFocusFgColor : ops->selOutFocusFgColor;
- XSetForeground(graphPtr_->display_, focusGC_, color->pixel);
- }
- XDrawRectangle(graphPtr_->display_, pixmap, focusGC_,
- x + 1, y + 1, entryWidth_ - 3,
- entryHeight_ - 3);
- if (isSelected)
- XSetForeground(graphPtr_->display_, focusGC_, ops->focusColor->pixel);
- }
-
- // Check when to move to the next column
- if ((count % nRows_) > 0)
- y += entryHeight_;
- else {
- x += entryWidth_;
- y = yStart;
- }
- }
-
- Tk_3DBorder bg = ops->normalBg;
- if (!bg)
- bg = gops->normalBg;
-
- Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, bg, 0, 0, w, h,
- ops->borderWidth, ops->relief);
- XCopyArea(graphPtr_->display_, pixmap, drawable, graphPtr_->drawGC_,
- 0, 0, w, h, x_, y_);
-
- Tk_FreePixmap(graphPtr_->display_, pixmap);
-}
-
-void Legend::print(PSOutput* psPtr)
-{
- LegendOptions* ops = (LegendOptions*)ops_;
- GraphOptions* gops = (GraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_;
- PostscriptOptions* pops = (PostscriptOptions*)graphPtr_->postscript_->ops_;
-
- if ((ops->hide) || (nEntries_ == 0))
- return;
-
- setOrigin();
-
- double x = x_;
- double y = y_;
- int width = width_ - 2*ops->xPad;
- int height = height_ - 2*ops->yPad;
-
- psPtr->append("% Legend\n");
- if (pops->decorations) {
- if (ops->normalBg)
- psPtr->fill3DRectangle(ops->normalBg, x, y, width, height,
- ops->borderWidth, ops->relief);
- else
- psPtr->print3DRectangle(gops->normalBg, x, y, width, height,
- ops->borderWidth, ops->relief);
-
- }
- else {
- psPtr->setClearBackground();
- psPtr->fillRectangle(x, y, width, height);
- }
-
- Tk_FontMetrics fontMetrics;
- Tk_GetFontMetrics(ops->style.font, &fontMetrics);
- int symbolSize = fontMetrics.ascent;
- int xMid = symbolSize + 1 + ops->entryBW;
- int yMid = (symbolSize / 2) + 1 + ops->entryBW;
- int xLabel = 2 * symbolSize + ops->entryBW + ops->ixPad + 5;
- int xSymbol = xMid + ops->ixPad;
- int ySymbol = yMid + ops->iyPad;
-
- x += ops->borderWidth;
- y += ops->borderWidth;
- TextStyle tts(graphPtr_, &ops->titleStyle);
- tts.printText(psPtr, ops->title, x, y);
- if (titleHeight_ > 0)
- y += titleHeight_ + ops->yPad;
-
- int count = 0;
- double yStart = y;
- TextStyle ts(graphPtr_, &ops->style);
-
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(graphPtr_->elements_.displayList);
- link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- ElementOptions* elemOps = (ElementOptions*)elemPtr->ops();
-
- if (!elemOps->label)
- continue;
-
- if (elemPtr->labelActive_) {
- ops->style.color = ops->activeFgColor;
- psPtr->fill3DRectangle(ops->activeBg, x, y, entryWidth_,
- entryHeight_, ops->entryBW,
- ops->activeRelief);
- }
- else {
- ops->style.color = ops->fgColor;
- if (elemOps->legendRelief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT)
- psPtr->print3DRectangle(gops->normalBg, x, y, entryWidth_, entryHeight_,
- ops->entryBW, elemOps->legendRelief);
- }
- elemPtr->printSymbol(psPtr, x + xSymbol, y + ySymbol, symbolSize);
- ts.printText(psPtr, elemOps->label, x + xLabel,
- y + ops->entryBW + ops->iyPad);
- count++;
-
- if ((count % nRows_) > 0)
- y += entryHeight_;
- else {
- x += entryWidth_;
- y = yStart;
- }
- }
-}
-
-void Legend::removeElement(Element* elemPtr)
-{
- bindTable_->deleteBindings(elemPtr);
-}
-
-void Legend::eventuallyInvokeSelectCmd()
-{
- if ((flags & SELECT_PENDING) == 0) {
- flags |= SELECT_PENDING;
- Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SelectCmdProc, this);
- }
-}
-
-void Legend::setOrigin()
-{
- LegendOptions* ops = (LegendOptions*)ops_;
- GraphOptions* gops = (GraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_;
-
- int x =0;
- int y =0;
- int w =0;
- int h =0;
- switch ((Position)ops->position) {
- case RIGHT:
- w = gops->rightMargin.width - gops->rightMargin.axesOffset;
- h = graphPtr_->bottom_ - graphPtr_->top_;
- x = graphPtr_->right_ + gops->rightMargin.axesOffset;
- y = graphPtr_->top_;
- break;
-
- case LEFT:
- w = gops->leftMargin.width - gops->leftMargin.axesOffset;
- h = graphPtr_->bottom_ - graphPtr_->top_;
- x = graphPtr_->inset_;
- y = graphPtr_->top_;
- break;
-
- case TOP:
- w = graphPtr_->right_ - graphPtr_->left_;
- h = gops->topMargin.height - gops->topMargin.axesOffset;
- if (gops->title)
- h -= graphPtr_->titleHeight_;
-
- x = graphPtr_->left_;
- y = graphPtr_->inset_;
- if (gops->title)
- y += graphPtr_->titleHeight_;
- break;
-
- case BOTTOM:
- w = graphPtr_->right_ - graphPtr_->left_;
- h = gops->bottomMargin.height - gops->bottomMargin.axesOffset;
- x = graphPtr_->left_;
- y = graphPtr_->bottom_ + gops->bottomMargin.axesOffset;
- break;
-
- case PLOT:
- w = graphPtr_->right_ - graphPtr_->left_;
- h = graphPtr_->bottom_ - graphPtr_->top_;
- x = graphPtr_->left_;
- y = graphPtr_->top_;
- break;
-
- case XY:
- w = width_;
- h = height_;
- x = ops->xReq;
- y = ops->yReq;
- if (x < 0)
- x += graphPtr_->width_;
-
- if (y < 0)
- y += graphPtr_->height_;
- break;
- }
-
- switch (ops->anchor) {
- case TK_ANCHOR_NW:
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_W:
- if (h > height_)
- y += (h - height_) / 2;
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_SW:
- if (h > height_)
- y += (h - height_);
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_N:
- if (w > width_)
- x += (w - width_) / 2;
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER:
- if (h > height_)
- y += (h - height_) / 2;
-
- if (w > width_)
- x += (w - width_) / 2;
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_S:
- if (w > width_)
- x += (w - width_) / 2;
-
- if (h > height_)
- y += (h - height_);
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_NE:
- if (w > width_)
- x += w - width_;
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_E:
- if (w > width_)
- x += w - width_;
-
- if (h > height_)
- y += (h - height_) / 2;
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_SE:
- if (w > width_) {
- x += w - width_;
- }
- if (h > height_) {
- y += (h - height_);
- }
- break;
- }
-
- x_ = x + ops->xPad;
- y_ = y + ops->yPad;
-}
-
-void Legend::selectEntry(Element* elemPtr)
-{
- switch (flags & SELECT_TOGGLE) {
- case SELECT_CLEAR:
- deselectElement(elemPtr);
- break;
- case SELECT_SET:
- selectElement(elemPtr);
- break;
- case SELECT_TOGGLE:
- Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&selectTable_, (char*)elemPtr);
- if (hPtr)
- deselectElement(elemPtr);
- else
- selectElement(elemPtr);
- break;
- }
-}
-
-void Legend::selectElement(Element* elemPtr)
-{
- int isNew;
- Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr =
- Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&selectTable_, (char*)elemPtr, &isNew);
- if (isNew) {
- ChainLink* link = selected_->append(elemPtr);
- Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, link);
- }
-}
-
-void Legend::deselectElement(Element* elemPtr)
-{
- Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&selectTable_, (char*)elemPtr);
- if (hPtr) {
- ChainLink* link = (ChainLink*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
- selected_->deleteLink(link);
- Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hPtr);
- }
-}
-
-
-int Legend::selectRange(Element *fromPtr, Element *toPtr)
-{
- int isBefore=0;
- for (ChainLink* linkPtr = fromPtr->link; linkPtr; linkPtr = linkPtr->next())
- if (linkPtr == toPtr->link)
- isBefore =1;
-
- if (isBefore) {
- for (ChainLink* link = fromPtr->link; link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- selectEntry(elemPtr);
- if (link == toPtr->link)
- break;
- }
- }
- else {
- for (ChainLink* link = fromPtr->link; link; link = Chain_PrevLink(link)) {
- Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- selectEntry(elemPtr);
- if (link == toPtr->link)
- break;
- }
- }
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-void Legend::clearSelection()
-{
- LegendOptions* ops = (LegendOptions*)ops_;
-
- Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&selectTable_);
- Tcl_InitHashTable(&selectTable_, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
- selected_->reset();
-
- if (ops->selectCmd)
- eventuallyInvokeSelectCmd();
-}
-
-int Legend::entryIsSelected(Element* elemPtr)
-{
- Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&selectTable_, (char*)elemPtr);
- return (hPtr != NULL);
-}
-
-int Legend::getElementFromObj(Tcl_Obj* objPtr, Element** elemPtrPtr)
-{
- const char *string = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
- Element* elemPtr = NULL;
-
- if (!strcmp(string, "anchor"))
- elemPtr = selAnchorPtr_;
- else if (!strcmp(string, "current"))
- elemPtr = (Element*)bindTable_->currentItem();
- else if (!strcmp(string, "first"))
- elemPtr = getFirstElement();
- else if (!strcmp(string, "focus"))
- elemPtr = focusPtr_;
- else if (!strcmp(string, "last"))
- elemPtr = getLastElement();
- else if (!strcmp(string, "end"))
- elemPtr = getLastElement();
- else if (!strcmp(string, "next.row"))
- elemPtr = getNextRow(focusPtr_);
- else if (!strcmp(string, "next.column"))
- elemPtr = getNextColumn(focusPtr_);
- else if (!strcmp(string, "previous.row"))
- elemPtr = getPreviousRow(focusPtr_);
- else if (!strcmp(string, "previous.column"))
- elemPtr = getPreviousColumn(focusPtr_);
- else if (string[0] == '@') {
- int x, y;
- if (graphPtr_->getXY(string, &x, &y) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- ClassId classId;
- elemPtr = (Element*)pickEntry(x, y, &classId);
- }
- else {
- if (graphPtr_->getElement(objPtr, &elemPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (!elemPtr->link) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(graphPtr_->interp_, "bad legend index \"", string, "\"",
- (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- ElementOptions* elemOps = (ElementOptions*)elemPtr->ops();
- if (!elemOps->label)
- elemPtr = NULL;
- }
-
- *elemPtrPtr = elemPtr;
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-Element* Legend::getNextRow(Element* focusPtr)
-{
- unsigned col = focusPtr->col_;
- unsigned row = focusPtr->row_ + 1;
- for (ChainLink* link = focusPtr->link; link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- ElementOptions* elemOps = (ElementOptions*)elemPtr->ops();
-
- if (!elemOps->label)
- continue;
-
- if ((elemPtr->col_ == col) && (elemPtr->row_ == row))
- return elemPtr;
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-Element* Legend::getNextColumn(Element* focusPtr)
-{
- unsigned col = focusPtr->col_ + 1;
- unsigned row = focusPtr->row_;
- for (ChainLink* link = focusPtr->link; link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- ElementOptions* elemOps = (ElementOptions*)elemPtr->ops();
-
- if (!elemOps->label)
- continue;
-
- if ((elemPtr->col_ == col) && (elemPtr->row_ == row))
- return elemPtr;
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-Element* Legend::getPreviousRow(Element* focusPtr)
-{
- unsigned col = focusPtr->col_;
- unsigned row = focusPtr->row_ - 1;
- for (ChainLink* link = focusPtr->link; link; link = Chain_PrevLink(link)) {
- Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- ElementOptions* elemOps = (ElementOptions*)elemPtr->ops();
-
- if (!elemOps->label)
- continue;
-
- if ((elemPtr->col_ == col) && (elemPtr->row_ == row))
- return elemPtr;
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-Element* Legend::getPreviousColumn(Element* focusPtr)
-{
- unsigned col = focusPtr->col_ - 1;
- unsigned row = focusPtr->row_;
- for (ChainLink* link = focusPtr->link; link; link = Chain_PrevLink(link)) {
- Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- ElementOptions* elemOps = (ElementOptions*)elemPtr->ops();
-
- if (!elemOps->label)
- continue;
-
- if ((elemPtr->col_ == col) && (elemPtr->row_ == row))
- return elemPtr;
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-Element* Legend::getFirstElement()
-{
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(graphPtr_->elements_.displayList);
- link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- ElementOptions* elemOps = (ElementOptions*)elemPtr->ops();
- if (elemOps->label)
- return elemPtr;
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-Element* Legend::getLastElement()
-{
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_LastLink(graphPtr_->elements_.displayList);
- link; link = Chain_PrevLink(link)) {
- Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- ElementOptions* elemOps = (ElementOptions*)elemPtr->ops();
- if (elemOps->label)
- return elemPtr;
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-ClientData Legend::pickEntry(int xx, int yy, ClassId* classIdPtr)
-{
- LegendOptions* ops = (LegendOptions*)ops_;
-
- int ww = width_;
- int hh = height_;
-
- if (titleHeight_ > 0)
- yy -= titleHeight_ + ops->yPad;
-
- xx -= x_ + ops->borderWidth;
- yy -= y_ + ops->borderWidth;
- ww -= 2 * ops->borderWidth + 2*ops->xPad;
- hh -= 2 * ops->borderWidth + 2*ops->yPad;
-
- // In the bounding box? if so, compute the index
- if (xx >= 0 && xx < ww && yy >= 0 && yy < hh) {
- int row = yy / entryHeight_;
- int column = xx / entryWidth_;
- int nn = (column * nRows_) + row;
-
- // Legend entries are stored in bottom-to-top
- if (nn < nEntries_) {
- int count = 0;
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(graphPtr_->elements_.displayList);
- link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- ElementOptions* elemOps = (ElementOptions*)elemPtr->ops();
- if (elemOps->label) {
- if (count == nn) {
- *classIdPtr = elemPtr->classId();
- return elemPtr;
- }
- count++;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-// Support
-
-static int SelectionProc(ClientData clientData, int offset, char *buffer,
- int maxBytes)
-{
- Legend* legendPtr = (Legend*)clientData;
- Graph* graphPtr = legendPtr->graphPtr_;
- LegendOptions* ops = (LegendOptions*)legendPtr->ops();
-
- if ((ops->exportSelection) == 0)
- return -1;
-
- // Retrieve the names of the selected entries
- Tcl_DString dString;
- Tcl_DStringInit(&dString);
- if (legendPtr->flags & SELECT_SORTED) {
- for (ChainLink* link=Chain_FirstLink(legendPtr->selected_);
- link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, elemPtr->name_, -1);
- Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, "\n", -1);
- }
- }
- else {
- for (ChainLink* link=Chain_FirstLink(graphPtr->elements_.displayList);
- link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- if (legendPtr->entryIsSelected(elemPtr)) {
- Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, elemPtr->name_, -1);
- Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, "\n", -1);
- }
- }
- }
-
- int nBytes = Tcl_DStringLength(&dString) - offset;
- strncpy(buffer, Tcl_DStringValue(&dString) + offset, maxBytes);
- Tcl_DStringFree(&dString);
- buffer[maxBytes] = '\0';
- return MIN(nBytes, maxBytes);
-}
-
-static void SelectCmdProc(ClientData clientData)
-{
- Legend* legendPtr = (Legend*)clientData;
- LegendOptions* ops = (LegendOptions*)legendPtr->ops();
-
- Tcl_Preserve(legendPtr);
- legendPtr->flags &= ~SELECT_PENDING;
- if (ops->selectCmd) {
- Tcl_Interp* interp = legendPtr->graphPtr_->interp_;
- if (Tcl_GlobalEval(interp, ops->selectCmd) != TCL_OK)
- Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
- }
- Tcl_Release(legendPtr);
-}
-
-
-
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrLegd.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrLegd.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 66ffbc1..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrLegd.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,178 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
- * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
- * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
- * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use,
- * copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
- * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
- * conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
- * KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE
- * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
- * PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
- * OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
- * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
- * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
- * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BltGrLegend_h__
-#define __BltGrLegend_h__
-
-#include <tk.h>
-
-#include "tkbltGrMisc.h"
-#include "tkbltGrText.h"
-
-namespace Blt {
- class Graph;
- class Pick;
- class Element;
-
- /*
- * Selection related flags:
- * SELECT_PENDING A "selection" command idle task is pending.
- * SELECT_CLEAR Clear selection flag of entry.
- * SELECT_SET Set selection flag of entry.
- * SELECT_TOGGLE Toggle selection flag of entry.
- * Mask of selection set/clear/toggle flags.
- * SELECT_SORTED Indicates if the entries in the selection
- * should be sorted or displayed in the order
- * they were selected.
- */
-
-#define SELECT_CLEAR (1<<24)
-#define SELECT_PENDING (1<<25)
-#define SELECT_SET (1<<26)
-#define SELECT_SORTED (1<<27)
-#define SELECT_TOGGLE (SELECT_SET | SELECT_CLEAR)
-
- typedef enum {
- SELECT_MODE_SINGLE, SELECT_MODE_MULTIPLE
- } SelectMode;
-
- typedef struct {
- Tk_3DBorder activeBg;
- XColor* activeFgColor;
- int activeRelief;
- Tk_3DBorder normalBg;
- XColor* fgColor;
- Tk_Anchor anchor;
- int borderWidth;
- int reqColumns;
- int exportSelection;
- Dashes focusDashes;
- XColor* focusColor;
- TextStyleOptions style;
- int hide;
- int ixPad;
- int iyPad;
- int xPad;
- int yPad;
- int raised;
- int relief;
- int reqRows;
- int entryBW;
- int selBW;
- int xReq;
- int yReq;
- int position;
- const char *selectCmd;
- Tk_3DBorder selOutFocusBg;
- Tk_3DBorder selInFocusBg;
- XColor* selOutFocusFgColor;
- XColor* selInFocusFgColor;
- SelectMode selectMode;
- int selRelief;
- const char *title;
- TextStyleOptions titleStyle;
- } LegendOptions;
-
- class Legend : public Pick {
- public:
- enum Position {RIGHT, LEFT, TOP, BOTTOM, PLOT, XY};
-
- protected:
- Tk_OptionTable optionTable_;
- void* ops_;
-
- GC focusGC_;
- Tcl_HashTable selectTable_;
-
- public:
- Graph* graphPtr_;
- unsigned int flags;
-
- int width_;
- int height_;
- int x_;
- int y_;
-
- int nEntries_;
- int nColumns_;
- int nRows_;
- int entryWidth_;
- int entryHeight_;
- BindTable* bindTable_;
- Element* focusPtr_;
- Element* selAnchorPtr_;
- Element* selMarkPtr_;
- Chain* selected_;
- int titleWidth_;
- int titleHeight_;
-
- protected:
- void setOrigin();
- Element* getNextRow(Element*);
- Element* getNextColumn(Element*);
- Element* getPreviousRow(Element*);
- Element* getPreviousColumn(Element*);
- Element* getFirstElement();
- Element* getLastElement();
-
- public:
- Legend(Graph*);
- virtual ~Legend();
-
- int configure();
- void map(int, int);
- void draw(Drawable drawable);
- void print(PSOutput* ps);
- void eventuallyInvokeSelectCmd();
-
- void removeElement(Element*);
- int getElementFromObj(Tcl_Obj*, Element**);
-
- void selectEntry(Element*);
- void selectElement(Element*);
- void deselectElement(Element*);
- int selectRange(Element*, Element*);
- void clearSelection();
- int entryIsSelected(Element*);
-
- void* ops() {return ops_;}
- Tk_OptionTable optionTable() {return optionTable_;}
-
- Position position() {return (Position)((LegendOptions*)ops_)->position;}
- int isRaised() {return ((LegendOptions*)ops_)->raised;}
- int isHidden() {return ((LegendOptions*)ops_)->hide;}
-
- ClientData pickEntry(int, int, ClassId*);
- };
-};
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrLegdOp.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrLegdOp.C
deleted file mode 100644
index 139d2f1..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrLegdOp.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,496 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <tk.h>
-#include <tkInt.h>
-
-#include "tkbltGrBind.h"
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-#include "tkbltGrLegd.h"
-#include "tkbltGrLegdOp.h"
-#include "tkbltGrElem.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-static Tk_LostSelProc LostSelectionProc;
-
-static int LegendObjConfigure(Graph* graphPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Legend* legendPtr = graphPtr->legend_;
- Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
- int mask =0;
- int error;
- Tcl_Obj* errorResult;
-
- for (error=0; error<=1; error++) {
- if (!error) {
- if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char*)legendPtr->ops(),
- legendPtr->optionTable(),
- objc, objv, graphPtr->tkwin_, &savedOptions, &mask)
- != TCL_OK)
- continue;
- }
- else {
- errorResult = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
- Tcl_IncrRefCount(errorResult);
- Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
- }
-
- if (legendPtr->configure() != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- graphPtr->flags |= mask;
- graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw();
-
- break;
- }
-
- if (!error) {
- Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
- return TCL_OK;
- }
- else {
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, errorResult);
- Tcl_DecrRefCount(errorResult);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-}
-
-static int CgetOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- if (objc != 4) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "cget option");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Legend* legendPtr = graphPtr->legend_;
- Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp,
- (char*)legendPtr->ops(),
- legendPtr->optionTable(),
- objv[3], graphPtr->tkwin_);
- if (objPtr == NULL)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- else
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int ConfigureOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- Legend* legendPtr = graphPtr->legend_;
- if (objc <= 4) {
- Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char*)legendPtr->ops(),
- legendPtr->optionTable(),
- (objc == 4) ? objv[3] : NULL,
- graphPtr->tkwin_);
- if (objPtr == NULL)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- else
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
- }
- else
- return LegendObjConfigure(graphPtr, interp, objc-3, objv+3);
-}
-
-static int ActivateOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- Legend* legendPtr = graphPtr->legend_;
- LegendOptions* ops = (LegendOptions*)legendPtr->ops();
-
- const char *string = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
- int active = (string[0] == 'a') ? 1 : 0;
- int redraw = 0;
- for (int ii=3; ii<objc; ii++) {
-
- const char* pattern = Tcl_GetString(objv[ii]);
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(graphPtr->elements_.displayList);
- link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- if (Tcl_StringMatch(elemPtr->name_, pattern)) {
- if (active) {
- if (!elemPtr->labelActive_) {
- elemPtr->labelActive_ =1;
- redraw = 1;
- }
- }
- else {
- if (elemPtr->labelActive_) {
- elemPtr->labelActive_ =0;
- redraw = 1;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (redraw && !ops->hide) {
- graphPtr->flags |= LAYOUT;
- graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw();
- }
-
- // List active elements in stacking order
- Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL);
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(graphPtr->elements_.displayList);
- link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- if (elemPtr->labelActive_) {
- Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(elemPtr->name_, -1);
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, objPtr);
- }
- }
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr);
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int BindOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
-
- if (objc == 3) {
- Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL);
- Tcl_HashSearch iter;
- for (Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr=Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&graphPtr->elements_.tagTable, &iter); hPtr; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&iter)) {
- char* tagName =
- (char*)Tcl_GetHashKey(&graphPtr->elements_.tagTable, hPtr);
- Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(tagName, -1);
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, objPtr);
- }
-
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
- }
-
- return graphPtr->legend_->bindTable_->configure(graphPtr->elementTag(Tcl_GetString(objv[3])), objc - 4, objv + 4);
-}
-
-static int CurselectionOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- Legend* legendPtr = graphPtr->legend_;
- Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL);
- if (legendPtr->flags & SELECT_SORTED) {
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(legendPtr->selected_); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(elemPtr->name_, -1);
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, objPtr);
- }
- }
- else {
- // List of selected entries is in stacking order
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(graphPtr->elements_.displayList);
- link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link);
-
- if (legendPtr->entryIsSelected(elemPtr)) {
- Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(elemPtr->name_, -1);
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, objPtr);
- }
- }
- }
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int FocusOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- Legend* legendPtr = graphPtr->legend_;
-
- legendPtr->focusPtr_ = NULL;
- if (objc == 4) {
- Element* elemPtr;
- if (legendPtr->getElementFromObj(objv[3], &elemPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (elemPtr) {
- legendPtr->focusPtr_ = elemPtr;
-
- legendPtr->bindTable_->focusItem_ = (ClientData)elemPtr;
- legendPtr->bindTable_->focusContext_ = elemPtr->classId();
- }
- }
-
- graphPtr->flags |= CACHE;
- graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw();
-
- if (legendPtr->focusPtr_)
- Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),legendPtr->focusPtr_->name_,-1);
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int GetOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- if (objc<3)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- Legend* legendPtr = graphPtr->legend_;
- LegendOptions* ops = (LegendOptions*)legendPtr->ops();
-
- if (((ops->hide) == 0) && (legendPtr->nEntries_ > 0)) {
- Element* elemPtr;
-
- if (legendPtr->getElementFromObj(objv[3], &elemPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (elemPtr)
- Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), elemPtr->name_, -1);
- }
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-const Ensemble Blt::legendEnsemble[] = {
- {"activate", ActivateOp, 0},
- {"bind", BindOp, 0},
- {"cget", CgetOp, 0},
- {"configure", ConfigureOp, 0},
- {"curselection", CurselectionOp, 0},
- {"deactivate", ActivateOp, 0},
- {"focus", FocusOp, 0},
- {"get", GetOp, 0},
- {"selection", 0, selectionEnsemble},
- { 0,0,0 }
-};
-
-// Selection Ops
-
-static int SelectionAnchorOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- Legend* legendPtr = graphPtr->legend_;
- Element* elemPtr;
-
- if (legendPtr->getElementFromObj(objv[4], &elemPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- // Set both the anchor and the mark. Indicates that a single entry
- // is selected
- legendPtr->selAnchorPtr_ = elemPtr;
- legendPtr->selMarkPtr_ = NULL;
- if (elemPtr)
- Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), elemPtr->name_, -1);
-
- graphPtr->flags |= CACHE;
- graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw();
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int SelectionClearallOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- Legend* legendPtr = graphPtr->legend_;
- legendPtr->clearSelection();
-
- graphPtr->flags |= CACHE;
- graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw();
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int SelectionIncludesOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- Legend* legendPtr = graphPtr->legend_;
- Element* elemPtr;
- if (legendPtr->getElementFromObj(objv[4], &elemPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- int boo = legendPtr->entryIsSelected(elemPtr);
- Tcl_SetBooleanObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), boo);
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int SelectionMarkOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- Legend* legendPtr = graphPtr->legend_;
- LegendOptions* ops = (LegendOptions*)legendPtr->ops();
- Element* elemPtr;
-
- if (legendPtr->getElementFromObj(objv[4], &elemPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (legendPtr->selAnchorPtr_ == NULL) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "selection anchor must be set first", NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- if (legendPtr->selMarkPtr_ != elemPtr) {
- // Deselect entry from the list all the way back to the anchor
- ChainLink *link, *next;
- for (link = Chain_LastLink(legendPtr->selected_); link; link = next) {
- next = Chain_PrevLink(link);
- Element *selectPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- if (selectPtr == legendPtr->selAnchorPtr_)
- break;
-
- legendPtr->deselectElement(selectPtr);
- }
-
- legendPtr->flags &= ~SELECT_TOGGLE;
- legendPtr->flags |= SELECT_SET;
- legendPtr->selectRange(legendPtr->selAnchorPtr_, elemPtr);
- Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), elemPtr->name_, -1);
- legendPtr->selMarkPtr_ = elemPtr;
-
- if (ops->selectCmd)
- legendPtr->eventuallyInvokeSelectCmd();
-
- graphPtr->flags |= CACHE;
- graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw();
- }
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int SelectionPresentOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- Legend* legendPtr = graphPtr->legend_;
- int boo = (Chain_GetLength(legendPtr->selected_) > 0);
- Tcl_SetBooleanObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), boo);
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int SelectionSetOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- Legend* legendPtr = graphPtr->legend_;
- LegendOptions* ops = (LegendOptions*)legendPtr->ops();
-
- legendPtr->flags &= ~SELECT_TOGGLE;
- const char* string = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
- switch (string[0]) {
- case 's':
- legendPtr->flags |= SELECT_SET;
- break;
- case 'c':
- legendPtr->flags |= SELECT_CLEAR;
- break;
- case 't':
- legendPtr->flags |= SELECT_TOGGLE;
- break;
- }
-
- Element *firstPtr;
- if (legendPtr->getElementFromObj(objv[4], &firstPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- ElementOptions* eops = (ElementOptions*)firstPtr->ops();
-
- if ((eops->hide) && ((legendPtr->flags & SELECT_CLEAR)==0)) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't select hidden node \"",
- Tcl_GetString(objv[4]), "\"", (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Element* lastPtr = firstPtr;
- if (objc > 5) {
- if (legendPtr->getElementFromObj(objv[5], &lastPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- ElementOptions* eops = (ElementOptions*)firstPtr->ops();
-
- if (eops->hide && ((legendPtr->flags & SELECT_CLEAR) == 0)) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't select hidden node \"",
- Tcl_GetString(objv[5]), "\"", (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- }
-
- if (firstPtr == lastPtr)
- legendPtr->selectEntry(firstPtr);
- else
- legendPtr->selectRange(firstPtr, lastPtr);
-
- // Set both the anchor and the mark. Indicates that a single entry is
- // selected
- if (legendPtr->selAnchorPtr_ == NULL)
- legendPtr->selAnchorPtr_ = firstPtr;
-
- if (ops->exportSelection)
- Tk_OwnSelection(graphPtr->tkwin_, XA_PRIMARY, LostSelectionProc, legendPtr);
-
- if (ops->selectCmd)
- legendPtr->eventuallyInvokeSelectCmd();
-
- graphPtr->flags |= CACHE;
- graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw();
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-const Ensemble Blt::selectionEnsemble[] = {
- {"anchor", SelectionAnchorOp, 0},
- {"clear", SelectionSetOp, 0},
- {"clearall", SelectionClearallOp, 0},
- {"includes", SelectionIncludesOp, 0},
- {"mark", SelectionMarkOp, 0},
- {"present", SelectionPresentOp, 0},
- {"set", SelectionSetOp, 0},
- {"toggle", SelectionSetOp, 0},
- { 0,0,0 }
-};
-
-// Support
-
-static void LostSelectionProc(ClientData clientData)
-{
- Legend* legendPtr = (Legend*)clientData;
- LegendOptions* ops = (LegendOptions*)legendPtr->ops();
- Graph* graphPtr = legendPtr->graphPtr_;
-
- if (ops->exportSelection)
- legendPtr->clearSelection();
-
- graphPtr->flags |= CACHE;
- graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw();
-}
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrLegdOp.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrLegdOp.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6369a2b..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrLegdOp.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BltGrLegdOp_h__
-#define __BltGrLegdOp_h__
-
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-
-namespace Blt {
- extern const Ensemble legendEnsemble[];
- extern const Ensemble selectionEnsemble[];
-};
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarker.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarker.C
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f701f8..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarker.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,177 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <float.h>
-
-#include <cmath>
-
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-#include "tkbltGrBind.h"
-#include "tkbltGrMarker.h"
-#include "tkbltGrAxis.h"
-#include "tkbltGrMisc.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-Marker::Marker(Graph* graphPtr, const char* name, Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr)
-{
- optionTable_ =NULL;
- ops_ =NULL;
-
- graphPtr_ =graphPtr;
- name_ = dupstr(name);
- hashPtr_ = hPtr;
- link =NULL;
- flags =0;
- clipped_ =0;
-}
-
-Marker::~Marker()
-{
- graphPtr_->bindTable_->deleteBindings(this);
-
- if (link)
- graphPtr_->markers_.displayList->deleteLink(link);
-
- if (hashPtr_)
- Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hashPtr_);
-
- delete [] name_;
-
- Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char*)ops_, optionTable_, graphPtr_->tkwin_);
- free(ops_);
-}
-
-double Marker::HMap(Axis *axisPtr, double x)
-{
- AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)axisPtr->ops();
-
- if (x == DBL_MAX)
- x = 1.0;
- else if (x == -DBL_MAX)
- x = 0.0;
- else {
- if (ops->logScale) {
- if (x > 0.0)
- x = log10(x);
- else if (x < 0.0)
- x = 0.0;
- }
- x = (x - axisPtr->axisRange_.min) * axisPtr->axisRange_.scale;
- }
- if (ops->descending)
- x = 1.0 - x;
-
- // Horizontal transformation
- return (x * axisPtr->screenRange_ + axisPtr->screenMin_);
-}
-
-double Marker::VMap(Axis *axisPtr, double y)
-{
- AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)axisPtr->ops();
-
- if (y == DBL_MAX)
- y = 1.0;
- else if (y == -DBL_MAX)
- y = 0.0;
- else {
- if (ops->logScale) {
- if (y > 0.0)
- y = log10(y);
- else if (y < 0.0)
- y = 0.0;
- }
- y = (y - axisPtr->axisRange_.min) * axisPtr->axisRange_.scale;
- }
- if (ops->descending)
- y = 1.0 - y;
-
- // Vertical transformation
- return (((1.0 - y) * axisPtr->screenRange_) + axisPtr->screenMin_);
-}
-
-Point2d Marker::mapPoint(Point2d* pointPtr, Axis* xAxis, Axis* yAxis)
-{
- GraphOptions* gops = (GraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_;
- Point2d result;
- if (gops->inverted) {
- result.x = HMap(yAxis, pointPtr->y);
- result.y = VMap(xAxis, pointPtr->x);
- }
- else {
- result.x = HMap(xAxis, pointPtr->x);
- result.y = VMap(yAxis, pointPtr->y);
- }
-
- return result;
-}
-
-int Marker::boxesDontOverlap(Graph* graphPtr_, Region2d *extsPtr)
-{
- return (((double)graphPtr_->right_ < extsPtr->left) ||
- ((double)graphPtr_->bottom_ < extsPtr->top) ||
- (extsPtr->right < (double)graphPtr_->left_) ||
- (extsPtr->bottom < (double)graphPtr_->top_));
-}
-
-int Marker::regionInPolygon(Region2d *regionPtr, Point2d *points, int nPoints,
- int enclosed)
-{
- if (enclosed) {
- // All points of the polygon must be inside the rectangle.
- for (Point2d *pp = points, *pend = pp + nPoints; pp < pend; pp++) {
- if ((pp->x < regionPtr->left) || (pp->x > regionPtr->right) ||
- (pp->y < regionPtr->top) || (pp->y > regionPtr->bottom)) {
- return 0; /* One point is exterior. */
- }
- }
- return 1;
- }
- else {
- // If any segment of the polygon clips the bounding region, the
- // polygon overlaps the rectangle.
- points[nPoints] = points[0];
- for (Point2d *pp = points, *pend = pp + nPoints; pp < pend; pp++) {
- Point2d p = *pp;
- Point2d q = *(pp + 1);
- if (lineRectClip(regionPtr, &p, &q))
- return 1;
- }
-
- // Otherwise the polygon and rectangle are either disjoint or
- // enclosed. Check if one corner of the rectangle is inside the polygon.
- Point2d r;
- r.x = regionPtr->left;
- r.y = regionPtr->top;
-
- return pointInPolygon(&r, points, nPoints);
- }
-}
-
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarker.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarker.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 573357d..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarker.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BltGrMarker_h__
-#define __BltGrMarker_h__
-
-#include <tk.h>
-
-#include "tkbltChain.h"
-
-#include "tkbltGrMisc.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPSOutput.h"
-
-namespace Blt {
- class Graph;
- class Postscript;
- class Axis;
-
- typedef struct {
- Point2d* points;
- int num;
- } Coords;
-
- typedef struct {
- const char** tags;
- Coords* worldPts;
- const char* elemName;
- Axis* xAxis;
- Axis* yAxis;
- int hide;
- int drawUnder;
- int xOffset;
- int yOffset;
- } MarkerOptions;
-
- class Marker {
- protected:
- Tk_OptionTable optionTable_;
- void* ops_;
-
- public:
- Graph* graphPtr_;
- const char *name_;
- Tcl_HashEntry* hashPtr_;
- ChainLink* link;
- unsigned int flags;
- int clipped_;
-
- protected:
- double HMap(Axis*, double);
- double VMap(Axis*, double);
- Point2d mapPoint(Point2d*, Axis*, Axis*);
- int boxesDontOverlap(Graph*, Region2d*);
- int regionInPolygon(Region2d *extsPtr, Point2d *points,
- int nPoints, int enclosed);
-
- public:
- Marker(Graph*, const char*, Tcl_HashEntry*);
- virtual ~Marker();
-
- virtual int configure() =0;
- virtual void draw(Drawable) =0;
- virtual void map() =0;
- virtual int pointIn(Point2d*) =0;
- virtual int regionIn(Region2d*, int) =0;
- virtual void print(PSOutput*) =0;
-
- virtual ClassId classId() =0;
- virtual const char* className() =0;
- virtual const char* typeName() =0;
-
- Tk_OptionTable optionTable() {return optionTable_;}
- void* ops() {return ops_;}
- };
-};
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerLine.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerLine.C
deleted file mode 100644
index 82c9ab8..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerLine.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,298 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <float.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#include <cmath>
-
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-#include "tkbltGrMarkerLine.h"
-#include "tkbltGrMarkerOption.h"
-#include "tkbltGrMisc.h"
-#include "tkbltGrDef.h"
-#include "tkbltConfig.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPSOutput.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-#define BOUND(x, lo, hi) (((x) > (hi)) ? (hi) : ((x) < (lo)) ? (lo) : (x))
-
-static Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-bindtags", "bindTags", "BindTags",
- "Line all", -1, Tk_Offset(LineMarkerOptions, tags),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &listObjOption, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-cap", "cap", "Cap",
- "butt", -1, Tk_Offset(LineMarkerOptions, capStyle),
- 0, &capStyleObjOption, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-coords", "coords", "Coords",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineMarkerOptions, worldPts),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &coordsObjOption, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-dashes", "dashes", "Dashes",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineMarkerOptions, dashes),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &dashesObjOption, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-dashoffset", "dashOffset", "DashOffset",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LineMarkerOptions, dashes.offset), 0, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-element", "element", "Element",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineMarkerOptions, elemName),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-fill", "fill", "Fill",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineMarkerOptions, fillColor),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-join", "join", "Join",
- "miter", -1, Tk_Offset(LineMarkerOptions, joinStyle),
- 0, &joinStyleObjOption, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-linewidth", "lineWidth", "LineWidth",
- "1", -1, Tk_Offset(LineMarkerOptions, lineWidth), 0, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-hide", "hide", "Hide",
- "no", -1, Tk_Offset(LineMarkerOptions, hide), 0, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-mapx", "mapX", "MapX",
- "x", -1, Tk_Offset(LineMarkerOptions, xAxis), 0, &xAxisObjOption, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-mapy", "mapY", "MapY",
- "y", -1, Tk_Offset(LineMarkerOptions, yAxis), 0, &yAxisObjOption, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-outline", "outline", "Outline",
- STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(LineMarkerOptions, outlineColor),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-under", "under", "Under",
- "no", -1, Tk_Offset(LineMarkerOptions, drawUnder), 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-xoffset", "xOffset", "XOffset",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LineMarkerOptions, xOffset), 0, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-yoffset", "yOffset", "YOffset",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LineMarkerOptions, yOffset), 0, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
-};
-
-LineMarker::LineMarker(Graph* graphPtr, const char* name, Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr)
- : Marker(graphPtr, name, hPtr)
-{
- ops_ = (LineMarkerOptions*)calloc(1, sizeof(LineMarkerOptions));
- optionTable_ = Tk_CreateOptionTable(graphPtr->interp_, optionSpecs);
-
- gc_ =NULL;
- segments_ =NULL;
- nSegments_ =0;
-}
-
-LineMarker::~LineMarker()
-{
- if (gc_)
- graphPtr_->freePrivateGC(gc_);
- delete [] segments_;
-}
-
-int LineMarker::configure()
-{
- LineMarkerOptions* ops = (LineMarkerOptions*)ops_;
-
- unsigned long gcMask = (GCLineWidth | GCLineStyle | GCCapStyle | GCJoinStyle);
- XGCValues gcValues;
- if (ops->outlineColor) {
- gcMask |= GCForeground;
- gcValues.foreground = ops->outlineColor->pixel;
- }
- if (ops->fillColor) {
- gcMask |= GCBackground;
- gcValues.background = ops->fillColor->pixel;
- }
- gcValues.cap_style = ops->capStyle;
- gcValues.join_style = ops->joinStyle;
- gcValues.line_width = ops->lineWidth;
- gcValues.line_style = LineSolid;
- if (LineIsDashed(ops->dashes)) {
- gcValues.line_style =
- (gcMask & GCBackground) ? LineDoubleDash : LineOnOffDash;
- }
-
- GC newGC = graphPtr_->getPrivateGC(gcMask, &gcValues);
- if (gc_)
- graphPtr_->freePrivateGC(gc_);
-
- if (LineIsDashed(ops->dashes))
- graphPtr_->setDashes(newGC, &ops->dashes);
- gc_ = newGC;
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-void LineMarker::draw(Drawable drawable)
-{
- if (nSegments_ > 0)
- graphPtr_->drawSegments(drawable, gc_, segments_, nSegments_);
-}
-
-void LineMarker::map()
-{
- LineMarkerOptions* ops = (LineMarkerOptions*)ops_;
-
- delete [] segments_;
- segments_ = NULL;
- nSegments_ = 0;
-
- if (!ops->worldPts || (ops->worldPts->num < 2))
- return;
-
- Region2d extents;
- graphPtr_->extents(&extents);
-
- // Allow twice the number of world coordinates. The line will represented
- // as series of line segments, not one continous polyline. This is
- // because clipping against the plot area may chop the line into several
- // disconnected segments.
-
- Segment2d* segments = new Segment2d[ops->worldPts->num];
- Point2d* srcPtr = ops->worldPts->points;
- Point2d p = mapPoint(srcPtr, ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis);
- p.x += ops->xOffset;
- p.y += ops->yOffset;
-
- Segment2d* segPtr = segments;
- Point2d* pend;
- for (srcPtr++, pend = ops->worldPts->points + ops->worldPts->num;
- srcPtr < pend; srcPtr++) {
- Point2d next = mapPoint(srcPtr, ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis);
- next.x += ops->xOffset;
- next.y += ops->yOffset;
- Point2d q = next;
-
- if (lineRectClip(&extents, &p, &q)) {
- segPtr->p = p;
- segPtr->q = q;
- segPtr++;
- }
- p = next;
- }
- nSegments_ = segPtr - segments;
- segments_ = segments;
- clipped_ = (nSegments_ == 0);
-}
-
-int LineMarker::pointIn(Point2d *samplePtr)
-{
- GraphOptions* gops = (GraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_;
- return pointInSegments(samplePtr, segments_, nSegments_,
- (double)gops->search.halo);
-}
-
-int LineMarker::pointInSegments(Point2d* samplePtr, Segment2d* segments,
- int nSegments, double halo)
-{
- double minDist = DBL_MAX;
- for (Segment2d *sp = segments, *send = sp + nSegments; sp < send; sp++) {
- Point2d t = getProjection((int)samplePtr->x, (int)samplePtr->y,
- &sp->p, &sp->q);
- double right;
- double left;
- if (sp->p.x > sp->q.x) {
- right = sp->p.x;
- left = sp->q.x;
- }
- else {
- right = sp->q.x;
- left = sp->p.x;
- }
-
- double top;
- double bottom;
- if (sp->p.y > sp->q.y) {
- bottom = sp->p.y;
- top = sp->q.y;
- }
- else {
- bottom = sp->q.y;
- top = sp->p.y;
- }
-
- Point2d p;
- p.x = BOUND(t.x, left, right);
- p.y = BOUND(t.y, top, bottom);
-
- double dist = hypot(p.x - samplePtr->x, p.y - samplePtr->y);
- if (dist < minDist)
- minDist = dist;
- }
-
- return (minDist < halo);
-}
-
-int LineMarker::regionIn(Region2d *extsPtr, int enclosed)
-{
- LineMarkerOptions* ops = (LineMarkerOptions*)ops_;
-
- if (!ops->worldPts || ops->worldPts->num < 2)
- return 0;
-
- if (enclosed) {
- for (Point2d *pp = ops->worldPts->points, *pend = pp + ops->worldPts->num;
- pp < pend; pp++) {
- Point2d p = mapPoint(pp, ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis);
- if ((p.x < extsPtr->left) && (p.x > extsPtr->right) &&
- (p.y < extsPtr->top) && (p.y > extsPtr->bottom)) {
- return 0;
- }
- }
- return 1;
- }
- else {
- int count = 0;
- for (Point2d *pp=ops->worldPts->points, *pend=pp+(ops->worldPts->num - 1);
- pp < pend; pp++) {
- Point2d p = mapPoint(pp, ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis);
- Point2d q = mapPoint(pp + 1, ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis);
- if (lineRectClip(extsPtr, &p, &q))
- count++;
- }
- return (count > 0); /* At least 1 segment passes through
- * region. */
- }
-}
-
-void LineMarker::print(PSOutput* psPtr)
-{
- LineMarkerOptions* ops = (LineMarkerOptions*)ops_;
-
- if (nSegments_ > 0) {
- psPtr->setLineAttributes(ops->outlineColor, ops->lineWidth,
- &ops->dashes, ops->capStyle, ops->joinStyle);
- if ((LineIsDashed(ops->dashes)) && (ops->fillColor)) {
- psPtr->append("/DashesProc {\n gsave\n ");
- psPtr->setBackground(ops->fillColor);
- psPtr->append(" ");
- psPtr->setDashes(NULL);
- psPtr->append("stroke\n");
- psPtr->append("grestore\n");
- psPtr->append("} def\n");
- }
- else
- psPtr->append("/DashesProc {} def\n");
-
- psPtr->printSegments(segments_, nSegments_);
- }
-}
-
-
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerLine.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerLine.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3191951..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerLine.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BltGrMarkerLine_h__
-#define __BltGrMarkerLine_h__
-
-#include "tkbltGrMarker.h"
-
-namespace Blt {
-
- typedef struct {
- const char** tags;
- Coords* worldPts;
- const char* elemName;
- Axis* xAxis;
- Axis* yAxis;
- int hide;
- int drawUnder;
- int xOffset;
- int yOffset;
-
- int capStyle;
- Dashes dashes;
- XColor* fillColor;
- int joinStyle;
- int lineWidth;
- XColor* outlineColor;
- } LineMarkerOptions;
-
- class LineMarker : public Marker {
- protected:
- GC gc_;
- Segment2d* segments_;
- int nSegments_;
-
- protected:
- int configure();
- void draw(Drawable);
- void map();
- int pointIn(Point2d*);
- int regionIn(Region2d*, int);
- void print(PSOutput*);
- int pointInSegments(Point2d *samplePtr, Segment2d *segments,
- int nSegments, double halo);
-
- public:
- LineMarker(Graph*, const char*, Tcl_HashEntry*);
- virtual ~LineMarker();
-
- ClassId classId() {return CID_MARKER_LINE;}
- const char* className() {return "LineMarker";}
- const char* typeName() {return "line";}
- };
-};
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerOp.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerOp.C
deleted file mode 100644
index 0865556..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerOp.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,495 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include "tkbltGrBind.h"
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-#include "tkbltGrElem.h"
-#include "tkbltGrMarkerOp.h"
-#include "tkbltGrMarker.h"
-#include "tkbltGrMarkerLine.h"
-#include "tkbltGrMarkerPolygon.h"
-#include "tkbltGrMarkerText.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-static int GetMarkerFromObj(Tcl_Interp* interp, Graph* graphPtr,
- Tcl_Obj* objPtr, Marker** markerPtrPtr);
-
-#define FIND_ENCLOSED (1<<0)
-#define FIND_OVERLAPPING (1<<1)
-
-static int MarkerObjConfigure( Graph* graphPtr,Marker* markerPtr,
- Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
- int mask =0;
- int error;
- Tcl_Obj* errorResult;
-
- for (error=0; error<=1; error++) {
- if (!error) {
- if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char*)markerPtr->ops(),
- markerPtr->optionTable(),
- objc, objv, graphPtr->tkwin_, &savedOptions, &mask)
- != TCL_OK)
- continue;
- }
- else {
- errorResult = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
- Tcl_IncrRefCount(errorResult);
- Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
- }
-
- markerPtr->flags |= MAP_ITEM;
- if (markerPtr->configure() != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- MarkerOptions* ops = (MarkerOptions*)markerPtr->ops();
- if (ops->drawUnder)
- graphPtr->flags |= CACHE;
- graphPtr->flags |= mask;
- graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw();
-
- break;
- }
-
- if (!error) {
- Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
- return TCL_OK;
- }
- else {
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, errorResult);
- Tcl_DecrRefCount(errorResult);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-}
-
-static int CreateMarker(Graph* graphPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- int offset = 5;
- const char* name =NULL;
- ostringstream str;
- if (objc == 4) {
- offset = 4;
- str << "marker" << graphPtr->nextMarkerId_++ << ends;
- name = dupstr(str.str().c_str());
- }
- else {
- name = dupstr(Tcl_GetString(objv[4]));
- if (name[0] == '-') {
- delete [] name;
- offset = 4;
- str << "marker" << graphPtr->nextMarkerId_++ << ends;
- name = dupstr(str.str().c_str());
- }
- }
-
- int isNew;
- Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr =
- Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&graphPtr->markers_.table, name, &isNew);
- if (!isNew) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(graphPtr->interp_, "marker \"", name,
- "\" already exists in \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[0]),
- "\"", NULL);
- delete [] name;
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- const char* type = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
- Marker* markerPtr;
- if (!strcmp(type, "line"))
- markerPtr = new LineMarker(graphPtr, name, hPtr);
- else if (!strcmp(type, "polygon"))
- markerPtr = new PolygonMarker(graphPtr, name, hPtr);
- else if (!strcmp(type, "text"))
- markerPtr = new TextMarker(graphPtr, name, hPtr);
- else {
- Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hPtr);
- delete [] name;
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown marker type ", type, NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, markerPtr);
-
- if ((Tk_InitOptions(graphPtr->interp_, (char*)markerPtr->ops(), markerPtr->optionTable(), graphPtr->tkwin_) != TCL_OK) || (MarkerObjConfigure(graphPtr, markerPtr, interp, objc-offset, objv+offset) != TCL_OK)) {
- delete markerPtr;
- delete [] name;
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- // Unlike elements, new markers are drawn on top of old markers
- markerPtr->link = graphPtr->markers_.displayList->prepend(markerPtr);
-
- Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), name, -1);
-
- delete [] name;
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int CgetOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- if (objc!=5) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "markerId option");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Marker* markerPtr;
- if (GetMarkerFromObj(interp, graphPtr, objv[3], &markerPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp,
- (char*)markerPtr->ops(),
- markerPtr->optionTable(),
- objv[4], graphPtr->tkwin_);
- if (objPtr == NULL)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- else
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int ConfigureOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- if (objc<4) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "markerId ?option value...?");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Marker* markerPtr;
- if (GetMarkerFromObj(interp, graphPtr, objv[3], &markerPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (objc <= 5) {
- Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char*)markerPtr->ops(),
- markerPtr->optionTable(),
- (objc == 5) ? objv[4] : NULL,
- graphPtr->tkwin_);
- if (objPtr == NULL)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- else
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
- }
- else
- return MarkerObjConfigure(graphPtr, markerPtr, interp, objc-4, objv+4);
-}
-
-static int BindOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- if (objc == 3) {
- Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL);
- Tcl_HashSearch iter;
- for (Tcl_HashEntry* hp =
- Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&graphPtr->markers_.tagTable, &iter);
- hp; hp = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&iter)) {
-
- const char* tag =
- (const char*)Tcl_GetHashKey(&graphPtr->markers_.tagTable, hp);
- Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(tag, -1);
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, objPtr);
- }
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
- } else if (objc >= 4) {
- return graphPtr->bindTable_->configure(graphPtr->markerTag(Tcl_GetString(objv[3])), objc - 4, objv + 4);
- } else {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "markerId ?tag? ?sequence? ?command?");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-}
-
-static int CreateOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- if (objc<4) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "markerId ?type? ?option value...?");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- if (CreateMarker(graphPtr, interp, objc, objv) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- // set in CreateMarker
- // Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[3]);
-
- graphPtr->flags |= CACHE;
- graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw();
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int DeleteOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
-
- if (objc<4) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "markerId...");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- int res = TCL_OK;
-
- for (int ii=3; ii<objc; ii++) {
- Marker* markerPtr;
- const char* string = Tcl_GetString(objv[ii]);
- Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&graphPtr->markers_.table, string);
- if (!hPtr) {
- if (res == TCL_OK) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't find markers in \"",
- Tk_PathName(graphPtr->tkwin_), "\":", NULL);
- }
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " ", Tcl_GetString(objv[ii]), NULL);
- res = TCL_ERROR;
- } else {
- markerPtr = (Marker*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
- delete markerPtr;
- }
- }
-
- graphPtr->flags |= CACHE;
- graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw();
-
- return res;
-}
-
-static int ExistsOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- if (objc!=4) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "markerId");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr =
- Tcl_FindHashEntry(&graphPtr->markers_.table, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]));
- Tcl_SetBooleanObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), (hPtr != NULL));
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int FindOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- if (objc!=8) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "searchtype left top right bottom");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- const char* string = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
- int mode;
- if (strcmp(string, "enclosed") == 0)
- mode = FIND_ENCLOSED;
- else if (strcmp(string, "overlapping") == 0)
- mode = FIND_OVERLAPPING;
- else {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad search type \"", string,
- ": should be \"enclosed\", or \"overlapping\"",
- NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- int left, right, top, bottom;
- if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &left) != TCL_OK) ||
- (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &top) != TCL_OK) ||
- (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[6], &right) != TCL_OK) ||
- (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[7], &bottom) != TCL_OK)) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Region2d extents;
- if (left < right) {
- extents.left = (double)left;
- extents.right = (double)right;
- }
- else {
- extents.left = (double)right;
- extents.right = (double)left;
- }
- if (top < bottom) {
- extents.top = (double)top;
- extents.bottom = (double)bottom;
- }
- else {
- extents.top = (double)bottom;
- extents.bottom = (double)top;
- }
-
- int enclosed = (mode == FIND_ENCLOSED);
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(graphPtr->markers_.displayList);
- link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- Marker* markerPtr = (Marker*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- MarkerOptions* ops = (MarkerOptions*)markerPtr->ops();
- if (ops->hide)
- continue;
-
- if (graphPtr->isElementHidden(markerPtr))
- continue;
-
- if (markerPtr->regionIn(&extents, enclosed)) {
- Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
- Tcl_SetStringObj(objPtr, markerPtr->name_, -1);
- return TCL_OK;
- }
- }
-
- Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), "", -1);
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int NamesOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL);
- if (objc == 3) {
- for (ChainLink* link=Chain_FirstLink(graphPtr->markers_.displayList);
- link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- Marker* markerPtr = (Marker*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr,
- Tcl_NewStringObj(markerPtr->name_, -1));
- }
- }
- else {
- for (ChainLink* link=Chain_FirstLink(graphPtr->markers_.displayList);
- link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- Marker* markerPtr = (Marker*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- for (int ii = 3; ii<objc; ii++) {
- const char* pattern = (const char*)Tcl_GetString(objv[ii]);
- if (Tcl_StringMatch(markerPtr->name_, pattern)) {
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr,
- Tcl_NewStringObj(markerPtr->name_, -1));
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int RelinkOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- if (objc!=4 && objc!=5) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "markerId ?placeId?");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Marker* markerPtr;
- if (GetMarkerFromObj(interp, graphPtr, objv[3], &markerPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- Marker* placePtr =NULL;
- if (objc == 5)
- if (GetMarkerFromObj(interp, graphPtr, objv[4], &placePtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- ChainLink* link = markerPtr->link;
- graphPtr->markers_.displayList->unlinkLink(markerPtr->link);
-
- ChainLink* place = placePtr ? placePtr->link : NULL;
-
- const char* string = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
- if (string[0] == 'l')
- graphPtr->markers_.displayList->linkAfter(link, place);
- else
- graphPtr->markers_.displayList->linkBefore(link, place);
-
- graphPtr->flags |= CACHE;
- graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw();
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int TypeOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- if (objc!=4) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "markerId");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Marker* markerPtr;
- if (GetMarkerFromObj(interp, graphPtr, objv[3], &markerPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), markerPtr->typeName(), -1);
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-const Ensemble Blt::markerEnsemble[] = {
- {"bind", BindOp, 0},
- {"cget", CgetOp, 0},
- {"configure", ConfigureOp, 0},
- {"create", CreateOp, 0},
- {"delete", DeleteOp, 0},
- {"exists", ExistsOp, 0},
- {"find", FindOp, 0},
- {"lower", RelinkOp, 0},
- {"names", NamesOp, 0},
- {"raise", RelinkOp, 0},
- {"type", TypeOp, 0},
- { 0,0,0 }
-};
-
-// Support
-
-static int GetMarkerFromObj(Tcl_Interp* interp, Graph* graphPtr,
- Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Marker** markerPtrPtr)
-{
- const char* string = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
- Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&graphPtr->markers_.table, string);
- if (hPtr) {
- *markerPtrPtr = (Marker*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
- }
- if (interp) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't find marker \"", string,
- "\" in \"", Tk_PathName(graphPtr->tkwin_), "\"", NULL);
- }
-
- return TCL_ERROR;
-}
-
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerOp.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerOp.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f7c16f..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerOp.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __Blt_GrMarkerOp_h__
-#define __Blt_GrMarkerOp_h__
-
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-
-namespace Blt {
- extern const Ensemble markerEnsemble[];
-};
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerOption.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerOption.C
deleted file mode 100644
index 6b13fd9..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerOption.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,209 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <float.h>
-
-#include "tkbltGrMarker.h"
-#include "tkbltGrMarkerOption.h"
-#include "tkbltConfig.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-static Tcl_Obj* PrintCoordinate(double x);
-static int GetCoordinate(Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double *valuePtr);
-
-static Tk_CustomOptionSetProc CoordsSetProc;
-static Tk_CustomOptionGetProc CoordsGetProc;
-static Tk_CustomOptionFreeProc CoordsFreeProc;
-Tk_ObjCustomOption coordsObjOption =
- {
- "coords", CoordsSetProc, CoordsGetProc, RestoreProc, CoordsFreeProc, NULL
- };
-
-static int CoordsSetProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj** objPtr, char* widgRec,
- int offset, char* savePtr, int flags)
-{
- Coords** coordsPtrPtr = (Coords**)(widgRec + offset);
- *(double*)savePtr = *(double*)coordsPtrPtr;
-
- if (!coordsPtrPtr)
- return TCL_OK;
-
- int objc;
- Tcl_Obj** objv;
- if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, *objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (objc == 0) {
- *coordsPtrPtr = NULL;
- return TCL_OK;
- }
-
- if (objc & 1) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "odd number of marker coordinates specified",NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Coords* coordsPtr = new Coords;
- coordsPtr->num = objc/2;
- coordsPtr->points = new Point2d[coordsPtr->num];
-
- Point2d* pp = coordsPtr->points;
- for (int ii=0; ii<objc; ii+=2) {
- double x, y;
- if ((GetCoordinate(interp, objv[ii], &x) != TCL_OK) ||
- (GetCoordinate(interp, objv[ii+1], &y) != TCL_OK))
- return TCL_ERROR;
- pp->x = x;
- pp->y = y;
- pp++;
- }
-
- *coordsPtrPtr = coordsPtr;
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static Tcl_Obj* CoordsGetProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
- char *widgRec, int offset)
-{
- Coords* coordsPtr = *(Coords**)(widgRec + offset);
-
- if (!coordsPtr)
- return Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
-
- int cnt = coordsPtr->num*2;
- Tcl_Obj** ll = new Tcl_Obj*[cnt];
-
- Point2d* pp = coordsPtr->points;
- for (int ii=0; ii<cnt; pp++) {
- ll[ii++] = PrintCoordinate(pp->x);
- ll[ii++] = PrintCoordinate(pp->y);
- }
-
- Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(cnt, ll);
- delete [] ll;
- return listObjPtr;
-}
-
-static void CoordsFreeProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
- char *ptr)
-{
- Coords* coordsPtr = *(Coords**)ptr;
- if (coordsPtr) {
- delete [] coordsPtr->points;
- delete coordsPtr;
- }
-}
-
-static Tk_CustomOptionSetProc CapStyleSetProc;
-static Tk_CustomOptionGetProc CapStyleGetProc;
-Tk_ObjCustomOption capStyleObjOption =
- {
- "capStyle", CapStyleSetProc, CapStyleGetProc, NULL, NULL, NULL
- };
-
-static int CapStyleSetProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj** objPtr, char* widgRec,
- int offset, char* save, int flags)
-{
- int* ptr = (int*)(widgRec + offset);
-
- Tk_Uid uid = Tk_GetUid(Tcl_GetString(*objPtr));
- int cap;
- if (Tk_GetCapStyle(interp, uid, &cap) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- *ptr = cap;
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static Tcl_Obj* CapStyleGetProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
- char *widgRec, int offset)
-{
- int* ptr = (int*)(widgRec + offset);
- return Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_NameOfCapStyle(*ptr), -1);
-}
-
-static Tk_CustomOptionSetProc JoinStyleSetProc;
-static Tk_CustomOptionGetProc JoinStyleGetProc;
-Tk_ObjCustomOption joinStyleObjOption =
- {
- "joinStyle", JoinStyleSetProc, JoinStyleGetProc, NULL, NULL, NULL
- };
-
-static int JoinStyleSetProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj** objPtr, char* widgRec,
- int offset, char* save, int flags)
-{
- int* ptr = (int*)(widgRec + offset);
-
- Tk_Uid uid = Tk_GetUid(Tcl_GetString(*objPtr));
- int join;
- if (Tk_GetJoinStyle(interp, uid, &join) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- *ptr = join;
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static Tcl_Obj* JoinStyleGetProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
- char *widgRec, int offset)
-{
- int* ptr = (int*)(widgRec + offset);
- return Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_NameOfJoinStyle(*ptr), -1);
-}
-
-static Tcl_Obj* PrintCoordinate(double x)
-{
- if (x == DBL_MAX)
- return Tcl_NewStringObj("+Inf", -1);
- else if (x == -DBL_MAX)
- return Tcl_NewStringObj("-Inf", -1);
- else
- return Tcl_NewDoubleObj(x);
-}
-
-static int GetCoordinate(Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double *valuePtr)
-{
- const char* expr = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
- char c = expr[0];
- if ((c == 'I') && (strcmp(expr, "Inf") == 0))
- *valuePtr = DBL_MAX; /* Elastic upper bound */
- else if ((c == '-') && (expr[1] == 'I') && (strcmp(expr, "-Inf") == 0))
- *valuePtr = -DBL_MAX; /* Elastic lower bound */
- else if ((c == '+') && (expr[1] == 'I') && (strcmp(expr, "+Inf") == 0))
- *valuePtr = DBL_MAX; /* Elastic upper bound */
- else if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objPtr, valuePtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerOption.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerOption.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 143810e..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerOption.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __Blt_GrMarkerOption_h__
-#define __Blt_GrMarkerOption_h__
-
-extern Tk_ObjCustomOption coordsObjOption;
-extern Tk_ObjCustomOption capStyleObjOption;
-extern Tk_ObjCustomOption joinStyleObjOption;
-extern Tk_ObjCustomOption xAxisObjOption;
-extern Tk_ObjCustomOption yAxisObjOption;
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerPolygon.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerPolygon.C
deleted file mode 100644
index 383d0e8..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerPolygon.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,298 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-#include "tkbltGrMarkerPolygon.h"
-#include "tkbltGrMarkerOption.h"
-#include "tkbltGrMisc.h"
-#include "tkbltGrDef.h"
-#include "tkbltConfig.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPSOutput.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-static Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-bindtags", "bindTags", "BindTags",
- "Polygon all", -1, Tk_Offset(PolygonMarkerOptions, tags),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &listObjOption, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-cap", "cap", "Cap",
- "butt", -1, Tk_Offset(PolygonMarkerOptions, capStyle),
- 0, &capStyleObjOption, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-coords", "coords", "Coords",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(PolygonMarkerOptions, worldPts),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &coordsObjOption, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-dashes", "dashes", "Dashes",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(PolygonMarkerOptions, dashes),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &dashesObjOption, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-element", "element", "Element",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(PolygonMarkerOptions, elemName),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-fill", "fill", "Fill",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(PolygonMarkerOptions, fill),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-join", "join", "Join",
- "miter", -1, Tk_Offset(PolygonMarkerOptions, joinStyle),
- 0, &joinStyleObjOption, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-linewidth", "lineWidth", "LineWidth",
- "1", -1, Tk_Offset(PolygonMarkerOptions, lineWidth), 0, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-hide", "hide", "Hide",
- "no", -1, Tk_Offset(PolygonMarkerOptions, hide), 0, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-mapx", "mapX", "MapX",
- "x", -1, Tk_Offset(PolygonMarkerOptions, xAxis), 0, &xAxisObjOption, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-mapy", "mapY", "MapY",
- "y", -1, Tk_Offset(PolygonMarkerOptions, yAxis), 0, &yAxisObjOption, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-outline", "outline", "Outline",
- STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(PolygonMarkerOptions, outline),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-under", "under", "Under",
- "no", -1, Tk_Offset(PolygonMarkerOptions, drawUnder), 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-xoffset", "xOffset", "XOffset",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(PolygonMarkerOptions, xOffset), 0, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-yoffset", "yOffset", "YOffset",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(PolygonMarkerOptions, yOffset), 0, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
-};
-
-PolygonMarker::PolygonMarker(Graph* graphPtr, const char* name,
- Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr)
- : Marker(graphPtr, name, hPtr)
-{
- ops_ = (PolygonMarkerOptions*)calloc(1, sizeof(PolygonMarkerOptions));
- optionTable_ = Tk_CreateOptionTable(graphPtr->interp_, optionSpecs);
-
- screenPts_ =NULL;
- outlineGC_ =NULL;
- fillGC_ =NULL;
- fillPts_ =NULL;
- nFillPts_ =0;
- outlinePts_ =NULL;
- nOutlinePts_ =0;
-}
-
-PolygonMarker::~PolygonMarker()
-{
- if (fillGC_)
- Tk_FreeGC(graphPtr_->display_, fillGC_);
- if (outlineGC_)
- graphPtr_->freePrivateGC(outlineGC_);
- delete [] fillPts_;
- delete [] outlinePts_;
- delete [] screenPts_;
-}
-
-int PolygonMarker::configure()
-{
- PolygonMarkerOptions* ops = (PolygonMarkerOptions*)ops_;
-
- // outlineGC
- unsigned long gcMask = (GCLineWidth | GCLineStyle);
- XGCValues gcValues;
- if (ops->outline) {
- gcMask |= GCForeground;
- gcValues.foreground = ops->outline->pixel;
- }
- gcMask |= (GCCapStyle | GCJoinStyle);
- gcValues.cap_style = ops->capStyle;
- gcValues.join_style = ops->joinStyle;
- gcValues.line_style = LineSolid;
- gcValues.dash_offset = 0;
- gcValues.line_width = ops->lineWidth;
- if (LineIsDashed(ops->dashes))
- gcValues.line_style = LineOnOffDash;
-
- GC newGC = graphPtr_->getPrivateGC(gcMask, &gcValues);
- if (LineIsDashed(ops->dashes))
- graphPtr_->setDashes(newGC, &ops->dashes);
- if (outlineGC_)
- graphPtr_->freePrivateGC(outlineGC_);
- outlineGC_ = newGC;
-
- // fillGC
- gcMask = 0;
- if (ops->fill) {
- gcMask |= GCForeground;
- gcValues.foreground = ops->fill->pixel;
- }
- newGC = Tk_GetGC(graphPtr_->tkwin_, gcMask, &gcValues);
- if (fillGC_)
- Tk_FreeGC(graphPtr_->display_, fillGC_);
- fillGC_ = newGC;
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-void PolygonMarker::draw(Drawable drawable)
-{
- PolygonMarkerOptions* ops = (PolygonMarkerOptions*)ops_;
-
- // fill region
- if ((nFillPts_ > 0) && (ops->fill)) {
- XPoint* points = new XPoint[nFillPts_];
- if (!points)
- return;
-
- XPoint* dp = points;
- for (Point2d *sp = fillPts_, *send = sp + nFillPts_; sp < send; sp++) {
- dp->x = (short)sp->x;
- dp->y = (short)sp->y;
- dp++;
- }
-
- XFillPolygon(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, fillGC_, points,
- nFillPts_, Complex, CoordModeOrigin);
- delete [] points;
- }
-
- // outline
- if ((nOutlinePts_ > 0) && (ops->lineWidth > 0) && (ops->outline))
- graphPtr_->drawSegments(drawable, outlineGC_, outlinePts_, nOutlinePts_);
-}
-
-void PolygonMarker::map()
-{
- PolygonMarkerOptions* ops = (PolygonMarkerOptions*)ops_;
-
- if (outlinePts_) {
- delete [] outlinePts_;
- outlinePts_ = NULL;
- nOutlinePts_ = 0;
- }
-
- if (fillPts_) {
- delete [] fillPts_;
- fillPts_ = NULL;
- nFillPts_ = 0;
- }
-
- if (screenPts_) {
- delete [] screenPts_;
- screenPts_ = NULL;
- }
-
- if (!ops->worldPts || ops->worldPts->num < 3)
- return;
-
- // Allocate and fill a temporary array to hold the screen coordinates of
- // the polygon.
-
- int nScreenPts = ops->worldPts->num + 1;
- Point2d* screenPts = new Point2d[nScreenPts + 1];
- {
- Point2d* dp = screenPts;
- for (Point2d *sp = ops->worldPts->points, *send = sp + ops->worldPts->num;
- sp < send; sp++) {
- *dp = mapPoint(sp, ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis);
- dp->x += ops->xOffset;
- dp->y += ops->yOffset;
- dp++;
- }
- *dp = screenPts[0];
- }
- Region2d extents;
- graphPtr_->extents(&extents);
-
- clipped_ = 1;
- if (ops->fill) {
- Point2d* lfillPts = new Point2d[nScreenPts * 3];
- int n = polyRectClip(&extents, screenPts, ops->worldPts->num,lfillPts);
- if (n < 3)
- delete [] lfillPts;
- else {
- nFillPts_ = n;
- fillPts_ = lfillPts;
- clipped_ = 0;
- }
- }
- if ((ops->outline) && (ops->lineWidth > 0)) {
- // Generate line segments representing the polygon outline. The
- // resulting outline may or may not be closed from viewport clipping.
- Segment2d* outlinePts = new Segment2d[nScreenPts];
- if (!outlinePts)
- return;
-
- // Note that this assumes that the point array contains an extra point
- // that closes the polygon.
- Segment2d* segPtr = outlinePts;
- for (Point2d *sp=screenPts, *send=sp+(nScreenPts - 1); sp < send; sp++) {
- segPtr->p = sp[0];
- segPtr->q = sp[1];
- if (lineRectClip(&extents, &segPtr->p, &segPtr->q)) {
- segPtr++;
- }
- }
- nOutlinePts_ = segPtr - outlinePts;
- outlinePts_ = outlinePts;
- if (nOutlinePts_ > 0)
- clipped_ = 0;
- }
-
- screenPts_ = screenPts;
-}
-
-int PolygonMarker::pointIn(Point2d *samplePtr)
-{
- PolygonMarkerOptions* ops = (PolygonMarkerOptions*)ops_;
-
- if (ops->worldPts && (ops->worldPts->num >= 3) && screenPts_)
- return pointInPolygon(samplePtr, screenPts_, ops->worldPts->num + 1);
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-int PolygonMarker::regionIn(Region2d *extsPtr, int enclosed)
-{
- PolygonMarkerOptions* ops = (PolygonMarkerOptions*)ops_;
-
- if (ops->worldPts && (ops->worldPts->num >= 3) && screenPts_)
- return regionInPolygon(extsPtr, screenPts_, ops->worldPts->num, enclosed);
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-void PolygonMarker::print(PSOutput* psPtr)
-{
- PolygonMarkerOptions* ops = (PolygonMarkerOptions*)ops_;
-
- if (ops->fill) {
- psPtr->printPolyline(fillPts_, nFillPts_);
- psPtr->setForeground(ops->fill);
- psPtr->append("fill\n");
- }
-
- if ((ops->lineWidth > 0) && (ops->outline)) {
- psPtr->setLineAttributes(ops->outline, ops->lineWidth, &ops->dashes,
- ops->capStyle, ops->joinStyle);
- psPtr->append("/DashesProc {} def\n");
-
- psPtr->printSegments(outlinePts_, nOutlinePts_);
- }
-}
-
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerPolygon.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerPolygon.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8eb2216..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerPolygon.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BltGrMarkerPolygon_h__
-#define __BltGrMarkerPolygon_h__
-
-#include "tkbltGrMarker.h"
-
-namespace Blt {
-
- typedef struct {
- const char** tags;
- Coords* worldPts;
- const char* elemName;
- Axis* xAxis;
- Axis* yAxis;
- int hide;
- int drawUnder;
- int xOffset;
- int yOffset;
-
- int capStyle;
- Dashes dashes;
- XColor* fill;
- int joinStyle;
- int lineWidth;
- XColor* outline;
- } PolygonMarkerOptions;
-
- class PolygonMarker : public Marker {
- protected:
- Point2d *screenPts_;
- GC outlineGC_;
- GC fillGC_;
- Point2d *fillPts_;
- int nFillPts_;
- Segment2d *outlinePts_;
- int nOutlinePts_;
-
- protected:
- int configure();
- void draw(Drawable);
- void map();
- int pointIn(Point2d*);
- int regionIn(Region2d*, int);
- void print(PSOutput*);
-
- public:
- PolygonMarker(Graph*, const char*, Tcl_HashEntry*);
- virtual ~PolygonMarker();
-
- ClassId classId() {return CID_MARKER_POLYGON;}
- const char* className() {return "PolygonMarker";}
- const char* typeName() {return "polygon";}
- };
-};
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerText.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerText.C
deleted file mode 100644
index 9c4da2a..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerText.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,276 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#include <cmath>
-
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-#include "tkbltGrMarkerText.h"
-#include "tkbltGrMarkerOption.h"
-#include "tkbltGrMisc.h"
-#include "tkbltGrDef.h"
-#include "tkbltConfig.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPSOutput.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-static Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
- {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
- "center", -1, Tk_Offset(TextMarkerOptions, anchor), 0, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-background", "background", "Background",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TextMarkerOptions, fillColor),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-background", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-bindtags", "bindTags", "BindTags",
- "Text all", -1, Tk_Offset(TextMarkerOptions, tags),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &listObjOption, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-coords", "coords", "Coords",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TextMarkerOptions, worldPts),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &coordsObjOption, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-element", "element", "Element",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TextMarkerOptions, elemName),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-foreground", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fill", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-background", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
- STD_FONT_NORMAL, -1, Tk_Offset(TextMarkerOptions, style.font), 0, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
- STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(TextMarkerOptions, style.color),
- 0, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
- "left", -1, Tk_Offset(TextMarkerOptions, style.justify), 0, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-hide", "hide", "Hide",
- "no", -1, Tk_Offset(TextMarkerOptions, hide), 0, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-mapx", "mapX", "MapX",
- "x", -1, Tk_Offset(TextMarkerOptions, xAxis), 0, &xAxisObjOption, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-mapy", "mapY", "MapY",
- "y", -1, Tk_Offset(TextMarkerOptions, yAxis), 0, &yAxisObjOption, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-outline", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-foreground", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-rotate", "rotate", "Rotate",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(TextMarkerOptions, style.angle), 0, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TextMarkerOptions, string), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-under", "under", "Under",
- "no", -1, Tk_Offset(TextMarkerOptions, drawUnder), 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-xoffset", "xOffset", "XOffset",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(TextMarkerOptions, xOffset), 0, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-yoffset", "yOffset", "YOffset",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(TextMarkerOptions, yOffset), 0, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
-};
-
-TextMarker::TextMarker(Graph* graphPtr, const char* name, Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr)
- : Marker(graphPtr, name, hPtr)
-{
- ops_ = (TextMarkerOptions*)calloc(1, sizeof(TextMarkerOptions));
- TextMarkerOptions* ops = (TextMarkerOptions*)ops_;
-
- ops->style.anchor =TK_ANCHOR_NW;
- ops->style.color =NULL;
- ops->style.font =NULL;
- ops->style.angle =0;
- ops->style.justify =TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT;
-
- anchorPt_.x =0;
- anchorPt_.y =0;
- width_ =0;
- height_ =0;
- fillGC_ =NULL;
-
- optionTable_ = Tk_CreateOptionTable(graphPtr->interp_, optionSpecs);
-}
-
-TextMarker::~TextMarker()
-{
-}
-
-int TextMarker::configure()
-{
- TextMarkerOptions* ops = (TextMarkerOptions*)ops_;
-
- ops->style.angle = (float)fmod(ops->style.angle, 360.0);
- if (ops->style.angle < 0.0)
- ops->style.angle += 360.0;
-
- GC newGC = NULL;
- XGCValues gcValues;
- unsigned long gcMask;
- if (ops->fillColor) {
- gcMask = GCForeground;
- gcValues.foreground = ops->fillColor->pixel;
- newGC = Tk_GetGC(graphPtr_->tkwin_, gcMask, &gcValues);
- }
- if (fillGC_)
- Tk_FreeGC(graphPtr_->display_, fillGC_);
- fillGC_ = newGC;
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-void TextMarker::draw(Drawable drawable)
-{
- TextMarkerOptions* ops = (TextMarkerOptions*)ops_;
-
- if (!ops->string)
- return;
-
- if (fillGC_) {
- XPoint points[4];
- for (int ii=0; ii<4; ii++) {
- points[ii].x = (short)(outline_[ii].x + anchorPt_.x);
- points[ii].y = (short)(outline_[ii].y + anchorPt_.y);
- }
- XFillPolygon(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, fillGC_, points, 4,
- Convex, CoordModeOrigin);
- }
-
- TextStyle ts(graphPtr_, &ops->style);
- ts.drawText(drawable, ops->string, anchorPt_.x, anchorPt_.y);
-}
-
-void TextMarker::map()
-{
- TextMarkerOptions* ops = (TextMarkerOptions*)ops_;
-
- if (!ops->string)
- return;
-
- if (!ops->worldPts || (ops->worldPts->num < 1))
- return;
-
- width_ =0;
- height_ =0;
-
- int w, h;
- TextStyle ts(graphPtr_, &ops->style);
- ts.getExtents(ops->string, &w, &h);
-
- double rw;
- double rh;
- graphPtr_->getBoundingBox(w, h, ops->style.angle, &rw, &rh, outline_);
- width_ = (int)rw;
- height_ = (int)rh;
- for (int ii=0; ii<4; ii++) {
- outline_[ii].x += rw * 0.5;
- outline_[ii].y += rh * 0.5;
- }
- outline_[4].x = outline_[0].x;
- outline_[4].y = outline_[0].y;
-
- Point2d anchorPtr = mapPoint(ops->worldPts->points, ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis);
- anchorPtr = graphPtr_->anchorPoint(anchorPtr.x, anchorPtr.y,
- width_, height_, ops->anchor);
- anchorPtr.x += ops->xOffset;
- anchorPtr.y += ops->yOffset;
-
- Region2d extents;
- extents.left = anchorPtr.x;
- extents.top = anchorPtr.y;
- extents.right = anchorPtr.x + width_ - 1;
- extents.bottom = anchorPtr.y + height_ - 1;
- clipped_ = boxesDontOverlap(graphPtr_, &extents);
-
- anchorPt_ = anchorPtr;
-}
-
-int TextMarker::pointIn(Point2d *samplePtr)
-{
- TextMarkerOptions* ops = (TextMarkerOptions*)ops_;
-
- if (!ops->string)
- return 0;
-
- if (ops->style.angle != 0.0) {
- Point2d points[5];
-
- // Figure out the bounding polygon (isolateral) for the text and see
- // if the point is inside of it.
- for (int ii=0; ii<5; ii++) {
- points[ii].x = outline_[ii].x + anchorPt_.x;
- points[ii].y = outline_[ii].y + anchorPt_.y;
- }
- return pointInPolygon(samplePtr, points, 5);
- }
-
- return ((samplePtr->x >= anchorPt_.x) &&
- (samplePtr->x < (anchorPt_.x + width_)) &&
- (samplePtr->y >= anchorPt_.y) &&
- (samplePtr->y < (anchorPt_.y + height_)));
-}
-
-int TextMarker::regionIn(Region2d *extsPtr, int enclosed)
-{
- TextMarkerOptions* ops = (TextMarkerOptions*)ops_;
-
- if (ops->style.angle != 0.0) {
- Point2d points[5];
- for (int ii=0; ii<4; ii++) {
- points[ii].x = outline_[ii].x + anchorPt_.x;
- points[ii].y = outline_[ii].y + anchorPt_.y;
- }
- return regionInPolygon(extsPtr, points, 4, enclosed);
- }
-
- if (enclosed)
- return ((anchorPt_.x >= extsPtr->left) &&
- (anchorPt_.y >= extsPtr->top) &&
- ((anchorPt_.x + width_) <= extsPtr->right) &&
- ((anchorPt_.y + height_) <= extsPtr->bottom));
-
- return !((anchorPt_.x >= extsPtr->right) ||
- (anchorPt_.y >= extsPtr->bottom) ||
- ((anchorPt_.x + width_) <= extsPtr->left) ||
- ((anchorPt_.y + height_) <= extsPtr->top));
-}
-
-void TextMarker::print(PSOutput* psPtr)
-{
- TextMarkerOptions* ops = (TextMarkerOptions*)ops_;
-
- if (!ops->string)
- return;
-
- if (fillGC_) {
- Point2d points[4];
- for (int ii=0; ii<4; ii++) {
- points[ii].x = outline_[ii].x + anchorPt_.x;
- points[ii].y = outline_[ii].y + anchorPt_.y;
- }
- psPtr->setBackground(ops->fillColor);
- psPtr->fillPolygon(points, 4);
- }
-
- TextStyle ts(graphPtr_, &ops->style);
- ts.printText(psPtr, ops->string, anchorPt_.x, anchorPt_.y);
-}
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerText.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerText.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 99dc814..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerText.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BltGrMarkerText_h__
-#define __BltGrMarkerText_h__
-
-#include <tk.h>
-
-#include "tkbltGrMarker.h"
-
-namespace Blt {
-
- typedef struct {
- const char** tags;
- Coords* worldPts;
- const char* elemName;
- Axis* xAxis;
- Axis* yAxis;
- int hide;
- int drawUnder;
- int xOffset;
- int yOffset;
-
- Tk_Anchor anchor;
- XColor* fillColor;
- TextStyleOptions style;
- const char* string;
- } TextMarkerOptions;
-
- class TextMarker : public Marker {
- protected:
- Point2d anchorPt_;
- int width_;
- int height_;
- GC fillGC_;
- Point2d outline_[5];
-
- protected:
- int configure();
- void draw(Drawable);
- void map();
- int pointIn(Point2d*);
- int regionIn(Region2d*, int);
- void print(PSOutput*);
-
- public:
- TextMarker(Graph*, const char*, Tcl_HashEntry*);
- virtual ~TextMarker();
-
- ClassId classId() {return CID_MARKER_TEXT;}
- const char* className() {return "TextMarker";}
- const char* typeName() {return "text";}
- };
-};
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMisc.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMisc.C
deleted file mode 100644
index aaafcfd..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMisc.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,405 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <limits.h>
-#include <float.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#include <cmath>
-
-#include <tk.h>
-#include <tkInt.h>
-
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-#include "tkbltGrMisc.h"
-#include "tkbltInt.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-char* Blt::dupstr(const char* str)
-{
- char* copy =NULL;
- if (str) {
- copy=new char[strlen(str)+1];
- strcpy(copy,str);
- }
-
- return copy;
-}
-
-int Blt::pointInPolygon(Point2d *s, Point2d *points, int nPoints)
-{
- int count = 0;
- for (Point2d *p=points, *q=p+1, *qend=p + nPoints; q < qend; p++, q++) {
- if (((p->y <= s->y) && (s->y < q->y)) ||
- ((q->y <= s->y) && (s->y < p->y))) {
- double b;
-
- b = (q->x - p->x) * (s->y - p->y) / (q->y - p->y) + p->x;
- if (s->x < b) {
- count++; /* Count the number of intersections. */
- }
- }
- }
- return (count & 0x01);
-}
-
-/*
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * Clips a rectangle in one direction where some of the coordinates are
- * infinite.
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-static LineRectClipResult ClipInfinity (double *pa, double *pb, double *qa, double *qb, double region_min, double region_max)
-{
- int finitepa = isfinite(*pa);
- int finiteqa = isfinite(*qa);
-
- if (!finitepa) {
- if (finiteqa) {
- if (*pa > 0) { // +Inf
- *pa = region_max;
- } else if (*pa < 0) { // -Inf
- *pa = region_min;
- } else { // NaN
- return CLIP_OUTSIDE;
- }
- // *qa is finite, simplify to zero slope at *pb.
- *pb = *qb;
- return CLIP_P;
- } else { // Both infinite.
- int positivepa = *pa > 0;
- int positiveqa = *qa > 0;
-
- if (positivepa < positiveqa) { // (p,q) ~ (-Inf,Inf)
- *pa = region_min;
- *qa = region_max;
- } else if (positivepa > positiveqa) { // (p,q) ~ (Inf,-Inf)
- *pa = region_max;
- *qa = region_min;
- } else { // (Inf,Inf), (-Inf,-Inf) or NaN.
- return CLIP_OUTSIDE;
- }
- // At opposite infinities; simplify to zero slope in the middle.
- *pb = *qb = (*pb + *qb) / 2.0;
- return CLIP_P | CLIP_Q;
- }
- } else if (!finiteqa) {
- // *pa is finite.
- if (*qa > 0) { // +Inf
- *qa = region_max;
- } else if (*qa < 0) { // -Inf
- *qa = region_min;
- } else { // NaN
- return CLIP_OUTSIDE;
- }
- // *pa is finite, simplify to zero slope at *qb.
- *qb = *pb;
- return CLIP_Q;
- }
- return CLIP_OUTSIDE;
-}
-
-
-static int ClipTest (double ds, double dr, double *t1, double *t2)
-{
- double t;
-
- if (ds < 0.0) {
- t = dr / ds;
- if (t > *t2) {
- return 0; /* Line is outside clipping edge */
- }
- if (t > *t1) {
- *t1 = t;
- }
- } else if (ds > 0.0) {
- t = dr / ds;
- if (t < *t1) {
- return 0; /* Line is outside clipping edge */
- }
- if (t < *t2) {
- *t2 = t;
- }
- } else {
- /* d = 0, so line is parallel to this clipping edge */
- if (dr < 0.0) { /* Line is outside clipping edge */
- return 0;
- }
- }
- return 1;
-}
-
-/*
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * Clips the given line segment to a rectangular region. The coordinates
- * of the clipped line segment are returned. The original coordinates
- * are overwritten.
- *
- * The return value indicates whether the line was completely outside of
- * the region, returning CLIP_OUTSIDE; or at least partly inside, returning
- * CLIP_INSIDE. In the latter case, the result might be or'ed with CLIP_P
- * if p coordinates were clipped, or CLIP_Q if q coordinates were.
- *
- * Reference:
- * Liang, Y-D., and B. Barsky, A new concept and method for
- * Line Clipping, ACM, TOG,3(1), 1984, pp.1-22.
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-LineRectClipResult Blt::lineRectClip(Region2d* regionPtr, Point2d *p, Point2d *q)
-{
- double t1, t2;
- double dx, dy;
- LineRectClipResult res = CLIP_OUTSIDE;
-
- res |= ClipInfinity(&p->x, &p->y, &q->x, &q->y, regionPtr->bottom, regionPtr->top);
-
- t1 = 0.0, t2 = 1.0;
- dx = q->x - p->x;
- if ((ClipTest (-dx, p->x - regionPtr->left, &t1, &t2)) &&
- (ClipTest (dx, regionPtr->right - p->x, &t1, &t2))) {
- res |= ClipInfinity(&p->y, &p->x, &q->y, &q->x, regionPtr->top, regionPtr->bottom);
-
- dy = q->y - p->y;
- if ((ClipTest (-dy, p->y - regionPtr->top, &t1, &t2)) &&
- (ClipTest (dy, regionPtr->bottom - p->y, &t1, &t2))) {
- if (t2 < 1.0) {
- q->x = p->x + t2 * dx;
- q->y = p->y + t2 * dy;
- res |= CLIP_Q;
- }
- if (t1 > 0.0) {
- p->x += t1 * dx;
- p->y += t1 * dy;
- res |= CLIP_P;
- }
- return res | CLIP_INSIDE;
- }
- }
- return CLIP_OUTSIDE;
-}
-
-/*
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * Clips the given polygon to a rectangular region. The resulting
- * polygon is returned. Note that the resulting polyon may be complex,
- * connected by zero width/height segments. The drawing routine (such as
- * XFillPolygon) will not draw a connecting segment.
- *
- * Reference:
- * Liang Y. D. and Brian A. Barsky, "Analysis and Algorithm for
- * Polygon Clipping", Communications of ACM, Vol. 26,
- * p.868-877, 1983
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-#define AddVertex(vx, vy) r->x=(vx), r->y=(vy), r++, count++
-#define LastVertex(vx, vy) r->x=(vx), r->y=(vy), count++
-
-int Blt::polyRectClip(Region2d *regionPtr, Point2d *points, int nPoints,
- Point2d *clipPts)
-{
- Point2d* r = clipPts;
- // Counts # of vertices in output polygon.
- int count = 0;
-
- points[nPoints] = points[0];
- for (Point2d *p=points, *q=p+1, *pend=p+nPoints; p<pend; p++, q++) {
- double dx, dy;
- double tin1, tin2, tinx, tiny;
- double xin, yin, xout, yout;
-
- dx = q->x - p->x; /* X-direction */
- dy = q->y - p->y; /* Y-direction */
-
- if (fabs(dx) < FLT_EPSILON)
- dx = (p->x > regionPtr->left) ? -FLT_EPSILON : FLT_EPSILON ;
-
- if (fabs(dy) < FLT_EPSILON)
- dy = (p->y > regionPtr->top) ? -FLT_EPSILON : FLT_EPSILON ;
-
- if (dx > 0.0) { /* Left */
- xin = regionPtr->left;
- xout = regionPtr->right + 1.0;
- }
- else { /* Right */
- xin = regionPtr->right + 1.0;
- xout = regionPtr->left;
- }
- if (dy > 0.0) { /* Top */
- yin = regionPtr->top;
- yout = regionPtr->bottom + 1.0;
- }
- else { /* Bottom */
- yin = regionPtr->bottom + 1.0;
- yout = regionPtr->top;
- }
-
- tinx = (xin - p->x) / dx;
- tiny = (yin - p->y) / dy;
-
- if (tinx < tiny) { /* Hits x first */
- tin1 = tinx;
- tin2 = tiny;
- }
- else { /* Hits y first */
- tin1 = tiny;
- tin2 = tinx;
- }
-
- if (tin1 <= 1.0) {
- if (tin1 > 0.0) {
- AddVertex(xin, yin);
- }
- if (tin2 <= 1.0) {
- double toutx = (xout - p->x) / dx;
- double touty = (yout - p->y) / dy;
- double tout1 = MIN(toutx, touty);
-
- if ((tin2 > 0.0) || (tout1 > 0.0)) {
- if (tin2 <= tout1) {
- if (tin2 > 0.0) {
- if (tinx > tiny) {
- AddVertex(xin, p->y + tinx * dy);
- } else {
- AddVertex(p->x + tiny * dx, yin);
- }
- }
- if (tout1 < 1.0) {
- if (toutx < touty) {
- AddVertex(xout, p->y + toutx * dy);
- } else {
- AddVertex(p->x + touty * dx, yout);
- }
- } else {
- AddVertex(q->x, q->y);
- }
- } else {
- if (tinx > tiny) {
- AddVertex(xin, yout);
- } else {
- AddVertex(xout, yin);
- }
-
- }
- }
- }
- }
- }
- if (count > 0) {
- LastVertex(clipPts[0].x, clipPts[0].y);
- }
- return count;
-}
-
-/*
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * Computes the projection of a point on a line. The line (given by two
- * points), is assumed the be infinite.
- *
- * Compute the slope (angle) of the line and rotate it 90 degrees. Using
- * the slope-intercept method (we know the second line from the sample
- * test point and the computed slope), then find the intersection of both
- * lines. This will be the projection of the sample point on the first
- * line.
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-Point2d Blt::getProjection(int x, int y, Point2d *p, Point2d *q)
-{
- double dx = p->x - q->x;
- double dy = p->y - q->y;
-
- /* Test for horizontal and vertical lines */
- Point2d t;
- if (fabs(dx) < DBL_EPSILON) {
- t.x = p->x;
- t.y = (double)y;
- }
- else if (fabs(dy) < DBL_EPSILON) {
- t.x = (double)x;
- t.y = p->y;
- }
- else {
- /* Compute the slope and intercept of PQ. */
- double m1 = (dy / dx);
- double b1 = p->y - (p->x * m1);
-
- /*
- * Compute the slope and intercept of a second line segment: one that
- * intersects through sample X-Y coordinate with a slope perpendicular
- * to original line.
- */
-
- /* Find midpoint of PQ. */
- double midX = (p->x + q->x) * 0.5;
- double midY = (p->y + q->y) * 0.5;
-
- /* Rotate the line 90 degrees */
- double ax = midX - (0.5 * dy);
- double ay = midY - (0.5 * -dx);
- double bx = midX + (0.5 * dy);
- double by = midY + (0.5 * -dx);
-
- double m2 = (ay - by) / (ax - bx);
- double b2 = y - (x * m2);
-
- /*
- * Given the equations of two lines which contain the same point,
- *
- * y = m1 * x + b1
- * y = m2 * x + b2
- *
- * solve for the intersection.
- *
- * x = (b2 - b1) / (m1 - m2)
- * y = m1 * x + b1
- *
- */
-
- t.x = (b2 - b1) / (m1 - m2);
- t.y = m1 * t.x + b1;
- }
-
- return t;
-}
-
-Graph* Blt::getGraphFromWindowData(Tk_Window tkwin)
-{
- while (tkwin) {
- TkWindow* winPtr = (TkWindow*)tkwin;
- if (winPtr->instanceData != NULL) {
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)winPtr->instanceData;
- if (graphPtr)
- return graphPtr;
- }
- tkwin = Tk_Parent(tkwin);
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMisc.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMisc.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5c16dce..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMisc.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,138 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BltGrMisc_h__
-#define __BltGrMisc_h__
-
-#include <iostream>
-#include <sstream>
-#include <iomanip>
-using namespace std;
-
-#include <tk.h>
-
-#ifndef MIN
-# define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y))
-#endif
-
-#ifndef MAX
-# define MAX(x,y) ((x)>(y)?(x):(y))
-#endif
-
-#define GRAPH_DELETED (1<<1)
-#define REDRAW_PENDING (1<<2)
-#define FOCUS (1<<3)
-
-#define MAP_ITEM (1<<4)
-
-#define RESET (1<<5)
-#define LAYOUT (1<<6)
-#define MAP_MARKERS (1<<7)
-#define CACHE (1<<8)
-
-#define MARGIN_NONE -1
-#define MARGIN_BOTTOM 0 /* x */
-#define MARGIN_LEFT 1 /* y */
-#define MARGIN_TOP 2 /* x2 */
-#define MARGIN_RIGHT 3 /* y2 */
-
-#define LineIsDashed(d) ((d).values[0] != 0)
-
-namespace Blt {
- class Graph;
-
- typedef struct {
- int x, y;
- } Point;
-
- typedef struct {
- int x, y;
- unsigned width, height;
- } Rectangle;
-
- typedef struct {
- double x;
- double y;
- } Point2d;
-
- typedef struct {
- Point2d p;
- Point2d q;
- } Segment2d;
-
- typedef struct {
- double left;
- double right;
- double top;
- double bottom;
- } Region2d;
-
- typedef enum {
- CID_NONE, CID_AXIS_X, CID_AXIS_Y, CID_ELEM_BAR, CID_ELEM_LINE,
- CID_MARKER_BITMAP, CID_MARKER_IMAGE, CID_MARKER_LINE, CID_MARKER_POLYGON,
- CID_MARKER_TEXT
- } ClassId;
-
- typedef struct {
- unsigned char values[12];
- int offset;
- } Dashes;
-
- typedef enum {
- CLIP_OUTSIDE = 0,
- CLIP_INSIDE = 1 << 0,
- CLIP_P = 1 << 1,
- CLIP_Q = 1 << 2
- } LineRectClipResult;
-
- inline LineRectClipResult operator|(LineRectClipResult a, LineRectClipResult b) {
- return static_cast<LineRectClipResult>(static_cast<int>(a) | static_cast<int>(b));
- }
-
- inline LineRectClipResult operator&(LineRectClipResult a, LineRectClipResult b) {
- return static_cast<LineRectClipResult>(static_cast<int>(a) & static_cast<int>(b));
- }
-
- inline LineRectClipResult & operator|=(LineRectClipResult & rhs, LineRectClipResult v) {
- rhs = rhs | v;
- return rhs;
- }
-
- extern char* dupstr(const char*);
- extern Graph* getGraphFromWindowData(Tk_Window tkwin);
-
- extern int pointInPolygon(Point2d *samplePtr, Point2d *screenPts,
- int nScreenPts);
- extern int polyRectClip(Region2d *extsPtr, Point2d *inputPts,
- int nInputPts, Point2d *outputPts);
- extern LineRectClipResult lineRectClip(Region2d *regionPtr, Point2d *p, Point2d *q);
- extern Point2d getProjection (int x, int y, Point2d *p, Point2d *q);
-};
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPSOutput.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPSOutput.C
deleted file mode 100644
index 01a3101..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPSOutput.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,931 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1991-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- */
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <time.h>
-
-#include <cmath>
-
-#include "tk.h"
-
-// copied from tk3d.h
-
-typedef struct TkBorder {
- Screen *screen; /* Screen on which the border will be used. */
- Visual *visual; /* Visual for all windows and pixmaps using
- * the border. */
- int depth; /* Number of bits per pixel of drawables where
- * the border will be used. */
- Colormap colormap; /* Colormap out of which pixels are
- * allocated. */
- int resourceRefCount; /* Number of active uses of this color (each
- * active use corresponds to a call to
- * Tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj or Tk_Get3DBorder).
- * If this count is 0, then this structure is
- * no longer valid and it isn't present in
- * borderTable: it is being kept around only
- * because there are objects referring to it.
- * The structure is freed when objRefCount and
- * resourceRefCount are both 0. */
- int objRefCount; /* The number of Tcl objects that reference
- * this structure. */
- XColor *bgColorPtr; /* Background color (intensity between
- * lightColorPtr and darkColorPtr). */
- XColor *darkColorPtr; /* Color for darker areas (must free when
- * deleting structure). NULL means shadows
- * haven't been allocated yet.*/
- XColor *lightColorPtr; /* Color used for lighter areas of border
- * (must free this when deleting structure).
- * NULL means shadows haven't been allocated
- * yet. */
- Pixmap shadow; /* Stipple pattern to use for drawing shadows
- * areas. Used for displays with <= 64 colors
- * or where colormap has filled up. */
- GC bgGC; /* Used (if necessary) to draw areas in the
- * background color. */
- GC darkGC; /* Used to draw darker parts of the border.
- * None means the shadow colors haven't been
- * allocated yet.*/
- GC lightGC; /* Used to draw lighter parts of the border.
- * None means the shadow colors haven't been
- * allocated yet. */
- Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr; /* Entry in borderTable (needed in order to
- * delete structure). */
- struct TkBorder *nextPtr; /* Points to the next TkBorder structure with
- * the same color name. Borders with the same
- * name but different screens or colormaps are
- * chained together off a single entry in
- * borderTable. */
-} TkBorder;
-
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPostscript.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPSOutput.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-PSOutput::PSOutput(Graph* graphPtr)
-{
- graphPtr_ = graphPtr;
-
- Tcl_DStringInit(&dString_);
-}
-
-PSOutput::~PSOutput()
-{
- Tcl_DStringFree(&dString_);
-}
-
-void PSOutput::printPolyline(Point2d* screenPts, int nScreenPts)
-{
- Point2d* pp = screenPts;
- append("newpath\n");
- format(" %g %g moveto\n", pp->x, pp->y);
-
- Point2d* pend;
- for (pp++, pend = screenPts + nScreenPts; pp < pend; pp++)
- format(" %g %g lineto\n", pp->x, pp->y);
-}
-
-void PSOutput::printMaxPolyline(Point2d* points, int nPoints)
-{
- if (nPoints <= 0)
- return;
-
- for (int nLeft = nPoints; nLeft > 0; nLeft -= 1500) {
- int length = MIN(1500, nLeft);
- printPolyline(points, length);
- append("DashesProc stroke\n");
- points += length;
- }
-}
-
-void PSOutput::printSegments(Segment2d* segments, int nSegments)
-{
- append("newpath\n");
-
- for (Segment2d *sp = segments, *send = sp + nSegments; sp < send; sp++) {
- format(" %g %g moveto %g %g lineto\n", sp->p.x, sp->p.y, sp->q.x, sp->q.y);
- append("DashesProc stroke\n");
- }
-}
-
-void PSOutput::computeBBox(int width, int height)
-{
- Postscript* setupPtr = graphPtr_->postscript_;
- PostscriptOptions* pops = (PostscriptOptions*)setupPtr->ops_;
-
- // scale from points to pica
- double pica = 25.4 / 72 *
- WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(graphPtr_->tkwin_)) /
- WidthMMOfScreen(Tk_Screen(graphPtr_->tkwin_));
-
- double hBorder = 2*pops->xPad/pica;
- double vBorder = 2*pops->yPad/pica;
- int hSize = !pops->landscape ? width : height;
- int vSize = !pops->landscape ? height : width;
-
- // If the paper size wasn't specified, set it to the graph size plus the
- // paper border.
- double paperWidth = pops->reqPaperWidth > 0 ? pops->reqPaperWidth/pica :
- hSize + hBorder;
- double paperHeight = pops->reqPaperHeight > 0 ? pops->reqPaperHeight/pica :
- vSize + vBorder;
-
- // Scale the plot size if it's bigger than the paper
- double hScale = (hSize+hBorder)>paperWidth ? (paperWidth-hBorder)/hSize
- : 1.0;
- double vScale = (vSize+vBorder)>paperHeight ? (paperHeight-vBorder)/vSize
- : 1.0;
-
- double scale = MIN(hScale, vScale);
- if (scale != 1.0) {
- hSize = (int)(hSize*scale + 0.5);
- vSize = (int)(vSize*scale + 0.5);
- }
-
- int x = (int)((paperWidth > hSize) && pops->center ?
- (paperWidth - hSize) / 2 : pops->xPad/pica);
- int y = (int)((paperHeight > vSize) && pops->center ?
- (paperHeight - vSize) / 2 : pops->yPad/pica);
-
- setupPtr->left = x;
- setupPtr->bottom = y;
- setupPtr->right = x + hSize - 1;
- setupPtr->top = y + vSize - 1;
- setupPtr->scale = scale;
- setupPtr->paperHeight = (int)paperHeight;
- setupPtr->paperWidth = (int)paperWidth;
-}
-
-const char* PSOutput::getValue(int* lengthPtr)
-{
- *lengthPtr = strlen(Tcl_DStringValue(&dString_));
- return Tcl_DStringValue(&dString_);
-}
-
-void PSOutput::append(const char* string)
-{
- Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString_, string, -1);
-}
-
-void PSOutput::format(const char* fmt, ...)
-{
- va_list argList;
-
- va_start(argList, fmt);
- vsnprintf(scratchArr_, POSTSCRIPT_BUFSIZ, fmt, argList);
- va_end(argList);
- Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString_, scratchArr_, -1);
-}
-
-void PSOutput::setLineWidth(int lineWidth)
-{
- if (lineWidth < 1)
- lineWidth = 1;
- format("%d setlinewidth\n", lineWidth);
-}
-
-void PSOutput::printRectangle(double x, double y, int width, int height)
-{
- append("newpath\n");
- format(" %g %g moveto\n", x, y);
- format(" %d %d rlineto\n", width, 0);
- format(" %d %d rlineto\n", 0, height);
- format(" %d %d rlineto\n", -width, 0);
- append("closepath\n");
- append("stroke\n");
-}
-
-void PSOutput::fillRectangle(double x, double y, int width, int height)
-{
- append("newpath\n");
- format(" %g %g moveto\n", x, y);
- format(" %d %d rlineto\n", width, 0);
- format(" %d %d rlineto\n", 0, height);
- format(" %d %d rlineto\n", -width, 0);
- append("closepath\n");
- append("fill\n");
-}
-
-void PSOutput::fillRectangles(Rectangle* rectangles, int nRectangles)
-{
- for (Rectangle *rp = rectangles, *rend = rp + nRectangles; rp < rend; rp++)
- fillRectangle((double)rp->x, (double)rp->y, (int)rp->width,(int)rp->height);
-}
-
-void PSOutput::setBackground(XColor* colorPtr)
-{
- PostscriptOptions* pops = (PostscriptOptions*)graphPtr_->postscript_->ops_;
- printXColor(colorPtr);
- append(" setrgbcolor\n");
- if (pops->greyscale)
- append(" currentgray setgray\n");
-}
-
-void PSOutput::setForeground(XColor* colorPtr)
-{
- PostscriptOptions* pops = (PostscriptOptions*)graphPtr_->postscript_->ops_;
- printXColor(colorPtr);
- append(" setrgbcolor\n");
- if (pops->greyscale)
- append(" currentgray setgray\n");
-}
-
-void PSOutput::setBackground(Tk_3DBorder border)
-{
- TkBorder* borderPtr = (TkBorder*)border;
- setBackground(borderPtr->bgColorPtr);
-}
-
-void PSOutput::setFont(Tk_Font font)
-{
- Tcl_DString psdstr;
- Tcl_DStringInit(&psdstr);
- int psSize = Tk_PostscriptFontName(font, &psdstr);
- format("%d /%s SetFont\n", psSize, Tcl_DStringValue(&psdstr));
- Tcl_DStringFree(&psdstr);
-}
-
-void PSOutput::setLineAttributes(XColor* colorPtr,int lineWidth,
- Dashes* dashesPtr, int capStyle,
- int joinStyle)
-{
- setJoinStyle(joinStyle);
- setCapStyle(capStyle);
- setForeground(colorPtr);
- setLineWidth(lineWidth);
- setDashes(dashesPtr);
- append("/DashesProc {} def\n");
-}
-
-void PSOutput::fill3DRectangle(Tk_3DBorder border, double x, double y,
- int width, int height, int borderWidth,
- int relief)
-{
- TkBorder* borderPtr = (TkBorder*)border;
-
- setBackground(borderPtr->bgColorPtr);
- fillRectangle(x, y, width, height);
- print3DRectangle(border, x, y, width, height, borderWidth, relief);
-}
-
-void PSOutput::setClearBackground()
-{
- append("1 1 1 setrgbcolor\n");
-}
-
-void PSOutput::setDashes(Dashes* dashesPtr)
-{
-
- append("[ ");
- if (dashesPtr) {
- for (unsigned char* vp = dashesPtr->values; *vp != 0; vp++)
- format(" %d", *vp);
- }
- append("] 0 setdash\n");
-}
-
-void PSOutput::fillPolygon(Point2d *screenPts, int nScreenPts)
-{
- printPolygon(screenPts, nScreenPts);
- append("fill\n");
-}
-
-void PSOutput::setJoinStyle(int joinStyle)
-{
- // miter = 0, round = 1, bevel = 2
- format("%d setlinejoin\n", joinStyle);
-}
-
-void PSOutput::setCapStyle(int capStyle)
-{
- // X11:not last = 0, butt = 1, round = 2, projecting = 3
- // PS: butt = 0, round = 1, projecting = 2
- if (capStyle > 0)
- capStyle--;
-
- format("%d setlinecap\n", capStyle);
-}
-
-void PSOutput::printPolygon(Point2d *screenPts, int nScreenPts)
-{
- Point2d* pp = screenPts;
- append("newpath\n");
- format(" %g %g moveto\n", pp->x, pp->y);
-
- Point2d* pend;
- for (pp++, pend = screenPts + nScreenPts; pp < pend; pp++)
- format(" %g %g lineto\n", pp->x, pp->y);
-
- format(" %g %g lineto\n", screenPts[0].x, screenPts[0].y);
- append("closepath\n");
-}
-
-void PSOutput::print3DRectangle(Tk_3DBorder border, double x, double y,
- int width, int height, int borderWidth,
- int relief)
-{
- int twiceWidth = (borderWidth * 2);
- if ((width < twiceWidth) || (height < twiceWidth))
- return;
-
- TkBorder* borderPtr = (TkBorder*)border;
-
- // Handle grooves and ridges with recursive calls
- if ((relief == TK_RELIEF_GROOVE) || (relief == TK_RELIEF_RIDGE)) {
- int halfWidth = borderWidth / 2;
- int insideOffset = borderWidth - halfWidth;
- print3DRectangle(border, (double)x, (double)y, width, height, halfWidth,
- (relief == TK_RELIEF_GROOVE) ?
- TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN : TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
- print3DRectangle(border, (double)(x + insideOffset),
- (double)(y + insideOffset), width - insideOffset * 2,
- height - insideOffset * 2, halfWidth,
- (relief == TK_RELIEF_GROOVE) ?
- TK_RELIEF_RAISED : TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN);
- return;
- }
-
- XColor* lightPtr = borderPtr->lightColorPtr;
- XColor* darkPtr = borderPtr->darkColorPtr;
- XColor light;
- if (!lightPtr) {
- light.red = 0x00;
- light.blue = 0x00;
- light.green = 0x00;
- lightPtr = &light;
- }
- XColor dark;
- if (!darkPtr) {
- dark.red = 0x00;
- dark.blue = 0x00;
- dark.green = 0x00;
- darkPtr = &dark;
- }
-
- XColor* topPtr, *bottomPtr;
- if (relief == TK_RELIEF_RAISED) {
- topPtr = lightPtr;
- bottomPtr = darkPtr;
- }
- else if (relief == TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN) {
- topPtr = darkPtr;
- bottomPtr = lightPtr;
- }
- else if (relief == TK_RELIEF_SOLID) {
- topPtr = lightPtr;
- bottomPtr = lightPtr;
- }
- else {
- topPtr = borderPtr->bgColorPtr;
- bottomPtr = borderPtr->bgColorPtr;
- }
-
- setBackground(bottomPtr);
- fillRectangle(x, y + height - borderWidth, width, borderWidth);
- fillRectangle(x + width - borderWidth, y, borderWidth, height);
-
- Point2d points[7];
- points[0].x = points[1].x = points[6].x = x;
- points[0].y = points[6].y = y + height;
- points[1].y = points[2].y = y;
- points[2].x = x + width;
- points[3].x = x + width - borderWidth;
- points[3].y = points[4].y = y + borderWidth;
- points[4].x = points[5].x = x + borderWidth;
- points[5].y = y + height - borderWidth;
- if (relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT)
- setBackground(topPtr);
-
- fillPolygon(points, 7);
-}
-
-void PSOutput::printXColor(XColor* colorPtr)
-{
- format("%g %g %g",
- ((double)(colorPtr->red >> 8) / 255.0),
- ((double)(colorPtr->green >> 8) / 255.0),
- ((double)(colorPtr->blue >> 8) / 255.0));
-}
-
-int PSOutput::preamble(const char* fileName)
-{
- Postscript* setupPtr = graphPtr_->postscript_;
- PostscriptOptions* ops = (PostscriptOptions*)setupPtr->ops_;
-
- if (!fileName)
- fileName = Tk_PathName(graphPtr_->tkwin_);
-
- // Comments
- append("%!PS-Adobe-3.0 EPSF-3.0\n");
-
- // The "BoundingBox" comment is required for EPS files. The box
- // coordinates are integers, so we need round away from the center of the
- // box.
- format("%%%%BoundingBox: %d %d %d %d\n",
- setupPtr->left, setupPtr->paperHeight - setupPtr->top,
- setupPtr->right, setupPtr->paperHeight - setupPtr->bottom);
-
- append("%%Pages: 0\n");
-
- format("%%%%Creator: (%s %s %s)\n", PACKAGE_NAME, PACKAGE_VERSION,
- Tk_Class(graphPtr_->tkwin_));
-
- time_t ticks = time((time_t *) NULL);
- char date[200];
- strcpy(date, ctime(&ticks));
- char* newline = date + strlen(date) - 1;
- if (*newline == '\n')
- *newline = '\0';
-
- format("%%%%CreationDate: (%s)\n", date);
- format("%%%%Title: (%s)\n", fileName);
- append("%%DocumentData: Clean7Bit\n");
- if (ops->landscape)
- append("%%Orientation: Landscape\n");
- else
- append("%%Orientation: Portrait\n");
-
- append("%%DocumentNeededResources: font Helvetica Courier\n");
- addComments(ops->comments);
- append("%%EndComments\n\n");
-
- // Prolog
- prolog();
-
- // Setup
- append("%%BeginSetup\n");
- append("gsave\n");
- append("1 setlinewidth\n");
- append("1 setlinejoin\n");
- append("0 setlinecap\n");
- append("[] 0 setdash\n");
- append("0 0 0 setrgbcolor\n");
-
- if (ops->footer) {
- const char* who = getenv("LOGNAME");
- if (!who)
- who = "???";
-
- append("8 /Helvetica SetFont\n");
- append("10 30 moveto\n");
- format("(Date: %s) show\n", date);
- append("10 20 moveto\n");
- format("(File: %s) show\n", fileName);
- append("10 10 moveto\n");
- format("(Created by: %s@%s) show\n", who, Tcl_GetHostName());
- append("0 0 moveto\n");
- }
-
- // Set the conversion from postscript to X11 coordinates. Scale pica to
- // pixels and flip the y-axis (the origin is the upperleft corner).
- // Papersize is in pixels. Translate the new origin *after* changing the scale
- append("% Transform coordinate system to use X11 coordinates\n");
- append("% 1. Flip y-axis over by reversing the scale,\n");
- append("% 2. Translate the origin to the other side of the page,\n");
- append("% making the origin the upper left corner\n");
- append("1 -1 scale\n");
- format("0 %d translate\n", -setupPtr->paperHeight);
-
- // Set Origin
- format("%% Set origin\n%d %d translate\n\n", setupPtr->left,setupPtr->bottom);
- if (ops->landscape)
- format("%% Landscape orientation\n0 %g translate\n-90 rotate\n",
- ((double)graphPtr_->width_ * setupPtr->scale));
-
- append("\n%%EndSetup\n\n");
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-void PSOutput::addComments(const char** comments)
-{
- if (!comments)
- return;
-
- for (const char** pp = comments; *pp; pp+=2) {
- if (*(pp+1) == NULL)
- break;
- format("%% %s: %s\n", *pp, *(pp+1));
- }
-}
-
-unsigned char PSOutput::reverseBits(unsigned char byte)
-{
- byte = ((byte >> 1) & 0x55) | ((byte << 1) & 0xaa);
- byte = ((byte >> 2) & 0x33) | ((byte << 2) & 0xcc);
- byte = ((byte >> 4) & 0x0f) | ((byte << 4) & 0xf0);
- return byte;
-}
-
-void PSOutput::byteToHex(unsigned char byte, char* string)
-{
- static char hexDigits[] = "0123456789ABCDEF";
-
- string[0] = hexDigits[byte >> 4];
- string[1] = hexDigits[byte & 0x0F];
-}
-
-void PSOutput::prolog()
-{
- append(
-"%%BeginProlog\n"
-"%\n"
-"% PostScript prolog file of the BLT graph widget.\n"
-"%\n"
-"% Copyright 1989-1992 Regents of the University of California.\n"
-"% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this\n"
-"% software and its documentation for any purpose and without\n"
-"% fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright\n"
-"% notice appear in all copies. The University of California\n"
-"% makes no representations about the suitability of this\n"
-"% software for any purpose. It is provided 'as is' without\n"
-"% express or implied warranty.\n"
-"%\n"
-"% Copyright 1991-1997 Bell Labs Innovations for Lucent Technologies.\n"
-"%\n"
-"% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its\n"
-"% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided\n"
-"% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that the\n"
-"% copyright notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting documentation,\n"
-"% and that the names of Lucent Technologies any of their entities not be used\n"
-"% in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software\n"
-"% without specific, written prior permission.\n"
-"%\n"
-"% Lucent Technologies disclaims all warranties with regard to this software,\n"
-"% including all implied warranties of merchantability and fitness. In no event\n"
-"% shall Lucent Technologies be liable for any special, indirect or\n"
-"% consequential damages or any damages whatsoever resulting from loss of use,\n"
-"% data or profits, whether in an action of contract, negligence or other\n"
-"% tortuous action, arising out of or in connection with the use or performance\n"
-"% of this software.\n"
-"%\n"
-"\n"
-"200 dict begin\n"
-"\n"
-"/BaseRatio 1.3467736870885982 def % Ratio triangle base / symbol size\n"
-"/DrawSymbolProc 0 def % Routine to draw symbol outline/fill\n"
-"/DashesProc 0 def % Dashes routine (line segments)\n"
-"\n"
-"% Define the array ISOLatin1Encoding (which specifies how characters are \n"
-"% encoded for ISO-8859-1 fonts), if it isn't already present (Postscript \n"
-"% level 2 is supposed to define it, but level 1 doesn't). \n"
-"\n"
-"systemdict /ISOLatin1Encoding known not { \n"
-" /ISOLatin1Encoding [ \n"
-" /space /space /space /space /space /space /space /space \n"
-" /space /space /space /space /space /space /space /space \n"
-" /space /space /space /space /space /space /space /space \n"
-" /space /space /space /space /space /space /space /space \n"
-" /space /exclam /quotedbl /numbersign /dollar /percent /ampersand \n"
-" /quoteright \n"
-" /parenleft /parenright /asterisk /plus /comma /minus /period /slash \n"
-" /zero /one /two /three /four /five /six /seven \n"
-" /eight /nine /colon /semicolon /less /equal /greater /question \n"
-" /at /A /B /C /D /E /F /G \n"
-" /H /I /J /K /L /M /N /O \n"
-" /P /Q /R /S /T /U /V /W \n"
-" /X /Y /Z /bracketleft /backslash /bracketright /asciicircum /underscore \n"
-" /quoteleft /a /b /c /d /e /f /g \n"
-" /h /i /j /k /l /m /n /o \n"
-" /p /q /r /s /t /u /v /w \n"
-" /x /y /z /braceleft /bar /braceright /asciitilde /space \n"
-" /space /space /space /space /space /space /space /space \n"
-" /space /space /space /space /space /space /space /space \n"
-" /dotlessi /grave /acute /circumflex /tilde /macron /breve /dotaccent \n"
-" /dieresis /space /ring /cedilla /space /hungarumlaut /ogonek /caron \n"
-" /space /exclamdown /cent /sterling /currency /yen /brokenbar /section \n"
-" /dieresis /copyright /ordfeminine /guillemotleft /logicalnot /hyphen \n"
-" /registered /macron \n"
-" /degree /plusminus /twosuperior /threesuperior /acute /mu /paragraph \n"
-" /periodcentered \n"
-" /cedillar /onesuperior /ordmasculine /guillemotright /onequarter \n"
-" /onehalf /threequarters /questiondown \n"
-" /Agrave /Aacute /Acircumflex /Atilde /Adieresis /Aring /AE /Ccedilla \n"
-" /Egrave /Eacute /Ecircumflex /Edieresis /Igrave /Iacute /Icircumflex \n"
-" /Idieresis \n"
-" /Eth /Ntilde /Ograve /Oacute /Ocircumflex /Otilde /Odieresis /multiply \n"
-" /Oslash /Ugrave /Uacute /Ucircumflex /Udieresis /Yacute /Thorn \n"
-" /germandbls \n"
-" /agrave /aacute /acircumflex /atilde /adieresis /aring /ae /ccedilla \n"
-" /egrave /eacute /ecircumflex /edieresis /igrave /iacute /icircumflex \n"
-" /idieresis \n"
-" /eth /ntilde /ograve /oacute /ocircumflex /otilde /odieresis /divide \n"
-" /oslash /ugrave /uacute /ucircumflex /udieresis /yacute /thorn \n"
-" /ydieresis \n"
-" ] def \n"
-"} if \n"
-"\n"
-"% font ISOEncode font \n"
-"% This procedure changes the encoding of a font from the default \n"
-"% Postscript encoding to ISOLatin1. It is typically invoked just \n"
-"% before invoking 'setfont'. The body of this procedure comes from \n"
-"% Section 5.6.1 of the Postscript book. \n"
-"\n"
-"/ISOEncode { \n"
-" dup length dict\n"
-" begin \n"
-" {1 index /FID ne {def} {pop pop} ifelse} forall \n"
-" /Encoding ISOLatin1Encoding def \n"
-" currentdict \n"
-" end \n"
-"\n"
-" % I'm not sure why it's necessary to use 'definefont' on this new \n"
-" % font, but it seems to be important; just use the name 'Temporary' \n"
-" % for the font. \n"
-"\n"
-" /Temporary exch definefont \n"
-"} bind def \n"
-"\n"
-"/Stroke {\n"
-" gsave\n"
-" stroke\n"
-" grestore\n"
-"} def\n"
-"\n"
-"/Fill {\n"
-" gsave\n"
-" fill\n"
-" grestore\n"
-"} def\n"
-"\n"
-"/SetFont { \n"
-" % Stack: pointSize fontName\n"
-" findfont exch scalefont ISOEncode setfont\n"
-"} def\n"
-"\n"
-"/Box {\n"
-" % Stack: x y width height\n"
-" newpath\n"
-" exch 4 2 roll moveto\n"
-" dup 0 rlineto\n"
-" exch 0 exch rlineto\n"
-" neg 0 rlineto\n"
-" closepath\n"
-"} def\n"
-"\n"
-"/LS { % Stack: x1 y1 x2 y2\n"
-" newpath \n"
-" 4 2 roll moveto \n"
-" lineto \n"
-" closepath\n"
-" stroke\n"
-"} def\n"
-"\n"
-"/baselineSampler ( TXygqPZ) def\n"
-"% Put an extra-tall character in; done this way to avoid encoding trouble\n"
-"baselineSampler 0 196 put\n"
-"\n"
-"/cstringshow {\n"
-" {\n"
-" dup type /stringtype eq\n"
-" { show } { glyphshow }\n"
-" ifelse\n"
-" } forall\n"
-"} bind def\n"
-"\n"
-"/cstringwidth {\n"
-" 0 exch 0 exch\n"
-" {\n"
-" dup type /stringtype eq\n"
-" { stringwidth } {\n"
-" currentfont /Encoding get exch 1 exch put (\001)\n"
-" stringwidth\n"
-" }\n"
-" ifelse\n"
-" exch 3 1 roll add 3 1 roll add exch\n"
-" } forall\n"
-"} bind def\n"
-"\n"
-"/DrawText {\n"
-" gsave\n"
-" /justify exch def\n"
-" /yoffset exch def\n"
-" /xoffset exch def\n"
-" /strings exch def\n"
-" % Compute the baseline offset and the actual font height.\n"
-" 0 0 moveto baselineSampler false charpath\n"
-" pathbbox dup /baseline exch def\n"
-" exch pop exch sub /height exch def pop\n"
-" newpath\n"
-" % overall width\n"
-" /ww 0 def\n"
-" strings {\n"
-" cstringwidth pop\n"
-" dup ww gt {/ww exch def} {pop} ifelse\n"
-" newpath\n"
-" } forall\n"
-" % overall height\n"
-" /hh 0 def\n"
-" strings length height mul /hh exch def\n"
-" newpath\n"
-" % Translate to x,y\n"
-" translate\n"
-" % Translate to offset\n"
-" ww xoffset mul hh yoffset mul translate\n"
-" % rotate\n"
-" ww 2 div hh 2 div translate\n"
-" neg rotate\n"
-" ww -2 div hh -2 div translate\n"
-" % Translate to justify and baseline\n"
-" justify ww mul baseline translate\n"
-" % For each line, justify and display\n"
-" strings {\n"
-" dup cstringwidth pop\n"
-" justify neg mul 0 moveto\n"
-" gsave\n"
-" 1 -1 scale\n"
-" cstringshow\n"
-" grestore\n"
-" 0 height translate\n"
-" } forall\n"
-" grestore\n"
-"} bind def \n"
-"\n"
-"% Symbols:\n"
-"\n"
-"% Skinny-cross\n"
-"/Sc {\n"
-" % Stack: x y symbolSize\n"
-" gsave\n"
-" 3 -2 roll translate 45 rotate\n"
-" 0 0 3 -1 roll Sp\n"
-" grestore\n"
-"} def\n"
-"\n"
-"% Skinny-plus\n"
-"/Sp {\n"
-" % Stack: x y symbolSize\n"
-" gsave\n"
-" 3 -2 roll translate\n"
-" 2 div\n"
-" dup 2 copy\n"
-" newpath \n"
-" neg 0 \n"
-" moveto 0 \n"
-" lineto\n"
-" DrawSymbolProc\n"
-" newpath \n"
-" neg 0 \n"
-" exch moveto 0 \n"
-" exch lineto\n"
-" DrawSymbolProc\n"
-" grestore\n"
-"} def\n"
-"\n"
-"% Cross\n"
-"/Cr {\n"
-" % Stack: x y symbolSize\n"
-" gsave\n"
-" 3 -2 roll translate 45 rotate\n"
-" 0 0 3 -1 roll Pl\n"
-" grestore\n"
-"} def\n"
-"\n"
-"% Plus\n"
-"/Pl {\n"
-" % Stack: x y symbolSize\n"
-" gsave\n"
-" 3 -2 roll translate\n"
-" dup 2 div\n"
-" exch 6 div\n"
-"\n"
-" %\n"
-" % 2 3 The plus/cross symbol is a\n"
-" % closed polygon of 12 points.\n"
-" % 0 1 4 5 The diagram to the left\n"
-" % x,y represents the positions of\n"
-" % 11 10 7 6 the points which are computed\n"
-" % below.\n"
-" % 9 8\n"
-" %\n"
-"\n"
-" newpath\n"
-" 2 copy exch neg exch neg moveto \n"
-" dup neg dup lineto\n"
-" 2 copy neg exch neg lineto\n"
-" 2 copy exch neg lineto\n"
-" dup dup neg lineto \n"
-" 2 copy neg lineto 2 copy lineto\n"
-" dup dup lineto \n"
-" 2 copy exch lineto \n"
-" 2 copy neg exch lineto\n"
-" dup dup neg exch lineto \n"
-" exch neg exch lineto\n"
-" closepath\n"
-" DrawSymbolProc\n"
-" grestore\n"
-"} def\n"
-"\n"
-"% Circle\n"
-"/Ci {\n"
-" % Stack: x y symbolSize\n"
-" gsave\n"
-" 3 copy pop moveto \n"
-" newpath\n"
-" 2 div 0 360 arc\n"
-" closepath \n"
-" DrawSymbolProc\n"
-" grestore\n"
-"} def\n"
-"\n"
-"% Square\n"
-"/Sq {\n"
-" % Stack: x y symbolSize\n"
-" gsave\n"
-" dup dup 2 div dup\n"
-" 6 -1 roll exch sub exch\n"
-" 5 -1 roll exch sub 4 -2 roll Box\n"
-" DrawSymbolProc\n"
-" grestore\n"
-"} def\n"
-"\n"
-"% Line\n"
-"/Li {\n"
-" % Stack: x y symbolSize\n"
-" gsave\n"
-" 3 1 roll exch 3 -1 roll 2 div 3 copy\n"
-" newpath\n"
-" sub exch moveto \n"
-" add exch lineto\n"
-" closepath\n"
-" stroke\n"
-" grestore\n"
-"} def\n"
-"\n"
-"% Diamond\n"
-"/Di {\n"
-" % Stack: x y symbolSize\n"
-" gsave\n"
-" 3 1 roll translate 45 rotate 0 0 3 -1 roll Sq\n"
-" grestore\n"
-"} def\n"
-" \n"
-"% Triangle\n"
-"/Tr {\n"
-" % Stack: x y symbolSize\n"
-" gsave\n"
-" 3 -2 roll translate\n"
-" BaseRatio mul 0.5 mul % Calculate 1/2 base\n"
-" dup 0 exch 30 cos mul % h1 = height above center point\n"
-" neg % b2 0 -h1\n"
-" newpath \n"
-" moveto % point 1; b2\n"
-" dup 30 sin 30 cos div mul % h2 = height below center point\n"
-" 2 copy lineto % point 2; b2 h2\n"
-" exch neg exch lineto % \n"
-" closepath\n"
-" DrawSymbolProc\n"
-" grestore\n"
-"} def\n"
-"\n"
-"% Arrow\n"
-"/Ar {\n"
-" % Stack: x y symbolSize\n"
-" gsave\n"
-" 3 -2 roll translate\n"
-" BaseRatio mul 0.5 mul % Calculate 1/2 base\n"
-" dup 0 exch 30 cos mul % h1 = height above center point\n"
-" % b2 0 h1\n"
-" newpath moveto % point 1; b2\n"
-" dup 30 sin 30 cos div mul % h2 = height below center point\n"
-" neg % -h2 b2\n"
-" 2 copy lineto % point 2; b2 h2\n"
-" exch neg exch lineto % \n"
-" closepath\n"
-" DrawSymbolProc\n"
-" grestore\n"
-"} def\n"
-"\n"
-"%%EndProlog\n"
-);
-}
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPSOutput.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPSOutput.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 04bb2fd..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPSOutput.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __Blt_GrPSOutput_h__
-#define __Blt_GrPSOutput_h__
-
-#include <tk.h>
-
-#define POSTSCRIPT_BUFSIZ ((BUFSIZ*2)-1)
-
-namespace Blt {
- class Graph;
- class Postscript;
-
- class PSOutput {
- protected:
- Graph* graphPtr_;
- Tcl_DString dString_;
- char scratchArr_[POSTSCRIPT_BUFSIZ+1];
-
- protected:
- void addComments(const char**);
- void printXColor(XColor*);
- unsigned char reverseBits(unsigned char);
- void byteToHex(unsigned char, char*);
- void setJoinStyle(int);
- void setCapStyle(int);
- void prolog();
-
- public:
- PSOutput(Graph*);
- virtual ~PSOutput();
-
- void printPolyline(Point2d*, int);
- void printMaxPolyline(Point2d*, int);
- void printSegments(Segment2d*, int);
- void printRectangle(double, double, int, int);
- void printPolygon(Point2d*, int);
- void print3DRectangle(Tk_3DBorder, double, double, int, int, int, int);
-
- void fillRectangle(double, double, int, int);
- void fillRectangles(Rectangle*, int);
- void fill3DRectangle(Tk_3DBorder, double, double, int, int, int, int);
- void fillPolygon(Point2d*, int);
-
- void setFont(Tk_Font);
- void setLineWidth(int);
- void setBackground(XColor*);
- void setForeground(XColor*);
- void setBackground(Tk_3DBorder);
- void setLineAttributes(XColor*,int, Dashes*, int, int);
- void setClearBackground();
- void setDashes(Dashes*);
-
- int preamble(const char*);
- void computeBBox(int, int);
- const char* getValue(int*);
- void append(const char*);
- void format(const char*, ...);
- void varAppend(const char*, ...);
- };
-};
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPen.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPen.C
deleted file mode 100644
index 71e5fe9..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPen.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#include "tkbltGrPen.h"
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-Pen::Pen(Graph* graphPtr, const char* name, Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr)
-{
- optionTable_ = NULL;
- ops_ = NULL;
- graphPtr_ = graphPtr;
- name_ = dupstr(name);
- hashPtr_ = hPtr;
- refCount_ =0;
- flags =0;
- manageOptions_ =0;
-}
-
-Pen::~Pen()
-{
- delete [] name_;
-
- if (hashPtr_)
- Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hashPtr_);
-
- // PenOptions* ops = (PenOptions*)ops_;
-
- Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char*)ops_, optionTable_, graphPtr_->tkwin_);
-
- if (manageOptions_)
- free(ops_);
-}
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPen.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPen.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 003e8dd..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPen.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BltGrPen_h__
-#define __BltGrPen_h__
-
-#include <tk.h>
-
-#include "tkbltGrText.h"
-
-namespace Blt {
- class Graph;
-
- typedef struct {
- int errorBarShow;
- int errorBarLineWidth;
- int errorBarCapWidth;
- XColor* errorBarColor;
- int valueShow;
- const char* valueFormat;
- TextStyleOptions valueStyle;
- } PenOptions;
-
- class Pen {
- protected:
- Tk_OptionTable optionTable_;
- void* ops_;
-
- public:
- Graph* graphPtr_;
- const char *name_;
- Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr_;
- int refCount_;
- unsigned int flags;
- int manageOptions_;
-
- public:
- Pen();
- Pen(Graph*, const char*, Tcl_HashEntry*);
- virtual ~Pen();
-
- virtual ClassId classId() =0;
- virtual const char* className() =0;
- virtual const char* typeName() =0;
-
- Tk_OptionTable optionTable() {return optionTable_;}
- void* ops() {return ops_;}
-
- virtual int configure() =0;
- };
-};
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenBar.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenBar.C
deleted file mode 100644
index 8f6e59a..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenBar.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,174 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#include "tkbltGrPenBar.h"
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-#include "tkbltGrDef.h"
-#include "tkbltConfig.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-static Tk_OptionSpec barPenOptionSpecs[] = {
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-background", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-color", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-borderwidth", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-color", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
- STD_BORDERWIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(BarPenOptions, borderWidth), 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-color", "color", "Color",
- STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(BarPenOptions, fill), 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-errorbarcolor", "errorBarColor", "ErrorBarColor",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarPenOptions, errorBarColor),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-errorbarwidth", "errorBarWidth","ErrorBarWidth",
- "1", -1, Tk_Offset(BarPenOptions, errorBarLineWidth), 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-errorbarcap", "errorBarCap", "ErrorBarCap",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(BarPenOptions, errorBarCapWidth), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-outline", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fill", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-color", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-foreground", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-outline", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-outline", "outline", "Outline",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarPenOptions, outlineColor),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
- "raised", -1, Tk_Offset(BarPenOptions, relief), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-showerrorbars", "showErrorBars", "ShowErrorBars",
- "both", -1, Tk_Offset(BarPenOptions, errorBarShow),
- 0, &fillObjOption, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-showvalues", "showValues", "ShowValues",
- "none", -1, Tk_Offset(BarPenOptions, valueShow), 0, &fillObjOption, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-valueanchor", "valueAnchor", "ValueAnchor",
- "s", -1, Tk_Offset(BarPenOptions, valueStyle.anchor), 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-valuecolor", "valueColor", "ValueColor",
- STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(BarPenOptions, valueStyle.color),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-valuefont", "valueFont", "ValueFont",
- STD_FONT_SMALL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarPenOptions, valueStyle.font),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-valueformat", "valueFormat", "ValueFormat",
- "%g", -1, Tk_Offset(BarPenOptions, valueFormat),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-valuerotate", "valueRotate", "ValueRotate",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(BarPenOptions, valueStyle.angle), 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
-};
-
-BarPen::BarPen(Graph* graphPtr, const char* name, Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr)
- : Pen(graphPtr, name, hPtr)
-{
- ops_ = calloc(1, sizeof(BarPenOptions));
- BarPenOptions* ops = (BarPenOptions*)ops_;
- manageOptions_ =1;
-
- outlineGC_ =NULL;
- errorBarGC_ =NULL;
-
- ops->valueStyle.anchor =TK_ANCHOR_NW;
- ops->valueStyle.color =NULL;
- ops->valueStyle.font =NULL;
- ops->valueStyle.angle =0;
- ops->valueStyle.justify =TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT;
-
- optionTable_ = Tk_CreateOptionTable(graphPtr_->interp_, barPenOptionSpecs);
-}
-
-BarPen::BarPen(Graph* graphPtr, const char* name, void* options)
- : Pen(graphPtr, name, NULL)
-{
- ops_ = options;
- BarPenOptions* ops = (BarPenOptions*)ops_;
- manageOptions_ =0;
-
- outlineGC_ =NULL;
- errorBarGC_ =NULL;
-
- ops->valueStyle.anchor =TK_ANCHOR_NW;
- ops->valueStyle.color =NULL;
- ops->valueStyle.font =NULL;
- ops->valueStyle.angle =0;
- ops->valueStyle.justify =TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT;
-
- optionTable_ = Tk_CreateOptionTable(graphPtr_->interp_, barPenOptionSpecs);
-}
-
-BarPen::~BarPen()
-{
- if (outlineGC_)
- Tk_FreeGC(graphPtr_->display_, outlineGC_);
- if (errorBarGC_)
- Tk_FreeGC(graphPtr_->display_, errorBarGC_);
-}
-
-int BarPen::configure()
-{
- BarPenOptions* ops = (BarPenOptions*)ops_;
-
- // outlineGC
- {
- unsigned long gcMask = GCForeground | GCLineWidth;
- XGCValues gcValues;
- gcValues.line_width = ops->borderWidth;
- if (ops->outlineColor)
- gcValues.foreground = ops->outlineColor->pixel;
- else if (ops->fill)
- gcValues.foreground = Tk_3DBorderColor(ops->fill)->pixel;
- GC newGC = Tk_GetGC(graphPtr_->tkwin_, gcMask, &gcValues);
- if (outlineGC_)
- Tk_FreeGC(graphPtr_->display_, outlineGC_);
- outlineGC_ = newGC;
- }
-
- // errorBarGC
- {
- unsigned long gcMask = GCForeground | GCLineWidth;
- XGCValues gcValues;
- if (ops->errorBarColor)
- gcValues.foreground = ops->errorBarColor->pixel;
- else if (ops->outlineColor)
- gcValues.foreground = ops->outlineColor->pixel;
- else if (ops->fill)
- gcValues.foreground = Tk_3DBorderColor(ops->fill)->pixel;
-
- gcValues.line_width = ops->errorBarLineWidth;
- GC newGC = Tk_GetGC(graphPtr_->tkwin_, gcMask, &gcValues);
- if (errorBarGC_)
- Tk_FreeGC(graphPtr_->display_, errorBarGC_);
- errorBarGC_ = newGC;
- }
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenBar.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenBar.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f39db94..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenBar.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BltGrPenBar_h__
-#define __BltGrPenBar_h__
-
-#include <tk.h>
-
-#include "tkbltGrPen.h"
-
-namespace Blt {
-
- typedef struct {
- int errorBarShow;
- int errorBarLineWidth;
- int errorBarCapWidth;
- XColor* errorBarColor;
- int valueShow;
- const char *valueFormat;
- TextStyleOptions valueStyle;
-
- XColor* outlineColor;
- Tk_3DBorder fill;
- int borderWidth;
- int relief;
- } BarPenOptions;
-
- class BarPen : public Pen {
- public:
- GC fillGC_;
- GC outlineGC_;
- GC errorBarGC_;
-
- public:
- BarPen(Graph*, const char*, Tcl_HashEntry*);
- BarPen(Graph*, const char*, void*);
- virtual ~BarPen();
-
- ClassId classId() {return CID_ELEM_BAR;}
- const char* className() {return "BarElement";}
- const char* typeName() {return "bar";}
-
- int configure();
- };
-};
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenLine.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenLine.C
deleted file mode 100644
index 5f15ce8..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenLine.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,243 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include "tkbltGrPenLine.h"
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-#include "tkbltGrMisc.h"
-#include "tkbltGrDef.h"
-#include "tkbltConfig.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-const char* symbolObjOption[] =
- {"none", "square", "circle", "diamond", "plus", "cross", "splus", "scross", "triangle", "arrow", NULL};
-
-// Defs
-
-static Tk_OptionSpec linePenOptionSpecs[] = {
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-color", "color", "Color",
- STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(LinePenOptions, traceColor),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-dashes", "dashes", "Dashes",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LinePenOptions, traceDashes),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &dashesObjOption, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-errorbarcolor", "errorBarColor", "ErrorBarColor",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LinePenOptions, errorBarColor),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-errorbarwidth", "errorBarWidth", "ErrorBarWidth",
- "1", -1, Tk_Offset(LinePenOptions, errorBarLineWidth), 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-errorbarcap", "errorBarCap", "ErrorBarCap",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LinePenOptions, errorBarCapWidth), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-fill", "fill", "Fill",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LinePenOptions, symbol.fillColor),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-linewidth", "lineWidth", "LineWidth",
- "1", -1, Tk_Offset(LinePenOptions, traceWidth), 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-offdash", "offDash", "OffDash",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LinePenOptions, traceOffColor),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-outline", "outline", "Outline",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LinePenOptions, symbol.outlineColor),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-outlinewidth", "outlineWidth", "OutlineWidth",
- "1", -1, Tk_Offset(LinePenOptions, symbol.outlineWidth), 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pixels", "pixels", "Pixels",
- "0.1i", -1, Tk_Offset(LinePenOptions, symbol.size), 0, NULL, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-showerrorbars", "showErrorBars", "ShowErrorBars",
- "both", -1, Tk_Offset(LinePenOptions, errorBarShow),
- 0, &fillObjOption, LAYOUT},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-showvalues", "showValues", "ShowValues",
- "none", -1, Tk_Offset(LinePenOptions, valueShow), 0, &fillObjOption, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-symbol", "symbol", "Symbol",
- "none", -1, Tk_Offset(LinePenOptions, symbol), 0, &symbolObjOption, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-valueanchor", "valueAnchor", "ValueAnchor",
- "s", -1, Tk_Offset(LinePenOptions, valueStyle.anchor), 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-valuecolor", "valueColor", "ValueColor",
- STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(LinePenOptions, valueStyle.color),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-valuefont", "valueFont", "ValueFont",
- STD_FONT_SMALL, -1, Tk_Offset(LinePenOptions, valueStyle.font),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-valueformat", "valueFormat", "ValueFormat",
- "%g", -1, Tk_Offset(LinePenOptions, valueFormat),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-valuerotate", "valueRotate", "ValueRotate",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LinePenOptions, valueStyle.angle), 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
-};
-
-LinePen::LinePen(Graph* graphPtr, const char* name, Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr)
- : Pen(graphPtr, name, hPtr)
-{
- ops_ = calloc(1, sizeof(LinePenOptions));
- LinePenOptions* ops = (LinePenOptions*)ops_;
- manageOptions_ =1;
-
- traceGC_ =NULL;
- errorBarGC_ =NULL;
-
- ops->symbol.type = SYMBOL_NONE;
-
- ops->valueStyle.anchor =TK_ANCHOR_NW;
- ops->valueStyle.color =NULL;
- ops->valueStyle.font =NULL;
- ops->valueStyle.angle =0;
- ops->valueStyle.justify =TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT;
-
- optionTable_ = Tk_CreateOptionTable(graphPtr_->interp_, linePenOptionSpecs);
-}
-
-LinePen::LinePen(Graph* graphPtr, const char* name, void* options)
- : Pen(graphPtr, name, NULL)
-{
- ops_ = options;
- LinePenOptions* ops = (LinePenOptions*)ops_;
- manageOptions_ =0;
-
- traceGC_ =NULL;
- errorBarGC_ =NULL;
-
- ops->symbol.type = SYMBOL_NONE;
-
- ops->valueStyle.anchor =TK_ANCHOR_NW;
- ops->valueStyle.color =NULL;
- ops->valueStyle.font =NULL;
- ops->valueStyle.angle =0;
- ops->valueStyle.justify =TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT;
-
- optionTable_ = Tk_CreateOptionTable(graphPtr_->interp_, linePenOptionSpecs);
-}
-
-LinePen::~LinePen()
-{
- LinePenOptions* ops = (LinePenOptions*)ops_;
-
- if (errorBarGC_)
- Tk_FreeGC(graphPtr_->display_, errorBarGC_);
-
- if (traceGC_)
- graphPtr_->freePrivateGC(traceGC_);
-
- if (ops->symbol.outlineGC)
- Tk_FreeGC(graphPtr_->display_, ops->symbol.outlineGC);
-
- if (ops->symbol.fillGC)
- Tk_FreeGC(graphPtr_->display_, ops->symbol.fillGC);
-}
-
-int LinePen::configure()
-{
- LinePenOptions* ops = (LinePenOptions*)ops_;
-
- // symbol outline
- {
- unsigned long gcMask = (GCLineWidth | GCForeground);
- XColor* colorPtr = ops->symbol.outlineColor;
- if (!colorPtr)
- colorPtr = ops->traceColor;
- XGCValues gcValues;
- gcValues.foreground = colorPtr->pixel;
- gcValues.line_width = ops->symbol.outlineWidth;
- GC newGC = Tk_GetGC(graphPtr_->tkwin_, gcMask, &gcValues);
- if (ops->symbol.outlineGC)
- Tk_FreeGC(graphPtr_->display_, ops->symbol.outlineGC);
- ops->symbol.outlineGC = newGC;
- }
-
- // symbol fill
- {
- unsigned long gcMask = (GCLineWidth | GCForeground);
- XColor* colorPtr = ops->symbol.fillColor;
- if (!colorPtr)
- colorPtr = ops->traceColor;
- GC newGC = NULL;
- XGCValues gcValues;
- if (colorPtr) {
- gcValues.foreground = colorPtr->pixel;
- newGC = Tk_GetGC(graphPtr_->tkwin_, gcMask, &gcValues);
- }
- if (ops->symbol.fillGC)
- Tk_FreeGC(graphPtr_->display_, ops->symbol.fillGC);
- ops->symbol.fillGC = newGC;
- }
-
- // trace
- {
- unsigned long gcMask =
- (GCLineWidth | GCForeground | GCLineStyle | GCCapStyle | GCJoinStyle);
- XGCValues gcValues;
- gcValues.cap_style = CapButt;
- gcValues.join_style = JoinRound;
- gcValues.line_style = LineSolid;
- gcValues.line_width = ops->traceWidth;
-
- gcValues.foreground = ops->traceColor->pixel;
- XColor* colorPtr = ops->traceOffColor;
- if (colorPtr) {
- gcMask |= GCBackground;
- gcValues.background = colorPtr->pixel;
- }
- if (LineIsDashed(ops->traceDashes)) {
- gcValues.line_width = ops->traceWidth;
- gcValues.line_style = !colorPtr ? LineOnOffDash : LineDoubleDash;
- }
- GC newGC = graphPtr_->getPrivateGC(gcMask, &gcValues);
- if (traceGC_)
- graphPtr_->freePrivateGC(traceGC_);
-
- if (LineIsDashed(ops->traceDashes)) {
- ops->traceDashes.offset = ops->traceDashes.values[0] / 2;
- graphPtr_->setDashes(newGC, &ops->traceDashes);
- }
- traceGC_ = newGC;
- }
-
- // errorbar
- {
- unsigned long gcMask = (GCLineWidth | GCForeground);
- XColor* colorPtr = ops->errorBarColor;
- if (!colorPtr)
- colorPtr = ops->traceColor;
- XGCValues gcValues;
- gcValues.line_width = ops->errorBarLineWidth;
- gcValues.foreground = colorPtr->pixel;
- GC newGC = Tk_GetGC(graphPtr_->tkwin_, gcMask, &gcValues);
- if (errorBarGC_) {
- Tk_FreeGC(graphPtr_->display_, errorBarGC_);
- }
- errorBarGC_ = newGC;
- }
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenLine.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenLine.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 63eeeb8..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenLine.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BltGrPenLine_h__
-#define __BltGrPenLine_h__
-
-#include "tkbltGrPen.h"
-
-namespace Blt {
-
- typedef enum {
- SYMBOL_NONE, SYMBOL_SQUARE, SYMBOL_CIRCLE, SYMBOL_DIAMOND, SYMBOL_PLUS,
- SYMBOL_CROSS, SYMBOL_SPLUS, SYMBOL_SCROSS, SYMBOL_TRIANGLE, SYMBOL_ARROW
- } SymbolType;
-
- typedef struct {
- SymbolType type;
- int size;
- XColor* outlineColor;
- int outlineWidth;
- GC outlineGC;
- XColor* fillColor;
- GC fillGC;
- } Symbol;
-
- typedef struct {
- int errorBarShow;
- int errorBarLineWidth;
- int errorBarCapWidth;
- XColor* errorBarColor;
- int valueShow;
- const char* valueFormat;
- TextStyleOptions valueStyle;
-
- Symbol symbol;
- int traceWidth;
- Dashes traceDashes;
- XColor* traceColor;
- XColor* traceOffColor;
- } LinePenOptions;
-
- class LinePen : public Pen {
- public:
- GC traceGC_;
- GC errorBarGC_;
-
- public:
- LinePen(Graph*, const char*, Tcl_HashEntry*);
- LinePen(Graph*, const char*, void*);
- virtual ~LinePen();
-
- ClassId classId() {return CID_ELEM_LINE;}
- const char* className() {return "LineElement";}
- const char* typeName() {return "line";}
-
- int configure();
- };
-};
-
-extern const char* symbolObjOption[];
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenOp.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenOp.C
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c5669d..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenOp.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,217 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1996-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPen.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPenOp.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPenLine.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPenBar.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-int Blt::PenObjConfigure(Graph* graphPtr, Pen* penPtr,
- Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
- int mask =0;
- int error;
- Tcl_Obj* errorResult;
-
- for (error=0; error<=1; error++) {
- if (!error) {
- if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char*)penPtr->ops(), penPtr->optionTable(),
- objc, objv, graphPtr->tkwin_, &savedOptions, &mask)
- != TCL_OK)
- continue;
- }
- else {
- errorResult = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
- Tcl_IncrRefCount(errorResult);
- Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
- }
-
- if (penPtr->configure() != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- graphPtr->flags |= mask;
- graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw();
-
- break;
- }
-
- if (!error) {
- Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
- return TCL_OK;
- }
- else {
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, errorResult);
- Tcl_DecrRefCount(errorResult);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-}
-
-static int CgetOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- if (objc != 5) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "cget option");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Pen* penPtr;
- if (graphPtr->getPen(objv[3], &penPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp,
- (char*)penPtr->ops(),
- penPtr->optionTable(),
- objv[4], graphPtr->tkwin_);
- if (objPtr == NULL)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- else
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int ConfigureOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- if (objc<4)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- Pen* penPtr;
- if (graphPtr->getPen(objv[3], &penPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (objc <= 5) {
- Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char*)penPtr->ops(),
- penPtr->optionTable(),
- (objc == 5) ? objv[4] : NULL,
- graphPtr->tkwin_);
- if (objPtr == NULL)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- else
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
- }
- else
- return PenObjConfigure(graphPtr, penPtr, interp, objc-4, objv+4);
-}
-
-static int CreateOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- if (objc<4)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (graphPtr->createPen(Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), objc, objv) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[3]);
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int DeleteOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- if (objc<4)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- Pen* penPtr;
- if (graphPtr->getPen(objv[3], &penPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (penPtr->refCount_ == 0)
- delete penPtr;
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int NamesOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL);
- if (objc == 3) {
- Tcl_HashSearch iter;
- for (Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr=Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&graphPtr->penTable_, &iter);
- hPtr; hPtr=Tcl_NextHashEntry(&iter)) {
- Pen* penPtr = (Pen*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr,
- Tcl_NewStringObj(penPtr->name_, -1));
- }
- }
- else {
- Tcl_HashSearch iter;
- for (Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr=Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&graphPtr->penTable_, &iter);
- hPtr; hPtr=Tcl_NextHashEntry(&iter)) {
- Pen* penPtr = (Pen*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
- for (int ii=3; ii<objc; ii++) {
- char *pattern = Tcl_GetString(objv[ii]);
- if (Tcl_StringMatch(penPtr->name_, pattern)) {
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr,
- Tcl_NewStringObj(penPtr->name_, -1));
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int TypeOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- if (objc<4)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- Pen* penPtr;
- if (graphPtr->getPen(objv[3], &penPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), penPtr->typeName(), -1);
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-const Ensemble Blt::penEnsemble[] = {
- {"cget", CgetOp, 0},
- {"configure", ConfigureOp, 0},
- {"create", CreateOp, 0},
- {"delete", DeleteOp, 0},
- {"names", NamesOp, 0},
- {"type", TypeOp, 0},
- { 0,0,0 }
-};
-
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenOp.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenOp.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5dab592..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenOp.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BltGrPenOp_h__
-#define __BltGrPenOp_h__
-
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-
-namespace Blt {
- extern const Ensemble penEnsemble[];
- extern int PenObjConfigure(Blt::Graph* graphPtr, Blt::Pen* penPtr,
- Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]);
-};
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenOption.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenOption.C
deleted file mode 100644
index b1da1b6..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenOption.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1996-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPen.h"
-#include "tkbltConfig.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-static Tk_CustomOptionSetProc PenSetProc;
-static Tk_CustomOptionGetProc PenGetProc;
-static Tk_CustomOptionFreeProc PenFreeProc;
-Tk_ObjCustomOption penObjOption =
- {
- "pen", PenSetProc, PenGetProc, RestoreProc, PenFreeProc, NULL
- };
-
-static int PenSetProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj** objPtr, char* widgRec,
- int offset, char* savePtr, int flags)
-{
- Pen** penPtrPtr = (Pen**)(widgRec + offset);
- *(double*)savePtr = *(double*)penPtrPtr;
-
- if (!penPtrPtr)
- return TCL_OK;
-
- const char* string = Tcl_GetString(*objPtr);
- if (!string || !string[0]) {
- *penPtrPtr = NULL;
- return TCL_OK;
- }
-
- Graph* graphPtr = getGraphFromWindowData(tkwin);
- Pen* penPtr;
- if (graphPtr->getPen(*objPtr, &penPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- penPtr->refCount_++;
- *penPtrPtr = penPtr;
-
- return TCL_OK;
-};
-
-static Tcl_Obj* PenGetProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
- char *widgRec, int offset)
-{
- Pen* penPtr = *(Pen**)(widgRec + offset);
- if (!penPtr)
- return Tcl_NewStringObj("", -1);
-
- return Tcl_NewStringObj(penPtr->name_, -1);
-};
-
-static void PenFreeProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *ptr)
-{
- Pen* penPtr = *(Pen**)ptr;
- if (penPtr)
- if (penPtr->refCount_ > 0)
- penPtr->refCount_--;
-}
-
-
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPostscript.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPostscript.C
deleted file mode 100644
index 4bbf504..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPostscript.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1991-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPostscript.h"
-#include "tkbltConfig.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-static Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
- {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-center", "center", "Center",
- "yes", -1, Tk_Offset(PostscriptOptions, center), 0, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-comments", "comments", "Comments",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(PostscriptOptions, comments),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &listObjOption, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-decorations", "decorations", "Decorations",
- "yes", -1, Tk_Offset(PostscriptOptions, decorations), 0, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-footer", "footer", "Footer",
- "no", -1, Tk_Offset(PostscriptOptions, footer), 0, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-greyscale", "greyscale", "Greyscale",
- "no", -1, Tk_Offset(PostscriptOptions, greyscale), 0, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(PostscriptOptions, reqHeight), 0, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-landscape", "landscape", "Landscape",
- "no", -1, Tk_Offset(PostscriptOptions, landscape), 0, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_INT, "-level", "level", "Level",
- "2", -1, Tk_Offset(PostscriptOptions, level), 0, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "PadX",
- "1.0i", -1, Tk_Offset(PostscriptOptions, xPad), 0, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "PadY",
- "1.0i", -1, Tk_Offset(PostscriptOptions, yPad), 0, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-paperheight", "paperHeight", "PaperHeight",
- "11.0i", -1, Tk_Offset(PostscriptOptions, reqPaperHeight), 0, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-paperwidth", "paperWidth", "PaperWidth",
- "8.5i", -1, Tk_Offset(PostscriptOptions, reqPaperWidth), 0, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(PostscriptOptions, reqWidth), 0, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
-};
-
-Postscript::Postscript(Graph* graphPtr)
-{
- ops_ = (PostscriptOptions*)calloc(1, sizeof(PostscriptOptions));
- graphPtr_ = graphPtr;
-
- optionTable_ =Tk_CreateOptionTable(graphPtr_->interp_, optionSpecs);
- Tk_InitOptions(graphPtr_->interp_, (char*)ops_, optionTable_,
- graphPtr_->tkwin_);
-}
-
-Postscript::~Postscript()
-{
- Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char*)ops_, optionTable_, graphPtr_->tkwin_);
- free(ops_);
-}
-
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPostscript.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPostscript.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a0c35a1..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPostscript.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1991-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BltGrPostscript_h__
-#define __BltGrPostscript_h__
-
-#include <tk.h>
-
-namespace Blt {
-
- typedef struct {
- int center;
- const char **comments;
- int decorations;
- int footer;
- int greyscale;
- int landscape;
- int level;
- int xPad;
- int yPad;
- int reqPaperWidth;
- int reqPaperHeight;
- int reqWidth;
- int reqHeight;
- } PostscriptOptions;
-
- class Postscript {
- public:
- Tk_OptionTable optionTable_;
- void* ops_;
- Graph* graphPtr_;
-
- int left;
- int bottom;
- int right;
- int top;
- double scale;
- int paperHeight;
- int paperWidth;
-
- public:
- Postscript(Graph*);
- virtual ~Postscript();
- };
-};
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPostscriptOp.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPostscriptOp.C
deleted file mode 100644
index 931feb9..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPostscriptOp.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,183 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1991-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <tk.h>
-
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPostscript.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPostscriptOp.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPSOutput.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-int Blt::PostscriptObjConfigure(Graph* graphPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Postscript* setupPtr = graphPtr->postscript_;
- Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
- int mask =0;
- int error;
- Tcl_Obj* errorResult;
-
- for (error=0; error<=1; error++) {
- if (!error) {
- if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char*)setupPtr->ops_, setupPtr->optionTable_,
- objc, objv, graphPtr->tkwin_, &savedOptions, &mask)
- != TCL_OK)
- continue;
- }
- else {
- errorResult = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
- Tcl_IncrRefCount(errorResult);
- Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
- }
-
- break;
- }
-
- if (!error) {
- Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
- return TCL_OK;
- }
- else {
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, errorResult);
- Tcl_DecrRefCount(errorResult);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-}
-
-static int CgetOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
-
- if (objc != 4) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "cget option");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Postscript *setupPtr = graphPtr->postscript_;
- Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp,
- (char*)setupPtr->ops_,
- setupPtr->optionTable_,
- objv[3], graphPtr->tkwin_);
- if (objPtr == NULL)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- else
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int ConfigureOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- Postscript* setupPtr = graphPtr->postscript_;
- if (objc <= 4) {
- Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char*)setupPtr->ops_,
- setupPtr->optionTable_,
- (objc == 4) ? objv[3] : NULL,
- graphPtr->tkwin_);
- if (objPtr == NULL)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- else
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
- }
- else
- return PostscriptObjConfigure(graphPtr, interp, objc-3, objv+3);
-}
-
-static int OutputOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
-
- const char *fileName = NULL;
- Tcl_Channel channel = NULL;
- if (objc > 3) {
- fileName = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
- if (fileName[0] != '-') {
- // First argument is the file name
- objv++, objc--;
-
- channel = Tcl_OpenFileChannel(interp, fileName, "w", 0666);
- if (!channel)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (Tcl_SetChannelOption(interp, channel, "-translation", "binary")
- != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- }
-
- PSOutput* psPtr = new PSOutput(graphPtr);
-
- if (PostscriptObjConfigure(graphPtr, interp, objc-3, objv+3) != TCL_OK) {
- if (channel)
- Tcl_Close(interp, channel);
- delete psPtr;
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- if (graphPtr->print(fileName, psPtr) != TCL_OK) {
- if (channel)
- Tcl_Close(interp, channel);
- delete psPtr;
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- int length;
- const char* buffer = psPtr->getValue(&length);
- if (channel) {
- int nBytes = Tcl_Write(channel, buffer, length);
- if (nBytes < 0) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "error writing file \"", fileName, "\": ",
- Tcl_PosixError(interp), (char *)NULL);
- if (channel)
- Tcl_Close(interp, channel);
- delete psPtr;
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- Tcl_Close(interp, channel);
- }
- else
- Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), buffer, length);
-
- delete psPtr;
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-const Ensemble Blt::postscriptEnsemble[] = {
- {"cget", CgetOp, 0},
- {"configure", ConfigureOp, 0},
- {"output", OutputOp, 0},
- { 0,0,0 }
-};
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPostscriptOp.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPostscriptOp.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a81266..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPostscriptOp.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1991-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BltGrPostscriptOp_h__
-#define __BltGrPostscriptOp_h__
-
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-
-namespace Blt {
- extern const Ensemble postscriptEnsemble[];
- extern int PostscriptObjConfigure(Blt::Graph* graphPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]);
-};
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrText.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrText.C
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b4e3e3..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrText.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,233 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <cmath>
-
-#include <tk.h>
-#include <tkInt.h>
-
-#include "tkbltGrText.h"
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPSOutput.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-TextStyle::TextStyle(Graph* graphPtr)
-{
- ops_ = (TextStyleOptions*)calloc(1, sizeof(TextStyleOptions));
- TextStyleOptions* ops = (TextStyleOptions*)ops_;
- graphPtr_ = graphPtr;
- manageOptions_ = 1;
-
- ops->anchor =TK_ANCHOR_NW;
- ops->color =NULL;
- ops->font =NULL;
- ops->angle =0;
- ops->justify =TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT;
-
- xPad_ = 0;
- yPad_ = 0;
- gc_ = NULL;
-}
-
-TextStyle::TextStyle(Graph* graphPtr, TextStyleOptions* ops)
-{
- ops_ = (TextStyleOptions*)ops;
- graphPtr_ = graphPtr;
- manageOptions_ = 0;
-
- xPad_ = 0;
- yPad_ = 0;
- gc_ = NULL;
-}
-
-TextStyle::~TextStyle()
-{
- // TextStyleOptions* ops = (TextStyleOptions*)ops_;
-
- if (gc_)
- Tk_FreeGC(graphPtr_->display_, gc_);
-
- if (manageOptions_)
- free(ops_);
-}
-
-void TextStyle::drawText(Drawable drawable, const char *text, double x, double y) {
- drawText(drawable, text, (int)x, (int)y);
-}
-
-void TextStyle::drawText(Drawable drawable, const char *text, int x, int y)
-{
- drawTextBBox(drawable, text, x, y, NULL, NULL);
-}
-
-void TextStyle::drawTextBBox(Drawable drawable, const char *text,
- int x, int y, int* ww, int* hh)
-{
- TextStyleOptions* ops = (TextStyleOptions*)ops_;
-
- if (!text || !(*text))
- return;
-
- if (!gc_)
- resetStyle();
-
- int w1, h1;
- Tk_TextLayout layout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(ops->font, text, -1, -1,
- ops->justify, 0, &w1, &h1);
- Point2d rr = rotateText(x, y, w1, h1);
-#if (TCL_MAJOR_VERSION == 8) && (TCL_MINOR_VERSION >= 6)
- TkDrawAngledTextLayout(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, gc_, layout,
- (int)rr.x, (int)rr.y, ops->angle, 0, -1);
-#else
- Tk_DrawTextLayout(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, gc_, layout,
- (int)rr.x, (int)rr.y, 0, -1);
-#endif
- Tk_FreeTextLayout(layout);
-
- if (ww && hh) {
- double angle = fmod(ops->angle, 360.0);
- if (angle < 0.0)
- angle += 360.0;
-
- if (angle != 0.0) {
- double rotWidth, rotHeight;
- graphPtr_->getBoundingBox(w1, h1, angle, &rotWidth, &rotHeight, NULL);
- w1 = (int)rotWidth;
- h1 = (int)rotHeight;
- }
-
- *ww = w1;
- *hh = h1;
- }
-}
-
-void TextStyle::printText(PSOutput* psPtr, const char *text, int x, int y)
-{
- TextStyleOptions* ops = (TextStyleOptions*)ops_;
-
- if (!text || !(*text))
- return;
-
- int w1, h1;
- Tk_TextLayout layout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(ops->font, text, -1, -1,
- ops->justify, 0, &w1, &h1);
-
- int xx =0;
- int yy =0;
- switch (ops->anchor) {
- case TK_ANCHOR_NW: xx = 0; yy = 0; break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_N: xx = 1; yy = 0; break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_NE: xx = 2; yy = 0; break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_E: xx = 2; yy = 1; break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_SE: xx = 2; yy = 2; break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_S: xx = 1; yy = 2; break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_SW: xx = 0; yy = 2; break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_W: xx = 0; yy = 1; break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER: xx = 1; yy = 1; break;
- }
-
- const char* justify =NULL;
- switch (ops->justify) {
- case TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT: justify = "0"; break;
- case TK_JUSTIFY_CENTER: justify = "0.5"; break;
- case TK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT: justify = "1"; break;
- }
-
- psPtr->setFont(ops->font);
- psPtr->setForeground(ops->color);
-
- psPtr->format("%g %d %d [\n", ops->angle, x, y);
- Tcl_ResetResult(graphPtr_->interp_);
- Tk_TextLayoutToPostscript(graphPtr_->interp_, layout);
- psPtr->append(Tcl_GetStringResult(graphPtr_->interp_));
- Tcl_ResetResult(graphPtr_->interp_);
- psPtr->format("] %g %g %s DrawText\n", xx/-2.0, yy/-2.0, justify);
-}
-
-void TextStyle::printText(PSOutput* psPtr, const char *text, double x, double y) {
- return printText(psPtr, text, (int)x, (int)y);
-}
-
-void TextStyle::resetStyle()
-{
- TextStyleOptions* ops = (TextStyleOptions*)ops_;
-
- unsigned long gcMask;
- gcMask = GCFont;
-
- XGCValues gcValues;
- gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(ops->font);
- if (ops->color) {
- gcMask |= GCForeground;
- gcValues.foreground = ops->color->pixel;
- }
- GC newGC = Tk_GetGC(graphPtr_->tkwin_, gcMask, &gcValues);
- if (gc_)
- Tk_FreeGC(graphPtr_->display_, gc_);
-
- gc_ = newGC;
-}
-
-Point2d TextStyle::rotateText(int x, int y, int w1, int h1)
-{
- TextStyleOptions* ops = (TextStyleOptions*)ops_;
-
- // Matrix t0 = Translate(-x,-y);
- // Matrix t1 = Translate(-w1/2,-h1/2);
- // Matrix rr = Rotate(angle);
- // Matrix t2 = Translate(w2/2,h2/2);
- // Matrix t3 = Translate(x,y);
-
- double angle = ops->angle;
- double ccos = cos(M_PI*angle/180.);
- double ssin = sin(M_PI*angle/180.);
- double w2, h2;
- graphPtr_->getBoundingBox(w1, h1, angle, &w2, &h2, NULL);
-
- double x1 = x+w1/2.;
- double y1 = y+h1/2.;
- double x2 = w2/2.+x;
- double y2 = h2/2.+y;
-
- double rx = x*ccos + y*ssin + (-x1*ccos -y1*ssin +x2);
- double ry = -x*ssin + y*ccos + ( x1*ssin -y1*ccos +y2);
-
- return graphPtr_->anchorPoint(rx, ry, w2, h2, ops->anchor);
-}
-
-void TextStyle::getExtents(const char *text, int* ww, int* hh)
-{
- TextStyleOptions* ops = (TextStyleOptions*)ops_;
-
- int w, h;
- graphPtr_->getTextExtents(ops->font, text, -1, &w, &h);
- *ww = w + 2*xPad_;
- *hh = h + 2*yPad_;
-}
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrText.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrText.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4593b33..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrText.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BltText_h__
-#define __BltText_h__
-
-#include <tk.h>
-
-#include "tkbltGrMisc.h"
-
-namespace Blt {
- class Graph;
- class PSOutput;
-
- typedef struct {
- Tk_Anchor anchor;
- XColor* color;
- Tk_Font font;
- double angle;
- Tk_Justify justify;
- } TextStyleOptions;
-
- class TextStyle {
- protected:
- Graph* graphPtr_;
- void* ops_;
- GC gc_;
- int manageOptions_;
-
- public:
- int xPad_;
- int yPad_;
-
- protected:
- void resetStyle();
- Point2d rotateText(int, int, int, int);
-
- public:
- TextStyle(Graph*);
- TextStyle(Graph*, TextStyleOptions*);
- virtual ~TextStyle();
-
- void* ops() {return ops_;}
- void drawText(Drawable, const char*, int, int);
- void drawText(Drawable, const char*, double, double);
- void drawTextBBox(Drawable, const char*, int, int, int*, int*);
- void printText(PSOutput*, const char*, int, int);
- void printText(PSOutput*, const char*, double, double);
- void getExtents(const char*, int*, int*);
- };
-};
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrXAxisOp.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrXAxisOp.C
deleted file mode 100644
index ac788ff..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrXAxisOp.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,222 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-#include "tkbltGrBind.h"
-#include "tkbltGrXAxisOp.h"
-#include "tkbltGrAxis.h"
-#include "tkbltGrAxisOp.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-static Axis* GetAxisFromCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Obj* obj)
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)graphPtr->ops_;
-
- int margin;
- const char* name = Tcl_GetString(obj);
- if (!strcmp(name,"xaxis"))
- margin = (ops->inverted) ? MARGIN_LEFT : MARGIN_BOTTOM;
- else if (!strcmp(name,"yaxis"))
- margin = (ops->inverted) ? MARGIN_BOTTOM : MARGIN_LEFT;
- else if (!strcmp(name,"x2axis"))
- margin = (ops->inverted) ? MARGIN_RIGHT : MARGIN_TOP;
- else if (!strcmp(name,"y2axis"))
- margin = (ops->inverted) ? MARGIN_TOP : MARGIN_RIGHT;
- else
- return NULL;
-
- ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->margins[margin].axes);
- return (Axis*)Chain_GetValue(link);
-}
-
-static int CgetOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Axis* axisPtr = GetAxisFromCmd(clientData, objv[1]);
- return AxisCgetOp(axisPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-}
-
-static int ConfigureOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Axis* axisPtr = GetAxisFromCmd(clientData, objv[1]);
- return AxisConfigureOp(axisPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-}
-
-static int ActivateOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Axis* axisPtr = GetAxisFromCmd(clientData, objv[1]);
- return AxisActivateOp(axisPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-}
-
-static int BindOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- Axis* axisPtr = GetAxisFromCmd(clientData, objv[1]);
- return graphPtr->bindTable_->configure(graphPtr->axisTag(axisPtr->name_), objc-3, objv+3);
-}
-
-static int InvTransformOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Axis* axisPtr = GetAxisFromCmd(clientData, objv[1]);
- return AxisInvTransformOp(axisPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-}
-
-static int LimitsOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Axis* axisPtr = GetAxisFromCmd(clientData, objv[1]);
- return AxisLimitsOp(axisPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-}
-
-static int TransformOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Axis* axisPtr = GetAxisFromCmd(clientData, objv[1]);
- return AxisTransformOp(axisPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-}
-
-static int UseOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)graphPtr->ops_;
-
- int margin;
- ClassId classId;
- const char* name = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
- if (!strcmp(name,"xaxis")) {
- classId = CID_AXIS_X;
- margin = (ops->inverted) ? MARGIN_LEFT : MARGIN_BOTTOM;
- }
- else if (!strcmp(name,"yaxis")) {
- classId = CID_AXIS_Y;
- margin = (ops->inverted) ? MARGIN_BOTTOM : MARGIN_LEFT;
- }
- else if (!strcmp(name,"x2axis")) {
- classId = CID_AXIS_X;
- margin = (ops->inverted) ? MARGIN_RIGHT : MARGIN_TOP;
- }
- else if (!strcmp(name,"y2axis")) {
- classId = CID_AXIS_Y;
- margin = (ops->inverted) ? MARGIN_TOP : MARGIN_RIGHT;
- }
- else
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- Chain* chain = ops->margins[margin].axes;
-
- if (objc == 3) {
- Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL);
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(chain); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- Axis* axisPtr = (Axis*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr,
- Tcl_NewStringObj(axisPtr->name_, -1));
- }
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
- }
-
- int axisObjc;
- Tcl_Obj **axisObjv;
- if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[3], &axisObjc, &axisObjv) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(chain); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- Axis* axisPtr = (Axis*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- axisPtr->link = NULL;
- axisPtr->use_ =0;
- axisPtr->margin_ = MARGIN_NONE;
- // Clear the axis type if it's not currently used
- if (axisPtr->refCount_ == 0)
- axisPtr->setClass(CID_NONE);
- }
-
- chain->reset();
- for (int ii=0; ii<axisObjc; ii++) {
- Axis* axisPtr;
- if (graphPtr->getAxis(axisObjv[ii], &axisPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (axisPtr->classId_ == CID_NONE)
- axisPtr->setClass(classId);
- else if (axisPtr->classId_ != classId) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong type axis \"",
- axisPtr->name_, "\": can't use ",
- axisPtr->className_, " type axis.", NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- if (axisPtr->link) {
- // Move the axis from the old margin's "use" list to the new
- axisPtr->chain->unlinkLink(axisPtr->link);
- chain->linkAfter(axisPtr->link, NULL);
- }
- else
- axisPtr->link = chain->append(axisPtr);
-
- axisPtr->chain = chain;
- axisPtr->use_ =1;
- axisPtr->margin_ = margin;
- }
-
- graphPtr->flags |= RESET;
- graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw();
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int ViewOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Axis* axisPtr = GetAxisFromCmd(clientData, objv[1]);
- return AxisViewOp(axisPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-}
-
-const Ensemble Blt::xaxisEnsemble[] = {
- {"activate", ActivateOp, 0},
- {"bind", BindOp, 0},
- {"cget", CgetOp, 0},
- {"configure", ConfigureOp, 0},
- {"deactivate", ActivateOp, 0},
- {"invtransform", InvTransformOp, 0},
- {"limits", LimitsOp, 0},
- {"transform", TransformOp, 0},
- {"use", UseOp, 0},
- {"view", ViewOp, 0},
- { 0,0,0 }
-};
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrXAxisOp.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrXAxisOp.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b813c83..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrXAxisOp.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BltGrXAxisOp_h__
-#define __BltGrXAxisOp_h__
-
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-
-namespace Blt {
- extern const Ensemble xaxisEnsemble[];
-};
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraph.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraph.C
deleted file mode 100644
index f1453dc..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraph.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1458 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1991-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <cfloat>
-#include <cmath>
-
-#include <tkInt.h>
-
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-#include "tkbltGraphOp.h"
-
-#include "tkbltGrBind.h"
-#include "tkbltGrAxis.h"
-#include "tkbltGrAxisOp.h"
-#include "tkbltGrXAxisOp.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPen.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPenBar.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPenLine.h"
-#include "tkbltGrElem.h"
-#include "tkbltGrElemBar.h"
-#include "tkbltGrElemLine.h"
-#include "tkbltGrMarker.h"
-#include "tkbltGrLegd.h"
-#include "tkbltGrHairs.h"
-#include "tkbltGrDef.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPostscript.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPSOutput.h"
-#include "tkbltInt.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-#define MARKER_ABOVE 0
-#define MARKER_UNDER 1
-
-// OptionSpecs
-
-Graph::Graph(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- valid_ =1;
- interp_ = interp;
- tkwin_ = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp_, Tk_MainWindow(interp_),
- Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), NULL);
- if (!tkwin_) {
- valid_ =0;
- return;
- }
- display_ = Tk_Display(tkwin_);
- ((TkWindow*)tkwin_)->instanceData = this;
-
- cmdToken_ = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp_, Tk_PathName(tkwin_),
- GraphInstCmdProc, this,
- GraphInstCmdDeleteProc);
-
- flags = RESET;
- nextMarkerId_ = 1;
-
- inset_ =0;
- titleX_ =0;
- titleY_ =0;
- titleWidth_ =0;
- titleHeight_ =0;
- width_ =0;
- height_ =0;
- left_ =0;
- right_ =0;
- top_ =0;
- bottom_ =0;
- focusPtr_ =NULL;
- halo_ =0;
- drawGC_ =NULL;
- vRange_ =0;
- hRange_ =0;
- vOffset_ =0;
- hOffset_ =0;
- vScale_ =0;
- hScale_ =0;
- cache_ =None;
- cacheWidth_ =0;
- cacheHeight_ =0;
-
- Tcl_InitHashTable(&axes_.table, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
- Tcl_InitHashTable(&axes_.tagTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
- Tcl_InitHashTable(&elements_.table, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
- Tcl_InitHashTable(&elements_.tagTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
- Tcl_InitHashTable(&markers_.table, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
- Tcl_InitHashTable(&markers_.tagTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
- Tcl_InitHashTable(&penTable_, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
-
- axes_.displayList = new Chain();
- elements_.displayList = new Chain();
- markers_.displayList = new Chain();
- bindTable_ = new BindTable(this, this);
-
- // Keep a hold of the associated tkwin until we destroy the graph,
- // otherwise Tk might free it while we still need it.
- Tcl_Preserve(tkwin_);
-
- Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin_,
- ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
- GraphEventProc, this);
-}
-
-Graph::~Graph()
-{
- // GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)ops_;
-
- destroyMarkers();
- destroyElements(); // must come before legend and others
-
- delete crosshairs_;
- delete legend_;
- delete postscript_;
-
- destroyAxes();
- destroyPens();
-
- delete bindTable_;
-
- if (drawGC_)
- Tk_FreeGC(display_, drawGC_);
-
- if (cache_ != None)
- Tk_FreePixmap(display_, cache_);
-
- Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char*)ops_, optionTable_, tkwin_);
- Tcl_Release(tkwin_);
- tkwin_ = NULL;
-
- free (ops_);
-}
-
-int Graph::configure()
-{
- GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)ops_;
-
- inset_ = ops->borderWidth + ops->highlightWidth;
- if ((ops->reqHeight != Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin_)) ||
- (ops->reqWidth != Tk_ReqWidth(tkwin_)))
- Tk_GeometryRequest(tkwin_, ops->reqWidth, ops->reqHeight);
-
- Tk_SetInternalBorder(tkwin_, ops->borderWidth);
- XColor* colorPtr = Tk_3DBorderColor(ops->normalBg);
-
- titleWidth_ =0;
- titleHeight_ =0;
- if (ops->title != NULL) {
- int w, h;
- TextStyle ts(this, &ops->titleTextStyle);
- ts.getExtents(ops->title, &w, &h);
- titleHeight_ = h;
- }
-
- // Create GCs for interior and exterior regions, and a background GC for
- // clearing the margins with XFillRectangle
- // Margin
- XGCValues gcValues;
- gcValues.foreground = ops->titleTextStyle.color->pixel;
- gcValues.background = colorPtr->pixel;
- unsigned long gcMask = (GCForeground | GCBackground);
- GC newGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin_, gcMask, &gcValues);
- if (drawGC_ != NULL)
- Tk_FreeGC(display_, drawGC_);
- drawGC_ = newGC;
-
- // If the -inverted option changed, we need to readjust the pointers
- // to the axes and recompute the their scales.
- adjustAxes();
-
- // Free the pixmap if we're not buffering the display of elements anymore.
- if (cache_ != None) {
- Tk_FreePixmap(display_, cache_);
- cache_ = None;
- }
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-void Graph::map()
-{
- if (flags & RESET) {
- resetAxes();
- flags &= ~RESET;
- flags |= LAYOUT;
- }
-
- if (flags & LAYOUT) {
- layoutGraph();
- crosshairs_->map();
- mapAxes();
- mapElements();
- flags &= ~LAYOUT;
- flags |= MAP_MARKERS | CACHE;
- }
-
- mapMarkers();
-}
-
-void Graph::draw()
-{
- GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)ops_;
-
- flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
- if ((flags & GRAPH_DELETED) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin_))
- return;
-
- // Don't bother computing the layout until the size of the window is
- // something reasonable.
- if ((Tk_Width(tkwin_) <= 1) || (Tk_Height(tkwin_) <= 1))
- return;
-
- width_ = Tk_Width(tkwin_);
- height_ = Tk_Height(tkwin_);
-
- map();
-
- // Create a pixmap the size of the window for double buffering
- Pixmap drawable = Tk_GetPixmap(display_, Tk_WindowId(tkwin_),
- width_, height_, Tk_Depth(tkwin_));
-
- if (cache_ == None || cacheWidth_ != width_ || cacheHeight_ != height_) {
- if (cache_ != None)
- Tk_FreePixmap(display_, cache_);
- cache_ = Tk_GetPixmap(display_, Tk_WindowId(tkwin_), width_, height_,
- Tk_Depth(tkwin_));
- cacheWidth_ = width_;
- cacheHeight_ = height_;
- flags |= CACHE;
- }
-
- // Update cache if needed
- if (flags & CACHE) {
- drawMargins(cache_);
-
- switch (legend_->position()) {
- case Legend::TOP:
- case Legend::BOTTOM:
- case Legend::RIGHT:
- case Legend::LEFT:
- legend_->draw(cache_);
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- // Draw the background of the plotting area with 3D border
- Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin_, cache_, ops->plotBg,
- left_-ops->plotBW,
- top_-ops->plotBW,
- right_-left_+1+2*ops->plotBW,
- bottom_-top_+1+2*ops->plotBW,
- ops->plotBW, ops->plotRelief);
-
- drawAxesGrids(cache_);
- drawAxes(cache_);
- drawAxesLimits(cache_);
-
- if (!legend_->isRaised()) {
- switch (legend_->position()) {
- case Legend::PLOT:
- case Legend::XY:
- legend_->draw(cache_);
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
-
- drawMarkers(cache_, MARKER_UNDER);
- drawElements(cache_);
- drawActiveElements(cache_);
-
- if (legend_->isRaised()) {
- switch (legend_->position()) {
- case Legend::PLOT:
- case Legend::XY:
- legend_->draw(cache_);
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
-
- flags &= ~CACHE;
- }
-
- XCopyArea(display_, cache_, drawable, drawGC_, 0, 0, Tk_Width(tkwin_),
- Tk_Height(tkwin_), 0, 0);
-
- drawMarkers(drawable, MARKER_ABOVE);
-
- // Draw 3D border just inside of the focus highlight ring
- if ((ops->borderWidth > 0) && (ops->relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT))
- Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin_, drawable, ops->normalBg,
- ops->highlightWidth, ops->highlightWidth,
- width_ - 2*ops->highlightWidth,
- height_ - 2*ops->highlightWidth,
- ops->borderWidth, ops->relief);
-
- // Draw focus highlight ring
- if ((ops->highlightWidth > 0) && (flags & FOCUS)) {
- GC gc = Tk_GCForColor(ops->highlightColor, drawable);
- Tk_DrawFocusHighlight(tkwin_, gc, ops->highlightWidth, drawable);
- }
-
- // crosshairs
- crosshairs_->draw(drawable);
-
- XCopyArea(display_, drawable, Tk_WindowId(tkwin_), drawGC_,
- 0, 0, width_, height_, 0, 0);
-
- Tk_FreePixmap(display_, drawable);
-}
-
-int Graph::print(const char* ident, PSOutput* psPtr)
-{
- GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)ops_;
- PostscriptOptions* pops = (PostscriptOptions*)postscript_->ops_;
-
- // be sure the window is realized so that relief colors are available
- if (flags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
- flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
- DisplayGraph(this);
- }
-
- // We need to know how big a graph to print. If the graph hasn't been drawn
- // yet, the width and height will be 1. Instead use the requested size of
- // the widget. The user can still override this with the -width and -height
- // postscript options.
- if (pops->reqWidth > 0)
- width_ = pops->reqWidth;
- else if (width_ < 2)
- width_ = Tk_ReqWidth(tkwin_);
-
- if (pops->reqHeight > 0)
- height_ = pops->reqHeight;
- else if (height_ < 2)
- height_ = Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin_);
-
- psPtr->computeBBox(width_, height_);
- flags |= RESET;
-
- // Turn on PostScript measurements when computing the graph's layout.
- reconfigure();
-
- map();
-
- int x = left_ - ops->plotBW;
- int y = top_ - ops->plotBW;
-
- int w = (right_ - left_ + 1) + (2*ops->plotBW);
- int h = (bottom_ - top_ + 1) + (2*ops->plotBW);
-
- int result = psPtr->preamble(ident);
- if (result != TCL_OK)
- goto error;
-
- psPtr->setFont(ops->titleTextStyle.font);
- if (pops->decorations)
- psPtr->setBackground(Tk_3DBorderColor(ops->plotBg));
- else
- psPtr->setClearBackground();
-
- psPtr->fillRectangle(x, y, w, h);
- psPtr->append("gsave\n\n");
-
- // Start
- printMargins(psPtr);
-
- switch (legend_->position()) {
- case Legend::TOP:
- case Legend::BOTTOM:
- case Legend::RIGHT:
- case Legend::LEFT:
- legend_->print(psPtr);
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- printAxesGrids(psPtr);
- printAxes(psPtr);
- printAxesLimits(psPtr);
-
- if (!legend_->isRaised()) {
- switch (legend_->position()) {
- case Legend::PLOT:
- case Legend::XY:
- legend_->print(psPtr);
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
-
- printMarkers(psPtr, MARKER_UNDER);
- printElements(psPtr);
- printActiveElements(psPtr);
-
- if (legend_->isRaised()) {
- switch (legend_->position()) {
- case Legend::PLOT:
- case Legend::XY:
- legend_->print(psPtr);
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
- printMarkers(psPtr, MARKER_ABOVE);
-
- psPtr->append("\n");
- psPtr->append("% Unset clipping\n");
- psPtr->append("grestore\n\n");
- psPtr->append("showpage\n");
- psPtr->append("%Trailer\n");
- psPtr->append("grestore\n");
- psPtr->append("end\n");
- psPtr->append("%EOF\n");
-
- error:
- width_ = Tk_Width(tkwin_);
- height_ = Tk_Height(tkwin_);
- reconfigure();
-
- // Redraw the graph in order to re-calculate the layout as soon as
- // possible. This is in the case the crosshairs are active.
- flags |= LAYOUT;
- eventuallyRedraw();
-
- return result;
-}
-
-void Graph::eventuallyRedraw()
-{
- if (flags & GRAPH_DELETED)
- return;
-
- if (!(flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
- flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
- Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayGraph, this);
- }
-}
-
-void Graph::extents(Region2d* regionPtr)
-{
- GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)ops_;
-
- regionPtr->left = (double)(hOffset_ - ops->xPad);
- regionPtr->top = (double)(vOffset_ - ops->yPad);
- regionPtr->right = (double)(hOffset_ + hRange_ + ops->xPad);
- regionPtr->bottom = (double)(vOffset_ + vRange_ + ops->yPad);
-}
-
-int Graph::invoke(const Ensemble* ensemble, int cmdIndex,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- while (cmdIndex < objc) {
- int index;
- if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp_, objv[cmdIndex], ensemble, sizeof(ensemble[0]), "command", 0, &index) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (ensemble[index].proc)
- return ensemble[index].proc(this, interp_, objc, objv);
-
- ensemble = ensemble[index].subensemble;
- ++cmdIndex;
- }
-
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp_, cmdIndex, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
- return TCL_ERROR;
-}
-
-void Graph::reconfigure()
-{
- configure();
- legend_->configure();
- configureElements();
- configureAxes();
- configureMarkers();
-}
-
-// Margins
-
-void Graph::drawMargins(Drawable drawable)
-{
- GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)ops_;
- Rectangle rects[4];
-
- // Draw the four outer rectangles which encompass the plotting
- // surface. This clears the surrounding area and clips the plot.
- rects[0].x = rects[0].y = rects[3].x = rects[1].x = 0;
- rects[0].width = rects[3].width = width_;
- rects[0].height = top_;
- rects[3].y = bottom_;
- rects[3].height = height_ - bottom_;
- rects[2].y = rects[1].y = top_;
- rects[1].width = left_;
- rects[2].height = rects[1].height = bottom_ - top_;
- rects[2].x = right_;
- rects[2].width = width_ - right_;
-
- Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin_, drawable, ops->normalBg,
- rects[0].x, rects[0].y, rects[0].width, rects[0].height,
- 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
- Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin_, drawable, ops->normalBg,
- rects[1].x, rects[1].y, rects[1].width, rects[1].height,
- 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
- Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin_, drawable, ops->normalBg,
- rects[2].x, rects[2].y, rects[2].width, rects[2].height,
- 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
- Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin_, drawable, ops->normalBg,
- rects[3].x, rects[3].y, rects[3].width, rects[3].height,
- 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
-
- // Draw 3D border around the plotting area
- if (ops->plotBW > 0) {
- int x = left_ - ops->plotBW;
- int y = top_ - ops->plotBW;
- int w = (right_ - left_) + (2*ops->plotBW);
- int h = (bottom_ - top_) + (2*ops->plotBW);
- Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin_, drawable, ops->normalBg,
- x, y, w, h, ops->plotBW, ops->plotRelief);
- }
-
- if (ops->title) {
- TextStyle ts(this, &ops->titleTextStyle);
- ts.drawText(drawable, ops->title, titleX_, titleY_);
- }
-}
-
-void Graph::printMargins(PSOutput* psPtr)
-{
- GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)ops_;
- PostscriptOptions* pops = (PostscriptOptions*)postscript_->ops_;
- Rectangle margin[4];
-
- margin[0].x = margin[0].y = margin[3].x = margin[1].x = 0;
- margin[0].width = margin[3].width = width_;
- margin[0].height = top_;
- margin[3].y = bottom_;
- margin[3].height = height_ - bottom_;
- margin[2].y = margin[1].y = top_;
- margin[1].width = left_;
- margin[2].height = margin[1].height = bottom_ - top_;
- margin[2].x = right_;
- margin[2].width = width_ - right_;
-
- // Clear the surrounding margins and clip the plotting surface
- if (pops->decorations)
- psPtr->setBackground(Tk_3DBorderColor(ops->normalBg));
- else
- psPtr->setClearBackground();
-
- psPtr->append("% Margins\n");
- psPtr->fillRectangles(margin, 4);
-
- if (pops->decorations) {
- psPtr->append("% Interior 3D border\n");
- if (ops->plotBW > 0) {
- int x = left_ - ops->plotBW;
- int y = top_ - ops->plotBW;
- int w = (right_ - left_) + (2*ops->plotBW);
- int h = (bottom_ - top_) + (2*ops->plotBW);
- psPtr->print3DRectangle(ops->normalBg, (double)x, (double)y, w, h,
- ops->plotBW, ops->plotRelief);
- }
- }
-
- if (ops->title) {
- psPtr->append("% Graph title\n");
- TextStyle ts(this, &ops->titleTextStyle);
- ts.printText(psPtr, ops->title, titleX_, titleY_);
- }
-}
-
-// Pens
-
-void Graph::destroyPens()
-{
- Tcl_HashSearch iter;
- for (Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&penTable_, &iter);
- hPtr; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&iter)) {
- Pen* penPtr = (Pen*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
- delete penPtr;
- }
- Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&penTable_);
-}
-
-int Graph::getPen(Tcl_Obj* objPtr, Pen** penPtrPtr)
-{
- *penPtrPtr = NULL;
- const char *name = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
- if (!name || !name[0])
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&penTable_, name);
- if (!hPtr) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp_, "can't find pen \"", name, "\" in \"",
- Tk_PathName(tkwin_), "\"", NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- *penPtrPtr = (Pen*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-// Elements
-
-void Graph::destroyElements()
-{
- Tcl_HashSearch iter;
- for (Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr=Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&elements_.table, &iter);
- hPtr; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&iter)) {
- Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
- legend_->removeElement(elemPtr);
- delete elemPtr;
- }
-
- Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&elements_.table);
- Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&elements_.tagTable);
- delete elements_.displayList;
-}
-
-void Graph::configureElements()
-{
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(elements_.displayList); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- elemPtr->configure();
- }
-}
-
-void Graph::mapElements()
-{
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(elements_.displayList); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- elemPtr->map();
- }
-}
-
-void Graph::drawElements(Drawable drawable)
-{
- // Draw with respect to the stacking order
- for (ChainLink* link=Chain_LastLink(elements_.displayList); link;
- link = Chain_PrevLink(link)) {
- Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- elemPtr->draw(drawable);
- }
-}
-
-void Graph::drawActiveElements(Drawable drawable)
-{
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_LastLink(elements_.displayList); link;
- link = Chain_PrevLink(link)) {
- Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- elemPtr->drawActive(drawable);
- }
-}
-
-void Graph::printElements(PSOutput* psPtr)
-{
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_LastLink(elements_.displayList); link;
- link = Chain_PrevLink(link)) {
- Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- elemPtr->print(psPtr);
- }
-}
-
-void Graph::printActiveElements(PSOutput* psPtr)
-{
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_LastLink(elements_.displayList); link;
- link = Chain_PrevLink(link)) {
- Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- elemPtr->printActive(psPtr);
- }
-}
-
-int Graph::getElement(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Element **elemPtrPtr)
-{
- *elemPtrPtr =NULL;
- const char* name = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
- if (!name || !name[0])
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- Tcl_HashEntry*hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&elements_.table, name);
- if (!hPtr) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp_, "can't find element \"", name, "\" in \"",
- Tk_PathName(tkwin_), "\"", NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- *elemPtrPtr = (Element*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-ClientData Graph::elementTag(const char *tagName)
-{
- int isNew;
- Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr =
- Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&elements_.tagTable, tagName, &isNew);
- return Tcl_GetHashKey(&elements_.tagTable, hPtr);
-}
-
-// Markers
-
-void Graph::destroyMarkers()
-{
- Tcl_HashSearch iter;
- for (Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr=Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&markers_.table, &iter);
- hPtr; hPtr=Tcl_NextHashEntry(&iter)) {
- Marker* markerPtr = (Marker*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
- delete markerPtr;
- }
- Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&markers_.table);
- Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&markers_.tagTable);
- delete markers_.displayList;
-}
-
-
-void Graph::configureMarkers()
-{
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(markers_.displayList); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- Marker* markerPtr = (Marker*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- markerPtr->configure();
- }
-}
-
-void Graph::mapMarkers()
-{
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(markers_.displayList); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- Marker* markerPtr = (Marker*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- MarkerOptions* mops = (MarkerOptions*)markerPtr->ops();
-
- if (mops->hide)
- continue;
-
- if ((flags & MAP_MARKERS) || (markerPtr->flags & MAP_ITEM)) {
- markerPtr->map();
- markerPtr->flags &= ~MAP_ITEM;
- }
- }
-
- flags &= ~MAP_MARKERS;
-}
-
-void Graph::drawMarkers(Drawable drawable, int under)
-{
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_LastLink(markers_.displayList); link;
- link = Chain_PrevLink(link)) {
- Marker* markerPtr = (Marker*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- MarkerOptions* mops = (MarkerOptions*)markerPtr->ops();
-
- if ((mops->drawUnder != under) || markerPtr->clipped_ || mops->hide)
- continue;
-
- if (isElementHidden(markerPtr))
- continue;
-
- markerPtr->draw(drawable);
- }
-}
-
-void Graph::printMarkers(PSOutput* psPtr, int under)
-{
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_LastLink(markers_.displayList); link;
- link = Chain_PrevLink(link)) {
- Marker* markerPtr = (Marker*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- MarkerOptions* mops = (MarkerOptions*)markerPtr->ops();
- if (mops->drawUnder != under)
- continue;
-
- if (mops->hide)
- continue;
-
- if (isElementHidden(markerPtr))
- continue;
-
- psPtr->format("%% Marker \"%s\" is a %s.\n",
- markerPtr->name_, markerPtr->className());
- markerPtr->print(psPtr);
- }
-}
-
-ClientData Graph::markerTag(const char* tagName)
-{
- int isNew;
- Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&markers_.tagTable, tagName,&isNew);
- return Tcl_GetHashKey(&markers_.tagTable, hPtr);
-}
-
-Marker* Graph::nearestMarker(int x, int y, int under)
-{
- Point2d point;
- point.x = (double)x;
- point.y = (double)y;
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(markers_.displayList); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- Marker* markerPtr = (Marker*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- MarkerOptions* mops = (MarkerOptions*)markerPtr->ops();
-
- if ((markerPtr->flags & MAP_ITEM) || mops->hide)
- continue;
-
- if (isElementHidden(markerPtr))
- continue;
-
- if (mops->drawUnder == under)
- if (markerPtr->pointIn(&point))
- return markerPtr;
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-int Graph::isElementHidden(Marker* markerPtr)
-{
- MarkerOptions* mops = (MarkerOptions*)markerPtr->ops();
-
- if (mops->elemName) {
- Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&elements_.table, mops->elemName);
- if (hPtr) {
- Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
- ElementOptions* eops = (ElementOptions*)elemPtr->ops();
- if (!elemPtr->link || eops->hide)
- return 1;
- }
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-// Axis
-
-int Graph::createAxes()
-{
- for (int ii=0; ii<4; ii++) {
- int isNew;
- Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr =
- Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&axes_.table, axisNames[ii].name, &isNew);
- Chain* chain = new Chain();
-
- Axis* axisPtr = new Axis(this, axisNames[ii].name, ii, hPtr);
- if (!axisPtr)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)axisPtr->ops();
-
- Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, axisPtr);
-
- axisPtr->refCount_ = 1;
- axisPtr->use_ =1;
-
- axisPtr->setClass(!(ii&1) ? CID_AXIS_X : CID_AXIS_Y);
-
- if (Tk_InitOptions(interp_, (char*)axisPtr->ops(),
- axisPtr->optionTable(), tkwin_) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (axisPtr->configure() != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if ((axisPtr->margin_ == MARGIN_RIGHT) || (axisPtr->margin_ == MARGIN_TOP))
- ops->hide = 1;
-
- axisChain_[ii] = chain;
- axisPtr->link = chain->append(axisPtr);
- axisPtr->chain = chain;
- }
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-int Graph::createAxis(int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- char *string = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
- if (string[0] == '-') {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp_, "name of axis \"", string,
- "\" can't start with a '-'", NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- int isNew;
- Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&axes_.table, string, &isNew);
- if (!isNew) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp_, "axis \"", string, "\" already exists in \"",
- Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), "\"", NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Axis* axisPtr = new Axis(this, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), MARGIN_NONE, hPtr);
- if (!axisPtr)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, axisPtr);
-
- if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp_, (char*)axisPtr->ops(), axisPtr->optionTable(), tkwin_) != TCL_OK) || (AxisObjConfigure(axisPtr, interp_, objc-4, objv+4) != TCL_OK)) {
- delete axisPtr;
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-void Graph::destroyAxes()
-{
- Tcl_HashSearch cursor;
- for (Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr=Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&axes_.table, &cursor);
- hPtr; hPtr=Tcl_NextHashEntry(&cursor)) {
- Axis *axisPtr = (Axis*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
- delete axisPtr;
- }
- Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&axes_.table);
-
- for (int ii=0; ii<4; ii++)
- delete axisChain_[ii];
-
- Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&axes_.tagTable);
- delete axes_.displayList;
-}
-
-void Graph::configureAxes()
-{
- Tcl_HashSearch cursor;
- for (Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr=Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&axes_.table, &cursor);
- hPtr; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&cursor)) {
- Axis *axisPtr = (Axis*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
- axisPtr->configure();
- }
-}
-
-void Graph::mapAxes()
-{
- GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)ops_;
-
- for (int ii=0; ii<4; ii++) {
- int count =0;
- int offset =0;
-
- Chain* chain = ops->margins[ii].axes;
- for (ChainLink* link=Chain_FirstLink(chain); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- Axis *axisPtr = (Axis*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- AxisOptions* aops = (AxisOptions*)axisPtr->ops();
- if (!axisPtr->use_)
- continue;
-
- if (aops->reqNumMajorTicks <= 0)
- aops->reqNumMajorTicks = 4;
-
- if (ops->stackAxes)
- axisPtr->mapStacked(count, ii);
- else
- axisPtr->map(offset, ii);
-
- if (aops->showGrid)
- axisPtr->mapGridlines();
-
- offset += axisPtr->isHorizontal() ? axisPtr->height_ : axisPtr->width_;
- count++;
- }
- }
-}
-
-void Graph::drawAxes(Drawable drawable)
-{
- GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)ops_;
-
- for (int ii=0; ii<4; ii++) {
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_LastLink(ops->margins[ii].axes); link;
- link = Chain_PrevLink(link)) {
- Axis *axisPtr = (Axis*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- axisPtr->draw(drawable);
- }
- }
-}
-
-void Graph::drawAxesLimits(Drawable drawable)
-{
- Tcl_HashSearch cursor;
- for (Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr=Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&axes_.table, &cursor);
- hPtr; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&cursor)) {
- Axis *axisPtr = (Axis*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
- axisPtr->drawLimits(drawable);
- }
-}
-
-void Graph::drawAxesGrids(Drawable drawable)
-{
- GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)ops_;
-
- for (int ii=0; ii<4; ii++) {
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->margins[ii].axes); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- Axis *axisPtr = (Axis*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- axisPtr->drawGrids(drawable);
- }
- }
-}
-
-void Graph::printAxes(PSOutput* psPtr)
-{
- GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)ops_;
-
- for (Margin *mp = ops->margins, *mend = mp + 4; mp < mend; mp++) {
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(mp->axes); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- Axis *axisPtr = (Axis*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- axisPtr->print(psPtr);
- }
- }
-}
-
-void Graph::printAxesGrids(PSOutput* psPtr)
-{
- GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)ops_;
-
- for (int ii=0; ii<4; ii++) {
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->margins[ii].axes); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- Axis *axisPtr = (Axis*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- axisPtr->printGrids(psPtr);
- }
- }
-}
-
-void Graph::printAxesLimits(PSOutput* psPtr)
-{
- Tcl_HashSearch cursor;
- for (Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr=Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&axes_.table, &cursor);
- hPtr; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&cursor)) {
- Axis *axisPtr = (Axis*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
- axisPtr->printLimits(psPtr);
- }
-}
-
-int Graph::getAxis(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Axis **axisPtrPtr)
-{
- *axisPtrPtr = NULL;
- const char* name = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
- if (!name || !name[0])
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&axes_.table, name);
- if (!hPtr) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp_, "can't find axis \"", name, "\" in \"",
- Tk_PathName(tkwin_), "\"", NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- *axisPtrPtr = (Axis*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-ClientData Graph::axisTag(const char *tagName)
-{
- int isNew;
- Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&axes_.tagTable, tagName, &isNew);
- return Tcl_GetHashKey(&axes_.tagTable, hPtr);
-}
-
-void Graph::adjustAxes()
-{
- GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)ops_;
-
- if (ops->inverted) {
- ops->leftMargin.axes = axisChain_[0];
- ops->bottomMargin.axes = axisChain_[1];
- ops->rightMargin.axes = axisChain_[2];
- ops->topMargin.axes = axisChain_[3];
- }
- else {
- ops->leftMargin.axes = axisChain_[1];
- ops->bottomMargin.axes = axisChain_[0];
- ops->rightMargin.axes = axisChain_[3];
- ops->topMargin.axes = axisChain_[2];
- }
-}
-
-Point2d Graph::map2D(double x, double y, Axis* xAxis, Axis* yAxis)
-{
- GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)ops_;
-
- Point2d point;
- if (ops->inverted) {
- point.x = yAxis->hMap(y);
- point.y = xAxis->vMap(x);
- }
- else {
- point.x = xAxis->hMap(x);
- point.y = yAxis->vMap(y);
- }
- return point;
-}
-
-Point2d Graph::invMap2D(double x, double y, Axis* xAxis, Axis* yAxis)
-{
- GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)ops_;
-
- Point2d point;
- if (ops->inverted) {
- point.x = xAxis->invVMap(y);
- point.y = yAxis->invHMap(x);
- }
- else {
- point.x = xAxis->invHMap(x);
- point.y = yAxis->invVMap(y);
- }
- return point;
-}
-
-void Graph::resetAxes()
-{
- // Step 1: Reset all axes. Initialize the data limits of the axis to
- // impossible values.
- Tcl_HashSearch cursor;
- for (Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&axes_.table, &cursor);
- hPtr; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&cursor)) {
- Axis *axisPtr = (Axis*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
- axisPtr->min_ = axisPtr->valueRange_.min = DBL_MAX;
- axisPtr->max_ = axisPtr->valueRange_.max = -DBL_MAX;
- }
-
- // Step 2: For each element that's to be displayed, get the smallest
- // and largest data values mapped to each X and Y-axis. This
- // will be the axis limits if the user doesn't override them
- // with -min and -max options.
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(elements_.displayList); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- Region2d exts;
-
- Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- ElementOptions* elemops = (ElementOptions*)elemPtr->ops();
- elemPtr->extents(&exts);
- elemops->xAxis->getDataLimits(exts.left, exts.right);
- elemops->yAxis->getDataLimits(exts.top, exts.bottom);
- }
-
- // Step 3: Now that we know the range of data values for each axis,
- // set axis limits and compute a sweep to generate tick values.
- for (Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&axes_.table, &cursor);
- hPtr; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&cursor)) {
- Axis *axisPtr = (Axis*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
- AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)axisPtr->ops();
- axisPtr->fixRange();
-
- double min = axisPtr->min_;
- double max = axisPtr->max_;
- if ((!isnan(axisPtr->scrollMin_)) && (min < axisPtr->scrollMin_))
- min = axisPtr->scrollMin_;
-
- if ((!isnan(axisPtr->scrollMax_)) && (max > axisPtr->scrollMax_))
- max = axisPtr->scrollMax_;
-
- if (ops->logScale)
- axisPtr->logScale(min, max);
- else
- axisPtr->linearScale(min, max);
- }
-}
-
-Axis* Graph::nearestAxis(int x, int y)
-{
- Tcl_HashSearch cursor;
- for (Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr=Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&axes_.table, &cursor);
- hPtr; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&cursor)) {
- Axis *axisPtr = (Axis*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
- AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)axisPtr->ops();
- if (ops->hide || !axisPtr->use_)
- continue;
-
- if (ops->showTicks) {
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(axisPtr->tickLabels_); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- TickLabel *labelPtr = (TickLabel*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- double rw, rh;
- Point2d bbox[5];
- getBoundingBox(labelPtr->width, labelPtr->height, ops->tickAngle,
- &rw, &rh, bbox);
- Point2d t;
- t = anchorPoint(labelPtr->anchorPos.x, labelPtr->anchorPos.y,
- rw, rh, axisPtr->tickAnchor_);
- t.x = x - t.x - (rw * 0.5);
- t.y = y - t.y - (rh * 0.5);
-
- bbox[4] = bbox[0];
- if (pointInPolygon(&t, bbox, 5)) {
- return axisPtr;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (ops->title) {
- int w, h;
- double rw, rh;
- Point2d bbox[5];
- getTextExtents(ops->titleFont, ops->title, -1, &w, &h);
- getBoundingBox(w, h, axisPtr->titleAngle_, &rw, &rh, bbox);
- Point2d t = anchorPoint(axisPtr->titlePos_.x, axisPtr->titlePos_.y,
- rw, rh, axisPtr->titleAnchor_);
- // Translate the point so that the 0,0 is the upper left
- // corner of the bounding box
- t.x = x - t.x - (rw * 0.5);
- t.y = y - t.y - (rh * 0.5);
-
- bbox[4] = bbox[0];
- if (pointInPolygon(&t, bbox, 5)) {
- return axisPtr;
- }
- }
- if (ops->lineWidth > 0) {
- if ((x <= axisPtr->right_) && (x >= axisPtr->left_) &&
- (y <= axisPtr->bottom_) && (y >= axisPtr->top_)) {
- return axisPtr;
- }
- }
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-// Bind
-
-const char** Graph::getTags(ClientData object, ClassId classId, int* num)
-{
- const char** tags =NULL;
-
- switch (classId) {
- case CID_ELEM_BAR:
- case CID_ELEM_LINE:
- {
- Element* ptr = (Element*)object;
- ElementOptions* ops = (ElementOptions*)ptr->ops();
- int cnt =0;
- for (const char** pp=ops->tags; *pp; pp++)
- cnt++;
- cnt +=2;
-
- tags = new const char*[cnt];
- tags[0] = (const char*)elementTag(ptr->name_);
- tags[1] = (const char*)elementTag(ptr->className());
- int ii=2;
- for (const char** pp = ops->tags; *pp; pp++, ii++)
- tags[ii] = (const char*)elementTag(*pp);
-
- *num = cnt;
- return tags;
- }
- break;
- case CID_AXIS_X:
- case CID_AXIS_Y:
- {
- Axis* ptr = (Axis*)object;
- AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ptr->ops();
- int cnt =0;
- for (const char** pp=ops->tags; *pp; pp++)
- cnt++;
- cnt +=2;
-
- tags = new const char*[cnt];
- tags[0] = (const char*)axisTag(ptr->name_);
- tags[1] = (const char*)axisTag(ptr->className());
- int ii=2;
- for (const char** pp = ops->tags; *pp; pp++, ii++)
- tags[ii] = (const char*)axisTag(*pp);
-
- *num = cnt;
- return tags;
- }
- break;
- case CID_MARKER_BITMAP:
- case CID_MARKER_LINE:
- case CID_MARKER_POLYGON:
- case CID_MARKER_TEXT:
- {
- Marker* ptr = (Marker*)object;
- MarkerOptions* ops = (MarkerOptions*)ptr->ops();
- int cnt =0;
- for (const char** pp=ops->tags; *pp; pp++)
- cnt++;
- cnt +=2;
-
- tags = new const char*[cnt];
- tags[0] = (const char*)markerTag(ptr->name_);
- tags[1] = (const char*)markerTag(ptr->className());
- int ii=2;
- for (const char** pp = ops->tags; *pp; pp++, ii++)
- tags[ii] = (const char*)markerTag(*pp);
-
- *num = cnt;
- return tags;
- }
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-ClientData Graph::pickEntry(int xx, int yy, ClassId* classIdPtr)
-{
- if (flags & (LAYOUT | MAP_MARKERS)) {
- *classIdPtr = CID_NONE;
- return NULL;
- }
-
- // Sample coordinate is in one of the graph margins. Can only pick an axis.
- Region2d exts;
- extents(&exts);
- if (xx>=exts.right || xx<exts.left || yy>=exts.bottom || yy<exts.top) {
- Axis* axisPtr = nearestAxis(xx, yy);
- if (axisPtr) {
- *classIdPtr = axisPtr->classId();
- return axisPtr;
- }
- }
-
- // From top-to-bottom check:
- // 1. markers drawn on top (-under false).
- // 2. elements using its display list back to front.
- // 3. markers drawn under element (-under true).
- Marker* markerPtr = nearestMarker(xx, yy, 0);
- if (markerPtr) {
- *classIdPtr = markerPtr->classId();
- return markerPtr;
- }
-
- GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)ops_;
- ClosestSearch* searchPtr = &ops->search;
- searchPtr->index = -1;
- searchPtr->x = xx;
- searchPtr->y = yy;
- searchPtr->dist = (double)(searchPtr->halo + 1);
-
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_LastLink(elements_.displayList); link;
- link = Chain_PrevLink(link)) {
- Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- ElementOptions* eops = (ElementOptions*)elemPtr->ops();
- if (eops->hide)
- continue;
- elemPtr->closest();
- }
-
- // Found an element within the minimum halo distance.
- if (searchPtr->dist <= (double)searchPtr->halo) {
- *classIdPtr = searchPtr->elemPtr->classId();
- return searchPtr->elemPtr;
- }
-
- markerPtr = nearestMarker(xx, yy, 1);
- if (markerPtr) {
- *classIdPtr = markerPtr->classId();
- return markerPtr;
- }
-
- *classIdPtr = CID_NONE;
- return NULL;
-}
-
-int Graph::getXY(const char* string, int* xPtr, int* yPtr)
-{
- if (!string || !*string) {
- *xPtr = -SHRT_MAX;
- *yPtr = -SHRT_MAX;
- return TCL_OK;
- }
-
- if (*string != '@') {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp_, "bad position \"", string,
- "\": should be \"@x,y\"", (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- char* comma = (char*)strchr(string + 1, ',');
- if (!comma) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp_, "bad position \"", string,
- "\": should be \"@x,y\"", (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- *comma = '\0';
- int x, y;
- int result = ((Tk_GetPixels(interp_, tkwin_, string + 1, &x) == TCL_OK) &&
- (Tk_GetPixels(interp_, tkwin_, comma + 1, &y) == TCL_OK));
- *comma = ',';
- if (!result) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp_, ": can't parse position \"", string, "\"",
- (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- *xPtr = x;
- *yPtr = y;
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-// Graphics
-
-void Graph::drawSegments(Drawable drawable, GC gc,
- Segment2d* segments, int nSegments)
-{
- for (Segment2d *sp = segments, *send = sp + nSegments; sp < send; sp++)
- XDrawLine(display_, drawable, gc, (int)sp->p.x, (int)sp->p.y, (int)sp->q.x, (int)sp->q.y);
-}
-
-GC Graph::getPrivateGC(unsigned long gcMask, XGCValues *valuePtr)
-{
- Pixmap pixmap = None;
- Drawable drawable = Tk_WindowId(tkwin_);
- Display* display = Tk_Display(tkwin_);
- if (drawable == None)
- drawable = RootWindow(Tk_Display(tkwin_),Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin_));
-
- GC gc = XCreateGC(display, drawable, gcMask, valuePtr);
- if (pixmap != None)
- Tk_FreePixmap(display, pixmap);
-
- return gc;
-}
-
-void Graph::freePrivateGC(GC gc)
-{
- Tk_FreeXId(display_, (XID)XGContextFromGC(gc));
- XFreeGC(display_, gc);
-}
-
-void Graph::setDashes(GC gc, Dashes* dashesPtr)
-{
- XSetDashes(display_, gc, dashesPtr->offset, (const char*)dashesPtr->values,
- (int)strlen((char*)dashesPtr->values));
-}
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraph.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraph.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f8df01..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraph.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,256 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BltGraph_h__
-#define __BltGraph_h__
-
-#include <tk.h>
-
-#include "tkbltChain.h"
-#include "tkbltGrMisc.h"
-#include "tkbltGrText.h"
-
-typedef struct Ensemble {
- const char *name;
- Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc;
- const struct Ensemble *subensemble;
-} Ensemble;
-
-namespace Blt {
- class Axis;
- class BindTable;
- class Crosshairs;
- class Element;
- class Marker;
- class Legend;
- class Pen;
- class Postscript;
- class PSOutput;
-
- class Pick {
- public:
- virtual ClientData pickEntry(int, int, ClassId*) =0;
- };
-
- typedef struct {
- int halo;
- int mode;
- int x;
- int y;
- int along;
-
- Element* elemPtr;
- Point2d point;
- int index;
- double dist;
- } ClosestSearch;
-
- typedef struct {
- int width;
- int height;
- int axesOffset;
- int axesTitleLength;
- int maxTickWidth;
- int maxTickHeight;
- unsigned int nAxes;
- Chain* axes;
- int reqSize;
- int site;
- } Margin;
-
- typedef struct {
- Tcl_HashTable table;
- Chain* displayList;
- Tcl_HashTable tagTable;
- } Component;
-
-#define rightMargin margins[MARGIN_RIGHT]
-#define leftMargin margins[MARGIN_LEFT]
-#define topMargin margins[MARGIN_TOP]
-#define bottomMargin margins[MARGIN_BOTTOM]
-
- typedef struct {
- double aspect;
- Tk_3DBorder normalBg;
- int borderWidth;
- Margin margins[4];
- Tk_Cursor cursor;
- TextStyleOptions titleTextStyle;
- int reqHeight;
- XColor* highlightBgColor;
- XColor* highlightColor;
- int highlightWidth;
- int inverted;
- Tk_3DBorder plotBg;
- int plotBW;
- int xPad;
- int yPad;
- int plotRelief;
- int relief;
- ClosestSearch search;
- int stackAxes;
- const char *takeFocus; // nor used in C code
- const char *title;
- int reqWidth;
- int reqPlotWidth;
- int reqPlotHeight;
- } GraphOptions;
-
- class Graph : public Pick {
- public:
- Tcl_Interp* interp_;
- Tk_Window tkwin_;
- Display *display_;
- Tcl_Command cmdToken_;
- Tk_OptionTable optionTable_;
- void* ops_;
- int valid_;
-
- unsigned int flags;
- int nextMarkerId_;
-
- Component axes_;
- Component elements_;
- Component markers_;
- Tcl_HashTable penTable_;
- BindTable* bindTable_;
- Chain* axisChain_[4];
-
- Legend* legend_;
- Crosshairs* crosshairs_;
- Postscript* postscript_;
-
- int inset_;
- int titleX_;
- int titleY_;
- int titleWidth_;
- int titleHeight_;
- int width_;
- int height_;
- int left_;
- int right_;
- int top_;
- int bottom_;
- Axis* focusPtr_;
- int halo_;
- GC drawGC_;
- int vRange_;
- int hRange_;
- int vOffset_;
- int hOffset_;
- double vScale_;
- double hScale_;
- Pixmap cache_;
- int cacheWidth_;
- int cacheHeight_;
-
- protected:
- void layoutGraph();
-
- void drawMargins(Drawable);
- void printMargins(PSOutput*);
- int getMarginGeometry(Margin*);
-
- void destroyPens();
-
- void destroyElements();
- void configureElements();
- virtual void mapElements();
- void drawElements(Drawable);
- void drawActiveElements(Drawable);
- void printElements(PSOutput*);
- void printActiveElements(PSOutput*);
-
- void destroyMarkers();
- void configureMarkers();
- void mapMarkers();
- void drawMarkers(Drawable, int);
- void printMarkers(PSOutput*, int);
-
- int createAxes();
- void destroyAxes();
- void configureAxes();
- void mapAxes();
- void drawAxes(Drawable);
- void drawAxesLimits(Drawable);
- void drawAxesGrids(Drawable);
- void adjustAxes();
-
- public:
- Graph(ClientData, Tcl_Interp*, int, Tcl_Obj* const []);
- virtual ~Graph();
-
- virtual int configure();
- void map();
- void draw();
- void eventuallyRedraw();
- int print(const char*, PSOutput*);
- void extents(Region2d*);
- int invoke(const Ensemble*, int, int, Tcl_Obj* const []);
- void reconfigure();
-
- int createAxis(int, Tcl_Obj* const []);
- void printAxes(PSOutput*);
- void printAxesGrids(PSOutput*);
- void printAxesLimits(PSOutput*);
- int getAxis(Tcl_Obj*, Axis**);
- ClientData axisTag(const char*);
- Point2d map2D(double, double, Axis*, Axis*);
- Point2d invMap2D(double, double, Axis*, Axis*);
- virtual void resetAxes();
- Axis* nearestAxis(int, int);
-
- ClientData markerTag(const char*);
- Marker* nearestMarker(int, int, int);
- int isElementHidden(Marker*);
-
- virtual int createElement(int, Tcl_Obj* const []) =0;
- int getElement(Tcl_Obj*, Element**);
- ClientData elementTag(const char*);
-
- virtual int createPen(const char*, int, Tcl_Obj* const []) =0;
- int getPen(Tcl_Obj*, Pen**);
-
- int getXY(const char*, int*, int*);
- void getTextExtents(Tk_Font, const char*, int, int*, int*);
- void getBoundingBox(int, int, double, double*, double*, Point2d*);
- Point2d anchorPoint(double, double, double, double, Tk_Anchor);
-
- const char** getTags(ClientData, ClassId, int*);
- ClientData pickEntry(int, int, ClassId*);
-
- void drawSegments(Drawable, GC, Segment2d*, int);
- void setDashes(GC, Dashes*);
-
- GC getPrivateGC(unsigned long, XGCValues*);
- void freePrivateGC(GC);
- };
-};
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphBar.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphBar.C
deleted file mode 100644
index 861c12a..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphBar.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,516 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1991-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#include "tkbltGraphBar.h"
-#include "tkbltGraphOp.h"
-
-#include "tkbltGrAxis.h"
-#include "tkbltGrXAxisOp.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPen.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPenOp.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPenBar.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPenLine.h"
-#include "tkbltGrElem.h"
-#include "tkbltGrElemOp.h"
-#include "tkbltGrElemBar.h"
-#include "tkbltGrElemLine.h"
-#include "tkbltGrMarker.h"
-#include "tkbltGrLegd.h"
-#include "tkbltGrHairs.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPostscript.h"
-#include "tkbltGrDef.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-// BarGroup
-
-BarGroup::BarGroup()
-{
- nSegments =0;
- xAxis =NULL;
- yAxis =NULL;
- sum =0;
- count =0;
- lastY =0;
- index =0;
-}
-
-// BarGraph
-
-static const char* barmodeObjOption[] =
- {"normal", "stacked", "aligned", "overlap", NULL};
-static const char* searchModeObjOption[] = {"points", "traces", "auto", NULL};
-static const char* searchAlongObjOption[] = {"x", "y", "both", NULL};
-
-static Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
- {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-aspect", "aspect", "Aspect",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, aspect), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
- STD_NORMAL_BACKGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, normalBg),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-barmode", "barMode", "BarMode",
- "normal", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, barMode),
- 0, &barmodeObjOption, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-barwidth", "barWidth", "BarWidth",
- ".9", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, barWidth), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-baseline", "baseline", "Baseline",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, baseline), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-borderwidth", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-background", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bm", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-bottommargin", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
- STD_BORDERWIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, borderWidth),
- 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-bottommargin", "bottomMargin", "BottomMargin",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, bottomMargin.reqSize), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
- "crosshair", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, cursor),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-foreground", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
- STD_FONT_MEDIUM, -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, titleTextStyle.font),
- 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
- STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, titleTextStyle.color),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-halo", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-searchhalo", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height",
- "4i", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, reqHeight), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
- "HighlightBackground",
- STD_NORMAL_BACKGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, highlightBgColor),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
- STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, highlightColor),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
- "HighlightThickness",
- "2", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, highlightWidth), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-invertxy", "invertXY", "InvertXY",
- "no", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, inverted), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
- "center", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, titleTextStyle.justify),
- 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-leftmargin", "leftMargin", "Margin",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, leftMargin.reqSize), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-lm", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-leftmargin", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-plotbackground", "plotbackground", "PlotBackground",
- STD_NORMAL_BACKGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, plotBg),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-plotborderwidth", "plotBorderWidth", "PlotBorderWidth",
- STD_BORDERWIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, plotBW), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-plotpadx", "plotPadX", "PlotPad",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, xPad), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-plotpady", "plotPadY", "PlotPad",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, yPad), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-plotrelief", "plotRelief", "Relief",
- "flat", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, plotRelief), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
- "flat", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, relief), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-rightmargin", "rightMargin", "Margin",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, rightMargin.reqSize), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-rm", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-rightmargin", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-searchhalo", "searchhalo", "SearchHalo",
- "2m", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, search.halo), 0, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-searchmode", "searchMode", "SearchMode",
- "points", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, search.mode),
- 0, &searchModeObjOption, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-searchalong", "searchAlong", "SearchAlong",
- "both", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, search.along),
- 0, &searchAlongObjOption, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-stackaxes", "stackAxes", "StackAxes",
- "no", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, stackAxes), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, takeFocus),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-title", "title", "Title",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, title), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-tm", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-topmargin", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-topmargin", "topMargin", "TopMargin",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, topMargin.reqSize), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width",
- "5i", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, reqWidth), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-plotwidth", "plotWidth", "PlotWidth",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, reqPlotWidth), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-plotheight", "plotHeight", "PlotHeight",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, reqPlotHeight), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
-};
-
-// Create
-
-BarGraph::BarGraph(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
- : Graph(clientData, interp, objc, objv)
-{
- // problems so far?
- if (!valid_)
- return;
-
- ops_ = (BarGraphOptions*)calloc(1, sizeof(BarGraphOptions));
- BarGraphOptions* ops = (BarGraphOptions*)ops_;
-
- Tk_SetClass(tkwin_, "Barchart");
-
- barGroups_ =NULL;
- nBarGroups_ =0;
- maxBarSetSize_ =0;
- Tcl_InitHashTable(&setTable_, sizeof(BarSetKey)/sizeof(int));
-
- ops->bottomMargin.site = MARGIN_BOTTOM;
- ops->leftMargin.site = MARGIN_LEFT;
- ops->topMargin.site = MARGIN_TOP;
- ops->rightMargin.site = MARGIN_RIGHT;
-
- ops->titleTextStyle.anchor = TK_ANCHOR_N;
- ops->titleTextStyle.color =NULL;
- ops->titleTextStyle.font =NULL;
- ops->titleTextStyle.angle =0;
- ops->titleTextStyle.justify =TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT;
-
- optionTable_ = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp_, optionSpecs);
- if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp_, (char*)ops_, optionTable_, tkwin_) != TCL_OK) || (GraphObjConfigure(this, interp_, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK)) {
- valid_ =0;
- return;
- }
-
- // do this last after Tk_SetClass set
- legend_ = new Legend(this);
- crosshairs_ = new Crosshairs(this);
- postscript_ = new Postscript(this);
-
- if (createPen("active", 0, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
- valid_ =0;
- return;
- }
-
- if (createAxes() != TCL_OK) {
- valid_ =0;
- return;
- }
-
- adjustAxes();
-
- Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp_), Tk_PathName(tkwin_), -1);
-}
-
-BarGraph::~BarGraph()
-{
- destroyBarSets();
-}
-
-int BarGraph::configure()
-{
- BarGraphOptions* ops = (BarGraphOptions*)ops_;
- // Don't allow negative bar widths. Reset to an arbitrary value (0.1)
- if (ops->barWidth <= 0.0)
- ops->barWidth = 0.9;
-
- return Graph::configure();
-}
-
-int BarGraph::createPen(const char* penName, int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- int isNew;
- Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr =
- Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&penTable_, penName, &isNew);
- if (!isNew) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp_, "pen \"", penName, "\" already exists in \"",
- Tk_PathName(tkwin_), "\"", (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Pen* penPtr = new BarPen(this, penName, hPtr);
- if (!penPtr)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, penPtr);
-
- if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp_, (char*)penPtr->ops(), penPtr->optionTable(), tkwin_) != TCL_OK) || (PenObjConfigure(this, penPtr, interp_, objc-4, objv+4) != TCL_OK)) {
- delete penPtr;
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- flags |= RESET;
- eventuallyRedraw();
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-int BarGraph::createElement(int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- char *name = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
- if (name[0] == '-') {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp_, "name of element \"", name,
- "\" can't start with a '-'", NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- int isNew;
- Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr =
- Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&elements_.table, name, &isNew);
- if (!isNew) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp_, "element \"", name,
- "\" already exists in \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[0]),
- "\"", NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Element* elemPtr = new BarElement(this, name, hPtr);
- if (!elemPtr)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, elemPtr);
-
- if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp_, (char*)elemPtr->ops(), elemPtr->optionTable(), tkwin_) != TCL_OK) || (ElementObjConfigure(elemPtr, interp_, objc-4, objv+4) != TCL_OK)) {
- delete elemPtr;
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- elemPtr->link = elements_.displayList->append(elemPtr);
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-void BarGraph::mapElements()
-{
- BarGraphOptions* ops = (BarGraphOptions*)ops_;
- if ((BarMode)ops->barMode != INFRONT)
- resetBarSets();
-
- Graph::mapElements();
-}
-
-void BarGraph::resetAxes()
-{
- BarGraphOptions* ops = (BarGraphOptions*)ops_;
-
- /* FIXME: This should be called whenever the display list of
- * elements change. Maybe yet another flag INIT_STACKS to
- * indicate that the element display list has changed.
- * Needs to be done before the axis limits are set.
- */
- initBarSets();
- if (((BarMode)ops->barMode == STACKED) && (nBarGroups_ > 0))
- computeBarStacks();
-
- Graph::resetAxes();
-}
-
-void BarGraph::initBarSets()
-{
- BarGraphOptions* ops = (BarGraphOptions*)ops_;
-
- // Free resources associated with a previous frequency table. This includes
- // the array of frequency information and the table itself
- destroyBarSets();
- if ((BarMode)ops->barMode == INFRONT)
- return;
-
- // Initialize a hash table and fill it with unique abscissas. Keep track
- // of the frequency of each x-coordinate and how many abscissas have
- // duplicate mappings.
- Tcl_HashTable setTable;
- Tcl_InitHashTable(&setTable, sizeof(BarSetKey)/sizeof(int));
- int nSegs =0;
-
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(elements_.displayList);
- link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- BarElement* bePtr = (BarElement*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- BarElementOptions* ops = (BarElementOptions*)bePtr->ops();
- if (ops->hide)
- continue;
-
- nSegs++;
- if (ops->coords.x) {
- int nPoints = ops->coords.x->nValues();
- for (double *x=ops->coords.x->values_, *xend=x+nPoints; x<xend; x++) {
- BarSetKey key;
- key.value =*x;
- key.xAxis =ops->xAxis;
- key.yAxis =NULL;
-
- int isNew;
- Tcl_HashEntry* hhPtr =
- Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&setTable, (char*)&key, &isNew);
- Tcl_HashTable* tablePtr;
- if (isNew) {
- tablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable*)malloc(sizeof(Tcl_HashTable));
- Tcl_InitHashTable(tablePtr, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
- Tcl_SetHashValue(hhPtr, tablePtr);
- }
- else
- tablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hhPtr);
-
- const char* name = ops->groupName ? ops->groupName : ops->yAxis->name_;
- Tcl_HashEntry* hhPtr2 = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(tablePtr, name, &isNew);
- size_t count =1;
- if (!isNew) {
- count = (size_t)Tcl_GetHashValue(hhPtr2);
- count++;
- }
- Tcl_SetHashValue(hhPtr2, count);
- }
- }
- }
-
- // no bar elements to be displayed
- if (setTable.numEntries == 0)
- return;
-
- int sum =0;
- int max =0;
- Tcl_HashSearch iter;
- for (Tcl_HashEntry *hhPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&setTable, &iter); hhPtr;
- hhPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&iter)) {
- BarSetKey* keyPtr = (BarSetKey*)Tcl_GetHashKey(&setTable, hhPtr);
- Tcl_HashTable* tablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hhPtr);
-
- int isNew;
- Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr =
- Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&setTable_, (char*)keyPtr, &isNew);
- Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, tablePtr);
-
- if (max < tablePtr->numEntries)
- max = tablePtr->numEntries; // # of stacks in group
- sum += tablePtr->numEntries;
- }
-
- Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&setTable);
-
- if (sum > 0) {
- barGroups_ = new BarGroup[sum];
- BarGroup* groupPtr = barGroups_;
- Tcl_HashSearch iter;
- for (Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&setTable_, &iter);
- hPtr; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&iter)) {
- BarSetKey* keyPtr = (BarSetKey*)Tcl_GetHashKey(&setTable_, hPtr);
- Tcl_HashTable* tablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
-
- size_t xcount = 0;
- Tcl_HashSearch iter2;
- for (Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr2 = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(tablePtr, &iter2);
- hPtr2; hPtr2 = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&iter2)) {
- size_t count = (size_t)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr2);
- groupPtr->nSegments = count;
- groupPtr->xAxis = keyPtr->xAxis;
- groupPtr->yAxis = keyPtr->yAxis;
- groupPtr->index = xcount++;
- Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr2, groupPtr);
-
- groupPtr++;
- }
- }
- }
-
- maxBarSetSize_ = max;
- nBarGroups_ = sum;
-}
-
-void BarGraph::destroyBarSets()
-{
- delete [] barGroups_;
- barGroups_ = NULL;
-
- nBarGroups_ = 0;
- Tcl_HashSearch iter;
- for (Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr=Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&setTable_, &iter); hPtr;
- hPtr=Tcl_NextHashEntry(&iter)) {
- Tcl_HashTable* tablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
- Tcl_DeleteHashTable(tablePtr);
- free(tablePtr);
- }
-
- Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&setTable_);
- Tcl_InitHashTable(&setTable_, sizeof(BarSetKey)/sizeof(int));
-}
-
-void BarGraph::resetBarSets()
-{
- for (BarGroup *gp = barGroups_, *gend = gp + nBarGroups_; gp < gend; gp++) {
- gp->lastY = 0.0;
- gp->count = 0;
- }
-}
-
-void BarGraph::computeBarStacks()
-{
- BarGraphOptions* ops = (BarGraphOptions*)ops_;
-
- if (((BarMode)ops->barMode != STACKED) || (nBarGroups_ == 0))
- return;
-
- // Initialize the stack sums to zero
- for (BarGroup *gp = barGroups_, *gend = gp + nBarGroups_; gp < gend; gp++)
- gp->sum = 0.0;
-
- // Consider each bar x-y coordinate. Add the ordinates of duplicate
- // abscissas
-
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(elements_.displayList); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- BarElement* bePtr = (BarElement*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- BarElementOptions* ops = (BarElementOptions*)bePtr->ops();
- if (ops->hide)
- continue;
-
- if (ops->coords.x && ops->coords.y) {
- for (double *x=ops->coords.x->values_, *y=ops->coords.y->values_,
- *xend=x+ops->coords.x->nValues(); x<xend; x++, y++) {
- BarSetKey key;
- key.value =*x;
- key.xAxis =ops->xAxis;
- key.yAxis =NULL;
- Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&setTable_, (char*)&key);
- if (!hPtr)
- continue;
-
- Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
- const char *name = ops->groupName ? ops->groupName : ops->yAxis->name_;
- hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(tablePtr, name);
- if (!hPtr)
- continue;
-
- BarGroup *groupPtr = (BarGroup*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
- groupPtr->sum += *y;
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphBar.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphBar.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5ee1ab8..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphBar.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BltGraphBar_h__
-#define __BltGraphBar_h__
-
-#include <tk.h>
-
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-
-namespace Blt {
-
- typedef struct {
- double value;
- Axis* xAxis;
- Axis* yAxis;
- } BarSetKey;
-
- class BarGroup {
- public:
- int nSegments;
- Axis* xAxis;
- Axis* yAxis;
- double sum;
- int count;
- double lastY;
- size_t index;
-
- public:
- BarGroup();
- };
-
- typedef struct {
- double aspect;
- Tk_3DBorder normalBg;
- int borderWidth;
- Margin margins[4];
- Tk_Cursor cursor;
- TextStyleOptions titleTextStyle;
- int reqHeight;
- XColor* highlightBgColor;
- XColor* highlightColor;
- int highlightWidth;
- int inverted;
- Tk_3DBorder plotBg;
- int plotBW;
- int xPad;
- int yPad;
- int plotRelief;
- int relief;
- ClosestSearch search;
- int stackAxes;
- const char *takeFocus; // nor used in C code
- const char *title;
- int reqWidth;
- int reqPlotWidth;
- int reqPlotHeight;
-
- // bar graph
- int barMode;
- double barWidth;
- double baseline;
- } BarGraphOptions;
-
- class BarGraph : public Graph {
- public:
- enum BarMode {INFRONT, STACKED, ALIGNED, OVERLAP};
-
- public:
- BarGroup* barGroups_;
- int nBarGroups_;
- Tcl_HashTable setTable_;
- int maxBarSetSize_;
-
- protected:
- void resetAxes();
- void mapElements();
- void initBarSets();
- void destroyBarSets();
- void resetBarSets();
- void computeBarStacks();
-
- public:
- BarGraph(ClientData, Tcl_Interp*, int, Tcl_Obj* const []);
- virtual ~BarGraph();
-
- int configure();
- int createPen(const char*, int, Tcl_Obj* const []);
- int createElement(int, Tcl_Obj* const []);
- };
-};
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphLine.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphLine.C
deleted file mode 100644
index fe3f5d0..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphLine.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,267 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1991-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#include "tkbltGraphLine.h"
-#include "tkbltGraphOp.h"
-
-#include "tkbltGrAxis.h"
-#include "tkbltGrXAxisOp.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPen.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPenOp.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPenBar.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPenLine.h"
-#include "tkbltGrElem.h"
-#include "tkbltGrElemOp.h"
-#include "tkbltGrElemBar.h"
-#include "tkbltGrElemLine.h"
-#include "tkbltGrMarker.h"
-#include "tkbltGrLegd.h"
-#include "tkbltGrHairs.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPostscript.h"
-#include "tkbltGrDef.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-static const char* searchModeObjOption[] = {"points", "traces", "auto", NULL};
-static const char* searchAlongObjOption[] = {"x", "y", "both", NULL};
-
-static Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
- {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-aspect", "aspect", "Aspect",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, aspect), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
- STD_NORMAL_BACKGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, normalBg),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-borderwidth", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-background", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bm", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-bottommargin", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
- STD_BORDERWIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, borderWidth),
- 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-bottommargin", "bottomMargin", "BottomMargin",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, bottomMargin.reqSize), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
- "crosshair", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, cursor),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-foreground", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
- STD_FONT_MEDIUM, -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, titleTextStyle.font),
- 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
- STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND, -1,
- Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, titleTextStyle.color), 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-halo", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-searchhalo", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height",
- "4i", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, reqHeight), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
- "HighlightBackground",
- STD_NORMAL_BACKGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, highlightBgColor),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
- STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, highlightColor),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
- "HighlightThickness",
- "2", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, highlightWidth), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-invertxy", "invertXY", "InvertXY",
- "no", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, inverted), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
- "center", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, titleTextStyle.justify),
- 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-leftmargin", "leftMargin", "Margin",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, leftMargin.reqSize), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-lm", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-leftmargin", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-plotbackground", "plotbackground", "PlotBackground",
- STD_NORMAL_BACKGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, plotBg),
- 0, NULL, CACHE},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-plotborderwidth", "plotBorderWidth", "PlotBorderWidth",
- STD_BORDERWIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, plotBW), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-plotpadx", "plotPadX", "PlotPad",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, xPad), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-plotpady", "plotPadY", "PlotPad",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, yPad), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-plotrelief", "plotRelief", "Relief",
- "flat", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, plotRelief), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
- "flat", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, relief), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-rightmargin", "rightMargin", "Margin",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, rightMargin.reqSize), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-rm", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-rightmargin", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-searchhalo", "searchhalo", "SearchHalo",
- "2m", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, search.halo), 0, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-searchmode", "searchMode", "SearchMode",
- "points", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, search.mode),
- 0, &searchModeObjOption, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-searchalong", "searchAlong", "SearchAlong",
- "both", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, search.along),
- 0, &searchAlongObjOption, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-stackaxes", "stackAxes", "StackAxes",
- "no", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, stackAxes), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, takeFocus),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
- {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-title", "title", "Title",
- NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, title),
- TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-tm", NULL, NULL,
- NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-topmargin", 0},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-topmargin", "topMargin", "TopMargin",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, topMargin.reqSize), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width",
- "5i", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, reqWidth), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-plotwidth", "plotWidth", "PlotWidth",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, reqPlotWidth), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-plotheight", "plotHeight", "PlotHeight",
- "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, reqPlotHeight), 0, NULL, RESET},
- {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
-};
-
-// Create
-
-LineGraph::LineGraph(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
- : Graph(clientData, interp, objc, objv)
-{
- // problems so far?
- if (!valid_)
- return;
-
- ops_ = (LineGraphOptions*)calloc(1, sizeof(LineGraphOptions));
- LineGraphOptions* ops = (LineGraphOptions*)ops_;
-
- Tk_SetClass(tkwin_, "Graph");
-
- ops->bottomMargin.site = MARGIN_BOTTOM;
- ops->leftMargin.site = MARGIN_LEFT;
- ops->topMargin.site = MARGIN_TOP;
- ops->rightMargin.site = MARGIN_RIGHT;
-
- ops->titleTextStyle.anchor = TK_ANCHOR_N;
- ops->titleTextStyle.color =NULL;
- ops->titleTextStyle.font =NULL;
- ops->titleTextStyle.angle =0;
- ops->titleTextStyle.justify =TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT;
-
- optionTable_ = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp_, optionSpecs);
- if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp_, (char*)ops_, optionTable_, tkwin_) != TCL_OK) || (GraphObjConfigure(this, interp_, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK)) {
- valid_ =0;
- return;
- }
-
- // do this last after Tk_SetClass set
- legend_ = new Legend(this);
- crosshairs_ = new Crosshairs(this);
- postscript_ = new Postscript(this);
-
- if (createPen("active", 0, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
- valid_ =0;
- return;
- }
-
- if (createAxes() != TCL_OK) {
- valid_ =0;
- return;
- }
-
- adjustAxes();
-
- Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp_), Tk_PathName(tkwin_), -1);
-}
-
-LineGraph::~LineGraph()
-{
-}
-
-int LineGraph::createPen(const char* penName, int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- int isNew;
- Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr =
- Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&penTable_, penName, &isNew);
- if (!isNew) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp_, "pen \"", penName, "\" already exists in \"",
- Tk_PathName(tkwin_), "\"", (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Pen* penPtr = new LinePen(this, penName, hPtr);
- if (!penPtr)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, penPtr);
-
- if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp_, (char*)penPtr->ops(), penPtr->optionTable(), tkwin_) != TCL_OK) || (PenObjConfigure(this, penPtr, interp_, objc-4, objv+4) != TCL_OK)) {
- delete penPtr;
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-int LineGraph::createElement(int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- char *name = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
- if (name[0] == '-') {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp_, "name of element \"", name,
- "\" can't start with a '-'", NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- int isNew;
- Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr =
- Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&elements_.table, name, &isNew);
- if (!isNew) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp_, "element \"", name,
- "\" already exists in \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[0]),
- "\"", NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Element* elemPtr = new LineElement(this, name, hPtr);
- if (!elemPtr)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, elemPtr);
-
- if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp_, (char*)elemPtr->ops(), elemPtr->optionTable(), tkwin_) != TCL_OK) || (ElementObjConfigure(elemPtr, interp_, objc-4, objv+4) != TCL_OK)) {
- delete elemPtr;
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- elemPtr->link = elements_.displayList->append(elemPtr);
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphLine.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphLine.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ea8d2a0..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphLine.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BltGraphLine_h__
-#define __BltGraphLine_h__
-
-#include <tk.h>
-
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-
-namespace Blt {
-
- typedef struct {
- double aspect;
- Tk_3DBorder normalBg;
- int borderWidth;
- Margin margins[4];
- Tk_Cursor cursor;
- Blt::TextStyleOptions titleTextStyle;
- int reqHeight;
- XColor* highlightBgColor;
- XColor* highlightColor;
- int highlightWidth;
- int inverted;
- Tk_3DBorder plotBg;
- int plotBW;
- int xPad;
- int yPad;
- int plotRelief;
- int relief;
- ClosestSearch search;
- int stackAxes;
- const char *takeFocus; // nor used in C code
- const char *title;
- int reqWidth;
- int reqPlotWidth;
- int reqPlotHeight;
- } LineGraphOptions;
-
- class LineGraph : public Graph {
- public:
- LineGraph(ClientData, Tcl_Interp*, int objc, Tcl_Obj* const []);
- virtual ~LineGraph();
-
- int createElement(int, Tcl_Obj* const []);
- int createPen(const char*, int, Tcl_Obj* const []);
- };
-};
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphOp.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphOp.C
deleted file mode 100644
index ada2758..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphOp.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,462 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1991-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-#include "tkbltGraphLine.h"
-#include "tkbltGraphBar.h"
-#include "tkbltGraphOp.h"
-
-#include "tkbltGrAxis.h"
-#include "tkbltGrAxisOp.h"
-#include "tkbltGrElem.h"
-#include "tkbltGrElemOp.h"
-#include "tkbltGrHairs.h"
-#include "tkbltGrHairsOp.h"
-#include "tkbltGrLegd.h"
-#include "tkbltGrLegdOp.h"
-#include "tkbltGrMarker.h"
-#include "tkbltGrMarkerOp.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPostscript.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPostscriptOp.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPen.h"
-#include "tkbltGrPenOp.h"
-#include "tkbltGrXAxisOp.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-static Tcl_ObjCmdProc BarchartObjCmd;
-static Tcl_ObjCmdProc GraphObjCmd;
-
-static Axis* GetFirstAxis(Chain* chain);
-
-int GraphObjConfigure(Graph* graphPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
- int mask =0;
- int error;
- Tcl_Obj* errorResult;
-
- for (error=0; error<=1; error++) {
- if (!error) {
- if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char*)graphPtr->ops_, graphPtr->optionTable_,
- objc, objv, graphPtr->tkwin_, &savedOptions, &mask)
- != TCL_OK)
- continue;
- }
- else {
- errorResult = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
- Tcl_IncrRefCount(errorResult);
- Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
- }
-
- if (graphPtr->configure() != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- graphPtr->flags |= mask;
- graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw();
-
- break;
- }
-
- if (!error) {
- Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
- return TCL_OK;
- }
- else {
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, errorResult);
- Tcl_DecrRefCount(errorResult);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-}
-
-static int CgetOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- if (objc != 3) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "cget option");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp,
- (char*)graphPtr->ops_,
- graphPtr->optionTable_,
- objv[2], graphPtr->tkwin_);
- if (objPtr == NULL)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- else
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int ConfigureOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- if (objc <= 3) {
- Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char*)graphPtr->ops_,
- graphPtr->optionTable_,
- (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
- graphPtr->tkwin_);
- if (objPtr == NULL)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- else
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
- }
- else
- return GraphObjConfigure(graphPtr, interp, objc-2, objv+2);
-}
-
-/*
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * ExtentsOp --
- *
- * Reports the size of one of several items within the graph. The
- * following are valid items:
- *
- * "bottommargin" Height of the bottom margin
- * "leftmargin" Width of the left margin
- * "legend" x y w h of the legend
- * "plotarea" x y w h of the plotarea
- * "plotheight" Height of the plot area
- * "rightmargin" Width of the right margin
- * "topmargin" Height of the top margin
- * "plotwidth" Width of the plot area
- *
- * Results:
- * Always returns TCL_OK.
- *
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int ExtentsOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)graphPtr->ops_;
- int length;
- const char* string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &length);
- char c = string[0];
- if ((c == 'p') && (length > 4) &&
- (strncmp("plotheight", string, length) == 0)) {
- int height = graphPtr->bottom_ - graphPtr->top_ + 1;
- Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), height);
- }
- else if ((c == 'p') && (length > 4) &&
- (strncmp("plotwidth", string, length) == 0)) {
- int width = graphPtr->right_ - graphPtr->left_ + 1;
- Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), width);
- }
- else if ((c == 'p') && (length > 4) &&
- (strncmp("plotarea", string, length) == 0)) {
- Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL);
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr,
- Tcl_NewIntObj(graphPtr->left_));
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr,
- Tcl_NewIntObj(graphPtr->top_));
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewIntObj(graphPtr->right_ - graphPtr->left_+1));
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewIntObj(graphPtr->bottom_ - graphPtr->top_+1));
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr);
- }
- else if ((c == 'l') && (length > 2) &&
- (strncmp("legend", string, length) == 0)) {
- Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL);
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr,
- Tcl_NewIntObj(graphPtr->legend_->x_));
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr,
- Tcl_NewIntObj(graphPtr->legend_->y_));
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr,
- Tcl_NewIntObj(graphPtr->legend_->width_));
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr,
- Tcl_NewIntObj(graphPtr->legend_->height_));
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr);
- }
- else if ((c == 'l') && (length > 2) &&
- (strncmp("leftmargin", string, length) == 0)) {
- Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), ops->leftMargin.width);
- }
- else if ((c == 'r') && (length > 1) &&
- (strncmp("rightmargin", string, length) == 0)) {
- Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), ops->rightMargin.width);
- }
- else if ((c == 't') && (length > 1) &&
- (strncmp("topmargin", string, length) == 0)) {
- Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), ops->topMargin.height);
- }
- else if ((c == 'b') && (length > 1) &&
- (strncmp("bottommargin", string, length) == 0)) {
- Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), ops->bottomMargin.height);
- }
- else {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad extent item \"", objv[2],
- "\": should be plotheight, plotwidth, leftmargin, rightmargin, \
-topmargin, bottommargin, plotarea, or legend", (char*)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int InsideOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- if (objc != 4) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "x y");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
-
- int x;
- if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &x) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- int y;
- if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &y) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- Region2d exts;
- graphPtr->extents(&exts);
-
- int result = (x<=exts.right && x>=exts.left && y<=exts.bottom && y>=exts.top);
- Tcl_SetBooleanObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), result);
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int InvtransformOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- double x, y;
- if ((Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[2], &x) != TCL_OK) ||
- (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[3], &y) != TCL_OK))
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (graphPtr->flags & RESET)
- graphPtr->resetAxes();
-
- // Perform the reverse transformation, converting from window coordinates
- // to graph data coordinates. Note that the point is always mapped to the
- // bottom and left axes (which may not be what the user wants)
- Axis* xAxis = GetFirstAxis(graphPtr->axisChain_[0]);
- Axis* yAxis = GetFirstAxis(graphPtr->axisChain_[1]);
- Point2d point = graphPtr->invMap2D(x, y, xAxis, yAxis);
-
- Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL);
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(point.x));
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(point.y));
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr);
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int TransformOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- double x, y;
- if ((Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[2], &x) != TCL_OK) ||
- (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[3], &y) != TCL_OK))
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (graphPtr->flags & RESET)
- graphPtr->resetAxes();
-
- // Perform the transformation from window to graph coordinates. Note that
- // the points are always mapped onto the bottom and left axes (which may
- // not be the what the user wants
- Axis* xAxis = GetFirstAxis(graphPtr->axisChain_[0]);
- Axis* yAxis = GetFirstAxis(graphPtr->axisChain_[1]);
-
- Point2d point = graphPtr->map2D(x, y, xAxis, yAxis);
-
- Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL);
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewIntObj((int)point.x));
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewIntObj((int)point.y));
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr);
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static const Ensemble graphEnsemble[] = {
- {"axis", 0, Blt::axisEnsemble},
- {"bar", 0, Blt::elementEnsemble},
- {"cget", CgetOp, 0},
- {"configure", ConfigureOp, 0},
- {"crosshairs", 0, Blt::crosshairsEnsemble},
- {"element", 0, Blt::elementEnsemble},
- {"extents", ExtentsOp, 0},
- {"inside", InsideOp, 0},
- {"invtransform",InvtransformOp, 0},
- {"legend", 0, Blt::legendEnsemble},
- {"line", 0, Blt::elementEnsemble},
- {"marker", 0, Blt::markerEnsemble},
- {"pen", 0, Blt::penEnsemble},
- {"postscript", 0, Blt::postscriptEnsemble},
- {"transform", TransformOp, 0},
- {"xaxis", 0, Blt::xaxisEnsemble},
- {"yaxis", 0, Blt::xaxisEnsemble},
- {"x2axis", 0, Blt::xaxisEnsemble},
- {"y2axis", 0, Blt::xaxisEnsemble},
- { 0,0,0 }
-};
-
-// Support
-
-static Axis* GetFirstAxis(Chain* chain)
-{
- ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(chain);
- if (!link)
- return NULL;
-
- return (Axis*)Chain_GetValue(link);
-}
-
-// Tk Interface
-
-int Blt_GraphCmdInitProc(Tcl_Interp* interp)
-{
- Tcl_Namespace* nsPtr = Tcl_FindNamespace(interp, "::blt", NULL,
- TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG);
- if (nsPtr == NULL)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- {
- const char* cmdPath = "::blt::graph";
- Tcl_Command cmdToken = Tcl_FindCommand(interp, cmdPath, NULL, 0);
- if (cmdToken)
- return TCL_OK;
- cmdToken = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, cmdPath, GraphObjCmd, NULL, NULL);
- if (Tcl_Export(interp, nsPtr, "graph", 0) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- {
- const char* cmdPath = "::blt::barchart";
- Tcl_Command cmdToken = Tcl_FindCommand(interp, cmdPath, NULL, 0);
- if (cmdToken)
- return TCL_OK;
- cmdToken = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, cmdPath, BarchartObjCmd, NULL,NULL);
- if (Tcl_Export(interp, nsPtr, "barchart", 0) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int GraphObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- if (objc < 2) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "pathName ?options?");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Graph* graphPtr = new LineGraph(clientData, interp, objc, objv);
- return graphPtr->valid_ ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
-}
-
-static int BarchartObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- if (objc < 2) {
- Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "pathName ?options?");
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Graph* graphPtr = new BarGraph(clientData, interp, objc, objv);
- return graphPtr->valid_ ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
-}
-
-int GraphInstCmdProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- Tcl_Preserve(graphPtr);
- int result = graphPtr->invoke(graphEnsemble, 1, objc, objv);
- Tcl_Release(graphPtr);
- return result;
-}
-
-// called by Tcl_DeleteCommand
-void GraphInstCmdDeleteProc(ClientData clientData)
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- if (!(graphPtr->flags & GRAPH_DELETED))
- Tk_DestroyWindow(graphPtr->tkwin_);
-}
-
-void GraphEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent* eventPtr)
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
-
- if (eventPtr->type == Expose) {
- if (eventPtr->xexpose.count == 0)
- graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw();
- }
- else if (eventPtr->type == FocusIn || eventPtr->type == FocusOut) {
- if (eventPtr->xfocus.detail != NotifyInferior) {
- if (eventPtr->type == FocusIn)
- graphPtr->flags |= FOCUS;
- else
- graphPtr->flags &= ~FOCUS;
- graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw();
- }
- }
- else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
- if (!(graphPtr->flags & GRAPH_DELETED)) {
- graphPtr->flags |= GRAPH_DELETED;
- Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(graphPtr->interp_, graphPtr->cmdToken_);
- if (graphPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)
- Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayGraph, graphPtr);
- Tcl_EventuallyFree(graphPtr, DestroyGraph);
- }
- }
- else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
- graphPtr->flags |= RESET;
- graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw();
- }
-}
-
-void DisplayGraph(ClientData clientData)
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData;
- graphPtr->draw();
-}
-
-// called by Tcl_EventuallyFree and others
-void DestroyGraph(char* dataPtr)
-{
- Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)dataPtr;
- delete graphPtr;
-}
-
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphOp.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphOp.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ff3f6ef..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphOp.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1991-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BltGraphOp_h__
-#define __BltGraphOp_h__
-
-#include <tk.h>
-
-extern int GraphObjConfigure(Blt::Graph* graphPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]);
-
-extern Tcl_ObjCmdProc GraphInstCmdProc;
-extern Tcl_CmdDeleteProc GraphInstCmdDeleteProc;
-extern Tk_EventProc GraphEventProc;
-extern Tcl_IdleProc DisplayGraph;
-extern Tcl_FreeProc DestroyGraph;
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphSup.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphSup.C
deleted file mode 100644
index d5eb3d1..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphSup.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,686 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include <cmath>
-
-#include "tkbltGraph.h"
-#include "tkbltGrAxis.h"
-#include "tkbltGrElem.h"
-#include "tkbltGrLegd.h"
-#include "tkbltGrMisc.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-#define AXIS_PAD_TITLE 2
-#define ROTATE_0 0
-#define ROTATE_90 1
-#define ROTATE_180 2
-#define ROTATE_270 3
-
-/*
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * layoutGraph --
- *
- * Calculate the layout of the graph. Based upon the data, axis limits,
- * X and Y titles, and title height, determine the cavity left which is
- * the plotting surface. The first step get the data and axis limits for
- * calculating the space needed for the top, bottom, left, and right
- * margins.
- *
- * 1) The LEFT margin is the area from the left border to the Y axis
- * (not including ticks). It composes the border width, the width an
- * optional Y axis label and its padding, and the tick numeric labels.
- * The Y axis label is rotated 90 degrees so that the width is the
- * font height.
- *
- * 2) The RIGHT margin is the area from the end of the graph
- * to the right window border. It composes the border width,
- * some padding, the font height (this may be dubious. It
- * appears to provide a more even border), the max of the
- * legend width and 1/2 max X tick number. This last part is
- * so that the last tick label is not clipped.
- *
- * Window Width
- * ___________________________________________________________
- * | | | |
- * | | TOP height of title | |
- * | | | |
- * | | x2 title | |
- * | | | |
- * | | height of x2-axis | |
- * |__________|_______________________________|_______________| W
- * | | -plotpady | | i
- * |__________|_______________________________|_______________| n
- * | | top right | | d
- * | | | | o
- * | LEFT | | RIGHT | w
- * | | | |
- * | y | Free area = 104% | y2 | H
- * | | Plotting surface = 100% | | e
- * | t | Tick length = 2 + 2% | t | i
- * | i | | i | g
- * | t | | t legend| h
- * | l | | l width| t
- * | e | | e |
- * | height| |height |
- * | of | | of |
- * | y-axis| |y2-axis |
- * | | | |
- * | |origin 0,0 | |
- * |__________|_left_________________bottom___|_______________|
- * | |-plotpady | |
- * |__________|_______________________________|_______________|
- * | | (xoffset, yoffset) | |
- * | | | |
- * | | height of x-axis | |
- * | | | |
- * | | BOTTOM x title | |
- * |__________|_______________________________|_______________|
- *
- * 3) The TOP margin is the area from the top window border to the top
- * of the graph. It composes the border width, twice the height of
- * the title font (if one is given) and some padding between the
- * title.
- *
- * 4) The BOTTOM margin is area from the bottom window border to the
- * X axis (not including ticks). It composes the border width, the height
- * an optional X axis label and its padding, the height of the font
- * of the tick labels.
- *
- * The plotting area is between the margins which includes the X and Y axes
- * including the ticks but not the tick numeric labels. The length of the
- * ticks and its padding is 5% of the entire plotting area. Hence the entire
- * plotting area is scaled as 105% of the width and height of the area.
- *
- * The axis labels, ticks labels, title, and legend may or may not be
- * displayed which must be taken into account.
- *
- * if reqWidth > 0 : set outer size
- * if reqPlotWidth > 0 : set plot size
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void Graph::layoutGraph()
-{
- GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)ops_;
-
- int width = width_;
- int height = height_;
-
- // Step 1
- // Compute the amount of space needed to display the axes
- // associated with each margin. They can be overridden by
- // -leftmargin, -rightmargin, -bottommargin, and -topmargin
- // graph options, respectively.
- int left = getMarginGeometry(&ops->leftMargin);
- int right = getMarginGeometry(&ops->rightMargin);
- int top = getMarginGeometry(&ops->topMargin);
- int bottom = getMarginGeometry(&ops->bottomMargin);
-
- int pad = ops->bottomMargin.maxTickWidth;
- if (pad < ops->topMargin.maxTickWidth)
- pad = ops->topMargin.maxTickWidth;
-
- pad = pad / 2 + 3;
- if (right < pad)
- right = pad;
-
- if (left < pad)
- left = pad;
-
- pad = ops->leftMargin.maxTickHeight;
- if (pad < ops->rightMargin.maxTickHeight)
- pad = ops->rightMargin.maxTickHeight;
-
- pad = pad / 2;
- if (top < pad)
- top = pad;
-
- if (bottom < pad)
- bottom = pad;
-
- if (ops->leftMargin.reqSize > 0)
- left = ops->leftMargin.reqSize;
-
- if (ops->rightMargin.reqSize > 0)
- right = ops->rightMargin.reqSize;
-
- if (ops->topMargin.reqSize > 0)
- top = ops->topMargin.reqSize;
-
- if (ops->bottomMargin.reqSize > 0)
- bottom = ops->bottomMargin.reqSize;
-
- // Step 2
- // Add the graph title height to the top margin.
- if (ops->title)
- top += titleHeight_ + 6;
-
- int inset = (inset_ + ops->plotBW);
- int inset2 = 2 * inset;
-
- // Step 3
- // Estimate the size of the plot area from the remaining
- // space. This may be overridden by the -plotwidth and
- // -plotheight graph options. We use this to compute the
- // size of the legend.
- if (width == 0)
- width = 400;
-
- if (height == 0)
- height = 400;
-
- int plotWidth = (ops->reqPlotWidth > 0) ? ops->reqPlotWidth :
- width - (inset2 + left + right);
- int plotHeight = (ops->reqPlotHeight > 0) ? ops->reqPlotHeight :
- height - (inset2 + top + bottom);
- legend_->map(plotWidth, plotHeight);
-
- // Step 4
- // Add the legend to the appropiate margin.
- if (!legend_->isHidden()) {
- switch (legend_->position()) {
- case Legend::RIGHT:
- right += legend_->width_ + 2;
- break;
- case Legend::LEFT:
- left += legend_->width_ + 2;
- break;
- case Legend::TOP:
- top += legend_->height_ + 2;
- break;
- case Legend::BOTTOM:
- bottom += legend_->height_ + 2;
- break;
- case Legend::XY:
- case Legend::PLOT:
- break;
- }
- }
-
- // Recompute the plotarea or graph size, now accounting for the legend.
- if (ops->reqPlotWidth == 0) {
- plotWidth = width - (inset2 + left + right);
- if (plotWidth < 1)
- plotWidth = 1;
- }
- if (ops->reqPlotHeight == 0) {
- plotHeight = height - (inset2 + top + bottom);
- if (plotHeight < 1)
- plotHeight = 1;
- }
-
- // Step 5
- // If necessary, correct for the requested plot area aspect ratio.
- if ((ops->reqPlotWidth == 0) && (ops->reqPlotHeight == 0) &&
- (ops->aspect > 0.0)) {
- double ratio;
-
- // Shrink one dimension of the plotarea to fit the requested
- // width/height aspect ratio.
- ratio = plotWidth / plotHeight;
- if (ratio > ops->aspect) {
- // Shrink the width
- int scaledWidth = (int)(plotHeight * ops->aspect);
- if (scaledWidth < 1)
- scaledWidth = 1;
-
- // Add the difference to the right margin.
- // CHECK THIS: w = scaledWidth
- right += (plotWidth - scaledWidth);
- }
- else {
- // Shrink the height
- int scaledHeight = (int)(plotWidth / ops->aspect);
- if (scaledHeight < 1)
- scaledHeight = 1;
-
- // Add the difference to the top margin
- // CHECK THIS: h = scaledHeight;
- top += (plotHeight - scaledHeight);
- }
- }
-
- // Step 6
- // If there's multiple axes in a margin, the axis titles will be
- // displayed in the adjoining margins. Make sure there's room
- // for the longest axis titles.
- if (top < ops->leftMargin.axesTitleLength)
- top = ops->leftMargin.axesTitleLength;
-
- if (right < ops->bottomMargin.axesTitleLength)
- right = ops->bottomMargin.axesTitleLength;
-
- if (top < ops->rightMargin.axesTitleLength)
- top = ops->rightMargin.axesTitleLength;
-
- if (right < ops->topMargin.axesTitleLength)
- right = ops->topMargin.axesTitleLength;
-
- // Step 7
- // Override calculated values with requested margin sizes.
- if (ops->leftMargin.reqSize > 0)
- left = ops->leftMargin.reqSize;
-
- if (ops->rightMargin.reqSize > 0)
- right = ops->rightMargin.reqSize;
-
- if (ops->topMargin.reqSize > 0)
- top = ops->topMargin.reqSize;
-
- if (ops->bottomMargin.reqSize > 0)
- bottom = ops->bottomMargin.reqSize;
-
- if (ops->reqPlotWidth > 0) {
- // Width of plotarea is constained. If there's extra space, add it to
- // the left and/or right margins. If there's too little, grow the
- // graph width to accomodate it.
- int w = plotWidth + inset2 + left + right;
-
- // Extra space in window
- if (width > w) {
- int extra = (width - w) / 2;
- if (ops->leftMargin.reqSize == 0) {
- left += extra;
- if (ops->rightMargin.reqSize == 0)
- right += extra;
- else
- left += extra;
- }
- else if (ops->rightMargin.reqSize == 0)
- right += extra + extra;
- }
- else if (width < w)
- width = w;
- }
-
- // Constrain the plotarea height
- if (ops->reqPlotHeight > 0) {
-
- // Height of plotarea is constained. If there's extra space,
- // add it to th top and/or bottom margins. If there's too little,
- // grow the graph height to accomodate it.
- int h = plotHeight + inset2 + top + bottom;
-
- // Extra space in window
- if (height > h) {
- int extra = (height - h) / 2;
- if (ops->topMargin.reqSize == 0) {
- top += extra;
- if (ops->bottomMargin.reqSize == 0)
- bottom += extra;
- else
- top += extra;
- }
- else if (ops->bottomMargin.reqSize == 0)
- bottom += extra + extra;
- }
- else if (height < h)
- height = h;
- }
-
- width_ = width;
- height_ = height;
- left_ = left + inset;
- top_ = top + inset;
- right_ = width - right - inset;
- bottom_ = height - bottom - inset;
-
- ops->leftMargin.width = left + inset_;
- ops->rightMargin.width = right + inset_;
- ops->topMargin.height = top + inset_;
- ops->bottomMargin.height = bottom + inset_;
-
- vOffset_ = top_ + ops->yPad;
- vRange_ = plotHeight - 2*ops->yPad;
- hOffset_ = left_ + ops->xPad;
- hRange_ = plotWidth - 2*ops->xPad;
-
- if (vRange_ < 1)
- vRange_ = 1;
-
- if (hRange_ < 1)
- hRange_ = 1;
-
- hScale_ = 1.0 / hRange_;
- vScale_ = 1.0 / vRange_;
-
- // Calculate the placement of the graph title so it is centered within the
- // space provided for it in the top margin
- titleY_ = 3 + inset_;
- titleX_ = (right_ + left_) / 2;
-}
-
-int Graph::getMarginGeometry(Margin *marginPtr)
-{
- GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)ops_;
- int isHoriz = !(marginPtr->site & 0x1); /* Even sites are horizontal */
-
- // Count the visible axes.
- unsigned int nVisible = 0;
- unsigned int l =0;
- int w =0;
- int h =0;
-
- marginPtr->maxTickWidth =0;
- marginPtr->maxTickHeight =0;
-
- if (ops->stackAxes) {
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(marginPtr->axes); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- Axis* axisPtr = (Axis*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)axisPtr->ops();
- if (!ops->hide && axisPtr->use_) {
- nVisible++;
- axisPtr->getGeometry();
-
- if (isHoriz) {
- if (h < axisPtr->height_)
- h = axisPtr->height_;
- }
- else {
- if (w < axisPtr->width_)
- w = axisPtr->width_;
- }
- if (axisPtr->maxTickWidth_ > marginPtr->maxTickWidth)
- marginPtr->maxTickWidth = axisPtr->maxTickWidth_;
-
- if (axisPtr->maxTickHeight_ > marginPtr->maxTickHeight)
- marginPtr->maxTickHeight = axisPtr->maxTickHeight_;
- }
- }
- }
- else {
- for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(marginPtr->axes); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- Axis* axisPtr = (Axis*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)axisPtr->ops();
- if (!ops->hide && axisPtr->use_) {
- nVisible++;
- axisPtr->getGeometry();
-
- if ((ops->titleAlternate) && (l < axisPtr->titleWidth_))
- l = axisPtr->titleWidth_;
-
- if (isHoriz)
- h += axisPtr->height_;
- else
- w += axisPtr->width_;
-
- if (axisPtr->maxTickWidth_ > marginPtr->maxTickWidth)
- marginPtr->maxTickWidth = axisPtr->maxTickWidth_;
-
- if (axisPtr->maxTickHeight_ > marginPtr->maxTickHeight)
- marginPtr->maxTickHeight = axisPtr->maxTickHeight_;
- }
- }
- }
- // Enforce a minimum size for margins.
- if (w < 3)
- w = 3;
-
- if (h < 3)
- h = 3;
-
- marginPtr->nAxes = nVisible;
- marginPtr->axesTitleLength = l;
- marginPtr->width = w;
- marginPtr->height = h;
- marginPtr->axesOffset = (isHoriz) ? h : w;
- return marginPtr->axesOffset;
-}
-
-void Graph::getTextExtents(Tk_Font font, const char *text, int textLen,
- int* ww, int* hh)
-{
- if (!text) {
- *ww =0;
- *hh =0;
- return;
- }
-
- Tk_FontMetrics fm;
- Tk_GetFontMetrics(font, &fm);
- int lineHeight = fm.linespace;
-
- if (textLen < 0)
- textLen = strlen(text);
-
- int maxWidth =0;
- int maxHeight =0;
- int lineLen =0;
- const char *line =NULL;
- const char *p, *pend;
- for (p =line=text, pend=text+textLen; p<pend; p++) {
- if (*p == '\n') {
- if (lineLen > 0) {
- int lineWidth = Tk_TextWidth(font, line, lineLen);
- if (lineWidth > maxWidth)
- maxWidth = lineWidth;
- }
- maxHeight += lineHeight;
- line = p + 1; /* Point to the start of the next line. */
- lineLen = 0; /* Reset counter to indicate the start of a
- * new line. */
- continue;
- }
- lineLen++;
- }
-
- if ((lineLen > 0) && (*(p - 1) != '\n')) {
- maxHeight += lineHeight;
- int lineWidth = Tk_TextWidth(font, line, lineLen);
- if (lineWidth > maxWidth)
- maxWidth = lineWidth;
- }
-
- *ww = maxWidth;
- *hh = maxHeight;
-}
-
-/*
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Computes the dimensions of the bounding box surrounding a rectangle
- * rotated about its center. If pointArr isn't NULL, the coordinates of
- * the rotated rectangle are also returned.
- *
- * The dimensions are determined by rotating the rectangle, and doubling
- * the maximum x-coordinate and y-coordinate.
- *
- * w = 2 * maxX, h = 2 * maxY
- *
- * Since the rectangle is centered at 0,0, the coordinates of the
- * bounding box are (-w/2,-h/2 w/2,-h/2, w/2,h/2 -w/2,h/2).
- *
- * 0 ------- 1
- * | |
- * | x |
- * | |
- * 3 ------- 2
- *
- * Results:
- * The width and height of the bounding box containing the rotated
- * rectangle are returned.
- *
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-void Graph::getBoundingBox(int width, int height, double angle,
- double *rotWidthPtr, double *rotHeightPtr,
- Point2d *bbox)
-{
- angle = fmod(angle, 360.0);
- if (fmod(angle, 90.0) == 0.0) {
- int ll, ur, ul, lr;
- double rotWidth, rotHeight;
-
- // Handle right-angle rotations specially
- int quadrant = (int)(angle / 90.0);
- switch (quadrant) {
- case ROTATE_270:
- ul = 3, ur = 0, lr = 1, ll = 2;
- rotWidth = (double)height;
- rotHeight = (double)width;
- break;
- case ROTATE_90:
- ul = 1, ur = 2, lr = 3, ll = 0;
- rotWidth = (double)height;
- rotHeight = (double)width;
- break;
- case ROTATE_180:
- ul = 2, ur = 3, lr = 0, ll = 1;
- rotWidth = (double)width;
- rotHeight = (double)height;
- break;
- default:
- case ROTATE_0:
- ul = 0, ur = 1, lr = 2, ll = 3;
- rotWidth = (double)width;
- rotHeight = (double)height;
- break;
- }
- if (bbox) {
- double x = rotWidth * 0.5;
- double y = rotHeight * 0.5;
- bbox[ll].x = bbox[ul].x = -x;
- bbox[ur].y = bbox[ul].y = -y;
- bbox[lr].x = bbox[ur].x = x;
- bbox[ll].y = bbox[lr].y = y;
- }
- *rotWidthPtr = rotWidth;
- *rotHeightPtr = rotHeight;
- return;
- }
-
- // Set the four corners of the rectangle whose center is the origin
- Point2d corner[4];
- corner[1].x = corner[2].x = (double)width * 0.5;
- corner[0].x = corner[3].x = -corner[1].x;
- corner[2].y = corner[3].y = (double)height * 0.5;
- corner[0].y = corner[1].y = -corner[2].y;
-
- double radians = (-angle / 180.0) * M_PI;
- double sinTheta = sin(radians);
- double cosTheta = cos(radians);
- double xMax =0;
- double yMax =0;
-
- // Rotate the four corners and find the maximum X and Y coordinates
- for (int ii=0; ii<4; ii++) {
- double x = (corner[ii].x * cosTheta) - (corner[ii].y * sinTheta);
- double y = (corner[ii].x * sinTheta) + (corner[ii].y * cosTheta);
- if (x > xMax)
- xMax = x;
-
- if (y > yMax)
- yMax = y;
-
- if (bbox) {
- bbox[ii].x = x;
- bbox[ii].y = y;
- }
- }
-
- // By symmetry, the width and height of the bounding box are twice the
- // maximum x and y coordinates.
- *rotWidthPtr = xMax + xMax;
- *rotHeightPtr = yMax + yMax;
-}
-
-/*
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Blt_AnchorPoint --
- *
- * Translates a position, using both the dimensions of the bounding box,
- * and the anchor direction, returning the coordinates of the upper-left
- * corner of the box. The anchor indicates where the given x-y position
- * is in relation to the bounding box.
- *
- * 7 nw --- 0 n --- 1 ne
- * | |
- * 6 w 8 center 2 e
- * | |
- * 5 sw --- 4 s --- 3 se
- *
- * The coordinates returned are translated to the origin of the bounding
- * box (suitable for giving to XCopyArea, XCopyPlane, etc.)
- *
- * Results:
- * The translated coordinates of the bounding box are returned.
- *
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-Point2d Graph::anchorPoint(double x, double y, double w, double h,
- Tk_Anchor anchor)
-{
- Point2d t;
-
- switch (anchor) {
- case TK_ANCHOR_NW: /* 7 Upper left corner */
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_W: /* 6 Left center */
- y -= (h * 0.5);
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_SW: /* 5 Lower left corner */
- y -= h;
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_N: /* 0 Top center */
- x -= (w * 0.5);
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER: /* 8 Center */
- x -= (w * 0.5);
- y -= (h * 0.5);
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_S: /* 4 Bottom center */
- x -= (w * 0.5);
- y -= h;
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_NE: /* 1 Upper right corner */
- x -= w;
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_E: /* 2 Right center */
- x -= w;
- y -= (h * 0.5);
- break;
- case TK_ANCHOR_SE: /* 3 Lower right corner */
- x -= w;
- y -= h;
- break;
- }
-
- t.x = x;
- t.y = y;
- return t;
-}
-
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltInt.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltInt.C
deleted file mode 100644
index 3f9c3ac..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltInt.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1991-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <tk.h>
-#include <iostream>
-using namespace std;
-
-extern "C" {
-DLLEXPORT Tcl_AppInitProc Tkblt_Init;
-DLLEXPORT Tcl_AppInitProc Tkblt_SafeInit;
-};
-
-Tcl_AppInitProc Blt_VectorCmdInitProc;
-Tcl_AppInitProc Blt_GraphCmdInitProc;
-
-#include "tkbltStubInit.c"
-
-DLLEXPORT int Tkblt_Init(Tcl_Interp* interp)
-{
- Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr;
-
- if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, TCL_PATCH_LEVEL, 0) == NULL)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- if (Tk_InitStubs(interp, TK_PATCH_LEVEL, 0) == NULL)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- nsPtr = Tcl_FindNamespace(interp, "::blt", (Tcl_Namespace *)NULL, 0);
- if (nsPtr == NULL) {
- nsPtr = Tcl_CreateNamespace(interp, "::blt", NULL, NULL);
- if (nsPtr == NULL)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- if (Blt_VectorCmdInitProc(interp) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- if (Blt_GraphCmdInitProc(interp) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (Tcl_PkgProvideEx(interp, PACKAGE_NAME, PACKAGE_VERSION, (ClientData)&tkbltStubs) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-DLLEXPORT int Tkblt_SafeInit(Tcl_Interp* interp)
-{
- return Tkblt_Init(interp);
-}
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltInt.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltInt.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2bf96ee..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltInt.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 2017 Patzschke+Rasp Software GmbH
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __TKBLT_INT_H__
-
-#if defined(_MSC_VER)
-
-#include <limits>
-
-#if !defined(NAN)
-#define NAN (std::numeric_limits<double>::quiet_NaN())
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(isnan)
-#define isnan(x) _isnan(x)
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(isfinite)
-#define isfinite(x) _finite(x)
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(isinf)
-#define isinf(x) !_finite(x)
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(numeric_limits)
-#define numeric_limits(x) _numeric_limits(x)
-#endif
-
-#if _MSC_VER < 1900
-#define snprintf _snprintf
-#else
-#include <stdio.h> //sprintf
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _MSC_VER */
-
-#endif /* __TKBLT_INT_H__ */
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltNsUtil.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltNsUtil.C
deleted file mode 100644
index f2ecfa3..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltNsUtil.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1997-2008 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifdef __CYGWIN__
-extern "C" {
-#include <tclInt.h>
-}
-#else
-#include <tclInt.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "tkbltNsUtil.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-Tcl_Namespace* Blt::GetCommandNamespace(Tcl_Command cmdToken)
-{
- Command* cmdPtr = (Command*)cmdToken;
- return (Tcl_Namespace *)cmdPtr->nsPtr;
-}
-
-int Blt::ParseObjectName(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *path,
- Blt_ObjectName *namePtr, unsigned int flags)
-{
- namePtr->nsPtr = NULL;
- namePtr->name = NULL;
- char* colon = NULL;
-
- /* Find the last namespace separator in the qualified name. */
- char* last = (char *)(path + strlen(path));
- while (--last > path) {
- if ((*last == ':') && (*(last - 1) == ':')) {
- last++; /* just after the last "::" */
- colon = last - 2;
- break;
- }
- }
- if (colon == NULL) {
- namePtr->name = path;
- if ((flags & BLT_NO_DEFAULT_NS) == 0) {
- namePtr->nsPtr = Tcl_GetCurrentNamespace(interp);
- }
- return 1; /* No namespace designated in name. */
- }
-
- /* Separate the namespace and the object name. */
- *colon = '\0';
- if (path[0] == '\0') {
- namePtr->nsPtr = Tcl_GetGlobalNamespace(interp);
- } else {
- namePtr->nsPtr = Tcl_FindNamespace(interp, (char *)path, NULL,
- (flags & BLT_NO_ERROR_MSG) ? 0 : TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG);
- }
- /* Repair the string. */ *colon = ':';
-
- if (namePtr->nsPtr == NULL) {
- return 0; /* Namespace doesn't exist. */
- }
- namePtr->name =last;
- return 1;
-}
-
-char* Blt::MakeQualifiedName(Blt_ObjectName *namePtr, Tcl_DString *resultPtr)
-{
- Tcl_DStringInit(resultPtr);
- if ((namePtr->nsPtr->fullName[0] != ':') ||
- (namePtr->nsPtr->fullName[1] != ':') ||
- (namePtr->nsPtr->fullName[2] != '\0')) {
- Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, namePtr->nsPtr->fullName, -1);
- }
- Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, "::", -1);
- Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, (char *)namePtr->name, -1);
- return Tcl_DStringValue(resultPtr);
-}
-
-static Tcl_Namespace* NamespaceOfVariable(Var *varPtr)
-{
- if (varPtr->flags & VAR_IN_HASHTABLE) {
- VarInHash *vhashPtr = (VarInHash *)varPtr;
- TclVarHashTable *vtablePtr;
-
- vtablePtr = (TclVarHashTable *)vhashPtr->entry.tablePtr;
- return (Tcl_Namespace*)(vtablePtr->nsPtr);
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-Tcl_Namespace* Blt::GetVariableNamespace(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *path)
-{
- Blt_ObjectName objName;
- if (!ParseObjectName(interp, path, &objName, BLT_NO_DEFAULT_NS))
- return NULL;
-
- if (objName.nsPtr == NULL) {
- Var*varPtr = (Var*)Tcl_FindNamespaceVar(interp, (char *)path,
- (Tcl_Namespace *)NULL,
- TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
- if (varPtr)
- return NamespaceOfVariable(varPtr);
-
- }
- return objName.nsPtr;
-}
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltNsUtil.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltNsUtil.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 950a48a..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltNsUtil.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
- * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
- * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
- * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use,
- * copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
- * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
- * conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
- * KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE
- * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
- * PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
- * OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
- * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
- * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
- * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef BLT_NS_UTIL_H
-#define BLT_NS_UTIL_H 1
-
-#define NS_SEARCH_NONE (0)
-#define NS_SEARCH_CURRENT (1<<0)
-#define NS_SEARCH_GLOBAL (1<<1)
-#define NS_SEARCH_BOTH (NS_SEARCH_GLOBAL | NS_SEARCH_CURRENT)
-
-#define BLT_NO_DEFAULT_NS (1<<0)
-#define BLT_NO_ERROR_MSG (1<<1)
-
-namespace Blt {
-
- typedef struct {
- const char *name;
- Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr;
- } Blt_ObjectName;
-
- extern Tcl_Namespace* GetVariableNamespace(Tcl_Interp* interp,
- const char *varName);
-
- extern Tcl_Namespace* GetCommandNamespace(Tcl_Command cmdToken);
-
- extern int ParseObjectName(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *name,
- Blt_ObjectName *objNamePtr,
- unsigned int flags);
-
- extern char* MakeQualifiedName(Blt_ObjectName *objNamePtr,
- Tcl_DString *resultPtr);
-};
-
-#endif /* BLT_NS_UTIL_H */
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltOp.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltOp.C
deleted file mode 100644
index 4199a44..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltOp.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,171 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1991-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include "tkbltOp.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-static int BinaryOpSearch(Blt_OpSpec *specs, int nSpecs, const char *string,
- int length)
-{
- int low = 0;
- int high = nSpecs - 1;
- char c = string[0];
- while (low <= high) {
- int median = (low + high) >> 1;
- Blt_OpSpec *specPtr = specs + median;
-
- /* Test the first character */
- int compare = c - specPtr->name[0];
- if (compare == 0) {
- /* Now test the entire string */
- compare = strncmp(string, specPtr->name, length);
- if (compare == 0) {
- if ((int)length < specPtr->minChars) {
- return -2; /* Ambiguous operation name */
- }
- }
- }
- if (compare < 0) {
- high = median - 1;
- } else if (compare > 0) {
- low = median + 1;
- } else {
- return median; /* Op found. */
- }
- }
- return -1; /* Can't find operation */
-}
-
-static int LinearOpSearch(Blt_OpSpec *specs, int nSpecs, const char *string,
- int length)
-{
- char c = string[0];
- int nMatches = 0;
- int last = -1;
- int i =0;
- for (Blt_OpSpec *specPtr = specs; i<nSpecs; i++, specPtr++) {
- if ((c == specPtr->name[0]) &&
- (strncmp(string, specPtr->name, length) == 0)) {
- last = i;
- nMatches++;
- if ((int)length == specPtr->minChars) {
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- if (nMatches > 1)
- return -2; /* Ambiguous operation name */
-
- if (nMatches == 0)
- return -1; /* Can't find operation */
-
- return last; /* Op found. */
-}
-
-void* Blt::GetOpFromObj(Tcl_Interp* interp, int nSpecs, Blt_OpSpec *specs,
- int operPos, int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[],
- int flags)
-{
- Blt_OpSpec *specPtr;
- int n;
-
- if (objc <= operPos) { /* No operation argument */
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: ", (char *)NULL);
- usage:
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "should be one of...", (char *)NULL);
- for (n = 0; n < nSpecs; n++) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n ", (char *)NULL);
- for (int ii = 0; ii < operPos; ii++) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[ii]), " ",
- (char *)NULL);
- }
- specPtr = specs + n;
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, specPtr->name, " ", specPtr->usage,
- (char *)NULL);
- }
- return NULL;
- }
-
- int length;
- const char* string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[operPos], &length);
- if (flags & BLT_OP_LINEAR_SEARCH)
- n = LinearOpSearch(specs, nSpecs, string, length);
- else
- n = BinaryOpSearch(specs, nSpecs, string, length);
-
- if (n == -2) {
- char c;
-
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "ambiguous", (char *)NULL);
- if (operPos > 2) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " ", Tcl_GetString(objv[operPos - 1]),
- (char *)NULL);
- }
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " operation \"", string, "\" matches: ",
- (char *)NULL);
-
- c = string[0];
- for (n = 0; n < nSpecs; n++) {
- specPtr = specs + n;
- if ((c == specPtr->name[0]) &&
- (strncmp(string, specPtr->name, length) == 0)) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " ", specPtr->name, (char *)NULL);
- }
- }
- return NULL;
-
- } else if (n == -1) { /* Can't find operation, display help */
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad", (char *)NULL);
- if (operPos > 2) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " ", Tcl_GetString(objv[operPos - 1]),
- (char *)NULL);
- }
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " operation \"", string, "\": ", (char *)NULL);
- goto usage;
- }
- specPtr = specs + n;
- if ((objc < specPtr->minArgs) ||
- ((specPtr->maxArgs > 0) && (objc > specPtr->maxArgs))) {
- int i;
-
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", (char *)NULL);
- for (i = 0; i < operPos; i++) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), " ",
- (char *)NULL);
- }
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, specPtr->name, " ", specPtr->usage, "\"",
- (char *)NULL);
- return NULL;
- }
- return specPtr->proc;
-}
-
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltOp.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltOp.h
deleted file mode 100644
index fc9ffb7..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltOp.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
- * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
- * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
- * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use,
- * copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
- * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
- * conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
- * KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE
- * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
- * PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
- * OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
- * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
- * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
- * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BltOp_h__
-#define __BltOp_h__
-
-#include <tk.h>
-
-#define BLT_OP_BINARY_SEARCH 0
-#define BLT_OP_LINEAR_SEARCH 1
-
-namespace Blt {
-
- typedef struct {
- const char *name; /* Name of operation */
- int minChars; /* Minimum # characters to disambiguate */
- void *proc;
- int minArgs; /* Minimum # args required */
- int maxArgs; /* Maximum # args required */
- const char *usage; /* Usage message */
- } Blt_OpSpec;
-
- typedef enum {
- BLT_OP_ARG0, /* Op is the first argument. */
- BLT_OP_ARG1, /* Op is the second argument. */
- BLT_OP_ARG2, /* Op is the third argument. */
- BLT_OP_ARG3, /* Op is the fourth argument. */
- BLT_OP_ARG4 /* Op is the fifth argument. */
-
- } Blt_OpIndex;
-
- void *GetOpFromObj(Tcl_Interp* interp, int nSpecs,
- Blt_OpSpec *specs, int operPos, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj* const objv[], int flags);
-};
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltParse.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltParse.C
deleted file mode 100644
index 095b16a..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltParse.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,388 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- *
- * This file is copied from tclParse.c in the TCL library distribution.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1987-1993 The Regents of the University of
- * California.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- */
-
-/*
- * Since TCL 8.1.0 these routines have been replaced by ones that
- * generate byte-codes. But since these routines are used in vector
- * expressions, where no such byte-compilation is necessary, I now
- * include them. In fact, the byte-compiled versions would be slower
- * since the compiled code typically runs only one time.
- */
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include <iostream>
-#include <sstream>
-#include <iomanip>
-using namespace std;
-
-#include <tcl.h>
-
-#include "tkbltParse.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-/*
- * A table used to classify input characters to assist in parsing
- * TCL commands. The table should be indexed with a signed character
- * using the CHAR_TYPE macro. The character may have a negative
- * value. The CHAR_TYPE macro takes a pointer to a signed character
- * and a pointer to the last character in the source string. If the
- * src pointer is pointing at the terminating null of the string,
- * CHAR_TYPE returns TCL_COMMAND_END.
- */
-
-#define STATIC_STRING_SPACE 150
-#define TCL_NORMAL 0x01
-#define TCL_SPACE 0x02
-#define TCL_COMMAND_END 0x04
-#define TCL_QUOTE 0x08
-#define TCL_OPEN_BRACKET 0x10
-#define TCL_OPEN_BRACE 0x20
-#define TCL_CLOSE_BRACE 0x40
-#define TCL_BACKSLASH 0x80
-#define TCL_DOLLAR 0x00
-
-/*
- * The following table assigns a type to each character. Only types
- * meaningful to TCL parsing are represented here. The table is
- * designed to be referenced with either signed or unsigned characters,
- * so it has 384 entries. The first 128 entries correspond to negative
- * character values, the next 256 correspond to positive character
- * values. The last 128 entries are identical to the first 128. The
- * table is always indexed with a 128-byte offset (the 128th entry
- * corresponds to a 0 character value).
- */
-
-static unsigned char tclTypeTable[] =
-{
- /*
- * Negative character values, from -128 to -1:
- */
-
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
-
- /*
- * Positive character values, from 0-127:
- */
-
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_SPACE, TCL_COMMAND_END, TCL_SPACE,
- TCL_SPACE, TCL_SPACE, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_SPACE, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_QUOTE, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_DOLLAR, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_COMMAND_END,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_OPEN_BRACKET,
- TCL_BACKSLASH, TCL_COMMAND_END, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_OPEN_BRACE,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_CLOSE_BRACE, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
-
- /*
- * Large unsigned character values, from 128-255:
- */
-
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
- TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL,
-};
-
-#define CHAR_TYPE(src,last) \
- (((src)==(last))?TCL_COMMAND_END:(tclTypeTable+128)[(int)*(src)])
-
-int Blt::ParseNestedCmd(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *string,
- int flags, const char **termPtr, ParseValue *parsePtr)
-
-{
- return TCL_ERROR;
-}
-
-int Blt::ParseBraces(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *string,
- const char **termPtr, ParseValue *parsePtr)
-{
- int level;
- const char *src;
- char *dest, *end;
- char c;
- const char *lastChar = string + strlen(string);
-
- src = string;
- dest = parsePtr->next;
- end = parsePtr->end;
- level = 1;
-
- /*
- * Copy the characters one at a time to the result area, stopping
- * when the matching close-brace is found.
- */
-
- for (;;) {
- c = *src;
- src++;
-
- if (dest == end) {
- parsePtr->next = dest;
- (*parsePtr->expandProc) (parsePtr, 20);
- dest = parsePtr->next;
- end = parsePtr->end;
- }
- *dest = c;
- dest++;
-
- if (CHAR_TYPE(src - 1, lastChar) == TCL_NORMAL) {
- continue;
- } else if (c == '{') {
- level++;
- } else if (c == '}') {
- level--;
- if (level == 0) {
- dest--; /* Don't copy the last close brace. */
- break;
- }
- } else if (c == '\\') {
- int count;
-
- /*
- * Must always squish out backslash-newlines, even when in
- * braces. This is needed so that this sequence can appear
- * anywhere in a command, such as the middle of an expression.
- */
-
- if (*src == '\n') {
- dest[-1] = Tcl_Backslash(src - 1, &count);
- src += count - 1;
- } else {
- Tcl_Backslash(src - 1, &count);
- while (count > 1) {
- if (dest == end) {
- parsePtr->next = dest;
- (*parsePtr->expandProc) (parsePtr, 20);
- dest = parsePtr->next;
- end = parsePtr->end;
- }
- *dest = *src;
- dest++;
- src++;
- count--;
- }
- }
- } else if (c == '\0') {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "missing close-brace", (char *)NULL);
- *termPtr = string - 1;
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- }
-
- *dest = '\0';
- parsePtr->next = dest;
- *termPtr = src;
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-void Blt::ExpandParseValue(ParseValue *parsePtr, int needed)
-
-{
- /*
- * Either double the size of the buffer or add enough new space
- * to meet the demand, whichever produces a larger new buffer.
- */
- int size = (parsePtr->end - parsePtr->buffer) + 1;
- if (size < needed)
- size += needed;
- else
- size += size;
-
- char* buffer = (char*)malloc((unsigned int)size);
-
- /*
- * Copy from old buffer to new, free old buffer if needed, and
- * mark new buffer as malloc-ed.
- */
- memcpy((VOID *) buffer, (VOID *) parsePtr->buffer,
- (size_t) (parsePtr->next - parsePtr->buffer));
- parsePtr->next = buffer + (parsePtr->next - parsePtr->buffer);
- if (parsePtr->clientData != 0) {
- free(parsePtr->buffer);
- }
- parsePtr->buffer = buffer;
- parsePtr->end = buffer + size - 1;
- parsePtr->clientData = (ClientData)1;
-}
-
-int Blt::ParseQuotes(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *string, int termChar,
- int flags, const char **termPtr, ParseValue *parsePtr)
-{
- const char *src;
- char *dest, c;
- const char *lastChar = string + strlen(string);
-
- src = string;
- dest = parsePtr->next;
-
- for (;;) {
- if (dest == parsePtr->end) {
- /*
- * Target buffer space is about to run out. Make more space.
- */
- parsePtr->next = dest;
- (*parsePtr->expandProc) (parsePtr, 1);
- dest = parsePtr->next;
- }
- c = *src;
- src++;
- if (c == termChar) {
- *dest = '\0';
- parsePtr->next = dest;
- *termPtr = src;
- return TCL_OK;
- } else if (CHAR_TYPE(src - 1, lastChar) == TCL_NORMAL) {
- copy:
- *dest = c;
- dest++;
- continue;
- } else if (c == '$') {
- int length;
- const char *value;
-
- value = Tcl_ParseVar(interp, src - 1, termPtr);
- if (value == NULL) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- src = *termPtr;
- length = strlen(value);
- if ((parsePtr->end - dest) <= length) {
- parsePtr->next = dest;
- (*parsePtr->expandProc) (parsePtr, length);
- dest = parsePtr->next;
- }
- strcpy(dest, value);
- dest += length;
- continue;
- } else if (c == '[') {
- int result;
-
- parsePtr->next = dest;
- result = ParseNestedCmd(interp, src, flags, termPtr, parsePtr);
- if (result != TCL_OK) {
- return result;
- }
- src = *termPtr;
- dest = parsePtr->next;
- continue;
- } else if (c == '\\') {
- int nRead;
-
- src--;
- *dest = Tcl_Backslash(src, &nRead);
- dest++;
- src += nRead;
- continue;
- } else if (c == '\0') {
- Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
- ostringstream str;
- str << "missing " << termChar << ends;
- Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), str.str().c_str(), 9);
- *termPtr = string - 1;
- return TCL_ERROR;
- } else {
- goto copy;
- }
- }
-}
-
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltParse.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltParse.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ee215a5..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltParse.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef _BLT_PARSE_H
-#define _BLT_PARSE_H
-
-namespace Blt {
-
- typedef struct _ParseValue ParseValue;
- struct _ParseValue {
- char *buffer;
- char *next;
- char *end;
- void (*expandProc)(ParseValue *pvPtr, int needed);
- ClientData clientData;
- };
-
- extern int ParseBraces(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *string,
- const char **termPtr, ParseValue *pvPtr);
- extern int ParseNestedCmd(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *string,
- int flags, const char **termPtr,
- ParseValue *pvPtr);
- extern int ParseQuotes(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *string,
- int termChar, int flags, const char **termPtr,
- ParseValue * pvPtr);
- extern void ExpandParseValue(ParseValue *pvPtr, int needed);
-}
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltStubInit.c b/tkblt/generic/tkbltStubInit.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 354b7f1..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltStubInit.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-#include "tkbltVector.h"
-
-/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */
-
-const TkbltStubs tkbltStubs = {
- TCL_STUB_MAGIC,
- 0,
- Blt_CreateVector, /* 0 */
- Blt_CreateVector2, /* 1 */
- Blt_DeleteVectorByName, /* 2 */
- Blt_DeleteVector, /* 3 */
- Blt_GetVector, /* 4 */
- Blt_GetVectorFromObj, /* 5 */
- Blt_ResetVector, /* 6 */
- Blt_ResizeVector, /* 7 */
- Blt_VectorExists, /* 8 */
- Blt_VectorExists2, /* 9 */
- Blt_AllocVectorId, /* 10 */
- Blt_GetVectorById, /* 11 */
- Blt_SetVectorChangedProc, /* 12 */
- Blt_FreeVectorId, /* 13 */
- Blt_NameOfVectorId, /* 14 */
- Blt_NameOfVector, /* 15 */
- Blt_ExprVector, /* 16 */
- Blt_InstallIndexProc, /* 17 */
- Blt_VecMin, /* 18 */
- Blt_VecMax, /* 19 */
-};
-
-/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltStubLib.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltStubLib.C
deleted file mode 100644
index e973063..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltStubLib.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef USE_TCL_STUBS
-#define USE_TCL_STUBS
-#endif
-
-#include <tcl.h>
-
-ClientData tkbltStubsPtr =NULL;
-
-const char* Tkblt_InitStubs(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char* version, int exact)
-{
- const char* actualVersion =
- Tcl_PkgRequireEx(interp, "tkblt", version, exact, &tkbltStubsPtr);
-
- return (actualVersion && tkbltStubsPtr) ? actualVersion : NULL;
-}
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltSwitch.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltSwitch.C
deleted file mode 100644
index bb80663..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltSwitch.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,407 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1991-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <string.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#include <iostream>
-#include <sstream>
-#include <iomanip>
-using namespace std;
-
-#include <tcl.h>
-
-#include "tkbltSwitch.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-#define COUNT_NNEG 0
-#define COUNT_POS 1
-#define COUNT_ANY 2
-
-static char* Blt_Strdup(const char *string)
-{
- size_t size = strlen(string) + 1;
- char* ptr = (char*)malloc(size * sizeof(char));
- if (ptr != NULL) {
- strcpy(ptr, string);
- }
- return ptr;
-}
-
-static int Blt_GetCountFromObj(Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int check,
- long *valuePtr)
-{
- long count;
- if (Tcl_GetLongFromObj(interp, objPtr, &count) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- switch (check) {
- case COUNT_NNEG:
- if (count < 0) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad value \"", Tcl_GetString(objPtr),
- "\": can't be negative", (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- break;
- case COUNT_POS:
- if (count <= 0) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad value \"", Tcl_GetString(objPtr),
- "\": must be positive", (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- break;
- case COUNT_ANY:
- break;
- }
- *valuePtr = count;
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static void DoHelp(Tcl_Interp* interp, Blt_SwitchSpec *specs)
-{
- Tcl_DString ds;
- Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
- Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, "following switches are available:", -1);
- for (Blt_SwitchSpec *sp = specs; sp->type != BLT_SWITCH_END; sp++) {
- Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, "\n ", 4);
- Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, sp->switchName, -1);
- Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, " ", 1);
- Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, sp->help, -1);
- }
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), (char *)NULL);
- Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
-}
-
-static Blt_SwitchSpec *FindSwitchSpec(Tcl_Interp* interp, Blt_SwitchSpec *specs,
- const char *name, int length,
- int needFlags, int hateFlags)
-{
- char c = name[1];
- Blt_SwitchSpec *matchPtr = NULL;
- for (Blt_SwitchSpec *sp = specs; sp->type != BLT_SWITCH_END; sp++) {
- if (sp->switchName == NULL)
- continue;
-
- if (((sp->flags & needFlags) != needFlags) || (sp->flags & hateFlags))
- continue;
-
- if ((sp->switchName[1] != c) || (strncmp(sp->switchName,name,length)!=0))
- continue;
-
- if (sp->switchName[length] == '\0')
- return sp; /* Stop on a perfect match. */
-
- if (matchPtr != NULL) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "ambiguous switch \"", name, "\"\n",
- (char *) NULL);
- DoHelp(interp, specs);
- return NULL;
- }
- matchPtr = sp;
- }
-
- if (strcmp(name, "-help") == 0) {
- DoHelp(interp, specs);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- if (matchPtr == NULL) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown switch \"", name, "\"\n",
- (char *)NULL);
- DoHelp(interp, specs);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- return matchPtr;
-}
-
-static int DoSwitch(Tcl_Interp* interp, Blt_SwitchSpec *sp,
- Tcl_Obj *objPtr, void *record)
-{
- do {
- char *ptr = (char *)record + sp->offset;
- switch (sp->type) {
- case BLT_SWITCH_BOOLEAN:
- {
- int boo;
-
- if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objPtr, &boo) != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- if (sp->mask > 0) {
- if (boo) {
- *((int *)ptr) |= sp->mask;
- } else {
- *((int *)ptr) &= ~sp->mask;
- }
- } else {
- *((int *)ptr) = boo;
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case BLT_SWITCH_DOUBLE:
- if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objPtr, (double *)ptr) != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- break;
-
- case BLT_SWITCH_OBJ:
- Tcl_IncrRefCount(objPtr);
- *(Tcl_Obj **)ptr = objPtr;
- break;
-
- case BLT_SWITCH_FLOAT:
- {
- double value;
-
- if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objPtr, &value) != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- *(float *)ptr = (float)value;
- }
- break;
-
- case BLT_SWITCH_INT:
- if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objPtr, (int *)ptr) != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- break;
-
- case BLT_SWITCH_INT_NNEG:
- {
- long value;
-
- if (Blt_GetCountFromObj(interp, objPtr, COUNT_NNEG,
- &value) != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- *(int *)ptr = (int)value;
- }
- break;
-
- case BLT_SWITCH_INT_POS:
- {
- long value;
-
- if (Blt_GetCountFromObj(interp, objPtr, COUNT_POS,
- &value) != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- *(int *)ptr = (int)value;
- }
- break;
-
- case BLT_SWITCH_LIST:
- {
- int argc;
-
- if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, Tcl_GetString(objPtr), &argc,
- (const char ***)ptr) != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case BLT_SWITCH_LONG:
- if (Tcl_GetLongFromObj(interp, objPtr, (long *)ptr) != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- break;
-
- case BLT_SWITCH_LONG_NNEG:
- {
- long value;
-
- if (Blt_GetCountFromObj(interp, objPtr, COUNT_NNEG,
- &value) != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- *(long *)ptr = value;
- }
- break;
-
- case BLT_SWITCH_LONG_POS:
- {
- long value;
-
- if (Blt_GetCountFromObj(interp, objPtr, COUNT_POS, &value)
- != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- *(long *)ptr = value;
- }
- break;
-
- case BLT_SWITCH_STRING:
- {
- char *value;
-
- value = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
- value = (*value == '\0') ? NULL : Blt_Strdup(value);
- if (*(char **)ptr != NULL) {
- free(*(char **)ptr);
- }
- *(char **)ptr = value;
- }
- break;
-
- case BLT_SWITCH_CUSTOM:
- if ((*sp->customPtr->parseProc)(sp->customPtr->clientData, interp,
- sp->switchName, objPtr, (char *)record, sp->offset, sp->flags)
- != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- ostringstream str;
- str << sp->type << ends;
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad switch table: unknown type \"",
- str.str().c_str(), "\"", NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- sp++;
- } while ((sp->switchName == NULL) && (sp->type != BLT_SWITCH_END));
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-int Blt::ParseSwitches(Tcl_Interp* interp, Blt_SwitchSpec *specs,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[], void *record,
- int flags)
-{
- Blt_SwitchSpec *sp;
- int needFlags = flags & ~(BLT_SWITCH_USER_BIT - 1);
- int hateFlags = 0;
-
- /*
- * Pass 1: Clear the change flags on all the specs so that we
- * can check it later.
- */
- for (sp = specs; sp->type != BLT_SWITCH_END; sp++)
- sp->flags &= ~BLT_SWITCH_SPECIFIED;
-
- /*
- * Pass 2: Process the arguments that match entries in the specs.
- * It's an error if the argument doesn't match anything.
- */
- int count;
- for (count = 0; count < objc; count++) {
- char *arg;
- int length;
-
- arg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[count], &length);
- if (flags & BLT_SWITCH_OBJV_PARTIAL) {
- /*
- * If the argument doesn't start with a '-' (not a switch) or is
- * '--', stop processing and return the number of arguments
- * comsumed.
- */
- if (arg[0] != '-') {
- return count;
- }
- if ((arg[1] == '-') && (arg[2] == '\0')) {
- return count + 1; /* include the "--" in the count. */
- }
- }
- sp = FindSwitchSpec(interp, specs, arg, length, needFlags, hateFlags);
- if (sp == NULL) {
- return -1;
- }
- if (sp->type == BLT_SWITCH_BITMASK) {
- char *ptr;
-
- ptr = (char *)record + sp->offset;
- *((int *)ptr) |= sp->mask;
- } else if (sp->type == BLT_SWITCH_BITMASK_INVERT) {
- char *ptr;
-
- ptr = (char *)record + sp->offset;
- *((int *)ptr) &= ~sp->mask;
- } else if (sp->type == BLT_SWITCH_VALUE) {
- char *ptr;
-
- ptr = (char *)record + sp->offset;
- *((int *)ptr) = sp->mask;
- } else {
- count++;
- if (count == objc) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"", arg, "\" missing",
- (char *) NULL);
- return -1;
- }
- if (DoSwitch(interp, sp, objv[count], record) != TCL_OK) {
- ostringstream str;
- str << "\n (processing \"" << sp->switchName << "\" switch)" << ends;
- Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, str.str().c_str());
- return -1;
- }
- }
- sp->flags |= BLT_SWITCH_SPECIFIED;
- }
-
- return count;
-}
-
-void Blt::FreeSwitches(Blt_SwitchSpec *specs, void *record, int needFlags)
-{
- for (Blt_SwitchSpec *sp = specs; sp->type != BLT_SWITCH_END; sp++) {
- if ((sp->flags & needFlags) == needFlags) {
- char *ptr = (char *)record + sp->offset;
- switch (sp->type) {
- case BLT_SWITCH_STRING:
- case BLT_SWITCH_LIST:
- if (*((char **) ptr) != NULL) {
- free(*((char **) ptr));
- *((char **) ptr) = NULL;
- }
- break;
-
- case BLT_SWITCH_OBJ:
- if (*((Tcl_Obj **) ptr) != NULL) {
- Tcl_DecrRefCount(*((Tcl_Obj **)ptr));
- *((Tcl_Obj **) ptr) = NULL;
- }
- break;
-
- case BLT_SWITCH_CUSTOM:
- if ((*(char **)ptr != NULL) &&
- (sp->customPtr->freeProc != NULL)) {
- (*sp->customPtr->freeProc)((char *)record, sp->offset,
- sp->flags);
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-}
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltSwitch.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltSwitch.h
deleted file mode 100644
index eed7b31..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltSwitch.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
- * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
- * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
- * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use,
- * copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
- * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
- * conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
- * KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE
- * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
- * PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
- * OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
- * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
- * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
- * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef BLT_SWITCH_H
-#define BLT_SWITCH_H
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-
-#define BLT_SWITCH_DEFAULTS (0)
-#define BLT_SWITCH_ARGV_PARTIAL (1<<1)
-#define BLT_SWITCH_OBJV_PARTIAL (1<<1)
-
- /*
- * Possible flag values for Blt_SwitchSpec structures. Any bits at or
- * above BLT_SWITCH_USER_BIT may be used by clients for selecting
- * certain entries.
- */
-#define BLT_SWITCH_NULL_OK (1<<0)
-#define BLT_SWITCH_DONT_SET_DEFAULT (1<<3)
-#define BLT_SWITCH_SPECIFIED (1<<4)
-#define BLT_SWITCH_USER_BIT (1<<8)
-
-namespace Blt {
-
- typedef int (Blt_SwitchParseProc)(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- const char *switchName,
- Tcl_Obj *valueObjPtr, char *record,
- int offset, int flags);
- typedef void (Blt_SwitchFreeProc)(char *record, int offset, int flags);
-
- typedef struct {
- Blt_SwitchParseProc *parseProc; /* Procedure to parse a switch
- * value and store it in its *
- * converted form in the data *
- * record. */
-
- Blt_SwitchFreeProc *freeProc; /* Procedure to free a switch. */
-
- ClientData clientData; /* Arbitrary one-word value used by
- * switch parser, passed to
- * parseProc. */
- } Blt_SwitchCustom;
-
- /*
- * Type values for Blt_SwitchSpec structures. See the user
- * documentation for details.
- */
- typedef enum {
- BLT_SWITCH_BOOLEAN,
- BLT_SWITCH_DOUBLE,
- BLT_SWITCH_BITMASK,
- BLT_SWITCH_BITMASK_INVERT,
- BLT_SWITCH_FLOAT,
- BLT_SWITCH_INT,
- BLT_SWITCH_INT_NNEG,
- BLT_SWITCH_INT_POS,
- BLT_SWITCH_LIST,
- BLT_SWITCH_LONG,
- BLT_SWITCH_LONG_NNEG,
- BLT_SWITCH_LONG_POS,
- BLT_SWITCH_OBJ,
- BLT_SWITCH_STRING,
- BLT_SWITCH_VALUE,
- BLT_SWITCH_CUSTOM,
- BLT_SWITCH_END
- } Blt_SwitchTypes;
-
- typedef struct {
- Blt_SwitchTypes type; /* Type of option, such as
- * BLT_SWITCH_COLOR; see definitions
- * below. Last option in table must
- * have type BLT_SWITCH_END. */
-
- const char *switchName; /* Switch used to specify option in
- * argv. NULL means this spec is part
- * of a group. */
-
- const char *help; /* Help string. */
- int offset; /* Where in widget record to store
- * value; use Blt_Offset macro to
- * generate values for this. */
-
- int flags; /* Any combination of the values
- * defined below. */
-
- unsigned int mask;
-
- Blt_SwitchCustom *customPtr; /* If type is BLT_SWITCH_CUSTOM then
- * this is a pointer to info about how
- * to parse and print the option.
- * Otherwise it is irrelevant. */
- } Blt_SwitchSpec;
-
- extern int ParseSwitches(Tcl_Interp* interp, Blt_SwitchSpec *specPtr,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv, void *rec,
- int flags);
- extern void FreeSwitches(Blt_SwitchSpec *specs, void *rec, int flags);
-};
-
-#endif /* BLT_SWITCH_H */
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltVecCmd.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltVecCmd.C
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a03fe6..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltVecCmd.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1821 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1995-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Code for binary data read operation was donated by Harold Kirsch.
- *
- */
-
-/*
- * TODO:
- * o Add H. Kirsch's vector binary read operation
- * x binread file0
- * x binread -file file0
- *
- * o Add ASCII/binary file reader
- * x read fileName
- *
- * o Allow Tcl-based client notifications.
- * vector x
- * x notify call Display
- * x notify delete Display
- * x notify reorder #1 #2
- */
-
-#include <float.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-
-#include <cmath>
-
-#include "tkbltVecInt.h"
-#include "tkbltOp.h"
-#include "tkbltNsUtil.h"
-#include "tkbltSwitch.h"
-#include "tkbltInt.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-extern int Blt_SimplifyLine (Point2d *origPts, int low, int high,
- double tolerance, int *indices);
-
-typedef int (VectorCmdProc)(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj* const objv[]);
-typedef int (QSortCompareProc) (const void *, const void *);
-
-static Blt_SwitchParseProc ObjToFFTVector;
-static Blt_SwitchCustom fftVectorSwitch = {
- ObjToFFTVector, NULL, (ClientData)0,
-};
-
-static Blt_SwitchParseProc ObjToIndex;
-static Blt_SwitchCustom indexSwitch = {
- ObjToIndex, NULL, (ClientData)0,
-};
-
-typedef struct {
- Tcl_Obj *formatObjPtr;
- int from, to;
-} PrintSwitches;
-
-static Blt_SwitchSpec printSwitches[] =
- {
- {BLT_SWITCH_OBJ, "-format", "string",
- Tk_Offset(PrintSwitches, formatObjPtr), 0},
- {BLT_SWITCH_CUSTOM, "-from", "index",
- Tk_Offset(PrintSwitches, from), 0, 0, &indexSwitch},
- {BLT_SWITCH_CUSTOM, "-to", "index",
- Tk_Offset(PrintSwitches, to), 0, 0, &indexSwitch},
- {BLT_SWITCH_END}
- };
-
-
-typedef struct {
- int flags;
-} SortSwitches;
-
-#define SORT_DECREASING (1<<0)
-#define SORT_UNIQUE (1<<1)
-
-static Blt_SwitchSpec sortSwitches[] =
- {
- {BLT_SWITCH_BITMASK, "-decreasing", "",
- Tk_Offset(SortSwitches, flags), 0, SORT_DECREASING},
- {BLT_SWITCH_BITMASK, "-reverse", "",
- Tk_Offset(SortSwitches, flags), 0, SORT_DECREASING},
- {BLT_SWITCH_BITMASK, "-uniq", "",
- Tk_Offset(SortSwitches, flags), 0, SORT_UNIQUE},
- {BLT_SWITCH_END}
- };
-
-typedef struct {
- double delta;
- Vector *imagPtr; /* Vector containing imaginary part. */
- Vector *freqPtr; /* Vector containing frequencies. */
- VectorInterpData *dataPtr;
- int mask; /* Flags controlling FFT. */
-} FFTData;
-
-
-static Blt_SwitchSpec fftSwitches[] = {
- {BLT_SWITCH_CUSTOM, "-imagpart", "vector",
- Tk_Offset(FFTData, imagPtr), 0, 0, &fftVectorSwitch},
- {BLT_SWITCH_BITMASK, "-noconstant", "",
- Tk_Offset(FFTData, mask), 0, FFT_NO_CONSTANT},
- {BLT_SWITCH_BITMASK, "-spectrum", "",
- Tk_Offset(FFTData, mask), 0, FFT_SPECTRUM},
- {BLT_SWITCH_BITMASK, "-bartlett", "",
- Tk_Offset(FFTData, mask), 0, FFT_BARTLETT},
- {BLT_SWITCH_DOUBLE, "-delta", "float",
- Tk_Offset(FFTData, mask), 0, 0, },
- {BLT_SWITCH_CUSTOM, "-frequencies", "vector",
- Tk_Offset(FFTData, freqPtr), 0, 0, &fftVectorSwitch},
- {BLT_SWITCH_END}
-};
-
-static int Blt_ExprIntFromObj(Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
- int *valuePtr)
-{
- // First try to extract the value as a simple integer.
- if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj((Tcl_Interp *)NULL, objPtr, valuePtr) == TCL_OK)
- return TCL_OK;
-
- // Otherwise try to parse it as an expression.
- long lvalue;
- if (Tcl_ExprLong(interp, Tcl_GetString(objPtr), &lvalue) == TCL_OK) {
- *valuePtr = lvalue;
- return TCL_OK;
- }
-
- return TCL_ERROR;
-}
-
-static int Blt_ExprDoubleFromObj(Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
- double *valuePtr)
-{
- // First try to extract the value as a double precision number.
- if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj((Tcl_Interp *)NULL, objPtr, valuePtr) == TCL_OK)
- return TCL_OK;
-
- // Interpret the empty string "" and "NaN" as NaN.
- int length;
- char *string;
- string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objPtr, &length);
- if (length == 0 || (length == 3 && strcmp(string, "NaN") == 0)) {
- *valuePtr = NAN;
- return TCL_OK;
- }
-
- // Then try to parse it as an expression.
- if (Tcl_ExprDouble(interp, string, valuePtr) == TCL_OK)
- return TCL_OK;
-
- return TCL_ERROR;
-}
-
-static int ObjToFFTVector(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- const char *switchName, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
- char *record, int offset, int flags)
-{
- FFTData *dataPtr = (FFTData *)record;
- Vector *vPtr;
- Vector **vPtrPtr = (Vector **)(record + offset);
- int isNew; /* Not used. */
- char *string;
-
- string = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
- vPtr = Vec_Create(dataPtr->dataPtr, string, string, string, &isNew);
- if (vPtr == NULL) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- *vPtrPtr = vPtr;
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int ObjToIndex(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- const char *switchName, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, char *record,
- int offset, int flags)
-{
- Vector *vPtr = (Vector*)clientData;
- int *indexPtr = (int *)(record + offset);
- int index;
-
- if (Vec_GetIndex(interp, vPtr, Tcl_GetString(objPtr), &index,
- INDEX_CHECK, (Blt_VectorIndexProc **)NULL) != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- *indexPtr = index;
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static Tcl_Obj* GetValues(Vector *vPtr, int first, int last)
-{
- Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL);
- for (double *vp=vPtr->valueArr+first, *vend=vPtr->valueArr+last;
- vp <= vend; vp++)
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(vPtr->interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(*vp));
-
- return listObjPtr;
-}
-
-static void ReplicateValue(Vector *vPtr, int first, int last, double value)
-{
- for (double *vp=vPtr->valueArr+first, *vend=vPtr->valueArr+last;
- vp <= vend; vp++)
- *vp = value;
-
- vPtr->notifyFlags |= UPDATE_RANGE;
-}
-
-static int CopyList(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- if (Vec_SetLength(interp, vPtr, objc) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- for (int ii = 0; ii < objc; ii++) {
- double value;
- if (Blt_ExprDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[ii], &value) != TCL_OK) {
- Vec_SetLength(interp, vPtr, ii);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- vPtr->valueArr[ii] = value;
- }
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int AppendVector(Vector *destPtr, Vector *srcPtr)
-{
- size_t oldSize = destPtr->length;
- size_t newSize = oldSize + srcPtr->last - srcPtr->first + 1;
- if (Vec_ChangeLength(destPtr->interp, destPtr, newSize) != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- size_t nBytes = (newSize - oldSize) * sizeof(double);
- memcpy((char *)(destPtr->valueArr + oldSize),
- (srcPtr->valueArr + srcPtr->first), nBytes);
- destPtr->notifyFlags |= UPDATE_RANGE;
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int AppendList(Vector *vPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Tcl_Interp* interp = vPtr->interp;
-
- int oldSize = vPtr->length;
- if (Vec_ChangeLength(interp, vPtr, vPtr->length + objc) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- int count = oldSize;
- for (int i = 0; i < objc; i++) {
- double value;
- if (Blt_ExprDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[i], &value) != TCL_OK) {
- Vec_ChangeLength(interp, vPtr, count);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- vPtr->valueArr[count++] = value;
- }
- vPtr->notifyFlags |= UPDATE_RANGE;
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-// Vector instance option commands
-
-static int AppendOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- for (int i = 2; i < objc; i++) {
- Vector* v2Ptr = Vec_ParseElement((Tcl_Interp *)NULL, vPtr->dataPtr,
- Tcl_GetString(objv[i]),
- (const char **)NULL, NS_SEARCH_BOTH);
- int result;
- if (v2Ptr != NULL)
- result = AppendVector(vPtr, v2Ptr);
- else {
- int nElem;
- Tcl_Obj **elemObjArr;
-
- if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[i], &nElem, &elemObjArr)
- != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- result = AppendList(vPtr, nElem, elemObjArr);
- }
-
- if (result != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- if (objc > 2) {
- if (vPtr->flush)
- Vec_FlushCache(vPtr);
- Vec_UpdateClients(vPtr);
- }
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int ClearOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Vec_FlushCache(vPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int DeleteOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- // FIXME: Don't delete vector with no indices
- if (objc == 2) {
- Vec_Free(vPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
- }
-
- // Allocate an "unset" bitmap the size of the vector
- unsigned char* unsetArr =
- (unsigned char*)calloc(sizeof(unsigned char), (vPtr->length + 7) / 8);
-#define SetBit(i) (unsetArr[(i) >> 3] |= (1 << ((i) & 0x07)))
-#define GetBit(i) (unsetArr[(i) >> 3] & (1 << ((i) & 0x07)))
-
- for (int i = 2; i < objc; i++) {
- char* string = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
- if (Vec_GetIndexRange(interp, vPtr, string, (INDEX_COLON | INDEX_CHECK),
- (Blt_VectorIndexProc **) NULL) != TCL_OK) {
- free(unsetArr);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- // Mark the range of elements for deletion
- for (int j = vPtr->first; j <= vPtr->last; j++)
- SetBit(j);
- }
-
- int count = 0;
- for (int i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- // Skip elements marked for deletion
- if (GetBit(i))
- continue;
-
- if (count < i) {
- vPtr->valueArr[count] = vPtr->valueArr[i];
- }
- count++;
- }
- free(unsetArr);
- vPtr->length = count;
-
- if (vPtr->flush)
- Vec_FlushCache(vPtr);
- Vec_UpdateClients(vPtr);
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int DupOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- for (int i = 2; i < objc; i++) {
- char* name = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
- int isNew;
- Vector* v2Ptr = Vec_Create(vPtr->dataPtr, name, name, name, &isNew);
- if (v2Ptr == NULL)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (v2Ptr == vPtr)
- continue;
-
- if (Vec_Duplicate(v2Ptr, vPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (!isNew) {
- if (v2Ptr->flush)
- Vec_FlushCache(v2Ptr);
- Vec_UpdateClients(v2Ptr);
- }
- }
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int FFTOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- FFTData data;
- memset(&data, 0, sizeof(data));
- data.delta = 1.0;
-
- char* realVecName = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
- int isNew;
- Vector* v2Ptr = Vec_Create(vPtr->dataPtr, realVecName, realVecName,
- realVecName, &isNew);
- if (v2Ptr == NULL)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (v2Ptr == vPtr) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "real vector \"", realVecName, "\"",
- " can't be the same as the source", (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- if (ParseSwitches(interp, fftSwitches, objc - 3, objv + 3, &data,
- BLT_SWITCH_DEFAULTS) < 0)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (Vec_FFT(interp, v2Ptr, data.imagPtr, data.freqPtr, data.delta,
- data.mask, vPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- // Update bookkeeping
- if (!isNew) {
- if (v2Ptr->flush)
- Vec_FlushCache(v2Ptr);
- Vec_UpdateClients(v2Ptr);
- }
-
- if (data.imagPtr != NULL) {
- if (data.imagPtr->flush)
- Vec_FlushCache(data.imagPtr);
- Vec_UpdateClients(data.imagPtr);
- }
-
- if (data.freqPtr != NULL) {
- if (data.freqPtr->flush)
- Vec_FlushCache(data.freqPtr);
- Vec_UpdateClients(data.freqPtr);
- }
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int InverseFFTOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- char* name = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
- Vector *srcImagPtr;
- if (Vec_LookupName(vPtr->dataPtr, name, &srcImagPtr) != TCL_OK )
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- name = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
- int isNew;
- Vector* destRealPtr = Vec_Create(vPtr->dataPtr, name, name, name, &isNew);
- name = Tcl_GetString(objv[4]);
- Vector* destImagPtr = Vec_Create(vPtr->dataPtr, name, name, name, &isNew);
-
- if (Vec_InverseFFT(interp, srcImagPtr, destRealPtr, destImagPtr, vPtr)
- != TCL_OK )
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (destRealPtr->flush)
- Vec_FlushCache(destRealPtr);
- Vec_UpdateClients(destRealPtr);
-
- if (destImagPtr->flush)
- Vec_FlushCache(destImagPtr);
- Vec_UpdateClients(destImagPtr);
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int IndexOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- char* string = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
- if (Vec_GetIndexRange(interp, vPtr, string, INDEX_ALL_FLAGS,
- (Blt_VectorIndexProc **) NULL) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- int first = vPtr->first;
- int last = vPtr->last;
- if (objc == 3) {
- Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr;
-
- if (first == vPtr->length) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't get index \"", string, "\"",
- (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR; /* Can't read from index "++end" */
- }
- listObjPtr = GetValues(vPtr, first, last);
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr);
- }
- else {
- // FIXME: huh? Why set values here?
- if (first == SPECIAL_INDEX) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't set index \"", string, "\"",
- (char *)NULL);
- // Tried to set "min" or "max"
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- double value;
- if (Blt_ExprDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[3], &value) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (first == vPtr->length) {
- if (Vec_ChangeLength(interp, vPtr, vPtr->length + 1) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- ReplicateValue(vPtr, first, last, value);
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[3]);
- if (vPtr->flush)
- Vec_FlushCache(vPtr);
- Vec_UpdateClients(vPtr);
- }
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int LengthOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- if (objc == 3) {
- int nElem;
- if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &nElem) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (nElem < 0) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad vector size \"",
- Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "\"", (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- if ((Vec_SetSize(interp, vPtr, nElem) != TCL_OK) ||
- (Vec_SetLength(interp, vPtr, nElem) != TCL_OK))
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (vPtr->flush)
- Vec_FlushCache(vPtr);
- Vec_UpdateClients(vPtr);
- }
- Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), vPtr->length);
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int MapOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- if (objc > 2) {
- if (Vec_MapVariable(interp, vPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]))
- != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- if (vPtr->arrayName != NULL)
- Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), vPtr->arrayName, -1);
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int MaxOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Tcl_SetDoubleObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), Vec_Max(vPtr));
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int MergeOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- // Allocate an array of vector pointers of each vector to be
- // merged in the current vector.
- Vector** vecArr = (Vector**)malloc(sizeof(Vector *) * objc);
- Vector** vPtrPtr = vecArr;
-
- int refSize = -1;
- int nElem = 0;
- for (int i = 2; i < objc; i++) {
- Vector *v2Ptr;
- if (Vec_LookupName(vPtr->dataPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), &v2Ptr)
- != TCL_OK) {
- free(vecArr);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- // Check that all the vectors are the same length
- int length = v2Ptr->last - v2Ptr->first + 1;
- if (refSize < 0)
- refSize = length;
- else if (length != refSize) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(vPtr->interp, "vectors \"", vPtr->name,
- "\" and \"", v2Ptr->name, "\" differ in length",
- (char *)NULL);
- free(vecArr);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- *vPtrPtr++ = v2Ptr;
- nElem += refSize;
- }
- *vPtrPtr = NULL;
-
- double* valueArr = (double*)malloc(sizeof(double) * nElem);
- if (valueArr == NULL) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(vPtr->interp, "not enough memory to allocate ",
- Itoa(nElem), " vector elements", (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- // Merge the values from each of the vectors into the current vector
- double* valuePtr = valueArr;
- for (int i = 0; i < refSize; i++) {
- for (Vector** vpp = vecArr; *vpp != NULL; vpp++) {
- *valuePtr++ = (*vpp)->valueArr[i + (*vpp)->first];
- }
- }
- free(vecArr);
- Vec_Reset(vPtr, valueArr, nElem, nElem, TCL_DYNAMIC);
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int MinOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Tcl_SetDoubleObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), Vec_Min(vPtr));
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int NormalizeOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Vec_UpdateRange(vPtr);
- double range = vPtr->max - vPtr->min;
- if (objc > 2) {
- char* string = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
- int isNew;
- Vector* v2Ptr = Vec_Create(vPtr->dataPtr, string, string, string, &isNew);
- if (v2Ptr == NULL)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (Vec_SetLength(interp, v2Ptr, vPtr->length) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- for (int i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++)
- v2Ptr->valueArr[i] = (vPtr->valueArr[i] - vPtr->min) / range;
-
- Vec_UpdateRange(v2Ptr);
- if (!isNew) {
- if (v2Ptr->flush) {
- Vec_FlushCache(v2Ptr);
- }
- Vec_UpdateClients(v2Ptr);
- }
- }
- else {
- Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL);
- for (int i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- double norm = (vPtr->valueArr[i] - vPtr->min) / range;
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr,
- Tcl_NewDoubleObj(norm));
- }
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr);
- }
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int NotifyOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- enum optionIndices {
- OPTION_ALWAYS, OPTION_NEVER, OPTION_WHENIDLE,
- OPTION_NOW, OPTION_CANCEL, OPTION_PENDING
- };
- static const char *optionArr[] = {
- "always", "never", "whenidle", "now", "cancel", "pending", NULL
- };
-
- int option;
- if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], optionArr, "qualifier", TCL_EXACT,
- &option) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_OK;
-
- switch (option) {
- case OPTION_ALWAYS:
- vPtr->notifyFlags &= ~NOTIFY_WHEN_MASK;
- vPtr->notifyFlags |= NOTIFY_ALWAYS;
- break;
- case OPTION_NEVER:
- vPtr->notifyFlags &= ~NOTIFY_WHEN_MASK;
- vPtr->notifyFlags |= NOTIFY_NEVER;
- break;
- case OPTION_WHENIDLE:
- vPtr->notifyFlags &= ~NOTIFY_WHEN_MASK;
- vPtr->notifyFlags |= NOTIFY_WHENIDLE;
- break;
- case OPTION_NOW:
- // FIXME: How does this play when an update is pending?
- Blt_Vec_NotifyClients(vPtr);
- break;
- case OPTION_CANCEL:
- if (vPtr->notifyFlags & NOTIFY_PENDING) {
- vPtr->notifyFlags &= ~NOTIFY_PENDING;
- Tcl_CancelIdleCall(Blt_Vec_NotifyClients, (ClientData)vPtr);
- }
- break;
- case OPTION_PENDING:
- int boll = (vPtr->notifyFlags & NOTIFY_PENDING);
- Tcl_SetBooleanObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), boll);
- break;
- }
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int PopulateOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- char* string = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
- int isNew;
- Vector* v2Ptr = Vec_Create(vPtr->dataPtr, string, string, string, &isNew);
- if (v2Ptr == NULL)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- // Source vector is empty
- if (vPtr->length == 0)
- return TCL_OK;
-
- int density;
- if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &density) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (density < 1) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad density \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[3]),
- "\"", (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- int size = (vPtr->length - 1) * (density + 1) + 1;
- if (Vec_SetLength(interp, v2Ptr, size) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- int count = 0;
- double* valuePtr = v2Ptr->valueArr;
- int i;
- for (i = 0; i < (vPtr->length - 1); i++) {
- double range = vPtr->valueArr[i + 1] - vPtr->valueArr[i];
- double slice = range / (double)(density + 1);
- for (int j = 0; j <= density; j++) {
- *valuePtr = vPtr->valueArr[i] + (slice * (double)j);
- valuePtr++;
- count++;
- }
- }
- count++;
- *valuePtr = vPtr->valueArr[i];
- if (!isNew) {
- if (v2Ptr->flush)
- Vec_FlushCache(v2Ptr);
- Vec_UpdateClients(v2Ptr);
- }
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int ValuesOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- PrintSwitches switches;
- switches.formatObjPtr = NULL;
- switches.from = 0;
- switches.to = vPtr->length - 1;
- indexSwitch.clientData = vPtr;
- if (ParseSwitches(interp, printSwitches, objc - 2, objv + 2, &switches,
- BLT_SWITCH_DEFAULTS) < 0)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (switches.from > switches.to) {
- // swap positions
- int tmp = switches.to;
- switches.to = switches.from;
- switches.from = tmp;
- }
-
- if (switches.formatObjPtr == NULL) {
- Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL);
- for (int i = switches.from; i <= switches.to; i++)
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr,
- Tcl_NewDoubleObj(vPtr->valueArr[i]));
-
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr);
- }
- else {
- Tcl_DString ds;
- Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
- const char* fmt = Tcl_GetString(switches.formatObjPtr);
- for (int i = switches.from; i <= switches.to; i++) {
- char buffer[200];
- sprintf(buffer, fmt, vPtr->valueArr[i]);
- Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, buffer, -1);
- }
- Tcl_DStringResult(interp, &ds);
- Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
- }
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int RangeOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- int first;
- int last;
-
- if (objc == 2) {
- first = 0;
- last = vPtr->length - 1;
- }
- else if (objc == 4) {
- if ((Vec_GetIndex(interp, vPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), &first,
- INDEX_CHECK, (Blt_VectorIndexProc **) NULL) != TCL_OK) ||
- (Vec_GetIndex(interp, vPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), &last,
- INDEX_CHECK, (Blt_VectorIndexProc **) NULL) != TCL_OK))
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- }
- else {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
- Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " range ?first last?",
- (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL);
- if (first > last) {
- // Return the list reversed
- for (int i=last; i<=first; i++)
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr,
- Tcl_NewDoubleObj(vPtr->valueArr[i]));
- }
- else {
- for (int i=first; i<=last; i++)
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr,
- Tcl_NewDoubleObj(vPtr->valueArr[i]));
- }
-
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr);
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int InRange(double value, double min, double max)
-{
- double range = max - min;
- if (range < DBL_EPSILON)
- return (fabs(max - value) < DBL_EPSILON);
-
- double norm = (value - min) / range;
- return ((norm >= -DBL_EPSILON) && ((norm - 1.0) < DBL_EPSILON));
-}
-
-enum NativeFormats {
- FMT_UNKNOWN = -1,
- FMT_UCHAR, FMT_CHAR,
- FMT_USHORT, FMT_SHORT,
- FMT_UINT, FMT_INT,
- FMT_ULONG, FMT_LONG,
- FMT_FLOAT, FMT_DOUBLE
-};
-
-/*
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * GetBinaryFormat
- *
- * Translates a format string into a native type. Valid formats are
- *
- * signed i1, i2, i4, i8
- * unsigned u1, u2, u4, u8
- * real r4, r8, r16
- *
- * There must be a corresponding native type. For example, this for
- * reading 2-byte binary integers from an instrument and converting them
- * to unsigned shorts or ints.
- *
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-static enum NativeFormats GetBinaryFormat(Tcl_Interp* interp, char *string,
- int *sizePtr)
-{
- char c = tolower(string[0]);
- if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, string + 1, sizePtr) != TCL_OK) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown binary format \"", string,
- "\": incorrect byte size", (char *)NULL);
- return FMT_UNKNOWN;
- }
-
- switch (c) {
- case 'r':
- if (*sizePtr == sizeof(double))
- return FMT_DOUBLE;
- else if (*sizePtr == sizeof(float))
- return FMT_FLOAT;
-
- break;
-
- case 'i':
- if (*sizePtr == sizeof(char))
- return FMT_CHAR;
- else if (*sizePtr == sizeof(int))
- return FMT_INT;
- else if (*sizePtr == sizeof(long))
- return FMT_LONG;
- else if (*sizePtr == sizeof(short))
- return FMT_SHORT;
-
- break;
-
- case 'u':
- if (*sizePtr == sizeof(unsigned char))
- return FMT_UCHAR;
- else if (*sizePtr == sizeof(unsigned int))
- return FMT_UINT;
- else if (*sizePtr == sizeof(unsigned long))
- return FMT_ULONG;
- else if (*sizePtr == sizeof(unsigned short))
- return FMT_USHORT;
-
- break;
-
- default:
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown binary format \"", string,
- "\": should be either i#, r#, u# (where # is size in bytes)",
- (char *)NULL);
- return FMT_UNKNOWN;
- }
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't handle format \"", string, "\"",
- (char *)NULL);
-
- return FMT_UNKNOWN;
-}
-
-static int CopyValues(Vector *vPtr, char *byteArr, enum NativeFormats fmt,
- int size, int length, int swap, int *indexPtr)
-{
- if ((swap) && (size > 1)) {
- int nBytes = size * length;
- for (int i = 0; i < nBytes; i += size) {
- unsigned char* p = (unsigned char *)(byteArr + i);
- int left, right;
- for (left = 0, right = size - 1; left < right; left++, right--) {
- p[left] ^= p[right];
- p[right] ^= p[left];
- p[left] ^= p[right];
- }
- }
- }
-
- int newSize = *indexPtr + length;
- if (newSize > vPtr->length) {
- if (Vec_ChangeLength(vPtr->interp, vPtr, newSize) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
-#define CopyArrayToVector(vPtr, arr) \
- for (int i = 0, n = *indexPtr; i < length; i++, n++) { \
- (vPtr)->valueArr[n] = (double)(arr)[i]; \
- }
-
- switch (fmt) {
- case FMT_CHAR:
- CopyArrayToVector(vPtr, (char *)byteArr);
- break;
-
- case FMT_UCHAR:
- CopyArrayToVector(vPtr, (unsigned char *)byteArr);
- break;
-
- case FMT_INT:
- CopyArrayToVector(vPtr, (int *)byteArr);
- break;
-
- case FMT_UINT:
- CopyArrayToVector(vPtr, (unsigned int *)byteArr);
- break;
-
- case FMT_LONG:
- CopyArrayToVector(vPtr, (long *)byteArr);
- break;
-
- case FMT_ULONG:
- CopyArrayToVector(vPtr, (unsigned long *)byteArr);
- break;
-
- case FMT_SHORT:
- CopyArrayToVector(vPtr, (short int *)byteArr);
- break;
-
- case FMT_USHORT:
- CopyArrayToVector(vPtr, (unsigned short int *)byteArr);
- break;
-
- case FMT_FLOAT:
- CopyArrayToVector(vPtr, (float *)byteArr);
- break;
-
- case FMT_DOUBLE:
- CopyArrayToVector(vPtr, (double *)byteArr);
- break;
-
- case FMT_UNKNOWN:
- break;
- }
- *indexPtr += length;
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * BinreadOp --
- *
- * Reads binary values from a TCL channel. Values are either appended to
- * the end of the vector or placed at a given index (using the "-at"
- * option), overwriting existing values. Data is read until EOF is found
- * on the channel or a specified number of values are read. (note that
- * this is not necessarily the same as the number of bytes).
- *
- * The following flags are supported:
- * -swap Swap bytes
- * -at index Start writing data at the index.
- * -format fmt Specifies the format of the data.
- *
- * This binary reader was created and graciously donated by Harald Kirsch
- * (kir@iitb.fhg.de). Anything that's wrong is due to my (gah) munging
- * of the code.
- *
- * Results:
- * Returns a standard TCL result. The interpreter result will contain the
- * number of values (not the number of bytes) read.
- *
- * Caveats:
- * Channel reads must end on an element boundary.
- *
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int BinreadOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- enum NativeFormats fmt;
-
- char* string = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
- int mode;
- Tcl_Channel channel = Tcl_GetChannel(interp, string, &mode);
- if (channel == NULL)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if ((mode & TCL_READABLE) == 0) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "channel \"", string,
- "\" wasn't opened for reading", (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- int first = vPtr->length;
- fmt = FMT_DOUBLE;
- int size = sizeof(double);
- int swap = 0;
- int count = 0;
-
- if (objc > 3) {
- string = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
- if (string[0] != '-') {
- long int value;
- // Get the number of values to read.
- if (Tcl_GetLongFromObj(interp, objv[3], &value) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (value < 0) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "count can't be negative", (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- count = (size_t)value;
- objc--, objv++;
- }
- }
-
- // Process any option-value pairs that remain.
- for (int i = 3; i < objc; i++) {
- string = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
- if (strcmp(string, "-swap") == 0)
- swap = 1;
- else if (strcmp(string, "-format") == 0) {
- i++;
- if (i >= objc) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "missing arg after \"", string,
- "\"", (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- string = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
- fmt = GetBinaryFormat(interp, string, &size);
- if (fmt == FMT_UNKNOWN)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- else if (strcmp(string, "-at") == 0) {
- i++;
- if (i >= objc) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "missing arg after \"", string,
- "\"", (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- string = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
- if (Vec_GetIndex(interp, vPtr, string, &first, 0,
- (Blt_VectorIndexProc **)NULL) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (first > vPtr->length) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "index \"", string,
- "\" is out of range", (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- }
- }
-
-#define BUFFER_SIZE 1024
- int arraySize = (count == 0) ? BUFFER_SIZE*size : count*size;
-
- char* byteArr = (char*)malloc(arraySize);
- // FIXME: restore old channel translation later?
- if (Tcl_SetChannelOption(interp, channel, "-translation","binary") != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- int total = 0;
- while (!Tcl_Eof(channel)) {
- int bytesRead = Tcl_Read(channel, byteArr, arraySize);
- if (bytesRead < 0) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "error reading channel: ",
- Tcl_PosixError(interp), (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- if ((bytesRead % size) != 0) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "error reading channel: short read",
- (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- int length = bytesRead / size;
- if (CopyValues(vPtr, byteArr, fmt, size, length, swap, &first) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- total += length;
- if (count > 0)
- break;
- }
- free(byteArr);
-
- if (vPtr->flush)
- Vec_FlushCache(vPtr);
- Vec_UpdateClients(vPtr);
-
- // Set the result as the number of values read
- Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), total);
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int SearchOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- int wantValue = 0;
- char* string = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
- if ((string[0] == '-') && (strcmp(string, "-value") == 0)) {
- wantValue = 1;
- objv++, objc--;
- }
- double min;
- if (Blt_ExprDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[2], &min) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- double max = min;
- if (objc > 4) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # arguments: should be \"",
- Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " search ?-value? min ?max?",
- (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- if ((objc > 3) && (Blt_ExprDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[3], &max) != TCL_OK))
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- // Bogus range. Don't bother looking
- if ((min - max) >= DBL_EPSILON)
- return TCL_OK;
-
- Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL);
- if (wantValue) {
- for (int i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- if (InRange(vPtr->valueArr[i], min, max))
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr,
- Tcl_NewDoubleObj(vPtr->valueArr[i]));
- }
- }
- else {
- for (int i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- if (InRange(vPtr->valueArr[i], min, max))
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr,
- Tcl_NewIntObj(i + vPtr->offset));
- }
- }
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr);
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int OffsetOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- if (objc == 3) {
- int newOffset;
- if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &newOffset) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- vPtr->offset = newOffset;
- }
- Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), vPtr->offset);
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int RandomOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- for (int i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++)
- vPtr->valueArr[i] = drand48();
-
- if (vPtr->flush)
- Vec_FlushCache(vPtr);
- Vec_UpdateClients(vPtr);
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int SeqOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- double start;
- if (Blt_ExprDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[2], &start) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- double stop;
- if (Blt_ExprDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[3], &stop) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- int n = vPtr->length;
- if ((objc > 4) && (Blt_ExprIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &n) != TCL_OK))
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (n > 1) {
- if (Vec_SetLength(interp, vPtr, n) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- double step = (stop - start) / (double)(n - 1);
- for (int i = 0; i < n; i++)
- vPtr->valueArr[i] = start + (step * i);
-
- if (vPtr->flush)
- Vec_FlushCache(vPtr);
-
- Vec_UpdateClients(vPtr);
- }
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int SetOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- int nElem;
- Tcl_Obj **elemObjArr;
-
- // The source can be either a list of numbers or another vector.
-
- Vector* v2Ptr = Vec_ParseElement((Tcl_Interp *)NULL, vPtr->dataPtr,
- Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), NULL,
- NS_SEARCH_BOTH);
- int result;
- if (v2Ptr != NULL) {
- if (vPtr == v2Ptr) {
- // Source and destination vectors are the same. Copy the source
- // first into a temporary vector to avoid memory overlaps.
- Vector* tmpPtr = Vec_New(vPtr->dataPtr);
- result = Vec_Duplicate(tmpPtr, v2Ptr);
- if (result == TCL_OK) {
- result = Vec_Duplicate(vPtr, tmpPtr);
- }
- Vec_Free(tmpPtr);
- }
- else
- result = Vec_Duplicate(vPtr, v2Ptr);
- }
- else if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[2], &nElem, &elemObjArr)
- == TCL_OK)
- result = CopyList(vPtr, interp, nElem, elemObjArr);
- else
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (result == TCL_OK) {
- // The vector has changed; so flush the array indices (they're wrong
- // now), find the new range of the data, and notify the vector's
- //clients that it's been modified.
- if (vPtr->flush)
- Vec_FlushCache(vPtr);
- Vec_UpdateClients(vPtr);
- }
-
- return result;
-}
-
-static int SimplifyOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- double tolerance = 10.0;
-
- int nPoints = vPtr->length / 2;
- int* simple = (int*)malloc(nPoints * sizeof(int));
- Point2d* reduced = (Point2d*)malloc(nPoints * sizeof(Point2d));
- Point2d* orig = (Point2d *)vPtr->valueArr;
- int n = Blt_SimplifyLine(orig, 0, nPoints - 1, tolerance, simple);
- for (int i = 0; i < n; i++)
- reduced[i] = orig[simple[i]];
-
- free(simple);
- Vec_Reset(vPtr, (double *)reduced, n * 2, vPtr->length, TCL_DYNAMIC);
- // The vector has changed; so flush the array indices (they're wrong
- // now), find the new range of the data, and notify the vector's
- // clients that it's been modified.
- if (vPtr->flush)
- Vec_FlushCache(vPtr);
- Vec_UpdateClients(vPtr);
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int SplitOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- int nVectors = objc - 2;
- if ((vPtr->length % nVectors) != 0) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't split vector \"", vPtr->name,
- "\" into ", Itoa(nVectors), " even parts.", (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- if (nVectors > 0) {
- int extra = vPtr->length / nVectors;
- for (int i = 0; i < nVectors; i++) {
- char* string = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+2]);
- int isNew;
- Vector* v2Ptr = Vec_Create(vPtr->dataPtr, string, string, string, &isNew);
- int oldSize = v2Ptr->length;
- int newSize = oldSize + extra;
- if (Vec_SetLength(interp, v2Ptr, newSize) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- int j,k;
- for (j = i, k = oldSize; j < vPtr->length; j += nVectors, k++)
- v2Ptr->valueArr[k] = vPtr->valueArr[j];
-
- Vec_UpdateClients(v2Ptr);
- if (v2Ptr->flush) {
- Vec_FlushCache(v2Ptr);
- }
- }
- }
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-
-// Pointer to the array of values currently being sorted.
-static Vector **sortVectors;
-// Indicates the ordering of the sort. If non-zero, the vectors are sorted in
-// decreasing order
-static int sortDecreasing;
-static int nSortVectors;
-
-static int CompareVectors(void *a, void *b)
-{
- int sign = (sortDecreasing) ? -1 : 1;
- for (int i = 0; i < nSortVectors; i++) {
- Vector* vPtr = sortVectors[i];
- double delta = vPtr->valueArr[*(int *)a] - vPtr->valueArr[*(int *)b];
- if (delta < 0.0)
- return (-1 * sign);
- else if (delta > 0.0)
- return (1 * sign);
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-size_t* Blt::Vec_SortMap(Vector **vectors, int nVectors)
-{
- Vector *vPtr = *vectors;
- int length = vPtr->last - vPtr->first + 1;
- size_t* map = (size_t*)malloc(sizeof(size_t) * length);
- for (int i = vPtr->first; i <= vPtr->last; i++)
- map[i] = i;
-
- // Set global variables for sorting routine
- sortVectors = vectors;
- nSortVectors = nVectors;
- qsort((char *)map, length, sizeof(size_t),(QSortCompareProc *)CompareVectors);
-
- return map;
-}
-
-static size_t* SortVectors(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
-
- Vector** vectors = (Vector**)malloc(sizeof(Vector *) * (objc + 1));
- vectors[0] = vPtr;
- size_t* map = NULL;
- for (int i = 0; i < objc; i++) {
- Vector* v2Ptr;
- if (Vec_LookupName(vPtr->dataPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]),
- &v2Ptr) != TCL_OK)
- goto error;
-
- if (v2Ptr->length != vPtr->length) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "vector \"", v2Ptr->name,
- "\" is not the same size as \"", vPtr->name, "\"",
- (char *)NULL);
- goto error;
- }
- vectors[i + 1] = v2Ptr;
- }
- map = Vec_SortMap(vectors, objc + 1);
-
- error:
- free(vectors);
-
- return map;
-}
-
-static int SortOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- sortDecreasing = 0;
- SortSwitches switches;
- switches.flags = 0;
- int i = ParseSwitches(interp, sortSwitches, objc - 2, objv + 2, &switches,
- BLT_SWITCH_OBJV_PARTIAL);
- if (i < 0)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- objc -= i, objv += i;
- sortDecreasing = (switches.flags & SORT_DECREASING);
-
- size_t *map = (objc > 2) ? SortVectors(vPtr, interp, objc - 2, objv + 2) :
- Vec_SortMap(&vPtr, 1);
-
- if (map == NULL)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- int sortLength = vPtr->length;
-
- // Create an array to store a copy of the current values of the
- // vector. We'll merge the values back into the vector based upon the
- // indices found in the index array.
- size_t nBytes = sizeof(double) * sortLength;
- double* copy = (double*)malloc(nBytes);
- memcpy((char *)copy, (char *)vPtr->valueArr, nBytes);
- if (switches.flags & SORT_UNIQUE) {
- int count =1;
- for (int n = 1; n < sortLength; n++) {
- size_t next = map[n];
- size_t prev = map[n - 1];
- if (copy[next] != copy[prev]) {
- map[count] = next;
- count++;
- }
- }
- sortLength = count;
- nBytes = sortLength * sizeof(double);
- }
-
- if (sortLength != vPtr->length)
- Vec_SetLength(interp, vPtr, sortLength);
-
- for (int n = 0; n < sortLength; n++)
- vPtr->valueArr[n] = copy[map[n]];
-
- if (vPtr->flush)
- Vec_FlushCache(vPtr);
- Vec_UpdateClients(vPtr);
-
- // Now sort any other vectors in the same fashion. The vectors must be
- // the same size as the map though
- int result = TCL_ERROR;
- for (int i = 2; i < objc; i++) {
- Vector *v2Ptr;
- if (Vec_LookupName(vPtr->dataPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), &v2Ptr) != TCL_OK)
- goto error;
-
- if (sortLength != v2Ptr->length)
- Vec_SetLength(interp, v2Ptr, sortLength);
-
- memcpy((char *)copy, (char *)v2Ptr->valueArr, nBytes);
- for (int n = 0; n < sortLength; n++)
- v2Ptr->valueArr[n] = copy[map[n]];
-
- Vec_UpdateClients(v2Ptr);
- if (v2Ptr->flush)
- Vec_FlushCache(v2Ptr);
- }
- result = TCL_OK;
-
- error:
- free(copy);
- free(map);
-
- return result;
-}
-
-static int InstExprOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- if (Blt_ExprVector(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), (Blt_Vector *)vPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (vPtr->flush)
- Vec_FlushCache(vPtr);
- Vec_UpdateClients(vPtr);
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int ArithOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- double value;
- double scalar;
-
- Vector* v2Ptr = Vec_ParseElement((Tcl_Interp *)NULL, vPtr->dataPtr,
- Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), NULL,
- NS_SEARCH_BOTH);
- if (v2Ptr != NULL) {
- int length = v2Ptr->last - v2Ptr->first + 1;
- if (length != vPtr->length) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "vectors \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[0]),
- "\" and \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
- "\" are not the same length", (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- char* string = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
- Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL);
- switch (string[0]) {
- case '*':
- for (int i = 0, j = v2Ptr->first; i < vPtr->length; i++, j++) {
- value = vPtr->valueArr[i] * v2Ptr->valueArr[j];
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(value));
- }
- break;
-
- case '/':
- for (int i = 0, j = v2Ptr->first; i < vPtr->length; i++, j++) {
- value = vPtr->valueArr[i] / v2Ptr->valueArr[j];
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(value));
- }
- break;
-
- case '-':
- for (int i = 0, j = v2Ptr->first; i < vPtr->length; i++, j++) {
- value = vPtr->valueArr[i] - v2Ptr->valueArr[j];
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(value));
- }
- break;
-
- case '+':
- for (int i = 0, j = v2Ptr->first; i < vPtr->length; i++, j++) {
- value = vPtr->valueArr[i] + v2Ptr->valueArr[j];
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(value));
- }
- break;
- }
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr);
-
- }
- else if (Blt_ExprDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[2], &scalar) == TCL_OK) {
- Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL);
- char* string = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
- switch (string[0]) {
- case '*':
- for (int i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- value = vPtr->valueArr[i] * scalar;
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(value));
- }
- break;
-
- case '/':
- for (int i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- value = vPtr->valueArr[i] / scalar;
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(value));
- }
- break;
-
- case '-':
- for (int i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- value = vPtr->valueArr[i] - scalar;
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(value));
- }
- break;
-
- case '+':
- for (int i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- value = vPtr->valueArr[i] + scalar;
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(value));
- }
- break;
- }
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr);
- }
- else
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static Blt_OpSpec vectorInstOps[] =
- {
- {"*", 1, (void*)ArithOp, 3, 3, "item",}, /*Deprecated*/
- {"+", 1, (void*)ArithOp, 3, 3, "item",}, /*Deprecated*/
- {"-", 1, (void*)ArithOp, 3, 3, "item",}, /*Deprecated*/
- {"/", 1, (void*)ArithOp, 3, 3, "item",}, /*Deprecated*/
- {"append", 1, (void*)AppendOp, 3, 0, "items ?items...?",},
- {"binread", 1, (void*)BinreadOp, 3, 0, "channel ?numValues? ?flags?",},
- {"clear", 1, (void*)ClearOp, 2, 2, "",},
- {"delete", 2, (void*)DeleteOp, 2, 0, "index ?index...?",},
- {"dup", 2, (void*)DupOp, 3, 0, "vecName",},
- {"expr", 1, (void*)InstExprOp, 3, 3, "expression",},
- {"fft", 1, (void*)FFTOp, 3, 0, "vecName ?switches?",},
- {"index", 3, (void*)IndexOp, 3, 4, "index ?value?",},
- {"inversefft",3, (void*)InverseFFTOp,4, 4, "vecName vecName",},
- {"length", 1, (void*)LengthOp, 2, 3, "?newSize?",},
- {"max", 2, (void*)MaxOp, 2, 2, "",},
- {"merge", 2, (void*)MergeOp, 3, 0, "vecName ?vecName...?",},
- {"min", 2, (void*)MinOp, 2, 2, "",},
- {"normalize", 3, (void*)NormalizeOp, 2, 3, "?vecName?",}, /*Deprecated*/
- {"notify", 3, (void*)NotifyOp, 3, 3, "keyword",},
- {"offset", 1, (void*)OffsetOp, 2, 3, "?offset?",},
- {"populate", 1, (void*)PopulateOp, 4, 4, "vecName density",},
- {"random", 4, (void*)RandomOp, 2, 2, "",}, /*Deprecated*/
- {"range", 4, (void*)RangeOp, 2, 4, "first last",},
- {"search", 3, (void*)SearchOp, 3, 5, "?-value? value ?value?",},
- {"seq", 3, (void*)SeqOp, 4, 5, "begin end ?num?",},
- {"set", 3, (void*)SetOp, 3, 3, "list",},
- {"simplify", 2, (void*)SimplifyOp, 2, 2, },
- {"sort", 2, (void*)SortOp, 2, 0, "?switches? ?vecName...?",},
- {"split", 2, (void*)SplitOp, 2, 0, "?vecName...?",},
- {"values", 3, (void*)ValuesOp, 2, 0, "?switches?",},
- {"variable", 3, (void*)MapOp, 2, 3, "?varName?",},
- };
-
-static int nInstOps = sizeof(vectorInstOps) / sizeof(Blt_OpSpec);
-
-int Blt::Vec_InstCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- Vector* vPtr = (Vector*)clientData;
- vPtr->first = 0;
- vPtr->last = vPtr->length - 1;
- VectorCmdProc *proc =
- (VectorCmdProc*)GetOpFromObj(interp, nInstOps, vectorInstOps,
- BLT_OP_ARG1, objc, objv, 0);
- if (proc == NULL)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- return (*proc) (vPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-}
-
-#define MAX_ERR_MSG 1023
-static char message[MAX_ERR_MSG + 1];
-char* Blt::Vec_VarTrace(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- const char *part1, const char *part2, int flags)
-{
- Blt_VectorIndexProc *indexProc;
- Vector* vPtr = (Vector*)clientData;
-
- if (part2 == NULL) {
- if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
- free((void*)(vPtr->arrayName));
- vPtr->arrayName = NULL;
- if (vPtr->freeOnUnset)
- Vec_Free(vPtr);
- }
-
- return NULL;
- }
-
- int first;
- int last;
- int varFlags;
-
- if (Vec_GetIndexRange(interp, vPtr, part2, INDEX_ALL_FLAGS, &indexProc)
- != TCL_OK)
- goto error;
-
- first = vPtr->first;
- last = vPtr->last;
- varFlags = TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG | (TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY & flags);
- if (flags & TCL_TRACE_WRITES) {
- // Tried to set "min" or "max"
- if (first == SPECIAL_INDEX)
- return (char *)"read-only index";
-
- Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tcl_GetVar2Ex(interp, part1, part2, varFlags);
- if (objPtr == NULL)
- goto error;
-
- double value;
- if (Blt_ExprDoubleFromObj(interp, objPtr, &value) != TCL_OK) {
- // Single numeric index. Reset the array element to
- // its old value on errors
- if ((last == first) && (first >= 0))
- Tcl_SetVar2Ex(interp, part1, part2, objPtr, varFlags);
- goto error;
- }
-
- if (first == vPtr->length) {
- if (Vec_ChangeLength((Tcl_Interp *)NULL, vPtr, vPtr->length + 1)
- != TCL_OK)
- return (char *)"error resizing vector";
- }
-
- // Set possibly an entire range of values
- ReplicateValue(vPtr, first, last, value);
- }
- else if (flags & TCL_TRACE_READS) {
- Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
-
- if (vPtr->length == 0) {
- if (Tcl_SetVar2(interp, part1, part2, "", varFlags) == NULL)
- goto error;
-
- return NULL;
- }
-
- if (first == vPtr->length)
- return (char *)"write-only index";
-
- if (first == last) {
- double value;
- if (first >= 0)
- value = vPtr->valueArr[first];
- else {
- vPtr->first = 0, vPtr->last = vPtr->length - 1;
- value = (*indexProc) ((Blt_Vector *) vPtr);
- }
-
- objPtr = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(value);
- if (Tcl_SetVar2Ex(interp, part1, part2, objPtr, varFlags) == NULL) {
- Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr);
- goto error;
- }
- }
- else {
- objPtr = GetValues(vPtr, first, last);
- if (Tcl_SetVar2Ex(interp, part1, part2, objPtr, varFlags) == NULL)
- Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr);
- goto error;
- }
- }
- else if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
- if ((first == vPtr->length) || (first == SPECIAL_INDEX))
- return (char *)"special vector index";
-
- // Collapse the vector from the point of the first unset element.
- // Also flush any array variable entries so that the shift is
- // reflected when the array variable is read.
- for (int i = first, j = last + 1; j < vPtr->length; i++, j++)
- vPtr->valueArr[i] = vPtr->valueArr[j];
-
- vPtr->length -= ((last - first) + 1);
- if (vPtr->flush)
- Vec_FlushCache(vPtr);
-
- }
- else
- return (char *)"unknown variable trace flag";
-
- if (flags & (TCL_TRACE_UNSETS | TCL_TRACE_WRITES))
- Vec_UpdateClients(vPtr);
-
- Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
- return NULL;
-
- error:
- strncpy(message, Tcl_GetStringResult(interp), MAX_ERR_MSG);
- message[MAX_ERR_MSG] = '\0';
- return message;
-}
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltVecInt.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltVecInt.h
deleted file mode 100644
index cc516a1..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltVecInt.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1995-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-
-#include "tkbltChain.h"
-#include "tkbltVector.h"
-
-#define VECTOR_THREAD_KEY "BLT Vector Data"
-#define VECTOR_MAGIC ((unsigned int) 0x46170277)
-
-/* These defines allow parsing of different types of indices */
-
-#define INDEX_SPECIAL (1<<0) /* Recognize "min", "max", and "++end" as
- * valid indices */
-#define INDEX_COLON (1<<1) /* Also recognize a range of indices separated
- * by a colon */
-#define INDEX_CHECK (1<<2) /* Verify that the specified index or range of
- * indices are within limits */
-#define INDEX_ALL_FLAGS (INDEX_SPECIAL | INDEX_COLON | INDEX_CHECK)
-
-#define SPECIAL_INDEX -2
-
-#define FFT_NO_CONSTANT (1<<0)
-#define FFT_BARTLETT (1<<1)
-#define FFT_SPECTRUM (1<<2)
-
-#define NOTIFY_UPDATED ((int)BLT_VECTOR_NOTIFY_UPDATE)
-#define NOTIFY_DESTROYED ((int)BLT_VECTOR_NOTIFY_DESTROY)
-
-#define NOTIFY_NEVER (1<<3) /* Never notify clients of updates to
- * the vector */
-#define NOTIFY_ALWAYS (1<<4) /* Notify clients after each update
- * of the vector is made */
-#define NOTIFY_WHENIDLE (1<<5) /* Notify clients at the next idle point
- * that the vector has been updated. */
-
-#define NOTIFY_PENDING (1<<6) /* A do-when-idle notification of the
- * vector's clients is pending. */
-#define NOTIFY_NOW (1<<7) /* Notify clients of changes once
- * immediately */
-
-#define NOTIFY_WHEN_MASK (NOTIFY_NEVER|NOTIFY_ALWAYS|NOTIFY_WHENIDLE)
-
-#define UPDATE_RANGE (1<<9) /* The data of the vector has changed.
- * Update the min and max limits when
- * they are needed */
-
-#define FindRange(array, first, last, min, max) \
- { \
- min = max = 0.0; \
- if (first <= last) { \
- register int i; \
- min = max = array[first]; \
- for (i = first + 1; i <= last; i++) { \
- if (min > array[i]) { \
- min = array[i]; \
- } else if (max < array[i]) { \
- max = array[i]; \
- } \
- } \
- } \
- }
-
-namespace Blt {
-
- typedef struct {
- double x;
- double y;
- } Point2d;
-
- typedef struct {
- Tcl_HashTable vectorTable; /* Table of vectors */
- Tcl_HashTable mathProcTable; /* Table of vector math functions */
- Tcl_HashTable indexProcTable;
- Tcl_Interp* interp;
- unsigned int nextId;
- } VectorInterpData;
-
- typedef struct {
- // If you change these fields, make sure you change the definition of
- // Blt_Vector in blt.h too.
- double *valueArr; /* Array of values (malloc-ed) */
- int length; /* Current number of values in the array. */
- int size; /* Maximum number of values that can be stored
- * in the value array. */
- double min, max; /* Minimum and maximum values in the vector */
- int dirty; /* Indicates if the vector has been updated */
- int reserved;
-
- /* The following fields are local to this module */
-
- const char *name; /* The namespace-qualified name of the vector.
- * It points to the hash key allocated for the
- * entry in the vector hash table. */
- VectorInterpData *dataPtr;
- Tcl_Interp* interp; /* Interpreter associated with the vector */
- Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr; /* If non-NULL, pointer in a hash table to
- * track the vectors in use. */
- Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc; /* Address of procedure to call to release
- * storage for the value array, Optionally can
- * be one of the following: TCL_STATIC,
- * TCL_DYNAMIC, or TCL_VOLATILE. */
- const char *arrayName; /* The name of the TCL array variable mapped
- * to the vector (malloc'ed). If NULL,
- * indicates that the vector isn't mapped to
- * any variable */
- Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr; /* Namespace context of the vector itself. */
- int offset; /* Offset from zero of the vector's starting
- * index */
- Tcl_Command cmdToken; /* Token for vector's TCL command. */
- Chain* chain; /* List of clients using this vector */
- int notifyFlags; /* Notification flags. See definitions
- * below */
- int varFlags; /* Indicate if the variable is global,
- * namespace, or local */
- int freeOnUnset; /* For backward compatibility only: If
- * non-zero, free the vector when its variable
- * is unset. */
- int flush;
- int first, last; /* Selected region of vector. This is used
- * mostly for the math routines */
- } Vector;
-
- extern const char* Itoa(int value);
- extern int Vec_GetIndex(Tcl_Interp* interp, Vector *vPtr,
- const char *string, int *indexPtr, int flags,
- Blt_VectorIndexProc **procPtrPtr);
- extern int Vec_GetIndexRange(Tcl_Interp* interp, Vector *vPtr,
- const char *string, int flags,
- Blt_VectorIndexProc **procPtrPtr);
- extern Vector* Vec_ParseElement(Tcl_Interp* interp, VectorInterpData *dataPtr,
- const char *start, const char **endPtr,
- int flags);
- extern int Vec_SetLength(Tcl_Interp* interp, Vector *vPtr, int length);
- extern int Vec_SetSize(Tcl_Interp* interp, Vector *vPtr, int size);
- extern void Vec_FlushCache(Vector *vPtr);
- extern void Vec_UpdateRange(Vector *vPtr);
- extern void Vec_UpdateClients(Vector *vPtr);
- extern void Vec_Free(Vector *vPtr);
- extern Vector* Vec_New(VectorInterpData *dataPtr);
- extern int Vec_MapVariable(Tcl_Interp* interp, Vector *vPtr,
- const char *name);
- extern int Vec_ChangeLength(Tcl_Interp* interp, Vector *vPtr, int length);
- extern Vector* Vec_Create(VectorInterpData *dataPtr, const char *name,
- const char *cmdName, const char *varName,
- int *newPtr);
- extern int Vec_LookupName(VectorInterpData *dataPtr, const char *vecName,
- Vector **vPtrPtr);
- extern VectorInterpData* Vec_GetInterpData (Tcl_Interp* interp);
- extern int Vec_Reset(Vector *vPtr, double *dataArr, int nValues,
- int arraySize, Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc);
- extern int Vec_FFT(Tcl_Interp* interp, Vector *realPtr,
- Vector *phasesPtr, Vector *freqPtr, double delta,
- int flags, Vector *srcPtr);
- extern int Vec_InverseFFT(Tcl_Interp* interp, Vector *iSrcPtr,
- Vector *rDestPtr, Vector *iDestPtr,
- Vector *srcPtr);
- extern int Vec_Duplicate(Vector *destPtr, Vector *srcPtr);
- extern size_t *Vec_SortMap(Vector **vectors, int nVectors);
- extern double Vec_Max(Vector *vecObjPtr);
- extern double Vec_Min(Vector *vecObjPtr);
- extern int ExprVector(Tcl_Interp* interp, char *string, Blt_Vector *vector);
-
- extern Tcl_ObjCmdProc Vec_InstCmd;
- extern Tcl_VarTraceProc Vec_VarTrace;
- extern void Vec_InstallMathFunctions(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr);
- extern void Vec_UninstallMathFunctions(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr);
- extern void Vec_InstallSpecialIndices(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr);
-};
-
-extern Tcl_IdleProc Blt_Vec_NotifyClients;
-
-#ifdef _WIN32
-double drand48(void);
-void srand48(long int seed);
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltVecMath.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltVecMath.C
deleted file mode 100644
index 03277d4..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltVecMath.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1612 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1995-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
- * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
- * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
- * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use,
- * copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
- * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
- * conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
- * KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE
- * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
- * PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
- * OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
- * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
- * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
- * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <cmath>
-
-#include <float.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <cmath>
-
-#include "tkbltInt.h"
-#include "tkbltVecInt.h"
-#include "tkbltNsUtil.h"
-#include "tkbltParse.h"
-
-using namespace std;
-using namespace Blt;
-
-/*
- * Three types of math functions:
- *
- * ComponentProc Function is applied in multiple calls to
- * each component of the vector.
- * VectorProc Entire vector is passed, each component is
- * modified.
- * ScalarProc Entire vector is passed, single scalar value
- * is returned.
- */
-
-typedef double (ComponentProc)(double value);
-typedef int (VectorProc)(Vector *vPtr);
-typedef double (ScalarProc)(Vector *vPtr);
-
-/*
- * Built-in math functions:
- */
-typedef int (GenericMathProc) (void*, Tcl_Interp*, Vector*);
-
-/*
- * MathFunction --
- *
- * Contains information about math functions that can be called
- * for vectors. The table of math functions is global within the
- * application. So you can't define two different "sqrt"
- * functions.
- */
-typedef struct {
- const char *name; /* Name of built-in math function. If
- * NULL, indicates that the function
- * was user-defined and dynamically
- * allocated. Function names are
- * global across all interpreters. */
-
- void *proc; /* Procedure that implements this math
- * function. */
-
- ClientData clientData; /* Argument to pass when invoking the
- * function. */
-
-} MathFunction;
-
-/* The data structure below is used to describe an expression value,
- * which can be either a double-precision floating-point value, or a
- * string. A given number has only one value at a time. */
-
-#define STATIC_STRING_SPACE 150
-
-/*
- * Tokens --
- *
- * The token types are defined below. In addition, there is a
- * table associating a precedence with each operator. The order
- * of types is important. Consult the code before changing it.
- */
-enum Tokens {
- VALUE, OPEN_PAREN, CLOSE_PAREN, COMMA, END, UNKNOWN,
- MULT = 8, DIVIDE, MOD, PLUS, MINUS,
- LEFT_SHIFT, RIGHT_SHIFT,
- LESS, GREATER, LEQ, GEQ, EQUAL, NEQ,
- OLD_BIT_AND, EXPONENT, OLD_BIT_OR, OLD_QUESTY, OLD_COLON,
- AND, OR, UNARY_MINUS, OLD_UNARY_PLUS, NOT, OLD_BIT_NOT
-};
-
-typedef struct {
- Vector *vPtr;
- char staticSpace[STATIC_STRING_SPACE];
- ParseValue pv; /* Used to hold a string value, if any. */
-} Value;
-
-/*
- * ParseInfo --
- *
- * The data structure below describes the state of parsing an
- * expression. It's passed among the routines in this module.
- */
-typedef struct {
- const char *expr; /* The entire right-hand side of the
- * expression, as originally passed to
- * Blt_ExprVector. */
-
- const char *nextPtr; /* Position of the next character to
- * be scanned from the expression
- * string. */
-
- enum Tokens token; /* Type of the last token to be parsed
- * from nextPtr. See below for
- * definitions. Corresponds to the
- * characters just before nextPtr. */
-
-} ParseInfo;
-
-/*
- * Precedence table. The values for non-operator token types are ignored.
- */
-static int precTable[] =
- {
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 12, 12, 12, /* MULT, DIVIDE, MOD */
- 11, 11, /* PLUS, MINUS */
- 10, 10, /* LEFT_SHIFT, RIGHT_SHIFT */
- 9, 9, 9, 9, /* LESS, GREATER, LEQ, GEQ */
- 8, 8, /* EQUAL, NEQ */
- 7, /* OLD_BIT_AND */
- 13, /* EXPONENTIATION */
- 5, /* OLD_BIT_OR */
- 4, /* AND */
- 3, /* OR */
- 2, /* OLD_QUESTY */
- 1, /* OLD_COLON */
- 14, 14, 14, 14 /* UNARY_MINUS, OLD_UNARY_PLUS, NOT,
- * OLD_BIT_NOT */
- };
-
-
-/*
- * Forward declarations.
- */
-
-static int NextValue(Tcl_Interp* interp, ParseInfo *piPtr, int prec,
- Value *valuePtr);
-
-static int Sort(Vector *vPtr)
-{
- size_t* map = Vec_SortMap(&vPtr, 1);
- double* values = (double*)malloc(sizeof(double) * vPtr->length);
- for(int ii = vPtr->first; ii <= vPtr->last; ii++)
- values[ii] = vPtr->valueArr[map[ii]];
-
- free(map);
- for (int ii = vPtr->first; ii <= vPtr->last; ii++)
- vPtr->valueArr[ii] = values[ii];
-
- free(values);
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static double Length(Blt_Vector *vectorPtr)
-{
- Vector *vPtr = (Vector *)vectorPtr;
- return (double)(vPtr->last - vPtr->first + 1);
-}
-
-double Blt_VecMax(Blt_Vector *vectorPtr)
-{
- Vector *vPtr = (Vector *)vectorPtr;
- return Vec_Max(vPtr);
-}
-
-double Blt_VecMin(Blt_Vector *vectorPtr)
-{
- Vector *vPtr = (Vector *)vectorPtr;
- return Vec_Min(vPtr);
-}
-
-int Blt_ExprVector(Tcl_Interp* interp, char *string, Blt_Vector *vector)
-{
- return ExprVector(interp,string,vector);
-}
-
-static double Product(Blt_Vector *vectorPtr)
-{
- Vector *vPtr = (Vector *)vectorPtr;
- double prod;
- double *vp, *vend;
-
- prod = 1.0;
- for(vp = vPtr->valueArr + vPtr->first,
- vend = vPtr->valueArr + vPtr->last; vp <= vend; vp++) {
- prod *= *vp;
- }
- return prod;
-}
-
-static double Sum(Blt_Vector *vectorPtr)
-{
- // Kahan summation algorithm
-
- Vector *vPtr = (Vector *)vectorPtr;
- double* vp = vPtr->valueArr + vPtr->first;
- double sum = *vp++;
- double c = 0.0; /* A running compensation for lost
- * low-order bits.*/
- for (double* vend = vPtr->valueArr + vPtr->last; vp <= vend; vp++) {
- double y = *vp - c; /* So far, so good: c is zero.*/
- double t = sum + y; /* Alas, sum is big, y small, so
- * low-order digits of y are lost.*/
- c = (t - sum) - y; /* (t - sum) recovers the high-order
- * part of y; subtracting y recovers
- * -(low part of y) */
- sum = t;
- }
-
- return sum;
-}
-
-static double Mean(Blt_Vector *vectorPtr)
-{
- Vector *vPtr = (Vector *)vectorPtr;
- double sum = Sum(vectorPtr);
- int n = vPtr->last - vPtr->first + 1;
-
- return sum / (double)n;
-}
-
-// var = 1/N Sum( (x[i] - mean)^2 )
-static double Variance(Blt_Vector *vectorPtr)
-{
- Vector *vPtr = (Vector *)vectorPtr;
- double mean = Mean(vectorPtr);
- double var = 0.0;
- int count = 0;
- for(double *vp=vPtr->valueArr+vPtr->first, *vend=vPtr->valueArr+vPtr->last;
- vp <= vend; vp++) {
- double dx = *vp - mean;
- var += dx * dx;
- count++;
- }
-
- if (count < 2)
- return 0.0;
-
- var /= (double)(count - 1);
- return var;
-}
-
-// skew = Sum( (x[i] - mean)^3 ) / (var^3/2)
-static double Skew(Blt_Vector *vectorPtr)
-{
- Vector *vPtr = (Vector *)vectorPtr;
- double mean = Mean(vectorPtr);
- double var = 0;
- double skew = 0;
- int count = 0;
- for(double *vp=vPtr->valueArr+vPtr->first, *vend=vPtr->valueArr+vPtr->last;
- vp <= vend; vp++) {
- double diff = *vp - mean;
- diff = fabs(diff);
- double diffsq = diff * diff;
- var += diffsq;
- skew += diffsq * diff;
- count++;
- }
-
- if (count < 2)
- return 0.0;
-
- var /= (double)(count - 1);
- skew /= count * var * sqrt(var);
- return skew;
-}
-
-static double StdDeviation(Blt_Vector *vectorPtr)
-{
- double var;
-
- var = Variance(vectorPtr);
- if (var > 0.0) {
- return sqrt(var);
- }
- return 0.0;
-}
-
-static double AvgDeviation(Blt_Vector *vectorPtr)
-{
- Vector *vPtr = (Vector *)vectorPtr;
- double mean = Mean(vectorPtr);
- double avg = 0.0;
- int count = 0;
- for(double *vp=vPtr->valueArr+vPtr->first, *vend=vPtr->valueArr+vPtr->last;
- vp <= vend; vp++) {
- double diff = *vp - mean;
- avg += fabs(diff);
- count++;
- }
-
- if (count < 2)
- return 0.0;
-
- avg /= (double)count;
- return avg;
-}
-
-static double Kurtosis(Blt_Vector *vectorPtr)
-{
- Vector *vPtr = (Vector *)vectorPtr;
- double mean = Mean(vectorPtr);
- double var = 0;
- double kurt = 0;
- int count = 0;
- for(double *vp=vPtr->valueArr+vPtr->first, *vend=vPtr->valueArr+vPtr->last;
- vp <= vend; vp++) {
- double diff = *vp - mean;
- double diffsq = diff * diff;
- var += diffsq;
- kurt += diffsq * diffsq;
- count++;
- }
-
- if (count < 2)
- return 0.0;
-
- var /= (double)(count - 1);
-
- if (var == 0.0)
- return 0.0;
-
- kurt /= (count * var * var);
- return kurt - 3.0; /* Fisher Kurtosis */
-}
-
-static double Median(Blt_Vector *vectorPtr)
-{
- Vector *vPtr = (Vector *)vectorPtr;
- size_t *map;
- double q2;
- int mid;
-
- if (vPtr->length == 0) {
- return -DBL_MAX;
- }
- map = Vec_SortMap(&vPtr, 1);
- mid = (vPtr->length - 1) / 2;
-
- /*
- * Determine Q2 by checking if the number of elements [0..n-1] is
- * odd or even. If even, we must take the average of the two
- * middle values.
- */
- if (vPtr->length & 1) { /* Odd */
- q2 = vPtr->valueArr[map[mid]];
- } else { /* Even */
- q2 = (vPtr->valueArr[map[mid]] +
- vPtr->valueArr[map[mid + 1]]) * 0.5;
- }
- free(map);
- return q2;
-}
-
-static double Q1(Blt_Vector *vectorPtr)
-{
- Vector *vPtr = (Vector *)vectorPtr;
- double q1;
- size_t *map;
-
- if (vPtr->length == 0) {
- return -DBL_MAX;
- }
- map = Vec_SortMap(&vPtr, 1);
-
- if (vPtr->length < 4) {
- q1 = vPtr->valueArr[map[0]];
- } else {
- int mid, q;
-
- mid = (vPtr->length - 1) / 2;
- q = mid / 2;
-
- /*
- * Determine Q1 by checking if the number of elements in the
- * bottom half [0..mid) is odd or even. If even, we must
- * take the average of the two middle values.
- */
- if (mid & 1) { /* Odd */
- q1 = vPtr->valueArr[map[q]];
- } else { /* Even */
- q1 = (vPtr->valueArr[map[q]] +
- vPtr->valueArr[map[q + 1]]) * 0.5;
- }
- }
- free(map);
- return q1;
-}
-
-static double Q3(Blt_Vector *vectorPtr)
-{
- Vector *vPtr = (Vector *)vectorPtr;
- double q3;
- size_t *map;
-
- if (vPtr->length == 0) {
- return -DBL_MAX;
- }
-
- map = Vec_SortMap(&vPtr, 1);
-
- if (vPtr->length < 4) {
- q3 = vPtr->valueArr[map[vPtr->length - 1]];
- } else {
- int mid, q;
-
- mid = (vPtr->length - 1) / 2;
- q = (vPtr->length + mid) / 2;
-
- /*
- * Determine Q3 by checking if the number of elements in the
- * upper half (mid..n-1] is odd or even. If even, we must
- * take the average of the two middle values.
- */
- if (mid & 1) { /* Odd */
- q3 = vPtr->valueArr[map[q]];
- } else { /* Even */
- q3 = (vPtr->valueArr[map[q]] +
- vPtr->valueArr[map[q + 1]]) * 0.5;
- }
- }
- free(map);
- return q3;
-}
-
-static int Norm(Blt_Vector *vector)
-{
- Vector *vPtr = (Vector *)vector;
- double norm, range, min, max;
- int i;
-
- min = Vec_Min(vPtr);
- max = Vec_Max(vPtr);
- range = max - min;
- for (i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- norm = (vPtr->valueArr[i] - min) / range;
- vPtr->valueArr[i] = norm;
- }
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static double Nonzeros(Blt_Vector *vector)
-{
- Vector *vPtr = (Vector *)vector;
- int count;
- double *vp, *vend;
-
- count = 0;
- for(vp = vPtr->valueArr + vPtr->first, vend = vPtr->valueArr + vPtr->last; vp <= vend; vp++) {
- if (*vp == 0.0)
- count++;
- }
- return (double) count;
-}
-
-static double Fabs(double value)
-{
- if (value < 0.0)
- return -value;
- return value;
-}
-
-static double Round(double value)
-{
- if (value < 0.0)
- return ceil(value - 0.5);
- else
- return floor(value + 0.5);
-}
-
-static double Fmod(double x, double y)
-{
- if (y == 0.0)
- return 0.0;
- return x - (floor(x / y) * y);
-}
-
-/*
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * MathError --
- *
- * This procedure is called when an error occurs during a
- * floating-point operation. It reads errno and sets
- * interp->result accordingly.
- *
- * Results:
- * Interp->result is set to hold an error message.
- *
- * Side effects:
- * None.
- *
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-static void MathError(Tcl_Interp* interp, double value)
-{
- if ((errno == EDOM) || (value != value)) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "domain error: argument not in valid range",
- (char *)NULL);
- Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "ARITH", "DOMAIN",
- Tcl_GetStringResult(interp), (char *)NULL);
- }
- else if ((errno == ERANGE) || isinf(value)) {
- if (value == 0.0) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
- "floating-point value too small to represent",
- (char *)NULL);
- Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "ARITH", "UNDERFLOW",
- Tcl_GetStringResult(interp), (char *)NULL);
- }
- else {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
- "floating-point value too large to represent",
- (char *)NULL);
- Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "ARITH", "OVERFLOW",
- Tcl_GetStringResult(interp), (char *)NULL);
- }
- }
- else {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown floating-point error, ",
- "errno = ", Itoa(errno), (char *)NULL);
- Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "ARITH", "UNKNOWN",
- Tcl_GetStringResult(interp), (char *)NULL);
- }
-}
-
-static int ParseString(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *string, Value *valuePtr)
-{
- const char *endPtr;
- double value;
-
- errno = 0;
-
- /*
- * The string can be either a number or a vector. First try to
- * convert the string to a number. If that fails then see if
- * we can find a vector by that name.
- */
-
- value = strtod(string, (char **)&endPtr);
- if ((endPtr != string) && (*endPtr == '\0')) {
- if (errno != 0) {
- Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
- MathError(interp, value);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- /* Numbers are stored as single element vectors. */
- if (Vec_ChangeLength(interp, valuePtr->vPtr, 1) != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- valuePtr->vPtr->valueArr[0] = value;
- return TCL_OK;
- } else {
- Vector *vPtr;
-
- while (isspace((unsigned char)(*string))) {
- string++; /* Skip spaces leading the vector name. */
- }
- vPtr = Vec_ParseElement(interp, valuePtr->vPtr->dataPtr,
- string, &endPtr, NS_SEARCH_BOTH);
- if (vPtr == NULL) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- if (*endPtr != '\0') {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "extra characters after vector",
- (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- /* Copy the designated vector to our temporary. */
- Vec_Duplicate(valuePtr->vPtr, vPtr);
- }
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int ParseMathFunction(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *start,
- ParseInfo *piPtr, Value *valuePtr)
-{
- Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
- MathFunction *mathPtr; /* Info about math function. */
- char *p;
- VectorInterpData *dataPtr; /* Interpreter-specific data. */
- GenericMathProc *proc;
-
- /*
- * Find the end of the math function's name and lookup the
- * record for the function.
- */
- p = (char *)start;
- while (isspace((unsigned char)(*p))) {
- p++;
- }
- piPtr->nextPtr = p;
- while (isalnum((unsigned char)(*p)) || (*p == '_')) {
- p++;
- }
- if (*p != '(') {
- return TCL_RETURN; /* Must start with open parenthesis */
- }
- dataPtr = valuePtr->vPtr->dataPtr;
- *p = '\0';
- hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dataPtr->mathProcTable, piPtr->nextPtr);
- *p = '(';
- if (hPtr == NULL) {
- return TCL_RETURN; /* Name doesn't match any known function */
- }
- /* Pick up the single value as the argument to the function */
- piPtr->token = OPEN_PAREN;
- piPtr->nextPtr = p + 1;
- valuePtr->pv.next = valuePtr->pv.buffer;
- if (NextValue(interp, piPtr, -1, valuePtr) != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR; /* Parse error */
- }
- if (piPtr->token != CLOSE_PAREN) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unmatched parentheses in expression \"",
- piPtr->expr, "\"", (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR; /* Missing right parenthesis */
- }
- mathPtr = (MathFunction*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
- proc = (GenericMathProc*)mathPtr->proc;
- if ((*proc) (mathPtr->clientData, interp, valuePtr->vPtr) != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR; /* Function invocation error */
- }
- piPtr->token = VALUE;
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int NextToken(Tcl_Interp* interp, ParseInfo *piPtr, Value *valuePtr)
-{
- const char *p;
- const char *endPtr;
- const char *var;
- int result;
-
- p = piPtr->nextPtr;
- while (isspace((unsigned char)(*p))) {
- p++;
- }
- if (*p == '\0') {
- piPtr->token = END;
- piPtr->nextPtr = p;
- return TCL_OK;
- }
- /*
- * Try to parse the token as a floating-point number. But check
- * that the first character isn't a "-" or "+", which "strtod"
- * will happily accept as an unary operator. Otherwise, we might
- * accidently treat a binary operator as unary by mistake, which
- * will eventually cause a syntax error.
- */
- if ((*p != '-') && (*p != '+')) {
- double value;
-
- errno = 0;
- value = strtod(p, (char **)&endPtr);
- if (endPtr != p) {
- if (errno != 0) {
- MathError(interp, value);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- piPtr->token = VALUE;
- piPtr->nextPtr = endPtr;
-
- /*
- * Save the single floating-point value as an 1-component vector.
- */
- if (Vec_ChangeLength(interp, valuePtr->vPtr, 1) != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- valuePtr->vPtr->valueArr[0] = value;
- return TCL_OK;
- }
- }
- piPtr->nextPtr = p + 1;
- switch (*p) {
- case '$':
- piPtr->token = VALUE;
- var = Tcl_ParseVar(interp, p, &endPtr);
- if (var == NULL) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- piPtr->nextPtr = endPtr;
- Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
- result = ParseString(interp, var, valuePtr);
- return result;
-
- case '[':
- piPtr->token = VALUE;
- result = ParseNestedCmd(interp, p + 1, 0, &endPtr, &valuePtr->pv);
- if (result != TCL_OK) {
- return result;
- }
- piPtr->nextPtr = endPtr;
- Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
- result = ParseString(interp, valuePtr->pv.buffer, valuePtr);
- return result;
-
- case '"':
- piPtr->token = VALUE;
- result = ParseQuotes(interp, p + 1, '"', 0, &endPtr, &valuePtr->pv);
- if (result != TCL_OK) {
- return result;
- }
- piPtr->nextPtr = endPtr;
- Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
- result = ParseString(interp, valuePtr->pv.buffer, valuePtr);
- return result;
-
- case '{':
- piPtr->token = VALUE;
- result = ParseBraces(interp, p + 1, &endPtr, &valuePtr->pv);
- if (result != TCL_OK) {
- return result;
- }
- piPtr->nextPtr = endPtr;
- Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
- result = ParseString(interp, valuePtr->pv.buffer, valuePtr);
- return result;
-
- case '(':
- piPtr->token = OPEN_PAREN;
- break;
-
- case ')':
- piPtr->token = CLOSE_PAREN;
- break;
-
- case ',':
- piPtr->token = COMMA;
- break;
-
- case '*':
- piPtr->token = MULT;
- break;
-
- case '/':
- piPtr->token = DIVIDE;
- break;
-
- case '%':
- piPtr->token = MOD;
- break;
-
- case '+':
- piPtr->token = PLUS;
- break;
-
- case '-':
- piPtr->token = MINUS;
- break;
-
- case '^':
- piPtr->token = EXPONENT;
- break;
-
- case '<':
- switch (*(p + 1)) {
- case '<':
- piPtr->nextPtr = p + 2;
- piPtr->token = LEFT_SHIFT;
- break;
- case '=':
- piPtr->nextPtr = p + 2;
- piPtr->token = LEQ;
- break;
- default:
- piPtr->token = LESS;
- break;
- }
- break;
-
- case '>':
- switch (*(p + 1)) {
- case '>':
- piPtr->nextPtr = p + 2;
- piPtr->token = RIGHT_SHIFT;
- break;
- case '=':
- piPtr->nextPtr = p + 2;
- piPtr->token = GEQ;
- break;
- default:
- piPtr->token = GREATER;
- break;
- }
- break;
-
- case '=':
- if (*(p + 1) == '=') {
- piPtr->nextPtr = p + 2;
- piPtr->token = EQUAL;
- } else {
- piPtr->token = UNKNOWN;
- }
- break;
-
- case '&':
- if (*(p + 1) == '&') {
- piPtr->nextPtr = p + 2;
- piPtr->token = AND;
- } else {
- piPtr->token = UNKNOWN;
- }
- break;
-
- case '|':
- if (*(p + 1) == '|') {
- piPtr->nextPtr = p + 2;
- piPtr->token = OR;
- } else {
- piPtr->token = UNKNOWN;
- }
- break;
-
- case '!':
- if (*(p + 1) == '=') {
- piPtr->nextPtr = p + 2;
- piPtr->token = NEQ;
- } else {
- piPtr->token = NOT;
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- piPtr->token = VALUE;
- result = ParseMathFunction(interp, p, piPtr, valuePtr);
- if ((result == TCL_OK) || (result == TCL_ERROR)) {
- return result;
- } else {
- Vector *vPtr;
-
- while (isspace((unsigned char)(*p))) {
- p++; /* Skip spaces leading the vector name. */
- }
- vPtr = Vec_ParseElement(interp, valuePtr->vPtr->dataPtr,
- p, &endPtr, NS_SEARCH_BOTH);
- if (vPtr == NULL) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- Vec_Duplicate(valuePtr->vPtr, vPtr);
- piPtr->nextPtr = endPtr;
- }
- }
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int NextValue(Tcl_Interp* interp, ParseInfo *piPtr,
- int prec, Value *valuePtr)
-{
- Value value2; /* Second operand for current operator. */
- int oper; /* Current operator (either unary or binary). */
- int gotOp; /* Non-zero means already lexed the operator
- * (while picking up value for unary operator).
- * Don't lex again. */
- int result;
- Vector *vPtr, *v2Ptr;
- int i;
-
- /*
- * There are two phases to this procedure. First, pick off an initial
- * value. Then, parse (binary operator, value) pairs until done.
- */
-
- vPtr = valuePtr->vPtr;
- v2Ptr = Vec_New(vPtr->dataPtr);
- gotOp = 0;
- value2.vPtr = v2Ptr;
- value2.pv.buffer = value2.pv.next = value2.staticSpace;
- value2.pv.end = value2.pv.buffer + STATIC_STRING_SPACE - 1;
- value2.pv.expandProc = ExpandParseValue;
- value2.pv.clientData = NULL;
-
- result = NextToken(interp, piPtr, valuePtr);
- if (result != TCL_OK) {
- goto done;
- }
- if (piPtr->token == OPEN_PAREN) {
-
- /* Parenthesized sub-expression. */
-
- result = NextValue(interp, piPtr, -1, valuePtr);
- if (result != TCL_OK) {
- goto done;
- }
- if (piPtr->token != CLOSE_PAREN) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unmatched parentheses in expression \"",
- piPtr->expr, "\"", (char *)NULL);
- result = TCL_ERROR;
- goto done;
- }
- } else {
- if (piPtr->token == MINUS) {
- piPtr->token = UNARY_MINUS;
- }
- if (piPtr->token >= UNARY_MINUS) {
- oper = piPtr->token;
- result = NextValue(interp, piPtr, precTable[oper], valuePtr);
- if (result != TCL_OK) {
- goto done;
- }
- gotOp = 1;
- /* Process unary operators. */
- switch (oper) {
- case UNARY_MINUS:
- for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- vPtr->valueArr[i] = -(vPtr->valueArr[i]);
- }
- break;
-
- case NOT:
- for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- vPtr->valueArr[i] = (double)(!vPtr->valueArr[i]);
- }
- break;
- default:
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown operator", (char *)NULL);
- goto error;
- }
- } else if (piPtr->token != VALUE) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "missing operand", (char *)NULL);
- goto error;
- }
- }
- if (!gotOp) {
- result = NextToken(interp, piPtr, &value2);
- if (result != TCL_OK) {
- goto done;
- }
- }
- /*
- * Got the first operand. Now fetch (operator, operand) pairs.
- */
- for (;;) {
- oper = piPtr->token;
-
- value2.pv.next = value2.pv.buffer;
- if ((oper < MULT) || (oper >= UNARY_MINUS)) {
- if ((oper == END) || (oper == CLOSE_PAREN) ||
- (oper == COMMA)) {
- result = TCL_OK;
- goto done;
- } else {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad operator", (char *)NULL);
- goto error;
- }
- }
- if (precTable[oper] <= prec) {
- result = TCL_OK;
- goto done;
- }
- result = NextValue(interp, piPtr, precTable[oper], &value2);
- if (result != TCL_OK) {
- goto done;
- }
- if ((piPtr->token < MULT) && (piPtr->token != VALUE) &&
- (piPtr->token != END) && (piPtr->token != CLOSE_PAREN) &&
- (piPtr->token != COMMA)) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unexpected token in expression",
- (char *)NULL);
- goto error;
- }
- /*
- * At this point we have two vectors and an operator.
- */
-
- if (v2Ptr->length == 1) {
- double *opnd;
- double scalar;
-
- /*
- * 2nd operand is a scalar.
- */
- scalar = v2Ptr->valueArr[0];
- opnd = vPtr->valueArr;
- switch (oper) {
- case MULT:
- for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd[i] *= scalar;
- }
- break;
-
- case DIVIDE:
- if (scalar == 0.0) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "divide by zero", (char *)NULL);
- goto error;
- }
- for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd[i] /= scalar;
- }
- break;
-
- case PLUS:
- for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd[i] += scalar;
- }
- break;
-
- case MINUS:
- for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd[i] -= scalar;
- }
- break;
-
- case EXPONENT:
- for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd[i] = pow(opnd[i], scalar);
- }
- break;
-
- case MOD:
- for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd[i] = Fmod(opnd[i], scalar);
- }
- break;
-
- case LESS:
- for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd[i] = (double)(opnd[i] < scalar);
- }
- break;
-
- case GREATER:
- for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd[i] = (double)(opnd[i] > scalar);
- }
- break;
-
- case LEQ:
- for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd[i] = (double)(opnd[i] <= scalar);
- }
- break;
-
- case GEQ:
- for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd[i] = (double)(opnd[i] >= scalar);
- }
- break;
-
- case EQUAL:
- for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd[i] = (double)(opnd[i] == scalar);
- }
- break;
-
- case NEQ:
- for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd[i] = (double)(opnd[i] != scalar);
- }
- break;
-
- case AND:
- for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd[i] = (double)(opnd[i] && scalar);
- }
- break;
-
- case OR:
- for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd[i] = (double)(opnd[i] || scalar);
- }
- break;
-
- case LEFT_SHIFT:
- {
- int offset;
-
- offset = (int)scalar % vPtr->length;
- if (offset > 0) {
- double *hold;
- int j;
-
- hold = (double*)malloc(sizeof(double) * offset);
- for (i = 0; i < offset; i++) {
- hold[i] = opnd[i];
- }
- for (i = offset, j = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++, j++) {
- opnd[j] = opnd[i];
- }
- for (i = 0, j = vPtr->length - offset;
- j < vPtr->length; i++, j++) {
- opnd[j] = hold[i];
- }
- free(hold);
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case RIGHT_SHIFT:
- {
- int offset;
-
- offset = (int)scalar % vPtr->length;
- if (offset > 0) {
- double *hold;
- int j;
-
- hold = (double*)malloc(sizeof(double) * offset);
- for (i = vPtr->length - offset, j = 0;
- i < vPtr->length; i++, j++) {
- hold[j] = opnd[i];
- }
- for (i = vPtr->length - offset - 1,
- j = vPtr->length - 1; i >= 0; i--, j--) {
- opnd[j] = opnd[i];
- }
- for (i = 0; i < offset; i++) {
- opnd[i] = hold[i];
- }
- free(hold);
- }
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown operator in expression",
- (char *)NULL);
- goto error;
- }
-
- } else if (vPtr->length == 1) {
- double *opnd;
- double scalar;
-
- /*
- * 1st operand is a scalar.
- */
- scalar = vPtr->valueArr[0];
- Vec_Duplicate(vPtr, v2Ptr);
- opnd = vPtr->valueArr;
- switch (oper) {
- case MULT:
- for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd[i] *= scalar;
- }
- break;
-
- case PLUS:
- for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd[i] += scalar;
- }
- break;
-
- case DIVIDE:
- for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- if (opnd[i] == 0.0) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "divide by zero",
- (char *)NULL);
- goto error;
- }
- opnd[i] = (scalar / opnd[i]);
- }
- break;
-
- case MINUS:
- for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd[i] = scalar - opnd[i];
- }
- break;
-
- case EXPONENT:
- for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd[i] = pow(scalar, opnd[i]);
- }
- break;
-
- case MOD:
- for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd[i] = Fmod(scalar, opnd[i]);
- }
- break;
-
- case LESS:
- for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd[i] = (double)(scalar < opnd[i]);
- }
- break;
-
- case GREATER:
- for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd[i] = (double)(scalar > opnd[i]);
- }
- break;
-
- case LEQ:
- for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd[i] = (double)(scalar >= opnd[i]);
- }
- break;
-
- case GEQ:
- for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd[i] = (double)(scalar <= opnd[i]);
- }
- break;
-
- case EQUAL:
- for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd[i] = (double)(opnd[i] == scalar);
- }
- break;
-
- case NEQ:
- for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd[i] = (double)(opnd[i] != scalar);
- }
- break;
-
- case AND:
- for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd[i] = (double)(opnd[i] && scalar);
- }
- break;
-
- case OR:
- for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd[i] = (double)(opnd[i] || scalar);
- }
- break;
-
- case LEFT_SHIFT:
- case RIGHT_SHIFT:
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "second shift operand must be scalar",
- (char *)NULL);
- goto error;
-
- default:
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown operator in expression",
- (char *)NULL);
- goto error;
- }
- } else {
- double *opnd1, *opnd2;
- /*
- * Carry out the function of the specified operator.
- */
- if (vPtr->length != v2Ptr->length) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "vectors are different lengths",
- (char *)NULL);
- goto error;
- }
- opnd1 = vPtr->valueArr, opnd2 = v2Ptr->valueArr;
- switch (oper) {
- case MULT:
- for (i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd1[i] *= opnd2[i];
- }
- break;
-
- case DIVIDE:
- for (i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- if (opnd2[i] == 0.0) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
- "can't divide by 0.0 vector component",
- (char *)NULL);
- goto error;
- }
- opnd1[i] /= opnd2[i];
- }
- break;
-
- case PLUS:
- for (i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd1[i] += opnd2[i];
- }
- break;
-
- case MINUS:
- for (i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd1[i] -= opnd2[i];
- }
- break;
-
- case MOD:
- for (i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd1[i] = Fmod(opnd1[i], opnd2[i]);
- }
- break;
-
- case EXPONENT:
- for (i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd1[i] = pow(opnd1[i], opnd2[i]);
- }
- break;
-
- case LESS:
- for (i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd1[i] = (double)(opnd1[i] < opnd2[i]);
- }
- break;
-
- case GREATER:
- for (i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd1[i] = (double)(opnd1[i] > opnd2[i]);
- }
- break;
-
- case LEQ:
- for (i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd1[i] = (double)(opnd1[i] <= opnd2[i]);
- }
- break;
-
- case GEQ:
- for (i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd1[i] = (double)(opnd1[i] >= opnd2[i]);
- }
- break;
-
- case EQUAL:
- for (i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd1[i] = (double)(opnd1[i] == opnd2[i]);
- }
- break;
-
- case NEQ:
- for (i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd1[i] = (double)(opnd1[i] != opnd2[i]);
- }
- break;
-
- case AND:
- for (i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd1[i] = (double)(opnd1[i] && opnd2[i]);
- }
- break;
-
- case OR:
- for (i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) {
- opnd1[i] = (double)(opnd1[i] || opnd2[i]);
- }
- break;
-
- case LEFT_SHIFT:
- case RIGHT_SHIFT:
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "second shift operand must be scalar",
- (char *)NULL);
- goto error;
-
- default:
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown operator in expression",
- (char *)NULL);
- goto error;
- }
- }
- }
- done:
- if (value2.pv.buffer != value2.staticSpace) {
- free(value2.pv.buffer);
- }
- Vec_Free(v2Ptr);
- return result;
-
- error:
- if (value2.pv.buffer != value2.staticSpace) {
- free(value2.pv.buffer);
- }
- Vec_Free(v2Ptr);
- return TCL_ERROR;
-}
-
-static int EvaluateExpression(Tcl_Interp* interp, char *string,
- Value *valuePtr)
-{
- ParseInfo info;
- int result;
- Vector *vPtr;
- double *vp, *vend;
-
- info.expr = info.nextPtr = string;
- valuePtr->pv.buffer = valuePtr->pv.next = valuePtr->staticSpace;
- valuePtr->pv.end = valuePtr->pv.buffer + STATIC_STRING_SPACE - 1;
- valuePtr->pv.expandProc = ExpandParseValue;
- valuePtr->pv.clientData = NULL;
-
- result = NextValue(interp, &info, -1, valuePtr);
- if (result != TCL_OK) {
- return result;
- }
- if (info.token != END) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, ": syntax error in expression \"",
- string, "\"", (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- vPtr = valuePtr->vPtr;
-
- /* Check for NaN's and overflows. */
- for (vp = vPtr->valueArr, vend = vp + vPtr->length; vp < vend; vp++) {
- if (!isfinite(*vp)) {
- /*
- * IEEE floating-point error.
- */
- MathError(interp, *vp);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- }
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int ComponentFunc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- Vector *vPtr)
-{
- ComponentProc *procPtr = (ComponentProc *) clientData;
- double *vp, *vend;
-
- errno = 0;
- for(vp = vPtr->valueArr + vPtr->first,
- vend = vPtr->valueArr + vPtr->last; vp <= vend; vp++) {
- *vp = (*procPtr) (*vp);
- if (errno != 0) {
- MathError(interp, *vp);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- if (!isfinite(*vp)) {
- /*
- * IEEE floating-point error.
- */
- MathError(interp, *vp);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- }
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int ScalarFunc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, Vector *vPtr)
-{
- double value;
- ScalarProc *procPtr = (ScalarProc *) clientData;
-
- errno = 0;
- value = (*procPtr) (vPtr);
- if (errno != 0) {
- MathError(interp, value);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- if (Vec_ChangeLength(interp, vPtr, 1) != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- vPtr->valueArr[0] = value;
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int VectorFunc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, Vector *vPtr)
-{
- VectorProc *procPtr = (VectorProc *) clientData;
-
- return (*procPtr) (vPtr);
-}
-
-
-static MathFunction mathFunctions[] =
- {
- {"abs", (void*)ComponentFunc, (ClientData)Fabs},
- {"acos", (void*)ComponentFunc, (ClientData)(double (*)(double))acos},
- {"asin", (void*)ComponentFunc, (ClientData)(double (*)(double))asin},
- {"atan", (void*)ComponentFunc, (ClientData)(double (*)(double))atan},
- {"adev", (void*)ScalarFunc, (ClientData)AvgDeviation},
- {"ceil", (void*)ComponentFunc, (ClientData)(double (*)(double))ceil},
- {"cos", (void*)ComponentFunc, (ClientData)(double (*)(double))cos},
- {"cosh", (void*)ComponentFunc, (ClientData)(double (*)(double))cosh},
- {"exp", (void*)ComponentFunc, (ClientData)(double (*)(double))exp},
- {"floor", (void*)ComponentFunc, (ClientData)(double (*)(double))floor},
- {"kurtosis",(void*)ScalarFunc, (ClientData)Kurtosis},
- {"length", (void*)ScalarFunc, (ClientData)Length},
- {"log", (void*)ComponentFunc, (ClientData)(double (*)(double))log},
- {"log10", (void*)ComponentFunc, (ClientData)(double (*)(double))log10},
- {"max", (void*)ScalarFunc, (ClientData)Blt_VecMax},
- {"mean", (void*)ScalarFunc, (ClientData)Mean},
- {"median", (void*)ScalarFunc, (ClientData)Median},
- {"min", (void*)ScalarFunc, (ClientData)Blt_VecMin},
- {"norm", (void*)VectorFunc, (ClientData)Norm},
- {"nz", (void*)ScalarFunc, (ClientData)Nonzeros},
- {"q1", (void*)ScalarFunc, (ClientData)Q1},
- {"q3", (void*)ScalarFunc, (ClientData)Q3},
- {"prod", (void*)ScalarFunc, (ClientData)Product},
- {"random", (void*)ComponentFunc, (ClientData)drand48},
- {"round", (void*)ComponentFunc, (ClientData)Round},
- {"sdev", (void*)ScalarFunc, (ClientData)StdDeviation},
- {"sin", (void*)ComponentFunc, (ClientData)(double (*)(double))sin},
- {"sinh", (void*)ComponentFunc, (ClientData)(double (*)(double))sinh},
- {"skew", (void*)ScalarFunc, (ClientData)Skew},
- {"sort", (void*)VectorFunc, (ClientData)Sort},
- {"sqrt", (void*)ComponentFunc, (ClientData)(double (*)(double))sqrt},
- {"sum", (void*)ScalarFunc, (ClientData)Sum},
- {"tan", (void*)ComponentFunc, (ClientData)(double (*)(double))tan},
- {"tanh", (void*)ComponentFunc, (ClientData)(double (*)(double))tanh},
- {"var", (void*)ScalarFunc, (ClientData)Variance},
- {(char *)NULL,},
- };
-
-void Blt::Vec_InstallMathFunctions(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr)
-{
- MathFunction *mathPtr;
-
- for (mathPtr = mathFunctions; mathPtr->name != NULL; mathPtr++) {
- Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
- int isNew;
-
- hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(tablePtr, mathPtr->name, &isNew);
- Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, (ClientData)mathPtr);
- }
-}
-
-void Blt::Vec_UninstallMathFunctions(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr)
-{
- Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
- Tcl_HashSearch cursor;
-
- for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(tablePtr, &cursor); hPtr != NULL;
- hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&cursor)) {
- MathFunction *mathPtr = (MathFunction*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
- if (mathPtr->name == NULL)
- free(mathPtr);
- }
-}
-
-static void InstallIndexProc(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr, const char *string,
- Blt_VectorIndexProc *procPtr)
-{
- Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
- int dummy;
-
- hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(tablePtr, string, &dummy);
- if (procPtr == NULL)
- Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hPtr);
- else
- Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, (ClientData)procPtr);
-}
-
-void Blt::Vec_InstallSpecialIndices(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr)
-{
- InstallIndexProc(tablePtr, "min", Blt_VecMin);
- InstallIndexProc(tablePtr, "max", Blt_VecMax);
- InstallIndexProc(tablePtr, "mean", Mean);
- InstallIndexProc(tablePtr, "sum", Sum);
- InstallIndexProc(tablePtr, "prod", Product);
-}
-
-int Blt::ExprVector(Tcl_Interp* interp, char *string, Blt_Vector *vector)
-{
- VectorInterpData *dataPtr; /* Interpreter-specific data. */
- Vector *vPtr = (Vector *)vector;
- Value value;
-
- dataPtr = (vector != NULL) ? vPtr->dataPtr : Vec_GetInterpData(interp);
- value.vPtr = Vec_New(dataPtr);
- if (EvaluateExpression(interp, string, &value) != TCL_OK) {
- Vec_Free(value.vPtr);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- if (vPtr != NULL) {
- Vec_Duplicate(vPtr, value.vPtr);
- } else {
- Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr;
- double *vp, *vend;
-
- /* No result vector. Put values in interp->result. */
- listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **) NULL);
- for (vp = value.vPtr->valueArr, vend = vp + value.vPtr->length;
- vp < vend; vp++) {
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(*vp));
- }
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr);
- }
- Vec_Free(value.vPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-#ifdef _WIN32
-double drand48(void)
-{
- return (double)rand() / (double)RAND_MAX;
-}
-
-void srand48(long int seed)
-{
- srand(seed);
-}
-#endif
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltVecOp.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltVecOp.C
deleted file mode 100644
index 6c84723..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltVecOp.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1991-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <tcl.h>
-
-#include "tkbltVecInt.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-extern Tcl_ObjCmdProc VectorObjCmd;
-
-int Blt_VectorCmdInitProc(Tcl_Interp* interp)
-{
-
- Tcl_Namespace* nsPtr = Tcl_FindNamespace(interp, "::blt", NULL,
- TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG);
- if (nsPtr == NULL)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- const char* cmdPath = "::blt::vector";
- Tcl_Command cmdToken = Tcl_FindCommand(interp, cmdPath, NULL, 0);
- if (cmdToken)
- return TCL_OK;
- cmdToken = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, cmdPath, VectorObjCmd,
- Vec_GetInterpData(interp), NULL);
- if (Tcl_Export(interp, nsPtr, "vector", 0) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltVector.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltVector.C
deleted file mode 100644
index 0837917..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltVector.C
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1875 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1995-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
- * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * TODO:
- * o Add H. Kirsch's vector binary read operation
- * x binread file0
- * x binread -file file0
- *
- * o Add ASCII/binary file reader
- * x read fileName
- *
- * o Allow Tcl-based client notifications.
- * vector x
- * x notify call Display
- * x notify delete Display
- * x notify reorder #1 #2
- */
-
-#include <float.h>
-#include <time.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-
-#include <cmath>
-
-#include "tkbltInt.h"
-#include "tkbltVecInt.h"
-#include "tkbltNsUtil.h"
-#include "tkbltSwitch.h"
-#include "tkbltOp.h"
-
-using namespace Blt;
-
-#define DEF_ARRAY_SIZE 64
-#define TRACE_ALL (TCL_TRACE_WRITES | TCL_TRACE_READS | TCL_TRACE_UNSETS)
-
-
-#define VECTOR_CHAR(c) ((isalnum((unsigned char)(c))) || \
- (c == '_') || (c == ':') || (c == '@') || (c == '.'))
-
-/*
- * VectorClient --
- *
- * A vector can be shared by several clients. Each client allocates this
- * structure that acts as its key for using the vector. Clients can also
- * designate a callback routine that is executed whenever the vector is
- * updated or destroyed.
- *
- */
-typedef struct {
- unsigned int magic; /* Magic value designating whether this really
- * is a vector token or not */
- Vector* serverPtr; /* Pointer to the master record of the vector.
- * If NULL, indicates that the vector has been
- * destroyed but as of yet, this client hasn't
- * recognized it. */
- Blt_VectorChangedProc *proc;/* Routine to call when the contents of the
- * vector change or the vector is deleted. */
- ClientData clientData; /* Data passed whenever the vector change
- * procedure is called. */
- ChainLink* link; /* Used to quickly remove this entry from its
- * server's client chain. */
-} VectorClient;
-
-static Tcl_CmdDeleteProc VectorInstDeleteProc;
-extern Tcl_ObjCmdProc VectorObjCmd;
-static Tcl_InterpDeleteProc VectorInterpDeleteProc;
-
-typedef struct {
- char *varName; /* Requested variable name. */
- char *cmdName; /* Requested command name. */
- int flush; /* Flush */
- int watchUnset; /* Watch when variable is unset. */
-} CreateSwitches;
-
-static Blt_SwitchSpec createSwitches[] =
- {
- {BLT_SWITCH_STRING, "-variable", "varName",
- Tk_Offset(CreateSwitches, varName), BLT_SWITCH_NULL_OK},
- {BLT_SWITCH_STRING, "-command", "command",
- Tk_Offset(CreateSwitches, cmdName), BLT_SWITCH_NULL_OK},
- {BLT_SWITCH_BOOLEAN, "-watchunset", "bool",
- Tk_Offset(CreateSwitches, watchUnset), 0},
- {BLT_SWITCH_BOOLEAN, "-flush", "bool",
- Tk_Offset(CreateSwitches, flush), 0},
- {BLT_SWITCH_END}
- };
-
-typedef int (VectorCmdProc)(Vector* vecObjPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]);
-
-static char stringRep[200];
-
-const char *Blt::Itoa(int value)
-{
- snprintf(stringRep, 200, "%d", value);
- return stringRep;
-}
-
-static char* Blt_Strdup(const char *string)
-{
- size_t size = strlen(string) + 1;
- char* ptr = (char*)malloc(size * sizeof(char));
- if (ptr != NULL)
- strcpy(ptr, string);
-
- return ptr;
-}
-
-static Vector* FindVectorInNamespace(VectorInterpData *dataPtr,
- Blt_ObjectName *objNamePtr)
-{
- Tcl_DString dString;
- const char* name = MakeQualifiedName(objNamePtr, &dString);
- Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dataPtr->vectorTable, name);
- Tcl_DStringFree(&dString);
- if (hPtr != NULL)
- return (Vector*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-static Vector* GetVectorObject(VectorInterpData *dataPtr, const char *name,
- int flags)
-{
- Tcl_Interp* interp = dataPtr->interp;
- Blt_ObjectName objName;
- if (!ParseObjectName(interp, name, &objName, BLT_NO_ERROR_MSG | BLT_NO_DEFAULT_NS))
- return NULL;
-
- Vector* vPtr = NULL;
- if (objName.nsPtr != NULL)
- vPtr = FindVectorInNamespace(dataPtr, &objName);
- else {
- if (flags & NS_SEARCH_CURRENT) {
- objName.nsPtr = Tcl_GetCurrentNamespace(interp);
- vPtr = FindVectorInNamespace(dataPtr, &objName);
- }
- if ((vPtr == NULL) && (flags & NS_SEARCH_GLOBAL)) {
- objName.nsPtr = Tcl_GetGlobalNamespace(interp);
- vPtr = FindVectorInNamespace(dataPtr, &objName);
- }
- }
-
- return vPtr;
-}
-
-void Blt::Vec_UpdateRange(Vector* vPtr)
-{
- double* vp = vPtr->valueArr + vPtr->first;
- double* vend = vPtr->valueArr + vPtr->last;
- double min = *vp;
- double max = *vp++;
- for (/* empty */; vp <= vend; vp++) {
- if (min > *vp)
- min = *vp;
- else if (max < *vp)
- max = *vp;
- }
- vPtr->min = min;
- vPtr->max = max;
- vPtr->notifyFlags &= ~UPDATE_RANGE;
-}
-
-int Blt::Vec_GetIndex(Tcl_Interp* interp, Vector* vPtr, const char *string,
- int *indexPtr, int flags, Blt_VectorIndexProc **procPtrPtr)
-{
- int value;
- char c = string[0];
-
- // Treat the index "end" like a numeric index
- if ((c == 'e') && (strcmp(string, "end") == 0)) {
- if (vPtr->length < 1) {
- if (interp != NULL) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad index \"end\": vector is empty",
- (char *)NULL);
- }
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- *indexPtr = vPtr->length - 1;
- return TCL_OK;
- } else if ((c == '+') && (strcmp(string, "++end") == 0)) {
- *indexPtr = vPtr->length;
- return TCL_OK;
- }
- if (procPtrPtr != NULL) {
- Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
-
- hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&vPtr->dataPtr->indexProcTable, string);
- if (hPtr != NULL) {
- *indexPtr = SPECIAL_INDEX;
- *procPtrPtr = (Blt_VectorIndexProc*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
- }
- }
- if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, (char *)string, &value) != TCL_OK) {
- long int lvalue;
- /*
- * Unlike Tcl_GetInt, Tcl_ExprLong needs a valid interpreter, but the
- * interp passed in may be NULL. So we have to use vPtr->interp and
- * then reset the result.
- */
- if (Tcl_ExprLong(vPtr->interp, (char *)string, &lvalue) != TCL_OK) {
- Tcl_ResetResult(vPtr->interp);
- if (interp != NULL) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad index \"", string, "\"",
- (char *)NULL);
- }
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- value = (int)lvalue;
- }
- /*
- * Correct the index by the current value of the offset. This makes all
- * the numeric indices non-negative, which is how we distinguish the
- * special non-numeric indices.
- */
- value -= vPtr->offset;
-
- if ((value < 0) || ((flags & INDEX_CHECK) && (value >= vPtr->length))) {
- if (interp != NULL) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "index \"", string, "\" is out of range",
- (char *)NULL);
- }
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- *indexPtr = (int)value;
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-int Blt::Vec_GetIndexRange(Tcl_Interp* interp, Vector* vPtr, const char *string,
- int flags, Blt_VectorIndexProc** procPtrPtr)
-{
- int ielem;
- char* colon = NULL;
- if (flags & INDEX_COLON)
- colon = (char*)strchr(string, ':');
-
- if (colon != NULL) {
- if (string == colon) {
- vPtr->first = 0; /* Default to the first index */
- }
- else {
- int result;
-
- *colon = '\0';
- result = Vec_GetIndex(interp, vPtr, string, &ielem, flags,
- (Blt_VectorIndexProc **) NULL);
- *colon = ':';
- if (result != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- vPtr->first = ielem;
- }
- if (*(colon + 1) == '\0') {
- /* Default to the last index */
- vPtr->last = (vPtr->length > 0) ? vPtr->length - 1 : 0;
- } else {
- if (Vec_GetIndex(interp, vPtr, colon + 1, &ielem, flags,
- (Blt_VectorIndexProc **) NULL) != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- vPtr->last = ielem;
- }
- if (vPtr->first > vPtr->last) {
- if (interp != NULL) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad range \"", string,
- "\" (first > last)", (char *)NULL);
- }
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- } else {
- if (Vec_GetIndex(interp, vPtr, string, &ielem, flags,
- procPtrPtr) != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- vPtr->last = vPtr->first = ielem;
- }
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-Vector* Blt::Vec_ParseElement(Tcl_Interp* interp, VectorInterpData *dataPtr,
- const char* start, const char** endPtr, int flags)
-{
- char* p = (char*)start;
- // Find the end of the vector name
- while (VECTOR_CHAR(*p)) {
- p++;
- }
- char saved = *p;
- *p = '\0';
-
- Vector* vPtr = GetVectorObject(dataPtr, start, flags);
- if (vPtr == NULL) {
- if (interp != NULL) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't find vector \"", start, "\"",
- (char *)NULL);
- }
- *p = saved;
- return NULL;
- }
- *p = saved;
- vPtr->first = 0;
- vPtr->last = vPtr->length - 1;
- if (*p == '(') {
- int count, result;
-
- start = p + 1;
- p++;
-
- /* Find the matching right parenthesis */
- count = 1;
- while (*p != '\0') {
- if (*p == ')') {
- count--;
- if (count == 0) {
- break;
- }
- } else if (*p == '(') {
- count++;
- }
- p++;
- }
- if (count > 0) {
- if (interp != NULL) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unbalanced parentheses \"", start,
- "\"", (char *)NULL);
- }
- return NULL;
- }
- *p = '\0';
- result = Vec_GetIndexRange(interp, vPtr, start, (INDEX_COLON | INDEX_CHECK), (Blt_VectorIndexProc **) NULL);
- *p = ')';
- if (result != TCL_OK) {
- return NULL;
- }
- p++;
- }
- if (endPtr != NULL) {
- *endPtr = p;
- }
- return vPtr;
-}
-
-void Blt_Vec_NotifyClients(ClientData clientData)
-{
- Vector* vPtr = (Vector*)clientData;
- ChainLink *link, *next;
- Blt_VectorNotify notify;
-
- notify = (vPtr->notifyFlags & NOTIFY_DESTROYED)
- ? BLT_VECTOR_NOTIFY_DESTROY : BLT_VECTOR_NOTIFY_UPDATE;
- vPtr->notifyFlags &= ~(NOTIFY_UPDATED | NOTIFY_DESTROYED | NOTIFY_PENDING);
- for (link = Chain_FirstLink(vPtr->chain); link; link = next) {
- next = Chain_NextLink(link);
- VectorClient *clientPtr = (VectorClient*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- if ((clientPtr->proc != NULL) && (clientPtr->serverPtr != NULL)) {
- (*clientPtr->proc) (vPtr->interp, clientPtr->clientData, notify);
- }
- }
-
- // Some clients may not handle the "destroy" callback properly (they
- // should call Blt_FreeVectorId to release the client identifier), so mark
- // any remaining clients to indicate that vector's server has gone away.
- if (notify == BLT_VECTOR_NOTIFY_DESTROY) {
- for (link = Chain_FirstLink(vPtr->chain); link;
- link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- VectorClient *clientPtr = (VectorClient*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- clientPtr->serverPtr = NULL;
- }
- }
-}
-
-void Blt::Vec_UpdateClients(Vector* vPtr)
-{
- vPtr->dirty++;
- vPtr->max = vPtr->min = NAN;
- if (vPtr->notifyFlags & NOTIFY_NEVER) {
- return;
- }
- vPtr->notifyFlags |= NOTIFY_UPDATED;
- if (vPtr->notifyFlags & NOTIFY_ALWAYS) {
- Blt_Vec_NotifyClients(vPtr);
- return;
- }
- if (!(vPtr->notifyFlags & NOTIFY_PENDING)) {
- vPtr->notifyFlags |= NOTIFY_PENDING;
- Tcl_DoWhenIdle(Blt_Vec_NotifyClients, vPtr);
- }
-}
-
-void Blt::Vec_FlushCache(Vector* vPtr)
-{
- Tcl_Interp* interp = vPtr->interp;
-
- if (vPtr->arrayName == NULL)
- return;
-
- /* Turn off the trace temporarily so that we can unset all the
- * elements in the array. */
-
- Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, vPtr->arrayName, (char *)NULL,
- TRACE_ALL | vPtr->varFlags, Vec_VarTrace, vPtr);
-
- /* Clear all the element entries from the entire array */
- Tcl_UnsetVar2(interp, vPtr->arrayName, (char *)NULL, vPtr->varFlags);
-
- /* Restore the "end" index by default and the trace on the entire array */
- Tcl_SetVar2(interp, vPtr->arrayName, "end", "", vPtr->varFlags);
- Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, vPtr->arrayName, (char *)NULL,
- TRACE_ALL | vPtr->varFlags, Vec_VarTrace, vPtr);
-}
-
-int Blt::Vec_LookupName(VectorInterpData *dataPtr, const char *vecName,
- Vector** vPtrPtr)
-{
-
- const char *endPtr;
- Vector* vPtr = Vec_ParseElement(dataPtr->interp, dataPtr, vecName, &endPtr, NS_SEARCH_BOTH);
- if (vPtr == NULL)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- if (*endPtr != '\0') {
- Tcl_AppendResult(dataPtr->interp,
- "extra characters after vector name", (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- *vPtrPtr = vPtr;
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-double Blt::Vec_Min(Vector* vecObjPtr)
-{
- double* vp = vecObjPtr->valueArr + vecObjPtr->first;
- double* vend = vecObjPtr->valueArr + vecObjPtr->last;
- double min = *vp++;
- for (/* empty */; vp <= vend; vp++) {
- if (min > *vp)
- min = *vp;
- }
- vecObjPtr->min = min;
- return vecObjPtr->min;
-}
-
-double Blt::Vec_Max(Vector* vecObjPtr)
-{
- double max = NAN;
- double* vp = vecObjPtr->valueArr + vecObjPtr->first;
- double* vend = vecObjPtr->valueArr + vecObjPtr->last;
- max = *vp++;
- for (/* empty */; vp <= vend; vp++) {
- if (max < *vp)
- max = *vp;
- }
- vecObjPtr->max = max;
- return vecObjPtr->max;
-}
-
-static void DeleteCommand(Vector* vPtr)
-{
- Tcl_Interp* interp = vPtr->interp;
- char *qualName;
- Tcl_CmdInfo cmdInfo;
- Tcl_DString dString;
- Blt_ObjectName objName;
-
- Tcl_DStringInit(&dString);
- objName.name = Tcl_GetCommandName(interp, vPtr->cmdToken);
- objName.nsPtr = GetCommandNamespace(vPtr->cmdToken);
- qualName = MakeQualifiedName(&objName, &dString);
- if (Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, qualName, &cmdInfo)) {
- // Disable the callback before deleting the TCL command
- cmdInfo.deleteProc = NULL;
- Tcl_SetCommandInfo(interp, qualName, &cmdInfo);
- Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(interp, vPtr->cmdToken);
- }
- Tcl_DStringFree(&dString);
- vPtr->cmdToken = 0;
-}
-
-static void UnmapVariable(Vector* vPtr)
-{
- Tcl_Interp* interp = vPtr->interp;
-
- // Unset the entire array
- Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, vPtr->arrayName, (char *)NULL,
- (TRACE_ALL | vPtr->varFlags), Vec_VarTrace, vPtr);
- Tcl_UnsetVar2(interp, vPtr->arrayName, (char *)NULL, vPtr->varFlags);
-
- if (vPtr->arrayName != NULL) {
- free((void*)(vPtr->arrayName));
- vPtr->arrayName = NULL;
- }
-}
-
-int Blt::Vec_MapVariable(Tcl_Interp* interp, Vector* vPtr, const char *path)
-{
- Blt_ObjectName objName;
- char *newPath;
- const char *result;
- Tcl_DString dString;
-
- if (vPtr->arrayName != NULL) {
- UnmapVariable(vPtr);
- }
- if ((path == NULL) || (path[0] == '\0')) {
- return TCL_OK; /* If the variable pathname is the empty
- * string, simply return after removing any
- * existing variable. */
- }
- /* Get the variable name (without the namespace qualifier). */
- if (!ParseObjectName(interp, path, &objName, BLT_NO_DEFAULT_NS)) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- if (objName.nsPtr == NULL) {
- /*
- * If there was no namespace qualifier, try harder to see if the
- * variable is non-local.
- */
- objName.nsPtr = GetVariableNamespace(interp, objName.name);
- }
- Tcl_DStringInit(&dString);
- vPtr->varFlags = 0;
- if (objName.nsPtr != NULL) { /* Global or namespace variable. */
- newPath = MakeQualifiedName(&objName, &dString);
- vPtr->varFlags |= (TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
- } else { /* Local variable. */
- newPath = (char *)objName.name;
- }
-
- /*
- * To play it safe, delete the variable first. This has the benefical
- * side-effect of unmapping the variable from another vector that may be
- * currently associated with it.
- */
- Tcl_UnsetVar2(interp, newPath, (char *)NULL, 0);
-
- /*
- * Set the index "end" in the array. This will create the variable
- * immediately so that we can check its namespace context.
- */
- result = Tcl_SetVar2(interp, newPath, "end", "", TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG);
- if (result == NULL) {
- Tcl_DStringFree(&dString);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- /* Create a full-array trace on reads, writes, and unsets. */
- Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, newPath, (char *)NULL, TRACE_ALL, Vec_VarTrace,
- vPtr);
- vPtr->arrayName = Blt_Strdup(newPath);
- Tcl_DStringFree(&dString);
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-int Blt::Vec_SetSize(Tcl_Interp* interp, Vector* vPtr, int newSize)
-{
- if (newSize <= 0) {
- newSize = DEF_ARRAY_SIZE;
- }
- if (newSize == vPtr->size) {
- /* Same size, use the current array. */
- return TCL_OK;
- }
- if (vPtr->freeProc == TCL_DYNAMIC) {
- /* Old memory was dynamically allocated, so use realloc. */
- double* newArr = (double*)realloc(vPtr->valueArr, newSize * sizeof(double));
- if (newArr == NULL) {
- if (interp != NULL) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't reallocate ",
- Itoa(newSize), " elements for vector \"",
- vPtr->name, "\"", (char *)NULL);
- }
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- vPtr->size = newSize;
- vPtr->valueArr = newArr;
- return TCL_OK;
- }
-
- {
- /* Old memory was created specially (static or special allocator).
- * Replace with dynamically allocated memory (malloc-ed). */
-
- double* newArr = (double*)calloc(newSize, sizeof(double));
- if (newArr == NULL) {
- if (interp != NULL) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't allocate ",
- Itoa(newSize), " elements for vector \"",
- vPtr->name, "\"", (char *)NULL);
- }
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- {
- int used, wanted;
-
- /* Copy the contents of the old memory into the new. */
- used = vPtr->length;
- wanted = newSize;
-
- if (used > wanted) {
- used = wanted;
- }
- /* Copy any previous data */
- if (used > 0) {
- memcpy(newArr, vPtr->valueArr, used * sizeof(double));
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * We're not using the old storage anymore, so free it if it's not
- * TCL_STATIC. It's static because the user previously reset the
- * vector with a statically allocated array (setting freeProc to
- * TCL_STATIC).
- */
- if (vPtr->freeProc != TCL_STATIC) {
- if (vPtr->freeProc == TCL_DYNAMIC) {
- free(vPtr->valueArr);
- } else {
- (*vPtr->freeProc) ((char *)vPtr->valueArr);
- }
- }
- vPtr->freeProc = TCL_DYNAMIC; /* Set the type of the new storage */
- vPtr->valueArr = newArr;
- vPtr->size = newSize;
- }
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-int Blt::Vec_SetLength(Tcl_Interp* interp, Vector* vPtr, int newLength)
-{
- if (vPtr->size < newLength) {
- if (Vec_SetSize(interp, vPtr, newLength) != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- }
- vPtr->length = newLength;
- vPtr->first = 0;
- vPtr->last = newLength - 1;
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-int Blt::Vec_ChangeLength(Tcl_Interp* interp, Vector* vPtr, int newLength)
-{
- if (newLength < 0) {
- newLength = 0;
- }
- if (newLength > vPtr->size) {
- int newSize; /* Size of array in elements */
-
- /* Compute the new size of the array. It's a multiple of
- * DEF_ARRAY_SIZE. */
- newSize = DEF_ARRAY_SIZE;
- while (newSize < newLength) {
- newSize += newSize;
- }
- if (newSize != vPtr->size) {
- if (Vec_SetSize(interp, vPtr, newSize) != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- }
- }
- vPtr->length = newLength;
- vPtr->first = 0;
- vPtr->last = newLength - 1;
- return TCL_OK;
-
-}
-
-int Blt::Vec_Reset(Vector* vPtr, double *valueArr, int length,
- int size, Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc)
-{
- if (vPtr->valueArr != valueArr) { /* New array of values resides
- * in different memory than
- * the current vector. */
- if ((valueArr == NULL) || (size == 0)) {
- /* Empty array. Set up default values */
- valueArr = (double*)malloc(sizeof(double) * DEF_ARRAY_SIZE);
- size = DEF_ARRAY_SIZE;
- if (valueArr == NULL) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(vPtr->interp, "can't allocate ",
- Itoa(size), " elements for vector \"",
- vPtr->name, "\"", (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- freeProc = TCL_DYNAMIC;
- length = 0;
- }
- else if (freeProc == TCL_VOLATILE) {
- /* Data is volatile. Make a copy of the value array. */
- double* newArr = (double*)malloc(size * sizeof(double));
- if (newArr == NULL) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(vPtr->interp, "can't allocate ",
- Itoa(size), " elements for vector \"",
- vPtr->name, "\"", (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- memcpy((char *)newArr, (char *)valueArr,
- sizeof(double) * length);
- valueArr = newArr;
- freeProc = TCL_DYNAMIC;
- }
-
- if (vPtr->freeProc != TCL_STATIC) {
- /* Old data was dynamically allocated. Free it before attaching
- * new data. */
- if (vPtr->freeProc == TCL_DYNAMIC) {
- free(vPtr->valueArr);
- } else {
- (*freeProc) ((char *)vPtr->valueArr);
- }
- }
- vPtr->freeProc = freeProc;
- vPtr->valueArr = valueArr;
- vPtr->size = size;
- }
-
- vPtr->length = length;
- if (vPtr->flush) {
- Vec_FlushCache(vPtr);
- }
- Vec_UpdateClients(vPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-Vector* Blt::Vec_New(VectorInterpData *dataPtr)
-{
- Vector* vPtr = (Vector*)calloc(1, sizeof(Vector));
- vPtr->valueArr = (double*)malloc(sizeof(double) * DEF_ARRAY_SIZE);
- if (vPtr->valueArr == NULL) {
- free(vPtr);
- return NULL;
- }
- vPtr->size = DEF_ARRAY_SIZE;
- vPtr->freeProc = TCL_DYNAMIC;
- vPtr->length = 0;
- vPtr->interp = dataPtr->interp;
- vPtr->hashPtr = NULL;
- vPtr->chain = new Chain();
- vPtr->flush = 0;
- vPtr->min = vPtr->max = NAN;
- vPtr->notifyFlags = NOTIFY_WHENIDLE;
- vPtr->dataPtr = dataPtr;
- return vPtr;
-}
-
-void Blt::Vec_Free(Vector* vPtr)
-{
- ChainLink* link;
-
- if (vPtr->cmdToken != 0) {
- DeleteCommand(vPtr);
- }
- if (vPtr->arrayName != NULL) {
- UnmapVariable(vPtr);
- }
- vPtr->length = 0;
-
- /* Immediately notify clients that vector is going away */
- if (vPtr->notifyFlags & NOTIFY_PENDING) {
- vPtr->notifyFlags &= ~NOTIFY_PENDING;
- Tcl_CancelIdleCall(Blt_Vec_NotifyClients, vPtr);
- }
- vPtr->notifyFlags |= NOTIFY_DESTROYED;
- Blt_Vec_NotifyClients(vPtr);
-
- for (link = Chain_FirstLink(vPtr->chain); link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) {
- VectorClient *clientPtr = (VectorClient*)Chain_GetValue(link);
- free(clientPtr);
- }
- delete vPtr->chain;
- if ((vPtr->valueArr != NULL) && (vPtr->freeProc != TCL_STATIC)) {
- if (vPtr->freeProc == TCL_DYNAMIC) {
- free(vPtr->valueArr);
- } else {
- (*vPtr->freeProc) ((char *)vPtr->valueArr);
- }
- }
- if (vPtr->hashPtr != NULL) {
- Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(vPtr->hashPtr);
- }
-#ifdef NAMESPACE_DELETE_NOTIFY
- if (vPtr->nsPtr != NULL) {
- Blt_DestroyNsDeleteNotify(vPtr->interp, vPtr->nsPtr, vPtr);
- }
-#endif /* NAMESPACE_DELETE_NOTIFY */
- free(vPtr);
-}
-
-static void VectorInstDeleteProc(ClientData clientData)
-{
- Vector* vPtr = (Vector*)clientData;
- vPtr->cmdToken = 0;
- Vec_Free(vPtr);
-}
-
-Vector* Blt::Vec_Create(VectorInterpData *dataPtr, const char *vecName,
- const char *cmdName, const char *varName, int *isNewPtr)
-{
- Tcl_DString dString;
- Blt_ObjectName objName;
- char *qualName;
- Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
- Tcl_Interp* interp = dataPtr->interp;
-
- int isNew = 0;
- Vector* vPtr = NULL;
-
- if (!ParseObjectName(interp, vecName, &objName, 0))
- return NULL;
-
- Tcl_DStringInit(&dString);
- if ((objName.name[0] == '#') && (strcmp(objName.name, "#auto") == 0)) {
-
- do { /* Generate a unique vector name. */
- char string[200];
-
- snprintf(string, 200, "vector%d", dataPtr->nextId++);
- objName.name = string;
- qualName = MakeQualifiedName(&objName, &dString);
- hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dataPtr->vectorTable, qualName);
- } while (hPtr != NULL);
- } else {
- const char *p;
-
- for (p = objName.name; *p != '\0'; p++) {
- if (!VECTOR_CHAR(*p)) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad vector name \"", objName.name,
- "\": must contain digits, letters, underscore, or period",
- (char *)NULL);
- goto error;
- }
- }
- qualName = MakeQualifiedName(&objName, &dString);
- vPtr = Vec_ParseElement((Tcl_Interp *)NULL, dataPtr, qualName,
- NULL, NS_SEARCH_CURRENT);
- }
- if (vPtr == NULL) {
- hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dataPtr->vectorTable, qualName, &isNew);
- vPtr = Vec_New(dataPtr);
- vPtr->hashPtr = hPtr;
- vPtr->nsPtr = objName.nsPtr;
-
- vPtr->name = (const char*)Tcl_GetHashKey(&dataPtr->vectorTable, hPtr);
-#ifdef NAMESPACE_DELETE_NOTIFY
- Blt_CreateNsDeleteNotify(interp, objName.nsPtr, vPtr,
- VectorInstDeleteProc);
-#endif /* NAMESPACE_DELETE_NOTIFY */
- Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, vPtr);
- }
- if (cmdName != NULL) {
- Tcl_CmdInfo cmdInfo;
-
- if ((cmdName == vecName) ||
- ((cmdName[0] == '#') && (strcmp(cmdName, "#auto")==0))) {
- cmdName = qualName;
- }
- if (Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, (char *)cmdName, &cmdInfo)) {
- if (vPtr != cmdInfo.objClientData) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "command \"", cmdName,
- "\" already exists", (char *)NULL);
- goto error;
- }
- /* We get here only if the old name is the same as the new. */
- goto checkVariable;
- }
- }
- if (vPtr->cmdToken != 0) {
- DeleteCommand(vPtr); /* Command already exists, delete old first */
- }
- if (cmdName != NULL) {
- Tcl_DString dString2;
-
- Tcl_DStringInit(&dString2);
- if (cmdName != qualName) {
- if (!ParseObjectName(interp, cmdName, &objName, 0)) {
- goto error;
- }
- cmdName = MakeQualifiedName(&objName, &dString2);
- }
- vPtr->cmdToken = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, (char *)cmdName, Vec_InstCmd,
- vPtr, VectorInstDeleteProc);
- Tcl_DStringFree(&dString2);
- }
- checkVariable:
- if (varName != NULL) {
- if ((varName[0] == '#') && (strcmp(varName, "#auto") == 0)) {
- varName = qualName;
- }
- if (Vec_MapVariable(interp, vPtr, varName) != TCL_OK) {
- goto error;
- }
- }
-
- Tcl_DStringFree(&dString);
- *isNewPtr = isNew;
- return vPtr;
-
- error:
- Tcl_DStringFree(&dString);
- if (vPtr != NULL) {
- Vec_Free(vPtr);
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-int Blt::Vec_Duplicate(Vector* destPtr, Vector* srcPtr)
-{
- size_t nBytes;
- size_t length;
-
- if (destPtr == srcPtr) {
- /* Copying the same vector. */
- }
- length = srcPtr->last - srcPtr->first + 1;
- if (Vec_ChangeLength(destPtr->interp, destPtr, length) != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- nBytes = length * sizeof(double);
- memcpy(destPtr->valueArr, srcPtr->valueArr + srcPtr->first, nBytes);
- destPtr->offset = srcPtr->offset;
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-
-static int VectorNamesOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- VectorInterpData* dataPtr = (VectorInterpData*)clientData;
- Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr;
-
- listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **) NULL);
- if (objc == 2) {
- Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
- Tcl_HashSearch cursor;
-
- for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&dataPtr->vectorTable, &cursor);
- hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&cursor)) {
- char *name = (char*)Tcl_GetHashKey(&dataPtr->vectorTable, hPtr);
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr,
- Tcl_NewStringObj(name, -1));
- }
- } else {
- Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
- Tcl_HashSearch cursor;
-
- for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&dataPtr->vectorTable, &cursor);
- hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&cursor)) {
- char *name = (char*)Tcl_GetHashKey(&dataPtr->vectorTable, hPtr);
- int i;
- for (i = 2; i < objc; i++) {
- char *pattern;
-
- pattern = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
- if (Tcl_StringMatch(name, pattern)) {
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr,
- Tcl_NewStringObj(name, -1));
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int VectorCreate2(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int argStart, int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- VectorInterpData *dataPtr = (VectorInterpData*)clientData;
- Vector* vPtr;
- int count, i;
- CreateSwitches switches;
-
- // Handle switches to the vector command and collect the vector name
- // arguments into an array.
- count = 0;
- vPtr = NULL;
- for (i = argStart; i < objc; i++) {
- char *string;
-
- string = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
- if (string[0] == '-') {
- break;
- }
- }
- count = i - argStart;
- if (count == 0) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no vector names supplied", (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- memset(&switches, 0, sizeof(switches));
- if (ParseSwitches(interp, createSwitches, objc - i, objv + i,
- &switches, BLT_SWITCH_DEFAULTS) < 0) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- if (count > 1) {
- if (switches.cmdName != NULL) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
- "can't specify more than one vector with \"-command\" switch",
- (char *)NULL);
- goto error;
- }
- if (switches.varName != NULL) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
- "can't specify more than one vector with \"-variable\" switch",
- (char *)NULL);
- goto error;
- }
- }
- for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
- char *leftParen, *rightParen;
- char *string;
- int isNew;
- int size, first, last;
-
- size = first = last = 0;
- string = Tcl_GetString(objv[i + argStart]);
- leftParen = strchr(string, '(');
- rightParen = strchr(string, ')');
- if (((leftParen != NULL) && (rightParen == NULL)) ||
- ((leftParen == NULL) && (rightParen != NULL)) ||
- (leftParen > rightParen)) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad vector specification \"", string,
- "\"", (char *)NULL);
- goto error;
- }
- if (leftParen != NULL) {
- int result;
- char *colon;
-
- *rightParen = '\0';
- colon = strchr(leftParen + 1, ':');
- if (colon != NULL) {
-
- /* Specification is in the form vecName(first:last) */
- *colon = '\0';
- result = Tcl_GetInt(interp, leftParen + 1, &first);
- if ((*(colon + 1) != '\0') && (result == TCL_OK)) {
- result = Tcl_GetInt(interp, colon + 1, &last);
- if (first > last) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad vector range \"",
- string, "\"", (char *)NULL);
- result = TCL_ERROR;
- }
- size = (last - first) + 1;
- }
- *colon = ':';
- } else {
- /* Specification is in the form vecName(size) */
- result = Tcl_GetInt(interp, leftParen + 1, &size);
- }
- *rightParen = ')';
- if (result != TCL_OK) {
- goto error;
- }
- if (size < 0) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad vector size \"", string, "\"",
- (char *)NULL);
- goto error;
- }
- }
- if (leftParen != NULL) {
- *leftParen = '\0';
- }
- /*
- * By default, we create a TCL command by the name of the vector.
- */
- vPtr = Vec_Create(dataPtr, string,
- (switches.cmdName == NULL) ? string : switches.cmdName,
- (switches.varName == NULL) ? string : switches.varName, &isNew);
- if (leftParen != NULL) {
- *leftParen = '(';
- }
- if (vPtr == NULL) {
- goto error;
- }
- vPtr->freeOnUnset = switches.watchUnset;
- vPtr->flush = switches.flush;
- vPtr->offset = first;
- if (size > 0) {
- if (Vec_ChangeLength(interp, vPtr, size) != TCL_OK) {
- goto error;
- }
- }
- if (!isNew) {
- if (vPtr->flush) {
- Vec_FlushCache(vPtr);
- }
- Vec_UpdateClients(vPtr);
- }
- }
- FreeSwitches(createSwitches, (char *)&switches, 0);
- if (vPtr != NULL) {
- /* Return the name of the last vector created */
- Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), vPtr->name, -1);
- }
- return TCL_OK;
- error:
- FreeSwitches(createSwitches, (char *)&switches, 0);
- return TCL_ERROR;
-}
-
-static int VectorCreateOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- return VectorCreate2(clientData, interp, 2, objc, objv);
-}
-
-static int VectorDestroyOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc,Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- VectorInterpData *dataPtr = (VectorInterpData*)clientData;
-
- for (int ii=2; ii<objc; ii++) {
- Vector* vPtr;
- if (Vec_LookupName(dataPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[ii]), &vPtr) != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
- Vec_Free(vPtr);
- }
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int VectorExprOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- return Blt_ExprVector(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), (Blt_Vector* )NULL);
-}
-
-static Blt_OpSpec vectorCmdOps[] =
- {
- {"create", 1, (void*)VectorCreateOp, 3, 0,
- "vecName ?vecName...? ?switches...?",},
- {"destroy", 1, (void*)VectorDestroyOp, 3, 0,
- "vecName ?vecName...?",},
- {"expr", 1, (void*)VectorExprOp, 3, 3, "expression",},
- {"names", 1, (void*)VectorNamesOp, 2, 3, "?pattern?...",},
- };
-
-static int nCmdOps = sizeof(vectorCmdOps) / sizeof(Blt_OpSpec);
-
-int VectorObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp,
- int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[])
-{
- VectorCmdProc *proc;
-
- if (objc > 1) {
- char *string;
- char c;
- int i;
- Blt_OpSpec *specPtr;
-
- string = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
- c = string[0];
- for (specPtr = vectorCmdOps, i = 0; i < nCmdOps; i++, specPtr++) {
- if ((c == specPtr->name[0]) &&
- (strcmp(string, specPtr->name) == 0)) {
- goto doOp;
- }
- }
- // The first argument is not an operation, so assume that its
- // actually the name of a vector to be created
- return VectorCreate2(clientData, interp, 1, objc, objv);
- }
- doOp:
- /* Do the usual vector operation lookup now. */
- proc = (VectorCmdProc*)GetOpFromObj(interp, nCmdOps, vectorCmdOps,
- BLT_OP_ARG1, objc, objv,0);
- if (proc == NULL) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- return (*proc) ((Vector*)clientData, interp, objc, objv);
-}
-
-static void VectorInterpDeleteProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp)
-{
- VectorInterpData *dataPtr = (VectorInterpData*)clientData;
- Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
- Tcl_HashSearch cursor;
-
- for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&dataPtr->vectorTable, &cursor);
- hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&cursor)) {
- Vector* vPtr = (Vector*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
- vPtr->hashPtr = NULL;
- Vec_Free(vPtr);
- }
- Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&dataPtr->vectorTable);
-
- /* If any user-defined math functions were installed, remove them. */
- Vec_UninstallMathFunctions(&dataPtr->mathProcTable);
- Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&dataPtr->mathProcTable);
-
- Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&dataPtr->indexProcTable);
- Tcl_DeleteAssocData(interp, VECTOR_THREAD_KEY);
- free(dataPtr);
-}
-
-VectorInterpData* Blt::Vec_GetInterpData(Tcl_Interp* interp)
-{
- VectorInterpData *dataPtr;
- Tcl_InterpDeleteProc *proc;
-
- dataPtr = (VectorInterpData *)
- Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, VECTOR_THREAD_KEY, &proc);
- if (dataPtr == NULL) {
- dataPtr = (VectorInterpData*)malloc(sizeof(VectorInterpData));
- dataPtr->interp = interp;
- dataPtr->nextId = 0;
- Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, VECTOR_THREAD_KEY, VectorInterpDeleteProc,
- dataPtr);
- Tcl_InitHashTable(&dataPtr->vectorTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
- Tcl_InitHashTable(&dataPtr->mathProcTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
- Tcl_InitHashTable(&dataPtr->indexProcTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
- Vec_InstallMathFunctions(&dataPtr->mathProcTable);
- Vec_InstallSpecialIndices(&dataPtr->indexProcTable);
- srand48((long)time((time_t *) NULL));
- }
- return dataPtr;
-}
-
-/* C Application interface to vectors */
-
-int Blt_CreateVector2(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *vecName,
- const char *cmdName, const char *varName,
- int initialSize, Blt_Vector* *vecPtrPtr)
-{
- VectorInterpData *dataPtr; /* Interpreter-specific data. */
- Vector* vPtr;
- int isNew;
- char *nameCopy;
-
- if (initialSize < 0) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad vector size \"", Itoa(initialSize),
- "\"", (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- dataPtr = Vec_GetInterpData(interp);
-
- nameCopy = Blt_Strdup(vecName);
- vPtr = Vec_Create(dataPtr, nameCopy, cmdName, varName, &isNew);
- free(nameCopy);
-
- if (vPtr == NULL) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- if (initialSize > 0) {
- if (Vec_ChangeLength(interp, vPtr, initialSize) != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- }
- if (vecPtrPtr != NULL) {
- *vecPtrPtr = (Blt_Vector* ) vPtr;
- }
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-int Blt_CreateVector(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *name, int size,
- Blt_Vector* *vecPtrPtr)
-{
- return Blt_CreateVector2(interp, name, name, name, size, vecPtrPtr);
-}
-
-int Blt_DeleteVector(Blt_Vector* vecPtr)
-{
- Vector* vPtr = (Vector* )vecPtr;
-
- Vec_Free(vPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-int Blt_DeleteVectorByName(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *name)
-{
- // If the vector name was passed via a read-only string (e.g. "x"), the
- // Vec_ParseElement routine will segfault when it tries to write into
- // the string. Therefore make a writable copy and free it when we're done.
- char* nameCopy = Blt_Strdup(name);
- VectorInterpData *dataPtr = Vec_GetInterpData(interp);
- Vector* vPtr;
- int result = Vec_LookupName(dataPtr, nameCopy, &vPtr);
- free(nameCopy);
-
- if (result != TCL_OK)
- return TCL_ERROR;
-
- Vec_Free(vPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-int Blt_VectorExists2(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *vecName)
-{
- VectorInterpData *dataPtr;
-
- dataPtr = Vec_GetInterpData(interp);
- if (GetVectorObject(dataPtr, vecName, NS_SEARCH_BOTH) != NULL) {
- return 1;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-int Blt_VectorExists(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *vecName)
-{
- char *nameCopy;
- int result;
-
- /*
- * If the vector name was passed via a read-only string (e.g. "x"), the
- * Blt_VectorParseName routine will segfault when it tries to write into
- * the string. Therefore make a writable copy and free it when we're
- * done.
- */
- nameCopy = Blt_Strdup(vecName);
- result = Blt_VectorExists2(interp, nameCopy);
- free(nameCopy);
- return result;
-}
-
-int Blt_GetVector(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *name, Blt_Vector* *vecPtrPtr)
-{
- VectorInterpData *dataPtr; /* Interpreter-specific data. */
- Vector* vPtr;
- char *nameCopy;
- int result;
-
- dataPtr = Vec_GetInterpData(interp);
- /*
- * If the vector name was passed via a read-only string (e.g. "x"), the
- * Blt_VectorParseName routine will segfault when it tries to write into
- * the string. Therefore make a writable copy and free it when we're
- * done.
- */
- nameCopy = Blt_Strdup(name);
- result = Vec_LookupName(dataPtr, nameCopy, &vPtr);
- free(nameCopy);
- if (result != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- Vec_UpdateRange(vPtr);
- *vecPtrPtr = (Blt_Vector* ) vPtr;
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-int Blt_GetVectorFromObj(Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
- Blt_Vector* *vecPtrPtr)
-{
- VectorInterpData *dataPtr; /* Interpreter-specific data. */
- Vector* vPtr;
-
- dataPtr = Vec_GetInterpData(interp);
- if (Vec_LookupName(dataPtr, Tcl_GetString(objPtr), &vPtr) != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- Vec_UpdateRange(vPtr);
- *vecPtrPtr = (Blt_Vector* ) vPtr;
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-int Blt_ResetVector(Blt_Vector* vecPtr, double *valueArr, int length,
- int size, Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc)
-{
- Vector* vPtr = (Vector* )vecPtr;
-
- if (size < 0) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(vPtr->interp, "bad array size", (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- return Vec_Reset(vPtr, valueArr, length, size, freeProc);
-}
-
-int Blt_ResizeVector(Blt_Vector* vecPtr, int length)
-{
- Vector* vPtr = (Vector* )vecPtr;
-
- if (Vec_ChangeLength((Tcl_Interp *)NULL, vPtr, length) != TCL_OK) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(vPtr->interp, "can't resize vector \"", vPtr->name,
- "\"", (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- if (vPtr->flush) {
- Vec_FlushCache(vPtr);
- }
- Vec_UpdateClients(vPtr);
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-Blt_VectorId Blt_AllocVectorId(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *name)
-{
- VectorInterpData *dataPtr; /* Interpreter-specific data. */
- Vector* vPtr;
- VectorClient *clientPtr;
- Blt_VectorId clientId;
- int result;
- char *nameCopy;
-
- dataPtr = Vec_GetInterpData(interp);
- /*
- * If the vector name was passed via a read-only string (e.g. "x"), the
- * Blt_VectorParseName routine will segfault when it tries to write into
- * the string. Therefore make a writable copy and free it when we're
- * done.
- */
- nameCopy = Blt_Strdup(name);
- result = Vec_LookupName(dataPtr, nameCopy, &vPtr);
- free(nameCopy);
-
- if (result != TCL_OK) {
- return (Blt_VectorId) 0;
- }
- /* Allocate a new client structure */
- clientPtr = (VectorClient*)calloc(1, sizeof(VectorClient));
- clientPtr->magic = VECTOR_MAGIC;
-
- /* Add the new client to the server's list of clients */
- clientPtr->link = vPtr->chain->append(clientPtr);
- clientPtr->serverPtr = vPtr;
- clientId = (Blt_VectorId) clientPtr;
- return clientId;
-}
-
-void Blt_SetVectorChangedProc(Blt_VectorId clientId,
- Blt_VectorChangedProc *proc,
- ClientData clientData)
-{
- VectorClient *clientPtr = (VectorClient *)clientId;
-
- if (clientPtr->magic != VECTOR_MAGIC) {
- return; /* Not a valid token */
- }
- clientPtr->clientData = clientData;
- clientPtr->proc = proc;
-}
-
-void Blt_FreeVectorId(Blt_VectorId clientId)
-{
- VectorClient *clientPtr = (VectorClient *)clientId;
-
- if (clientPtr->magic != VECTOR_MAGIC)
- return;
-
- if (clientPtr->serverPtr != NULL) {
- // Remove the client from the server's list
- clientPtr->serverPtr->chain->deleteLink(clientPtr->link);
- }
- free(clientPtr);
-}
-
-const char* Blt_NameOfVectorId(Blt_VectorId clientId)
-{
- VectorClient *clientPtr = (VectorClient *)clientId;
-
- if ((clientPtr->magic != VECTOR_MAGIC) || (clientPtr->serverPtr == NULL)) {
- return NULL;
- }
- return clientPtr->serverPtr->name;
-}
-
-const char* Blt_NameOfVector(Blt_Vector* vecPtr) /* Vector to query. */
-{
- Vector* vPtr = (Vector* )vecPtr;
- return vPtr->name;
-}
-
-int Blt_GetVectorById(Tcl_Interp* interp, Blt_VectorId clientId,
- Blt_Vector* *vecPtrPtr)
-{
- VectorClient *clientPtr = (VectorClient *)clientId;
-
- if (clientPtr->magic != VECTOR_MAGIC) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad vector token", (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- if (clientPtr->serverPtr == NULL) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "vector no longer exists", (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- Vec_UpdateRange(clientPtr->serverPtr);
- *vecPtrPtr = (Blt_Vector* ) clientPtr->serverPtr;
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-void Blt_InstallIndexProc(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *string,
- Blt_VectorIndexProc *procPtr)
-{
- VectorInterpData *dataPtr; /* Interpreter-specific data. */
- Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
- int isNew;
-
- dataPtr = Vec_GetInterpData(interp);
- hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dataPtr->indexProcTable, string, &isNew);
- if (procPtr == NULL) {
- Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hPtr);
- } else {
- Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, procPtr);
- }
-}
-
-#define SWAP(a,b) tempr=(a);(a)=(b);(b)=tempr
-
-/* routine by Brenner
- * data is the array of complex data points, perversely
- * starting at 1
- * nn is the number of complex points, i.e. half the length of data
- * isign is 1 for forward, -1 for inverse
- */
-static void four1(double *data, unsigned long nn, int isign)
-{
- unsigned long n,mmax,m,j,istep,i;
- double wtemp,wr,wpr,wpi,wi,theta;
- double tempr,tempi;
-
- n=nn << 1;
- j=1;
- for (i = 1;i<n;i+=2) {
- if (j > i) {
- SWAP(data[j],data[i]);
- SWAP(data[j+1],data[i+1]);
- }
- m=n >> 1;
- while (m >= 2 && j > m) {
- j -= m;
- m >>= 1;
- }
- j += m;
- }
- mmax=2;
- while (n > mmax) {
- istep=mmax << 1;
- theta=isign*(6.28318530717959/mmax);
- wtemp=sin(0.5*theta);
- wpr = -2.0*wtemp*wtemp;
- wpi=sin(theta);
- wr=1.0;
- wi=0.0;
- for (m=1;m<mmax;m+=2) {
- for (i=m;i<=n;i+=istep) {
- j=i+mmax;
- tempr=wr*data[j]-wi*data[j+1];
- tempi=wr*data[j+1]+wi*data[j];
- data[j]=data[i]-tempr;
- data[j+1]=data[i+1]-tempi;
- data[i] += tempr;
- data[i+1] += tempi;
- }
- wr=(wtemp=wr)*wpr-wi*wpi+wr;
- wi=wi*wpr+wtemp*wpi+wi;
- }
- mmax=istep;
- }
-}
-#undef SWAP
-
-static int
-smallest_power_of_2_not_less_than(int x)
-{
- int pow2 = 1;
-
- while (pow2 < x){
- pow2 <<= 1;
- }
- return pow2;
-}
-
-int Blt::Vec_FFT(Tcl_Interp* interp, Vector* realPtr, Vector* phasesPtr,
- Vector* freqPtr, double delta, int flags, Vector* srcPtr)
-{
- int length;
- int pow2len;
- double *paddedData;
- int i;
- double Wss = 0.0;
- /* TENTATIVE */
- int middle = 1;
- int noconstant;
-
- noconstant = (flags & FFT_NO_CONSTANT) ? 1 : 0;
-
- /* Length of the original vector. */
- length = srcPtr->last - srcPtr->first + 1;
- /* new length */
- pow2len = smallest_power_of_2_not_less_than( length );
-
- /* We do not do in-place FFTs */
- if (realPtr == srcPtr) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "real vector \"", realPtr->name,
- "\" can't be the same as the source", (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- if (phasesPtr != NULL) {
- if (phasesPtr == srcPtr) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "imaginary vector \"", phasesPtr->name,
- "\" can't be the same as the source", (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- if (Vec_ChangeLength(interp, phasesPtr,
- pow2len/2-noconstant+middle) != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- }
- if (freqPtr != NULL) {
- if (freqPtr == srcPtr) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "frequency vector \"", freqPtr->name,
- "\" can't be the same as the source", (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- if (Vec_ChangeLength(interp, freqPtr,
- pow2len/2-noconstant+middle) != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- }
-
- /* Allocate memory zero-filled array. */
- paddedData = (double*)calloc(pow2len * 2, sizeof(double));
- if (paddedData == NULL) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't allocate memory for padded data",
- (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- /*
- * Since we just do real transforms, only even locations will be
- * filled with data.
- */
- if (flags & FFT_BARTLETT) { /* Bartlett window 1 - ( (x - N/2) / (N/2) ) */
- double Nhalf = pow2len*0.5;
- double Nhalf_1 = 1.0 / Nhalf;
- double w;
-
- for (i = 0; i < length; i++) {
- w = 1.0 - fabs( (i-Nhalf) * Nhalf_1 );
- Wss += w;
- paddedData[2*i] = w * srcPtr->valueArr[i];
- }
- for(/*empty*/; i < pow2len; i++) {
- w = 1.0 - fabs((i-Nhalf) * Nhalf_1);
- Wss += w;
- }
- } else { /* Squared window, i.e. no data windowing. */
- for (i = 0; i < length; i++) {
- paddedData[2*i] = srcPtr->valueArr[i];
- }
- Wss = pow2len;
- }
-
- /* Fourier */
- four1(paddedData-1, pow2len, 1);
-
- /*
- for(i=0;i<pow2len;i++){
- printf( "(%f %f) ", paddedData[2*i], paddedData[2*i+1] );
- }
- */
-
- /* the spectrum is the modulus of the transforms, scaled by 1/N^2 */
- /* or 1/(N * Wss) for windowed data */
- if (flags & FFT_SPECTRUM) {
- double re, im, reS, imS;
- double factor = 1.0 / (pow2len*Wss);
- double *v = realPtr->valueArr;
-
- for (i = 0 + noconstant; i < pow2len / 2; i++) {
- re = paddedData[2*i];
- im = paddedData[2*i+1];
- reS = paddedData[2*pow2len-2*i-2];
- imS = paddedData[2*pow2len-2*i-1];
- v[i - noconstant] = factor * (
-# if 0
- hypot( paddedData[2*i], paddedData[2*i+1] )
- + hypot(
- paddedData[pow2len*2-2*i-2],
- paddedData[pow2len*2-2*i-1]
- )
-# else
- sqrt( re*re + im* im ) + sqrt( reS*reS + imS*imS )
-# endif
- );
- }
- } else {
- for(i = 0 + noconstant; i < pow2len / 2 + middle; i++) {
- realPtr->valueArr[i - noconstant] = paddedData[2*i];
- }
- }
- if( phasesPtr != NULL ){
- for (i = 0 + noconstant; i < pow2len / 2 + middle; i++) {
- phasesPtr->valueArr[i-noconstant] = paddedData[2*i+1];
- }
- }
-
- /* Compute frequencies */
- if (freqPtr != NULL) {
- double N = pow2len;
- double denom = 1.0 / N / delta;
- for( i=0+noconstant; i<pow2len/2+middle; i++ ){
- freqPtr->valueArr[i-noconstant] = ((double) i) * denom;
- }
- }
-
- /* Memory is necessarily dynamic, because nobody touched it ! */
- free(paddedData);
-
- realPtr->offset = 0;
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-
-int Blt::Vec_InverseFFT(Tcl_Interp* interp, Vector* srcImagPtr,
- Vector* destRealPtr, Vector* destImagPtr, Vector* srcPtr)
-{
- int length;
- int pow2len;
- double *paddedData;
- int i;
- double oneOverN;
-
- if ((destRealPtr == srcPtr) || (destImagPtr == srcPtr )){
- /* we do not do in-place FFTs */
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- length = srcPtr->last - srcPtr->first + 1;
-
- /* minus one because of the magical middle element! */
- pow2len = smallest_power_of_2_not_less_than( (length-1)*2 );
- oneOverN = 1.0 / pow2len;
-
- if (Vec_ChangeLength(interp, destRealPtr, pow2len) != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- if (Vec_ChangeLength(interp, destImagPtr, pow2len) != TCL_OK) {
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- if( length != (srcImagPtr->last - srcImagPtr->first + 1) ){
- Tcl_AppendResult(srcPtr->interp,
- "the length of the imagPart vector must ",
- "be the same as the real one", (char *)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- paddedData = (double*)malloc( pow2len*2*sizeof(double) );
- if( paddedData == NULL ){
- if (interp != NULL) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "memory allocation failed", (char *)NULL);
- }
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- for(i=0;i<pow2len*2;i++) { paddedData[i] = 0.0; }
- for(i=0;i<length-1;i++){
- paddedData[2*i] = srcPtr->valueArr[i];
- paddedData[2*i+1] = srcImagPtr->valueArr[i];
- paddedData[pow2len*2 - 2*i - 2 ] = srcPtr->valueArr[i+1];
- paddedData[pow2len*2 - 2*i - 1 ] = - srcImagPtr->valueArr[i+1];
- }
- /* mythical middle element */
- paddedData[(length-1)*2] = srcPtr->valueArr[length-1];
- paddedData[(length-1)*2+1] = srcImagPtr->valueArr[length-1];
-
- /*
- for(i=0;i<pow2len;i++){
- printf( "(%f %f) ", paddedData[2*i], paddedData[2*i+1] );
- }
- */
-
- /* fourier */
- four1( paddedData-1, pow2len, -1 );
-
- /* put values in their places, normalising by 1/N */
- for(i=0;i<pow2len;i++){
- destRealPtr->valueArr[i] = paddedData[2*i] * oneOverN;
- destImagPtr->valueArr[i] = paddedData[2*i+1] * oneOverN;
- }
-
- /* memory is necessarily dynamic, because nobody touched it ! */
- free( paddedData );
-
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static double FindSplit(Point2d *points, int i, int j, int *split)
-{
- double maxDist2;
-
- maxDist2 = -1.0;
- if ((i + 1) < j) {
- int k;
- double a, b, c;
-
- /*
- *
- * dist2 P(k) = | 1 P(i).x P(i).y |
- * | 1 P(j).x P(j).y |
- * | 1 P(k).x P(k).y |
- * ------------------------------------------
- * (P(i).x - P(j).x)^2 + (P(i).y - P(j).y)^2
- */
-
- a = points[i].y - points[j].y;
- b = points[j].x - points[i].x;
- c = (points[i].x * points[j].y) - (points[i].y * points[j].x);
- for (k = (i + 1); k < j; k++) {
- double dist2;
-
- dist2 = (points[k].x * a) + (points[k].y * b) + c;
- if (dist2 < 0.0) {
- dist2 = -dist2;
- }
- if (dist2 > maxDist2) {
- maxDist2 = dist2; /* Track the maximum. */
- *split = k;
- }
- }
- /* Correction for segment length---should be redone if can == 0 */
- maxDist2 *= maxDist2 / (a * a + b * b);
- }
- return maxDist2;
-}
-
-// Douglas-Peucker line simplification algorithm */
-int Blt_SimplifyLine(Point2d *inputPts, int low, int high, double tolerance,
- int *indices)
-{
-#define StackPush(a) s++, stack[s] = (a)
-#define StackPop(a) (a) = stack[s], s--
-#define StackEmpty() (s < 0)
-#define StackTop() stack[s]
- int *stack;
- int split = -1;
- double dist2, tolerance2;
- int s = -1; /* Points to top stack item. */
- int count;
-
- stack = (int*)malloc(sizeof(int) * (high - low + 1));
- StackPush(high);
- count = 0;
- indices[count++] = 0;
- tolerance2 = tolerance * tolerance;
- while (!StackEmpty()) {
- dist2 = FindSplit(inputPts, low, StackTop(), &split);
- if (dist2 > tolerance2) {
- StackPush(split);
- } else {
- indices[count++] = StackTop();
- StackPop(low);
- }
- }
- free(stack);
- return count;
-}
-
diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltVector.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltVector.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 45ddf6e..0000000
--- a/tkblt/generic/tkbltVector.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,140 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA
- * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made
- * available under the same terms.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
- * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
- * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
- * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use,
- * copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
- * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
- * conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
- * KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE
- * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
- * PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
- * OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
- * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
- * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
- * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef _BLT_VECTOR_H
-#define _BLT_VECTOR_H
-
-#include <tcl.h>
-
-#ifdef BUILD_tkblt
-# define TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT
-#else
-# ifdef USE_TCL_STUBS
-# define TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS /* */
-# else
-# define TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT
-# endif
-#endif
-
-
-typedef enum {
- BLT_VECTOR_NOTIFY_UPDATE = 1, /* The vector's values has been updated */
- BLT_VECTOR_NOTIFY_DESTROY /* The vector has been destroyed and the client
- * should no longer use its data (calling
- * Blt_FreeVectorId) */
-} Blt_VectorNotify;
-
-typedef struct _Blt_VectorId *Blt_VectorId;
-
-typedef void (Blt_VectorChangedProc)(Tcl_Interp* interp, ClientData clientData,
- Blt_VectorNotify notify);
-
-typedef struct {
- double *valueArr; /* Array of values (possibly malloc-ed) */
- int numValues; /* Number of values in the array */
- int arraySize; /* Size of the allocated space */
- double min, max; /* Minimum and maximum values in the vector */
- int dirty; /* Indicates if the vector has been updated */
- int reserved; /* Reserved for future use */
-
-} Blt_Vector;
-
-typedef double (Blt_VectorIndexProc)(Blt_Vector * vecPtr);
-
-typedef enum {
- BLT_MATH_FUNC_SCALAR = 1, /* The function returns a single double
- * precision value. */
- BLT_MATH_FUNC_VECTOR /* The function processes the entire vector. */
-} Blt_MathFuncType;
-
-/*
- * To be safe, use the macros below, rather than the fields of the
- * structure directly.
- *
- * The Blt_Vector is basically an opaque type. But it's also the
- * actual memory address of the vector itself. I wanted to make the
- * API as unobtrusive as possible. So instead of giving you a copy of
- * the vector, providing various functions to access and update the
- * vector, you get your hands on the actual memory (array of doubles)
- * shared by all the vector's clients.
- *
- * The trade-off for speed and convenience is safety. You can easily
- * break things by writing into the vector when other clients are
- * using it. Use Blt_ResetVector to get around this. At least the
- * macros are a reminder it isn't really safe to reset the data
- * fields, except by the API routines.
- */
-#define Blt_VecData(v) ((v)->valueArr)
-#define Blt_VecLength(v) ((v)->numValues)
-#define Blt_VecSize(v) ((v)->arraySize)
-#define Blt_VecDirty(v) ((v)->dirty)
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
- TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_CreateVector(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *vecName,
- int size, Blt_Vector** vecPtrPtr);
- TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_CreateVector2(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *vecName,
- const char *cmdName, const char *varName,
- int initialSize, Blt_Vector **vecPtrPtr);
- TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_DeleteVectorByName(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *vecName);
- TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_DeleteVector(Blt_Vector *vecPtr);
- TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_GetVector(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *vecName,
- Blt_Vector **vecPtrPtr);
- TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_GetVectorFromObj(Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
- Blt_Vector **vecPtrPtr);
- TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_ResetVector(Blt_Vector *vecPtr, double *dataArr, int n,
- int arraySize, Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc);
- TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_ResizeVector(Blt_Vector *vecPtr, int n);
- TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_VectorExists(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *vecName);
- TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_VectorExists2(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *vecName);
- TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS Blt_VectorId Blt_AllocVectorId(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *vecName);
- TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_GetVectorById(Tcl_Interp* interp, Blt_VectorId clientId,
- Blt_Vector **vecPtrPtr);
- TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS void Blt_SetVectorChangedProc(Blt_VectorId clientId,
- Blt_VectorChangedProc *proc,
- ClientData clientData);
- TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS void Blt_FreeVectorId(Blt_VectorId clientId);
- TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS const char *Blt_NameOfVectorId(Blt_VectorId clientId);
- TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS const char *Blt_NameOfVector(Blt_Vector *vecPtr);
- TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_ExprVector(Tcl_Interp* interp, char *expr, Blt_Vector *vecPtr);
- TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS void Blt_InstallIndexProc(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *indexName,
- Blt_VectorIndexProc * procPtr);
- TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS double Blt_VecMin(Blt_Vector *vPtr);
- TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS double Blt_VecMax(Blt_Vector *vPtr);
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#include "tkbltDecls.h"
-
-#endif /* _BLT_VECTOR_H */
diff --git a/tkblt/library/graph.tcl b/tkblt/library/graph.tcl
deleted file mode 100644
index a4dfe8e..0000000
--- a/tkblt/library/graph.tcl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,554 +0,0 @@
-package provide Tkblt 3.0
-
-namespace eval ::blt::legend {
- variable _private
- array set _private {
- afterId ""
- scroll 0
- space off
- drag 0
- x 0
- y 0
- }
-}
-
-namespace eval ::blt::ZoomStack {
- variable _private
- array set _private {
- afterId ""
- scroll 0
- space off
- drag 0
- x 0
- y 0
- }
-}
-
-proc blt::legend::SetSelectionAnchor { w tagOrId } {
- set elem [$w legend get $tagOrId]
- # If the anchor hasn't changed, don't do anything
- if { $elem != [$w legend get anchor] } {
- $w legend selection clearall
- $w legend focus $elem
- $w legend selection set $elem
- $w legend selection anchor $elem
- }
-}
-
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#
-# MoveFocus --
-#
-# Invoked by KeyPress bindings. Moves the active selection to
-# the entry <where>, which is an index such as "up", "down",
-# "prevsibling", "nextsibling", etc.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-proc blt::legend::MoveFocus { w elem } {
- catch {$w legend focus $elem} result
- puts stderr "result=$result elem=$elem"
- if { [$w legend cget -selectmode] == "single" } {
- $w legend selection clearall
- $w legend selection set focus
- $w legend selection anchor focus
- }
-}
-
-
-proc Blt_ActiveLegend { g } {
- $g legend bind all <Enter> [list blt::ActivateLegend $g ]
- $g legend bind all <Leave> [list blt::DeactivateLegend $g]
- $g legend bind all <ButtonPress-1> [list blt::HighlightLegend $g]
-}
-
-proc Blt_Crosshairs { g } {
- blt::Crosshairs $g
-}
-
-proc Blt_ResetCrosshairs { g state } {
- blt::Crosshairs $g "Any-Motion" $state
-}
-
-proc Blt_ZoomStack { g args } {
- array set params {
- -mode click
- -button "ButtonPress-3"
- }
- array set params $args
- if { $params(-mode) == "click" } {
- blt::ZoomStack::ClickClick $g $params(-button)
- } else {
- blt::ZoomStack::ClickRelease $g $params(-button)
- }
-}
-
-proc Blt_ClosestPoint { g } {
- blt::ClosestPoint $g
-}
-
-#
-# The following procedures that reside in the "blt" namespace are
-# supposed to be private.
-#
-
-proc blt::ActivateLegend { g } {
- set elem [$g legend get current]
- $g legend activate $elem
-}
-proc blt::DeactivateLegend { g } {
- set elem [$g legend get current]
- $g legend deactivate $elem
-}
-
-proc blt::HighlightLegend { g } {
- set elem [$g legend get current]
- if { $elem != "" } {
- set relief [$g element cget $elem -legendrelief]
- if { $relief == "flat" } {
- $g element configure $elem -legendrelief raised
- $g element activate $elem
- } else {
- $g element configure $elem -legendrelief flat
- $g element deactivate $elem
- }
- }
-}
-
-proc blt::Crosshairs { g {event "Any-Motion"} {state "on"}} {
- $g crosshairs $state
- bind crosshairs-$g <$event> {
- %W crosshairs configure -position @%x,%y
- }
- bind crosshairs-$g <Leave> {
- %W crosshairs off
- }
- bind crosshairs-$g <Enter> {
- %W crosshairs on
- }
- $g crosshairs configure -color red
- if { $state == "on" } {
- blt::AddBindTag $g crosshairs-$g
- } elseif { $state == "off" } {
- blt::RemoveBindTag $g crosshairs-$g
- }
-}
-
-proc blt::ClosestPoint { g {event "Control-ButtonPress-2"} } {
- bind closest-point-$g <$event> {
- blt::FindElement %W %x %y
- }
- blt::AddBindTag $g closest-point-$g
-}
-
-proc blt::AddBindTag { widget tag } {
- set oldTagList [bindtags $widget]
- if { [lsearch $oldTagList $tag] < 0 } {
- bindtags $widget [linsert $oldTagList 0 $tag]
- }
-}
-
-proc blt::RemoveBindTag { widget tag } {
- set oldTagList [bindtags $widget]
- set index [lsearch $oldTagList $tag]
- if { $index >= 0 } {
- bindtags $widget [lreplace $oldTagList $index $index]
- }
-}
-
-proc blt::FindElement { g x y } {
- array set info [$g element closest $x $y -interpolate yes]
- if { ![info exists info(name)] } {
- beep
- return
- }
- # --------------------------------------------------------------
- # find(name) - element Id
- # find(index) - index of closest point
- # find(x) find(y) - coordinates of closest point
- # or closest point on line segment.
- # find(dist) - distance from sample coordinate
- # --------------------------------------------------------------
- set markerName "bltClosest_$info(name)"
- catch { $g marker delete $markerName }
- $g marker create text $markerName \
- -coords "$info(x) $info(y)" \
- -text "$info(name): $info(dist)\nindex $info(index)" \
- -anchor center -justify left \
- -yoffset 0 -bg {}
-
- set coords [$g invtransform $x $y]
- set nx [lindex $coords 0]
- set ny [lindex $coords 1]
-
- $g marker create line line.$markerName -coords "$nx $ny $info(x) $info(y)"
-
- blt::FlashPoint $g $info(name) $info(index) 10
- blt::FlashPoint $g $info(name) [expr $info(index) + 1] 10
-}
-
-proc blt::FlashPoint { g name index count } {
- if { $count & 1 } {
- $g element deactivate $name
- } else {
- $g element activate $name $index
- }
- incr count -1
- if { $count > 0 } {
- after 200 blt::FlashPoint $g $name $index $count
- update
- } else {
- catch {eval $g marker delete [$g marker names "bltClosest_*"]}
- }
-}
-
-
-proc blt::ZoomStack::Init { g } {
- variable _private
- set _private($g,interval) 100
- set _private($g,afterId) 0
- set _private($g,A,x) {}
- set _private($g,A,y) {}
- set _private($g,B,x) {}
- set _private($g,B,y) {}
- set _private($g,stack) {}
- set _private($g,corner) A
-}
-
-proc blt::ZoomStack::ClickClick { g reset } {
- variable _private
-
- Init $g
-
- bind zoom-$g <Enter> "focus %W"
- bind zoom-$g <KeyPress-Escape> { blt::ZoomStack::Reset %W }
- bind zoom-$g <ButtonPress-1> { blt::ZoomStack::SetPoint %W %x %y }
- bind zoom-$g <${reset}> {
- if { [%W inside %x %y] } {
- blt::ZoomStack::Reset %W
- }
- }
- blt::AddBindTag $g zoom-$g
-}
-
-proc blt::ZoomStack::ClickRelease { g reset } {
- variable _private
-
- Init $g
- bind zoom-$g <Enter> "focus %W"
- bind zoom-$g <KeyPress-Escape> {blt::ZoomStack::Reset %W}
- bind zoom-$g <ButtonPress-1> {blt::ZoomStack::DragStart %W %x %y}
- bind zoom-$g <B1-Motion> {blt::ZoomStack::DragMotion %W %x %y}
- bind zoom-$g <ButtonRelease-1> {blt::ZoomStack::DragFinish %W %x %y}
- bind zoom-$g <${reset}> {
- if { [%W inside %x %y] } {
- blt::ZoomStack::Reset %W
- }
- }
- blt::AddBindTag $g zoom-$g
-}
-
-proc blt::ZoomStack::GetCoords { g x y index } {
- variable _private
- if { [$g cget -invertxy] } {
- set _private($g,$index,x) $y
- set _private($g,$index,y) $x
- } else {
- set _private($g,$index,x) $x
- set _private($g,$index,y) $y
- }
-}
-
-proc blt::ZoomStack::MarkPoint { g index } {
- variable _private
-
- if { [llength [$g xaxis use]] > 0 } {
- set x [$g xaxis invtransform $_private($g,$index,x)]
- } else if { [llength [$g x2axis use]] > 0 } {
- set x [$g x2axis invtransform $_private($g,$index,x)]
- }
- if { [llength [$g yaxis use]] > 0 } {
- set y [$g yaxis invtransform $_private($g,$index,y)]
- } else if { [llength [$g y2axis use]] > 0 } {
- set y [$g y2axis invtransform $_private($g,$index,y)]
- }
- set marker "zoomText_$index"
- set text [format "x=%.4g\ny=%.4g" $x $y]
-
- if [$g marker exists $marker] {
- $g marker configure $marker -coords "$x $y" -text $text
- } else {
- $g marker create text $marker \
- -coords "$x $y" \
- -text $text -anchor center -bg {} -justify left
- }
-}
-
-proc blt::ZoomStack::DestroyTitle { g } {
- variable _private
-
- if { $_private($g,corner) == "A" } {
- catch { $g marker delete "zoomTitle" }
- }
-}
-
-proc blt::ZoomStack::Pop { g } {
- variable _private
-
- set zoomStack $_private($g,stack)
- if { [llength $zoomStack] > 0 } {
- set cmd [lindex $zoomStack 0]
- set _private($g,stack) [lrange $zoomStack 1 end]
- eval $cmd
- TitleLast $g
- update
- after 2000 [list blt::ZoomStack::DestroyTitle $g]
- } else {
- catch { $g marker delete "zoomTitle" }
- }
-}
-
-# Push the old axis limits on the stack and set the new ones
-
-proc blt::ZoomStack::Push { g } {
- variable _private
-
- catch {eval $g marker delete [$g marker names "zoom*"]}
- if { [info exists _private($g,afterId)] } {
- after cancel $_private($g,afterId)
- }
- set x1 $_private($g,A,x)
- set y1 $_private($g,A,y)
- set x2 $_private($g,B,x)
- set y2 $_private($g,B,y)
-
- if { ($x1 == $x2) || ($y1 == $y2) } {
- # No delta, revert to start
- return
- }
- set cmd {}
- foreach axis [$g axis names] {
- if { [$g axis cget $axis -hide] } {
- continue
- }
- set min [$g axis cget $axis -min]
- set max [$g axis cget $axis -max]
- set logscale [$g axis cget $axis -logscale]
- # Save the current scale (log or linear) so that we can restore it.
- # This is for the case where the user changes to logscale while
- # zooming. A previously pushed axis limit could be negative. It
- # seems better for popping the zoom stack to restore a previous view
- # (not convert the ranges).
- set c [list $g axis configure $axis]
- lappend c -min $min -max $max -logscale $logscale
- append cmd "$c\n"
- }
-
- # This effectively pushes the command to reset the graph to the current
- # zoom level onto the stack. This is useful if the new axis ranges are
- # bad and we need to reset the zoom stack.
- set _private($g,stack) [linsert $_private($g,stack) 0 $cmd]
- foreach axis [$g axis names] {
- if { [$g axis cget $axis -hide] } {
- continue; # Don't set zoom on axes not displayed.
- }
- set type [$g axis type $axis]
- if { $type == "x" } {
- set min [$g axis invtransform $axis $x1]
- set max [$g axis invtransform $axis $x2]
- } elseif { $type == "y" } {
- set min [$g axis invtransform $axis $y1]
- set max [$g axis invtransform $axis $y2]
- } else {
- continue; # Axis is not bound to any margin.
- }
- if { ![SetAxisRanges $g $axis $min $max] } {
- Pop $g
- bell
- return
- }
- }
- update; # This "update" redraws the graph
-}
-
-proc blt::ZoomStack::SetAxisRanges { g axis min max } {
- if { $min > $max } {
- set tmp $max; set max $min; set min $tmp
- }
- if { [catch { $g axis configure $axis -min $min -max $max }] != 0 } {
- return 0
- }
- return 1
-}
-
-#
-# This routine terminates either an existing zoom, or pops back to
-# the previous zoom level (if no zoom is in progress).
-#
-proc blt::ZoomStack::Reset { g } {
- variable _private
-
- if { ![info exists _private($g,corner)] } {
- Init $g
- }
- catch {eval $g marker delete [$g marker names "zoom*"]}
-
- if { $_private($g,corner) == "A" } {
- # Reset the whole axis
- Pop $g
- } else {
- set _private($g,corner) A
- blt::RemoveBindTag $g select-region-$g
- }
-}
-
-proc blt::ZoomStack::TitleNext { g } {
- variable _private
-
- set level [expr [llength $_private($g,stack)] + 1]
- if { [$g cget -invertxy] } {
- set coords "Inf -Inf"
- } else {
- set coords "-Inf Inf"
- }
- set marker "zoomTitle"
- if {![$g marker exists $marker]} {
- $g marker create text $marker -bindtags "" -anchor nw
- }
- $g marker configure $marker -text "Zoom #$level" -coords $coords
-}
-
-proc blt::ZoomStack::TitleLast { g } {
- variable _private
-
- set level [llength $_private($g,stack)]
- if { [$g cget -invertxy] } {
- set coords "Inf -Inf"
- } else {
- set coords "-Inf Inf"
- }
-
- set marker "zoomTitle"
- if { $level > 0 } {
- if {![$g marker exists $marker]} {
- $g marker create text "zoomTitle" -anchor nw
- }
- $g marker configure $marker -text "Zoom #$level" -coords $coords
- }
-}
-
-
-proc blt::ZoomStack::SetPoint { g x y } {
- variable _private
- if { ![info exists _private($g,corner)] } {
- Init $g
- }
- GetCoords $g $x $y $_private($g,corner)
- bind select-region-$g <Motion> {
- blt::ZoomStack::GetCoords %W %x %y B
- #blt::ZoomStack::MarkPoint $g B
- blt::ZoomStack::Box %W
- }
- if { $_private($g,corner) == "A" } {
- if { ![$g inside $x $y] } {
- return
- }
- # First corner selected, start watching motion events
-
- #MarkPoint $g A
- TitleNext $g
-
- blt::AddBindTag $g select-region-$g
- set _private($g,corner) B
- } else {
- # Delete the modal binding
- blt::RemoveBindTag $g select-region-$g
- Push $g
- set _private($g,corner) A
- }
-}
-
-proc blt::ZoomStack::DragStart { g x y } {
- variable _private
- if { ![info exists _private($g,corner)] } {
- Init $g
- }
- GetCoords $g $x $y A
- if { ![$g inside $x $y] } {
- return
- }
- set _private(drag) 1
- TitleNext $g
-}
-
-proc blt::ZoomStack::DragMotion { g x y } {
- variable _private
-
- if { $_private(drag) } {
- GetCoords $g $x $y B
- set dx [expr abs($_private($g,B,x) - $_private($g,A,x))]
- set dy [expr abs($_private($g,B,y) - $_private($g,A,y))]
- Box $g
- if { $dy > 10 && $dx > 10 } {
- return 1
- }
- }
- return 0
-}
-
-proc blt::ZoomStack::DragFinish { g x y } {
- variable _private
- if { [DragMotion $g $x $y] } {
- Push $g
- } else {
- catch {eval $g marker delete [$g marker names "zoom*"]}
- if { [info exists _private($g,afterId)] } {
- after cancel $_private($g,afterId)
- }
- }
- set _private(drag) 0
-}
-
-
-proc blt::ZoomStack::MarchingAnts { g offset } {
- variable _private
-
- incr offset
- # wrap the counter after 2^16
- set offset [expr $offset & 0xFFFF]
- if { [$g marker exists zoomOutline] } {
- $g marker configure zoomOutline -dashoffset $offset
- set interval $_private($g,interval)
- set id [after $interval [list blt::ZoomStack::MarchingAnts $g $offset]]
- set _private($g,afterId) $id
- }
-}
-
-proc blt::ZoomStack::Box { g } {
- variable _private
-
- if { $_private($g,A,x) > $_private($g,B,x) } {
- set x1 [$g xaxis invtransform $_private($g,B,x)]
- set y1 [$g yaxis invtransform $_private($g,B,y)]
- set x2 [$g xaxis invtransform $_private($g,A,x)]
- set y2 [$g yaxis invtransform $_private($g,A,y)]
- } else {
- set x1 [$g xaxis invtransform $_private($g,A,x)]
- set y1 [$g yaxis invtransform $_private($g,A,y)]
- set x2 [$g xaxis invtransform $_private($g,B,x)]
- set y2 [$g yaxis invtransform $_private($g,B,y)]
- }
- set coords "$x1 $y1 $x2 $y1 $x2 $y2 $x1 $y2 $x1 $y1"
- if { [$g marker exists "zoomOutline"] } {
- $g marker configure "zoomOutline" -coords $coords
- } else {
- set X [lindex [$g xaxis use] 0]
- set Y [lindex [$g yaxis use] 0]
- $g marker create line "zoomOutline" \
- -coords $coords -mapx $X -mapy $Y \
- -dashes 4 -linewidth 1
- set interval $_private($g,interval)
- set id [after $interval [list blt::ZoomStack::MarchingAnts $g 0]]
- set _private($g,afterId) $id
- }
-}
-
diff --git a/tkblt/pkgIndex.tcl.in b/tkblt/pkgIndex.tcl.in
deleted file mode 100644
index ea7d80b..0000000
--- a/tkblt/pkgIndex.tcl.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-#
-# Tcl package index file
-#
-package ifneeded @PACKAGE_NAME@ @PACKAGE_VERSION@ \
- [list load [file join $dir @PKG_LIB_FILE@] @PACKAGE_NAME@]\n[list source [file join $dir graph.tcl]]
diff --git a/tkblt/tclconfig/ChangeLog b/tkblt/tclconfig/ChangeLog
deleted file mode 100644
index 9504def..0000000
--- a/tkblt/tclconfig/ChangeLog
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1003 +0,0 @@
-2016-03-11 Sean Woods <yoda@etoyoc.com>
- *tcl.m4 Fixed the search for Tcl and Wish shells under MinGW. Static builds and threaded builds
- get an "s" or "t" added to the name.
-
-2015-08-28 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: Rfe [00189c4afc]: Allow semi-static UCRT build on
- Windows with VC 14.0
-
-2013-10-08 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: Bug [172223e008]: Wrong filename in
- --disable-shared compile on MinGW
-
-2013-10-04 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: stub library is no longer linked with msvcrt??.dll.
-
-2013-10-01 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: Workaround for MinGW bug #2065: "gcc --shared" links
- with libgcc_s_dw2-1.dll when using 64-bit division in C
-
-2013-07-04 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: Bug [3324676]: AC_PROG_INSTALL incompat,
- Bug [3606445]: Unneeded -DHAVE_NO_SEH=1 when not building on Windows
-
-2013-07-02 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: Bug [32afa6e256]: dirent64 check is incorrect in tcl.m4
- (thanks to Brian Griffin)
-
-2013-06-20 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: Use X11/Xlib.h for checking where X11 can be found
- in stead of X11/XIntrinsic.h. Suggested by Pietro Cerutti.
-
-2013-06-04 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: Eliminate NO_VIZ macro as current
- zlib uses HAVE_HIDDEN in stead. One more last-moment
- fix for FreeBSD by Pietro Cerutti
-
-2013-05-19 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: Fix for FreeBSD, and remove support for old
- FreeBSD versions. Patch by Pietro Cerutti
-
-2013-03-12 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: Patch by Andrew Shadura, providing better support for
- * three architectures they have in Debian.
-
-2012-08-07 Stuart Cassoff <stwo@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: Added "-DNDEBUG" to CFLAGS_DEFAULT
- when building with --disable-symbols.
-
-2012-08-07 Stuart Cassoff <stwo@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: [Bug 3555058]: Checkin [30736d63f0] broke
- CFLAGS_DEFAULT, LDFLAGS_DEFAULT
-
-2012-08-07 Stuart Cassoff <stwo@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: [Bug 3511806]: Checkin [30736d63f0] broke CFLAGS
-
-2012-08-07 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: [Bug 3511806]: Checkin [30736d63f0] broke CFLAGS
-
-2012-07-25 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: My previous commit (2012-04-03) broke the ActiveTcl
- build for AMD64, because of the quotes in "C:/<path>/AMD64/cl.exe".
- It turns out that the AC_TRY_COMPILE macro cannot handle that.
-
-2012-07-22 Stuart Cassoff <stwo@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: Tidy: consistency, spelling, phrasing, whitespace.
- No functional change.
-
-2012-04-03 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: [Bug 3511806] Compiler checks too early
- This change allows to build the cygwin and mingw32 ports of
- Tcl/Tk extensions to build out-of-the-box using a native or
- cross-compiler, e.g. on Cygwin, Linux or Darwin.
-
-2011-04-02 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net>
-
- * install-sh: Fix issue with library stripping in install-sh
- (backported from kevin_walzer's patch from Tcl 8.6 trunk)
-
-2011-04-05 Andreas Kupries <andreask@activestate.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: Applied patch by Jeff Lawson. Nicer error message when
- tclConfig.sh was not found.
-
-2010-12-15 Stuart Cassoff <stwo@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * install-sh: Upgrade to newer install-sh and use it.
- * tcl.m4:
-
-2010-12-14 Stuart Cassoff <stwo@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: Better building on OpenBSD.
-
-2010-12-14 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: when using gcc, don't try to determine Win64 SDK
-
-2010-12-12 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: Determine correctly a cross-compiler-windres
-
-2010-11-23 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: add some cross-compile support, borrowed from Tcl 8.6
-
-2010-09-16 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: correct HP-UX LDFLAGS (only used when building big shell)
-
-2010-09-14 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: add extra if check for .manifest file generation
- Add notice about package name and version being built.
-
-2010-09-09 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: [FREQ #3058486] TEA_LOAD_CONFIG doesn't set all BUILD_ vars
- Slightly related: defining BUILD_$1 on all platforms - not only win -
- allows the -fvisibility feature to be used in extensions as well, at
- least if you compile against tcl >= 8.5.
-
-2010-08-26 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: ensure safe quoting for autoheader usage
-
-2010-08-19 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: add TEA_ADD_CLEANFILES macro to make adding cleanfiles
- easier, and add *.exp to CLEANFILES Windows default.
- (TEA_MAKE_LIB): Enhanced to check for MSVC that requires manifests
- and auto-embed it into proj DLL via MAKE_SHARED_LIB. Also define
- VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL and VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE that do the same
- magic in case it is needed for extended TEA projects.
-
-2010-08-16 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- *** Bump to TEA_VERSION 3.9 ***
- If upgrading from TEA_VERSION 3.8, copy over tcl.m4, change
- TEA_INIT to use 3.9 and reconfigure (ac-2.59+).
- BUILD_${PACKAGE_NAME} will be auto-defined on Windows for
- correct setting of TCL_STORAGE_CLASS.
- TEA_LOAD_CONFIG users should remove the SHLIB_LD_LIBS setting done
- in configure.in (LIBS will be automagically populated by
- TEA_LOAD_CONFIG).
- TEA_EXPORT_CONFIG has been added for ${pkg}Config.sh creators
- SHLIB_LD_FLAGS was deprecated a while ago, remove it if it is
- still in your Makefile.in.
-
- * tcl.m4: add /usr/lib64 to set of auto-search dirs. [Bug 1230554]
- Auto-define BUILD_$PACKAGE_NAME so users don't need to. This
- needs to correspond with $pkg.h define magic for TCL_STORAGE_CLASS.
- Auto-define CLEANFILES. Users can expand it.
- (SHLIB_LD_LIBS): define to '${LIBS}' default and change it only if
- necessary. Platforms not using this may simply not work or have
- very funky linkers.
- (TEA_LOAD_CONFIG): When loading config for another extension,
- auto-add stub libraries found with TEA_ADD_LIBS. Eases
- configure.in for modules like itk and img::*.
- (TEA_EXPORT_CONFIG): Add standardized function for exporting a
- ${pkg}Config.sh. See use by img::* and itcl.
-
-2010-08-12 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- *** Bump to TEA_VERSION 3.8 ***
- If upgrading from TEA_VERSION 3.7, copy over tcl.m4, change
- TEA_INIT to use 3.8 and reconfigure (ac-2.59+).
- No other changes should be necessary.
-
- * tcl.m4: remove more vestigial bits from removed platforms.
- Add back SCO_SV-3.2*.
- Remove use of DL_LIBS and DL_OBJS and related baggage - these are
- only needed by the core to support 'load'.
- Allow for macosx in TEA_ADD_SOURCES.
- Correct check for found_xincludes=no in TEA_PATH_UNIX_X.
-
-2010-08-11 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: remove the following old platform configurations:
- UNIX_SV*|UnixWare-5*, SunOS-4.*, SINIX*5.4*, SCO_SV-3.2*<readded>,
- OSF1-1.*, NEXTSTEP-*, NetBSD-1.*|FreeBSD-[[1-2]].*, MP-RAS-*,
- IRIX-5.*, HP-UX-*.08.*|HP-UX-*.09.*|HP-UX-*.10.*, dgux*,
- BSD/OS-2.1*|BSD/OS-3*
- (AIX): drop AIX-pre4 support and use of ldAix, use -bexpall/-brtl
-
-2010-07-05 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: [Patch #1055668] removal of exported internals from
- tclInt.h (EXTERN macro)
-
-2010-04-14 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net>
-
- * tcl.m4 - Backport a lot of quoting fixes from tcl8.6/unix/tcl.m4
- - Fix determination of CYGPATH for CYGWIN
- With those fixes, itcl and tdbc compile fine with CYGWIN
-
-2010-04-06 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net>
-
- * install-sh [Bug 2982540] configure and install* script files
- should always have LF
-
-2010-02-19 Stuart Cassoff <stwo@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: Correct compiler/linker flags for threaded builds on
- OpenBSD.
-
-2010-01-19 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: Detect CYGWIN variant: win32 or unix
-
-2010-01-03 Donal K. Fellows <dkf@users.sf.net>
-
- * unix/tcl.m4 (TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS): [Tcl Bug 1636685]: Use the
- configuration for modern FreeBSD suggested by the FreeBSD porter.
-
-2009-10-22 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: [Tcl Patch #2883533] tcl.m4 support for Haiku OS
-
-2009-04-27 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4 (TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS): harden the check to add _r to CC on
- AIX with threads.
-
-2009-04-10 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4 (Darwin): check for 64-bit TkAqua.
-
-2009-03-26 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net>
-
- * tclconfig/tcl.m4: Adapt LDFLAGS and LD_SEARCH_FLAGS
- together with SHLIB_LD definition to unbreak building on HPUX.
-
-2009-03-20 Andreas Kupries <andreask@activestate.com>
-
- * tclconfig/tcl.m4: Changed SHLIB_LD definition to unbreak
- building on HPUX.
-
-2009-03-16 Joe English <jenglish@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4(TEA_PUBLIC_TK_HEADERS): Look at ${TK_INCLUDE_SPEC}
- (found in tkConfig.sh) when trying to guess where tk.h might be
- [Patch 1960628].
-
-2009-03-11 Joe English <jenglish@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: Allow ${SHLIB_SUFFIX} to be overridden at
- configure-time [Patch 1960628]. Also fix some comment typos,
- and an uninitialized variable bug-waiting-to-happen.
-
-2008-12-21 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: [Bug 2073255] Tcl_GetString(NULL) doesn't crash on HP-UX
- (this bug report was for Tcl, but holds for TEA as well.)
-
-2008-12-20 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: sync with tdbc tcl.m4 changes
- (SunOS-5.11): Sun cc SHLIB_LD: use LDFLAGS_DEFAULT instead of LDFLAGS
-
-2008-12-02 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- *** Bump to TEA_VERSION 3.7 ***
-
- * tcl.m4: in private header check, check for <plat>Port.h instead
- of Int.h to ensure all private headers are available.
-
-2008-11-04 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4 (Darwin): sync TEA_PRIVATE_TK_HEADERS handling of
- Tk.framework PrivateHeaders with TEA_PRIVATE_TCL_HEADERS.
-
-2008-11-04 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4 (TEA_PATH_TCLCONFIG, TEA_PATH_TKCONFIG): exit with error
- when tclConfig.sh cannot be found. [Bug #1997760]
- (TEA_PRIVATE_TCL_HEADERS, TEA_PRIVATE_TK_HEADERS): allow for
- finding the headers installed in the public areas, e.g. a result of
- make install-private-headers. [Bug #1631922]
-
-2008-08-12 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4 (Darwin): link shlib with current and compatiblity version
- flags; look for libX11.dylib when searching for X11 libraries.
-
-2008-06-12 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4 (SunOS-5.11): fix 64bit amd64 support with gcc & Sun cc.
-
-2008-03-27 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4 (SunOS-5.1x): fix 64bit support for Sun cc. [Bug 1921166]
-
-2008-02-01 Donal K. Fellows <donal.k.fellows@man.ac.uk>
-
- * tcl.m4 (TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS): Updated to work at least in part with
- more modern VC versions. Currently just made the linker flags more
- flexible; more work may be needed.
-
-2007-10-26 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4 (Darwin): add support for 64-bit X11.
-
-2007-10-23 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- *** Tagged tea-3-branch to start TEA 4 development on HEAD ***
-
-2007-09-17 Joe English <jenglish@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: use '${CC} -shared' instead of 'ld -Bshareable'
- to build shared libraries on current NetBSDs [Bug 1749251].
-
-2007-09-15 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: replace all direct references to compiler by ${CC} to
- enable CC overriding at configure & make time.
- (SunOS-5.1x): replace direct use of '/usr/ccs/bin/ld' in SHLIB_LD by
- 'cc' compiler driver.
-
-2007-08-08 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: check Ttk dir for Tk private headers (8.5).
- Add some comments to other bits.
-
-2007-06-25 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4 (TEA_PROG_TCLSH, TEA_PROG_WISH): move where / is added.
-
-2007-06-13 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: fix --with-tkinclude alignment. [Bug 1506111]
-
-2007-06-06 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4 (Darwin): fix 64bit arch removal in fat 32&64bit builds.
-
-2007-05-18 Donal K. Fellows <donal.k.fellows@man.ac.uk>
-
- * tcl.m4: Added quoting so that paths with spaces cause fewer
- problems.
-
-2007-03-07 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4 (Darwin): s/CFLAGS/CPPFLAGS/ in -mmacosx-version-min check.
-
-2007-02-15 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: correct private header check to search in generic subdir
-
-2007-02-09 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- *** Bump to TEA_VERSION 3.6 ***
-
- * tcl.m4: correct -d to -f
- (TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS): SHLIB_SUFFIX is .so on HP ia64 [Bug 1615058]
-
-2007-02-08 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4 (TEA_PRIVATE_TCL_HEADERS, TEA_PRIVATE_TK_HEADERS): check
- that the dirs actually have private headers. [Bug 1631922]
-
-2007-02-04 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: add caching to -pipe check.
-
-2007-01-25 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: integrate CPPFLAGS into CFLAGS as late as possible and
- move (rather than duplicate) -isysroot flags from CFLAGS to CPPFLAGS to
- avoid errors about multiple -isysroot flags from some older gcc builds.
-
-2006-01-19 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: ensure CPPFLAGS env var is used when set. [Bug 1586861]
- (Darwin): add -isysroot and -mmacosx-version-min flags to CPPFLAGS when
- present in CFLAGS to avoid discrepancies between what headers configure
- sees during preprocessing tests and compiling tests.
-
-2006-12-19 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4 (Darwin): --enable-64bit: verify linking with 64bit -arch flag
- succeeds before enabling 64bit build.
-
-2006-12-16 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4 (Linux): fix previous change to use makefile variable
- LDFLAGS_DEFAULT instead of LDFLAGS in SHLIB_LD, to ensure linker
- flags in sampleextension Makefile are picked up.
-
-2006-11-26 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4 (Linux): --enable-64bit support. [Patch 1597389], [Bug 1230558]
-
-2006-08-18 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4 (Darwin): add support for --enable-64bit on x86_64, for
- universal builds including x86_64 and for use of -mmacosx-version-min
- instead of MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET. For Tk extensions, remove 64-bit
- arch flags from CFLAGS like in the Tk configure, as neither TkAqua nor
- TkX11 can be built for 64-bit at present.
-
-2006-03-28 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: []-quote AC_DEFUN functions.
- (TEA_PATH_TKCONFIG): Fixed Windows-specific check for tkConfig.sh.
- (TEA_MAKE_LIB): Prepend 'lib' for Windows-gcc configs.
-
-2006-03-07 Joe English <jenglish@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: Set SHLIB_LD_FLAGS='${LIBS}' on NetBSD,
- as per the other *BSD variants [Bug 1334613].
-
-2006-01-25 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- *** Bump to TEA version 3.5 ***
-
- * tcl.m4: keep LD_SEARCH_FLAGS and CC_SEARCH_FLAGS synchronous
- with core tcl.m4 meaning.
-
-2006-01-24 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4 (Darwin): use makefile variable LDFLAGS_DEFAULT instead of
- LDFLAGS in SHLIB_LD, to ensure linker flags in sampleextension Makefile
- are picked up. [Bug 1403343]
-
-2006-01-23 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: add C:/Tcl/lib and C:/Progra~1/Tcl/lib dirs to check for
- *Config.sh on Windows. [Bug 1407544]
-
-2006-01-23 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4 (Darwin): for Tk extensions, remove -arch ppc64 from CFLAGS
- like in the Tk configure, as neither TkAqua nor TkX11 can be built for
- 64bit at present (no 64bit GUI libraries).
-
-2006-01-22 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: restore system=windows on Windows.
- Remove error if 'ar' isn't found (it may not be on Windows).
- Do not add -lxnet or define _XOPEN_SOURCE on HP-UX by default.
- Ensure the C|LDFLAGS_DEFAULT gets the fully sub'd value at
- configure time.
-
-2006-01-10 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: add caching, use AC_CACHE_CHECK instead of AC_CACHE_VAL
- where possible, consistent message quoting, sync relevant
- tcl/unix/tcl.m4 HEAD changes and gratuitous formatting differences
- (notably sunc removal of support for for ancient BSD's, IRIX 4,
- RISCos and Ultrix by kennykb), Darwin improvements to
- TEA_LOAD_*CONFIG to make linking work against Tcl/Tk frameworks
- installed in arbitrary location, change TEA_PROG_* search order
- (look in *_BIN_DIR parents before *_PREFIX).
-
-2006-01-05 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: add dkf's system config refactor
-
-2006-01-04 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: remove extraneous ' that causes bash 3.1 to choke
-
-2005-12-19 Joe English <jenglish@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4 (TEA_PATH_TCLCONFIG &c): Look for tclConfig.sh &c
- in ${libdir}, where they are installed by default [Patch #1377407].
-
-2005-12-05 Don Porter <dgp@users.sf.net>
-
- * tcl.m4 (TEA_PUBLIC_*_HEADERS): Better support for finding
- header files for uninstalled Tcl and Tk.
-
-2005-12-02 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: correctly bump TEA_VERSION var to 3.4
-
-2005-12-01 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * unix/tcl.m4 (Darwin): fixed error when MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET unset
-
-2005-11-29 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: *** Bump to TEA version 3.4 ***
- Add Windows x64 build support.
- Remove TEA_PATH_NOSPACE and handle the problem with ""s where
- necessary - the macro relied on TCLSH_PROG which didn't work for
- cross-compiles.
-
-2005-11-27 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4 (Darwin): add 64bit support, add CFLAGS to SHLIB_LD to
- support passing -isysroot in env(CFLAGS) to configure (flag can't
- be present twice, so can't be in both CFLAGS and LDFLAGS during
- configure), don't use -prebind when deploying on 10.4.
- (TEA_ENABLE_LANGINFO, TEA_TIME_HANDLER): add/fix caching.
-
-2005-10-30 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: fixed two tests for TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM = "aqua" that
- should have been for `uname -s` = "Darwin" instead; added some
- missing quoting.
- (TEA_PROG_TCLSH, TEA_PROG_WISH): fix incorrect assumption that
- install location of tclConfig.sh/tkConfig.sh allows to determine
- the tclsh/wish install dir via ../bin. Indeed tcl/tk can be
- configured with arbitrary --libdir and --bindir (independent of
- prefix) and such a configuration is in fact standard with Darwin
- framework builds. At least now also check ${TCL_PREFIX}/bin
- resp. ${TK_PREFIX}/bin for presence of tclsh resp. wish (if tcl/tk
- have been configured with arbitrary --bindir, this will still not
- find them, for a general solution *Config.sh would need to contain
- the values of bindir/libdir/includedir passed to configure).
-
-2005-10-07 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: Fix Solaris 5.10 check and Solaris AMD64 64-bit builds.
-
-2005-10-04 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4 (TEA_PRIVATE_TCL_HEADERS): add / to finish sed macro
- (TEA_ENABLE_THREADS): don't check for pthread_attr_setstacksize func
-
-2005-09-13 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: *** Update to TEA version 3.3 ***
- define TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM in TEA_LOAD_TKCONFIG.
- Make --enable-threads the default (users can --disable-threads).
- Improve AIX ${CC}_r fix to better check existing ${CC} value.
- Do the appropriate evals to not require the *TOP_DIR_NATIVE vars
- be set for extensions that use private headers.
- Make aqua check for Xlib compat headers the same as win32.
-
-2005-07-26 Mo DeJong <mdejong@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4 (TEA_PROG_TCLSH, TEA_BUILD_TCLSH,
- TEA_PROG_WISH, TEA_BUILD_WISH): Remove
- TEA_BUILD_TCLSH and TEA_BUILD_WISH because
- of complaints that it broke the build when
- only an installed version of Tcl was available
- at extension build time. The TEA_PROG_TCLSH and
- TEA_PROG_WISH macros will no longer search the
- path at all. The build tclsh or installed
- tclsh shell will now be found by TEA_PROG_TCLSH.
-
-2005-07-24 Mo DeJong <mdejong@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4 (TEA_PROG_TCLSH, TEA_BUILD_TCLSH,
- TEA_PROG_WISH, TEA_BUILD_WISH):
- Split confused search for tclsh on PATH and
- build and install locations into two macros.
- TEA_PROG_TCLSH and TEA_PROG_WISH search the
- system PATH for an installed tclsh or wish.
- The TEA_BUILD_TCLSH and TEA_BUILD_WISH
- macros determine the name of tclsh or
- wish in the Tcl or Tk build directory even
- if tclsh or wish has not yet been built.
- [Tcl bug 1160114]
- [Tcl patch 1244153]
-
-2005-06-23 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4 (TEA_PRIVATE_TK_HEADERS): add ${TK_SRC_DIR}/macosx to
- TK_INCLUDES when building against TkAqua.
-
- * tcl.m4 (TEA_PATH_X): fixed missing comma in AC_DEFINE
-
- * tcl.m4: changes to better support framework builds of Tcl and Tk out
- of the box: search framework install locations for *Config.sh, and if in
- presence of a framework build, use the framework's Headers and
- PrivateHeaders directories for public and private includes. [FR 947735]
-
-2005-06-18 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4 (Darwin): add -headerpad_max_install_names to LDFLAGS to
- ensure we can always relocate binaries with install_name_tool.
-
-2005-06-04 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4 (TEA_PATH_X): for TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM == aqua, check if xlib
- compat headers are available in tkheaders location, otherwise add xlib
- sourcedir to TK_XINCLUDES.
-
-2005-04-25 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: added AC_DEFINE* descriptions (from core tcl.m4) to allow
- use with autoheader.
- (Darwin): added configure checks for recently added linker flags
- -single_module and -search_paths_first to allow building with older
- tools (and on Mac OS X 10.1), use -single_module in SHLIB_LD.
- (TEA_MISSING_POSIX_HEADERS): added caching of dirent.h check.
- (TEA_BUGGY_STRTOD): added caching (sync with core tcl.m4).
-
-2005-03-24 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4 (TEA_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS): use Tcl header defaults for wide
- int type only on Windows when __int64 is detected as valid.
-
-2005-03-24 Don Porter <dgp@users.sf.net>
-
- * README.txt: Update reference to "SC_* macros" to "TEA_* macros".
- * tcl.m4: Incorporated recent improvements in SC_PATH_TCLCONFIG
- and SC_PATH_TKCONFIG into TEA_PATH_TCLCONFIG and TEA_PATH_TKCONFIG.
- Corrected search path in TEA_PATH_CONFIG and added
- AC_SUBST($1_BIN_DIR) to TEA_LOAD_CONFIG so that packages that load
- the configuration of another package can know where they loaded
- it from.
-
-2005-03-18 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4 (TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS): correct 2005-03-17 change to have
- variant LD_SEARCH_FLAGS for gcc and cc builds.
-
- * tcl.m4 (TEA_PROG_TCLSH, TEA_PROG_WISH): correct x-compile check.
-
-2005-03-17 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: Correct gcc build and HP-UX-11.
-
-2005-02-08 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4 (TEA_ADD_LIBS): don't touch lib args starting with -.
- (TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS): only define _DLL for CE in shared build.
- (TEA_MAKE_LIB): set RANLIB* to : on Windows (it's not needed).
-
-2005-02-01 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: redo of 2005-01-27 changes to correctly handle paths
- with spaces. Win/CE and Win/64 builds now require a prebuilt
- tclsh to handle conversion to short pathnames. This is done in
- the new TEA_PATH_NOSPACE macro. For Win/CE|64, make CC just the
- compiler and move the necessary includes to CFLAGS.
- (TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS): Add Solaris 64-bit gcc build support.
- (TEA_PROG_TCLSH, TEA_PROG_WISH): Allow TCLSH_PROG and WISH_PROG to
- be set in the env and prevent resetting.
- (TEA_ADD_LIBS): On Windows using GCC (mingw), convert foo.lib
- args to -lfoo, for use with mingw.
- *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATABILITY ***
- (TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS): Fix AIX gcc builds to work out-of-box.
- Bumped TEA to 3.2.
-
-2005-01-27 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: remove cygpath calls to support msys.
- Update base CE build assumption to "420,ARMV4,ARM,Pocket PC 2003".
- Make STLIB_LD use $LINKBIN -lib.
-
-2005-01-25 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4 (Darwin): fixed bug with static build linking to dynamic
- library in /usr/lib etc instead of linking to static library earlier
- in search path. [Tcl Bug 956908]
- Removed obsolete references to Rhapsody.
-
-2004-12-29 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: Updates for VC7 compatibility, fixing CFLAGS and LDFLAGS
- options, using better default -O levels. [Bug 1092952, 1091967]
-
-2004-12-29 Joe English <jenglish@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4: Do not use ${DBGX} suffix when building
- shared libraries [patch #1081595, TIP #34]
-
-2004-09-07 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4 (TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS): support eVC4 Win/CE builds
-
-2004-08-10 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4 (TEA_INIT, TEA_PREFIX): update handling of exec_prefix to
- work around subdir configures since autoconf only propagates the
- prefix (not exec_prefix).
-
-2004-07-23 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4 (TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS): Darwin section: brought inline with
- Tcl 8.5 HEAD config, removed core specific & obsolete settings.
-
-2004-07-22 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4 (TEA_PATH_X): check in TK_DEFS for MAC_OSX_TK to see if
- we are compiling on Aqua. Add TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM var that
- reflects 'tk windowingsystem' value.
-
-2004-07-16 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4 (TEA_ENABLE_THREADS): force a threaded build when
- building against a threaded core.
- (CFLAGS_WARNING): Remove -Wconversion for gcc builds
- (TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS): Reorder configure.in for better 64-bit build
- configuration, replacing EXTRA_CFLAGS with CFLAGS. [Bug #874058]
- Update to latest Tcl 8.5 head config settings.
- Call this TEA version 3.1.
-
-2004-04-29 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4 (TEA_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS): replace AC_TRY_RUN test with
- AC_TRY_COMPILE for the long vs. long long check. (kenny)
-
-2004-04-26 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4 (TEA_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS): update against core tcl.m4 to
- define TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG if 'using long'.
-
-2004-03-19 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: correct Windows builds getting LDFLAGS info in MAKE_LIB
-
-2004-02-11 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: correct TCL_INCLUDES for private headers on Windows - it
- doesn't need the eval.
-
-2004-02-10 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: don't require TK_INCLUDES and TCL_INCLUDES to have the
- DIR_NATIVE vars defined when using private headers on unix.
- Allow $... to TEA_ADD_SOURCES for constructs like
- TEA_ADD_SOURCES([\$(WIN_OBJECTS)]), that allow the developer to
- place more in the Makefile.in.
- tkUnixPort.h checks for HAVE_LIMITS_H, so do both HAVE and
- CHECK on limits.h
-
-2003-12-10 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * Makefile.in: added TEA_ADD_LIBS, TEA_ADD_INCLUDES and
- * configure: TEA_ADD_CFLAGS to configurable parameters with
- * configure.in: PKG_* equivs in the Makefile. This allows the
- * tclconfig/tcl.m4: user to worry less about actual magic VAR names.
- Corrected Makefile.in to note that TEA_ADD_TCL_SOURCES requires
- exact file names.
-
-2003-12-09 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: updated OpenBSD support based on [Patch #775246] (cassoff)
-
-2003-12-05 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * configure:
- * configure.in:
- * Makefile.in (VPATH): readd $(srcdir) to front of VPATH as the
- first part of VPATH can get chopped off.
- Change .c.$(OBJEXT) rule to .c.@OBJEXT@ to support more makes.
- * tclconfig/tcl.m4: add TEA_ADD_STUB_SOURCES to support libstub
- generation and TEA_ADD_TCL_SOURCES to replace RUNTIME_SOURCES as
- the way the user specifies library files.
-
-2003-12-03 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * configure: Update of TEA spec to (hopefully) simplify
- * configure.in: some aspects of TEA by making use of more
- * Makefile.in: AC 2.5x features. Use PACKAGE_NAME (instead
- * generic/tclsample.c: of PACKAGE) and PACKAGE_VERSION (instead of
- * tclconfig/tcl.m4: VERSION) arguments to AC_INIT as the TEA
- package name and version.
- Provide a version argument to TEA_INIT - starting with 3.0.
- Drop all use of interior shell substs that older makefiles didn't
- like. Use PKG_* naming convention instead.
- Move specification of source files and public headers into
- configure.in with TEA_ADD_SOURCES and TEA_ADD_HEADERS. These will
- be munged during ./configure into the right obj file names (no
- $(SOURCES:.c=.obj) needed).
- There is almost nothing that should be touched in Makefile.in now
- for the developer. May want to add a TEA_ADD_TCL_SOURCES for the
- RUNTIME_SOURCES that remains.
- Use SHLID_LD_FLAGS (instead of SHLID_LDFLAGS) as Tcl does.
- Only specify the user requested LDFLAGS/CFLAGS in the Makefile,
- don't mention the _OPTIMIZE/_DEBUG variants.
-
-2003-10-15 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: create a TEA_SETUP_COMPILER_CC the precedes the
- TEA_SETUP_COMPILER macro. They are split so the check for CC
- occurs before any use of CC. Also add AC_PROG_CPP to the compiler
- checks.
-
-2003-10-06 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: Updated for autoconf 2.5x prereq.
- Where TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE would be __int64, defer to the code checks
- in tcl.h, which also handles TCL_LL_MODIFIER* properly.
-
-2003-04-22 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: correct default setting of ARCH for WinCE builds.
- Correct \ escaping for CE sed macros.
-
-2003-04-10 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: replace $(syscal) construct with older `syscall` for
- systems where sh != bash.
-
-2003-04-09 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4 (TEA_WITH_CELIB): add --enable-wince and --with-celib
- options for Windows/CE compilation support. Requires the
- Microsoft eMbedded SDK and Keuchel's celib emulation layer.
-
-2003-02-18 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4 (TEA_ENABLE_THREADS): Make sure -lpthread gets passed on
- the link line when checking for the pthread_attr_setstacksize
- symbol. (dejong)
-
- * tcl.m4 (TEA_SETUP_COMPILER): added default calls to
- TEA_TCL_EARLY_FLAGS, TEA_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS,
- TEA_MISSING_POSIX_HEADERS and TEA_BUGGY_STRTOD.
-
-2003-02-14 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: correct HP-UX ia64 --enable-64bit build flags
-
-2003-01-29 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: check $prefix/lib as well as $exec_prefix/lib when
- looking for tcl|tkConfig.sh, as this check is done before we would
- set exec_prefix when the user does not define it.
-
-2003-01-21 Mo DeJong <mdejong@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- * tcl.m4 (TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS): Fix build support
- for mingw, the previous implementation would
- use VC++ when compiling with mingw gcc. Don't
- pass -fPIC since gcc always compiles pic code
- under win32. Change some hard coded cases
- of gcc to ${CC}.
-
-2002-10-15 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: move the CFLAGS definition from TEA_ENABLE_SHARED to
- TEA_MAKE_LIB because setting too early confuses other AC_* macros.
- Correct the HP-11 SHLIB_LD_LIBS setting.
-
- * tcl.m4: add the CFLAGS definition into TEA_ENABLE_SHARED and
- make it pick up the env CFLAGS at configure time.
-
-2002-10-09 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: add --enable-symbols=mem option to enable TCL_MEM_DEBUG.
- Improved AIX 64-bit build support, allow it on AIX-4 as well.
- Enable 64-bit HP-11 compilation with gcc.
- Enable 64-bit IRIX64-6 cc build support.
- Correct FreeBSD thread library linkage.
- Add OSF1 static build support.
- Improve SunOS-5 shared build SHLIB_LD macro.
-
-2002-07-20 Zoran Vasiljevic <zoran@archiware.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: Added MINGW32 to list of systems checked for Windows build.
- Also, fixes some indentation issues with "--with-XXX" options.
-
-2002-04-23 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4 (TEA_ENABLE_THREADS): added USE_THREAD_ALLOC define to
- use new threaded allocatory by default on Unix for Tcl 8.4.
- (TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS): corrected LD_SEARCH_FLAGS for FreeBSD-3+.
-
-2002-04-22 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4 (TEA_SETUP_COMPILER): removed call to AC_CYGWIN so that
- we can use autoconf 2.5x as well as 2.13. This prevents us from
- being able to warn against the use of cygwin gcc at configure
- time, but allows autoconf 2.5x, which is what is shipped with most
- newer systems.
-
-2002-04-11 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: Enabled COFF as well as CV style debug info with
- --enable-symbols to allow Dr. Watson users to see function info.
- More info on debugging levels can be obtained at:
- http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/dnvc60/html/gendepdebug.asp
-
-2002-04-03 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: change all SC_* macros to TEA_*. The SC_ was for
- Scriptics, which is no more. TEA represents a better, independent
- prefix that won't need changing.
- Added preliminary mingw gcc support. [Patch #538772]
- Added TEA_PREFIX macro that handles defaulting the prefix and
- exec_prefix vars to those used by Tcl if none were specified.
- Added TEA_SETUP_COMPILER macro that encompasses the AC_PROG_CC
- check and several other basic AC_PROG checks needed for making
- executables. This greatly simplifies user's configure.in files.
- Collapsed AIX-5 defines into AIX-* with extra checks for doing the
- ELF stuff on AIX-5-ia64.
- Updated TEA_ENABLE_THREADS to take an optional arg to allow
- switching it on by default (for Thread) and add sanity checking to
- warn the user if configuring threads incompatibly.
-
-2002-03-29 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: made sure that SHLIB_LDFLAGS was set to LDFLAGS_DEFAULT.
- Removed --enable-64bit support for AIX-4 because it wasn't correct.
- Added -MT or -MD Windows linker switches to properly support
- symbols-enabled builds.
-
-2002-03-28 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: called AC_MSG_ERROR when SC_TEA_INIT wasn't called first
- instead of calling it as that inlines it each time in shell code.
- Changed Windows CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE to use -O2 instead of -Oti.
- Noted TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots for Windows builds.
- A few changes to support itcl (and perhaps others):
- Added support for making your own stub libraries to SC_MAKE_LIB.
- New SC_PATH_CONFIG and SC_LOAD_CONFIG that take a package name arg
- and find that ${pkg}Config.sh file. itk uses this for itcl.
-
-2002-03-27 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: made SC_LOAD_TKCONFIG recognize when working with a Tk
- build dir setup.
- Added EXTRA_CFLAGS and SHLIB_LD_LIBS substs to SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS.
- Added XLIBSW onto LIBS when it is defined.
- Remove TCL_LIBS from MAKE_LIB and correctly use SHLIB_LD_LIBS
- instead to not rely as much on tclConfig.sh cached info.
- Add TK_BIN_DIR to paths to find wish in SC_PROG_WISH.
- These move towards making TEA much more independent of *Config.sh.
-
-2002-03-19 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: corrected forgotten (UN)SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX and
- SHLIB_SUFFIX defines for Win.
- (SC_PATH_X): made this only do the check on unix platforms.
-
-2002-03-12 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * README.txt: updated to reflect fewer files
-
-2002-03-06 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * config.guess (removed):
- * config.sub (removed): removed unnecessary files
-
- * installFile.tcl (removed):
- * mkinstalldirs (removed): these aren't really necessary for
- making TEA work
-
- * tcl.m4 (SC_PUBLIC_TCL_HEADERS, SC_PUBLIC_TK_HEADERS): don't
- check /usr(/local)/include for includes on Windows when not using
- gcc
-
-2002-03-05 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: added warnings on Windows, removed RELPATH define and
- added TCL_LIBS to MAKE_LIB macro.
-
- This import represents 2.0.0, or a new start at attempting to
- make TEA much easier for C extension developers.
-
- **** moved from tclpro project to core tcl project, ****
- **** renamed to 'tclconfig' ****
-
-2001-03-15 Karl Lehenbauer <karl@procplace.com>
-
- * installFile.tcl: Added updating of the modification time of
- the target file whether we overwrote it or decided that it
- hadn't changed. This was necessary for us to be able to
- determine whether or not a module install touched the file.
-
-2001-03-08 Karl Lehenbauer <karl@procplace.com>
-
- * installFile.tcl: Added support for converting new-style (1.1+)
- Cygnus drive paths to Tcl-style.
-
-2001-01-15 <brent.welch@interwoven.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: Added FreeBSD clause.
-
-2001-01-03 <brent.welch@interwoven.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: Fixed typo in SC_LIB_SPEC where it is checking
- for exec-prefix.
-
-2000-12-01 <brent.welch@interwoven.com>
-
- * tcl.m4: Concatenated most of the Ajuba acsite.m4 file
- so we don't need to modify the autoconf installation.
- * config.guess:
- * config.sub:
- * installFile.tcl:
- Added files from the itcl config subdirectory,
- which should go away.
-
-2000-7-29 <welch@ajubasolutions.com>
-
- * Fixed the use of TCL_SRC_DIR and TK_SRC_DIR within
- TCL_PRIVATE_INCLUDES and TK_PRIVATE_INCLUDES to match their recent
- change from $(srcdir) to $(srcdir)/..
diff --git a/tkblt/tclconfig/README.txt b/tkblt/tclconfig/README.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 59b5a3e..0000000
--- a/tkblt/tclconfig/README.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-These files comprise the basic building blocks for a Tcl Extension
-Architecture (TEA) extension. For more information on TEA see:
-
- http://www.tcl.tk/doc/tea/
-
-This package is part of the Tcl project at SourceForge, and latest
-sources should be available there:
-
- http://tcl.sourceforge.net/
-
-This package is a freely available open source package. You can do
-virtually anything you like with it, such as modifying it, redistributing
-it, and selling it either in whole or in part.
-
-CONTENTS
-========
-The following is a short description of the files you will find in
-the sample extension.
-
-README.txt This file
-
-install-sh Program used for copying binaries and script files
- to their install locations.
-
-tcl.m4 Collection of Tcl autoconf macros. Included by a package's
- aclocal.m4 to define TEA_* macros.
diff --git a/tkblt/tclconfig/install-sh b/tkblt/tclconfig/install-sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 7c34c3f..0000000
--- a/tkblt/tclconfig/install-sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,528 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-# install - install a program, script, or datafile
-
-scriptversion=2011-04-20.01; # UTC
-
-# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
-# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
-# following copyright and license.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
-#
-# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
-# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
-# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
-# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
-# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-#
-# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-#
-# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
-# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-#
-# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
-# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
-# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
-# tium.
-#
-#
-# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
-#
-# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
-# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
-# when there is no Makefile.
-#
-# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
-# from scratch.
-
-nl='
-'
-IFS=" "" $nl"
-
-# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
-
-# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
-doit=${DOITPROG-}
-if test -z "$doit"; then
- doit_exec=exec
-else
- doit_exec=$doit
-fi
-
-# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
-# or use environment vars.
-
-chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
-chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
-chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
-cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
-cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
-mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
-mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
-rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
-stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
-
-posix_glob='?'
-initialize_posix_glob='
- test "$posix_glob" != "?" || {
- if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then
- posix_glob=
- else
- posix_glob=:
- fi
- }
-'
-
-posix_mkdir=
-
-# Desired mode of installed file.
-mode=0755
-
-chgrpcmd=
-chmodcmd=$chmodprog
-chowncmd=
-mvcmd=$mvprog
-rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
-stripcmd=
-
-src=
-dst=
-dir_arg=
-dst_arg=
-
-copy_on_change=false
-no_target_directory=
-
-usage="\
-Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
- or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
- or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
- or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
-
-In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
-In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
-In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
-
-Options:
- --help display this help and exit.
- --version display version info and exit.
-
- -c (ignored)
- -C install only if different (preserve the last data modification time)
- -d create directories instead of installing files.
- -g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
- -m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
- -o USER $chownprog installed files to USER.
- -s $stripprog installed files.
- -S $stripprog installed files.
- -t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY.
- -T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
-
-Environment variables override the default commands:
- CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
- RMPROG STRIPPROG
-"
-
-while test $# -ne 0; do
- case $1 in
- -c) ;;
-
- -C) copy_on_change=true;;
-
- -d) dir_arg=true;;
-
- -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
- shift;;
-
- --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
-
- -m) mode=$2
- case $mode in
- *' '* | *' '* | *'
-'* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
- echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
- exit 1;;
- esac
- shift;;
-
- -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
- shift;;
-
- -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
-
- -S) stripcmd="$stripprog $2"
- shift;;
-
- -t) dst_arg=$2
- shift;;
-
- -T) no_target_directory=true;;
-
- --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
-
- --) shift
- break;;
-
- -*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
- exit 1;;
-
- *) break;;
- esac
- shift
-done
-
-if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
- # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
- # When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
- # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@.
- for arg
- do
- if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
- # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
- set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
- shift # fnord
- fi
- shift # arg
- dst_arg=$arg
- done
-fi
-
-if test $# -eq 0; then
- if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
- echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
- exit 1
- fi
- # It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument.
- # This can happen when creating conditional directories.
- exit 0
-fi
-
-if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
- do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret'
- trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1
- trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2
- trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13
- trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15
-
- # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
- # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
- case $mode in
- # Optimize common cases.
- *644) cp_umask=133;;
- *755) cp_umask=22;;
-
- *[0-7])
- if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
- u_plus_rw=
- else
- u_plus_rw='% 200'
- fi
- cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
- *)
- if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
- u_plus_rw=
- else
- u_plus_rw=,u+rw
- fi
- cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
- esac
-fi
-
-for src
-do
- # Protect names starting with `-'.
- case $src in
- -*) src=./$src;;
- esac
-
- if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
- dst=$src
- dstdir=$dst
- test -d "$dstdir"
- dstdir_status=$?
- else
-
- # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
- # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
- # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
- if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
- echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
- exit 1
- fi
-
- if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
- echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
- exit 1
- fi
-
- dst=$dst_arg
- # Protect names starting with `-'.
- case $dst in
- -*) dst=./$dst;;
- esac
-
- # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work
- # if double slashes aren't ignored.
- if test -d "$dst"; then
- if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then
- echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
- exit 1
- fi
- dstdir=$dst
- dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"`
- dstdir_status=0
- else
- # Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails.
- dstdir=`
- (dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null ||
- expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
- X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
- X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
- X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
- echo X"$dst" |
- sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
- s//\1/
- q
- }
- /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
- s//\1/
- q
- }
- /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
- s//\1/
- q
- }
- /^X\(\/\).*/{
- s//\1/
- q
- }
- s/.*/./; q'
- `
-
- test -d "$dstdir"
- dstdir_status=$?
- fi
- fi
-
- obsolete_mkdir_used=false
-
- if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
- case $posix_mkdir in
- '')
- # Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask.
- # This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28.
- umask=`umask`
- case $stripcmd.$umask in
- # Optimize common cases.
- *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;;
- .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;;
-
- *[0-7])
- mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \
- - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \
- - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2
- `;;
- *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;;
- esac
-
- # With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
- # Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
- if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
- mkdir_mode=-m$mode
- else
- mkdir_mode=
- fi
-
- posix_mkdir=false
- case $umask in
- *[123567][0-7][0-7])
- # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which
- # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0.
- ;;
- *)
- tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
- trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0
-
- if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
- exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1
- then
- if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
- # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
- # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
- # other-writeable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
- # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
- ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
- case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
- d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
- d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
- *) false;;
- esac &&
- $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && {
- ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
- test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
- }
- }
- then posix_mkdir=:
- fi
- rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir"
- else
- # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
- rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null
- fi
- trap '' 0;;
- esac;;
- esac
-
- if
- $posix_mkdir && (
- umask $mkdir_umask &&
- $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
- )
- then :
- else
-
- # The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
- # or it failed possibly due to a race condition. Create the
- # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
-
- case $dstdir in
- /*) prefix='/';;
- -*) prefix='./';;
- *) prefix='';;
- esac
-
- eval "$initialize_posix_glob"
-
- oIFS=$IFS
- IFS=/
- $posix_glob set -f
- set fnord $dstdir
- shift
- $posix_glob set +f
- IFS=$oIFS
-
- prefixes=
-
- for d
- do
- test -z "$d" && continue
-
- prefix=$prefix$d
- if test -d "$prefix"; then
- prefixes=
- else
- if $posix_mkdir; then
- (umask=$mkdir_umask &&
- $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
- # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
- test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
- else
- case $prefix in
- *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
- *) qprefix=$prefix;;
- esac
- prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
- fi
- fi
- prefix=$prefix/
- done
-
- if test -n "$prefixes"; then
- # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
- (umask $mkdir_umask &&
- eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
- test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
- obsolete_mkdir_used=true
- fi
- fi
- fi
-
- if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
- { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
- { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
- { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
- test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
- else
-
- # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
- dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_
- rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_
-
- # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
- trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
-
- # Copy the file name to the temp name.
- (umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
-
- # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
- #
- # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to
- # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
- # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
- #
- { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
- { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
- { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
- { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
-
- # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
- if $copy_on_change &&
- old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` &&
- new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp" 2>/dev/null` &&
-
- eval "$initialize_posix_glob" &&
- $posix_glob set -f &&
- set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
- set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
- $posix_glob set +f &&
-
- test "$old" = "$new" &&
- $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
- then
- rm -f "$dsttmp"
- else
- # Rename the file to the real destination.
- $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
-
- # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
- # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
- # support -f.
- {
- # Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
- # We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
- # systems and the destination file might be busy for other
- # reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
- # file should still install successfully.
- {
- test ! -f "$dst" ||
- $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
- { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
- { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
- } ||
- { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
- (exit 1); exit 1
- }
- } &&
-
- # Now rename the file to the real destination.
- $doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
- }
- fi || exit 1
-
- trap '' 0
- fi
-done
-
-# Local variables:
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
-# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
-# End:
diff --git a/tkblt/tclconfig/tcl.m4 b/tkblt/tclconfig/tcl.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index 655be25..0000000
--- a/tkblt/tclconfig/tcl.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4176 +0,0 @@
-# tcl.m4 --
-#
-# This file provides a set of autoconf macros to help TEA-enable
-# a Tcl extension.
-#
-# Copyright (c) 1999-2000 Ajuba Solutions.
-# Copyright (c) 2002-2005 ActiveState Corporation.
-#
-# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
-# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
-
-AC_PREREQ(2.57)
-
-# Possible values for key variables defined:
-#
-# TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM - win32 aqua x11 (mirrors 'tk windowingsystem')
-# TEA_PLATFORM - windows unix
-# TEA_TK_EXTENSION - True if this is a Tk extension
-#
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_PATH_TCLCONFIG --
-#
-# Locate the tclConfig.sh file and perform a sanity check on
-# the Tcl compile flags
-#
-# Arguments:
-# none
-#
-# Results:
-#
-# Adds the following arguments to configure:
-# --with-tcl=...
-#
-# Defines the following vars:
-# TCL_BIN_DIR Full path to the directory containing
-# the tclConfig.sh file
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_PATH_TCLCONFIG], [
- dnl TEA specific: Make sure we are initialized
- AC_REQUIRE([TEA_INIT])
- #
- # Ok, lets find the tcl configuration
- # First, look for one uninstalled.
- # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tcl
- #
-
- if test x"${no_tcl}" = x ; then
- # we reset no_tcl in case something fails here
- no_tcl=true
- AC_ARG_WITH(tcl,
- AC_HELP_STRING([--with-tcl],
- [directory containing tcl configuration (tclConfig.sh)]),
- with_tclconfig="${withval}")
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tcl configuration])
- AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_tclconfig,[
-
- # First check to see if --with-tcl was specified.
- if test x"${with_tclconfig}" != x ; then
- case "${with_tclconfig}" in
- */tclConfig.sh )
- if test -f "${with_tclconfig}"; then
- AC_MSG_WARN([--with-tcl argument should refer to directory containing tclConfig.sh, not to tclConfig.sh itself])
- with_tclconfig="`echo "${with_tclconfig}" | sed 's!/tclConfig\.sh$!!'`"
- fi ;;
- esac
- if test -f "${with_tclconfig}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd "${with_tclconfig}"; pwd)`"
- else
- AC_MSG_ERROR([${with_tclconfig} directory doesn't contain tclConfig.sh])
- fi
- fi
-
- # then check for a private Tcl installation
- if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
- for i in \
- ../tcl \
- `ls -dr ../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
- ../../tcl \
- `ls -dr ../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
- ../../../tcl \
- `ls -dr ../../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ../../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ../../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" \
- -a -f "$i/win/tclConfig.sh" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/win; pwd)`"
- break
- fi
- if test -f "$i/unix/tclConfig.sh" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`"
- break
- fi
- done
- fi
-
- # on Darwin, check in Framework installation locations
- if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" -a x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
- for i in `ls -d ~/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /Network/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /System/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/Library/Frameworks/Tcl.framework 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/Network/Library/Frameworks/Tcl.framework 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/System/Library/Frameworks/Tcl.framework 2>/dev/null` \
- ; do
- if test -f "$i/Tcl.framework/tclConfig.sh" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/Tcl.framework; pwd)`"
- break
- fi
- done
- fi
-
- # TEA specific: on Windows, check in common installation locations
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" \
- -a x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
- for i in `ls -d C:/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d C:/Progra~1/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
- ; do
- if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`"
- break
- fi
- done
- fi
-
- # check in a few common install locations
- if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
- for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/pkg/lib 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/lib/tcl8.6 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/lib/tcl8.5 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl8.6 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl8.5 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl/tcl8.6 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl/tcl8.5 2>/dev/null` \
- ; do
- if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`"
- break
- fi
- done
- fi
-
- # check in a few other private locations
- if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
- for i in \
- ${srcdir}/../tcl \
- `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" \
- -a -f "$i/win/tclConfig.sh" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/win; pwd)`"
- break
- fi
- if test -f "$i/unix/tclConfig.sh" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`"
- break
- fi
- done
- fi
- ])
-
- if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
- TCL_BIN_DIR="# no Tcl configs found"
- AC_MSG_ERROR([Can't find Tcl configuration definitions. Use --with-tcl to specify a directory containing tclConfig.sh])
- else
- no_tcl=
- TCL_BIN_DIR="${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}"
- AC_MSG_RESULT([found ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh])
- fi
- fi
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_PATH_TKCONFIG --
-#
-# Locate the tkConfig.sh file
-#
-# Arguments:
-# none
-#
-# Results:
-#
-# Adds the following arguments to configure:
-# --with-tk=...
-#
-# Defines the following vars:
-# TK_BIN_DIR Full path to the directory containing
-# the tkConfig.sh file
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_PATH_TKCONFIG], [
- #
- # Ok, lets find the tk configuration
- # First, look for one uninstalled.
- # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tk
- #
-
- if test x"${no_tk}" = x ; then
- # we reset no_tk in case something fails here
- no_tk=true
- AC_ARG_WITH(tk,
- AC_HELP_STRING([--with-tk],
- [directory containing tk configuration (tkConfig.sh)]),
- with_tkconfig="${withval}")
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tk configuration])
- AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_tkconfig,[
-
- # First check to see if --with-tkconfig was specified.
- if test x"${with_tkconfig}" != x ; then
- case "${with_tkconfig}" in
- */tkConfig.sh )
- if test -f "${with_tkconfig}"; then
- AC_MSG_WARN([--with-tk argument should refer to directory containing tkConfig.sh, not to tkConfig.sh itself])
- with_tkconfig="`echo "${with_tkconfig}" | sed 's!/tkConfig\.sh$!!'`"
- fi ;;
- esac
- if test -f "${with_tkconfig}/tkConfig.sh" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd "${with_tkconfig}"; pwd)`"
- else
- AC_MSG_ERROR([${with_tkconfig} directory doesn't contain tkConfig.sh])
- fi
- fi
-
- # then check for a private Tk library
- if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
- for i in \
- ../tk \
- `ls -dr ../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
- ../../tk \
- `ls -dr ../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
- ../../../tk \
- `ls -dr ../../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ../../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ../../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" \
- -a -f "$i/win/tkConfig.sh" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i/win; pwd)`"
- break
- fi
- if test -f "$i/unix/tkConfig.sh" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`"
- break
- fi
- done
- fi
-
- # on Darwin, check in Framework installation locations
- if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" -a x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
- for i in `ls -d ~/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /Network/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /System/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/Library/Frameworks/Tcl.framework 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/Network/Library/Frameworks/Tcl.framework 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/System/Library/Frameworks/Tcl.framework 2>/dev/null` \
- ; do
- if test -f "$i/Tk.framework/tkConfig.sh" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i/Tk.framework; pwd)`"
- break
- fi
- done
- fi
-
- # check in a few common install locations
- if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
- for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/pkg/lib 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/lib/tk8.6 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/lib/tk8.5 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tk8.6 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tk8.5 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl/tk8.6 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl/tk8.5 2>/dev/null` \
- ; do
- if test -f "$i/tkConfig.sh" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`"
- break
- fi
- done
- fi
-
- # TEA specific: on Windows, check in common installation locations
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" \
- -a x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
- for i in `ls -d C:/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d C:/Progra~1/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
- ; do
- if test -f "$i/tkConfig.sh" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`"
- break
- fi
- done
- fi
-
- # check in a few other private locations
- if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
- for i in \
- ${srcdir}/../tk \
- `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" \
- -a -f "$i/win/tkConfig.sh" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i/win; pwd)`"
- break
- fi
- if test -f "$i/unix/tkConfig.sh" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`"
- break
- fi
- done
- fi
- ])
-
- if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
- TK_BIN_DIR="# no Tk configs found"
- AC_MSG_ERROR([Can't find Tk configuration definitions. Use --with-tk to specify a directory containing tkConfig.sh])
- else
- no_tk=
- TK_BIN_DIR="${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}"
- AC_MSG_RESULT([found ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh])
- fi
- fi
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG --
-#
-# Load the tclConfig.sh file
-#
-# Arguments:
-#
-# Requires the following vars to be set:
-# TCL_BIN_DIR
-#
-# Results:
-#
-# Substitutes the following vars:
-# TCL_BIN_DIR
-# TCL_SRC_DIR
-# TCL_LIB_FILE
-# TCL_ZIP_FILE
-# TCL_ZIPFS_SUPPORT
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG], [
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh])
-
- if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
- AC_MSG_RESULT([loading])
- . "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh"
- else
- AC_MSG_RESULT([could not find ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh])
- fi
-
- # eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution
- eval "TCL_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_LIB_FILE}\""
- eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
-
- # If the TCL_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory),
- # then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables.
- # For example, the variable TCL_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value
- # of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TCL_LIB_SPEC
- # instead of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an
- # installed and uninstalled version of Tcl.
- if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then
- TCL_LIB_SPEC="${TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC}"
- TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC="${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
- TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}"
- elif test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then
- # If Tcl was built as a framework, attempt to use the libraries
- # from the framework at the given location so that linking works
- # against Tcl.framework installed in an arbitrary location.
- case ${TCL_DEFS} in
- *TCL_FRAMEWORK*)
- if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_LIB_FILE}"; then
- for i in "`cd "${TCL_BIN_DIR}"; pwd`" \
- "`cd "${TCL_BIN_DIR}"/../..; pwd`"; do
- if test "`basename "$i"`" = "${TCL_LIB_FILE}.framework"; then
- TCL_LIB_SPEC="-F`dirname "$i" | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` -framework ${TCL_LIB_FILE}"
- break
- fi
- done
- fi
- if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}"; then
- TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L`echo "${TCL_BIN_DIR}" | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
- TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- fi
-
- # eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution
- eval "TCL_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_LIB_FLAG}\""
- eval "TCL_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_LIB_SPEC}\""
- eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
- eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\""
-
- AC_SUBST(TCL_VERSION)
- AC_SUBST(TCL_PATCH_LEVEL)
- AC_SUBST(TCL_BIN_DIR)
- AC_SUBST(TCL_SRC_DIR)
-
- AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FILE)
- AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FLAG)
- AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_SPEC)
-
- AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE)
- AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG)
- AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
-
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([platform])
- hold_cc=$CC; CC="$TCL_CC"
- AC_TRY_COMPILE(,[
- #ifdef _WIN32
- #error win32
- #endif
- ], [
- TEA_PLATFORM="unix"
- CYGPATH=echo
- ], [
- TEA_PLATFORM="windows"
- AC_CHECK_PROG(CYGPATH, cygpath, cygpath -m, echo) ]
- )
- CC=$hold_cc
- AC_MSG_RESULT($TEA_PLATFORM)
-
- # The BUILD_$pkg is to define the correct extern storage class
- # handling when making this package
- AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(BUILD_${PACKAGE_NAME}, [],
- [Building extension source?])
- # Do this here as we have fully defined TEA_PLATFORM now
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
- EXEEXT=".exe"
- CLEANFILES="$CLEANFILES *.lib *.dll *.pdb *.exp"
- fi
-
- # TEA specific:
- AC_SUBST(CLEANFILES)
- AC_SUBST(TCL_LIBS)
- AC_SUBST(TCL_DEFS)
- AC_SUBST(TCL_EXTRA_CFLAGS)
- AC_SUBST(TCL_LD_FLAGS)
- AC_SUBST(TCL_SHLIB_LD_LIBS)
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_LOAD_TKCONFIG --
-#
-# Load the tkConfig.sh file
-#
-# Arguments:
-#
-# Requires the following vars to be set:
-# TK_BIN_DIR
-#
-# Results:
-#
-# Sets the following vars that should be in tkConfig.sh:
-# TK_BIN_DIR
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_LOAD_TKCONFIG], [
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([for existence of ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh])
-
- if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh" ; then
- AC_MSG_RESULT([loading])
- . "${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh"
- else
- AC_MSG_RESULT([could not find ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh])
- fi
-
- # eval is required to do the TK_DBGX substitution
- eval "TK_LIB_FILE=\"${TK_LIB_FILE}\""
- eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
-
- # If the TK_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory),
- # then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables.
- # For example, the variable TK_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value
- # of TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TK_LIB_SPEC
- # instead of TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an
- # installed and uninstalled version of Tcl.
- if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then
- TK_LIB_SPEC="${TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC}"
- TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC="${TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
- TK_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}"
- elif test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then
- # If Tk was built as a framework, attempt to use the libraries
- # from the framework at the given location so that linking works
- # against Tk.framework installed in an arbitrary location.
- case ${TK_DEFS} in
- *TK_FRAMEWORK*)
- if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_LIB_FILE}"; then
- for i in "`cd "${TK_BIN_DIR}"; pwd`" \
- "`cd "${TK_BIN_DIR}"/../..; pwd`"; do
- if test "`basename "$i"`" = "${TK_LIB_FILE}.framework"; then
- TK_LIB_SPEC="-F`dirname "$i" | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` -framework ${TK_LIB_FILE}"
- break
- fi
- done
- fi
- if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"; then
- TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L` echo "${TK_BIN_DIR}" | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
- TK_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- fi
-
- # eval is required to do the TK_DBGX substitution
- eval "TK_LIB_FLAG=\"${TK_LIB_FLAG}\""
- eval "TK_LIB_SPEC=\"${TK_LIB_SPEC}\""
- eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
- eval "TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\""
-
- # TEA specific: Ensure windowingsystem is defined
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "unix" ; then
- case ${TK_DEFS} in
- *MAC_OSX_TK*)
- AC_DEFINE(MAC_OSX_TK, 1, [Are we building against Mac OS X TkAqua?])
- TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM="aqua"
- ;;
- *)
- TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM="x11"
- ;;
- esac
- elif test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
- TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM="win32"
- fi
-
- AC_SUBST(TK_VERSION)
- AC_SUBST(TK_BIN_DIR)
- AC_SUBST(TK_SRC_DIR)
-
- AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FILE)
- AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FLAG)
- AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_SPEC)
-
- AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE)
- AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG)
- AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
-
- # TEA specific:
- AC_SUBST(TK_LIBS)
- AC_SUBST(TK_XINCLUDES)
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_PROG_TCLSH
-# Determine the fully qualified path name of the tclsh executable
-# in the Tcl build directory or the tclsh installed in a bin
-# directory. This macro will correctly determine the name
-# of the tclsh executable even if tclsh has not yet been
-# built in the build directory. The tclsh found is always
-# associated with a tclConfig.sh file. This tclsh should be used
-# only for running extension test cases. It should never be
-# or generation of files (like pkgIndex.tcl) at build time.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# none
-#
-# Results:
-# Substitutes the following vars:
-# TCLSH_PROG
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_PROG_TCLSH], [
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([for tclsh])
- if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then
- # tclConfig.sh is in Tcl build directory
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then
- if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}${EXEEXT}" ; then
- TCLSH_PROG="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}${EXEEXT}"
- elif test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}s${EXEEXT}" ; then
- TCLSH_PROG="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}s${EXEEXT}"
- elif test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}t${EXEEXT}" ; then
- TCLSH_PROG="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}t${EXEEXT}"
- elif test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}st${EXEEXT}" ; then
- TCLSH_PROG="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}st${EXEEXT}"
- fi
- else
- TCLSH_PROG="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh"
- fi
- else
- # tclConfig.sh is in install location
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then
- TCLSH_PROG="tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}${EXEEXT}"
- else
- TCLSH_PROG="tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}.${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}"
- fi
- list="`ls -d ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/../bin 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/.. 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d ${TCL_PREFIX}/bin 2>/dev/null`"
- for i in $list ; do
- if test -f "$i/${TCLSH_PROG}" ; then
- REAL_TCL_BIN_DIR="`cd "$i"; pwd`/"
- break
- fi
- done
- TCLSH_PROG="${REAL_TCL_BIN_DIR}${TCLSH_PROG}"
- fi
- AC_MSG_RESULT([${TCLSH_PROG}])
- AC_SUBST(TCLSH_PROG)
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_PROG_WISH
-# Determine the fully qualified path name of the wish executable
-# in the Tk build directory or the wish installed in a bin
-# directory. This macro will correctly determine the name
-# of the wish executable even if wish has not yet been
-# built in the build directory. The wish found is always
-# associated with a tkConfig.sh file. This wish should be used
-# only for running extension test cases. It should never be
-# or generation of files (like pkgIndex.tcl) at build time.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# none
-#
-# Results:
-# Substitutes the following vars:
-# WISH_PROG
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_PROG_WISH], [
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([for wish])
- if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then
- # tkConfig.sh is in Tk build directory
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then
- if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}${EXEEXT}" ; then
- WISH_PROG="${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}${EXEEXT}"
- elif test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}s${EXEEXT}" ; then
- WISH_PROG="${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}$s{EXEEXT}"
- elif test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}t${EXEEXT}" ; then
- WISH_PROG="${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}t${EXEEXT}"
- elif test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}st${EXEEXT}" ; then
- WISH_PROG="${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}st${EXEEXT}"
- fi
- else
- WISH_PROG="${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish"
- fi
- else
- # tkConfig.sh is in install location
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then
- WISH_PROG="wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}${EXEEXT}"
- else
- WISH_PROG="wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}.${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}"
- fi
- list="`ls -d ${TK_BIN_DIR}/../bin 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d ${TK_BIN_DIR}/.. 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d ${TK_PREFIX}/bin 2>/dev/null`"
- for i in $list ; do
- if test -f "$i/${WISH_PROG}" ; then
- REAL_TK_BIN_DIR="`cd "$i"; pwd`/"
- break
- fi
- done
- WISH_PROG="${REAL_TK_BIN_DIR}${WISH_PROG}"
- fi
- AC_MSG_RESULT([${WISH_PROG}])
- AC_SUBST(WISH_PROG)
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_ENABLE_SHARED --
-#
-# Allows the building of shared libraries
-#
-# Arguments:
-# none
-#
-# Results:
-#
-# Adds the following arguments to configure:
-# --enable-shared=yes|no
-# --enable-stubs=yes|no
-#
-# Defines the following vars:
-# STATIC_BUILD Used for building import/export libraries
-# on Windows.
-#
-# Sets the following vars:
-# SHARED_BUILD Value of 1 or 0
-# STUBS_BUILD Value if 1 or 0
-# USE_TCL_STUBS Value true: if SHARED_BUILD or --enable-stubs
-# USE_TCLOO_STUBS Value true: if SHARED_BUILD or --enable-stubs
-# USE_TK_STUBS Value true: if SHARED_BUILD or --enable-stubs
-# AND TEA_WINDOWING_SYSTEM != ""
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_ENABLE_SHARED], [
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to build libraries])
- AC_ARG_ENABLE(shared,
- AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-shared],
- [build and link with shared libraries (default: on)]),
- [shared_ok=$enableval], [shared_ok=yes])
-
- if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then
- enableval="$enable_shared"
- shared_ok=$enableval
- else
- shared_ok=yes
- fi
-
- AC_ARG_ENABLE(stubs,
- AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-stubs],
- [build and link with stub libraries. Always true for shared builds (default: on)]),
- [stubs_ok=$enableval], [stubs_ok=yes])
-
- if test "${enable_stubs+set}" = set; then
- enableval="$enable_stubs"
- stubs_ok=$enableval
- else
- stubs_ok=yes
- fi
-
- # Stubs are always enabled for shared builds
- if test "$shared_ok" = "yes" ; then
- AC_MSG_RESULT([shared])
- SHARED_BUILD=1
- STUBS_BUILD=1
- else
- AC_MSG_RESULT([static])
- SHARED_BUILD=0
- AC_DEFINE(STATIC_BUILD, 1, [This a static build])
- if test "$stubs_ok" = "yes" ; then
- STUBS_BUILD=1
- else
- STUBS_BUILD=0
- fi
- fi
- if test "${STUBS_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
- AC_DEFINE(USE_TCL_STUBS, 1, [Use Tcl stubs])
- AC_DEFINE(USE_TCLOO_STUBS, 1, [Use TclOO stubs])
- if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" != ""; then
- AC_DEFINE(USE_TK_STUBS, 1, [Use Tk stubs])
- fi
- fi
-
- AC_SUBST(SHARED_BUILD)
- AC_SUBST(STUBS_BUILD)
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_ENABLE_THREADS --
-#
-# Specify if thread support should be enabled. If "yes" is specified
-# as an arg (optional), threads are enabled by default, "no" means
-# threads are disabled. "yes" is the default.
-#
-# TCL_THREADS is checked so that if you are compiling an extension
-# against a threaded core, your extension must be compiled threaded
-# as well.
-#
-# Note that it is legal to have a thread enabled extension run in a
-# threaded or non-threaded Tcl core, but a non-threaded extension may
-# only run in a non-threaded Tcl core.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# none
-#
-# Results:
-#
-# Adds the following arguments to configure:
-# --enable-threads
-#
-# Sets the following vars:
-# THREADS_LIBS Thread library(s)
-#
-# Defines the following vars:
-# TCL_THREADS
-# _REENTRANT
-# _THREAD_SAFE
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_ENABLE_THREADS], [
- AC_ARG_ENABLE(threads,
- AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-threads],
- [build with threads (default: on)]),
- [tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=yes])
-
- if test "${enable_threads+set}" = set; then
- enableval="$enable_threads"
- tcl_ok=$enableval
- else
- tcl_ok=yes
- fi
-
- if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" -o "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then
- TCL_THREADS=1
-
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" != "windows" ; then
- # We are always OK on Windows, so check what this platform wants:
-
- # USE_THREAD_ALLOC tells us to try the special thread-based
- # allocator that significantly reduces lock contention
- AC_DEFINE(USE_THREAD_ALLOC, 1,
- [Do we want to use the threaded memory allocator?])
- AC_DEFINE(_REENTRANT, 1, [Do we want the reentrant OS API?])
- if test "`uname -s`" = "SunOS" ; then
- AC_DEFINE(_POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS, 1,
- [Do we really want to follow the standard? Yes we do!])
- fi
- AC_DEFINE(_THREAD_SAFE, 1, [Do we want the thread-safe OS API?])
- AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread,pthread_mutex_init,tcl_ok=yes,tcl_ok=no)
- if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
- # Check a little harder for __pthread_mutex_init in the same
- # library, as some systems hide it there until pthread.h is
- # defined. We could alternatively do an AC_TRY_COMPILE with
- # pthread.h, but that will work with libpthread really doesn't
- # exist, like AIX 4.2. [Bug: 4359]
- AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread, __pthread_mutex_init,
- tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
- fi
-
- if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
- # The space is needed
- THREADS_LIBS=" -lpthread"
- else
- AC_CHECK_LIB(pthreads, pthread_mutex_init,
- tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
- if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
- # The space is needed
- THREADS_LIBS=" -lpthreads"
- else
- AC_CHECK_LIB(c, pthread_mutex_init,
- tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
- if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
- AC_CHECK_LIB(c_r, pthread_mutex_init,
- tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
- if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
- # The space is needed
- THREADS_LIBS=" -pthread"
- else
- TCL_THREADS=0
- AC_MSG_WARN([Do not know how to find pthread lib on your system - thread support disabled])
- fi
- fi
- fi
- fi
- fi
- else
- TCL_THREADS=0
- fi
- # Do checking message here to not mess up interleaved configure output
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([for building with threads])
- if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then
- AC_DEFINE(TCL_THREADS, 1, [Are we building with threads enabled?])
- AC_MSG_RESULT([yes (default)])
- else
- AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
- fi
- # TCL_THREADS sanity checking. See if our request for building with
- # threads is the same as the way Tcl was built. If not, warn the user.
- case ${TCL_DEFS} in
- *THREADS=1*)
- if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "0"; then
- AC_MSG_WARN([
- Building ${PACKAGE_NAME} without threads enabled, but building against Tcl
- that IS thread-enabled. It is recommended to use --enable-threads.])
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- AC_SUBST(TCL_THREADS)
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS --
-#
-# Specify if debugging symbols should be used.
-# Memory (TCL_MEM_DEBUG) debugging can also be enabled.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# none
-#
-# TEA varies from core Tcl in that C|LDFLAGS_DEFAULT receives
-# the value of C|LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE|DEBUG already substituted.
-# Requires the following vars to be set in the Makefile:
-# CFLAGS_DEFAULT
-# LDFLAGS_DEFAULT
-#
-# Results:
-#
-# Adds the following arguments to configure:
-# --enable-symbols
-#
-# Defines the following vars:
-# CFLAGS_DEFAULT Sets to $(CFLAGS_DEBUG) if true
-# Sets to "$(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) -DNDEBUG" if false
-# LDFLAGS_DEFAULT Sets to $(LDFLAGS_DEBUG) if true
-# Sets to $(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) if false
-# DBGX Formerly used as debug library extension;
-# always blank now.
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS], [
- dnl TEA specific: Make sure we are initialized
- AC_REQUIRE([TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS])
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([for build with symbols])
- AC_ARG_ENABLE(symbols,
- AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-symbols],
- [build with debugging symbols (default: off)]),
- [tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=no])
- DBGX=""
- if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
- CFLAGS_DEFAULT="${CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE} -DNDEBUG"
- LDFLAGS_DEFAULT="${LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE}"
- AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
- else
- CFLAGS_DEFAULT="${CFLAGS_DEBUG}"
- LDFLAGS_DEFAULT="${LDFLAGS_DEBUG}"
- if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
- AC_MSG_RESULT([yes (standard debugging)])
- fi
- fi
- # TEA specific:
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" != "windows" ; then
- LDFLAGS_DEFAULT="${LDFLAGS}"
- fi
- AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_DEFAULT)
- AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT)
- AC_SUBST(TCL_DBGX)
-
- if test "$tcl_ok" = "mem" -o "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then
- AC_DEFINE(TCL_MEM_DEBUG, 1, [Is memory debugging enabled?])
- fi
-
- if test "$tcl_ok" != "yes" -a "$tcl_ok" != "no"; then
- if test "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then
- AC_MSG_RESULT([enabled symbols mem debugging])
- else
- AC_MSG_RESULT([enabled $tcl_ok debugging])
- fi
- fi
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_ENABLE_LANGINFO --
-#
-# Allows use of modern nl_langinfo check for better l10n.
-# This is only relevant for Unix.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# none
-#
-# Results:
-#
-# Adds the following arguments to configure:
-# --enable-langinfo=yes|no (default is yes)
-#
-# Defines the following vars:
-# HAVE_LANGINFO Triggers use of nl_langinfo if defined.
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_ENABLE_LANGINFO], [
- AC_ARG_ENABLE(langinfo,
- AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-langinfo],
- [use nl_langinfo if possible to determine encoding at startup, otherwise use old heuristic (default: on)]),
- [langinfo_ok=$enableval], [langinfo_ok=yes])
-
- HAVE_LANGINFO=0
- if test "$langinfo_ok" = "yes"; then
- AC_CHECK_HEADER(langinfo.h,[langinfo_ok=yes],[langinfo_ok=no])
- fi
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use nl_langinfo])
- if test "$langinfo_ok" = "yes"; then
- AC_CACHE_VAL(tcl_cv_langinfo_h, [
- AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <langinfo.h>], [nl_langinfo(CODESET);],
- [tcl_cv_langinfo_h=yes],[tcl_cv_langinfo_h=no])])
- AC_MSG_RESULT([$tcl_cv_langinfo_h])
- if test $tcl_cv_langinfo_h = yes; then
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LANGINFO, 1, [Do we have nl_langinfo()?])
- fi
- else
- AC_MSG_RESULT([$langinfo_ok])
- fi
-])
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_CONFIG_SYSTEM
-#
-# Determine what the system is (some things cannot be easily checked
-# on a feature-driven basis, alas). This can usually be done via the
-# "uname" command.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# none
-#
-# Results:
-# Defines the following var:
-#
-# system - System/platform/version identification code.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_CONFIG_SYSTEM], [
- AC_CACHE_CHECK([system version], tcl_cv_sys_version, [
- # TEA specific:
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
- tcl_cv_sys_version=windows
- else
- tcl_cv_sys_version=`uname -s`-`uname -r`
- if test "$?" -ne 0 ; then
- AC_MSG_WARN([can't find uname command])
- tcl_cv_sys_version=unknown
- else
- if test "`uname -s`" = "AIX" ; then
- tcl_cv_sys_version=AIX-`uname -v`.`uname -r`
- fi
- fi
- fi
- ])
- system=$tcl_cv_sys_version
-])
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS
-#
-# Try to determine the proper flags to pass to the compiler
-# for building shared libraries and other such nonsense.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# none
-#
-# Results:
-#
-# Defines and substitutes the following vars:
-#
-# DL_OBJS, DL_LIBS - removed for TEA, only needed by core.
-# LDFLAGS - Flags to pass to the compiler when linking object
-# files into an executable application binary such
-# as tclsh.
-# LD_SEARCH_FLAGS-Flags to pass to ld, such as "-R /usr/local/tcl/lib",
-# that tell the run-time dynamic linker where to look
-# for shared libraries such as libtcl.so. Depends on
-# the variable LIB_RUNTIME_DIR in the Makefile. Could
-# be the same as CC_SEARCH_FLAGS if ${CC} is used to link.
-# CC_SEARCH_FLAGS-Flags to pass to ${CC}, such as "-Wl,-rpath,/usr/local/tcl/lib",
-# that tell the run-time dynamic linker where to look
-# for shared libraries such as libtcl.so. Depends on
-# the variable LIB_RUNTIME_DIR in the Makefile.
-# SHLIB_CFLAGS - Flags to pass to cc when compiling the components
-# of a shared library (may request position-independent
-# code, among other things).
-# SHLIB_LD - Base command to use for combining object files
-# into a shared library.
-# SHLIB_LD_LIBS - Dependent libraries for the linker to scan when
-# creating shared libraries. This symbol typically
-# goes at the end of the "ld" commands that build
-# shared libraries. The value of the symbol defaults to
-# "${LIBS}" if all of the dependent libraries should
-# be specified when creating a shared library. If
-# dependent libraries should not be specified (as on
-# SunOS 4.x, where they cause the link to fail, or in
-# general if Tcl and Tk aren't themselves shared
-# libraries), then this symbol has an empty string
-# as its value.
-# SHLIB_SUFFIX - Suffix to use for the names of dynamically loadable
-# extensions. An empty string means we don't know how
-# to use shared libraries on this platform.
-# LIB_SUFFIX - Specifies everything that comes after the "libfoo"
-# in a static or shared library name, using the $PACKAGE_VERSION variable
-# to put the version in the right place. This is used
-# by platforms that need non-standard library names.
-# Examples: ${PACKAGE_VERSION}.so.1.1 on NetBSD, since it needs
-# to have a version after the .so, and ${PACKAGE_VERSION}.a
-# on AIX, since a shared library needs to have
-# a .a extension whereas shared objects for loadable
-# extensions have a .so extension. Defaults to
-# ${PACKAGE_VERSION}${SHLIB_SUFFIX}.
-# CFLAGS_DEBUG -
-# Flags used when running the compiler in debug mode
-# CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE -
-# Flags used when running the compiler in optimize mode
-# CFLAGS - Additional CFLAGS added as necessary (usually 64-bit)
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS], [
- dnl TEA specific: Make sure we are initialized
- AC_REQUIRE([TEA_INIT])
-
- # Step 0.a: Enable 64 bit support?
-
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([if 64bit support is requested])
- AC_ARG_ENABLE(64bit,
- AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-64bit],
- [enable 64bit support (default: off)]),
- [do64bit=$enableval], [do64bit=no])
- AC_MSG_RESULT([$do64bit])
-
- # Step 0.b: Enable Solaris 64 bit VIS support?
-
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([if 64bit Sparc VIS support is requested])
- AC_ARG_ENABLE(64bit-vis,
- AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-64bit-vis],
- [enable 64bit Sparc VIS support (default: off)]),
- [do64bitVIS=$enableval], [do64bitVIS=no])
- AC_MSG_RESULT([$do64bitVIS])
- # Force 64bit on with VIS
- AS_IF([test "$do64bitVIS" = "yes"], [do64bit=yes])
-
- # Step 0.c: Check if visibility support is available. Do this here so
- # that platform specific alternatives can be used below if this fails.
-
- AC_CACHE_CHECK([if compiler supports visibility "hidden"],
- tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden, [
- hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror"
- AC_TRY_LINK([
- extern __attribute__((__visibility__("hidden"))) void f(void);
- void f(void) {}], [f();], tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=yes,
- tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=no)
- CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
- AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden = yes], [
- AC_DEFINE(MODULE_SCOPE,
- [extern __attribute__((__visibility__("hidden")))],
- [Compiler support for module scope symbols])
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_HIDDEN, [1], [Compiler support for module scope symbols])
- ])
-
- # Step 0.d: Disable -rpath support?
-
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([if rpath support is requested])
- AC_ARG_ENABLE(rpath,
- AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-rpath],
- [disable rpath support (default: on)]),
- [doRpath=$enableval], [doRpath=yes])
- AC_MSG_RESULT([$doRpath])
-
- # TEA specific: Cross-compiling options for Windows/CE builds?
-
- AS_IF([test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = windows], [
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([if Windows/CE build is requested])
- AC_ARG_ENABLE(wince,
- AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-wince],
- [enable Win/CE support (where applicable)]),
- [doWince=$enableval], [doWince=no])
- AC_MSG_RESULT([$doWince])
- ])
-
- # Set the variable "system" to hold the name and version number
- # for the system.
-
- TEA_CONFIG_SYSTEM
-
- # Require ranlib early so we can override it in special cases below.
-
- AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])
-
- # Set configuration options based on system name and version.
- # This is similar to Tcl's unix/tcl.m4 except that we've added a
- # "windows" case and removed some core-only vars.
-
- do64bit_ok=no
- # default to '{$LIBS}' and set to "" on per-platform necessary basis
- SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
- # When ld needs options to work in 64-bit mode, put them in
- # LDFLAGS_ARCH so they eventually end up in LDFLAGS even if [load]
- # is disabled by the user. [Bug 1016796]
- LDFLAGS_ARCH=""
- UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=""
- # TEA specific: use PACKAGE_VERSION instead of VERSION
- TCL_TRIM_DOTS='`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION} | tr -d .`'
- ECHO_VERSION='`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION}`'
- TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=ok
- CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g
- AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
- CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O2
- CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall"
- ], [
- CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O
- CFLAGS_WARNING=""
- ])
- AC_CHECK_TOOL(AR, ar)
- STLIB_LD='${AR} cr'
- LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LD_LIBRARY_PATH"
- AS_IF([test "x$SHLIB_VERSION" = x],[SHLIB_VERSION=""],[SHLIB_VERSION=".$SHLIB_VERSION"])
- case $system in
- # TEA specific:
- windows)
- # This is a 2-stage check to make sure we have the 64-bit SDK
- # We have to know where the SDK is installed.
- # This magic is based on MS Platform SDK for Win2003 SP1 - hobbs
- # MACHINE is IX86 for LINK, but this is used by the manifest,
- # which requires x86|amd64|ia64.
- MACHINE="X86"
- if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
- if test "x${MSSDK}x" = "xx" ; then
- MSSDK="C:/Progra~1/Microsoft Platform SDK"
- fi
- MSSDK=`echo "$MSSDK" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
- PATH64=""
- case "$do64bit" in
- amd64|x64|yes)
- MACHINE="AMD64" ; # default to AMD64 64-bit build
- PATH64="${MSSDK}/Bin/Win64/x86/AMD64"
- ;;
- ia64)
- MACHINE="IA64"
- PATH64="${MSSDK}/Bin/Win64"
- ;;
- esac
- if test "$GCC" != "yes" -a ! -d "${PATH64}" ; then
- AC_MSG_WARN([Could not find 64-bit $MACHINE SDK to enable 64bit mode])
- AC_MSG_WARN([Ensure latest Platform SDK is installed])
- do64bit="no"
- else
- AC_MSG_RESULT([ Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode])
- do64bit_ok="yes"
- fi
- fi
-
- if test "$doWince" != "no" ; then
- if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([Windows/CE and 64-bit builds incompatible])
- fi
- if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([Windows/CE and GCC builds incompatible])
- fi
- TEA_PATH_CELIB
- # Set defaults for common evc4/PPC2003 setup
- # Currently Tcl requires 300+, possibly 420+ for sockets
- CEVERSION=420; # could be 211 300 301 400 420 ...
- TARGETCPU=ARMV4; # could be ARMV4 ARM MIPS SH3 X86 ...
- ARCH=ARM; # could be ARM MIPS X86EM ...
- PLATFORM="Pocket PC 2003"; # or "Pocket PC 2002"
- if test "$doWince" != "yes"; then
- # If !yes then the user specified something
- # Reset ARCH to allow user to skip specifying it
- ARCH=
- eval `echo $doWince | awk -F, '{ \
- if (length([$]1)) { printf "CEVERSION=\"%s\"\n", [$]1; \
- if ([$]1 < 400) { printf "PLATFORM=\"Pocket PC 2002\"\n" } }; \
- if (length([$]2)) { printf "TARGETCPU=\"%s\"\n", toupper([$]2) }; \
- if (length([$]3)) { printf "ARCH=\"%s\"\n", toupper([$]3) }; \
- if (length([$]4)) { printf "PLATFORM=\"%s\"\n", [$]4 }; \
- }'`
- if test "x${ARCH}" = "x" ; then
- ARCH=$TARGETCPU;
- fi
- fi
- OSVERSION=WCE$CEVERSION;
- if test "x${WCEROOT}" = "x" ; then
- WCEROOT="C:/Program Files/Microsoft eMbedded C++ 4.0"
- if test ! -d "${WCEROOT}" ; then
- WCEROOT="C:/Program Files/Microsoft eMbedded Tools"
- fi
- fi
- if test "x${SDKROOT}" = "x" ; then
- SDKROOT="C:/Program Files/Windows CE Tools"
- if test ! -d "${SDKROOT}" ; then
- SDKROOT="C:/Windows CE Tools"
- fi
- fi
- WCEROOT=`echo "$WCEROOT" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
- SDKROOT=`echo "$SDKROOT" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
- if test ! -d "${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/Lib/${TARGETCPU}" \
- -o ! -d "${WCEROOT}/EVC/${OSVERSION}/bin"; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find PocketPC SDK or target compiler to enable WinCE mode [$CEVERSION,$TARGETCPU,$ARCH,$PLATFORM]])
- doWince="no"
- else
- # We could PATH_NOSPACE these, but that's not important,
- # as long as we quote them when used.
- CEINCLUDE="${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/include"
- if test -d "${CEINCLUDE}/${TARGETCPU}" ; then
- CEINCLUDE="${CEINCLUDE}/${TARGETCPU}"
- fi
- CELIBPATH="${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/Lib/${TARGETCPU}"
- fi
- fi
-
- if test "$GCC" != "yes" ; then
- if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "0" ; then
- runtime=-MT
- else
- runtime=-MD
- fi
- case "x`echo \${VisualStudioVersion}`" in
- x1[[4-9]]*)
- lflags="${lflags} -nodefaultlib:libucrt.lib"
- TEA_ADD_LIBS([ucrt.lib])
- ;;
- *)
- ;;
- esac
-
- if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
- # All this magic is necessary for the Win64 SDK RC1 - hobbs
- CC="\"${PATH64}/cl.exe\""
- CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} -I\"${MSSDK}/Include\" -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt\" -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt/sys\""
- RC="\"${MSSDK}/bin/rc.exe\""
- lflags="${lflags} -nologo -MACHINE:${MACHINE} -LIBPATH:\"${MSSDK}/Lib/${MACHINE}\""
- LINKBIN="\"${PATH64}/link.exe\""
- CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Zi -Od -W3 ${runtime}d"
- CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 -W2 ${runtime}"
- # Avoid 'unresolved external symbol __security_cookie'
- # errors, c.f. http://support.microsoft.com/?id=894573
- TEA_ADD_LIBS([bufferoverflowU.lib])
- elif test "$doWince" != "no" ; then
- CEBINROOT="${WCEROOT}/EVC/${OSVERSION}/bin"
- if test "${TARGETCPU}" = "X86"; then
- CC="\"${CEBINROOT}/cl.exe\""
- else
- CC="\"${CEBINROOT}/cl${ARCH}.exe\""
- fi
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I\"${CELIB_DIR}/inc\" -I\"${CEINCLUDE}\""
- RC="\"${WCEROOT}/Common/EVC/bin/rc.exe\""
- arch=`echo ${ARCH} | awk '{print tolower([$]0)}'`
- defs="${ARCH} _${ARCH}_ ${arch} PALM_SIZE _MT _WINDOWS"
- if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
- # Static CE builds require static celib as well
- defs="${defs} _DLL"
- fi
- for i in $defs ; do
- AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($i, 1, [WinCE def ]$i)
- done
- AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(_WIN32_WCE, $CEVERSION, [_WIN32_WCE version])
- AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(UNDER_CE, $CEVERSION, [UNDER_CE version])
- CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Zi -Od"
- CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -Ox"
- lversion=`echo ${CEVERSION} | sed -e 's/\(.\)\(..\)/\1\.\2/'`
- lflags="${lflags} -MACHINE:${ARCH} -LIBPATH:\"${CELIBPATH}\" -subsystem:windowsce,${lversion} -nologo"
- LINKBIN="\"${CEBINROOT}/link.exe\""
- AC_SUBST(CELIB_DIR)
- else
- RC="rc"
- lflags="${lflags} -nologo"
- LINKBIN="link"
- CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Z7 -Od -W3 -WX ${runtime}d"
- CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 -W2 ${runtime}"
- fi
- fi
-
- if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then
- # mingw gcc mode
- AC_CHECK_TOOL(RC, windres)
- CFLAGS_DEBUG="-g"
- CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer"
- SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
- UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
- LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-wl,--subsystem,console ${lflags}"
- LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-wl,--subsystem,windows ${lflags}"
-
- AC_CACHE_CHECK(for cross-compile version of gcc,
- ac_cv_cross,
- AC_TRY_COMPILE([
- #ifdef _WIN32
- #error cross-compiler
- #endif
- ], [],
- ac_cv_cross=yes,
- ac_cv_cross=no)
- )
- if test "$ac_cv_cross" = "yes"; then
- case "$do64bit" in
- amd64|x64|yes)
- CC="x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc"
- LD="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ld"
- AR="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ar"
- RANLIB="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ranlib"
- RC="x86_64-w64-mingw32-windres"
- ;;
- *)
- CC="i686-w64-mingw32-gcc"
- LD="i686-w64-mingw32-ld"
- AR="i686-w64-mingw32-ar"
- RANLIB="i686-w64-mingw32-ranlib"
- RC="i686-w64-mingw32-windres"
- ;;
- esac
- fi
-
- else
- SHLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -dll ${lflags}"
- # link -lib only works when -lib is the first arg
- STLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -lib ${lflags}"
- UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.lib'
- PATHTYPE=-w
- # For information on what debugtype is most useful, see:
- # http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/dnvc60/html/gendepdebug.asp
- # and also
- # http://msdn2.microsoft.com/en-us/library/y0zzbyt4%28VS.80%29.aspx
- # This essentially turns it all on.
- LDFLAGS_DEBUG="-debug -debugtype:cv"
- LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-release"
- if test "$doWince" != "no" ; then
- LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link ${lflags}"
- LDFLAGS_WINDOW=${LDFLAGS_CONSOLE}
- else
- LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link -subsystem:console ${lflags}"
- LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-link -subsystem:windows ${lflags}"
- fi
- fi
-
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll"
- SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.dll'
-
- TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
- ;;
- AIX-*)
- AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1" -a "$GCC" != "yes"], [
- # AIX requires the _r compiler when gcc isn't being used
- case "${CC}" in
- *_r|*_r\ *)
- # ok ...
- ;;
- *)
- # Make sure only first arg gets _r
- CC=`echo "$CC" | sed -e 's/^\([[^ ]]*\)/\1_r/'`
- ;;
- esac
- AC_MSG_RESULT([Using $CC for compiling with threads])
- ])
- LIBS="$LIBS -lc"
- SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
-
- LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LIBPATH"
-
- # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker
- AS_IF([test "$do64bit" = yes], [
- AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
- AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system])
- ], [
- do64bit_ok=yes
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -q64"
- LDFLAGS_ARCH="-q64"
- RANLIB="${RANLIB} -X64"
- AR="${AR} -X64"
- SHLIB_LD_FLAGS="-b64"
- ])
- ])
-
- AS_IF([test "`uname -m`" = ia64], [
- # AIX-5 uses ELF style dynamic libraries on IA-64, but not PPC
- SHLIB_LD="/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z text"
- AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
- ], [
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
- ])
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
- ], [
- AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
- SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared -Wl,-bexpall'
- ], [
- SHLIB_LD="/bin/ld -bhalt:4 -bM:SRE -bexpall -H512 -T512 -bnoentry"
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -brtl"
- ])
- SHLIB_LD="${SHLIB_LD} ${SHLIB_LD_FLAGS}"
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-L${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
- ])
- ;;
- BeOS*)
- SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
- SHLIB_LD='${CC} -nostart'
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
-
- #-----------------------------------------------------------
- # Check for inet_ntoa in -lbind, for BeOS (which also needs
- # -lsocket, even if the network functions are in -lnet which
- # is always linked to, for compatibility.
- #-----------------------------------------------------------
- AC_CHECK_LIB(bind, inet_ntoa, [LIBS="$LIBS -lbind -lsocket"])
- ;;
- BSD/OS-4.*)
- SHLIB_CFLAGS="-export-dynamic -fPIC"
- SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic"
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
- ;;
- CYGWIN_*)
- SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
- SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
- SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} -Wl,--out-implib,\$[@].a"
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll"
- EXEEXT=".exe"
- do64bit_ok=yes
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
- ;;
- Haiku*)
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,--export-dynamic"
- SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
- SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} -shared'
- AC_CHECK_LIB(network, inet_ntoa, [LIBS="$LIBS -lnetwork"])
- ;;
- HP-UX-*.11.*)
- # Use updated header definitions where possible
- AC_DEFINE(_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED, 1, [Do we want to use the XOPEN network library?])
- # TEA specific: Needed by Tcl, but not most extensions
- #AC_DEFINE(_XOPEN_SOURCE, 1, [Do we want to use the XOPEN network library?])
- #LIBS="$LIBS -lxnet" # Use the XOPEN network library
-
- AS_IF([test "`uname -m`" = ia64], [
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
- # Use newer C++ library for C++ extensions
- #if test "$GCC" != "yes" ; then
- # CPPFLAGS="-AA"
- #fi
- ], [
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".sl"
- ])
- AC_CHECK_LIB(dld, shl_load, tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
- AS_IF([test "$tcl_ok" = yes], [
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-E"
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,+s,+b,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.'
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='+s +b ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.'
- LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="SHLIB_PATH"
- ])
- AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
- SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
- ], [
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -z"
- # Users may want PA-RISC 1.1/2.0 portable code - needs HP cc
- #CFLAGS="$CFLAGS +DAportable"
- SHLIB_CFLAGS="+z"
- SHLIB_LD="ld -b"
- ])
-
- # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker
- AS_IF([test "$do64bit" = "yes"], [
- AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
- case `${CC} -dumpmachine` in
- hppa64*)
- # 64-bit gcc in use. Fix flags for GNU ld.
- do64bit_ok=yes
- SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
- AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
- ;;
- *)
- AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system])
- ;;
- esac
- ], [
- do64bit_ok=yes
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS +DD64"
- LDFLAGS_ARCH="+DD64"
- ])
- ]) ;;
- IRIX-6.*)
- SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
- SHLIB_LD="ld -n32 -shared -rdata_shared"
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
- AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
- AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mabi=n32"
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -mabi=n32"
- ], [
- case $system in
- IRIX-6.3)
- # Use to build 6.2 compatible binaries on 6.3.
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -n32 -D_OLD_TERMIOS"
- ;;
- *)
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -n32"
- ;;
- esac
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -n32"
- ])
- ;;
- IRIX64-6.*)
- SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
- SHLIB_LD="ld -n32 -shared -rdata_shared"
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
- AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
-
- # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker
-
- AS_IF([test "$do64bit" = yes], [
- AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
- AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported by gcc])
- ], [
- do64bit_ok=yes
- SHLIB_LD="ld -64 -shared -rdata_shared"
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -64"
- LDFLAGS_ARCH="-64"
- ])
- ])
- ;;
- Linux*|GNU*|NetBSD-Debian)
- SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
-
- # TEA specific:
- CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer"
-
- # TEA specific: use LDFLAGS_DEFAULT instead of LDFLAGS
- SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS_DEFAULT} -shared'
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,--export-dynamic"
- AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
- AS_IF([test "`uname -m`" = "alpha"], [CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mieee"])
- AS_IF([test $do64bit = yes], [
- AC_CACHE_CHECK([if compiler accepts -m64 flag], tcl_cv_cc_m64, [
- hold_cflags=$CFLAGS
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64"
- AC_TRY_LINK(,, tcl_cv_cc_m64=yes, tcl_cv_cc_m64=no)
- CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
- AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_cc_m64 = yes], [
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64"
- do64bit_ok=yes
- ])
- ])
-
- # The combo of gcc + glibc has a bug related to inlining of
- # functions like strtod(). The -fno-builtin flag should address
- # this problem but it does not work. The -fno-inline flag is kind
- # of overkill but it works. Disable inlining only when one of the
- # files in compat/*.c is being linked in.
-
- AS_IF([test x"${USE_COMPAT}" != x],[CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-inline"])
- ;;
- Lynx*)
- SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
- CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-02
- SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
- LD_FLAGS="-Wl,--export-dynamic"
- AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
- ;;
- OpenBSD-*)
- arch=`arch -s`
- case "$arch" in
- alpha|sparc64)
- SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
- ;;
- *)
- SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fpic"
- ;;
- esac
- SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${SHLIB_CFLAGS} -shared'
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
- AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
- SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so${SHLIB_VERSION}'
- LDFLAGS="-Wl,-export-dynamic"
- CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2"
- AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"], [
- # On OpenBSD: Compile with -pthread
- # Don't link with -lpthread
- LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-lpthread//`
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
- ])
- # OpenBSD doesn't do version numbers with dots.
- UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
- TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
- ;;
- NetBSD-*)
- # NetBSD has ELF and can use 'cc -shared' to build shared libs
- SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
- SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${SHLIB_CFLAGS} -shared'
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic"
- AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
- AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"], [
- # The -pthread needs to go in the CFLAGS, not LIBS
- LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//`
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -pthread"
- ])
- ;;
- DragonFly-*|FreeBSD-*)
- # This configuration from FreeBSD Ports.
- SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
- SHLIB_LD="${CC} -shared"
- SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} -Wl,-soname,\$[@]"
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
- LDFLAGS=""
- AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
- AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"], [
- # The -pthread needs to go in the LDFLAGS, not LIBS
- LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//`
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $PTHREAD_CFLAGS"
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $PTHREAD_LIBS"])
- case $system in
- FreeBSD-3.*)
- # Version numbers are dot-stripped by system policy.
- TCL_TRIM_DOTS=`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION} | tr -d .`
- UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
- SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}\$\{DBGX\}.so.1'
- TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
- ;;
- esac
- ;;
- Darwin-*)
- CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-Os"
- SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fno-common"
- # To avoid discrepancies between what headers configure sees during
- # preprocessing tests and compiling tests, move any -isysroot and
- # -mmacosx-version-min flags from CFLAGS to CPPFLAGS:
- CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS} `echo " ${CFLAGS}" | \
- awk 'BEGIN {FS=" +-";ORS=" "}; {for (i=2;i<=NF;i++) \
- if ([$]i~/^(isysroot|mmacosx-version-min)/) print "-"[$]i}'`"
- CFLAGS="`echo " ${CFLAGS}" | \
- awk 'BEGIN {FS=" +-";ORS=" "}; {for (i=2;i<=NF;i++) \
- if (!([$]i~/^(isysroot|mmacosx-version-min)/)) print "-"[$]i}'`"
- AS_IF([test $do64bit = yes], [
- case `arch` in
- ppc)
- AC_CACHE_CHECK([if compiler accepts -arch ppc64 flag],
- tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64, [
- hold_cflags=$CFLAGS
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch ppc64 -mpowerpc64 -mcpu=G5"
- AC_TRY_LINK(,, tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64=yes,
- tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64=no)
- CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
- AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64 = yes], [
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch ppc64 -mpowerpc64 -mcpu=G5"
- do64bit_ok=yes
- ]);;
- i386)
- AC_CACHE_CHECK([if compiler accepts -arch x86_64 flag],
- tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64, [
- hold_cflags=$CFLAGS
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch x86_64"
- AC_TRY_LINK(,, tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64=yes,
- tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64=no)
- CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
- AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64 = yes], [
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch x86_64"
- do64bit_ok=yes
- ]);;
- *)
- AC_MSG_WARN([Don't know how enable 64-bit on architecture `arch`]);;
- esac
- ], [
- # Check for combined 32-bit and 64-bit fat build
- AS_IF([echo "$CFLAGS " |grep -E -q -- '-arch (ppc64|x86_64) ' \
- && echo "$CFLAGS " |grep -E -q -- '-arch (ppc|i386) '], [
- fat_32_64=yes])
- ])
- # TEA specific: use LDFLAGS_DEFAULT instead of LDFLAGS
- SHLIB_LD='${CC} -dynamiclib ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS_DEFAULT}'
- AC_CACHE_CHECK([if ld accepts -single_module flag], tcl_cv_ld_single_module, [
- hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module"
- AC_TRY_LINK(, [int i;], tcl_cv_ld_single_module=yes, tcl_cv_ld_single_module=no)
- LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags])
- AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_ld_single_module = yes], [
- SHLIB_LD="${SHLIB_LD} -Wl,-single_module"
- ])
- # TEA specific: link shlib with current and compatibility version flags
- vers=`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION} | sed -e 's/^\([[0-9]]\{1,5\}\)\(\(\.[[0-9]]\{1,3\}\)\{0,2\}\).*$/\1\2/p' -e d`
- SHLIB_LD="${SHLIB_LD} -current_version ${vers:-0} -compatibility_version ${vers:-0}"
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dylib"
- # Don't use -prebind when building for Mac OS X 10.4 or later only:
- AS_IF([test "`echo "${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET}" | awk -F '10\\.' '{print int([$]2)}'`" -lt 4 -a \
- "`echo "${CPPFLAGS}" | awk -F '-mmacosx-version-min=10\\.' '{print int([$]2)}'`" -lt 4], [
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -prebind"])
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -headerpad_max_install_names"
- AC_CACHE_CHECK([if ld accepts -search_paths_first flag],
- tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first, [
- hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-search_paths_first"
- AC_TRY_LINK(, [int i;], tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first=yes,
- tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first=no)
- LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags])
- AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first = yes], [
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-search_paths_first"
- ])
- AS_IF([test "$tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" != yes], [
- AC_DEFINE(MODULE_SCOPE, [__private_extern__],
- [Compiler support for module scope symbols])
- tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=yes
- ])
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
- LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH"
- # TEA specific: for combined 32 & 64 bit fat builds of Tk
- # extensions, verify that 64-bit build is possible.
- AS_IF([test "$fat_32_64" = yes && test -n "${TK_BIN_DIR}"], [
- AS_IF([test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" = x11], [
- AC_CACHE_CHECK([for 64-bit X11], tcl_cv_lib_x11_64, [
- for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
- eval 'hold_'$v'="$'$v'";'$v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc / /g" -e "s/-arch i386 / /g"`"'
- done
- CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I/usr/X11R6/include"
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L/usr/X11R6/lib -lX11"
- AC_TRY_LINK([#include <X11/Xlib.h>], [XrmInitialize();],
- tcl_cv_lib_x11_64=yes, tcl_cv_lib_x11_64=no)
- for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
- eval $v'="$hold_'$v'"'
- done])
- ])
- AS_IF([test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" = aqua], [
- AC_CACHE_CHECK([for 64-bit Tk], tcl_cv_lib_tk_64, [
- for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
- eval 'hold_'$v'="$'$v'";'$v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc / /g" -e "s/-arch i386 / /g"`"'
- done
- CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DUSE_TCL_STUBS=1 -DUSE_TK_STUBS=1 ${TCL_INCLUDES} ${TK_INCLUDES}"
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS ${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC} ${TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
- AC_TRY_LINK([#include <tk.h>], [Tk_InitStubs(NULL, "", 0);],
- tcl_cv_lib_tk_64=yes, tcl_cv_lib_tk_64=no)
- for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
- eval $v'="$hold_'$v'"'
- done])
- ])
- # remove 64-bit arch flags from CFLAGS et al. if configuration
- # does not support 64-bit.
- AS_IF([test "$tcl_cv_lib_tk_64" = no -o "$tcl_cv_lib_x11_64" = no], [
- AC_MSG_NOTICE([Removing 64-bit architectures from compiler & linker flags])
- for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
- eval $v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc64 / /g" -e "s/-arch x86_64 / /g"`"'
- done])
- ])
- ;;
- OS/390-*)
- CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="" # Optimizer is buggy
- AC_DEFINE(_OE_SOCKETS, 1, # needed in sys/socket.h
- [Should OS/390 do the right thing with sockets?])
- ;;
- OSF1-V*)
- # Digital OSF/1
- SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
- AS_IF([test "$SHARED_BUILD" = 1], [
- SHLIB_LD='ld -shared -expect_unresolved "*"'
- ], [
- SHLIB_LD='ld -non_shared -expect_unresolved "*"'
- ])
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
- AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
- AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mieee"], [
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_TZSET -std1 -ieee"])
- # see pthread_intro(3) for pthread support on osf1, k.furukawa
- AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1], [
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSTACKSIZE"
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DTCL_THREAD_STACK_MIN=PTHREAD_STACK_MIN*64"
- LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-lpthreads//`
- AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
- LIBS="$LIBS -lpthread -lmach -lexc"
- ], [
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -pthread"
- ])
- ])
- ;;
- QNX-6*)
- # QNX RTP
- # This may work for all QNX, but it was only reported for v6.
- SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
- SHLIB_LD="ld -Bshareable -x"
- SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
- ;;
- SCO_SV-3.2*)
- AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
- SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC -melf"
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -melf -Wl,-Bexport"
- ], [
- SHLIB_CFLAGS="-Kpic -belf"
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -belf -Wl,-Bexport"
- ])
- SHLIB_LD="ld -G"
- SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
- ;;
- SunOS-5.[[0-6]])
- # Careful to not let 5.10+ fall into this case
-
- # Note: If _REENTRANT isn't defined, then Solaris
- # won't define thread-safe library routines.
-
- AC_DEFINE(_REENTRANT, 1, [Do we want the reentrant OS API?])
- AC_DEFINE(_POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS, 1,
- [Do we really want to follow the standard? Yes we do!])
-
- SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC"
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
- AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
- SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
- ], [
- SHLIB_LD="/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z text"
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
- ])
- ;;
- SunOS-5*)
- # Note: If _REENTRANT isn't defined, then Solaris
- # won't define thread-safe library routines.
-
- AC_DEFINE(_REENTRANT, 1, [Do we want the reentrant OS API?])
- AC_DEFINE(_POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS, 1,
- [Do we really want to follow the standard? Yes we do!])
-
- SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC"
-
- # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker
- AS_IF([test "$do64bit" = yes], [
- arch=`isainfo`
- AS_IF([test "$arch" = "sparcv9 sparc"], [
- AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
- AS_IF([test "`${CC} -dumpversion | awk -F. '{print [$]1}'`" -lt 3], [
- AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported with GCC < 3.2 on $system])
- ], [
- do64bit_ok=yes
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64 -mcpu=v9"
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -m64 -mcpu=v9"
- SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
- ])
- ], [
- do64bit_ok=yes
- AS_IF([test "$do64bitVIS" = yes], [
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -xarch=v9a"
- LDFLAGS_ARCH="-xarch=v9a"
- ], [
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -xarch=v9"
- LDFLAGS_ARCH="-xarch=v9"
- ])
- # Solaris 64 uses this as well
- #LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LD_LIBRARY_PATH_64"
- ])
- ], [AS_IF([test "$arch" = "amd64 i386"], [
- AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
- case $system in
- SunOS-5.1[[1-9]]*|SunOS-5.[[2-9]][[0-9]]*)
- do64bit_ok=yes
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64"
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -m64";;
- *)
- AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system]);;
- esac
- ], [
- do64bit_ok=yes
- case $system in
- SunOS-5.1[[1-9]]*|SunOS-5.[[2-9]][[0-9]]*)
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64"
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -m64";;
- *)
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -xarch=amd64"
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -xarch=amd64";;
- esac
- ])
- ], [AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported for $arch])])])
- ])
-
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
- AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
- SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
- AS_IF([test "$do64bit_ok" = yes], [
- AS_IF([test "$arch" = "sparcv9 sparc"], [
- # We need to specify -static-libgcc or we need to
- # add the path to the sparv9 libgcc.
- # JH: static-libgcc is necessary for core Tcl, but may
- # not be necessary for extensions.
- SHLIB_LD="$SHLIB_LD -m64 -mcpu=v9 -static-libgcc"
- # for finding sparcv9 libgcc, get the regular libgcc
- # path, remove so name and append 'sparcv9'
- #v9gcclibdir="`gcc -print-file-name=libgcc_s.so` | ..."
- #CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS},-R,$v9gcclibdir"
- ], [AS_IF([test "$arch" = "amd64 i386"], [
- # JH: static-libgcc is necessary for core Tcl, but may
- # not be necessary for extensions.
- SHLIB_LD="$SHLIB_LD -m64 -static-libgcc"
- ])])
- ])
- ], [
- case $system in
- SunOS-5.[[1-9]][[0-9]]*)
- # TEA specific: use LDFLAGS_DEFAULT instead of LDFLAGS
- SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G -z text ${LDFLAGS_DEFAULT}';;
- *)
- SHLIB_LD='/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z text';;
- esac
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
- ])
- ;;
- UNIX_SV* | UnixWare-5*)
- SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC"
- SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G'
- SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
- SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
- # Some UNIX_SV* systems (unixware 1.1.2 for example) have linkers
- # that don't grok the -Bexport option. Test that it does.
- AC_CACHE_CHECK([for ld accepts -Bexport flag], tcl_cv_ld_Bexport, [
- hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport"
- AC_TRY_LINK(, [int i;], tcl_cv_ld_Bexport=yes, tcl_cv_ld_Bexport=no)
- LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags])
- AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_ld_Bexport = yes], [
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport"
- ])
- CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
- LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
- ;;
- esac
-
- AS_IF([test "$do64bit" = yes -a "$do64bit_ok" = no], [
- AC_MSG_WARN([64bit support being disabled -- don't know magic for this platform])
- ])
-
-dnl # Add any CPPFLAGS set in the environment to our CFLAGS, but delay doing so
-dnl # until the end of configure, as configure's compile and link tests use
-dnl # both CPPFLAGS and CFLAGS (unlike our compile and link) but configure's
-dnl # preprocessing tests use only CPPFLAGS.
- AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE([CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS}"; CPPFLAGS=""])
-
- # Add in the arch flags late to ensure it wasn't removed.
- # Not necessary in TEA, but this is aligned with core
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $LDFLAGS_ARCH"
-
- # If we're running gcc, then change the C flags for compiling shared
- # libraries to the right flags for gcc, instead of those for the
- # standard manufacturer compiler.
-
- AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
- case $system in
- AIX-*) ;;
- BSD/OS*) ;;
- CYGWIN_*|MINGW32_*|MINGW64_*) ;;
- IRIX*) ;;
- NetBSD-*|DragonFly-*|FreeBSD-*|OpenBSD-*) ;;
- Darwin-*) ;;
- SCO_SV-3.2*) ;;
- windows) ;;
- *) SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" ;;
- esac])
-
- AS_IF([test "$tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" != yes], [
- AC_DEFINE(MODULE_SCOPE, [extern],
- [No Compiler support for module scope symbols])
- ])
-
- AS_IF([test "$SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX" = ""], [
- # TEA specific: use PACKAGE_VERSION instead of VERSION
- SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${PACKAGE_VERSION}${SHLIB_SUFFIX}'])
- AS_IF([test "$UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX" = ""], [
- # TEA specific: use PACKAGE_VERSION instead of VERSION
- UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${PACKAGE_VERSION}.a'])
-
- if test "${GCC}" = "yes" -a ${SHLIB_SUFFIX} = ".dll"; then
- AC_CACHE_CHECK(for SEH support in compiler,
- tcl_cv_seh,
- AC_TRY_RUN([
-#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-#include <windows.h>
-#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-
- int main(int argc, char** argv) {
- int a, b = 0;
- __try {
- a = 666 / b;
- }
- __except (EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER) {
- return 0;
- }
- return 1;
- }
- ],
- tcl_cv_seh=yes,
- tcl_cv_seh=no,
- tcl_cv_seh=no)
- )
- if test "$tcl_cv_seh" = "no" ; then
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_NO_SEH, 1,
- [Defined when mingw does not support SEH])
- fi
-
- #
- # Check to see if the excpt.h include file provided contains the
- # definition for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION; if not, which is the case
- # with Cygwin's version as of 2002-04-10, define it to be int,
- # sufficient for getting the current code to work.
- #
- AC_CACHE_CHECK(for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION support in include files,
- tcl_cv_eh_disposition,
- AC_TRY_COMPILE([
-# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-# include <windows.h>
-# undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
- ],[
- EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION x;
- ],
- tcl_cv_eh_disposition=yes,
- tcl_cv_eh_disposition=no)
- )
- if test "$tcl_cv_eh_disposition" = "no" ; then
- AC_DEFINE(EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION, int,
- [Defined when cygwin/mingw does not support EXCEPTION DISPOSITION])
- fi
-
- # Check to see if winnt.h defines CHAR, SHORT, and LONG
- # even if VOID has already been #defined. The win32api
- # used by mingw and cygwin is known to do this.
-
- AC_CACHE_CHECK(for winnt.h that ignores VOID define,
- tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void,
- AC_TRY_COMPILE([
-#define VOID void
-#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-#include <windows.h>
-#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
- ], [
- CHAR c;
- SHORT s;
- LONG l;
- ],
- tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void=yes,
- tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void=no)
- )
- if test "$tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" = "yes" ; then
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_WINNT_IGNORE_VOID, 1,
- [Defined when cygwin/mingw ignores VOID define in winnt.h])
- fi
- fi
-
- # See if the compiler supports casting to a union type.
- # This is used to stop gcc from printing a compiler
- # warning when initializing a union member.
-
- AC_CACHE_CHECK(for cast to union support,
- tcl_cv_cast_to_union,
- AC_TRY_COMPILE([],
- [
- union foo { int i; double d; };
- union foo f = (union foo) (int) 0;
- ],
- tcl_cv_cast_to_union=yes,
- tcl_cv_cast_to_union=no)
- )
- if test "$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" = "yes"; then
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CAST_TO_UNION, 1,
- [Defined when compiler supports casting to union type.])
- fi
-
- AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_DEBUG)
- AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)
- AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_WARNING)
-
- AC_SUBST(STLIB_LD)
- AC_SUBST(SHLIB_LD)
-
- AC_SUBST(SHLIB_LD_LIBS)
- AC_SUBST(SHLIB_CFLAGS)
-
- AC_SUBST(LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR)
-
- # These must be called after we do the basic CFLAGS checks and
- # verify any possible 64-bit or similar switches are necessary
- TEA_TCL_EARLY_FLAGS
- TEA_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS
-])
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_SERIAL_PORT
-#
-# Determine which interface to use to talk to the serial port.
-# Note that #include lines must begin in leftmost column for
-# some compilers to recognize them as preprocessor directives,
-# and some build environments have stdin not pointing at a
-# pseudo-terminal (usually /dev/null instead.)
-#
-# Arguments:
-# none
-#
-# Results:
-#
-# Defines only one of the following vars:
-# HAVE_SYS_MODEM_H
-# USE_TERMIOS
-# USE_TERMIO
-# USE_SGTTY
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_SERIAL_PORT], [
- AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/modem.h)
- AC_CACHE_CHECK([termios vs. termio vs. sgtty], tcl_cv_api_serial, [
- AC_TRY_RUN([
-#include <termios.h>
-
-int main() {
- struct termios t;
- if (tcgetattr(0, &t) == 0) {
- cfsetospeed(&t, 0);
- t.c_cflag |= PARENB | PARODD | CSIZE | CSTOPB;
- return 0;
- }
- return 1;
-}], tcl_cv_api_serial=termios, tcl_cv_api_serial=no, tcl_cv_api_serial=no)
- if test $tcl_cv_api_serial = no ; then
- AC_TRY_RUN([
-#include <termio.h>
-
-int main() {
- struct termio t;
- if (ioctl(0, TCGETA, &t) == 0) {
- t.c_cflag |= CBAUD | PARENB | PARODD | CSIZE | CSTOPB;
- return 0;
- }
- return 1;
-}], tcl_cv_api_serial=termio, tcl_cv_api_serial=no, tcl_cv_api_serial=no)
- fi
- if test $tcl_cv_api_serial = no ; then
- AC_TRY_RUN([
-#include <sgtty.h>
-
-int main() {
- struct sgttyb t;
- if (ioctl(0, TIOCGETP, &t) == 0) {
- t.sg_ospeed = 0;
- t.sg_flags |= ODDP | EVENP | RAW;
- return 0;
- }
- return 1;
-}], tcl_cv_api_serial=sgtty, tcl_cv_api_serial=no, tcl_cv_api_serial=no)
- fi
- if test $tcl_cv_api_serial = no ; then
- AC_TRY_RUN([
-#include <termios.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-
-int main() {
- struct termios t;
- if (tcgetattr(0, &t) == 0
- || errno == ENOTTY || errno == ENXIO || errno == EINVAL) {
- cfsetospeed(&t, 0);
- t.c_cflag |= PARENB | PARODD | CSIZE | CSTOPB;
- return 0;
- }
- return 1;
-}], tcl_cv_api_serial=termios, tcl_cv_api_serial=no, tcl_cv_api_serial=no)
- fi
- if test $tcl_cv_api_serial = no; then
- AC_TRY_RUN([
-#include <termio.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-
-int main() {
- struct termio t;
- if (ioctl(0, TCGETA, &t) == 0
- || errno == ENOTTY || errno == ENXIO || errno == EINVAL) {
- t.c_cflag |= CBAUD | PARENB | PARODD | CSIZE | CSTOPB;
- return 0;
- }
- return 1;
- }], tcl_cv_api_serial=termio, tcl_cv_api_serial=no, tcl_cv_api_serial=no)
- fi
- if test $tcl_cv_api_serial = no; then
- AC_TRY_RUN([
-#include <sgtty.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-
-int main() {
- struct sgttyb t;
- if (ioctl(0, TIOCGETP, &t) == 0
- || errno == ENOTTY || errno == ENXIO || errno == EINVAL) {
- t.sg_ospeed = 0;
- t.sg_flags |= ODDP | EVENP | RAW;
- return 0;
- }
- return 1;
-}], tcl_cv_api_serial=sgtty, tcl_cv_api_serial=none, tcl_cv_api_serial=none)
- fi])
- case $tcl_cv_api_serial in
- termios) AC_DEFINE(USE_TERMIOS, 1, [Use the termios API for serial lines]);;
- termio) AC_DEFINE(USE_TERMIO, 1, [Use the termio API for serial lines]);;
- sgtty) AC_DEFINE(USE_SGTTY, 1, [Use the sgtty API for serial lines]);;
- esac
-])
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_PATH_X
-#
-# Locate the X11 header files and the X11 library archive. Try
-# the ac_path_x macro first, but if it doesn't find the X stuff
-# (e.g. because there's no xmkmf program) then check through
-# a list of possible directories. Under some conditions the
-# autoconf macro will return an include directory that contains
-# no include files, so double-check its result just to be safe.
-#
-# This should be called after TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS as setting the
-# LIBS line can confuse some configure macro magic.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# none
-#
-# Results:
-#
-# Sets the following vars:
-# XINCLUDES
-# XLIBSW
-# PKG_LIBS (appends to)
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_PATH_X], [
- if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" = "x11" ; then
- TEA_PATH_UNIX_X
- fi
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_PATH_UNIX_X], [
- AC_PATH_X
- not_really_there=""
- if test "$no_x" = ""; then
- if test "$x_includes" = ""; then
- AC_TRY_CPP([#include <X11/Xlib.h>], , not_really_there="yes")
- else
- if test ! -r $x_includes/X11/Xlib.h; then
- not_really_there="yes"
- fi
- fi
- fi
- if test "$no_x" = "yes" -o "$not_really_there" = "yes"; then
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([for X11 header files])
- found_xincludes="no"
- AC_TRY_CPP([#include <X11/Xlib.h>], found_xincludes="yes", found_xincludes="no")
- if test "$found_xincludes" = "no"; then
- dirs="/usr/unsupported/include /usr/local/include /usr/X386/include /usr/X11R6/include /usr/X11R5/include /usr/include/X11R5 /usr/include/X11R4 /usr/openwin/include /usr/X11/include /usr/sww/include"
- for i in $dirs ; do
- if test -r $i/X11/Xlib.h; then
- AC_MSG_RESULT([$i])
- XINCLUDES=" -I$i"
- found_xincludes="yes"
- break
- fi
- done
- fi
- else
- if test "$x_includes" != ""; then
- XINCLUDES="-I$x_includes"
- found_xincludes="yes"
- fi
- fi
- if test "$found_xincludes" = "no"; then
- AC_MSG_RESULT([couldn't find any!])
- fi
-
- if test "$no_x" = yes; then
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([for X11 libraries])
- XLIBSW=nope
- dirs="/usr/unsupported/lib /usr/local/lib /usr/X386/lib /usr/X11R6/lib /usr/X11R5/lib /usr/lib/X11R5 /usr/lib/X11R4 /usr/openwin/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/sww/X11/lib"
- for i in $dirs ; do
- if test -r $i/libX11.a -o -r $i/libX11.so -o -r $i/libX11.sl -o -r $i/libX11.dylib; then
- AC_MSG_RESULT([$i])
- XLIBSW="-L$i -lX11"
- x_libraries="$i"
- break
- fi
- done
- else
- if test "$x_libraries" = ""; then
- XLIBSW=-lX11
- else
- XLIBSW="-L$x_libraries -lX11"
- fi
- fi
- if test "$XLIBSW" = nope ; then
- AC_CHECK_LIB(Xwindow, XCreateWindow, XLIBSW=-lXwindow)
- fi
- if test "$XLIBSW" = nope ; then
- AC_MSG_RESULT([could not find any! Using -lX11.])
- XLIBSW=-lX11
- fi
- # TEA specific:
- if test x"${XLIBSW}" != x ; then
- PKG_LIBS="${PKG_LIBS} ${XLIBSW}"
- fi
-])
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_BLOCKING_STYLE
-#
-# The statements below check for systems where POSIX-style
-# non-blocking I/O (O_NONBLOCK) doesn't work or is unimplemented.
-# On these systems (mostly older ones), use the old BSD-style
-# FIONBIO approach instead.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# none
-#
-# Results:
-#
-# Defines some of the following vars:
-# HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H
-# HAVE_SYS_FILIO_H
-# USE_FIONBIO
-# O_NONBLOCK
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_BLOCKING_STYLE], [
- AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/ioctl.h)
- AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/filio.h)
- TEA_CONFIG_SYSTEM
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([FIONBIO vs. O_NONBLOCK for nonblocking I/O])
- case $system in
- OSF*)
- AC_DEFINE(USE_FIONBIO, 1, [Should we use FIONBIO?])
- AC_MSG_RESULT([FIONBIO])
- ;;
- *)
- AC_MSG_RESULT([O_NONBLOCK])
- ;;
- esac
-])
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_TIME_HANDLER
-#
-# Checks how the system deals with time.h, what time structures
-# are used on the system, and what fields the structures have.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# none
-#
-# Results:
-#
-# Defines some of the following vars:
-# USE_DELTA_FOR_TZ
-# HAVE_TM_GMTOFF
-# HAVE_TM_TZADJ
-# HAVE_TIMEZONE_VAR
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_TIME_HANDLER], [
- AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/time.h)
- AC_HEADER_TIME
- AC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE
-
- AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gmtime_r localtime_r)
-
- AC_CACHE_CHECK([tm_tzadj in struct tm], tcl_cv_member_tm_tzadj, [
- AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <time.h>], [struct tm tm; tm.tm_tzadj;],
- tcl_cv_member_tm_tzadj=yes, tcl_cv_member_tm_tzadj=no)])
- if test $tcl_cv_member_tm_tzadj = yes ; then
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TM_TZADJ, 1, [Should we use the tm_tzadj field of struct tm?])
- fi
-
- AC_CACHE_CHECK([tm_gmtoff in struct tm], tcl_cv_member_tm_gmtoff, [
- AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <time.h>], [struct tm tm; tm.tm_gmtoff;],
- tcl_cv_member_tm_gmtoff=yes, tcl_cv_member_tm_gmtoff=no)])
- if test $tcl_cv_member_tm_gmtoff = yes ; then
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TM_GMTOFF, 1, [Should we use the tm_gmtoff field of struct tm?])
- fi
-
- #
- # Its important to include time.h in this check, as some systems
- # (like convex) have timezone functions, etc.
- #
- AC_CACHE_CHECK([long timezone variable], tcl_cv_timezone_long, [
- AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <time.h>],
- [extern long timezone;
- timezone += 1;
- exit (0);],
- tcl_cv_timezone_long=yes, tcl_cv_timezone_long=no)])
- if test $tcl_cv_timezone_long = yes ; then
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TIMEZONE_VAR, 1, [Should we use the global timezone variable?])
- else
- #
- # On some systems (eg IRIX 6.2), timezone is a time_t and not a long.
- #
- AC_CACHE_CHECK([time_t timezone variable], tcl_cv_timezone_time, [
- AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <time.h>],
- [extern time_t timezone;
- timezone += 1;
- exit (0);],
- tcl_cv_timezone_time=yes, tcl_cv_timezone_time=no)])
- if test $tcl_cv_timezone_time = yes ; then
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TIMEZONE_VAR, 1, [Should we use the global timezone variable?])
- fi
- fi
-])
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_BUGGY_STRTOD
-#
-# Under Solaris 2.4, strtod returns the wrong value for the
-# terminating character under some conditions. Check for this
-# and if the problem exists use a substitute procedure
-# "fixstrtod" (provided by Tcl) that corrects the error.
-# Also, on Compaq's Tru64 Unix 5.0,
-# strtod(" ") returns 0.0 instead of a failure to convert.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# none
-#
-# Results:
-#
-# Might defines some of the following vars:
-# strtod (=fixstrtod)
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_BUGGY_STRTOD], [
- AC_CHECK_FUNC(strtod, tcl_strtod=1, tcl_strtod=0)
- if test "$tcl_strtod" = 1; then
- AC_CACHE_CHECK([for Solaris2.4/Tru64 strtod bugs], tcl_cv_strtod_buggy,[
- AC_TRY_RUN([
- extern double strtod();
- int main() {
- char *infString="Inf", *nanString="NaN", *spaceString=" ";
- char *term;
- double value;
- value = strtod(infString, &term);
- if ((term != infString) && (term[-1] == 0)) {
- exit(1);
- }
- value = strtod(nanString, &term);
- if ((term != nanString) && (term[-1] == 0)) {
- exit(1);
- }
- value = strtod(spaceString, &term);
- if (term == (spaceString+1)) {
- exit(1);
- }
- exit(0);
- }], tcl_cv_strtod_buggy=ok, tcl_cv_strtod_buggy=buggy,
- tcl_cv_strtod_buggy=buggy)])
- if test "$tcl_cv_strtod_buggy" = buggy; then
- AC_LIBOBJ([fixstrtod])
- USE_COMPAT=1
- AC_DEFINE(strtod, fixstrtod, [Do we want to use the strtod() in compat?])
- fi
- fi
-])
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_TCL_EARLY_FLAGS
-#
-# Check for what flags are needed to be passed so the correct OS
-# features are available.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# None
-#
-# Results:
-#
-# Might define the following vars:
-# _ISOC99_SOURCE
-# _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE
-# _LARGEFILE_SOURCE64
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_TCL_EARLY_FLAG],[
- AC_CACHE_VAL([tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z]),
- AC_TRY_COMPILE([$2], $3, [tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z])=no,
- AC_TRY_COMPILE([[#define ]$1[ 1
-]$2], $3,
- [tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z])=yes,
- [tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z])=no)))
- if test ["x${tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z])[}" = "xyes"] ; then
- AC_DEFINE($1, 1, [Add the ]$1[ flag when building])
- tcl_flags="$tcl_flags $1"
- fi
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_TCL_EARLY_FLAGS],[
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([for required early compiler flags])
- tcl_flags=""
- TEA_TCL_EARLY_FLAG(_ISOC99_SOURCE,[#include <stdlib.h>],
- [char *p = (char *)strtoll; char *q = (char *)strtoull;])
- TEA_TCL_EARLY_FLAG(_LARGEFILE64_SOURCE,[#include <sys/stat.h>],
- [struct stat64 buf; int i = stat64("/", &buf);])
- TEA_TCL_EARLY_FLAG(_LARGEFILE_SOURCE64,[#include <sys/stat.h>],
- [char *p = (char *)open64;])
- if test "x${tcl_flags}" = "x" ; then
- AC_MSG_RESULT([none])
- else
- AC_MSG_RESULT([${tcl_flags}])
- fi
-])
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS
-#
-# Check for what is defined in the way of 64-bit features.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# None
-#
-# Results:
-#
-# Might define the following vars:
-# TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
-# TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE
-# HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT64
-# HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64
-# HAVE_TYPE_OFF64_T
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS], [
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([for 64-bit integer type])
- AC_CACHE_VAL(tcl_cv_type_64bit,[
- tcl_cv_type_64bit=none
- # See if the compiler knows natively about __int64
- AC_TRY_COMPILE(,[__int64 value = (__int64) 0;],
- tcl_type_64bit=__int64, tcl_type_64bit="long long")
- # See if we should use long anyway Note that we substitute in the
- # type that is our current guess for a 64-bit type inside this check
- # program, so it should be modified only carefully...
- AC_TRY_COMPILE(,[switch (0) {
- case 1: case (sizeof(]${tcl_type_64bit}[)==sizeof(long)): ;
- }],tcl_cv_type_64bit=${tcl_type_64bit})])
- if test "${tcl_cv_type_64bit}" = none ; then
- AC_DEFINE(TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG, 1, [Are wide integers to be implemented with C 'long's?])
- AC_MSG_RESULT([using long])
- elif test "${tcl_cv_type_64bit}" = "__int64" \
- -a "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
- # TEA specific: We actually want to use the default tcl.h checks in
- # this case to handle both TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE and TCL_LL_MODIFIER*
- AC_MSG_RESULT([using Tcl header defaults])
- else
- AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE,${tcl_cv_type_64bit},
- [What type should be used to define wide integers?])
- AC_MSG_RESULT([${tcl_cv_type_64bit}])
-
- # Now check for auxiliary declarations
- AC_CACHE_CHECK([for struct dirent64], tcl_cv_struct_dirent64,[
- AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <dirent.h>],[struct dirent64 p;],
- tcl_cv_struct_dirent64=yes,tcl_cv_struct_dirent64=no)])
- if test "x${tcl_cv_struct_dirent64}" = "xyes" ; then
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT64, 1, [Is 'struct dirent64' in <sys/types.h>?])
- fi
-
- AC_CACHE_CHECK([for struct stat64], tcl_cv_struct_stat64,[
- AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/stat.h>],[struct stat64 p;
-],
- tcl_cv_struct_stat64=yes,tcl_cv_struct_stat64=no)])
- if test "x${tcl_cv_struct_stat64}" = "xyes" ; then
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64, 1, [Is 'struct stat64' in <sys/stat.h>?])
- fi
-
- AC_CHECK_FUNCS(open64 lseek64)
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([for off64_t])
- AC_CACHE_VAL(tcl_cv_type_off64_t,[
- AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>],[off64_t offset;
-],
- tcl_cv_type_off64_t=yes,tcl_cv_type_off64_t=no)])
- dnl Define HAVE_TYPE_OFF64_T only when the off64_t type and the
- dnl functions lseek64 and open64 are defined.
- if test "x${tcl_cv_type_off64_t}" = "xyes" && \
- test "x${ac_cv_func_lseek64}" = "xyes" && \
- test "x${ac_cv_func_open64}" = "xyes" ; then
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TYPE_OFF64_T, 1, [Is off64_t in <sys/types.h>?])
- AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
- else
- AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
- fi
- fi
-])
-
-##
-## Here ends the standard Tcl configuration bits and starts the
-## TEA specific functions
-##
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_INIT --
-#
-# Init various Tcl Extension Architecture (TEA) variables.
-# This should be the first called TEA_* macro.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# none
-#
-# Results:
-#
-# Defines and substs the following vars:
-# CYGPATH
-# EXEEXT
-# Defines only:
-# TEA_VERSION
-# TEA_INITED
-# TEA_PLATFORM (windows or unix)
-#
-# "cygpath" is used on windows to generate native path names for include
-# files. These variables should only be used with the compiler and linker
-# since they generate native path names.
-#
-# EXEEXT
-# Select the executable extension based on the host type. This
-# is a lightweight replacement for AC_EXEEXT that doesn't require
-# a compiler.
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_INIT], [
- TEA_VERSION="3.13"
-
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([TEA configuration])
- if test x"${PACKAGE_NAME}" = x ; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([
-The PACKAGE_NAME variable must be defined by your TEA configure.ac])
- fi
- AC_MSG_RESULT([ok (TEA ${TEA_VERSION})])
-
- # If the user did not set CFLAGS, set it now to keep macros
- # like AC_PROG_CC and AC_TRY_COMPILE from adding "-g -O2".
- if test "${CFLAGS+set}" != "set" ; then
- CFLAGS=""
- fi
-
- case "`uname -s`" in
- *win32*|*WIN32*|*MINGW32_*|*MINGW64_*)
- AC_CHECK_PROG(CYGPATH, cygpath, cygpath -m, echo)
- EXEEXT=".exe"
- TEA_PLATFORM="windows"
- ;;
- *CYGWIN_*)
- EXEEXT=".exe"
- # CYGPATH and TEA_PLATFORM are determined later in LOAD_TCLCONFIG
- ;;
- *)
- CYGPATH=echo
- # Maybe we are cross-compiling....
- case ${host_alias} in
- *mingw32*)
- EXEEXT=".exe"
- TEA_PLATFORM="windows"
- ;;
- *)
- EXEEXT=""
- TEA_PLATFORM="unix"
- ;;
- esac
- ;;
- esac
-
- # Check if exec_prefix is set. If not use fall back to prefix.
- # Note when adjusted, so that TEA_PREFIX can correct for this.
- # This is needed for recursive configures, since autoconf propagates
- # $prefix, but not $exec_prefix (doh!).
- if test x$exec_prefix = xNONE ; then
- exec_prefix_default=yes
- exec_prefix=$prefix
- fi
-
- AC_MSG_NOTICE([configuring ${PACKAGE_NAME} ${PACKAGE_VERSION}])
-
- AC_SUBST(EXEEXT)
- AC_SUBST(CYGPATH)
-
- # This package name must be replaced statically for AC_SUBST to work
- AC_SUBST(PKG_LIB_FILE)
- # Substitute STUB_LIB_FILE in case package creates a stub library too.
- AC_SUBST(PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE)
-
- # We AC_SUBST these here to ensure they are subst'ed,
- # in case the user doesn't call TEA_ADD_...
- AC_SUBST(PKG_STUB_SOURCES)
- AC_SUBST(PKG_STUB_OBJECTS)
- AC_SUBST(PKG_TCL_SOURCES)
- AC_SUBST(PKG_HEADERS)
- AC_SUBST(PKG_INCLUDES)
- AC_SUBST(PKG_LIBS)
- AC_SUBST(PKG_CFLAGS)
-
- # Configure the installer.
- TEA_INSTALLER
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_ADD_SOURCES --
-#
-# Specify one or more source files. Users should check for
-# the right platform before adding to their list.
-# It is not important to specify the directory, as long as it is
-# in the generic, win or unix subdirectory of $(srcdir).
-#
-# Arguments:
-# one or more file names
-#
-# Results:
-#
-# Defines and substs the following vars:
-# PKG_SOURCES
-# PKG_OBJECTS
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_ADD_SOURCES], [
- vars="$@"
- for i in $vars; do
- case $i in
- [\$]*)
- # allow $-var names
- PKG_SOURCES="$PKG_SOURCES $i"
- PKG_OBJECTS="$PKG_OBJECTS $i"
- ;;
- *)
- # check for existence - allows for generic/win/unix VPATH
- # To add more dirs here (like 'src'), you have to update VPATH
- # in Makefile.in as well
- if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/generic/$i" \
- -a ! -f "${srcdir}/win/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/unix/$i" \
- -a ! -f "${srcdir}/macosx/$i" \
- ; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find source file '$i'])
- fi
- PKG_SOURCES="$PKG_SOURCES $i"
- # this assumes it is in a VPATH dir
- i=`basename $i`
- # handle user calling this before or after TEA_SETUP_COMPILER
- if test x"${OBJEXT}" != x ; then
- j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[[^.]]*$//'`.${OBJEXT}"
- else
- j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[[^.]]*$//'`.\${OBJEXT}"
- fi
- PKG_OBJECTS="$PKG_OBJECTS $j"
- ;;
- esac
- done
- AC_SUBST(PKG_SOURCES)
- AC_SUBST(PKG_OBJECTS)
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_ADD_STUB_SOURCES --
-#
-# Specify one or more source files. Users should check for
-# the right platform before adding to their list.
-# It is not important to specify the directory, as long as it is
-# in the generic, win or unix subdirectory of $(srcdir).
-#
-# Arguments:
-# one or more file names
-#
-# Results:
-#
-# Defines and substs the following vars:
-# PKG_STUB_SOURCES
-# PKG_STUB_OBJECTS
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_ADD_STUB_SOURCES], [
- vars="$@"
- for i in $vars; do
- # check for existence - allows for generic/win/unix VPATH
- if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/generic/$i" \
- -a ! -f "${srcdir}/win/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/unix/$i" \
- -a ! -f "${srcdir}/macosx/$i" \
- ; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find stub source file '$i'])
- fi
- PKG_STUB_SOURCES="$PKG_STUB_SOURCES $i"
- # this assumes it is in a VPATH dir
- i=`basename $i`
- # handle user calling this before or after TEA_SETUP_COMPILER
- if test x"${OBJEXT}" != x ; then
- j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[[^.]]*$//'`.${OBJEXT}"
- else
- j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[[^.]]*$//'`.\${OBJEXT}"
- fi
- PKG_STUB_OBJECTS="$PKG_STUB_OBJECTS $j"
- done
- AC_SUBST(PKG_STUB_SOURCES)
- AC_SUBST(PKG_STUB_OBJECTS)
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_ADD_TCL_SOURCES --
-#
-# Specify one or more Tcl source files. These should be platform
-# independent runtime files.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# one or more file names
-#
-# Results:
-#
-# Defines and substs the following vars:
-# PKG_TCL_SOURCES
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_ADD_TCL_SOURCES], [
- vars="$@"
- for i in $vars; do
- # check for existence, be strict because it is installed
- if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" ; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find tcl source file '${srcdir}/$i'])
- fi
- PKG_TCL_SOURCES="$PKG_TCL_SOURCES $i"
- done
- AC_SUBST(PKG_TCL_SOURCES)
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_ADD_HEADERS --
-#
-# Specify one or more source headers. Users should check for
-# the right platform before adding to their list.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# one or more file names
-#
-# Results:
-#
-# Defines and substs the following vars:
-# PKG_HEADERS
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_ADD_HEADERS], [
- vars="$@"
- for i in $vars; do
- # check for existence, be strict because it is installed
- if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" ; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find header file '${srcdir}/$i'])
- fi
- PKG_HEADERS="$PKG_HEADERS $i"
- done
- AC_SUBST(PKG_HEADERS)
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_ADD_INCLUDES --
-#
-# Specify one or more include dirs. Users should check for
-# the right platform before adding to their list.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# one or more file names
-#
-# Results:
-#
-# Defines and substs the following vars:
-# PKG_INCLUDES
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_ADD_INCLUDES], [
- vars="$@"
- for i in $vars; do
- PKG_INCLUDES="$PKG_INCLUDES $i"
- done
- AC_SUBST(PKG_INCLUDES)
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_ADD_LIBS --
-#
-# Specify one or more libraries. Users should check for
-# the right platform before adding to their list. For Windows,
-# libraries provided in "foo.lib" format will be converted to
-# "-lfoo" when using GCC (mingw).
-#
-# Arguments:
-# one or more file names
-#
-# Results:
-#
-# Defines and substs the following vars:
-# PKG_LIBS
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_ADD_LIBS], [
- vars="$@"
- for i in $vars; do
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
- # Convert foo.lib to -lfoo for GCC. No-op if not *.lib
- i=`echo "$i" | sed -e 's/^\([[^-]].*\)\.lib[$]/-l\1/i'`
- fi
- PKG_LIBS="$PKG_LIBS $i"
- done
- AC_SUBST(PKG_LIBS)
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_ADD_CFLAGS --
-#
-# Specify one or more CFLAGS. Users should check for
-# the right platform before adding to their list.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# one or more file names
-#
-# Results:
-#
-# Defines and substs the following vars:
-# PKG_CFLAGS
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_ADD_CFLAGS], [
- PKG_CFLAGS="$PKG_CFLAGS $@"
- AC_SUBST(PKG_CFLAGS)
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_ADD_CLEANFILES --
-#
-# Specify one or more CLEANFILES.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# one or more file names to clean target
-#
-# Results:
-#
-# Appends to CLEANFILES, already defined for subst in LOAD_TCLCONFIG
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_ADD_CLEANFILES], [
- CLEANFILES="$CLEANFILES $@"
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_PREFIX --
-#
-# Handle the --prefix=... option by defaulting to what Tcl gave
-#
-# Arguments:
-# none
-#
-# Results:
-#
-# If --prefix or --exec-prefix was not specified, $prefix and
-# $exec_prefix will be set to the values given to Tcl when it was
-# configured.
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_PREFIX], [
- if test "${prefix}" = "NONE"; then
- prefix_default=yes
- if test x"${TCL_PREFIX}" != x; then
- AC_MSG_NOTICE([--prefix defaulting to TCL_PREFIX ${TCL_PREFIX}])
- prefix=${TCL_PREFIX}
- else
- AC_MSG_NOTICE([--prefix defaulting to /usr/local])
- prefix=/usr/local
- fi
- fi
- if test "${exec_prefix}" = "NONE" -a x"${prefix_default}" = x"yes" \
- -o x"${exec_prefix_default}" = x"yes" ; then
- if test x"${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}" != x; then
- AC_MSG_NOTICE([--exec-prefix defaulting to TCL_EXEC_PREFIX ${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}])
- exec_prefix=${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}
- else
- AC_MSG_NOTICE([--exec-prefix defaulting to ${prefix}])
- exec_prefix=$prefix
- fi
- fi
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_SETUP_COMPILER_CC --
-#
-# Do compiler checks the way we want. This is just a replacement
-# for AC_PROG_CC in TEA configure.ac files to make them cleaner.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# none
-#
-# Results:
-#
-# Sets up CC var and other standard bits we need to make executables.
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_SETUP_COMPILER_CC], [
- # Don't put any macros that use the compiler (e.g. AC_TRY_COMPILE)
- # in this macro, they need to go into TEA_SETUP_COMPILER instead.
-
- AC_PROG_CC
- AC_PROG_CPP
-
- #--------------------------------------------------------------------
- # Checks to see if the make program sets the $MAKE variable.
- #--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
-
- #--------------------------------------------------------------------
- # Find ranlib
- #--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- AC_CHECK_TOOL(RANLIB, ranlib)
-
- #--------------------------------------------------------------------
- # Determines the correct binary file extension (.o, .obj, .exe etc.)
- #--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- AC_OBJEXT
- AC_EXEEXT
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_SETUP_COMPILER --
-#
-# Do compiler checks that use the compiler. This must go after
-# TEA_SETUP_COMPILER_CC, which does the actual compiler check.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# none
-#
-# Results:
-#
-# Sets up CC var and other standard bits we need to make executables.
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_SETUP_COMPILER], [
- # Any macros that use the compiler (e.g. AC_TRY_COMPILE) have to go here.
- AC_REQUIRE([TEA_SETUP_COMPILER_CC])
-
- #------------------------------------------------------------------------
- # If we're using GCC, see if the compiler understands -pipe. If so, use it.
- # It makes compiling go faster. (This is only a performance feature.)
- #------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- if test -z "$no_pipe" -a -n "$GCC"; then
- AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the compiler understands -pipe],
- tcl_cv_cc_pipe, [
- hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pipe"
- AC_TRY_COMPILE(,, tcl_cv_cc_pipe=yes, tcl_cv_cc_pipe=no)
- CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
- if test $tcl_cv_cc_pipe = yes; then
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pipe"
- fi
- fi
-
- #--------------------------------------------------------------------
- # Common compiler flag setup
- #--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- AC_C_BIGENDIAN
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_MAKE_LIB --
-#
-# Generate a line that can be used to build a shared/unshared library
-# in a platform independent manner.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# none
-#
-# Requires:
-#
-# Results:
-#
-# Defines the following vars:
-# CFLAGS - Done late here to note disturb other AC macros
-# MAKE_LIB - Command to execute to build the Tcl library;
-# differs depending on whether or not Tcl is being
-# compiled as a shared library.
-# MAKE_SHARED_LIB Makefile rule for building a shared library
-# MAKE_STATIC_LIB Makefile rule for building a static library
-# MAKE_STUB_LIB Makefile rule for building a stub library
-# VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL Makefile rule for embedded VC manifest in DLL
-# VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE Makefile rule for embedded VC manifest in EXE
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_MAKE_LIB], [
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a "$GCC" != "yes"; then
- MAKE_STATIC_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} -out:\[$]@ \$(PKG_OBJECTS)"
- MAKE_SHARED_LIB="\${SHLIB_LD} \${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \${LDFLAGS_DEFAULT} -out:\[$]@ \$(PKG_OBJECTS)"
- AC_EGREP_CPP([manifest needed], [
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1400
-print("manifest needed")
-#endif
- ], [
- # Could do a CHECK_PROG for mt, but should always be with MSVC8+
- VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL="if test -f \[$]@.manifest ; then mt.exe -nologo -manifest \[$]@.manifest -outputresource:\[$]@\;2 ; fi"
- VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE="if test -f \[$]@.manifest ; then mt.exe -nologo -manifest \[$]@.manifest -outputresource:\[$]@\;1 ; fi"
- MAKE_SHARED_LIB="${MAKE_SHARED_LIB} ; ${VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL}"
- TEA_ADD_CLEANFILES([*.manifest])
- ])
- MAKE_STUB_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} -nodefaultlib -out:\[$]@ \$(PKG_STUB_OBJECTS)"
- else
- MAKE_STATIC_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \[$]@ \$(PKG_OBJECTS)"
- MAKE_SHARED_LIB="\${SHLIB_LD} -o \[$]@ \$(PKG_OBJECTS) \${SHLIB_LD_LIBS}"
- MAKE_STUB_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \[$]@ \$(PKG_STUB_OBJECTS)"
- fi
-
- if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
- MAKE_LIB="${MAKE_SHARED_LIB} "
- else
- MAKE_LIB="${MAKE_STATIC_LIB} "
- fi
-
- #--------------------------------------------------------------------
- # Shared libraries and static libraries have different names.
- # Use the double eval to make sure any variables in the suffix is
- # substituted. (@@@ Might not be necessary anymore)
- #--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
- if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
- # We force the unresolved linking of symbols that are really in
- # the private libraries of Tcl and Tk.
- if test x"${TK_BIN_DIR}" != x ; then
- SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \"`${CYGPATH} ${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}`\""
- fi
- SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \"`${CYGPATH} ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}`\""
- if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then
- SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} -static-libgcc"
- fi
- eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=${PACKAGE_LIB_PREFIX}${PACKAGE_NAME}${SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
- else
- eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=${PACKAGE_LIB_PREFIX}${PACKAGE_NAME}${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
- if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then
- PKG_LIB_FILE=lib${PKG_LIB_FILE}
- fi
- fi
- # Some packages build their own stubs libraries
- eval eval "PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE=${PACKAGE_LIB_PREFIX}${PACKAGE_NAME}stub${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
- if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then
- PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE=lib${PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE}
- fi
- # These aren't needed on Windows (either MSVC or gcc)
- RANLIB=:
- RANLIB_STUB=:
- else
- RANLIB_STUB="${RANLIB}"
- if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
- SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} ${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
- if test x"${TK_BIN_DIR}" != x ; then
- SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} ${TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
- fi
- eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=lib${PACKAGE_LIB_PREFIX}${PACKAGE_NAME}${SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
- RANLIB=:
- else
- eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=lib${PACKAGE_LIB_PREFIX}${PACKAGE_NAME}${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
- fi
- # Some packages build their own stubs libraries
- eval eval "PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE=lib${PACKAGE_LIB_PREFIX}${PACKAGE_NAME}stub${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
- fi
-
- # These are escaped so that only CFLAGS is picked up at configure time.
- # The other values will be substituted at make time.
- CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} \${CFLAGS_DEFAULT} \${CFLAGS_WARNING}"
- if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
- CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} \${SHLIB_CFLAGS}"
- fi
-
- AC_SUBST(MAKE_LIB)
- AC_SUBST(MAKE_SHARED_LIB)
- AC_SUBST(MAKE_STATIC_LIB)
- AC_SUBST(MAKE_STUB_LIB)
- AC_SUBST(RANLIB_STUB)
- AC_SUBST(VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL)
- AC_SUBST(VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE)
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_LIB_SPEC --
-#
-# Compute the name of an existing object library located in libdir
-# from the given base name and produce the appropriate linker flags.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# basename The base name of the library without version
-# numbers, extensions, or "lib" prefixes.
-# extra_dir Extra directory in which to search for the
-# library. This location is used first, then
-# $prefix/$exec-prefix, then some defaults.
-#
-# Requires:
-# TEA_INIT and TEA_PREFIX must be called first.
-#
-# Results:
-#
-# Defines the following vars:
-# ${basename}_LIB_NAME The computed library name.
-# ${basename}_LIB_SPEC The computed linker flags.
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_LIB_SPEC], [
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $1 library])
-
- # Look in exec-prefix for the library (defined by TEA_PREFIX).
-
- tea_lib_name_dir="${exec_prefix}/lib"
-
- # Or in a user-specified location.
-
- if test x"$2" != x ; then
- tea_extra_lib_dir=$2
- else
- tea_extra_lib_dir=NONE
- fi
-
- for i in \
- `ls -dr ${tea_extra_lib_dir}/$1[[0-9]]*.lib 2>/dev/null ` \
- `ls -dr ${tea_extra_lib_dir}/lib$1[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null ` \
- `ls -dr ${tea_lib_name_dir}/$1[[0-9]]*.lib 2>/dev/null ` \
- `ls -dr ${tea_lib_name_dir}/lib$1[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null ` \
- `ls -dr /usr/lib/$1[[0-9]]*.lib 2>/dev/null ` \
- `ls -dr /usr/lib/lib$1[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null ` \
- `ls -dr /usr/lib64/$1[[0-9]]*.lib 2>/dev/null ` \
- `ls -dr /usr/lib64/lib$1[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null ` \
- `ls -dr /usr/local/lib/$1[[0-9]]*.lib 2>/dev/null ` \
- `ls -dr /usr/local/lib/lib$1[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null ` ; do
- if test -f "$i" ; then
- tea_lib_name_dir=`dirname $i`
- $1_LIB_NAME=`basename $i`
- $1_LIB_PATH_NAME=$i
- break
- fi
- done
-
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then
- $1_LIB_SPEC=\"`${CYGPATH} ${$1_LIB_PATH_NAME} 2>/dev/null`\"
- else
- # Strip off the leading "lib" and trailing ".a" or ".so"
-
- tea_lib_name_lib=`echo ${$1_LIB_NAME}|sed -e 's/^lib//' -e 's/\.[[^.]]*$//' -e 's/\.so.*//'`
- $1_LIB_SPEC="-L${tea_lib_name_dir} -l${tea_lib_name_lib}"
- fi
-
- if test "x${$1_LIB_NAME}" = x ; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([not found])
- else
- AC_MSG_RESULT([${$1_LIB_SPEC}])
- fi
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_PRIVATE_TCL_HEADERS --
-#
-# Locate the private Tcl include files
-#
-# Arguments:
-#
-# Requires:
-# TCL_SRC_DIR Assumes that TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG has
-# already been called.
-#
-# Results:
-#
-# Substitutes the following vars:
-# TCL_TOP_DIR_NATIVE
-# TCL_INCLUDES
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_PRIVATE_TCL_HEADERS], [
- # Allow for --with-tclinclude to take effect and define ${ac_cv_c_tclh}
- AC_REQUIRE([TEA_PUBLIC_TCL_HEADERS])
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tcl private include files])
-
- TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE=`${CYGPATH} ${TCL_SRC_DIR}`
- TCL_TOP_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}\"
-
- # Check to see if tcl<Plat>Port.h isn't already with the public headers
- # Don't look for tclInt.h because that resides with tcl.h in the core
- # sources, but the <plat>Port headers are in a different directory
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a \
- -f "${ac_cv_c_tclh}/tclWinPort.h"; then
- result="private headers found with public headers"
- elif test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "unix" -a \
- -f "${ac_cv_c_tclh}/tclUnixPort.h"; then
- result="private headers found with public headers"
- else
- TCL_GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/generic\"
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then
- TCL_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/win\"
- else
- TCL_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/unix\"
- fi
- # Overwrite the previous TCL_INCLUDES as this should capture both
- # public and private headers in the same set.
- # We want to ensure these are substituted so as not to require
- # any *_NATIVE vars be defined in the Makefile
- TCL_INCLUDES="-I${TCL_GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE} -I${TCL_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE}"
- if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then
- # If Tcl was built as a framework, attempt to use
- # the framework's Headers and PrivateHeaders directories
- case ${TCL_DEFS} in
- *TCL_FRAMEWORK*)
- if test -d "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Headers" -a \
- -d "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/PrivateHeaders"; then
- TCL_INCLUDES="-I\"${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Headers\" -I\"${TCL_BIN_DIR}/PrivateHeaders\" ${TCL_INCLUDES}"
- else
- TCL_INCLUDES="${TCL_INCLUDES} ${TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC} `echo "${TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC}" | sed -e 's/Headers/PrivateHeaders/'`"
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- result="Using ${TCL_INCLUDES}"
- else
- if test ! -f "${TCL_SRC_DIR}/generic/tclInt.h" ; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([Cannot find private header tclInt.h in ${TCL_SRC_DIR}])
- fi
- result="Using srcdir found in tclConfig.sh: ${TCL_SRC_DIR}"
- fi
- fi
-
- AC_SUBST(TCL_TOP_DIR_NATIVE)
-
- AC_SUBST(TCL_INCLUDES)
- AC_MSG_RESULT([${result}])
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_PUBLIC_TCL_HEADERS --
-#
-# Locate the installed public Tcl header files
-#
-# Arguments:
-# None.
-#
-# Requires:
-# CYGPATH must be set
-#
-# Results:
-#
-# Adds a --with-tclinclude switch to configure.
-# Result is cached.
-#
-# Substitutes the following vars:
-# TCL_INCLUDES
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_PUBLIC_TCL_HEADERS], [
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tcl public headers])
-
- AC_ARG_WITH(tclinclude, [ --with-tclinclude directory containing the public Tcl header files], with_tclinclude=${withval})
-
- AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_tclh, [
- # Use the value from --with-tclinclude, if it was given
-
- if test x"${with_tclinclude}" != x ; then
- if test -f "${with_tclinclude}/tcl.h" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tclh=${with_tclinclude}
- else
- AC_MSG_ERROR([${with_tclinclude} directory does not contain tcl.h])
- fi
- else
- list=""
- if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then
- # If Tcl was built as a framework, attempt to use
- # the framework's Headers directory
- case ${TCL_DEFS} in
- *TCL_FRAMEWORK*)
- list="`ls -d ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Headers 2>/dev/null`"
- ;;
- esac
- fi
-
- # Look in the source dir only if Tcl is not installed,
- # and in that situation, look there before installed locations.
- if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then
- list="$list `ls -d ${TCL_SRC_DIR}/generic 2>/dev/null`"
- fi
-
- # Check order: pkg --prefix location, Tcl's --prefix location,
- # relative to directory of tclConfig.sh.
-
- eval "temp_includedir=${includedir}"
- list="$list \
- `ls -d ${temp_includedir} 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d ${TCL_PREFIX}/include 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/../include 2>/dev/null`"
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" != "windows" -o "$GCC" = "yes"; then
- list="$list /usr/local/include /usr/include"
- if test x"${TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC}" != x ; then
- d=`echo "${TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC}" | sed -e 's/^-I//'`
- list="$list `ls -d ${d} 2>/dev/null`"
- fi
- fi
- for i in $list ; do
- if test -f "$i/tcl.h" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tclh=$i
- break
- fi
- done
- fi
- ])
-
- # Print a message based on how we determined the include path
-
- if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclh}" = x ; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([tcl.h not found. Please specify its location with --with-tclinclude])
- else
- AC_MSG_RESULT([${ac_cv_c_tclh}])
- fi
-
- # Convert to a native path and substitute into the output files.
-
- INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE=`${CYGPATH} ${ac_cv_c_tclh}`
-
- TCL_INCLUDES=-I\"${INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE}\"
-
- AC_SUBST(TCL_INCLUDES)
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_PRIVATE_TK_HEADERS --
-#
-# Locate the private Tk include files
-#
-# Arguments:
-#
-# Requires:
-# TK_SRC_DIR Assumes that TEA_LOAD_TKCONFIG has
-# already been called.
-#
-# Results:
-#
-# Substitutes the following vars:
-# TK_INCLUDES
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_PRIVATE_TK_HEADERS], [
- # Allow for --with-tkinclude to take effect and define ${ac_cv_c_tkh}
- AC_REQUIRE([TEA_PUBLIC_TK_HEADERS])
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tk private include files])
-
- TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE=`${CYGPATH} ${TK_SRC_DIR}`
- TK_TOP_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}\"
-
- # Check to see if tk<Plat>Port.h isn't already with the public headers
- # Don't look for tkInt.h because that resides with tk.h in the core
- # sources, but the <plat>Port headers are in a different directory
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a \
- -f "${ac_cv_c_tkh}/tkWinPort.h"; then
- result="private headers found with public headers"
- elif test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "unix" -a \
- -f "${ac_cv_c_tkh}/tkUnixPort.h"; then
- result="private headers found with public headers"
- else
- TK_GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/generic\"
- TK_XLIB_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/xlib\"
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then
- TK_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/win\"
- else
- TK_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/unix\"
- fi
- # Overwrite the previous TK_INCLUDES as this should capture both
- # public and private headers in the same set.
- # We want to ensure these are substituted so as not to require
- # any *_NATIVE vars be defined in the Makefile
- TK_INCLUDES="-I${TK_GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE} -I${TK_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE}"
- # Detect and add ttk subdir
- if test -d "${TK_SRC_DIR}/generic/ttk"; then
- TK_INCLUDES="${TK_INCLUDES} -I\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/generic/ttk\""
- fi
- if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" != "x11"; then
- TK_INCLUDES="${TK_INCLUDES} -I\"${TK_XLIB_DIR_NATIVE}\""
- fi
- if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" = "aqua"; then
- TK_INCLUDES="${TK_INCLUDES} -I\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/macosx\""
- fi
- if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then
- # If Tk was built as a framework, attempt to use
- # the framework's Headers and PrivateHeaders directories
- case ${TK_DEFS} in
- *TK_FRAMEWORK*)
- if test -d "${TK_BIN_DIR}/Headers" -a \
- -d "${TK_BIN_DIR}/PrivateHeaders"; then
- TK_INCLUDES="-I\"${TK_BIN_DIR}/Headers\" -I\"${TK_BIN_DIR}/PrivateHeaders\" ${TK_INCLUDES}"
- else
- TK_INCLUDES="${TK_INCLUDES} ${TK_INCLUDE_SPEC} `echo "${TK_INCLUDE_SPEC}" | sed -e 's/Headers/PrivateHeaders/'`"
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- result="Using ${TK_INCLUDES}"
- else
- if test ! -f "${TK_SRC_DIR}/generic/tkInt.h" ; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([Cannot find private header tkInt.h in ${TK_SRC_DIR}])
- fi
- result="Using srcdir found in tkConfig.sh: ${TK_SRC_DIR}"
- fi
- fi
-
- AC_SUBST(TK_TOP_DIR_NATIVE)
- AC_SUBST(TK_XLIB_DIR_NATIVE)
-
- AC_SUBST(TK_INCLUDES)
- AC_MSG_RESULT([${result}])
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_PUBLIC_TK_HEADERS --
-#
-# Locate the installed public Tk header files
-#
-# Arguments:
-# None.
-#
-# Requires:
-# CYGPATH must be set
-#
-# Results:
-#
-# Adds a --with-tkinclude switch to configure.
-# Result is cached.
-#
-# Substitutes the following vars:
-# TK_INCLUDES
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_PUBLIC_TK_HEADERS], [
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tk public headers])
-
- AC_ARG_WITH(tkinclude, [ --with-tkinclude directory containing the public Tk header files], with_tkinclude=${withval})
-
- AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_tkh, [
- # Use the value from --with-tkinclude, if it was given
-
- if test x"${with_tkinclude}" != x ; then
- if test -f "${with_tkinclude}/tk.h" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tkh=${with_tkinclude}
- else
- AC_MSG_ERROR([${with_tkinclude} directory does not contain tk.h])
- fi
- else
- list=""
- if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then
- # If Tk was built as a framework, attempt to use
- # the framework's Headers directory.
- case ${TK_DEFS} in
- *TK_FRAMEWORK*)
- list="`ls -d ${TK_BIN_DIR}/Headers 2>/dev/null`"
- ;;
- esac
- fi
-
- # Look in the source dir only if Tk is not installed,
- # and in that situation, look there before installed locations.
- if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then
- list="$list `ls -d ${TK_SRC_DIR}/generic 2>/dev/null`"
- fi
-
- # Check order: pkg --prefix location, Tk's --prefix location,
- # relative to directory of tkConfig.sh, Tcl's --prefix location,
- # relative to directory of tclConfig.sh.
-
- eval "temp_includedir=${includedir}"
- list="$list \
- `ls -d ${temp_includedir} 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d ${TK_PREFIX}/include 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d ${TK_BIN_DIR}/../include 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d ${TCL_PREFIX}/include 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/../include 2>/dev/null`"
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" != "windows" -o "$GCC" = "yes"; then
- list="$list /usr/local/include /usr/include"
- if test x"${TK_INCLUDE_SPEC}" != x ; then
- d=`echo "${TK_INCLUDE_SPEC}" | sed -e 's/^-I//'`
- list="$list `ls -d ${d} 2>/dev/null`"
- fi
- fi
- for i in $list ; do
- if test -f "$i/tk.h" ; then
- ac_cv_c_tkh=$i
- break
- fi
- done
- fi
- ])
-
- # Print a message based on how we determined the include path
-
- if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkh}" = x ; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([tk.h not found. Please specify its location with --with-tkinclude])
- else
- AC_MSG_RESULT([${ac_cv_c_tkh}])
- fi
-
- # Convert to a native path and substitute into the output files.
-
- INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE=`${CYGPATH} ${ac_cv_c_tkh}`
-
- TK_INCLUDES=-I\"${INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE}\"
-
- AC_SUBST(TK_INCLUDES)
-
- if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" != "x11"; then
- # On Windows and Aqua, we need the X compat headers
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([for X11 header files])
- if test ! -r "${INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE}/X11/Xlib.h"; then
- INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE="`${CYGPATH} ${TK_SRC_DIR}/xlib`"
- TK_XINCLUDES=-I\"${INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE}\"
- AC_SUBST(TK_XINCLUDES)
- fi
- AC_MSG_RESULT([${INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE}])
- fi
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_PATH_CONFIG --
-#
-# Locate the ${1}Config.sh file and perform a sanity check on
-# the ${1} compile flags. These are used by packages like
-# [incr Tk] that load *Config.sh files from more than Tcl and Tk.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# none
-#
-# Results:
-#
-# Adds the following arguments to configure:
-# --with-$1=...
-#
-# Defines the following vars:
-# $1_BIN_DIR Full path to the directory containing
-# the $1Config.sh file
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_PATH_CONFIG], [
- #
- # Ok, lets find the $1 configuration
- # First, look for one uninstalled.
- # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-$1
- #
-
- if test x"${no_$1}" = x ; then
- # we reset no_$1 in case something fails here
- no_$1=true
- AC_ARG_WITH($1, [ --with-$1 directory containing $1 configuration ($1Config.sh)], with_$1config=${withval})
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $1 configuration])
- AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_$1config,[
-
- # First check to see if --with-$1 was specified.
- if test x"${with_$1config}" != x ; then
- case ${with_$1config} in
- */$1Config.sh )
- if test -f ${with_$1config}; then
- AC_MSG_WARN([--with-$1 argument should refer to directory containing $1Config.sh, not to $1Config.sh itself])
- with_$1config=`echo ${with_$1config} | sed 's!/$1Config\.sh$!!'`
- fi;;
- esac
- if test -f "${with_$1config}/$1Config.sh" ; then
- ac_cv_c_$1config=`(cd ${with_$1config}; pwd)`
- else
- AC_MSG_ERROR([${with_$1config} directory doesn't contain $1Config.sh])
- fi
- fi
-
- # then check for a private $1 installation
- if test x"${ac_cv_c_$1config}" = x ; then
- for i in \
- ../$1 \
- `ls -dr ../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]]*.[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]][[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
- ../../$1 \
- `ls -dr ../../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]]*.[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ../../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]][[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ../../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ../../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
- ../../../$1 \
- `ls -dr ../../../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]]*.[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ../../../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]][[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ../../../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ../../../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
- ${srcdir}/../$1 \
- `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]]*.[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]][[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
- ; do
- if test -f "$i/$1Config.sh" ; then
- ac_cv_c_$1config=`(cd $i; pwd)`
- break
- fi
- if test -f "$i/unix/$1Config.sh" ; then
- ac_cv_c_$1config=`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`
- break
- fi
- done
- fi
-
- # check in a few common install locations
- if test x"${ac_cv_c_$1config}" = x ; then
- for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/pkg/lib 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \
- `ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \
- ; do
- if test -f "$i/$1Config.sh" ; then
- ac_cv_c_$1config=`(cd $i; pwd)`
- break
- fi
- done
- fi
- ])
-
- if test x"${ac_cv_c_$1config}" = x ; then
- $1_BIN_DIR="# no $1 configs found"
- AC_MSG_WARN([Cannot find $1 configuration definitions])
- exit 0
- else
- no_$1=
- $1_BIN_DIR=${ac_cv_c_$1config}
- AC_MSG_RESULT([found $$1_BIN_DIR/$1Config.sh])
- fi
- fi
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_LOAD_CONFIG --
-#
-# Load the $1Config.sh file
-#
-# Arguments:
-#
-# Requires the following vars to be set:
-# $1_BIN_DIR
-#
-# Results:
-#
-# Substitutes the following vars:
-# $1_SRC_DIR
-# $1_LIB_FILE
-# $1_LIB_SPEC
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_LOAD_CONFIG], [
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([for existence of ${$1_BIN_DIR}/$1Config.sh])
-
- if test -f "${$1_BIN_DIR}/$1Config.sh" ; then
- AC_MSG_RESULT([loading])
- . "${$1_BIN_DIR}/$1Config.sh"
- else
- AC_MSG_RESULT([file not found])
- fi
-
- #
- # If the $1_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory),
- # then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables.
- # For example, the variable $1_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value
- # of $1_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of $1_LIB_SPEC
- # instead of $1_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an
- # installed and uninstalled version of Tcl.
- #
-
- if test -f "${$1_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then
- AC_MSG_WARN([Found Makefile - using build library specs for $1])
- $1_LIB_SPEC=${$1_BUILD_LIB_SPEC}
- $1_STUB_LIB_SPEC=${$1_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC}
- $1_STUB_LIB_PATH=${$1_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}
- $1_INCLUDE_SPEC=${$1_BUILD_INCLUDE_SPEC}
- $1_LIBRARY_PATH=${$1_LIBRARY_PATH}
- fi
-
- AC_SUBST($1_VERSION)
- AC_SUBST($1_BIN_DIR)
- AC_SUBST($1_SRC_DIR)
-
- AC_SUBST($1_LIB_FILE)
- AC_SUBST($1_LIB_SPEC)
-
- AC_SUBST($1_STUB_LIB_FILE)
- AC_SUBST($1_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
- AC_SUBST($1_STUB_LIB_PATH)
-
- # Allow the caller to prevent this auto-check by specifying any 2nd arg
- AS_IF([test "x$2" = x], [
- # Check both upper and lower-case variants
- # If a dev wanted non-stubs libs, this function could take an option
- # to not use _STUB in the paths below
- AS_IF([test "x${$1_STUB_LIB_SPEC}" = x],
- [TEA_LOAD_CONFIG_LIB(translit($1,[a-z],[A-Z])_STUB)],
- [TEA_LOAD_CONFIG_LIB($1_STUB)])
- ])
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_LOAD_CONFIG_LIB --
-#
-# Helper function to load correct library from another extension's
-# ${PACKAGE}Config.sh.
-#
-# Results:
-# Adds to LIBS the appropriate extension library
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_LOAD_CONFIG_LIB], [
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([For $1 library for LIBS])
- # This simplifies the use of stub libraries by automatically adding
- # the stub lib to your path. Normally this would add to SHLIB_LD_LIBS,
- # but this is called before CONFIG_CFLAGS. More importantly, this adds
- # to PKG_LIBS, which becomes LIBS, and that is only used by SHLIB_LD.
- if test "x${$1_LIB_SPEC}" != "x" ; then
- if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a "$GCC" != "yes" ; then
- TEA_ADD_LIBS([\"`${CYGPATH} ${$1_LIB_PATH}`\"])
- AC_MSG_RESULT([using $1_LIB_PATH ${$1_LIB_PATH}])
- else
- TEA_ADD_LIBS([${$1_LIB_SPEC}])
- AC_MSG_RESULT([using $1_LIB_SPEC ${$1_LIB_SPEC}])
- fi
- else
- AC_MSG_RESULT([file not found])
- fi
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_EXPORT_CONFIG --
-#
-# Define the data to insert into the ${PACKAGE}Config.sh file
-#
-# Arguments:
-#
-# Requires the following vars to be set:
-# $1
-#
-# Results:
-# Substitutes the following vars:
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_EXPORT_CONFIG], [
- #--------------------------------------------------------------------
- # These are for $1Config.sh
- #--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- # pkglibdir must be a fully qualified path and (not ${exec_prefix}/lib)
- eval pkglibdir="[$]{libdir}/$1${PACKAGE_VERSION}"
- if test "${TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK}" = "ok"; then
- eval $1_LIB_FLAG="-l$1${PACKAGE_VERSION}${DBGX}"
- eval $1_STUB_LIB_FLAG="-l$1stub${PACKAGE_VERSION}${DBGX}"
- else
- eval $1_LIB_FLAG="-l$1`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION} | tr -d .`${DBGX}"
- eval $1_STUB_LIB_FLAG="-l$1stub`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION} | tr -d .`${DBGX}"
- fi
- $1_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-L`$CYGPATH $(pwd)` ${$1_LIB_FLAG}"
- $1_LIB_SPEC="-L`$CYGPATH ${pkglibdir}` ${$1_LIB_FLAG}"
- $1_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L`$CYGPATH $(pwd)` [$]{$1_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
- $1_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L`$CYGPATH ${pkglibdir}` [$]{$1_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
- $1_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH="`$CYGPATH $(pwd)`/[$]{PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
- $1_STUB_LIB_PATH="`$CYGPATH ${pkglibdir}`/[$]{PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
-
- AC_SUBST($1_BUILD_LIB_SPEC)
- AC_SUBST($1_LIB_SPEC)
- AC_SUBST($1_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
- AC_SUBST($1_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
- AC_SUBST($1_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH)
- AC_SUBST($1_STUB_LIB_PATH)
-
- AC_SUBST(MAJOR_VERSION)
- AC_SUBST(MINOR_VERSION)
- AC_SUBST(PATCHLEVEL)
-])
-
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_PATH_CELIB --
-#
-# Locate Keuchel's celib emulation layer for targeting Win/CE
-#
-# Arguments:
-# none
-#
-# Results:
-#
-# Adds the following arguments to configure:
-# --with-celib=...
-#
-# Defines the following vars:
-# CELIB_DIR Full path to the directory containing
-# the include and platform lib files
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_PATH_CELIB], [
- # First, look for one uninstalled.
- # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-celib
-
- if test x"${no_celib}" = x ; then
- # we reset no_celib in case something fails here
- no_celib=true
- AC_ARG_WITH(celib,[ --with-celib=DIR use Windows/CE support library from DIR], with_celibconfig=${withval})
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Windows/CE celib directory])
- AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_celibconfig,[
- # First check to see if --with-celibconfig was specified.
- if test x"${with_celibconfig}" != x ; then
- if test -d "${with_celibconfig}/inc" ; then
- ac_cv_c_celibconfig=`(cd ${with_celibconfig}; pwd)`
- else
- AC_MSG_ERROR([${with_celibconfig} directory doesn't contain inc directory])
- fi
- fi
-
- # then check for a celib library
- if test x"${ac_cv_c_celibconfig}" = x ; then
- for i in \
- ../celib-palm-3.0 \
- ../celib \
- ../../celib-palm-3.0 \
- ../../celib \
- `ls -dr ../celib-*3.[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
- ${srcdir}/../celib-palm-3.0 \
- ${srcdir}/../celib \
- `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../celib-*3.[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
- ; do
- if test -d "$i/inc" ; then
- ac_cv_c_celibconfig=`(cd $i; pwd)`
- break
- fi
- done
- fi
- ])
- if test x"${ac_cv_c_celibconfig}" = x ; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([Cannot find celib support library directory])
- else
- no_celib=
- CELIB_DIR=${ac_cv_c_celibconfig}
- CELIB_DIR=`echo "$CELIB_DIR" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
- AC_MSG_RESULT([found $CELIB_DIR])
- fi
- fi
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TEA_INSTALLER --
-#
-# Configure the installer.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# none
-#
-# Results:
-# Substitutes the following vars:
-# INSTALL
-# INSTALL_DATA_DIR
-# INSTALL_DATA
-# INSTALL_PROGRAM
-# INSTALL_SCRIPT
-# INSTALL_LIBRARY
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_INSTALLER], [
- INSTALL='$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/tclconfig/install-sh -c'
- INSTALL_DATA_DIR='${INSTALL} -d -m 755'
- INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644'
- INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL} -m 755'
- INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL} -m 755'
-
- TEA_CONFIG_SYSTEM
- case $system in
- HP-UX-*) INSTALL_LIBRARY='${INSTALL} -m 755' ;;
- *) INSTALL_LIBRARY='${INSTALL} -m 644' ;;
- esac
-
- AC_SUBST(INSTALL)
- AC_SUBST(INSTALL_DATA_DIR)
- AC_SUBST(INSTALL_DATA)
- AC_SUBST(INSTALL_PROGRAM)
- AC_SUBST(INSTALL_SCRIPT)
- AC_SUBST(INSTALL_LIBRARY)
-])
-
-###
-# Tip 430 - ZipFS Modifications
-###
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# SC_ZIPFS_SUPPORT
-# Locate a zip encoder installed on the system path, or none.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# none
-#
-# Results:
-# Substitutes the following vars:
-# TCL_ZIP_FILE
-# TCL_ZIPFS_SUPPORT
-# TCL_ZIPFS_FLAG
-# ZIP_PROG
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# SC_PROG_ZIP
-# Locate a zip encoder installed on the system path, or none.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# none
-#
-# Results:
-# Substitutes the following vars:
-# ZIP_PROG
-# ZIP_PROG_OPTIONS
-# ZIP_PROG_VFSSEARCH
-# ZIP_INSTALL_OBJS
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-AC_DEFUN([TEA_ZIPFS_SUPPORT], [
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([for zipfs support])
- ZIP_PROG=""
- ZIP_PROG_OPTIONS=""
- ZIP_PROG_VFSSEARCH=""
- INSTALL_MSGS=""
- # If our native tclsh processes the "install" command line option
- # we can use it to mint zip files
- AS_IF([$TCLSH_PROG install],[
- ZIP_PROG=${TCLSH_PROG}
- ZIP_PROG_OPTIONS="install mkzip"
- ZIP_PROG_VFSSEARCH="."
- AC_MSG_RESULT([Can use Native Tclsh for Zip encoding])
- ])
- if test "x$ZIP_PROG" = "x" ; then
- AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_zip, [
- search_path=`echo ${PATH} | sed -e 's/:/ /g'`
- for dir in $search_path ; do
- for j in `ls -r $dir/zip 2> /dev/null` \
- `ls -r $dir/zip 2> /dev/null` ; do
- if test x"$ac_cv_path_zip" = x ; then
- if test -f "$j" ; then
- ac_cv_path_zip=$j
- break
- fi
- fi
- done
- done
- ])
- if test -f "$ac_cv_path_zip" ; then
- ZIP_PROG="$ac_cv_path_zip "
- AC_MSG_RESULT([$ZIP_PROG])
- ZIP_PROG_OPTIONS="-rq"
- ZIP_PROG_VFSSEARCH="."
- AC_MSG_RESULT([Found INFO Zip in environment])
- # Use standard arguments for zip
- fi
- fi
- if test "x$ZIP_PROG" = "x" ; then
- # It is not an error if an installed version of Zip can't be located.
- ZIP_PROG=""
- ZIP_PROG_OPTIONS=""
- ZIP_PROG_VFSSEARCH=""
- TCL_ZIPFS_SUPPORT=0
- TCL_ZIPFS_FLAG=
- else
- # ZIPFS Support
- eval "TCL_ZIP_FILE=\"${TCL_ZIP_FILE}\""
- if test ${TCL_ZIP_FILE} = "" ; then
- TCL_ZIPFS_SUPPORT=0
- TCL_ZIPFS_FLAG=
- INSTALL_LIBRARIES=install-libraries
- INSTALL_MSGS=install-msgs
- else
- if test ${SHARED_BUILD} = 1 ; then
- TCL_ZIPFS_SUPPORT=1
- INSTALL_LIBRARIES=install-libraries-zipfs-shared
- else
- TCL_ZIPFS_SUPPORT=2
- INSTALL_LIBRARIES=install-libraries-zipfs-static
- fi
- TCL_ZIPFS_FLAG=-DTCL_ZIPFS_SUPPORT
- fi
- fi
-
- AC_SUBST(TCL_ZIP_FILE)
- AC_SUBST(TCL_ZIPFS_SUPPORT)
- AC_SUBST(TCL_ZIPFS_FLAG)
- AC_SUBST(ZIP_PROG)
- AC_SUBST(ZIP_PROG_OPTIONS)
- AC_SUBST(ZIP_PROG_VFSSEARCH)
- AC_SUBST(INSTALL_LIBRARIES)
- AC_SUBST(INSTALL_MSGS)
-])
-
-# Local Variables:
-# mode: autoconf
-# End:
diff --git a/tkblt/tests/all.tcl b/tkblt/tests/all.tcl
deleted file mode 100644
index badd21f..0000000
--- a/tkblt/tests/all.tcl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-source linegraph.tcl
-source lineelement.tcl
-source linepen.tcl
-source bargraph.tcl
-source barelement.tcl
-source barpen.tcl
-source axis.tcl
-source legend.tcl
-source crosshairs.tcl
-source markers.tcl
-
diff --git a/tkblt/tests/axis.tcl b/tkblt/tests/axis.tcl
deleted file mode 100644
index 80f97ea..0000000
--- a/tkblt/tests/axis.tcl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-source base.tcl
-
-set w .line
-set graph [bltLineGraph $w]
-
-$graph axis configure x -bd 2 -background cyan -title "X\nAxis" -limitsformat "%g"
-$graph axis configure y -bd 2 -background cyan -title "Y\nAxis"
-bltCmd $graph axis activate y
-
-puts stderr "Testing Axis..."
-
-bltTest3 $graph axis y -activeforeground red $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis y -activerelief sunken $dops
-#bltTest3 $graph axis x -autorange 10 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -background yellow $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -bg blue $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -bindtags {aa} 0
-bltTest3 $graph axis y -bd 4 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis y -borderwidth 4 $dops
-#bltTest3 $graph axis x -checklimits $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -color red $dops
-#bltTest3 $graph axis x -command $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -descending yes $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -exterior no $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -fg magenta $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -foreground yellow $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -grid no $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -gridcolor blue $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -griddashes {8 3} $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -gridlinewidth 2 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -gridminor no $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -gridminorcolor blue $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -gridminordashes {8 3} $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -gridminorlinewidth 2 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -hide yes $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -justify left $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -justify center $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -justify right $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -labeloffset yes $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -limitscolor red $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -limitsfont {times 18 bold italic} $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -limitsformat "%e" $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -linewidth 2 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -logscale yes $dops
-#bltTest3 $graph axis x -loosemin $dops
-#bltTest3 $graph axis x -loosemax $dops
-#bltTest3 $graph axis x -majorticks $dops
-#bltTest3 $graph axis x -max $dops
-#bltTest3 $graph axis x -min $dops
-#bltTest3 $graph axis x -minorticks $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -relief flat $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -relief groove $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -relief raised $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -relief ridge $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -relief solid $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -relief sunken $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -rotate 45 $dops
-#bltTest3 $graph axis x -scrollcommand $dops
-#bltTest3 $graph axis x -scrollincrement $dops
-#bltTest3 $graph axis x -scrollmax $dops
-#bltTest3 $graph axis x -scrollmin $dops
-##bltTest3 $graph axis x -shiftby 10 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -showticks no $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -stepsize 10 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -subdivisions 4 $dops
-##bltTest3 $graph axis x -tickanchor n $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -tickfont {times 12 bold italic} $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -ticklength 20 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -tickdefault 10 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -title {This is a Title} $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -titlealternate yes $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -titlecolor yellow $dops
-bltTest3 $graph axis x -titlefont {times 24 bold italic} $dops
-
-#bltCmd $graph axis activate foo
-#bltCmd $graph axis bind x
-bltCmd $graph axis cget x -color
-bltCmd $graph axis configure x
-bltCmd $graph axis configure x -color
-#bltCmd $graph axis create foo
-#bltCmd $graph axis deactivate foo
-#bltCmd $graph axis delete foo
-#bltCmd $graph axis invtransform x
-#bltCmd $graph axis limits x
-#bltCmd $graph axis margin x
-#bltCmd $graph axis names x
-#bltCmd $graph axis transform x
-#bltCmd $graph axis type x
-#bltCmd $graph axis view x
-
-#bltCmd $graph xaxis activate
-#bltCmd $graph xaxis bind
-bltCmd $graph xaxis cget -color
-bltCmd $graph xaxis configure
-bltCmd $graph xaxis configure -color
-#bltCmd $graph xaxis deactivate
-#bltCmd $graph xaxis invtransform
-#bltCmd $graph xaxis limits
-#bltCmd $graph xaxis transform
-#bltCmd $graph xaxis use
-#bltCmd $graph xaxis view
-
-puts stderr "done"
-bltPlotDestroy $w
-
diff --git a/tkblt/tests/barelement.tcl b/tkblt/tests/barelement.tcl
deleted file mode 100644
index 5b8cb07..0000000
--- a/tkblt/tests/barelement.tcl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
-source base.tcl
-
-set w .bar
-set graph [bltBarGraph $w]
-
-$graph element configure data1 -color red -showvalues y
-$graph element configure data2 -color blue
-
-$graph pen create foo -showvalues y -color purple
-$graph element activate data3
-
-puts stderr "Testing Bar Element..."
-
-bltTest3 $graph element data3 -activepen foo $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -background yellow $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -barwidth 1 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -bd 4 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -bg yellow $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -bindtags {aa} 0
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -borderwidth 4 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -color yellow $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -data {0.2 8 0.4 20 0.6 31 0.8 41 1.0 50 1.2 59 1.4 65 1.6 70 1.8 75 2.0 85} $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -errorbarcolor green $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -errorbarwidth 2 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -errorbarcap 10 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -fg yellow $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -fill cyan $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -foreground green $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -hide yes $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -label "This is a test" $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -legendrelief groove $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -mapx x2 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -mapy y2 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -outline red $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -pen foo $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -relief flat $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -relief groove $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -relief raised $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -relief ridge $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -relief solid $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -relief sunken $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -showerrorbars no $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -showvalues none $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -showvalues x $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -showvalues both $dops
-#bltTest3 $graph element data2 -stack $dops
-#bltTest3 $graph element data2 -styles $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valueanchor nw $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valueanchor n $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valueanchor ne $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valueanchor e $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valueanchor se $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valueanchor s $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valueanchor sw $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valueanchor w $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valuecolor cyan $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valuefont {times 18 bold italic} $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valueformat "%e" $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valuerotate 45 $dops
-#bltTest3 $graph element data2 -weights $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -x {0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8} $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -xdata {0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8} $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -xerror {.1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1} $dops
-#bltTest3 $graph element data2 -xhigh $dops
-#bltTest3 $graph element data2 -xlow $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -y {8 20 31 41 50 59 65 70 75 85} $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -ydata {8 20 31 41 50 59 65 70 75 85} $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -yerror {5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5} $dops
-#bltTest3 $graph element data2 -yhigh $dops
-#bltTest3 $graph element data2 -ylow $dops
-
-bltCmd $graph element activate data2
-bltCmd $graph element deactivate data2
-#bltCmd $graph element bind data1 <Button-1> [list puts "%x %y"]
-bltCmd $graph element cget data1 -showvalues
-bltCmd $graph element configure data1
-bltCmd $graph element configure data1 -showvalues
-#bltCmd $graph element closest 50 50
-#bltCmd $graph element closest 50 50 data1 data2
-bltCmd $graph element create data4
-bltCmd $graph element create data5
-bltCmd $graph element delete data4 data5
-bltCmd $graph element exists data1
-bltCmd $graph element lower data1
-bltCmd $graph element lower data2 data3
-bltCmd $graph element names
-bltCmd $graph element names data1
-bltCmd $graph element raise data2
-bltCmd $graph element raise data2 data3
-bltCmd $graph element raise data1
-bltCmd $graph element show data2
-bltCmd $graph element show {data1 data2 data3}
-bltCmd $graph element type data1
-
-puts stderr "done"
-bltPlotDestroy $w
-
diff --git a/tkblt/tests/bargraph.tcl b/tkblt/tests/bargraph.tcl
deleted file mode 100644
index 20f067d..0000000
--- a/tkblt/tests/bargraph.tcl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-source base.tcl
-
-set w .bar
-set graph [bltBarGraph $w]
-
-puts stderr "Testing Bar Graph..."
-
-# Graph
-bltTest $graph -aspect 2 $dops
-bltTest $graph -background red $dops
-bltTest $graph -barmode stacked $dops
-bltTest $graph -barmode aligned $dops
-bltTest $graph -barmode overlap $dops
-bltTest $graph -barwidth .15 $dops
-#bltTest $graph -baseline $dops
-bltTest $graph -bd 50 $dops
-bltTest $graph -bg green $dops
-bltTest $graph -bm 50 $dops
-bltTest $graph -borderwidth 50 $dops
-bltTest $graph -bottommargin 50 $dops
-#bltTest $graph -bufferelements $dops
-#bltTest $graph -buffergraph $dops
-bltTest $graph -cursor cross $dops
-bltTest $graph -fg blue $dops
-bltTest $graph -font {times 36 bold italic} $dops
-bltTest $graph -foreground cyan $dops
-#bltTest $graph -halo $dops
-bltTest $graph -height 300 $dops
-#bltTest $graph -highlightbackground $dops
-#bltTest $graph -highlightcolor $dops
-#bltTest $graph -highlightthickness $dops
-bltTest $graph -invertxy yes $dops
-bltTest $graph -justify left $dops
-bltTest $graph -justify center $dops
-bltTest $graph -justify right $dops
-bltTest $graph -leftmargin 50 $dops
-bltTest $graph -lm 50 $dops
-bltTest $graph -plotbackground cyan $dops
-bltTest $graph -plotborderwidth 50 $dops
-bltTest $graph -plotpadx 50 $dops
-bltTest $graph -plotpady 50 $dops
-bltTest $graph -plotrelief groove $dops
-bltTest $graph -relief groove $dops
-bltTest $graph -rightmargin 50 $dops
-bltTest $graph -rm 50 $dops
-#bltTest $graph -searchhalo $dops
-#bltTest $graph -searchmode $dops
-#bltTest $graph -searchalong $dops
-#bltTest $graph -stackaxes $dops
-#bltTest $graph -takefocus $dops
-bltTest $graph -title "This is a Title" $dops
-bltTest $graph -tm 50 $dops
-bltTest $graph -topmargin 50 $dops
-bltTest $graph -width 300 $dops
-bltTest $graph -plotwidth 300 $dops
-bltTest $graph -plotheight 300 $dops
-
-##bltCmd $graph axis
-bltCmd $graph cget -background
-bltCmd $graph configure
-bltCmd $graph configure
-bltCmd $graph configure -background cyan
-##bltCmd $graph crosshairs
-##bltCmd $graph element
-#bltCmd $graph extents
-#bltCmd $graph inside
-#bltCmd $graph invtransform
-##bltCmd $graph legend
-##bltCmd $graph marker
-##bltCmd $graph pen
-##bltCmd $graph postscript
-#bltCmd $graph transform
-##bltCmd $graph x2axis
-##bltCmd $graph xaxis
-##bltCmd $graph y2axis
-##bltCmd $graph yaxis
-
-puts stderr "done"
-bltPlotDestroy $w
-
diff --git a/tkblt/tests/barpen.tcl b/tkblt/tests/barpen.tcl
deleted file mode 100644
index d06928b..0000000
--- a/tkblt/tests/barpen.tcl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-source base.tcl
-
-set w .bar
-set graph [bltBarGraph $w]
-
-$graph pen create foo -color red -showvalues y
-$graph element configure data2 -pen foo
-
-puts stderr "Testing Bar Pen..."
-
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -background yellow $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -bd 4 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -bg yellow $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -borderwidth 4 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -color yellow $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -errorbarcolor green $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -errorbarwidth 2 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -errorbarcap 10 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -fg yellow $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -fill cyan $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -foreground green $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -outline red $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -relief flat $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -showerrorbars no $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -showvalues none $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -showvalues x $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -showvalues both $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valueanchor nw $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valueanchor n $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valueanchor ne $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valueanchor e $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valueanchor se $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valueanchor s $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valueanchor sw $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valueanchor w $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valuecolor cyan $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valuefont {times 18 bold italic} $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valueformat "%e" $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valuerotate 45 $dops
-
-bltCmd $graph pen cget foo -color
-bltCmd $graph pen configure foo
-bltCmd $graph pen configure foo -color
-bltCmd $graph pen create bar
-bltCmd $graph pen delete bar
-bltCmd $graph pen names
-bltCmd $graph pen type foo
-
-puts stderr "done"
-bltPlotDestroy $w
-
diff --git a/tkblt/tests/base.tcl b/tkblt/tests/base.tcl
deleted file mode 100644
index e3dac2e..0000000
--- a/tkblt/tests/base.tcl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
-package require tkblt
-
-#set sleep 1000
-set sleep 500
-if {![info exists dops]} {
- set dops 0
-}
-
-proc bltPlot {w title} {
- toplevel $w
- wm title $w $title
- wm protocol $w WM_DELETE_WINDOW [list bltPlotDestroy $w]
-
- set mb ${w}mb
- menu $mb
- $w configure -menu $mb
-}
-
-proc bltPlotDestroy {w} {
- destroy ${w}mb
- destroy $w
-}
-
-proc bltTest {graph option value {dops 0}} {
- global sleep
-
- puts stderr " $option $value"
- set org [$graph cget $option]
- $graph configure $option $value
- update
- if {$dops} {
- $graph postscript output foo.ps
- exec open /Applications/Preview.app/ foo.ps
- }
- after $sleep
-# read stdin 1
- $graph configure $option $org
- update
- after $sleep
-}
-
-proc bltTest2 {graph which option value {dops 0}} {
- global sleep
-
- puts stderr " $option $value"
- set org [$graph $which cget $option]
- $graph $which configure $option $value
- update
- if {$dops} {
- $graph postscript output foo.ps
- exec open /Applications/Preview.app/ foo.ps
- }
- after $sleep
-# read stdin 1
- $graph $which configure $option $org
- update
- after $sleep
-}
-
-proc bltTest3 {graph which item option value {dops 0}} {
- global sleep
-
- puts stderr " $item $option $value"
- set org [$graph $which cget $item $option]
- $graph $which configure $item $option $value
- update
- if {$dops} {
- $graph postscript output foo.ps
- exec open /Applications/Preview.app/ foo.ps
- }
- after $sleep
-# read stdin 1
- $graph $which configure $item $option $org
- update
- after $sleep
-}
-
-proc bltCmd {graph args} {
- global sleep
-
- puts stderr " $graph $args"
- eval $graph $args
- update
- after $sleep
-# read stdin 1
-}
-
-proc bltElements {graph} {
- blt::vector create xv(10)
- blt::vector create yv(10)
- xv set { 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 }
- yv set { 5 10 10 15 15 10 20 25 30 35 }
-
- $graph element create data1 -data {0.2 13 0.4 25 0.6 36 0.8 46 1.0 55 1.2 64 1.4 70 1.6 75 1.8 80 2.0 90}
-
- $graph element create data2 \
- -xdata {0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0} \
- -ydata {26 50 72 92 110 128 140 150 160 180} \
- -xerror {.05 .05 .05 .05 .05 .05 .05 .05 .05 .05} \
- -yerror {10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10} \
- -color red
-
- $graph element create data3 -xdata xv -ydata yv -color green
-
- $graph legend configure -title "Legend"
-}
-
-proc bltBarGraph {w} {
- global sleep
-
- bltPlot $w "Bar Graph"
- set graph [blt::barchart ${w}.gr \
- -width 600 \
- -height 500 \
- -title "Bar\nGraph" \
- -barwidth .2 \
- -barmode aligned \
- ]
- pack $graph -expand yes -fill both
- bltElements $graph
-
- update
- after $sleep
- return $graph
-}
-
-proc bltLineGraph {w} {
- global sleep
-
- bltPlot $w "Line Graph"
- set graph [blt::graph ${w}.gr \
- -width 600 \
- -height 500 \
- -title "Line\nGraph" \
- ]
- pack $graph -expand yes -fill both
- bltElements $graph
-
- update
- after $sleep
- return $graph
-}
diff --git a/tkblt/tests/crosshairs.tcl b/tkblt/tests/crosshairs.tcl
deleted file mode 100644
index c63cea5..0000000
--- a/tkblt/tests/crosshairs.tcl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-source base.tcl
-
-set w .line
-set graph [bltLineGraph $w]
-
-$graph crosshairs on
-$graph crosshairs configure -x 200 -y 200
-
-puts stderr "Testing Crosshairs..."
-
-bltTest2 $graph crosshairs -color green
-bltTest2 $graph crosshairs -dashes "8 3"
-bltTest2 $graph crosshairs -linewidth 3
-bltTest2 $graph crosshairs -x 100
-bltTest2 $graph crosshairs -y 100
-
-bltCmd $graph crosshairs cget -color
-bltCmd $graph crosshairs configure
-bltCmd $graph crosshairs configure -color
-bltCmd $graph crosshairs on
-bltCmd $graph crosshairs off
-bltCmd $graph crosshairs toggle
-
-puts stderr "done"
-bltPlotDestroy $w
-
diff --git a/tkblt/tests/legend.tcl b/tkblt/tests/legend.tcl
deleted file mode 100644
index dba8da0..0000000
--- a/tkblt/tests/legend.tcl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-source base.tcl
-
-set w .line
-set graph [bltLineGraph $w]
-
-$graph legend selection set data2
-$graph legend focus data1
-$graph legend configure -selectrelief groove
-
-puts stderr "Testing Legend..."
-
-#bltTest2 $graph legend -activebackground $dops
-#bltTest2 $graph legend -activeborderwidth $dops
-#bltTest2 $graph legend -activeforeground $dops
-#bltTest2 $graph legend -activerelief $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -anchor nw $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -anchor n $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -anchor ne $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -anchor e $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -anchor se $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -anchor s $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -anchor sw $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -anchor w $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -bg pink $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -background cyan $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -borderwidth 20 $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -bd 20 $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -columns 2 $dops
-#bltTest2 $graph legend -exportselection $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -focusdashes "8 3" $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -focusforeground red $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -font {times 18 bold italic} $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -fg yellow $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -foreground purple $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -hide yes $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -ipadx 20 $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -ipady 20 $dops
-#bltTest2 $graph legend -nofocusselectbackground $dops
-#bltTest2 $graph legend -nofocusselectforeground $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -padx 20 $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -pady 20 $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -position rightmargin $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -position leftmargin $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -position topmargin $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -position bottommargin $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -position plotarea $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -position xy $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -x 250 $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -y 100 $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -raised yes $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -relief flat $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -relief groove $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -relief raised $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -relief ridge $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -relief solid $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -relief sunken $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -rows 1 $dops
-#bltTest2 $graph legend -selectbackground $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -selectborderwidth 3 $dops
-#bltTest2 $graph legend -selectcommand $dops
-#bltTest2 $graph legend -selectforeground $dops
-#bltTest2 $graph legend -selectmode $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -selectrelief flat $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -title "Hello World" $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -titlecolor red $dops
-bltTest2 $graph legend -titlefont {times 24 bold italic} $dops
-
-#bltCmd $graph legend activate
-#bltCmd $graph legend bind
-bltCmd $graph legend cget -fg
-bltCmd $graph legend configure
-bltCmd $graph legend configure -fg
-#bltCmd $graph legend curselection
-#bltCmd $graph legend deactivate
-bltCmd $graph legend focus data1
-bltCmd $graph legend focus
-#bltCmd $graph legend get anchor
-#bltCmd $graph legend get current
-#bltCmd $graph legend get first
-#bltCmd $graph legend get last
-#bltCmd $graph legend get end
-#bltCmd $graph legend get next.row
-#bltCmd $graph legend get next.column
-#bltCmd $graph legend get previous.row
-#bltCmd $graph legend get previous.column
-#bltCmd $graph legend get @100,100
-#bltCmd $graph legend get data1
-bltCmd $graph legend selection anchor data1
-bltCmd $graph legend selection mark data1
-bltCmd $graph legend selection includes data2
-bltCmd $graph legend selection present
-bltCmd $graph legend selection set data1 data2
-bltCmd $graph legend selection clear data1 data2
-bltCmd $graph legend selection set data1 data2
-bltCmd $graph legend selection toggle data1 data2
-bltCmd $graph legend selection set data1 data2
-bltCmd $graph legend selection clearall
-
-puts stderr "done"
-bltPlotDestroy $w
-
diff --git a/tkblt/tests/lineelement.tcl b/tkblt/tests/lineelement.tcl
deleted file mode 100644
index 5edb38e..0000000
--- a/tkblt/tests/lineelement.tcl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-source base.tcl
-
-set w .line
-set graph [bltLineGraph $w]
-
-$graph element configure data1 -dash {8 3} -showvalues y -smooth step -symbol circle -outline yellow -outlinewidth 3 -pixels 10
-
-$graph pen create foo -showvalues y -symbol circle -dashes {8 3} -color purple -linewidth 2
-$graph element activate data3
-
-puts stderr "Testing Line Element.."
-
-bltTest3 $graph element data3 -activepen foo $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -areabackground yellow $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -bindtags {aa}
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -color yellow $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -dashes {8 3} $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -data {0.2 8 0.4 20 0.6 31 0.8 41 1.0 50 1.2 59 1.4 65 1.6 70 1.8 75 2.0 85} $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -errorbarcolor green $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -errorbarwidth 2 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -errorbarcap 10 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -fill cyan $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -hide yes $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -label "This is a test" $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -legendrelief groove $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -linewidth 3 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -mapx x2 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -mapy y2 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -maxsymbols 4 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -offdash black $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -outline green $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -outlinewidth 5 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -pen foo $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -pixels 20 $dops
-#bltTest3 $graph element data2 -reduce $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -scalesymbols no $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -showerrorbars no $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -showvalues none $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -showvalues x $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -showvalues both $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -smooth linear $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -smooth cubic $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -smooth quadratic $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -smooth catrom $dops
-#bltTest3 $graph element data2 -styles $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -symbol arrow $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -symbol cross $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -symbol diamond $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -symbol none $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -symbol plus $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -symbol scross $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -symbol splus $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -symbol square $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -symbol triangle $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -trace both $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valueanchor nw $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valueanchor n $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valueanchor ne $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valueanchor e $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valueanchor se $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valueanchor s $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valueanchor sw $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valueanchor w $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valuecolor cyan $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valuefont {times 18 bold italic} $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valueformat "%e" $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valuerotate 45 $dops
-#bltTest3 $graph element data2 -weights $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -x {0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8} $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -xdata {0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8} $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -xerror {.1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1} $dops
-#bltTest3 $graph element data2 -xhigh $dops
-#bltTest3 $graph element data2 -xlow $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -y {8 20 31 41 50 59 65 70 75 85} $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data1 -ydata {8 20 31 41 50 59 65 70 75 85} $dops
-bltTest3 $graph element data2 -yerror {5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5} $dops
-#bltTest3 $graph element data2 -yhigh $dops
-#bltTest3 $graph element data2 -ylow $dops
-
-bltCmd $graph element activate data2
-bltCmd $graph element deactivate data2
-#bltCmd $graph element bind data1 <Button-1> [list puts "%x %y"]
-bltCmd $graph element cget data1 -smooth
-bltCmd $graph element configure data1
-bltCmd $graph element configure data1 -smooth
-#bltCmd $graph element closest 50 50
-#bltCmd $graph element closest 50 50 data1 data2
-bltCmd $graph element create data4
-bltCmd $graph element create data5
-bltCmd $graph element delete data4 data5
-bltCmd $graph element exists data1
-bltCmd $graph element lower data1
-bltCmd $graph element lower data2 data3
-bltCmd $graph element names
-bltCmd $graph element names data1
-bltCmd $graph element raise data2
-bltCmd $graph element raise data2 data3
-bltCmd $graph element raise data1
-bltCmd $graph element show data2
-bltCmd $graph element show {data1 data2 data3}
-bltCmd $graph element type data1
-
-puts stderr "done"
-bltPlotDestroy $w
-
diff --git a/tkblt/tests/linegraph.tcl b/tkblt/tests/linegraph.tcl
deleted file mode 100644
index 6204e72..0000000
--- a/tkblt/tests/linegraph.tcl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-source base.tcl
-
-set w .line
-set graph [bltLineGraph $w]
-
-puts stderr "Testing Line Graph..."
-
-bltTest $graph -aspect 2 $dops
-bltTest $graph -background red $dops
-#bltTest $graph -baseline $dops
-bltTest $graph -bd 50 $dops
-bltTest $graph -bg green $dops
-bltTest $graph -bm 50 $dops
-bltTest $graph -borderwidth 50 $dops
-bltTest $graph -bottommargin 50 $dops
-#bltTest $graph -bufferelements $dops
-#bltTest $graph -buffergraph $dops
-bltTest $graph -cursor cross $dops
-bltTest $graph -fg blue $dops
-bltTest $graph -font {times 36 bold italic} $dops
-bltTest $graph -foreground cyan $dops
-#bltTest $graph -halo $dops
-bltTest $graph -height 300 $dops
-#bltTest $graph -highlightbackground $dops
-#bltTest $graph -highlightcolor $dops
-#bltTest $graph -highlightthickness $dops
-bltTest $graph -invertxy yes $dops
-bltTest $graph -justify left $dops
-bltTest $graph -justify center $dops
-bltTest $graph -justify right $dops
-bltTest $graph -leftmargin 50 $dops
-bltTest $graph -lm 50 $dops
-bltTest $graph -plotbackground cyan $dops
-bltTest $graph -plotborderwidth 50 $dops
-bltTest $graph -plotpadx 50 $dops
-bltTest $graph -plotpady 50 $dops
-bltTest $graph -plotrelief groove $dops
-bltTest $graph -relief groove $dops
-bltTest $graph -rightmargin 50 $dops
-bltTest $graph -rm 50 $dops
-#bltTest $graph -searchhalo $dops
-#bltTest $graph -searchmode $dops
-#bltTest $graph -searchalong $dops
-#bltTest $graph -stackaxes $dops
-#bltTest $graph -takefocus $dops
-bltTest $graph -title "This is a Title" $dops
-bltTest $graph -tm 50 $dops
-bltTest $graph -topmargin 50 $dops
-bltTest $graph -width 300 $dops
-bltTest $graph -plotwidth 300 $dops
-bltTest $graph -plotheight 300 $dops
-
-##bltCmd $graph axis
-bltCmd $graph cget -background
-bltCmd $graph configure
-bltCmd $graph configure
-bltCmd $graph configure -background cyan
-##bltCmd $graph crosshairs
-##bltCmd $graph element
-#bltCmd $graph extents
-#bltCmd $graph inside
-#bltCmd $graph invtransform
-##bltCmd $graph legend
-##bltCmd $graph marker
-##bltCmd $graph pen
-#bltCmd $graph postscript output foo.ps
-#bltCmd $graph transform
-##bltCmd $graph x2axis
-##bltCmd $graph xaxis
-##bltCmd $graph y2axis
-##bltCmd $graph yaxis
-
-puts stderr "done"
-bltPlotDestroy $w
-
diff --git a/tkblt/tests/linemarker.tcl b/tkblt/tests/linemarker.tcl
deleted file mode 100644
index 3b66ba6..0000000
--- a/tkblt/tests/linemarker.tcl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-source base.tcl
-
-set w .line
-set graph [bltLineGraph $w]
-
-set mm [$graph marker create line tt -element data2 \
- -coords {1 50 1.5 100 1 150} -linewidth 5]
-set nn [$graph marker create line ss -element data2 \
- -coords {1 150 .5 100 1 50} -linewidth 2 \
- -outline green -dashes 4]
-$graph element configure data1 -hide yes
-
-puts stderr "Testing Line Marker..."
-
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -bindtags {aa} 0
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -cap round $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -coords {1 50 1.5 100 2 150} $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -dashes {8 3} $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $nn -dashoffset 10 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -element data1 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $nn -fill yellow $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -join round $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -linewidth 1 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -hide yes $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -mapx x2 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -mapy y2 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -outline green $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -under yes $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -xoffset 20 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -yoffset 20 $dops
-
-puts stderr "done"
-bltPlotDestroy $w
-
diff --git a/tkblt/tests/linepen.tcl b/tkblt/tests/linepen.tcl
deleted file mode 100644
index e47b243..0000000
--- a/tkblt/tests/linepen.tcl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-source base.tcl
-
-set w .line
-set graph [bltLineGraph $w]
-
-$graph pen create foo -color red -showvalues y -symbol circle -dashes {4 4}
-$graph element configure data2 -pen foo
-
-puts stderr "Testing Line Pen..."
-
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -color yellow $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -dashes {8 3} $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -errorbarcolor green $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -errorbarwidth 2 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -errorbarcap 10 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -fill cyan $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -linewidth 3 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -offdash black $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -outline green $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -outlinewidth 5 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -pixels 20 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -showvalues none $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -symbol arrow $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -symbol cross $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -symbol diamond $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -symbol none $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -symbol plus $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -symbol scross $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -symbol splus $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -symbol square $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -symbol triangle $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valueanchor nw $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valueanchor n $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valueanchor ne $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valueanchor e $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valueanchor se $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valueanchor s $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valueanchor sw $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valueanchor w $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valuecolor cyan $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valuefont {times 18 bold italic} $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valueformat "%e" $dops
-bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valuerotate 45 $dops
-
-bltCmd $graph pen cget foo -color
-bltCmd $graph pen configure foo
-bltCmd $graph pen configure foo -color
-bltCmd $graph pen create bar
-bltCmd $graph pen delete bar
-bltCmd $graph pen names
-bltCmd $graph pen type foo
-
-puts stderr "done"
-bltPlotDestroy $w
-
diff --git a/tkblt/tests/marker.tcl b/tkblt/tests/marker.tcl
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a09a43..0000000
--- a/tkblt/tests/marker.tcl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-source base.tcl
-
-set w .line
-set graph [bltLineGraph $w]
-
-set mm [$graph marker create line tt -element data1 \
- -coords {1 50 1.5 100 1 150} -linewidth 5 -bind {aa}]
-set nn [$graph marker create line ss -element data1 \
- -coords {1 150 .5 100 1 50} -linewidth 1 \
- -outline green -dashes 4]
-
-puts stderr "Testing Marker..."
-
-#bltCmd $graph marker bind aa <Button-1> [list puts "%x %y"]
-bltCmd $graph marker cget $mm -cap
-bltCmd $graph marker configure $mm
-bltCmd $graph marker configure $mm -cap
-set foo [$graph marker create line]
-bltCmd $graph marker delete $foo
-set foo [$graph marker create line foo]
-bltCmd $graph marker delete $foo
-bltCmd $graph marker exists $mm
-bltCmd $graph marker find enclosed 0 0 2 200
-bltCmd $graph marker lower $mm
-bltCmd $graph marker lower $mm $nn
-bltCmd $graph marker names
-bltCmd $graph marker raise $mm
-bltCmd $graph marker raise $mm $nn
-bltCmd $graph marker type $mm
-
-puts stderr "done"
-bltPlotDestroy $w
-
diff --git a/tkblt/tests/markers.tcl b/tkblt/tests/markers.tcl
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f43c8b..0000000
--- a/tkblt/tests/markers.tcl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-source marker.tcl
-source linemarker.tcl
-source polygonmarker.tcl
-source textmarker.tcl
diff --git a/tkblt/tests/polygonmarker.tcl b/tkblt/tests/polygonmarker.tcl
deleted file mode 100644
index b1712b0..0000000
--- a/tkblt/tests/polygonmarker.tcl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-source base.tcl
-
-set w .line
-set graph [bltLineGraph $w]
-
-set mm [$graph marker create polygon tt -element data2 \
- -coords {1 50 1.5 100 1 150} -linewidth 5]
-$graph element configure data1 -hide yes
-
-puts stderr "Testing Polygon Marker..."
-
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -bindtags {aa} 0
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -cap round $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -coords {1 50 1.5 100 2 150} $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -dashes {8 3} $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -element data1 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -fill yellow $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -join round $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -linewidth 1 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -hide yes $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -mapx x2 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -mapy y2 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -outline yellow $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -under yes $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -xoffset 20 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -yoffset 20 $dops
-
-puts stderr "done"
-bltPlotDestroy $w
-
diff --git a/tkblt/tests/ps.tcl b/tkblt/tests/ps.tcl
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a9ce23..0000000
--- a/tkblt/tests/ps.tcl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-source base.tcl
-
-set w .line
-set graph [bltLineGraph $w]
-
-$graph axis configure x -title "X\nAxis" -limitsformat "%g"
-$graph axis configure y -title "Y\nAxis"
-
-$graph element configure data1 -dash {8 3} -showvalues y -smooth step -symbol circle -outline yellow -outlinewidth 3 -pixels 10 -valuefont "times 14 italic" -valuerotate 45
-
-$graph legend configure -relief raised
-$graph xaxis configure -bg cyan -relief raised
-$graph configure -relief raised
-$graph configure -plotrelief raised
-
-$graph legend selection set data2
-$graph legend focus data1
-$graph legend configure -selectrelief groove
-
-$graph postscript configure -decorations yes
-$graph postscript output foo.ps
-$graph postscript configure -decorations no
-$graph postscript output bar.ps
-
-#set graph [bltBarGraph $w]
-
-#puts stderr "done"
-#bltPlotDestroy $w
-
diff --git a/tkblt/tests/test.tcl b/tkblt/tests/test.tcl
deleted file mode 100644
index df6ffd8..0000000
--- a/tkblt/tests/test.tcl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-source base.tcl
-
-set w .line
-set graph [bltLineGraph $w]
-
-#set graph [bltBarGraph $w]
-
-#puts stderr "done"
-#bltPlotDestroy $w
-
diff --git a/tkblt/tests/textmarker.tcl b/tkblt/tests/textmarker.tcl
deleted file mode 100644
index ba3defc..0000000
--- a/tkblt/tests/textmarker.tcl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-source base.tcl
-
-set w .line
-set graph [bltLineGraph $w]
-
-set mm [$graph marker create text tt -element data2 \
- -coords {1. 112} -text "Text\nMarker" -font {helvetica 24}]
-$graph element configure data1 -hide yes
-
-puts stderr "Testing Text Marker..."
-
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -anchor nw $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -anchor n $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -anchor ne $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -anchor e $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -anchor se $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -anchor s $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -anchor sw $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -anchor w $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -background yellow $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -bg red $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -bindtags {aa} 0
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -coords {1 50} $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -element data1 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -fg cyan $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -fill yellow $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -font {times 24 bold italic} $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -foreground blue $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -justify left $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -justify center $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -justify right $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -hide yes $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -mapx x2 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -mapy y2 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -outline green $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -rotate 45 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -text {Hello World} $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -under yes $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -xoffset 20 $dops
-bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -yoffset 20 $dops
-
-puts stderr "done"
-bltPlotDestroy $w
-
diff --git a/tkblt/tkbltConfig.sh.in b/tkblt/tkbltConfig.sh.in
deleted file mode 100755
index 5464ed6..0000000
--- a/tkblt/tkbltConfig.sh.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-# tkbltConfig.sh --
-#
-# This shell script (for sh) is generated automatically by tkblt's
-# configure script. It will create shell variables for most of
-# the configuration options discovered by the configure script.
-# This script is intended to be included by the configure scripts
-# for tkblt extensions so that they don't have to figure this all
-# out for themselves. This file does not duplicate information
-# already provided by tclConfig.sh, so you may need to use that
-# file in addition to this one.
-#
-# The information in this file is specific to a single platform.
-
-# tkblt's version number.
-tkblt_VERSION='@PACKAGE_VERSION@'
-
-# The name of the tkblt library (may be either a .a file or a shared library):
-tkblt_LIB_FILE=@PKG_LIB_FILE@
-
-# String to pass to linker to pick up the tkblt library from its
-# build directory.
-tkblt_BUILD_LIB_SPEC='@tkblt_BUILD_LIB_SPEC@'
-
-# String to pass to linker to pick up the tkblt library from its
-# installed directory.
-tkblt_LIB_SPEC='@tkblt_LIB_SPEC@'
-
-# The name of the tkblt stub library (a .a file):
-tkblt_STUB_LIB_FILE=@PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE@
-
-# String to pass to linker to pick up the tkblt stub library from its
-# build directory.
-tkblt_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC='@tkblt_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC@'
-
-# String to pass to linker to pick up the tkblt stub library from its
-# installed directory.
-tkblt_STUB_LIB_SPEC='@tkblt_STUB_LIB_SPEC@'
-
-# String to pass to linker to pick up the tkblt stub library from its
-# build directory.
-tkblt_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH='@tkblt_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH@'
-
-# String to pass to linker to pick up the tkblt stub library from its
-# installed directory.
-tkblt_STUB_LIB_PATH='@tkblt_STUB_LIB_PATH@'
diff --git a/tkblt/tools/genStubs.tcl b/tkblt/tools/genStubs.tcl
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a75dc6..0000000
--- a/tkblt/tools/genStubs.tcl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1179 +0,0 @@
-# genStubs.tcl --
-#
-# This script generates a set of stub files for a given
-# interface.
-#
-#
-# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
-# Copyright (c) 2007 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
-#
-# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
-# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
-
-package require Tcl 8.4
-
-namespace eval genStubs {
- # libraryName --
- #
- # The name of the entire library. This value is used to compute
- # the USE_*_STUBS macro and the name of the init file.
-
- variable libraryName "UNKNOWN"
-
- # interfaces --
- #
- # An array indexed by interface name that is used to maintain
- # the set of valid interfaces. The value is empty.
-
- array set interfaces {}
-
- # curName --
- #
- # The name of the interface currently being defined.
-
- variable curName "UNKNOWN"
-
- # scspec --
- #
- # Storage class specifier for external function declarations.
- # Normally "EXTERN", may be set to something like XYZAPI
- #
- variable scspec "EXTERN"
-
- # epoch, revision --
- #
- # The epoch and revision numbers of the interface currently being defined.
- # (@@@TODO: should be an array mapping interface names -> numbers)
- #
-
- variable epoch {}
- variable revision 0
-
- # hooks --
- #
- # An array indexed by interface name that contains the set of
- # subinterfaces that should be defined for a given interface.
-
- array set hooks {}
-
- # stubs --
- #
- # This three dimensional array is indexed first by interface name,
- # second by platform name, and third by a numeric offset or the
- # constant "lastNum". The lastNum entry contains the largest
- # numeric offset used for a given interface/platform combo. Each
- # numeric offset contains the C function specification that
- # should be used for the given entry in the stub table. The spec
- # consists of a list in the form returned by parseDecl.
-
- array set stubs {}
-
- # outDir --
- #
- # The directory where the generated files should be placed.
-
- variable outDir .
-}
-
-# genStubs::library --
-#
-# This function is used in the declarations file to set the name
-# of the library that the interfaces are associated with (e.g. "tcl").
-# This value will be used to define the inline conditional macro.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# name The library name.
-#
-# Results:
-# None.
-
-proc genStubs::library {name} {
- variable libraryName $name
-}
-
-# genStubs::interface --
-#
-# This function is used in the declarations file to set the name
-# of the interface currently being defined.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# name The name of the interface.
-#
-# Results:
-# None.
-
-proc genStubs::interface {name} {
- variable curName $name
- variable interfaces
-
- set interfaces($name) {}
- return
-}
-
-# genStubs::scspec --
-#
-# Define the storage class macro used for external function declarations.
-# Typically, this will be a macro like XYZAPI or EXTERN that
-# expands to either DLLIMPORT or DLLEXPORT, depending on whether
-# -DBUILD_XYZ has been set.
-#
-proc genStubs::scspec {value} {
- variable scspec $value
-}
-
-# genStubs::epoch --
-#
-# Define the epoch number for this library. The epoch
-# should be incrememented when a release is made that
-# contains incompatible changes to the public API.
-#
-proc genStubs::epoch {value} {
- variable epoch $value
-}
-
-# genStubs::hooks --
-#
-# This function defines the subinterface hooks for the current
-# interface.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# names The ordered list of interfaces that are reachable through the
-# hook vector.
-#
-# Results:
-# None.
-
-proc genStubs::hooks {names} {
- variable curName
- variable hooks
-
- set hooks($curName) $names
- return
-}
-
-# genStubs::declare --
-#
-# This function is used in the declarations file to declare a new
-# interface entry.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# index The index number of the interface.
-# platform The platform the interface belongs to. Should be one
-# of generic, win, unix, or macosx or aqua or x11.
-# decl The C function declaration, or {} for an undefined
-# entry.
-#
-# Results:
-# None.
-
-proc genStubs::declare {args} {
- variable stubs
- variable curName
- variable revision
-
- incr revision
- if {[llength $args] == 2} {
- lassign $args index decl
- set platformList generic
- } elseif {[llength $args] == 3} {
- lassign $args index platformList decl
- } else {
- puts stderr "wrong # args: declare $args"
- return
- }
-
- # Check for duplicate declarations, then add the declaration and
- # bump the lastNum counter if necessary.
-
- foreach platform $platformList {
- if {[info exists stubs($curName,$platform,$index)]} {
- puts stderr "Duplicate entry: declare $args"
- }
- }
- regsub -all "\[ \t\n\]+" [string trim $decl] " " decl
- set decl [parseDecl $decl]
-
- foreach platform $platformList {
- if {$decl ne ""} {
- set stubs($curName,$platform,$index) $decl
- if {![info exists stubs($curName,$platform,lastNum)] \
- || ($index > $stubs($curName,$platform,lastNum))} {
- set stubs($curName,$platform,lastNum) $index
- }
- }
- }
- return
-}
-
-# genStubs::export --
-#
-# This function is used in the declarations file to declare a symbol
-# that is exported from the library but is not in the stubs table.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# decl The C function declaration, or {} for an undefined
-# entry.
-#
-# Results:
-# None.
-
-proc genStubs::export {args} {
- if {[llength $args] != 1} {
- puts stderr "wrong # args: export $args"
- }
- return
-}
-
-# genStubs::rewriteFile --
-#
-# This function replaces the machine generated portion of the
-# specified file with new contents. It looks for the !BEGIN! and
-# !END! comments to determine where to place the new text.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# file The name of the file to modify.
-# text The new text to place in the file.
-#
-# Results:
-# None.
-
-proc genStubs::rewriteFile {file text} {
- if {![file exists $file]} {
- puts stderr "Cannot find file: $file"
- return
- }
- set in [open ${file} r]
- set out [open ${file}.new w]
- fconfigure $out -translation lf
-
- while {![eof $in]} {
- set line [gets $in]
- if {[string match "*!BEGIN!*" $line]} {
- break
- }
- puts $out $line
- }
- puts $out "/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */"
- puts $out $text
- while {![eof $in]} {
- set line [gets $in]
- if {[string match "*!END!*" $line]} {
- break
- }
- }
- puts $out "/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */"
- puts -nonewline $out [read $in]
- close $in
- close $out
- file rename -force ${file}.new ${file}
- return
-}
-
-# genStubs::addPlatformGuard --
-#
-# Wrap a string inside a platform #ifdef.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# plat Platform to test.
-#
-# Results:
-# Returns the original text inside an appropriate #ifdef.
-
-proc genStubs::addPlatformGuard {plat iftxt {eltxt {}} {withCygwin 0}} {
- set text ""
- switch $plat {
- win {
- append text "#if defined(_WIN32)"
- if {$withCygwin} {
- append text " || defined(__CYGWIN__)"
- }
- append text " /* WIN */\n${iftxt}"
- if {$eltxt ne ""} {
- append text "#else /* WIN */\n${eltxt}"
- }
- append text "#endif /* WIN */\n"
- }
- unix {
- append text "#if !defined(_WIN32)"
- if {$withCygwin} {
- append text " && !defined(__CYGWIN__)"
- }
- append text " && !defined(MAC_OSX_TCL)\
- /* UNIX */\n${iftxt}"
- if {$eltxt ne ""} {
- append text "#else /* UNIX */\n${eltxt}"
- }
- append text "#endif /* UNIX */\n"
- }
- macosx {
- append text "#ifdef MAC_OSX_TCL /* MACOSX */\n${iftxt}"
- if {$eltxt ne ""} {
- append text "#else /* MACOSX */\n${eltxt}"
- }
- append text "#endif /* MACOSX */\n"
- }
- aqua {
- append text "#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */\n${iftxt}"
- if {$eltxt ne ""} {
- append text "#else /* AQUA */\n${eltxt}"
- }
- append text "#endif /* AQUA */\n"
- }
- x11 {
- append text "#if !(defined(_WIN32)"
- if {$withCygwin} {
- append text " || defined(__CYGWIN__)"
- }
- append text " || defined(MAC_OSX_TK))\
- /* X11 */\n${iftxt}"
- if {$eltxt ne ""} {
- append text "#else /* X11 */\n${eltxt}"
- }
- append text "#endif /* X11 */\n"
- }
- default {
- append text "${iftxt}${eltxt}"
- }
- }
- return $text
-}
-
-# genStubs::emitSlots --
-#
-# Generate the stub table slots for the given interface. If there
-# are no generic slots, then one table is generated for each
-# platform, otherwise one table is generated for all platforms.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# name The name of the interface being emitted.
-# textVar The variable to use for output.
-#
-# Results:
-# None.
-
-proc genStubs::emitSlots {name textVar} {
- upvar $textVar text
-
- forAllStubs $name makeSlot 1 text {" void (*reserved$i)(void);\n"}
- return
-}
-
-# genStubs::parseDecl --
-#
-# Parse a C function declaration into its component parts.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# decl The function declaration.
-#
-# Results:
-# Returns a list of the form {returnType name args}. The args
-# element consists of a list of type/name pairs, or a single
-# element "void". If the function declaration is malformed
-# then an error is displayed and the return value is {}.
-
-proc genStubs::parseDecl {decl} {
- if {![regexp {^(.*)\((.*)\)$} $decl all prefix args]} {
- set prefix $decl
- set args {}
- }
- set prefix [string trim $prefix]
- if {![regexp {^(.+[ ][*]*)([^ *]+)$} $prefix all rtype fname]} {
- puts stderr "Bad return type: $decl"
- return
- }
- set rtype [string trim $rtype]
- if {$args eq ""} {
- return [list $rtype $fname {}]
- }
- foreach arg [split $args ,] {
- lappend argList [string trim $arg]
- }
- if {![string compare [lindex $argList end] "..."]} {
- set args TCL_VARARGS
- foreach arg [lrange $argList 0 end-1] {
- set argInfo [parseArg $arg]
- if {[llength $argInfo] == 2 || [llength $argInfo] == 3} {
- lappend args $argInfo
- } else {
- puts stderr "Bad argument: '$arg' in '$decl'"
- return
- }
- }
- } else {
- set args {}
- foreach arg $argList {
- set argInfo [parseArg $arg]
- if {![string compare $argInfo "void"]} {
- lappend args "void"
- break
- } elseif {[llength $argInfo] == 2 || [llength $argInfo] == 3} {
- lappend args $argInfo
- } else {
- puts stderr "Bad argument: '$arg' in '$decl'"
- return
- }
- }
- }
- return [list $rtype $fname $args]
-}
-
-# genStubs::parseArg --
-#
-# This function parses a function argument into a type and name.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# arg The argument to parse.
-#
-# Results:
-# Returns a list of type and name with an optional third array
-# indicator. If the argument is malformed, returns "".
-
-proc genStubs::parseArg {arg} {
- if {![regexp {^(.+[ ][*]*)([^][ *]+)(\[\])?$} $arg all type name array]} {
- if {$arg eq "void"} {
- return $arg
- } else {
- return
- }
- }
- set result [list [string trim $type] $name]
- if {$array ne ""} {
- lappend result $array
- }
- return $result
-}
-
-# genStubs::makeDecl --
-#
-# Generate the prototype for a function.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# name The interface name.
-# decl The function declaration.
-# index The slot index for this function.
-#
-# Results:
-# Returns the formatted declaration string.
-
-proc genStubs::makeDecl {name decl index} {
- variable scspec
- lassign $decl rtype fname args
-
- append text "/* $index */\n"
- set line "$scspec $rtype"
- set count [expr {2 - ([string length $line] / 8)}]
- append line [string range "\t\t\t" 0 $count]
- set pad [expr {24 - [string length $line]}]
- if {$pad <= 0} {
- append line " "
- set pad 0
- }
- if {$args eq ""} {
- append line $fname
- append text $line
- append text ";\n"
- return $text
- }
- append line $fname
-
- set arg1 [lindex $args 0]
- switch -exact $arg1 {
- void {
- append line "(void)"
- }
- TCL_VARARGS {
- set sep "("
- foreach arg [lrange $args 1 end] {
- append line $sep
- set next {}
- append next [lindex $arg 0]
- if {[string index $next end] ne "*"} {
- append next " "
- }
- append next [lindex $arg 1] [lindex $arg 2]
- if {[string length $line] + [string length $next] \
- + $pad > 76} {
- append text [string trimright $line] \n
- set line "\t\t\t\t"
- set pad 28
- }
- append line $next
- set sep ", "
- }
- append line ", ...)"
- if {[lindex $args end] eq "{const char *} format"} {
- append line " TCL_FORMAT_PRINTF(" [expr [llength $args] - 1] ", " [llength $args] ")"
- }
- }
- default {
- set sep "("
- foreach arg $args {
- append line $sep
- set next {}
- append next [lindex $arg 0]
- if {[string index $next end] ne "*"} {
- append next " "
- }
- append next [lindex $arg 1] [lindex $arg 2]
- if {[string length $line] + [string length $next] \
- + $pad > 76} {
- append text [string trimright $line] \n
- set line "\t\t\t\t"
- set pad 28
- }
- append line $next
- set sep ", "
- }
- append line ")"
- }
- }
- return "$text$line;\n"
-}
-
-# genStubs::makeMacro --
-#
-# Generate the inline macro for a function.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# name The interface name.
-# decl The function declaration.
-# index The slot index for this function.
-#
-# Results:
-# Returns the formatted macro definition.
-
-proc genStubs::makeMacro {name decl index} {
- lassign $decl rtype fname args
-
- set lfname [string tolower [string index $fname 0]]
- append lfname [string range $fname 1 end]
-
- set text "#define $fname \\\n\t("
- if {$args eq ""} {
- append text "*"
- }
- append text "${name}StubsPtr->$lfname)"
- append text " /* $index */\n"
- return $text
-}
-
-# genStubs::makeSlot --
-#
-# Generate the stub table entry for a function.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# name The interface name.
-# decl The function declaration.
-# index The slot index for this function.
-#
-# Results:
-# Returns the formatted table entry.
-
-proc genStubs::makeSlot {name decl index} {
- lassign $decl rtype fname args
-
- set lfname [string tolower [string index $fname 0]]
- append lfname [string range $fname 1 end]
-
- set text " "
- if {$args eq ""} {
- append text $rtype " *" $lfname "; /* $index */\n"
- return $text
- }
- if {[string range $rtype end-8 end] eq "__stdcall"} {
- append text [string trim [string range $rtype 0 end-9]] " (__stdcall *" $lfname ") "
- } else {
- append text $rtype " (*" $lfname ") "
- }
- set arg1 [lindex $args 0]
- switch -exact $arg1 {
- void {
- append text "(void)"
- }
- TCL_VARARGS {
- set sep "("
- foreach arg [lrange $args 1 end] {
- append text $sep [lindex $arg 0]
- if {[string index $text end] ne "*"} {
- append text " "
- }
- append text [lindex $arg 1] [lindex $arg 2]
- set sep ", "
- }
- append text ", ...)"
- if {[lindex $args end] eq "{const char *} format"} {
- append text " TCL_FORMAT_PRINTF(" [expr [llength $args] - 1] ", " [llength $args] ")"
- }
- }
- default {
- set sep "("
- foreach arg $args {
- append text $sep [lindex $arg 0]
- if {[string index $text end] ne "*"} {
- append text " "
- }
- append text [lindex $arg 1] [lindex $arg 2]
- set sep ", "
- }
- append text ")"
- }
- }
-
- append text "; /* $index */\n"
- return $text
-}
-
-# genStubs::makeInit --
-#
-# Generate the prototype for a function.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# name The interface name.
-# decl The function declaration.
-# index The slot index for this function.
-#
-# Results:
-# Returns the formatted declaration string.
-
-proc genStubs::makeInit {name decl index} {
- if {[lindex $decl 2] eq ""} {
- append text " &" [lindex $decl 1] ", /* " $index " */\n"
- } else {
- append text " " [lindex $decl 1] ", /* " $index " */\n"
- }
- return $text
-}
-
-# genStubs::forAllStubs --
-#
-# This function iterates over all of the platforms and invokes
-# a callback for each slot. The result of the callback is then
-# placed inside appropriate platform guards.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# name The interface name.
-# slotProc The proc to invoke to handle the slot. It will
-# have the interface name, the declaration, and
-# the index appended.
-# onAll If 1, emit the skip string even if there are
-# definitions for one or more platforms.
-# textVar The variable to use for output.
-# skipString The string to emit if a slot is skipped. This
-# string will be subst'ed in the loop so "$i" can
-# be used to substitute the index value.
-#
-# Results:
-# None.
-
-proc genStubs::forAllStubs {name slotProc onAll textVar
- {skipString {"/* Slot $i is reserved */\n"}}} {
- variable stubs
- upvar $textVar text
-
- set plats [array names stubs $name,*,lastNum]
- if {[info exists stubs($name,generic,lastNum)]} {
- # Emit integrated stubs block
- set lastNum -1
- foreach plat [array names stubs $name,*,lastNum] {
- if {$stubs($plat) > $lastNum} {
- set lastNum $stubs($plat)
- }
- }
- for {set i 0} {$i <= $lastNum} {incr i} {
- set slots [array names stubs $name,*,$i]
- set emit 0
- if {[info exists stubs($name,generic,$i)]} {
- if {[llength $slots] > 1} {
- puts stderr "conflicting generic and platform entries:\
- $name $i"
- }
- append text [$slotProc $name $stubs($name,generic,$i) $i]
- set emit 1
- } elseif {[llength $slots] > 0} {
- array set slot {unix 0 x11 0 win 0 macosx 0 aqua 0}
- foreach s $slots {
- set slot([lindex [split $s ,] 1]) 1
- }
- # "aqua", "macosx" and "x11" are special cases:
- # "macosx" implies "unix", "aqua" implies "macosx" and "x11"
- # implies "unix", so we need to be careful not to emit
- # duplicate stubs entries:
- if {($slot(unix) && $slot(macosx)) || (
- ($slot(unix) || $slot(macosx)) &&
- ($slot(x11) || $slot(aqua)))} {
- puts stderr "conflicting platform entries: $name $i"
- }
- ## unix ##
- set temp {}
- set plat unix
- if {!$slot(aqua) && !$slot(x11)} {
- if {$slot($plat)} {
- append temp [$slotProc $name $stubs($name,$plat,$i) $i]
- } elseif {$onAll} {
- eval {append temp} $skipString
- }
- }
- if {$temp ne ""} {
- append text [addPlatformGuard $plat $temp]
- set emit 1
- }
- ## x11 ##
- set temp {}
- set plat x11
- if {!$slot(unix) && !$slot(macosx)} {
- if {$slot($plat)} {
- append temp [$slotProc $name $stubs($name,$plat,$i) $i]
- } elseif {$onAll} {
- eval {append temp} $skipString
- }
- }
- if {$temp ne ""} {
- append text [addPlatformGuard $plat $temp]
- set emit 1
- }
- ## win ##
- set temp {}
- set plat win
- if {$slot($plat)} {
- append temp [$slotProc $name $stubs($name,$plat,$i) $i]
- } elseif {$onAll} {
- eval {append temp} $skipString
- }
- if {$temp ne ""} {
- append text [addPlatformGuard $plat $temp]
- set emit 1
- }
- ## macosx ##
- set temp {}
- set plat macosx
- if {!$slot(aqua) && !$slot(x11)} {
- if {$slot($plat)} {
- append temp [$slotProc $name $stubs($name,$plat,$i) $i]
- } elseif {$slot(unix)} {
- append temp [$slotProc $name $stubs($name,unix,$i) $i]
- } elseif {$onAll} {
- eval {append temp} $skipString
- }
- }
- if {$temp ne ""} {
- append text [addPlatformGuard $plat $temp]
- set emit 1
- }
- ## aqua ##
- set temp {}
- set plat aqua
- if {!$slot(unix) && !$slot(macosx)} {
- if {[string range $skipString 1 2] ne "/*"} {
- # genStubs.tcl previously had a bug here causing it to
- # erroneously generate both a unix entry and an aqua
- # entry for a given stubs table slot. To preserve
- # backwards compatibility, generate a dummy stubs entry
- # before every aqua entry (note that this breaks the
- # correspondence between emitted entry number and
- # actual position of the entry in the stubs table, e.g.
- # TkIntStubs entry 113 for aqua is in fact at position
- # 114 in the table, entry 114 at position 116 etc).
- eval {append temp} $skipString
- set temp "[string range $temp 0 end-1] /*\
- Dummy entry for stubs table backwards\
- compatibility */\n"
- }
- if {$slot($plat)} {
- append temp [$slotProc $name $stubs($name,$plat,$i) $i]
- } elseif {$onAll} {
- eval {append temp} $skipString
- }
- }
- if {$temp ne ""} {
- append text [addPlatformGuard $plat $temp]
- set emit 1
- }
- }
- if {!$emit} {
- eval {append text} $skipString
- }
- }
- } else {
- # Emit separate stubs blocks per platform
- array set block {unix 0 x11 0 win 0 macosx 0 aqua 0}
- foreach s [array names stubs $name,*,lastNum] {
- set block([lindex [split $s ,] 1]) 1
- }
- ## unix ##
- if {$block(unix) && !$block(x11)} {
- set temp {}
- set plat unix
- set lastNum $stubs($name,$plat,lastNum)
- for {set i 0} {$i <= $lastNum} {incr i} {
- if {[info exists stubs($name,$plat,$i)]} {
- append temp [$slotProc $name $stubs($name,$plat,$i) $i]
- } else {
- eval {append temp} $skipString
- }
- }
- append text [addPlatformGuard $plat $temp {} true]
- }
- ## win ##
- if {$block(win)} {
- set temp {}
- set plat win
- set lastNum $stubs($name,$plat,lastNum)
- for {set i 0} {$i <= $lastNum} {incr i} {
- if {[info exists stubs($name,$plat,$i)]} {
- append temp [$slotProc $name $stubs($name,$plat,$i) $i]
- } else {
- eval {append temp} $skipString
- }
- }
- append text [addPlatformGuard $plat $temp {} true]
- }
- ## macosx ##
- if {($block(unix) || $block(macosx)) && !$block(aqua) && !$block(x11)} {
- set temp {}
- set lastNum -1
- foreach plat {unix macosx} {
- if {$block($plat)} {
- set lastNum [expr {$lastNum > $stubs($name,$plat,lastNum)
- ? $lastNum : $stubs($name,$plat,lastNum)}]
- }
- }
- for {set i 0} {$i <= $lastNum} {incr i} {
- set emit 0
- foreach plat {unix macosx} {
- if {[info exists stubs($name,$plat,$i)]} {
- append temp [$slotProc $name $stubs($name,$plat,$i) $i]
- set emit 1
- break
- }
- }
- if {!$emit} {
- eval {append temp} $skipString
- }
- }
- append text [addPlatformGuard macosx $temp]
- }
- ## aqua ##
- if {$block(aqua)} {
- set temp {}
- set lastNum -1
- foreach plat {unix macosx aqua} {
- if {$block($plat)} {
- set lastNum [expr {$lastNum > $stubs($name,$plat,lastNum)
- ? $lastNum : $stubs($name,$plat,lastNum)}]
- }
- }
- for {set i 0} {$i <= $lastNum} {incr i} {
- set emit 0
- foreach plat {unix macosx aqua} {
- if {[info exists stubs($name,$plat,$i)]} {
- append temp [$slotProc $name $stubs($name,$plat,$i) $i]
- set emit 1
- break
- }
- }
- if {!$emit} {
- eval {append temp} $skipString
- }
- }
- append text [addPlatformGuard aqua $temp]
- }
- ## x11 ##
- if {$block(x11)} {
- set temp {}
- set lastNum -1
- foreach plat {unix macosx x11} {
- if {$block($plat)} {
- set lastNum [expr {$lastNum > $stubs($name,$plat,lastNum)
- ? $lastNum : $stubs($name,$plat,lastNum)}]
- }
- }
- for {set i 0} {$i <= $lastNum} {incr i} {
- set emit 0
- foreach plat {unix macosx x11} {
- if {[info exists stubs($name,$plat,$i)]} {
- if {$plat ne "macosx"} {
- append temp [$slotProc $name \
- $stubs($name,$plat,$i) $i]
- } else {
- eval {set etxt} $skipString
- append temp [addPlatformGuard $plat [$slotProc \
- $name $stubs($name,$plat,$i) $i] $etxt true]
- }
- set emit 1
- break
- }
- }
- if {!$emit} {
- eval {append temp} $skipString
- }
- }
- append text [addPlatformGuard x11 $temp {} true]
- }
- }
-}
-
-# genStubs::emitDeclarations --
-#
-# This function emits the function declarations for this interface.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# name The interface name.
-# textVar The variable to use for output.
-#
-# Results:
-# None.
-
-proc genStubs::emitDeclarations {name textVar} {
- upvar $textVar text
-
- append text "\n/*\n * Exported function declarations:\n */\n\n"
- forAllStubs $name makeDecl 0 text
- return
-}
-
-# genStubs::emitMacros --
-#
-# This function emits the inline macros for an interface.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# name The name of the interface being emitted.
-# textVar The variable to use for output.
-#
-# Results:
-# None.
-
-proc genStubs::emitMacros {name textVar} {
- variable libraryName
- upvar $textVar text
-
- set upName [string toupper $libraryName]
- append text "\n#if defined(USE_${upName}_STUBS)\n"
- append text "\n/*\n * Inline function declarations:\n */\n\n"
-
- forAllStubs $name makeMacro 0 text
-
- append text "\n#endif /* defined(USE_${upName}_STUBS) */\n"
- return
-}
-
-# genStubs::emitHeader --
-#
-# This function emits the body of the <name>Decls.h file for
-# the specified interface.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# name The name of the interface being emitted.
-#
-# Results:
-# None.
-
-proc genStubs::emitHeader {name} {
- variable outDir
- variable hooks
- variable epoch
- variable revision
-
- set capName [string toupper [string index $name 0]]
- append capName [string range $name 1 end]
-
- if {$epoch ne ""} {
- set CAPName [string toupper $name]
- append text "\n"
- append text "#define ${CAPName}_STUBS_EPOCH $epoch\n"
- append text "#define ${CAPName}_STUBS_REVISION $revision\n"
- }
-
- append text "\n#ifdef __cplusplus\nextern \"C\" {\n#endif\n"
-
- emitDeclarations $name text
-
- if {[info exists hooks($name)]} {
- append text "\ntypedef struct {\n"
- foreach hook $hooks($name) {
- set capHook [string toupper [string index $hook 0]]
- append capHook [string range $hook 1 end]
- append text " const struct ${capHook}Stubs *${hook}Stubs;\n"
- }
- append text "} ${capName}StubHooks;\n"
- }
- append text "\ntypedef struct ${capName}Stubs {\n"
- append text " int magic;\n"
- if {$epoch ne ""} {
- append text " int epoch;\n"
- append text " int revision;\n"
- }
- if {[info exists hooks($name)]} {
- append text " const ${capName}StubHooks *hooks;\n\n"
- } else {
- append text " void *hooks;\n\n"
- }
-
- emitSlots $name text
-
- append text "} ${capName}Stubs;\n\n"
-
- append text "extern const ${capName}Stubs *${name}StubsPtr;\n\n"
- append text "#ifdef __cplusplus\n}\n#endif\n"
-
- emitMacros $name text
-
- rewriteFile [file join $outDir ${name}Decls.h] $text
- return
-}
-
-# genStubs::emitInit --
-#
-# Generate the table initializers for an interface.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# name The name of the interface to initialize.
-# textVar The variable to use for output.
-#
-# Results:
-# Returns the formatted output.
-
-proc genStubs::emitInit {name textVar} {
- variable hooks
- variable interfaces
- variable epoch
- upvar $textVar text
- set root 1
-
- set capName [string toupper [string index $name 0]]
- append capName [string range $name 1 end]
-
- if {[info exists hooks($name)]} {
- append text "\nstatic const ${capName}StubHooks ${name}StubHooks = \{\n"
- set sep " "
- foreach sub $hooks($name) {
- append text $sep "&${sub}Stubs"
- set sep ",\n "
- }
- append text "\n\};\n"
- }
- foreach intf [array names interfaces] {
- if {[info exists hooks($intf)]} {
- if {[lsearch -exact $hooks($intf) $name] >= 0} {
- set root 0
- break
- }
- }
- }
-
- append text "\n"
- if {!$root} {
- append text "static "
- }
- append text "const ${capName}Stubs ${name}Stubs = \{\n TCL_STUB_MAGIC,\n"
- if {$epoch ne ""} {
- set CAPName [string toupper $name]
- append text " ${CAPName}_STUBS_EPOCH,\n"
- append text " ${CAPName}_STUBS_REVISION,\n"
- }
- if {[info exists hooks($name)]} {
- append text " &${name}StubHooks,\n"
- } else {
- append text " 0,\n"
- }
-
- forAllStubs $name makeInit 1 text {" 0, /* $i */\n"}
-
- append text "\};\n"
- return
-}
-
-# genStubs::emitInits --
-#
-# This function emits the body of the <name>StubInit.c file for
-# the specified interface.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# name The name of the interface being emitted.
-#
-# Results:
-# None.
-
-proc genStubs::emitInits {} {
- variable hooks
- variable outDir
- variable libraryName
- variable interfaces
-
- # Assuming that dependencies only go one level deep, we need to emit
- # all of the leaves first to avoid needing forward declarations.
-
- set leaves {}
- set roots {}
- foreach name [lsort [array names interfaces]] {
- if {[info exists hooks($name)]} {
- lappend roots $name
- } else {
- lappend leaves $name
- }
- }
- foreach name $leaves {
- emitInit $name text
- }
- foreach name $roots {
- emitInit $name text
- }
-
- rewriteFile [file join $outDir ${libraryName}StubInit.c] $text
-}
-
-# genStubs::init --
-#
-# This is the main entry point.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# None.
-#
-# Results:
-# None.
-
-proc genStubs::init {} {
- global argv argv0
- variable outDir
- variable interfaces
-
- if {[llength $argv] < 2} {
- puts stderr "usage: $argv0 outDir declFile ?declFile...?"
- exit 1
- }
-
- set outDir [lindex $argv 0]
-
- foreach file [lrange $argv 1 end] {
- source $file
- }
-
- foreach name [lsort [array names interfaces]] {
- puts "Emitting $name"
- emitHeader $name
- }
-
- emitInits
-}
-
-# lassign --
-#
-# This function emulates the TclX lassign command.
-#
-# Arguments:
-# valueList A list containing the values to be assigned.
-# args The list of variables to be assigned.
-#
-# Results:
-# Returns any values that were not assigned to variables.
-
-if {[string length [namespace which lassign]] == 0} {
- proc lassign {valueList args} {
- if {[llength $args] == 0} {
- error "wrong # args: should be \"lassign list varName ?varName ...?\""
- }
- uplevel [list foreach $args $valueList {break}]
- return [lrange $valueList [llength $args] end]
- }
-}
-
-genStubs::init